Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales"

See other formats 


Google 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 

to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 

to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 

are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  maiginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 

publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  tliis  resource,  we  liave  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 
We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  fivm  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attributionTht  GoogXt  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  in  forming  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liabili^  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.   Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 

at|http: //books  .google  .com/I 


I 


Q 


yj/^^'/. 


THE 


J/ 


PROCEEDINOS 


!   <   - 


.i' 


OF  THE 


LiNNEAN  Society 


OF 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 


(SEioo3srr>    Sbi^ies.) 


VOL-   X. 


FOR   THE    YJE^I^   1895. 


PRINTED  AND  PUBLISHED  FOR  THE  SOCIETY 

•  BY 

F.  CUNNINGHAM E  &  CO.,  146  PITT  STREET, 

AND 

SOLD  BY  THE  SOCIETY. 
1896. 


CONTENTS    OF    VOL.    X. 


(lu-ard  Stpltmber  3th,  1395.) 


On  a  new  Specias  of  Enteropneosta  (Ptydtodera  auatraUenn*)  hnm 
tbe  Cout  of  Nev  South  W&Iei.  By  Jas.  P.  Hill,  Demonatrator 
of  Biology,  Univereity  of  Sydney.     (PU»e«  I.-vlli.)        

On  a  Platypus  Embryo  from  the  Intra-nterine  Egg.  By  Jas.  P.  Hn,L, 
DemoDstrKtor  of  Biology,  and  C.  J.  Martim,  M.B.,  B.Sc.  (Loud.), 
Demonatrator  of  Physiology,  in  the  Unirenity  of  Sydney. 
(Plate*  II.. SIII.) 

A  Review  of  the  Fossil  Jaws  of  tlie  Macropodida  in  the  Qaeenaland 
Masenm.  By  C.  W.  Db  Vis,  M.A.,  Corresponding  Member. 
{PUlea  XIV. -XVIII.)       

PreBidential  Address.     By  Professor  T.  W.  B.  David,  B.A.,  F.G.8. 

Description  of  a  Flycatuher,  preanmably  nev.  By  C.  W.  Db  Vib, 
M.A.,  Corresponding  Member 

On  the  Specific  Identity  of  the  Aostralian  Peripatns,  nanatly  auppoied 
to  be  P.  It-ackarti,  Sanger.     By  J.  J.  Flbtcbbk    ... 

Desoription  of  Peripatiu  ovipanu.  By  Arthor  Dbndt,  D.Sc.,  Pro- 
fessor  of  Biology  in  the  Canterbury  College,  University  of  New 
ZeaUnd 

Notes  on  the  Sub-Family  Brachyicdvue,  with  Descriptions  of  New 
Species.    Part iv.     By  Walter  W.  Frocoatt.     (Platexix.)   ...    i 

On  a  Fiddler  (Trygonorhina  /miciaUi),  with  abnormal  Pectoral  Fina. 
By  Jas.  P.  HlU,,  Demonatrator  of  Biology,  in  the  University  of 
Sydney.     (PUte  XX.) ! 

Office-bearers  and  CoDDCil  for  1^95  1 

Donations        1 

Notes  and  Eibibits i 


a  i»<^i  4  0 


PART  II. 

(tmed  JVoMinlwr  i«».  1S9S.} 

Oological  Notes.     By  Alfrrd  J.  Nobth,  F.L.S.,  AaBtrklisn  Mageam, 

Sydney     

Note  on  the  Correct  Habitat  of  Patella  (ScalellastraJ  koTnadecemis, 
Pilabry.  By  T.  F.  Chekseuan,  F.L.S.,  Curator  of  the  Auckland 
Museum.     (Comiaunicatedhs  the  Secrtiary)  


Od  two  Dew  Genera  and  Species  of  Fishes  from  AOBtrolia.     By  J. 

1>OUOLA3  OoiLBY.     (CoM niB.nifiWeii  hylhe  Stcrttary)        

Life -Histories  of  Aaatralian  Coleoptera.     Part  iJL     By  Waltkb  W. 


AOiant  Acacia  from  the  BruDswick  River.    By  J.  H.  Miibek,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  XXI.)         

Descriptions  of  some  aw  Arantida  of  New  South  Wales.     No.  5. 

By  W.  J.  Rainbow.     (Plates  x 


CONTBUTS. 


(lotted  Jaauarv  SIX,  l.WS.) 
Antbropologic»1  Not«*.     By  Ricuu.  Hrlm^.     (Commtiuiraltti  bg  Ihr 

S'rrtlary).     (PUtw  XSIK.-XIX.)        387 

Aastriiliui  Ttrmiluta.     I'nrt  i.     By  Waltkr  \V.  Fboouait 415 

Meltola  amphilrifha,  Frici.     By  U.  McAr.PiMi.      fCommioiicatnl  hy 

J.  H.  JtaitlrHJ.     (PUte  XXXI.  Figs,  1-5)     _ 439 

Not«B  UD  Uromyre*  amj/ydali,  Cookr:  A  f^ynoaym  of  Purci'ni'a  priiiii, 

I'ura.,  (Pi-UDS  Uust).     By  D.  McAlpink.     (CommiiHiratcii  bi/  J, 

H.  Mai-Un).     iPKle.  xxxi.  {lower  tUvUion],  xxxii..  sxjtiii.) ...     44g 
Pvcfiiila  on   (jrouDdsel,   wjtli    TrimorphJc  Telcutoipores.      Ry   1). 

McAlpink.     (OommuHicntfil  hyJ.  H.  Uaidriij,     (PUtea  xxxiv.. 

x.tnvr.J «l 

On  ft  Now  Specie)  ot  Elirocurpiu  from  Northern  New  South  Wnles. 

By  J.  H.  Maidkm,   F.L.S.,  and  11.  T.  Burker,  F.LS.      {l-]a.lo' 

xxxvii.) «9 

Mew  Species  of  Cone  fruin  the  Solomon  Islauds.     By  J.  Biuzikh, 

t'-US..  C.M.Z.S 471 

On  the  Homology  of  the  PsUtine  Proc-pss  of  the  MamnuLliftn  Preinax- 

illary.     By  R.  Broom,  M.B.,  CM.,  IS.So 477 

The  Silurian  Trilobites  of  New  (South  Wales,  with  References  to 

those  iif  other  I'arts  <'f  Austnilin.      By  K.   KTllEKllHiK,  .IrsK., 

Curator  of  thi'  AuBlrnlian  Museum-  -and  John  Mitcuell,  I'ubliu 

School,  Narellsn.     Part  iii.     The  Pharopiilir.     (Plates  xxxviii.- 

XL.)  480 

Botsnii-nl  Nntos  from  the  Technologieul  Museum.     By  J.  H.  Maii>kn, 

K.L.S.,  nn.l  R.  T.  Baker,  F.L.S.     No.  iv.     (PUtes  xu-xiji.) ...     512 
Catalnguo  of    the  Described  ('nleoptera  of   Australia.      Supplement, 

I'iirl  I.     GirimUiiiUt  and  Canxbiii-r.     By  Gr.oBOS  Mastbr.i.* 

Elections  and  AaiiouDuementa        411,474 

Donations  411,474 

Notes  anil  Exhibits 409,  472 

PART    IV. 

(lautit  Jfril  tvtii,  ItW  ) 

Notes  on  Ctrm/iu.     By  Waltkb  W.  Frixjoatt 6J8 

Ud  the  Dates  of  Publication  of  the  Eaily  Volumes  of  the  Society'* 

Proceedings.     By  J.  J.  Plkti'hkb 633 

Itniai  upacatalr  u  a  Guppleouni  to  th«  Tut  (the  la^naiion  or  the  OaUloiuc  taiof 


VI,  CONTBKTB. 

PART.  IV.  (cimtinMdJ. 

Description  of  ft  Tree  Creeper,  preeumabty  new.  By  C.  W.  Db  Vis, 
.Nf.A.,  Corr.  Member.     [Title]  

The  <irey  Gum  of  the  North  Conet  District*  (Siualypliu  profnnqua, 
sp.Dov.)  By  Henbt  Dkank,  M.A  ,  F.L.S.,  aod  J.  H.  Maidk.v, 
F.L.3.     (PEatexLULj 

Jottings  from  the  Biological  Laboratory  of  Sydaey  IJDlvenity.  By 
Proreuor  Williah  A.  Hasweu.,  M.A.,  D.Sc.  No.  IS.—Note 
on  Certi^ii  PuiDta  in  the  Arrangeoieiit  and  Stractnra  of  the 
Tentacnliferoiu  Lobea  in  NrmtUtu  ponpiliu*    (Plate  XLViii.)     ... 

On  tlie  Occurrence  of  Diatomaceona  Karth  at  the  Warrumbungle 
Mountains,  N.S.W.  By  Piofeasor  T.  W.  Eiiqkwdbth  David, 
U.A.,  F.G.S.     [Title] 

On  Bonio  Development!  of  the  Mammalian  Prenaeal  Cartilaga.  By  R. 
Broom,  M.D.,  B.Sc.    (Plate  xliv.)  

On  a  Biiiall  FuMil  Marsupial  with  large  Grooved  Premolars.  By  R. 
liK.mM,  M.D.,B  3c.     (Plates  Jtxv.  and  xlv.)         

(')ii  a  iiniall  Fossil  Marsnpial  allied  to  Pelaunu.  By  R.  BrooH, 
M.I)..  B.Sc.     (Plate  iLVi.}     

On  till-  Organ  of  Jacobaou  in  an  Australian  Bat  (MiniopttniiJ.  By 
R.  Broom,  M.D.,  RSc.     (Plate  xlvii.}       

Note  <-a  the  Period  of  GesUtioD  in  Echidna.     By  R.  Bkoom,  M.D., 


CORRIGENDA. 

F»ge  78>  ia  the  last  two  llnsi — re&d  0.  /renala  and  P.  pmieUlata. 

Pago  84,  line  27 — iimerl  m. '  betwoen  mp.  *  and  m. ' 

PageSS,  lins  15— add;  of  the  entire  eeries  of  cheek  teeth  9S'5  (1). 

Page  87,  line  26— /or  premoUn  read  the  left  premolkt. 

Page  88,  line  i — for  A  second  example,  binder  portion,  to.,  rea/l  A  lavond 

example — Hinder  portion,  fte. 
Page  89,  Une  16— for  oreru  read  ortai. 
Page  93,  line  4 — after  young  add  Caat  of  portion  of  a  right  maxilla  with 

m."  m.«  (10223);  aitalt. 
Page  94,  line  5 — The  ward  but  at  the  end  of  the  line  ahould  have  been 

omitted. 
Page  09,  lines  17,  30  and  31— /or  P.*  r<a<l  in  each  ca«e  ¥7* 
Page  100,  line  2— /or  P.  •  rtad  PT 
Page  107,  line  35— /or  lightly  read  ilightly. 
Page  467,  line  18 — for  Puccini  pnini  read  Pueeinia  pniiii. 


LIST    OF   PLATES. 
VOL  X. 

{second  series). 
Plates  i.-viii. — Ptychodtra  atutralUnns,  HilL 
PlfttcB  IX. -XIII. — PUtypns  Embryo  from  the  Intrk-ttteriae  Egg- 
Flatei  xiv.-xviii. — Fuasil  Jaws  of  the  Maeropodida. 
Plate  XIX.— BrachyBcelid  Galls. 

Plate  XX. — Trygonorhina  /awiala  with  abnormal  Pectnml  Ptiu. 
Plate  XXI.— Acacia  Bnlcri.  Mai.len. 
Platea  kkii.-sxiii.— Aiistralian  SpUen  ( NtphUa Flelchari,  S.  Bdioardii, 

hoA  N,  veiUricota). 
Plate  x\iv. — Fertilisation  of  the  Ooodeniactir. 

Plates  x.f  V.  and  XLV. — A  Fossil  Marsupial  (Bwraray  pami».  Broom). 
Plate  XXVI.- New  Land  Sheila  from  New  Guinu. 
Plate  XXVII. — Acofia  lanujera.  A.  Cunn. 
Plate  xxviii. — Acacia  piintHa,  Maiden  et  Baksr. 
Plate  XXIX. — Aboriginal  Stone  Implenienta. 
Platu  x.w.— Aboriginal  Grave. 

Plate  xx\l.  (upper  division) — 3fefiola  amphitrichaf  Fries. 
Plate  XXXI.  (lower  diviaion)'Xxxili. — Prnne  Rust f  FmrriBt'a  prwti.  Fen.) 
[XVI. — Puccinia  on  Groundsel. 


F:BOOS:S}I3XITGhS 


LINNEAN     SOCIETY 


ISTET^T"  SOTTTH  T^7--A.IjES. 


WEDNESDAY,  NOVEMBER   38th,  1894,  Continued 


ON  A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  ENTEROPNEU8TA  ('PTTCffO- 

DEKA  AUSTHALI/iiVSrS)  FROM  THE  COAST 

OF  NEW"  SOl'TH  WALES. 

By  Jas.  p.  Hill.  Demonmtbator  ok  Biology,  University  of 
Sydney. 

(Plates  i.-viii.) 
In  a  preliminary  note  communicated  to  this  Society  in  Septem- 
ber of  last  year  I  recorded  the  discovery  of  a  species  of  Enterop- 
neust  at  two  widely  separated  localities  on  the  coast  of  New  South 
Wales,  viz.,  at  the  ocean  beach  nearly  opposite  that  part  of 
Broken  Bay  known  as  Creel  Baj',  and  also  at  Jer\'is  Bay.  Since 
the  publication  of  the  preliminary  note  I  have  found  the  same 
species  on  the  beach  nearly  opposite  Newport,  N.S.  W.,  and  it  may 
thus  be  looked  for  along  the  whole  C0B,st  line  of  New  South 
Wales.  An  examination  of  the  form  has  shown  that  it  is  a  new 
upecieii  belonging  to  the  (jenus  Ptychodera,  and  since  it  is  the  first 


2  OS   A   NEW   SPECIB8  OF  EVTEROPXEUSTA, 

recorde<l   from   Australia,    I    propose   for  it  the  specific   name 
aitstraliengit. 

The  publication  of  Spengel'^  Ijeautiful  Monograph  on  the 
Ent«ropneust«*  has  rendered  it  uimefessary  for  me  to  eater  into 
details  of  histology  and  the  like,  and  also  I  do  not  propose,  in 
this  paper,  to  ent«r  into  the  muuh  discussed  question  of  the 
affinities  of  the  group.  In  the  description,  then,  only  points  of 
specific  difference  are  insisted  on.  I  have  adopted,  generally,  the 
terms  jiroposed  by  Spengel,  and  my  indebtedness  to  his  mono- 
graph will  be  readily  apparent  from  the  sei^uel. 

The  Hpecies  occurs  in  considerable  abundance  in  a  rocky  comer 
of  the  ocean  beach  nearly  opposite  Creel  Bay  and  a  little  to  the 
south  of  the  well  known  Hole  in  the  Wall.  Since  the  discovery 
i£  the  species  there  in  August  of  la.st  year  I  have  made  twi 
sulwie(]uent  expeditions  to  the  locality  for  fortlier  supplies  o1 
material,  once  in  January  and  again  in  May  of  this  year,  an<J 
only  on  my  last  visit  did  I  succeed  in  finding  sexually  matu' 
individuals,  so  that  the  breeding  season  may,  approximately, 
given  as  the  end  of  autumn. 

During  ray  visit  to  the  locality  I  was  very  kindly  accommodat 
by  Mr.  Chas.  Hastie,  of  Creel  Bay,  and  I  must  here  take 


BY   JAB.    P.    HILL.  9 

The  largest  specimen  found  during  my  last  collecting  trip  in 
May  WHS  a  sexually  mature  male,  measuring,  in  the  living  condi- 
tion and  when  only  very  moderately  extended,  about  12  cm.  in 
length  with  a  breadth  in  the  tail  region  of  "■■26mni.  In  August 
of  last  year,  I  found  another  large  specimen  which  measured  in 
the  contracted  condition  about  1ft  cm.  In  the  fully  extended 
condition,  this  specimen,  now  in  the  teaching  collection  of  the 
Biological  Department  of  Sydney  University,  reached  a  length  of 
over  25  cm.  The  majority  of  the  animals  were,  however,  very 
much  shorter  and  thinner.  They  are  capable  of  very  considerable 
extension;  for  example,  one  specimen  whose  tail  region  had  a 
transverse  breadth  of  only  1  '75  mm.  reached  in  the  fully  extended 
condition  a  length  of  11-7  cm. 

i'roboscii :  The  prolxiscis  is  relatively  short  tike  that  of  Pt. 
mimila  and  Pt.  tarnUimis.  It  varies  in  shape  and  length  during 
life;  when  the  animal  is  progressing  it  is  more  or  less  elongat«<l, 
and  when  at  rest  generally  somewhat  egg-shai>ed,  the  latter  being 
the  shape  it  almost  invariably  takes  when  the  animals  are 
presented  in  chrom-osmic  acid.  The  proboscis  of  the  first  targe 
.specimen  referred  to  alwive  hail  a  length  of  about  10  mm.  in  the 
living  condition. 

Collar.-  In  the  living  animals  theiurface  of  the  collar  issmooth 
and  in  them,  as  well  as  in  preserved  specimens,  it  can  readily  be 
divided  into  tlie  five  characteristic  regions  (fig.  1 ).  The  first  region 
inclu<les  slightly  more  than  tlie  anterior  half  of  the  collar,  and  is 
formed  l>y  the  anterior  free  part  of  the  latter.  It  spreads  out 
anteriorly,  investing  the  neck  and  base  of  the  proboscis  like  a 
frill  with  margins  crinkled  as  well  during  life  as  in  preserved 
specimens.  Behind  the  frill-like  anterioi'  region  the  collar  is 
strongly  contracted  to  form  a  well  marked  circular  groove — the 
second  region  [figs.  I  and  15  (2)]^the  anterior  margin  of  which 
lies  immediately  above  the  mouth  aperture.  This  groove  is 
slightly  more  marked  on  the  ventral  side  than  on  the  dorsal. 
-  The  groove  is  followed  by  a  prominent  circular  cushion  of  a 
lighter  colour  forming  the  third  region  [tigs.  1  and  15(3)].     Behind 


4  ON   A   XEW  BPBCIEB   OF   KNTBROPXRQSTA, 

this  is  foand  the  typicAl  ring  furrow  forming  the  fourth  region 
[figH.  1  and  15  (4)],  and  this  ia  8eparat«d  from  the  trunk  hy  a 
narrow  projecting  circuhir  rim — the  fifth  i^ion — which  fomu  the 
poiit«rior  boundary  of  the  collar,  and  in  aomewhat  wider  than  the 
succeeding  trunk  section.  The  collar  may  reach  a  length  of 
9  mm.  with  a  transverse  breadth  in  the  third  region  of  9  mm. 
also,  so  that  in  the  living  animal  the  collar  may  be  said  to  be 
aliout  as  broad  as  long,  but  in  presen'ed  specimens  the  transverse 
breadth,  owing  to  the  strong  contraction  of  the  longitudinal  coUu- 
niiusculature,  con-siderably  exceeds  the  length,  and  also  the  ventral 
length  slightlj-  exceeds  the  dorsal. 

Trunk. 
H)  Sranckiogenital  Region;  This  region  may  reach  a  length 
of  from  36  to  40  mm.  and  a  breadth  of  7  mm.  Pi.  au»tralien»it 
i>  especially  characterised  by  the  great  dei'elopment  of  the  genital 
wings — the  duplications  of  the  dorso-lateral  regions  of  the  body  in 
which  the  gonads  are  situated — and  in  this  respect  the  species  is 


BY  JAB.    P.    HILL.  5 

NOCM  are  ulsu  i.-uncealed  frum  view.  The  gonadn  in  sexually 
mature  animals  are  fouml  in  the  wingH  almost  immediately  behind 
the  posterior  rim  of  the  collar,  and  they  extend  in  the  ridges  far 
into  the  hepatic  regiun.  In  sexually  mature  individuals  the  gonads 
may  distend  the  genital  wings  to  such  a  degree  that  they  stand 
out  almost  horizontAlly  to  the  body  (fig.  23,  gw.)  and  leave  the 
gill  area  exposed,  hut  the  usual  condition  is  the  one  first  descrilied 
where  the  gill  area  is  completely  concealed. 

The  gill  area  may  reach  a  length  uf  15  mm.,  and  is  thu^ 
relatively  very  short.  Tt  is  l>roadest  just  Ix^hind  the  collar,  and 
narrows  slightly  posteriorly;  laterally  it  is  bounded  by  two  longi- 
tudinal groove!)  whiuli  Itecunie  gradually  Nhallower  poHteriorly  and 
terminate  at  the  end  of  the  gill  area.     Into  these  the  gill  pores 

(2)  Hepatic  Reyion.-  varies  in  length  according  to  the 
size  and  age  of  the  animal.  In  one  of  my  largest  preserved 
spectmeiw  it  metwufwl  oyer  20  mm.  iu  lengtli  with  about  50  liver 
sacs  on  each  side.  The  numi>er  of  .sacs  averages  lietween  40  and 
50  on  each  side,  but  there  may  l>e  as  many  as  60.  In  fully 
extended  animals  the  liver  sacs  present  a  distinctly  paired 
arrangement  in  two  longitudinal  rows.  They  liegin  as  small 
elevations  in  contact  with  each  othei',  and  covered  by  the  genital 
wings;  posteriorly  they  gradually  increase  in  size,  and  attain 
their  maximum  development  just  beyond  the  point  where  the 
genital  wings  are  reduced  to  ridges.  Behind  this  the  sacs 
gradually  decrease  in  size  to  the  posterior  end  of  the  region, 
finally  Iteing  represented  by  two  rows  of  small  tul>ercles  which 
I^ecome  gnulually  reduce<l  until  they  disappear  altogether.  Each 
sac  arises  liy  a  narrow  l)ase  which  widens  out  into  an  antero- 
posteriorly  compressed  end,  which  in  the  region  of  the  larger  sacs 
overhangs  the  re<luce«l  genital  wings.  The  form  of  the  sac  in  this 
r^ion  is  shown  in  fig.  24,  hep. 

V ariat  ion  in  Hepatic  Region.  The  sacs  are 
usually  in  close  contact  with  each  other  by  their  anterior  and 
posterior  faces,  but  occasionally  some  of  the  cteca  present  the 


6  ON    A   KSW  SPBCtES  OP   EXTBROP^BtlSTA, 

appearance  as  if  they  were  pressed  oat  of  ppsition  and  overhang 
the  sides  of  the  body  more  than  the  others,  gi^'ing  the  rows 
a  slightly  irregular  appearance.  I  have  also  met  with  twu 
specimens  in  which  as  a  further  result  of  displacement  two 
rows  of  alternating  sacs  were  formed  on  each  aide  in  the  middle 
part  of  the  hepatic  region.  iioth  these  specimens  had  luttt 
the  whole  of  the  Ixxly  anterior  to  the  liver  sacs,  and  a  new 
probosci.'s  was  in  course  of  formation  at  the  anterior  end  of  the 
hepatic  region.  Tn  a  third  specimen  the  ttacn  were  normal  in 
arrangement  up  to  the  larger  noes,  but  the  succeeding  sac^i 
presented  a  very  irregular  appearance,  forming  two  lateral  masses, 
composed  of  irregularly  arranged  sacs,  on  either  aide  of  the  dorsal 
median  line,  and  not  showing  the  alternation  of  the  sacs  seen  in 
the  other  two  specimens.  Tt  might  be  that  thi>4  irregularity  in 
the  result  of  regeneration  of  the  post«rior  part  of  the  Itodjv 

(3)  Tail     Region:    varies  greatly  in  length   in  different 
individuals,  but  ix  usually  about  three  times  as  long  as  the  hepatic 


BY  JA8.    P.    HILL.  7 

of  epidermal  gland  cells.  The  groups  occupying  the  dorsal  surface 
of  the  body  extend  between  the  upper  margin  of  the  epidermal 
Htripe  and  the  dorsal  median  line,  while  those  occupying  the 
ventro-lateral  regions  of  the  body  terminate  on  ib)  lower  margin. 
According  to  Spengel,  a  itimilar  epidermal  stripe  exists  in  Pt. 
minuta,  but  in  correspondence  with  the  single  ciliated  groove  on 
the  left  side,  only  on  thnt  side,  ^4u  that  the  presence  of  two 
epidermal  stripes  in  Pt.  auUralientii  niaj'  Ite  taken  ah  a  character 
of  specific  valuta. 

Behind  the  termination  of  the  epidennal  stripes  the  tail  region 
l>ecomeB  gradually  somewhat  narrower  to  its  posterior  end,  in 
which  is  situated  the  terminal  anus  of  varying  outline. 

Colon  ration:  The  sexually  mature  males  and  females  can 
very  easily  be  distinguished  froui  each  other  by  their  difTerent 
colouration.  In  both  sexes  the  prolx>scis  is  of  a  light  yellow 
colour,  while  the  collar  is  of  a  slightly  deeper  yellow.  In  the 
males  the  testes  are  of  a  very  cleep  yellow  colour,  or  less  frequently 
in  some  individuals  of  a  deep  onmge.  In  the  females  the  ovaries 
are  of  a  very  light  yellow  or  almost  whitish  colour.  The  females 
are  on  the  whole  of  a  lighter  colour  than  the  males. 

The  most  anterior  liver  sites  are  of  a  brownish  colour  which 
passes  posteriorly  into  slaty  green,  and  this  again  into  a  deep 
brown  in  the  region  of  the  larger  cieca,  this  brown  colour  lieing 
retained  more  or  less  completely  in  preserved  specimens,  while  the 
other  sacs  lose  their  colour  entirely.  Posteriorly  the  sacs  again 
assume  a  slaty  green  tinge.  The  tail  region  is  whitish  in  colour 
and  its  walls  transparent,  i-eadily  allowing  the  sand  particles  in 
the  intestine  to  show  through. 

This  species  is  destitute  of  any  odour.  Incidentally  it  may  lie 
here  mentioneil  that  a  large  proportion  of  the  individuals  of  this 
species  are  infested  by  a  pai'asitic  Copepod  belonging  to  the  genus 
Iv«t  of  Mayer,*  but  whether  it  is  identical  with  the  single 
member  of  the  genus  hitherto  descril*ed,  Ive»  balanogfoMi',  I  am 

*  Ein  neuer  paraiitisuhar  Copepoite.     Mitth.  Zool,  Stn.  Ne«p,     M.  i.  p. 


O  ON   A   NEW   8FECIEB  OF   ENTEROPNEDSTA, 

«8  yet  in  doubt.  The  large  female  with  its  attendant  small  males 
in  usually  found  in  a  very  prominent  tuhular  enlargment  of  a  part 
of  the  free  edge  of  one  of  the  genital  wings. 

Ax  ATOMY. 

Proboteig  :  The  epidermis  of  the  proboscis  (fig.  5,  ep.)  is  some- 
what thicker  than  in  the  case  of  Pt.  intnuta  measuring  '11  mm. 
It  is  separated  from  the  underlying  musculature  by  the  limiting 
membrane,  composed  of  two  layers,  the  outer  attached  to  the 
ner^-e  fibre  layer  of  the  epidermis,  the  inner  to  the  circular 
muscular  layer.  Between  these  two  layers  run  the  capillaries  of 
the  vascular  net  of  the  proboscis  (fig.  5,  enp.).  Below  the  limiting 
membrane  is  the  thin  layer  of  circular  muscle  fibres,  also  some- 
what thicker  than  in  the  case  of  Pt.  ininiUa,  \\z.,  '023  mm.  The 
circular  muscular  layer  gradually  liecumes  thinner  towards  the 
neck  of  the  proboscis,  and  finally  thins  out  altogether.  The 
deticato  membrane  limiting  the  circular  muscular  layer  internally 


BT   JA8.    P.    UlLL.  9 

ou^Iom  (GgH  4,  6,  7,  H,  gp.)  is  relutod  exactly  as  in  the  desoribed 
species.  It  appears,  in  my  prepamtions,  when  it  comea  to  lie 
directiy  on  the  sides  of  the  probosciH  gut  as  a  deeply  staining 
layer  with  dark  staining  nuclei  in  its  middle  region  (fig.  7,  sp.), 
the  cell  bodies  of  which  are  not  recognisable.  On  the  surface  of 
the  glomerulus  it  preaente  essentially  the  same  appearance  of  a 
deeply  ntaining  granular  layer  with  numerous  dark  staining  nuclei 
(Hi  ita  inner  face  (fig.  6,  tp.). 

On  the  outer  aide  of  the  splanchnic  epithelium  there  is  a  layer 
of  tissue  of  a  spongy  appearance  (figs.  6  and  7,  cC.)  which  is 
directly  continuous  both  above  and  below  with  the  fine  connective 
tissue  of  the  proboscis  ctElom  (fig.  4,  ct.).  Thb  layer  corresponds 
to  the  characteristic  layer  described  by  Spengel*  on  the  surface 
of  the  glomerulus  in  /*(.  §amien»iii,  and  which  he  considers  as 
the  inner  limiting  layer  of  the. connective  tissue  of  the  probosciit. 
Round  the  central  proboscis  organs  there  is  always  in  sections,  as 
in  the  described  species,  a  space  free  from  connective  tissue  and 
representing  the  proboscis  citlom  (figs.  5  and  8,  jjfic).  Posteriorly 
towards  the  prolK>scis  neck  the  proboscis  ctelom  is  divided,  as  in 
the  other  species,  on  the  dorsal  side  through  the  heart  bladder 
into  two  dorsal  proboscis  pockets  (fig.  9,  dp.),  and  on  the  ventral 
side  through  the  ventral  septum  into  two  smaller  ventral  pni- 
boecis  pockets  (fig.  9,  vp.).  The  ventral  septum  (figs.  3-5,  8,  vpt.) 
ha.s  in  this  species  anterior  and  posterior  free  edges  which  run 
obliquely  backwards,  while  its  dorsal  and  ventral  edges  are 
attached  to  the  proboscis  gut  and  the  outer  wall  of  the  proboscis 
respectively  so  that  the  septum  in  here  four-sided  and  not 
triangular  as  in  f*C.  tninula.  In  its  structure  it  is  essentially 
similar  to  that  of  /'I.  THinuta.  It  consistn  of  a  central  membrane 
carr3nng  blood  vessels,  on  either  side  of  which  there  is  a  layer  of 
muscle  fibres — the  ventral  portion  of  the  fibres  of  the  dorso- ventral 
muscle  plate:  on  the  dorsal  side,  the  fibres  of  the  same  plate  can 
be  distinctly  recognised  on  the  lateral  walla  of  the  heart  bladder, 
below  the  splanchnic  epithelium  (figs.  3  and  5,  tlse.). 

•  Loc.  cU.  p.  101. 


10  ON   A   SBW   SPECIES   OP   aKTBROPMUHTA, 

The  Hpltuichnic  epithelium  continues  on  tlie  iturftuw  ot  the 
central  septum  which,  an  Spengel  han  Hhown,  repreaentx  a  median 
fold  (if  the  ventral  proboscis  wall,  and  is  connecUd  at  intervals 
with  the  limiting  membrane  of  the  epidermis.  The  two  ventral 
pnilKtscia  pockets  separated  from  each  other  by  the  ventral  septum 
jirc  usually  filled  by  a  loo§e  connective  tisHue;  however,  in  some 
(-uses,  a  distinct  space  bounded  by  this  tissue  maj'  appear  (tig.  12, 
rp.)  Behind  the  poet«rior  free  edge  of  the  septum  the  ventral 
[Hickets  unite  t-oform  the  ventral  unpaired  portion  of  the  prolxiacin 

Exceptionally  two  folds  may  arise  from  the  limiting  membrane 
of  the  epidermis  to  form  the  proboscis  septum;  the  two  folds 
eticlrming  a  median  pocket  between  them  unit«  with  each  other 
Jilcitig  the  mid-ventral  line  of  the  proboscis  gut.  Farther  pos- 
teriorly the  point  of  union  of  the  two  folds  gradually  passes 
vi-ntrally  until  the  median  pocket  is  obliterated,  an<l  the  septum 
iv.ssunieji  the  normal  condition.  On  the  dorsal  side  the  two 
jiroltoHcis  pocketN  separated  by  the  heart  bladder  are  in  different 
individuals  of  this  species  very  varied  in  their  relations.  Tb 
piiil Niseis  pore  may  be  single  or  double,  and  occupy  a  medi 
{Hisitidii  or  it  may  be  single  and  situat«d  on  the  right  side  of 


BY  JAS.    P.    HILL.  11 

heart  bladder  to  form  the  proboscis  canal  which  opens  on  the 
right  side. 

With  regard  to  the  l«haviour  of  the  doraal  proboscis  pocketK, 
Pt.  aHilraliifnn*  appeam  to  be  the  moat  variable  of  all  the 
EnteropneuBts  hitherto  described. 

Notochord  (Eichel-darmof  Spengel):  In  shape  the  notochord 
of  thia  species  essentially  resembles  that  of  Pt.  minula.  Imme- 
diately oDterior  to  the  point  of  opening  of  the  lumen  of  the 
notochord  into  the  mouth  or  throat  cavitj',  its  narrow  neck  portion 
intrally  compressed,  with  a  convex  dorsal  wall  and  a 
thin  ventral  wall  composed  of  a  single  layer  of  low 
columnar  cells  resting  on  the  proboscis  skeleton  {fig.  16,  (/if.). 
Anteriorly  in  the  region  of  the  proboscis  neck  the  neck  portion  of 
the  notochord  is  not  so  much  dorso- ventral ly  compressed,  but 
somewhat  higher  an<l  with  a  more  or  less  triangular  lumen.  The 
dorsal  wall  of  the  neck  portion  of  the  notochord  is  very  much 
thicker  than  the  ventral  and  is  composed  of  long  narrow  epithelial 
cells  which  radiato  outwards  from  the  lumen  and  have  central 
generally  narrow  rod-like  nuclei.  Between  these  elongated  cells 
there  occur  numerous  clear  oval  bladders  which  Spengel  well 
regards  aa  the  secretory  holders  of  gland  cells.  Some  appear  quit« 
empty,  others  again  show  a  network  in  their  interior  similar  to 
that  in  the  epidermal  mucous  glands  and  which  stains  in  the  same 
diffuse  manner.  They  thus  conform,  as  Spengel  has  shown,  to  the 
structure  of  the  "goblet  cells;"  on  the  ventral  side  where  the  wall 
is  composed  of  a  single  layer  of  columnar  cells,  these  gland  cells 
are  entirely  absent.  The  neck  portion  of  the  notochord  is  thus 
distinctly  epithelial  in  character. 

Anteriorly  the  doraal  wall  increases  considerably  in  thickne8.s 
while  the  ceUs  of  the  ventral  wall  lose  their  distinctly  columnar 
quality.  They  Itecome  longer  and  narrower,  gland  cells  appear 
lietween  them,  and  they  finally  pass  over  into  the  chorda-liko 
tissue  forming  the  wall  of  the  ventral  blind  sac  of  the  notochord. 
The  lumen  of  the  notochord  ext«nds  obliquely  downwards  into 
the  ventral  blind  sac  (fig.  14),  then  in  this  the  lumen  extends 


13  0\   A  N 

tritiisverNely  outwards,  reducing  the  lateral  walU  of  the  hiind  nac 
t'l  u  tliiii  layer,  while  the  hind  and  middle  portions  of  the  wall 
ure  somewhat  thicker,  an  in  J't.  minuta.  From  tht!  tranavente 
lujiK.'n  of  the  blind  nac  there  pasMefl  forwardn  laterall}'  a  short  horn 
on  each  side  (fig.  9,  lb.);  a  section  passing  through  the  proboscis 
neck  just  anterior  to  the  passing  down  of  the  ventral  blind  sac 
lumen  thus  shows  three  cavities  in  the  notochord  (fig.  9),  two  ventro- 
lateral belonging  to  the  horns  of  the  ventral  blind  sac  lumen  and 
a  median  situated  near  to  the  dorsal  side  of  the  notochord,  the 
main  notofhordal  lumen  now  considerably  reduced  in  size  and  with 
nunienius  gland  cells  opening  int«  it.  Anteriorly  the  lumen 
comes  ti)  occupy  a  more  nearly  central  position  (fig.  >*,  div.);  it 
finally  1>ecomes  reduced  to  a  narrow  slit  (fig.  -),  div.),  which  can 
lie  tDicwl  to  a  slightly  varying  distance  from  the  apex  of  the 
iiotiichoni  (fig.  H,  (/re).  The  lumen  varies  xomewhat  in  position 
and  shape  in  different  individuals,  Iveing  in  some  situated  nearer 
thr  (loi-sal  side,  in  others  nearer  the  ventral  side  uf  the  notochord 
ils  outline  also  varies^it  may  l)e  circular  or  form  a  narro' 
vertical  or  horizontal  cleft.  The  lumen  in  this  species  has  on  th 
^^'llole  a  more  median  position  than  in  /'{.  miimtn,  and  co' 
sec|uently  the  dorsal  and  ventral  walls  are  more  nearly  eijual 


BV  JAS.    P.    HILL.  13 

which  the  gland  cells  are  situated,  radiate  outwardH  from  the 
lumen.  They  have  elongated,  rod-like  nuclei  situated  at  about 
their  middle  region,  and  on  the  dorsal  side  their  outer  ends  come 
into  connection  with  processea  from  an  irregular  layer  with 
rounded  nuclei  situated  immediately  below  the  limiting  memltrane 
of  the  notochord.  On  the  ventral  side  the  passing  over  of  these 
distinct  epithelial  cells  int«  the  chorda-like  tissue  can  be  distinctly 
recognised  (figs.  9  and  \2,  dv.). 

In  correspondence  with  the  widely  diverging  legs  of  the  proboscis 
skeleton  the  opening  of  the  proboscis  gut  lumen  into  the  mouth 
cavity,  at  first  narrow,  l>e«jmea  eventually  a  very  wide  transverse 
opening,  in  the  anterior  part  of  the  mouth  cavity.  I  liave  also 
encountered  in  the  proboscis  gut  the  yellow  granules  which 
Spengel  regards  as  excretions. 

Probo  get  g  Sktlelon;  it  consists,  as  in  the  described 
species,  of  a  main  Iwdy,  a  keel-like  ventral  portion,  and  two 
posterior  diverging  lega  (fig.  13).  The  anterior  portion  of  the 
body  is  formed  by  the  funnel-like  "end  plate"  which  invests  the 
ventro- lateral  regions  of  the  ventral  blind  sac  of  the  notochord. 
The  lateral  edges  of  this  plate  extend  somewhat  in  imnt  of  the 
ventral,  so  that  they  appear  first  in  sections  a.s  two  thin  plates 
investing  the  lateral  faces  of  the  blind  sac  (fig.  9,  eps.).  The 
anterior  "  end  plate  "  gradually  narrows  posteriorly,  its  dorsal 
edges  unite  with  each  other  in  the  median  line,  and  it  passes  into 
the  body  proper.  By  the  union  of  the  dorsal  edges  of  the  "  end 
plate  "  there  is  sometimes  formed  a  blind  canal  continuing  for  a 
short  distance  into  the  body  proper,  and  occupied  by  a  prolonjia- 
tion  of  the  "  chorda-like  tissue  "  of  the  tiind  wall  of  the  \'entral 
blind  sac.  The  "  keel  "  first  appears  at  a  short  distance  behind 
the  anterior  edge  of  the  "  end  plate "  in  the  form  of  a  small 
V-shaped  structure  with  widely  divaricated  legs.  It  is  separated 
from  the  end  plate  bj'  a  thin  band  of  "  chondroid  tissue."  Then 
gradually  the  ventral  apex  of  the  keel  thickens  and  gives  rise  to 
a  distinct  \entrally  projecting  tooth-like  portion,  the  keel  now- 
having  in  section  the  form  of  a  Y  (fig.  10,  kps.}.  The  "  Ixxly  " 
has  at  first  a  semilunar  outline,  with  the  flat  side  immediately 


14  ON'    A   NEW   SPBCtBS   OP   ESTER0PNCU8TA, 

mljuimng  the  ventral  wall  of  the  neck  of  the  notochord  and  the 
curved  side  above  the  divaricated  legs  of  the  Y-shaped  "keel." 
At  this  point  there  pasBes  in  the  "  chondroid  tiasue  "  between  the 
"  l)ody  "  and  "keel"  a  vessel  connecting  the  two  efferent  proboscis 
vessels  (fig.  10,  cw.)  Immediately  behind  this  vessel  the  "  Ixxiy  " 
Iiecumes  triangular  in  outline  and  iU  apex  gradually  approaches 
and  finally  fuses  with  the  median  portion  of  the  "  keel "  l>etweer) 
its  divaricated  legs  which  now  give  rise  U>  two  lateral  "wings." 
Anterior  to  and  at  the  point  of  fusion  the  body  is  much  stouter 
than  the  keel,  the  "  wingH  "  of  the  latter  only  projecting  a  very 
little  l>eyond  the  lateral  surfaces  of  the  body,  but  posterior  to  this 
tlie  body  gradually  decrea^4es  in  breadth  and  also  in  height,  while 
the  keel  thickens  greatlj',  forming  in  transverse  sections  much  the 
bigger  half  of  the  whole  structure.  The  "  wings  "  of  the  "  keel  " 
at  the  same  time  reach  a  greater  lateral  extension  and  form  two 
distinct  lateral  projections  below  the  middle  region  of  the  IkmIi 
when  the  entire  skeleton  w  viewed  frem  alwve  (fig.  I.t).  Post 
riorly  the  wings  liecome  gradually  smaller  and  finally  disappe 
while  tlie  body  becomes  reduced  to  a  narrow  somewhat  conv 
])late  separated  from  the  keel  by  two  small  vertical  half  nio 
shaped    masses  with    their   convex   faces    touching  each    ot 


BY  JAH.    P.    HILL.  lA 

thicker  in  the  middle— the  continuation  of  the  "  keel ". — derived 
aliw  from  the  throat  epithelium  ua  the  opeuing  of  the  notochordiil 
lumen  gradually  moved  posteriorly  (fig.  16,  Ip*  .).  Towards  the 
posterior  end  of  the  skeleton  the  "keel"  disappears  entirely,  the 
two  "  nuclei "  separate  from  each  other  ventrally,  and  the 
epithelium  of  the  throat  extends  up  intu  the  cleft  between  them. 
The  continuation  of  the  body  lying  above  the  nuclei  then  thins 
out,  and  the  "nuclei"  ^<eparate  completely  from  each  other.givin^ 
rise  to  the  "legs"  proper  which  lie  under  a  fold  of  the  thnuit 
epithelimn.  The  "legs"  may  pass  out  at  once  almost  tran'^ventely, 
or  they  mav  diverge  more  gradually  tn  different  individuals. 
They  terminate  considerably  in  front  of  the  middle  region  of  the 

The  prolMMcis  :<keleton  is  composed  of  a  cuticular  sulistance 
which  shows  in  this  species  a  very  distinct  stratification,  indicat- 
ing the  mode  of  origin  of  the  mass  by  the  deposition  of  succeiwive 
layers,  and  the  direction  of  these  layers  indicates  very  clearly 
from  what  source  they  are  derived.  As  Spengel  has  shown,  the 
"end  plate''  is  derived  from  the  ventral  blind  sac  of  the  notochord, 
while  the  "l>ody"  is  derived  from  the  neck  of  the  same.  The 
''  keel "  on  the  other  hand  is  formed  from  the  epidermis  of  the 
proboscis  neck,  and  its  posterior  continuation  from  the  epithelium 
of  the  throat. 

In  this  species  the  "  end  plate  "  and  the  anterior  p)rtion  of  the 
"  body  "  are  separated  from  the  keel  by  chondroid  tissue,  and  the 
direction  of  the  lines  of  stratification  in  these  partit  indicates 
clearly  enough  their  distinct  origin.  The  relations  of  the  skeletim 
to  the  limiting  membranes  are  essentially  those  of  the  described 
species.  The  Ixxly  passes  over  at  ita  edges  into  the  limiting 
membrane  of  the  notochord,  while  the  wings  of  the  keel  pass 
over  into  that  of  the  epidermis. 

In  the  proboscis  skeleton  of  this  Hpeciea  there  occur  u  few 
Hmall  oval  cells  with  non-staining  cell  bodies  and  deeply  stiiiuiug 
small  nuclei.  They  are  situated  between  the  layers  of  stratifica- 
tion. Such  cells  occur  in  the  proboscis  skeleton  of  Pt.  clatigera, 
giyag  and  auranlxaea,  and  with  Spengel  I  believe  they  are  cells 


16  ON   A   NBW  8PECII8   OF'   ByTEROPNIUBTA, 

wliich  have  become  encloeed  during  the  formation  of  the  nkeletoD, 
and  not  cells  vhich  have  immigntted  later. 

"  Chondroid  li»gu«  ":  As  in  the  genua  Ptychodwi  generally  the 
"  chondroid  tissue  "  of  the  proboscis  neck  is  not  greatly  developed, 
and  the  cell  strands  appearing  generally  in  transverse  sections  as 
small  isolated  masses  are  derived  as  Spenget  has  shown  mainly 
fnun  the  epithelium  of  the  proboscis  pockets.  As  in  Pt.  elavigera 
a.  Iiand  of  "  chondroid  tissue  "  continuous  with  the  lateral  tissue 
is  present  between  the  "  end  plate  "  and  "  keel  "  of  the  proboaciit 
skeleton.  The  cell  strands  of  this  ventral  portion  are  very  richly 
developed,  and  are  derived  from  the  epithelial  cells  lining  the  ventral 
proboscis  pockets  and  behind  the  posterior  edge  of  the  probosci 
Heptum  from  the  continuation  of  the  same  epithelial  cells  Hninf 
the  ventral  unpaired  portion  of  the  proboscis  cielom. 

Heart-bladder :  The  heart-bladder  is  esentially  similar  in 
general  relations  to  that  of  Pt.  minuta.  It  is  a  completely  clo 
sHO,  having  no  connection  either  with  tlie  vascular  sj'stem  or  v 
the  proboscis  Cielom.  On  its  lateral  walls  the  muscle  P 
lieloiiging  to  the  dorso-ventral  muscle  plate  are  very  well  ma 
(fig.  5,  dac),  but  OS  in  the  other  species  of  the  genus  they  di 


BY   JA8.    P.    HILL.  17 

tubular  cavity  merges  gradually  inU)  that  of  the  central  blood 
space.  Anteriorly,  however,  the  anterior  end  of  the  tubular 
infolding  projects  towards  the  end  of  the  heart-bladder  as  a  short 
free  blind  sac  which  extends  into  the  cavity  of  the  heart-bladder 
beyond  the  anterior  end  of  the  longitudinal  slit  placing  the 
tubular  cavity  in  communication  with  the  proper  cavity  of  the 
central  blood  space.  Consequently  in  a  series  of  transverse 
section  this  free  end  first  appears  a»  an  apparently  isolated  cavity 
with  muscular  walls  lying  in  the  cavity  of  the  heart-bladder  and 
quite  independent  of  its  ^'entml  wail  (fig,  3,  ivw.). 

The  only  parallel  for  this  condition  in  other  E^teropneusts 
appears  to  exist  in  Bnlnnoyloiisuii  canadengis,  which,  according  to 
Spengel,  possesses  a  similar  infolding  of  the  heart^bladder  wall, 
although  it  is  still  more  complicated  in  other  respects. 

According  to  Spengel  the  ventral  wall  of  the  heart-bladder 
serves  to  furnish  the  central  blood  space  with  the  musculature  by 
whose  contraction  the  blood  is  forced  out  of  the  central  blood 
space  into  the  sinuses  of  the  glomerulus,  and  thence  into  the 
efferent  proboscis  vessels.  We  ha\e  therefore  to  regard  this 
infolding  of  the  ventral  heart^bladder  wall  into  a  tube  free 
anteriorly,  inasmuch  as  it  increases  the  power  of  that  wall,  as  a 
special  modification  to  ensure  the  better  performance  of  its  pro- 
pelling function.  I  have  found  this  condition  so  frequently  in 
this  species  that  it  may  lie  taken  as  a  character  of  specific  value. 

In  the  interior  of  the  heart-bladder  a  space  exists  in  its  greater 
extent  (figs.  3,  4,  5  and  14,  /<),  but  at  its  anterior  and  posterior 
ends  the  cavity  is  obliterated  by  a  cellular  tissue.  Anteriorly 
this  tissue  has  the  appearance  of  a  spongy  connective  tissue  with 
numerous  nuclei  in  its  connecting  strands,  and  I  have  not  been 
able  to  oltserve  in  this  any  distinction  into  two  portions,  one 
derived  from  the  dorsal,  the  other  from  the  ventral  wall,  such  as 
Spengel  descril>es  for  Pi.  jiiinuta.  An  irregular  cavity  appears 
in  the  dorsal  part  of  this  mass,  a  short  distance  beliind  the  anterior 
end  of  the  heart-bladder,  and  the  loose  tissue  below  it  gradually 
becomes  reduced  in  size  passing  into  an  irregular  layer  of 
endothelial  cells  on  the  ventral  wall  of  the  lieart^bladder.     These 


18  ON   A   \BW   SPKCIES   OF   KNTEBOPSEUSTA, 

cells  il<j  not  form  in  thin  Hpeciet,  hu  far  ax  I  have  observed,  ft, 
definite  layer,  l>ut  are  irregularly  diiipo«ed  (AgB.  4  and  5),  and 
very  frequently  some  of  them  are  of  an  elongated  form  with  one 
end  attached  to  the  he»rl^bladder  wall.  The  portion  of  the 
anterior  cell  mans  above  the  cavity  continues  as  a  narrow  ntrand 
occupying  the  apes  of  the  cavity  of  the  heart-hl adder,  and  limit«<l 
from  it  by  a  very  tender  uiemlirane  (fig.  0).  This  dorsal  ntnuid 
of  tiHsue  ]>asseH  on  either  Hide  into  the  flattened  endothelium 
whioh  lines  the  lateral  walls  of  the  heart-bladder.  The  rounded 
nuclei  of  this  endothelium  can  lie  readih'  recogniijetl,  placetl  nt 
fiiirtj'  regular  intervalfl  from  each  other,  hut  the  cell  l>odieM  are 
nut  distinct  in  my  preparations.  As  the  heart-bludder  decreoseit 
in  si^c  posteriorly  the  cells  of  tlie  dorsal  Htrarol  unite  witli 
processes  from  the  irregular  endothelial  cells  of  the  ventral  wall, 
and  eventually  the  posterior  )>art  of  the  cavity  is  fille<i  up  as  in  Pi. 
tiiitiutn  by  a  niaiu  of  titusue  denser  than  that  of  tlie  anterior  em' 
(fig.  9,  It.},  and  through  which  there  paiw  between  the  lat«r 
walls  of  the  heart-bladder  fine  transverse  fibres  which  Sjien 
(■egards  as  muscular. 

Yellow  granules  may  sometimes  l>e  oltservetl  in  the  celh 
lie  heart-hladder. 


BY  J.KB.    P.    HILL.  19 

appear  to  correapond  to  ihe  fibres  Spengel  has  obaened  in 
fialanoqlotiitt*  emtadengU  and  B.  kupfferi,  and  which  he  regardH 
lis  having  been  carried  in,  by  the  infolding  of  the  splanchnic 
«>pithelium. 

Collar:  The  epidermis  of  the  collar  can,  like  that  of  the  other 
species  of  Pli/chodera,  be  divided  into  five  zones  (fig.  15  [1-5]). 
Of  these  the  first  formed  by  the  anterior  free  rim  of  the  collar  is 
tlie  largest;  the  second  occupies  the  region  of  the  circular  groove; 
tlie  third,  that  of  the  cii'cular  pnijecting  cusliion;  the  fourth,  tlie 
Imttom  of  the  typical  ring  furrow;  while  the  fifth  is  formeil  by 
the  narrow  projecting  rim  forming  the  posterior  boundary  of  the 
(juUar.  Tlie  second  and  fourth  zones  are  similarly  constituted; 
they  stain  darkly  with  hn^matoxylin,  and  as  in  Pt.  minula  thev 
contain  in  their  whole  depth  numerous  gland  cells;  the  remaining 
zones  contain  gland  cells  only  in  their  outer  regions,  and  stiiin  <ii 
a  lighter  colour. 

Colfnr  mimculature  :  It  in  in  this  species  in  its  general  rflations 
(issentially  similar  to  that  of  /'(,  miiiiUn,. 

In  the  outer  wall  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  collar  there  is  the 
usual  external  layer  of  longitudinal  muscle  fibres  (figs.  14,  16,  (/iu.) 
which  spring  in  the  posterior  part  of  the  collar  between  the 
limgitudinal  muscle  bundleH  of  the  inner  wall.  Internal  to  these 
there  is  the  layer  of  circular  fibres  which  terminate  at  the 
Iteginning  of  the  second  epidermal  zone  (figs.  14,  16,  efio.).  The 
longitudinal  muscles  of  the  inner  wall  of  the  collar  springing  from 
the  region  of  the  collar  trunk-septum  are,  as  in  /*(.  minula, 
sf  parated  in  the  posterior  part  of  the  collar  int«  distinct  bundles 
l(y  radial  fibres  passing  lietween  the  outer  and  inner  walls  of  the 
collar.  The  ventro-lateral  bundles  terminate  behind  the  circular 
\essel  fold  of  the  collar,  while  those  more  dorsally  situated  pass 
towards  the  neck  of  the  prolxiscis,  and  ai'e  inserted,  as  in  Pt. 
iiiimUa,  mainly  into  the  boundary  membrane  of  tlie  notochonl 
(fig.  16,  i7»i'.;  fig.  \\,ecp.).  The  dorsal  portion  of  the  longitudinal 
musculatureextends,  in  the  posterior  region  of  the  collar,  round  the 
lateral  surfaces  of  the  perihiemat  spaces,  and  partly  on  to  the  dorsal 


'20  CK   A    NEW   SPBCIKa  OF   KNTBROPNBUSTA, 

hurfac*  of  the  collar  cord.  Anterior  to  the  circular  vessel  told 
there  occurx  a  fairly  thick  band  of  muscle  tihren  which  ariHe  from 
the  sides  of  the  proboscis  skeleton,  and  siiiround  the  mouth 
aperture  circularly,  and  from  this  layer  there  pass  up  the  longi- 
tudinal fibres  of  the  fore  wall  of  the  collar  (fig.  14,  ifir.).  The 
radial  fibres  passing  between  the  fore  and  outer  walls  of  the 
anterior  mat^n  of  the  collar  have  the  usual  intercrossing  aiTange- 
m^nt(fig.l4,r/). 

The  extensions  of  the  trunk  c<i-loin  into  the  collar — the  peri- 
hivmal  and  peripharyngeal  spaces  —are  related  essentially  as  in 
ihe  known  species  of  I'lychodera.  As  in  Pi.  mrttieniiig  and  aperta, 
t  he  perihwmal  spaces,  with  the  exception  of  their  anterior  portions 
wliich  lire  situated  entirely  below  the  collar  cord  (fig.  16,  /lA*.), 
enclose  l)etween  them  a  groove  in  which  the  ventral  two-thirds  of 
the  collar  cord  is  situated  (figs.  17  and  18,  7>/(i'.).  The  greater 
jHirtion  of  their  cavities  is  occupied  by  the  longitudinal  muscu- 
lature of  the  dorsal  wall,  which  is  inserted  anteriorly  in  greater 
part  int4>  the  boundary  membrane  of  the  epiilermis  Irehind  the 
prolxiscis  canal.  On  the  ventral  wall  of  each  spwe  there  is  a 
single   layer  of   longitudinal    fibres,  while    lietween   dorsal  and 


BY   JAB.    p.    IllLL.  21 

anterior  to  tlie  internal  opening  of  the  collar  canals,  two  distinct 
Kpoceis  exixt. 

Witli  regard  Ui  the  division  of  the  collar  cielom  into  two  halves, 
considerable  variatiun  exists  in  thin  species.  Domal  and  ventral 
septa  may  l>e  entirely  absent,  the  two  side  halves  of  the  ovloni 
then  standing,  as  in  BaUinoglottus  hipffert  according  to  Spengel, 
in  open  communication. 

The  dorsal  septum  when  present  diffen*  from  the  normal 
condition  in  Pi.  minuto  with  regurd  to  its  relation  to  the  "roots.'' 
In  that  species,  according  to  Spenj,'ei,  thedcirsal  septum  only  exists 
in  the  posterior  part  of  the  collar  two  "roots"  are  situated 
anterior  to  it,  and  it«  anterior  free  e<lf,'e  always  appeam  to  corre- 
spond to  one  of  the  "roots."  In  this  species  the  septum  may  arise 
in  the  anterior  region  of  the  collar  and  in  front  of  the  most 
anterior  root  as  a  fold  projecting  from  the  dorsal  surface  of  the 
collar  cord  and  with  a  free  anterior  edge,  and  which  reaches  the 
outer  wall  where  tlie  first  "root"  fuses  with  the  collar  epidermis. 
The  septum  then  pajwes  Ijetween  the  remaining  "roots"  to  the 
]K)sterior  end  of  the  collar.  Over  part  of  its  course  it  may  lie 
interrupted;  the  ventral  connection  with  the  dorsal  surface  of  the 
curd  is  lost,  the  septum  at  the  piint  of  interruption  appearing  as 
a  free  fold  projecting  from  the  inner  surface  of  the  outer  collar 
wall.  Further,  in  other  individuals  the  front  edge  of  the  septum 
may  coincide  willi  either  the  first  or  the  second  "root." 

As  to  the  ventral  septum  (fig.  19,  vc».)  when  present,  it  exists 
only  in  the  most  posterior  part  of  the  collar  and  there  only  foi-  a 
very  short  distance.  It  maybe  present  when  the  dorsal  is  absent. 
In  fig.  IH  a  section  passing  just  anterior  to  the  ventral  septum  is 
represented.  The  vessel  fold  (air.)  arising  from  the  subepidermic 
collar  capillaries  exists  only  for  a  short  distance  in  the  posterior 
region  of  the  collar,  and  is  not  always  so  distinct  as  in  the  series 
from  which  this  section  is  taken:  posteriorly  it  unites  with  one  of 
the  longitudinal  vessel  folds  to  give  rise  to  the  ventral  septum 
{fig.  19,  ve».).  The  collar  canals  and  the  collar-trunk  septum  are 
related  in  this  species  exactly  as  in  I'l.  mintUa. 


■22  ON   A    NEW  SPECIES  OP  EXTEROPNEUSTA, 

.Verve  Cord  of  Collar.  The  collar  nerve  cord  (figs.  16,  17,  18, 

enc.)  varies  in  shape  in  tranHverse  sections  in  different  individuals 
and  in  different  partx  of  the  same  individual,  from  bond-shaped  to 
uliuoKt  circular.  In  its  general  features  the  cord  of  thin  specieH 
A'.'rees  with  that  of  I't.  miniUa  as  described  by  Spengel.  An 
a\ial  canal  is  not  present  in  the  cellular  part  of  the  cord,  and 
the  "curd  hollows"  are  not  so  numerous  as  in  that  species.  Two 
laieral  longitudinal  rows  of  "cord  holli>ws"  exist,  while  smaller, 
li'^'  I'ejpilarly  arranged  hollows  may  lie  present  in  the  central 
rt-jiion.  The  entire  numl>er  of  hollows  appearing  in  one  section 
is  M'ldoni  greater  than  four.  These  "coi-d  hollows"  are  related  to 
i'iu'Il  other  exactly  as  in  I'l.  mimita. 

I  have  ne^■er  observed  an  ant-erior  instnking  <)f  the  epiderniin 
into  the  cellular  part  of  the  cord  to  fonn  an  anterior  epidernial 
jKicket,  l)ut  a  very  short  and  narrow  epidermal  picket  may  exist 
;it  the  jwsterior  end  of  the  cord. 

As  in  all  other  known  species  of  the  genus,  the  fibrous  lajvr  of 
the  corfl  completely  surrounds  the  cellular  portion. 

\\'itli  regard  to  the  histology  of  the  cellular  jmrt  of  the  cord,  I 
have  never  been  able  to  ohser\e  in  any  of  my  preparations  tlie 


BY   JAS.    P.    HILL.  SS 

In  the  nene  fibre  layer,  below  the  cellular  part  of  the  cord, 
nuclei  are  found,  with  bidaII  ovb.1  non-ataining  cell  bodies  which 
are  produced  at  either  end  into  fibre-like  processes.  Clear  oval 
■spaces  also  occur  in  the  fibroua  layer,  but  I  have  not  been  able  to 
convince  mj-aelf  that  these  form  continuoun  tubes,  and  they  never 
possess  any  protoplasmic  remains  in  their  interior  such  as  Spengel 
describes  for  the  processes  passing  into  the  fibrous  layer  from  the 
Kiant  ganglion  cells.  These  spaces  appear  to  be  simply  lacunn 
l)etween  the  ramifyin);  fibres  compoeinj;  the  fibroun  layer. 

Roots  :  III  this  specieH  the  most  anterior  "  root  "  may  arise  from 
the  anterior  region,  i.f.,  in  front  of  the  middle  point  of  the  collar 
cord,  contrary  to  Spengel's  statement  that  the  roots  always  spring 
from  it*i  middle  or  posterior  end.  Generally,  however,  the  first 
r(K»t  is  situated  about  the  middle  region  of  the  cord.  The  roots 
vary  in  number  from  one  to  four,  the  latter  number  being  the 
usual  one.  In  one  series  five  roots  arose  from  the  collar  cord,  but 
I  was  unable  to  find  the  dorsal  point  of  union  of  the  fifth  with 
the  epidermis.  As  in  the  descrilied  species,  the  roots  vary  greatly 
in  direction;  sometimes  they  pass  straight  lietween  the  collar  cord 
and  the  epidermis,  but  generally  they  take  an  oblique  course, 
forwards  or  Iwickwards,  to  their  point  of  union  with  the  epidermis. 
In  one  series  the  first  two  roots  fused  with  each  other  midway 
l>etween  the  collar  cord  and  epidermis,  while  in  another  series 
two  of  the  nwts  arose  from  the  collar  con!  by  a  short-  common 
stem.  Each  root  consists  as  in  the  described  species  of  an  outer 
limiting  membrane  carrj-inji;  biood  vessels,  and  continuous  at  the 
one  end  with  the  limiting  membrane  of  the  <lorsal  c«ird,  at  the 
other  with  the  limiting'  membrane  of  the  epidermis.  Int«mal  to 
this  is  a  thin  fibre  layer  continuous  ventrally  with  the  ner^'e  fibre 
layer  of  the  collar  cord.  The  interior  of  the  root  presents  a 
varying  appearance  at  different  parts;  in  some  sections,  and 
especially  in  those  of  the  Rrst  root,  a  distinct  central  cavity  may 
exist  limited  by  a  delicate  membrane  from  which  processes  radiate 
outwards.  These  processes  apparently  Itelong  to  cells,  the  nuclei 
of  which  are  situated  just  internal  to  the  fibrous  layer,  the  whole 
structure  recalling  the  appearance  of  the  stalked  cells  radiating 


'ii  0\   A  VEW   HPBClEa  OP   BN'TKKOPNEUSTA, 

from  the  "cord  hollows."  I  have  ne\er  l»een  able  to  trace  these 
hollowH  in  the  roots  as  uiintiiiuouit  caiinlit  thrvUKhout  the  whole 
len^h  of  even  the  first  "  nmt,"  hikI  am  convinced  that  in  none  of 
the  ''  rootH  "  of  thix  specieM  duoK  h.  ciintinuuus  canal  exist  such  bm 
.Spengel  deHoriliCH  for  the  fii-st  "niots''  in  Pi.  iiiiuuta,  elavigira, 
aperta,  and  baiiamtmnt.  Similar  though  smaller  hollows  may 
exist  in  the  "  rootH  "  succeediii;,'  the  first,  but  just  as  in  the  tirf.t 
"  root "  the  hollows  do  not  st)ind  in  continuous  connection,  but 
lire  interrupte<l  by  anastoniiiMinK  strands  or  in  Nimie  coxeH  by 
brancliiii;;  cells  with  lar^e  nui'lfi.  I  have  likewise  never  observe*! 
the  "  collar  hollows  "  to  pjws  into  the  rootis. 

The  roots  end  dorsally  just  iis  Sjjeiigel  dL-scrilx-s  (fi({.  16,  rl.). 
The  iiuter  limiting  memhrant^  and  the  fibrous  layer  of  the  root 
unite  with  the  similar  layers  of  the  epideriniH;  while  the  cellular 
tissue  of  the  r(H)t  projects  in  a  ciine-lilce  ruoHH  l>etW(H>n  the  epidermal 
cells,  ilio  apex  of  the  cone  ivachin);  to  within  a  xliort  distance  from 
the  outer  surface.  The  apex  of  this  cone-like  mass  of  tissue  in 
conii>i.>se<l  of  a  network  of  fine  stninds  enclosing  clear  spaces,  and 
with  a  fi.'w  verj'  siiudl  nuclei  in  the  angles  when;  (he  strands  meet. 
Kelow  this  clear  tissue  arid  continu<iUH  with  it,  thei-e  occur  more 
deeply  staining  branched  cells  which  are  directly  continuous  wjt^ 


UV   JA8.    P.    HILL.  29 

lapere  off  fjraduHlly  into  tht;  fibrous  layer  of  the  epidermis.  That 
of  the  ventral  Ntem  is  mure  band-like  in  form,  and  laterally  passes 
over  suddenly  into  the  epidermic  fibrous  layer.  In  the  cellular 
portion  of  the  doraai  stem  gland  cells  are  comparatively  few  in 
number,  while  they  are  altogether  wanting  in  the  ventral.  Of 
the  two  stems  the  ventral  is  the  more  strongly  developed,  and 
towards  the  posterior  end  of  the  body  it  remains  more  distinct 
than  the  dorsal. 

In  my  preparations,  and  especially  in  the  ventral  cord,  the 
"stalked  cells"  of  Spengel  can  readily  be  distinguished.  They 
are  elongated  fibre-like  cells  with  generally  long  deeply  staining 
nuclei.  These  cells  are  specially  developed  at  the  lateral  margins 
of  the  ventral  st«m.  Their  fibre-like  basal  processes  traverse  the 
fibrous  layer,  while  their  outer  ends  converge  towards  the  middle 
line  of  the  stem,  thus  enclosing  a  central  space  largely  occupied  by 
the  ner^e  celln.  The  nuclei  of  these  latter  are  easily  distinguish- 
able by  their  iai^e  size  and  rounded  appearance;  they  do  not  stain 
very  deeply,  possess  distinct  nucleoli,  and  exactly  resemble 
the  nuclei  of  the  nerve  cells  in  the  collar  cord.  The  nerve  cells 
lie  imme<]iately  adjacent  to  the  fibrous  layer,  and  this  fibrous 
layer  an  well  of  the  collar  curd  ea  of  the  trunk  nerve  stems  is  to 
be  regarded,  according  to  Spengel,  as  made  up  of  the  ramified  and 
interlaced  processes  of  these  nerve  cells.  Here,  as  in  the  collar 
cord,  I  have  ne\'er  succeeded  in  observing  the  giant  ganglion  cells. 

Trunk. 
(I)  Sranc/tial  region;  As  in  all  known  species  of 
I'lyeltodera  there  is  below  the  epidermis  a  delicate  layer  of 
circular  muscle  fibres,  in  this  species  only  a  single  fibre  in  thick- 
ness. The  longitudinal  musculature  internal  to  this  is  strongly 
de\eloped  and  as  in  the  described  species  is  interrupted  dorsally 
and  ventrally  by  the  vessel  stems.  The  longitudinal  musculature 
of  the  outer  wall  of  the  genital  wingB  is  considerably  stronger 
than  that  of  the  inner  wall.  The  latt«r  is  interrupted  in  the 
region  of  the  sub-median  lines  in  whose  course  the  openings  <if 
the  ducts  of  the  gonads  are  situated.      Numerous  radial  fibres 


'20  ON    A   >EW  8PBCIES  OF   BNTBROPNBUSTA, 

[HtHs  from  the  limiting  membrane  of  the  epidermut  through  the 
muscular  layers  to  be  inserted  into  the  \-entro-lateral  purtions  of 
the  v/nWs  of  the  cenophaguH  and  into  the  lateral  regionn  of  the  gill 
[locketfT.  Laterad  of  the  craophagUM  a  free  space  in  left  aa  in  the 
di'scri)>ed  species,  and  this  contains  in  sections  a  coa^lated  fluid 
in  which  cells  are  eml>edded.  The  two  halves  of  the  trunk  ciplom 
aiT  wnipletely  separated  from  each  other  ventrally  by  the  ventral 
^('ssfl  which  extendi)  between  the  limiting  membrane  of  the 
(■]>iilermia  and  that  of  the  gut.  On  the  dorsal  side  the  dornal 
vessel  may  occupy  the  whole  height  of  the  mesientery  or  only  its  . 
.I.msal  half. 

(r'lil  Canal  of  Branchial  region:  As  in  all  the  known  si>ecie«  ot 
tlic  gi-nus  Ptychodera  the  gut  canal  in  this  region  is  separated 
into  two  passages — a  dorsal  or  branchial  canal  (fig.  20,  yg.)  and  a 
\<'iitral  or  a>tiophagun  (fig.  20,  o".).  They  connnunicatt!  with  each 
other  by  a  narrower  or  wider  cleft  according  as  the  two  limiting 
rushions  (fig,  20,  le.)  are  approximated  ti)  ()r  renicJte  from  each 
other.  Except  fin"  the  much  greater  develi)prnent  of  the  genital 
wings  in  this  species,  a  transverse  section  through  its  branchial 
ion  (fig.  20)  agrees  almost  exactly  with  a  simi 


B^'   JAS.    P.    HILL.  S7 

by  ft  layer  of  columnar  cells  with  long  cilia  just  as  in  the  described 
xpecies,  and  the  "tongue  floor"  componed  of  cells  poor  in  proto- 
plasm i«  also,  aa  in  them,  infolded  into  the  cavity  of  the  "tongue." 
Thin  cavity  (fig.  21,  gte.)  just  an  in  Pt.  niinuta  is  lined  by  an 
irregular  peritoneal  layer,  and  alno  contains  fibres  which  Btretch 
across  Itetween  its  opposite  walls  at  a  short  distance  below  the 
"tongue  back." 

The  gill  pores  (fig.  20,  gp.)  are  narrow  slitA  slightly  obliquely 
placed,  which  open  into  the  longitudinal  groo^-es  bounding  the 
"gill  area"  laterally,  and  as  in  the  described  species  the  longi- 
tudinal muscles  lying  laterally  to  the  pores  give  off  fine  bundles 
which  pass  between  adjacent  pores  to  join  the  longitudinal 
muscles  on  the  inner  side  of  the  gill  poreH. 

The  anterior  ends  of  the  gilt  rows  project  for  some  distance 
into  the  posterior  region  of  the  throat  (fig.  18,  ag.),  but  owing  to 
the  oblique  direction  of  the  most  anterior  gills  the  posterior  rim 
of  the  collar  forming  the  so-called  "operculum"  of  Bateson  covers 
ut  most  only  the  flrnt  gill  pore.  The  conditions  are  essentially 
the  same  &h  in  Pt.  elavigera  since  the  genital  wings  do  not  possess 
free  anterior  edges,  but  are  unite<l  with  the  hind  edges  of  the 
collar,  thus  enclosing  between  them  and  the  "gill  area"  the  space 
for  W'hich  Spengel  adopts  the  term  "atrium."  It  is  into  the 
narrow  anterior  projection  of  this  space  below  the  posterior  edge 
of  the  collar  that  the  first  gill  pore  openn. 

The  numl)er  of  gills  varies  according  to  the  age  of  the  animal, 
since  new  ones  are  being  continually  formed  during  life  at  the 
hind  end  of  the  gill  region.  As  in  Pi.  minuta  the  number  of 
gills  never  appears  to  exceed  40  pairs,  but  in  the  majority  of 
individuals  the  number  is  very  much  less  than  this.  The  gill  gut 
is  not  closed  blindly  behind  as  in  Pt.  minula,  but  posses  directly 
over  into  the  gut  of  the  succeeding  genital  region. 

(2)  Pogt-bmnckial  r  ttf  ion.— Genital  region  :  The  mus- 
culature and  the  dorsal  and  ventral  vessel  stems  are  essentially 
related  as  in  the  branchial  region.  The  wall  of  the  gut  (fig.  23,  i.) 
in  this  region  is  usually  folded,  and  lies  at  a  varying  distance, 
usually  small,  from  the  longitudinal  musculature,  and  there  pats 


'2H  ox   A   \BW   SPEniES  OF 

from  its  \'e)itni-lHteral  rvifion  t<>  the  limiting  membmne  of  the 
fjiidfi-iiiis  nuiiiei^us  radial  iibren.  The  trunk  ctfloni  repreHentetl 
in  tlip  Iiraiidiinl  region  by  the  «pftceM  ■iituated  laterally  to  the 
ci-siipha^s  in  here  t;i>nsiderably  rt)du(.-ed  and  represented  by 
iriftyulnr  spaceN. 

'I'he  lateral  septft  (fiKX-  --i  -■^i  ^■)  '""^  ■'elated  esMentially  U8  in 
iIk'  descril>e(l  Ptychodera  Hpecies.  In  the  middle  of  the  genital 
iT^linn  the  septa  are  of  considerable  breadth,  and  pass  between 
the  lioi'sal  comer  of  the  gut  and  the  KulHiiediaii  line,  which  in 
here  situated  at  nlK>ut  the  middle  of  the  internal  fae<'  of  each  of 
the  genital  wing«  (fig.  '23,  In.).  Anteriorly  the  piiint  of  attach- 
iiii-iil  of  the  wptuni  t<(  the  gut  gradually  passes  me^liatily  (fig.  '22, 
If.)  until  lit  the  leiel  of  the  last  developing  gill  pocket  it  paiweit 
over  to  the  skin,  to  which  it  is  then  attaeheil  at  Ixitli  ends.  In 
the  bniiiehial  region  the  ventral  point  of  attiu^hmcnt  of  the 
si'ptuui  gi'adually  appiiiacheK  the  lateral,  whieh  always  remains  at 
the  subiiiedian  line  until  the  two  unit<'.  Posteriorly  to  the 
middle  of  the  genital  region  the  subiiieiliaii  lin>'  gradually  pasiieH 
down  fi-(mi  the  mid-region  of  the  inner  face  of  the  genital  wing, 
and  takes  a  position  elose  to  its  l«we,  «nil  at  tlii'  same  time  the 


BY  JAS.    P.    HILL.  28 

the  branchial  region,  an  is  characteristic  of  the  genus  I'lychodera, 
the  gonads  only  exist  laterally  to  the  gill  pores,  and  consist  of 
dorsal  and  ventral  gonad  branches  which  are  each  again  sub- 
divided into  lesser  lobes:  the  dorsal  usually  into  two  long  loltes 
which  occupy  the  uppermost  portion  of  the  cavity  of  the  genital 
wings,  the  ventral  into  a  number  (34)  of  shorter  and  smaller 

In  the  genital  region  proper,  as  in  Pt.  clavigera,  each  gonad 
consists  of  three  main  branches:  (1)  a  dorsal  {figs.  22,  23,  di/b.) 
occupying,  as  in  the  branchial  region,  the  dorsal  part  of  the  cavity 
of  the  "genital  wing;},"  and  divided  into  two  long  lol>es  or  in  some 
C3iseH  into  two  long  lobes  and  one  short  one;  (2)  a  \'entro-lateral 
branch  situated  on  the  outer  side  of  the  lateral  septun),  between 
it  and  the  outer  body  wall,  and  also  subdivided  into  two  lesser 
lobes  (figs,  22,  23,  vgb.);  (3)  a  median  lateral  l)ranch  occupying 
the  cavity  of  the  dorsal  chamber  of  the  trunk  ctvlom,  enclosed  by 
the  lateral  septum  and  extending  in  it  alxive  tlie  gut  towards  the 
median  dorsal  line  (figs,  22,  23,  mij.).  This  median  ventral 
branch  is  also  subdivided  into  two.  In  this  species,  then,  there 
are  in  connection  with  each  genital  poro  at  least  six  lesser 
branches.  In  fig.  23,  a  section  from  about  the  middle  of  the 
genital  region  is  represented  which  has  passed  tlirough  one  of  the 
genital  pores  {gap.)  filled  up  by  a  mass  of  spermatozoa.  Tlie 
specimen  from  a  series  of  which  this  section  is  taken  was  preserved 
while  in  the  act  of  extruding  the  ripe  spermatozoa  in  the  form  of 
whitish  filmy  masses. 

Structure  of  Gontuii :  According  to  Spengel  the  wall  of  the 
gonads  consists  of  three  layers — an  outer  peritoneal  layer,  a  middle 
limiting  membrane  and  an  inner  germ  layer.  The  outer  peritoneal 
layer  is  in  my  preparations  very  indistinct,  and  represented  by 
some  small  flattened  nucleated  cells  more  or  less  remot«  from 
each  other  and  closely  applied  to  the  middle  limiting  membrane. 
In  the  latter  there  is  situated  a  well  marked  blood  sinus.  I  liave 
never  been  able  to  observe  a  layer  of  longitudinal  muscles  in  the 
wall  of  the  gonads  in  this  species.  Also,  I  have  not  been  able  to 
diatinguisli  tjie  genu  layer  oh  a  distinct  layer,  but  certain  small 


30  OS    A   NEW   SPECIES   OF   ENTEROPXEUSTA, 

niuiided  a-Un  lying  irregularly  intenial  to  the  limiting  meinbrajie 
ill  yi'Uiig  gonadi)  doubtlenx  Itelong  tu  it.  In  th«  young  goiuuJH 
tlu>iv  is  prCMcnt  adiatinet  central  cavity  filled  upiti  Home  euten  by 
a  d<!e[ily  staining  liomogeneifus  suiMtance.  As  in  the  other  spectcm 
ijf  /'ti/c/fidera,  the  gonwln  contsin  large  numljern  of  rounded  <ir 
culiical  nuiHHea  of  a  peculiar  su)>ttanci^  which  in  the  sexually 
iiiimuture  animals  fills  up  the  gonads  almitst  complt'tety.  It  in 
finind  in  the  young  gonads,  Imth  male  and  female,  hui  it  perHiHtH 
fur  II  much  longer  time  in  the  caHe  of  the  nvaries  than  in  the 
Icsti-s.  Kven  in  the  mature  ovaries  traces  of  it  i-emiiiii,  wliJle  in 
till-  matui'e  tewt^s  n(i  trace  of  it  is  left.  Spengel  i-egartls  thirt 
.substance  as  nutritive  in  functtim,  and  the  presence  of  tlit* 
iilmndiint  ileutoplasm  in  the  ova  ivaiiily  accounts  fur  it*  greater 
IH-rsistence  in  the  ovaries. 

The  ova  of  this  species  are  esHentially  similar  to  ihiwe  of  /*e, 
iiiintilfi.  They  average  alNint  -,'(,  mm.  in  diainet*'r,  and 
possess  \'ery  abundant  granular  <leutoplasm.  The  germiiiHl 
vesicle  is  very  large,  and  contains  a  sjiorigy  nuclisiplaKin  in  which 
llif>re  is  situated  one  large  nucleolus  and  several  smalli'r  ma>MCa. 
The  ri]ie  ovum  is  invested!  in  a  thick  egg  membrane  altacliinl  to 
ttliicli  there  may  l>e  a  few  very  small  flRttene<l  nucli'i  apparently 


BY  JAa.    p.    HILL.  31 

celbt  lining  the  j^ut.  The  cells  of  the  liver  gut  poasess  distinct 
cilia,  and  in  accurate  sections  through  its  lining  epithelium  which 
are  met  but  seldom,  the  outer  surfaces  of  the  cells  form  a  sinuous 
line,  and  no  vacuoles  are  visible  in  them,  so  that,  as  Spengel 
remarks,  the  vesicleM  he  has  observed  in  them  are  probably  the 
result  of  the  action  of  reagents.  On  the  outer  side  of  the  epithe- 
lium of  the  liver  nac»  and  the  gut  wall  there  is  a  rich  xysteni  uf 
capillary  vessels.  As  in  other  species  of  Ptycliod^ra,  except  /'(. 
tnxHHta  and  sariiitiuiif,  two  ciliated  grooves  are  present  in  this 
species,  and  they  sbuw  the  usual  structure.  Elach  consists  of  a 
special  ciliated  band  of  long  columnar  cells  sunk  below  the  level 
of  the  ^t  epithelium  and  bounded  on  its  dorsal  or  median  side 
by  a  pr<ijecting  conical  moss  composed  of  elongated  cells,  the 
"covering  pad," 

The  ciliated  grooves  extend  for  a  considerable  distance  into  the 
genital  region  proper,  and  they  are  there  situated  somewhat  Irelow 
the  points  of  attachment  of  the  lateral  septa  to  the  gut  wall,  and 
are  separated  from  the  epidermis  by  the  thick  layer  oi  longitudinal 
musculature.  Posteriorly,  about  the  middle  of  the  hepatic  region 
where  the  liver  sues  are  largest,  the  genital  wings  are  reduced  to 
mere  ridges,  overhung  by  the  outwardly  extended  ends  of  the  liver 
sacs.  In  fig,  24,  the  left  half  of  a  section  about  the  middle  of  the 
hepatic  region  is  represented,  and  the  ciliated  groove  {cyr.)  is  seen 
to  lie  just  Iwlow  the  outer  wall  of  the  reduced  genital  wing  (yw.) 
and  now  <|uite  close  to  the  epidermis,  being  separated  from  it  only 
by  a  thin  layer  of  the  longitudinal  musculature  which  becomes 
thinner  just  at  this  point.  The  genital  wings  can  be  traced  as 
mere  elevations  of  the  epidermis  below  which  the  ciliated  grooves 
are  situated  to  near  the  posterior  end  of  the  hepatic  region. 

ilinil  ISodf/ :  The  course  of  the  ciliated  grooves  behind  the 
hepatic  I'egion  is  marked  externally  by  two  longitudinal  epidermal 
stripes  which,  commencing  laterally  to  the  posterior  small  liver 
sacs,  extend  over  the  anterior  two-thirds  of  the  hind-body  region. 
The  hind  lx)dy  can  thus  be  divided  into  an  anterior  abdominal 
region  characterised  by  the  presence  uf  the  two  epidermal  stripea 


33  OS   A   NKW  SPBCIES  OF   BNTBROPNEUSTA, 

aiid  tlie  underlying  ciliated  grooven,  and  into  a  pOHterior  caad»l 
region. 

Tn  tli«>  Bl)diiininal  ivjL^un  tlie  ciliated  grouveH  niav  lie  situated 
directly  under  the  epidermal  stripes  or  may  be  reunite  from  it  by 
a  sliiirt  diHtunce,  l)ut  always  the  portion  of  tlit-  lungitudinsl 
iiiusi'ulature  1>etween  them  in  Nomewhat  thinner  tlntn  elsewhere. 
The  w\U  i>f  the  epidermal  stripes  usually  stain  darker,  and  are 
siiniewliat  lower  than  the  ttdjavent  cells,  anil  iniine  cuw  where  tlie 
;rriKive  WON  HituAted  imme<liat«l}'  under  the  ej)idertnHl  strijte  there 
existed  what  appeare<l  to  l)e  a  special  different  iat  ion  of  the  cellK 
of  the  latter  in  the  form  of  ii  small  mass  of  ccllx  with  rounded 
nuclei  and  distinct  nucleoli.  In  other  resjiects  tho  aUioininal 
ii'frion  of  thiu  sjmi'ies  cli>sely  iif.'rees  with  that  of  I^.  iiiiimta.  The 
wull  of  the  jtut  in  thisi-ej{ion  (Bk-  -•">-  '-)  '*!  thnnvn  into  numerous 
souu'whiitirreffuliir transverse folds,rtnd it  Ufoniesfuitherrenidved 
fiMin  the  longitudinal  iimsculnture  so  that  the  cn-Ioni  is  veiy  much 
niiii-e  distinct  than  in  the  liver  region  and,  lu-i  thei-e,  ilivide<]  into 
tw,.  distinct  halves  only,  however,  in  the  anteri..r  |»*rl  of  the 
ivgion.  The  Inml-Hke  cellular  mas><  which  S|>enir<'l  hits  found  in 
I'l.  minutant\i\  snrnUniiU'w  coiuiectioti  with  the  liursal  vi-ssel  and 
IviiiK  ■.<\'WA  the  dorsal  median  line  of  the  cut  also  <'\isu  in  thu 


BY  JAS.    P.    HILL.  33 

dorsal  vessel  retains  its  lumen  to  near  the  posterior  end  at  the 
body. 

As  Spengel  has  found  in  Pt.  minula,  the  place  ot  the  ventral 
vessel  is  taken  by  the  keel-ahaped  process  of  the  gut  epithelium. 
Aa  in  Ft.  minuUt,  a  very  delicate  musculature  ia  found  on  the  gut 
in  this  region,  and  as  in  that  xpecies  a  distinct  sphincter  derived 
from  the  circular  musculature  exists  round  the  anus. 

Vatcular  System. — Dorsal  vrsnet.-  In  the  post-branchial 
region  the  dorsal  vessel  is  related  essentially  as  in  Pt.  minuM. 
It  can  be  traced  as  a  vessel  with  a  distinct  lumen  to  near  the 
posterior  end  of  the  body;  it  appears,  however,  to  end  aa  a  solid 
structure  at  its  extreme  posterior  end  just  as  in  Ft.  minuta.  In 
the  branchial  region  the  dorsal  vessel  may  occupy  the  whole  of 
the  mesentery  or  only  its  dorsal  portion.  Between  the  perihiemal 
spaces  the  dorsal  vessel  usually  occupies  the  whole  extent  of  the 
partition  wall,  but  just  aa  in  Pt.  minuta  it  may  only  occupy  the 
dorsal  half  of  it,  and  the  ventral  part  of  the  wall  may  then  either 
persist  as  a  low  wall  of  partition  below  the  vessel,  or  it  may 
disappear  entirely  and  place  the  two  perihiemal  spaces  in  com< 
munication. 

At  the  anterior  end  of  the  perihiemal  spaces,  the  dorsal  vessel 
opens,  as  in  the  described  species,  into  a  lacuna  (Rgs.  11,  12,  14, 
el.)  between  the  organs  in  the  proboscis  neck  and  which  stands  in 
connection  with  the  central  blood  space  of  the  proboscis  by  a 
narrow  cleft  From  the  lacuna  there  passes  away  dorsally  a  vessel 
(fig.  10,  oav.),  the  afferent  skin  vessel,  which  Spengel  regards  as 
carrying  blood  to  the  capillary  net  of  the  proboscis.  Where  two 
proboscis  canals  are  present  it  passes  between  them  (fig.  10); 
where  there  is  only  one  canal,  along  one  side  of  that.  It  then 
peases  into  the  limiting  membrane  and  runs  in  that  anteriorly  for 
a  short  distance,  finally  dividing  aa  in  the  described  species  into 
two  branches  which  divide  up  i^ain  to  form  the  capillary  net  of 
the  proboscis. 

Froboteit  glomerultu ;  The  glomerulus  of  this  species  essentially 
resembles  that  of  Ft.  minuta.     It  covers  the  anterior  ends  of  the 


34  ON   A    NEW    SPECIEB  OF   ENTEROPNEL'STA, 

Iieart  bladder  &ad  the  proboscis  gut,  but  just  behind  the  ulterior 
eiitU  of  these  it  becomes  limited  to  two  lateral  maaaes  lying  on  the 
heart  bladder  and  the  notochord,  and  to  a  small  median  portion 
on  the  dorsal  side  of  the  heart  bladder.  This  median  portion 
which  stands  in  connection  with  the  lateral  portions  by  vessels  on 
the  walls  of  the  heart  bladder  posteriorly  gives  rise  to  two  or 
three  large  longitudinal  vessels  which  finally  unite  to  form  one 
main  vessel  (fig.  3,  mt/l.)  which  passes  obliquely  iMckwards  and 
upwards  along  the  dorsal  edge  of  the  heart  hlailder  (fig.  5,  Mr.), 
anil  c<)mes  into  connection  with  the  capillary  net  of  the  prol»oBci». 
Ventrally,  also,  the  lateral  masses  stand  in  connection  with  the 
i^npillary  net  by  a  network  of  vessels  in  the  ventral  septum  of  Uie 
proboscis.  According  to  Spengel,  these  vessels,  dorsal  and  ventral, 
prolailily  act  as  the  efferent  skin  \es.sels,  i.e.,  they  probably  convey 
thf!  blood  from  thecapillarj'netof  thepntlxwcis  to  the  glomeruluu. 
The  glomerulus  vessels  themselves  are  similar  in  their  relations  to 
those  of  PL  minuta.  As  Spengel  has  shown,  these  vessel 
represent  a  honeycoml^Iike  sj-stem.  An  in  that  sj>ei;ies  eorre- 
s[H)ndiiig  to  the  floor  of  the  honeycomb  there  is  a  sinus  on  the 
l.it'Tal  walls  of  the  heart  bla<Idcr  which  conmiunicntes  with  tbo 
et^ntral    blood    space   by  narrow  cleft-s.       From  the  sinus  there 


BT  JA8.    P.    BILL.  35 

infoldings  of  the  aplanchnic  epifJielium,  the  spaces  between  these 
infoldings  being  filled  with  blood  and  representing  the  glomerulus 
veasels.  For  this  view  speaks  the  arrangement  of  the  nuclei 
which  occur  more  or  less  regularly  along  the  course  of  the  vessels. 
Round  the  nuclei  an  oval  non-staining  cell  body  can  frequently 
i>e  recognised,  and  they  can  in  some  places,  as  Spenget  has 
obsened,  pass  directly  over  into  the  splanchnic  epithelium. 

Efferent  I'robonciii  VksmU  :  The  efferent  proboscis  vessels  after 
they  leave  the  glomerulus  are  essentially  similar  in  their  counw 
and  disposition  t<i  those  of  .P(.  minnla.  However,  as  Koeliler*  lias 
found  in  J'l.  aamiensif,  the  two  efferent  proboscis  vessels  are 
connected  with  each  other  in  the  proltoacis  neck  by  a  well-marked 
vessel  (figs.  10,  14,  cv.)  which  passes,  in  the  "chondroid  tissue" 
occupying  the  space  between  the  anterior  portion  of  the  "keel"  of 
the  proboscis  skeleton  and  the  posterior  portion  of  the  "end  plate." 
I  have  met  this  connecting  vessel  not  only  in  transverse  series, 
but  also  in  both  vertical  and  horizontal  longitudinal  series,  and 
there  can,  in  my  opinion,  be  no  doubt  as  to  its  existence  in  this 
species.  Spengel,  however,  asserts  that  the  efferent  proboscis 
vessels  "never  stand  in  connection  with  each  other,"  and  believes 
"  Koehler  has  been  apparently  deceived  through  the  intense 
colouration  with  carmine  of  certain  parts  of  the  skeleton  which 
thereby  become  very  similar  to  the  blood  fluid. "t  A  series  of 
tmnsverse  sections  through  an  individual  of  the  species  under 
consideration,  whose  vessels  were  richly  filled  with  coagulated 
blood,  leaves  me  in  no  doubt  on  the  matter,  and  the  appearance 
presented  by  the  vessel  as  seen  in  two  adjacent  sections  is 
represented  in  fig,  10  (cv.).  The  specimen  was  stained  with 
cochineal  in  TO%alcohol  with  the  result  that  the  coagulated  blood 
staine*!  a  much  deeper  tint  than  the  proboscis  skeleton,  allowing 
the  two  to  lie  very  easily  distinguished,  and  moreover  the 
coagulated  blond  in  the  connecting  vessel  could  be  distinctly  seen 
to  pass  over  at  lx>th  ends  into  that  in    the  efferent  proboscis 

*  L'oiitributioD  a  1'  utuUe  ile«  KnttropiieusteB  Interuut.  MomtBiclirirt 
f.  ADBt.  B.  Histologie,  Bd.  tii.  1S86,  p.  174 

+  ioc.  of.,  p.  633. 


30  oy  A  NEW  sPiciEs  or  bntkropitidbta, 

vesKels.  Further,  the  "keel"  and  "body"  of  the  prohoBcis skeleton 
are  at  this  point  quite  distinct  from  each  other  and  sepamted  hy 
tlie  narrow  ventral  band  of  "chondroid  timue,"  and  there  ia 
cei-tainly  no  median  prolongation  anteriorly  from  the  point  of 
fusi<m  (if  the  "body"  and  "keel"  of  the  proboeciH  skeleton  which 
takc's  place  juat  Whind  the  connecting  vessel,  and  which  could  be 
mistaken  for  the  vessel  in  question. 

We  may  then  take  it  an  cliaractei-istic  of  ft.  auttralieti»is,  at 
Ifast,  that  the  efferent  proIx>sciB  veHwls  are  united  by  a  connect- 
inf;  veswl  passing  in  the  "chondroid  tissue"  Itetween  the  "liody" 
and  "keel"  of  the  proboscis  skeleton. 

Further,  in  this  species  the  capillar^'  net  of  the  prulxmci^  comen 
directly  into  connection  with  the  efferent  proboscis  vcs.'iels  in 
(he  prolxMcis  neck,  and  indeed  anteriorly  to  the  connecting  veesel. 
Til  sections  through  the  probwcis  neck,  in  the  region  of  the 
ventral  blind  sac,  vessels  are  found  in  the  here  commencing 
"cliondroid  tissue"  which,  as  Hpengel  has  shown,  is  wmply  the 
thickeneil  limiting  membrane  uf  this  region  into  which  cellular 
strands  derived  mainly  from  the  proboscis  pockets  have  penetrated. 
Some  of  these  vessels  enter  the  efferent  prol)oscis  vessels  (fig.  9^ 
and  they  thus  serve  to  place  the  capillarj-  net  of  the  probosoia 


BY   JAS.    P.    HILL.  37 

vesaeU  of  the  collar,  formed  by  fold^  of  the  outer  limiting  mem- 
brane of  the  peripharyngeal  space. 

The  circular  vessels  stand  in  direct  connection  as  in  the 
described  species  with  the  capillary  net  in  the  outer  limiting 
membrane  of  the  peripharyngeal  space,  and  also  anterior  to  the 
line  of  termination  of  the  latter  with  the  capillary  vessels  below 
the  epithelium  immediately  surrounding  the  mouth  aperture. 

The  ventral  longitudinal  vessels  generally  consist  in  this  specie^ 
of  two  distinct  folds  which  may  Ixi  .'lecondarily  branched  {fig.  18, 
Ive. ).  The  longitudinal  teasels  may,  however,  be  represented  by 
a  single  simple  or  much  branched  fold,  or  of  three  or  four  distinct 
folds. 

A'i  in  the  described  species  the  ventral  longitudinal  vessel  folds 
<)pen  at  their  posterior  ends  into  a  lacuna  in  the  collar-trunk 
septum,  into  which  the  circular  vewel  passing  in  the  septum 
immediately  below  the  circular  nerve  ring  opens  laterally,  and 
from  which  the  ventral  longitudinal  vessel  of  the  trunk  takes  its 

Capillary  Si/ttein  of  Collar  is  i-elated  essentially  as  in  the 
<lescribed  species.  On  the  dorsal  side,  the  vessels  in  the  limiting 
membranes  of  the  "roots"  placing  the  outer  and  inner  capillary 
nets  in  connection  are  strongly  developed  (fig.  15).  Ventrally,  in 
the  hind  half  of  the  collar  by  the  formation  of  a  longitudinal  fold 
of  the  limiting  membrane  of  the  epidermis,  a  median  longitudinal 
suliepidermic  vessel  (fig.  18,  »/o.)  may  in  some  cases  be  formed 
opposite  the  ventral  longitudinal  plexus.  Posteriorly,  the  former 
fuses  with  one  of  the  folds  of  the  latter,  and  the  capillary  net  of 
the  inner  collar  wall  is  thus  brought  on  the  ventral  side  into 
direct  connection  with  that  of  the  outer.  In  some  individuals, 
however,  the  ventral  meseriterj-  may  be  entirely  absent,  and  no 
such  connection  established. 

Tlie  capillary  net  surrounding  the  dorsal  cord  ia  in  this  species 
strongly  developed,  and  especially  on  its  dorsal  side  (figs.  15  and 
17)  well-marked  vessels  (fig.  17)  pass  off,  from  the  dorsal  side  of 
the  dorsal  vessel,  in  the  limiting  membrane  Ijetween  the  perihwmal 
spaces  and  the  collar  cord.     These  laterally  pass  upwards  in  the 


ZH  on  a  nbw  species  op  ektbropneubta, 

linutitig  membrane  of  the  collar  cord  to  form  the  capilluy  net  on 
I'll  its  <lurBal  surface,  and  brancheM  also  pom  downwardit  in  the 
iKiun'lary  membrane  laterall;  to  tho  perihiemal  Hpacex  and  come 
into  direct  connection  with  the  capillary  net  of  the  inner  wall  of 
the  C'fJIar.  Very  few  vessels  leave  the  ^-entral  side  of  the  donwl 
ves^scl  in  this  species,  and  the  capillary  net  of  the  inner  wall  of 
ihf  collar  thus  appears  to  stand  mainly  in  connection  with  vexxelK 
derivwl  from  the  dorsal  side  of  the  dorsal  vessel,  in  common  with 
the  fiipillary  net  of  the  colUr  cord. 

V'^ntriil  Vest'l  of  Trunk :  Thf  ventral  vessel  is  i-elatt^l  exactly 
iLs  it)  Pi.  miauta.  It  does  not  extend  no  far  [HMteriorly  as  the 
■  loi-siil,  liut  disappears  at  the  point  of  ori^n  of  the  keel-shapeil 
piix-ess  of  the  gut. 

Lateral  VetteU:  The  lateral  \eMHels  iiru  essentially  similar  to 
tlio'it-  cjf  the  described  species.  In  the  branchial  region  they 
iicupy  the  usual  position  just  below  the  submedian  lines  (fig.  20, 
//(■.).  Then  when  the  lateral  septa  appear,  they  i-un  in  these  (fig. 
'I'l,  III-.).  Towards  the  ends  of  the  septa  the  vessels  gnuluuUy 
{i.-M-i  downwards  towards  the  point  of  attacliiuent  of  the  septa  to 
ilie  L^ut,  an<l  then  liehind  the  tenninatioti  <if  llie  septa  they  con- 


BV  JA8.    P.    HIIX.  39 

vessela  arise  from  the  dorsal  vessel  opposite  the  gill  tongues.  Each, 
according  to  Spengel,  divides  soon  after  its  origin  into  two  vessels 
— one  of  which  passes  into  the  tongue  and  divides  again  to  form 
the  two  vessels  running  along  the  tongue  prongs,  the  other  passes 
U>  the  gill  septum  tn  front  of  the  tongue  which  received  the  first 
vessel,  and  probably  becomes  continuous  with  the  septal  vessel.  I 
have  not  been  able  to  make  out  from  ray  preparations  the  above 
described  connections  to  my  complete  satisfaction.  Each  of  the 
afTerent  vessels  seems  to  stand  in  connection  with  a  vessel  lying 
just  above  the  Une  of  attachment  of  the  gill  tongue,  and  this 
vessel  extends  on  to  the  dorsal  edge  uf  the  succe-eding  septum,  and 
is  situated  just  above  the  dorsal  end  of  the  gill  skeleton.  Through 
this  vessel  there  is  doubtless  established  the  connection  between 
the  blood  flowing  in  the  gill  tongues  and  that  in  the  septa. 

The  vessels  in  the  tongue  are  exactly  aa  described  by  Spengel. 
In  transverse  sections  through  the  branchial  region  the  capillary 
net  in  the  tongue  situated  immediately  l>etow  the  peritoneal 
covering  of  the  tongue  cavity  (fig.  20,  cnt.)  can  be  distinctly  seen, 
and  e'^pecially  in  horizontal  sections  the  larger  vessels  of  the  net, 
vis,,  the  large  vessel  situated  immediately  under  the  epithelium  of 
the  "tongue  back"  and  the  two  smaller  vessels  along  the  inner 
side  of  each  tongue  prong  (fig.  21,  Ip.)  can  be  distinctly  recognised 
(fig.  21).  In  each  of  the  gill  septa  the  septal  vessels  (flgs.  20,  21, 
tigs.)  can  readily  he  made  out  running  just  external  to  the  septal 
prong  {epr.).  At  their  ventral  ends  the  septal  vessels  stand  in 
connection  with  the  "limiting  vessel"  below  the  boundary  cushion 
between  the  branchial  canal  and  the  (esophagus,  and  this  "limit- 
ing vessel"  stands  in  the  usual  connection  with  the  capillary  net 
on  the  wall  of  the  oesophagus. 

Though  none  of  my  preparations  show  a  distinct  capillary  net 
in  the  gill  septa,  in  some  I  have  observed  small  branches  passing 
from  the  septal  vessel,  and  these  probably  repre~sent  part  of  the 
capillary  net  Spengel  has  found  so  richly  developed  in  the  gill 
septa  of  Pt.  I 


40  os  a  new  hpecirr  op  en'tgropnsusta, 

kxplanation  of  plates. 

Jl,firli-e'  L'lltr^. 
ag.  I'mjcctioni  of  the  anterior  ends  of  tlie  gill  rowa  into  th«  throat. 
lie.  Affei-ent  ikin  TUBeU  of  probotciB.  If*.  Boly  of  probotcii  ikeleton. 
Iiv,  Limiting  veiael  of  bninthial  region,  cb'.  Centnl  blood  spaca  of  pro- 
botcis.  i-rp.  Prolongations  of  collar  oclom  iuto  th«  proboMia  n«ck.  <;fir, 
Circalar  munculature  of  ODt«r  wall  of  anterior  rim  of  collar,  ryr.  Ciliated 
Kroiive.  cA.  "  ChoudroidtiMuB.''  rhr.  Capillary  net  of  inner  wall  of  colUr. 
rl.  Cleft  into  which  dorsal  vessel  opens,  em.  Circular  musculature  of  pro- 
boscis, ''ni'.  Collar  curd,  rap.  Capillary  net  of  prciliosci*.  rHf.  Capilhuy 
net  of  gilt  tongue,  ■■■r.  Collar  oi'lom,  r-r'.  Paru  of  collar  celom  Into 
irhich  fiUar  pores  open.  cp.  Covering  pod.  i'.  Inner  layer  of  connective 
tissue  of  prolHiscis  on  the  splanchnic  epitlieliuni.  ''''.  Vessel  connecting  the 
two  etferent  proboacta  veaaels  in  the  probosvia  neck.  •■rf.  Doraal 
portion  of  fircular  vessel  fold  of  collar,  nr  .  Ventral  piciins  of  clrcul«r 
vessel  fold  of  collar,  dgh.  Dorsal  gonail  liranches.  ilir,  Notochord. 
<Ih,  Doreal  nerve  stem  of  trunk.  i!p.  Dorsal  prti1»«cis  pocket*,  ilxr, 
Filiren  of  dorso-ventnil  muicle  plate,  dr.  Dorwl  vessel  of  trunk,  thtp. 
K|HtheUiim  of  liver  »ac.  eji.  Kpidermis.  fjil:  Kpibrancliial  strand.  «p<t. 
"  End  plute"  of  proboscis  skeleton,  i.fth.  Kpitlielium  <if  throat,  rpv. 
Elferent  proboscis  vewels.  isr.  KH'prent  j'rolHiscis  skin  vessels  on  front 
edge  of  lieart  bladder.  •!.  (ionads.  'jap.  (lenitul  ap«rtiiri.'.  i/r.  i;iI1  cleft. 
yj.  BrHnuhisI   canal,     ill.  Glomerulus,     'jhii.  .Muscle  filircH  of  gloDieralua, 


BT  JAR.    P.    HILL.  41 

til.  Opening  of  lumen  of  notochord  into  the  tbro»t.  p.  Proboscia  pore. 
p6^.  ProboMJB  Mvity.  pc.  Probotcii  c*b»X,  pht.  Perihtemal  ipacei.  ppg. 
PeripharjDgeol  ap&ce.  r/.  Radial  BbrM  pauing  between  the  oater  knd 
fore  w«]b  of  anterior  rim  of  collar.  t(.  "Roota."  ten.  Subepidermic 
capillary  net  of  collar,  xlc  Median  longitudinal  vsHel  of  the  anbepidertDiR 
capillary  net  in  the  posterior  ventral  part  of  the  collar,  an.  "  Synaptikel." 
tp.  Splanchnic  epithclinm  of  probo«<ri>  c<elom.  ipr.  Septal  prong  of  gill 
ikeleton.  Ihh.  Throat  or  mouth  cavity,  tpr.  Tongue  prongs  of  gill  skeleton. 
trr.  Trunk  cislom.  rcj>,  Ventnl  collar  aeptam.  vgb.  VeotnJ  gonad 
branches,  rgf.  Septal  vessel,  tm.  Ventral  nerve  atem.  i^.  Ventral  pro- 
boscia  pockets.  rp».  Ventral  leptnm  of  proboacia.  cv.  Ventral  vessel  of 
trunk.     III'.  Ventral  wall  of  heart  bladder. 

PrrCHO&KKA  AlIaTBAUBNSIS. 

Plate  I. 
Fig.    1.  — Enlarged  dorsal  view  of  a  small  preserved  specimen. 
Fig.    2.— Dorsal  view  of  a  portion  of  the  abdominal  region  showing  the  two 

epidermal  stripes,     (x  3.) 
Fig.    .3.— Central  part  of  a  traniverse  section  of  the  proboacia  passing 

through   the  anterior  free  projection  of  the  infolded  ventral 

wall  of  the  heart  bladder.     Zeisn  A.,  oc  ].,  cam.  Inc. 
Fig.    4. — Transverse  section  slightly  posterior  to  Gg.  3,  bnt  from  another 

snries  especially  showing  the  infolding  of  the  ventral   heart 

bladder  wall.     Zeiss  A.,  oc.  1.,  cam.  luc. 

puts  II. 
Fig.    5,— Transverse  section  passing  through  about  the  middle  region  of 

the  proboicis  organs.     Ztnss  A.,  oc  1.,  cam.  Inc. 
Fig.    0. — Portion  of  glomamlus  in  traniverBe  section.      Zeiss  D.,oe.  I., 

Fig.  7- — Transverse  section  of  the  apbncbnic  epithelium  on  the  notochord. 
Zeiss  D.,  nc  1.,  cam.  luc 

PUte  III. 

Fig.  B.— Traneverse  section  thront^h  the  beginning  of  the  proboacia  neck. 
Zeiss  A.,  oc.  1.,  cam.  luc 

Fig.  9. — TraDSverss  section  of  proboscis  neck  posterior  to  fig.  8  and  pass- 
ing through  the  ventral  blind  sac  of  the  notochord.  Zeiss  A.. 
oc.  I.,  cam.  luc 

Fig.  10.— Tranaverae  aection  of  proboscia  neck  puaing  through  the  pro- 
boscis canals  and  the  connecting  vessel  between  the  eOerent 
proboscis  vetseU.     Zeiss  A.,  oc.  2.,  cam.  Inc. 


Kig.  II. 
Fig.  12. 


Fig.  I  a 

Fig.  u. 


Kig. 

15. 

t-ig. 

16. 

Fig. 

17. 

Kig. 

18. 

OS    A   MEW   SPECIES   Of   ENTBROPXEL'STA. 

PUte  IV. 
-TranBTene  KcUon  of  proboKis  Deck  of  an  indfvidiul  with  two 

prolxMci*  pore*.     Zeiu  A. ,  oc.  2.,  om.  luc. 
-.Similar  loctioD  of  so  iodividuikl  with  a  single  median  proboaaia 

pora.     ZeiM  A.,  oo.  '2.,  cam.  lac. 
-Duraal  view  of  proboacia  akcletoa.     (  v  about  30). 
-Vertical  longitailiiutt  aection  (nearly  median)  through  tlia  point 

of  union  of  the   prol>uicis   neck  with    the   (.t>Ilftr.      ZeiM  A 

(without  lowest  lens),  oc,  1.,  cam.  luc, 

Plate  V. 
— Vertical  longitudinal  aecUon  through  the  dorsal  region  of  aollar 

Zeiss  A,,  oc.  1.,  cam.  luc. 
—Dorsal  median  portioD  of  a  tnnsverse  section  through  the  antarior 

region  of  collar.     Zeias  A.,  oc.  1.,  cam.  luc. 

Plate  VI. 

— Transverse  section  through  the  collar  passing  through  the  opening 
of  the  notochord  into  the  throat  anil  throagh  the  cireulmr 
vessel  fold.      Zeiss  A  (without  lowest  lens),  oc,  I.,  cam.  luc. 

— Transverse  section  through  the  pusterini'  region  of  collar.  ZeiH 
A  (witlioat  lowest  lens),  oc.  1.,  cam.  luu. 

Plato  VII. 
— Transverse  section  of  ventral  part  of  colluv  slightly  piistorior  ta 


ON  A  PLATYPUS  EMBRYO  FROM  THE  INTRA- 
UTERINE EGG. 

By  Ja8.  p.  Hill,  DBMOsarnATOR  op  Biology,  asd  C.  J.  Martin, 

M.B.,  B.Sc.  (LoND.),  Dehonstratok  of  Physiolooy,  m 

THE  University  op  Svosey. 


Introdvetion. 

The  following  paper  is  baited  on  the  exuminBtion  of  two  embryos 
taken  from  the  intFa-uterine  eggs  of  a  Platypus.  Beyond  the  t&a\» 
that  Monotremes  are  oviparous  and  the  ovum  is  meroblastic  the 
material  collected  by  Caldwell  in  IK84  ha.s  afforded  uh  very  little 
information,  and  we  have  thought  that  a  description  of  a 
Platypus  embryo  of  this  stage  may  not  Ije  unwelcome  to 
zoologists.  In  this  paper  we  nece.isarily  confine  ourselves  to  a 
description  of  the  structure  of  the  embryo  lying  l)efore  us.  Next 
year,  now  that  we  know  the  exact  breeding  season  of  Platypus 
in  certain  convenient  localities  in  New  South  Wales,  we  shall 
endeavour  to  obtain  the  stages  intermediate  between  the  earliest 
we  now  possess  and  the  embryo  described  in  this  paper. 

The  female  from  the  left  uterus  of  which  the  two  eggs  were 
taken  was  shot  on  lat  October  of  this  year.  The  general  external 
characters  of  the  egg  have  already  Ijeen  sufficiently  accurately 
described,*  The  eggs  were  both  exactly  of  the  same  size  and 
spheroidal  in  shape.  The  egg  shell  is,  as  Caldwell  described,  of 
an  opaque  white  colour  and  i]uit^f  soft,  presenting  a  general 
resemblance  to  the  shell  of  a  lizard's  egg. 

The  eggs  measured  IW  mm.  in  their  long  and  13-5  mm.  in  their 
short  diameter.  They  are  thus  somewhat  lai^r  than  the  eggs 
secured  by  Caldwell,  who  gii'es  the  measurement«  of  the  egg  when 

"  CiWwell,  Phil.  TraDi.  1887.  p.  473. 


44 


I    PLATVPUS   EMBRVO, 


liiid  as  l!J  mm.  )>y  1^  inni.  Thruc  otiier  fsiuiileN  were  shot  on  the 
sjime  iliite,  tuid  thetw  linil  nhviouHly  juitt  laid  their  eggs,  wt 
fviitencHl  liy  the  emptiness  unci  large  i»ize  of  the  left  uterus  and 
liy  the  {iit.'si>ne«  unr)  coiiilition  of  corpora  Iut«i  in  tlie  ovary. 
.Mixti^er,  tlie  nifuiHiiary  ^latidx  In  all  four  femaleH  were  of 
iipproxiniately  the  same  ni/e.  Tin-  tubules  were  nrranKecl  in  a 
fiiii-likf  fuHhion,  nulintiii};  outwaiils  fmni  the,  at  this  stage,  very 
Miiall  lutit'  area  of  the  veiitrul  alxlniniiinl  wall,  and  measured  &  cm. 
ii.  l,.„Kll,, 

Knim  the  size  uf  theMt  I'g^fs  as  Liiui]iai'ed  with  Caldwell'i),  attd 
fiiim  till'  t-ijiiditioti  of  the  other  thi-ee  feniaW  whot  on  the  same 
date,  we  tnav  n-asonablr  euiitrlude  that  they  were  juKt  reiuly  to  be 
laKl. 

The  iitity  other  n-eoi^lnl  measurements  Ix-^sidtwCaldweli'H  uf  the 
si/f  uf  ilie  Platypus  t'gfjs  when  laid  are  contiiineil  in  a  paj>er  l»y 
(iedrrny  Ht.  Hilahv  iinhJislieii  in  lHi!9.*  Th.-  e.K^a,  nine  iu 
iLiniilx-r,  were  fuund  U'iiig  on  a  ixiii<;li  nest  in  a  small  burrow  an 
the  luiiiks  uf  the  liiver  Hawk.-ihury,  N.S.W.,  luiil  measured 
\i  indies  (.14  mm.)  long  l>y  ;|  of  an  inch  (lil  nmi.)  hniiul.  The 
(■i;t;ii  licif  descrilied  were  prolmbly  not  those  of  Platypus  at  all: 
as  St.  Hihiire  himself  aflerwnnis  jHiintiil  out,  thi-y  fould  not  on 


BT  JA8.    P.    BILL  AKD  C.   J.    UARTIN.  46 

Getural  Deteription  of  the  Embryo  at  Men  in  Surface  View. 
On  opening  the  egg,  the  embryo  was  found  lying  on  the  surface 
of  a  thin-wftlled  vesicle,  with  its  long  axis  corresponding  to  the 
long  diameter  of  the  egg.  It  extended  over  the  surface  of  the 
vesicle  almost  from  pole  to  pole.  The  vesicle  completely  filled 
the  interior  of  the  shell.  It  contained  a  thin  whitish  transparent 
fluid  of  an  albuminous  nature  which  was  precipitated  in  picro- 
sulphuric  acid.  Immediately  below  the  wall  of  the  vesicle  there 
appeared  a  thin  laj'er  of  yolk  granules  which  was  somewhat 
increased  over  a  small  area  at  the  ant-«mbryonic  pole.  The 
embryo  measured  19  mm.  from  the  anterior  end  of  the  medullary 
plat«  to  the  extreme  posterior  end  of  the  primitive  streak.  This 
hinder  point  of  measurement  is  I  '5  mm.  behind  the  blastopore. 
A  photo-micrograph  of  the  embrj'o  from  the  dorsal  side  magnified 
5^  diameters  is  shown  in  Fl.  ix.  Outside  the  elongat«d  and 
somewhat  fiddle-shaped  contour  of  the  embryo  is  seen  a  lighter 
more  transparent  zone  (PI.  ix.  am.  a.)  corresponding  to  the  amniotic 
area  of  other  mammals.  In  the  fresh  condition  no  trace  of  a 
vascular  area  was  visible,  though  in  the  hardened  blastoderm 
developing  vessels  were  indicateil  by  a  mottling  both  in  and 
around  the  amniotic  area.  Immediately  in  front  of  the  anterior 
end  of  the  embryo  there  was  to  be  seen  a  lighter  area — the 
proamnion— (PI.  ix.,  pra.)  into  which  the  mesoderm  had  not  yet 
extended.  The  ant«ro-lateral  portions  of  the  embryo  were  almost 
entirely  occupied  by  two  sharply  limited  patches  situated  one  on 
either  side  of  the  anterior  region  of  the  medullary  plate,  opposite 
the  position  of  the  future  first  and  second  cerebral  vesicles.  The 
outer  contours  of  these  head  plates  are  posteriorly  in  line  with 
the  forward  continuations  of  the  outer  borders  of  the  proto- 
vertebral  zones  of  meaodemi.  The  outer  margins  of  these  head 
plates  mark  the  lateral  limits  of  a  very  considerable  mesodermal 
thickening  in  this  region,  and  we  may  for  convenience  of  descrip- 
tion term  them  the  head  plates  of  ntesoderm.  Their  relations  to 
the  general  iliesoderm  will  l)e  descrilted  later. 

The  commencing  separation  of  the  embryo  from  the  vesicle  is 
indicated  by  the  presence  of  a  sulcus,  the  so-called  head-fold,  which 


46  ON    A    PLATVPUfl    BMBKYO, 

IMisKC'H  back  for  «  distance  of  approximatelj  -17  mm.  below  the 
anterior  end  of  the  metlullary  plate  and  tliuR  separates  the  latter 
fruin  the  un'lerljnnK  proaninion.  ThiH  huIcus  we  must  Buppoee 
has  arisen  ah  in  cither  fonnH  )iy  the  furwrnt)  ^rruwth  of  the  anterior 
enrl  of  the  medullary  pliite  over  thiH  hilnminnr  portion  of  the 
hliLHtiMlenn. 

l^iteral  and  tail  folds  are  nut  yet  developed. 

The  miKluUarv-  platt  in  still  flat  with  the  excejition  that  along 
its  iiieMial  line  a  definite  giinn-e  (the  "KiickenfurclH!")  is  developed. 
Medullaiy  folds  are  ahsent  throughout  e.wpt  in  the  rejpon  of  the 
fiitur.-fore-l.rain. 

Til  the  head  ref,'i<)n  the  three  future  cerebral  vesicles  are 
indicated  iiy  widenini;^  "f  the  inmiuUary  plate,  Tlie  fir«t  m 
si-pariited  from  the  second  hy  a  well  niark<.>(l  constriction,  while  a 
It'Ks  niarkiil  iimtitrietion  .situated  :«oniewhat  anterior  to  the 
jKislerior  uiar;;ins  of  the  niesodennal  head  ]>lat»^s  sejiarates  the 
set'ond  from  th<:  thin). 

The  iiji^'rowtlis  of  the  inwiullary  folds  in  the  lateral  re^Jont)  of 
(lie  fore-hrain  are  very  a]>|Hiivnt  in  tlie  phoio-niicri^raph  an  two 
dark  lines  (PI.  I.V.,  W/).  The  c.ntinnatioii  of  these  lines  acrOM 
till-  front  of  tlie  medullary  [ilaie  is  pnH]uce<l  hy  ih.'  thickening  and 
du|i!icatiou  of  the  medullary  plate  at  the  heiul    fold    (PI.   xi.. 


BY   JA8.    P.    HILL   AND  C.    J.    MARTIS.  47 

backwards.  The  fourth  pair  are  much  less  distinct  than  the 
others,  and  in  surface  view  are  not  so  sharply  limited  from  the 
meduUaiy  plat«. 

In  the  anterior  region  of  the  mid-brain,  a  pair  of  neuromeres 
(PI.  IX.,  N.)  occur,  but  they  are  much  less  distinct  than  those  of  the 
hind-brain,  appearing  merely  aa  local  thickenings  of  the  medullary 
plat«  in  that  region,  without  any  accompanying  constrictions. 

Opposite  the  second  and  third  neuromeres  of  tlie  hind-braiii 
there  is  on  each  side  a  somewhat  triangular  thickened  patch  of 
ectoderm — the  auditory  plate  {PI,  ix.,  aud.).  The  mesoderm  in 
the  region  of  the  auditory  plates  is  very  thin,  hence  they  stand 
out  very  distinctly.  The  anterior  margin  of  each  plate  is  on  a 
level  witii  the  front  edge  of  the  second  neuromere;  indeed  the 
greater  portion  of  the  plate  is  situated  opposite  this  neuromere. 
Each  plate  is  roughly  triangular  in  shape,  with  the  base  of  the 
triangle  adjoining  the  medullary  plate,  and  with  a  deep  bay  in 
the  middle  of  it»  posterior  margin. 

The  hind-brain  region  narrows  gradually  posteriorly  and  passes 
into  the  medullary  plate  of  the  future  spinal  cord.  The  medullary 
plate  widens  out  towards  the  posterior  end  of  the  embryo  into  a 
well  marked  sinus  rhomboidalis  which  completely  surrounds  the 
primitive  streak.  The  primitive  streak  is  just  lisible  in  the  photo- 
micrograph (PI.  IX.,  )ir.  «.)  as  a  faint  linear  thickening  enclosing 
a  whitish  axial  line— the  primitive  groove — at  the  posterior 
end  of  the  embryo.  The  anterior  end  of  the  primitive  streak 
exhibits  a  distinct  thickening,  to  one  side  of  which  the  blastopore 
(PI.  IX.,  bl.)  is  situated.  This  thickening  is  continued  forwards 
as  the  head  process  of  the  mesoderm  which  passes  into  the  binder 
end  of  the  notochord.  Tlie  notochord  is  very  distinct  in  the 
photo-micrograph  as  the  longitudinal  line  running  along  the 
middle  of  the  medullary  plate.  At  its  anterior  end  it  broadens 
out,  and  terminates  about  the  middle  of  the  future  fore-brain. 

The  bilateral  Anlagen  of  the  heart  are  very  noticeable  in  surface 
view  (PI.  IX.,  li.a.)  as  two  tubular-looking  structures  lying  external 
to  the  auditory  plates,  and  extending  l»ackwards  from  them  along 
the  outer  edges  of  the  forward  extensions  of  tlie  lateral  sones  of 


4fi  ON    A    PLATYPU8  KMBRTO, 

iiieHodcrm,  nearly  up  to  the  first  8omit«.  They  are  thiu  aitamted 
ill  greater  part  opposite  the  hind-brain  region. 

In  the  trunk  region,  on  either  side  of  and  extending  below  the 
meiiullarj-  pUt«  there  are  seventeen  pairs  of  8orait«J<:  the  flntpair 
situated  i-etativelj  far  back  with  regard  to  the  auditory  plates, 
and  separated  by  a  considerable  Hpace  from  the  last  neuromere. 
The  anterior  nomiten  ai-e  square  in  shape  with  their  borders  at 
ri^')it  angles  ti>  the  axial  line.  They  1>eciinie  Hueeessively  broader 
fiiicl  whorter  towards  the  pimterior  end  of  the  enibr}-<i,  wliere  they 
ai-e  placed  obliquely  to  itn  long  axis. 

(Ill  each  side  just  external  tu  the  iiut«r  t^ges  of  the  somites 
(with  the  exception  of  the  first  three)  and  l>etwcpii  theni  and  the 
lateral  zi>ne  of  nieiiodemi  there  occurs  a  narrow  intermediate 
w>iie  containing  the  Anlage  of  the  Wolffian  l>iidy  (Pi.  i.w,  w.b.}. 
rtuginning  as  a  faint  line  opposite  tlie  fourth  suniit*-,  it  becomes 
iiic)r(>  distinct  opposite  the  seventh,  and  from  thence  ))a*;ku'ards  as 
fur  )i5  the  fifteenth  somite  it  exhibits  an  irregular  linear  thicken- 
irif;.  Over  tliis  [xisteiior  part  of  its  cuursc  the  Wolffian  duct 
iKTursas  11  distinct  structure.  Behind  the  fifttH-nth  somite  the 
iiitt'nn(!(Iiatc  ceil  mans  extendit  IiackwardH  oh  a  narrow  strip  sooie- 
"liat  lieytiiid  the  last  s 


BY   JA8.    P.    HILL   ATfD  C.   J.    MARTIN.  49 

In  fact  we  are  not  acquainted  with  any  embryo  which  reachea 
the  dimenaions  mentioned  above  and  is  posaeiMed  of  such  a  number 
(17  pairs)  of  somiteN  and  which  yet  remains,  with  the  exception 
of  a  a]i]^ht  head  fold,  absolutely  flat. 

Selenka'M*  figure  (fig.  1  Taf.  xxi.)  of  a  three  days'  Didelphys 
embryo  does  however  present  considerable  poinb)  of  resemblance  to 
the  Platypus  embryo  under  consideration,  though  it  is  \ery  much 
smaller  (4'5mm.)  and  possesses  only  fourteen  somites. 

In  both  embryos  the  medullar}'  plates  are  practically  flat, 
double  heart  Anlagen  are  present,  and  head  fold  foi-roed.  The 
appearance  of  the  anterior  end  of  the  medullary  plate  of  the  three 
days'  Opossum  closely  resembles  that  of  the  Platypus  embryo;  and 
further,  in  the  region  of  the  future  mid-brain  the  tiame  lateral 
mesodermal  thickenings  occur  {vide  Selenka's  fig.  4,  Taf.  xz.  t/.)  as 
we  have  described  above,  though  in  the  Opossum  they  are  not  so 
marked  as  in  our  embryo.  According  to  Selenka  these  mesoder- 
mal thickenings  "gehorenoffenbarzurUrwirbelplattedea  Kopfes." 

In  the  Opossum  embryo  neither  the  Wolffian  l)ody  nor  the 
auditor}'  plates  are  indicated,  nor  are  there  any  neuromeres 
descriljed.  It  however  seems  highly  probable  to  us  that  the 
structures  situated  in  the  region  of  the  hind-brain  which  Selenka 
regards  as  the  anterior  live  somites  are  in  reality  nut  somites  at 
all  but  true  neuromeres.  A  comparison  of  his  fig.  4,  Taf.  xx., 
which  represents  a  slightly  younger  embryo,  with  the  above- 
mentioned  figure  renders  this  view  still  more  likely.  In  his 
figures  the  structures  regarded  as  the  anterior  five  somites  extend 
inwards  from  the  edges  of  the  medullary  plate  to  within  a  short 
distance  of  the  mesial  line,  and  in  surface  view  appear  related 
essentially  as  are  the  neuromeres  in  our  embryo;  while  the 
remaining  somites  of  the  trunk,  instead  of  ending  on  h  level  with 
the  edges  of  the  medullary  plate,  extend  out  heyond  them. 

Further,  his  transverse  section  (fig.  3,  Taf.  xxi.)  through  the 
region  of  the  hind -brain  and  passing  thivsugh  one  of  these 
supposed  somites  shows  no  me-sodermal  differentiation  which  could 

*  Htadieu  Uber  Batwick.  der  Xhiur.  iv.  U«f.  i  Abt. 


50  0?«   A    Pl.ATTPUS   BMllRYO, 

Rivfi  rise  to  the  Kppeamnce  wen  in  'nurfnc*'  view.  The  r 
extoiiiln  out  as  a  continuuuM  plaU^  iif  uiiifunn  thickneiw  beyond  the 
etltPi  (if  (lit>  medullary  plate,  wliertwH  the  metlullary  pUt«  itaelf 
hIiowk  a  vt-ry  notict'ulilt<  thickening:  as  i-uiiipnrMl  with  that  of  the 
otlior  Hpt'ti'iiiM  fi^iirwl. 

'riio  iiiiirkHl  retArrlatiiiii  in  tlit-  fiinniitiim  <if  the  niedullary  folds 
anil  in  the  fi^ldiiiK  off  iif  the  eiii)>i-\-»  in  tine  <if  the  n)ost  character- 
JHtic  feiiturex  of  the  emliryo  At  iIiIn  stH;^-.  ThJK  uiiiy  bn  due,  an 
KUKt."^''-''  I'V  our  friend  Pmf.  .1.  T.  Wilwin,  Id  the  mechanical 
efiiH>t  <if  the  rapiil  irahibition  liy  lli<-  ovum  iif  nutritive  fluid 
secri'teil  \i\'  tlie  uterine  K'liids. 

The  niiiture  ovAniui  uvuni,  acci>nliiit:  tn  CiildweU,*  meaaurat 
.miy  2r.  1.1 .1  mm.  in  <Ham.-ter.  After  the  entrnni-e  .if  the  ovum 
itit>i  til.'  Full.ipiivn  tulu-  the  sliell  incmliraiit'  tuul  ]inHill)umen  are 
ail.l.'*]  cxtt'iimlly  to  the  vitelline  memliram-.  and  at  the  Mme  time 
the  iivwni  in  increiwiny  in  nm:  hy  the  altMirjition  iif  tlui.i.  The 
yuuiii.fsi  Nliitpw  in  (lur  jMWM-ssinii  an-  I'Kjpi  in  whiih  se^mentatitm 
liiiH  atlvantifl  to  xmne  extent  ;  they  tnt^axure  'i  mm.  in  dianieter, 
and  |HHseK.s  a  distinct  nnd  nMi«tent  sliell  niemhran.-  separated 
fnmi  Die  vitelline  nienilinuie  liy  a  thin  liiyei-  nf  proiilliinnen.  As 
.l.-vcl.ijJini-nt   pniceds   this   layer  .if   |H-.ialluiiiU'n   is  siH.n   wholly 


BY   JAB.    P.    HILL  AND  C.   J.    MARTIN.  51 

form  by  folding  of  the  blastoderm  U  enabled  to  occur  by  the 
embryo  making  room  for  iliielf,  xo  to  speak,  by  the  using  up  of 
the  fluid  cuntente  of  the  veucle. 

Against  the  view  here  put  forward,  it  may  be  urged  that  in 
certain  other  forms  there  is  a  similar  rapid  increase  in  size  of  the 
blastodermic  vesicle  by  the  absorption  of  fluid,  and  yet  there  is 
no  retardation  in  ilevelopment.  In  Didelphys,  for  example,  the 
blantodermic  vesicle,  according  to  Melenka,  increases  in  one  day 
from  a  diameter  of  6mm.  to  one  of  15  mm.,  and  at  the  end  of  this 
time  the  embryo  is  folded  off,  the  medullary  groove  is  closed  and 
tlie  amniotic  folds  developed.  All  these  processes  can,  however, 
ea-sily  occur  on  an  expanding  blastodermic  vesicle  lying  naked  in 
the  cavity  of  the  uterus  and  devoid  of  any  such  mechanical 
iibstacle  as  would  ite  presented  by  the  presence  of  a  resistent  shell 

Sctoderm. 

The  ectoderm  forms  a  continuous  covering  for  the  whole  of  the 
blastodermic  vesicle.  It  consists,  except  in  the  regions  to  be 
sulwecjuently  mentioned,  of  a  single  layer  of  pilygonal  cells.  Over 
the  greater  portion  of  the  embryonic  area  the  cells  are  much 
'  flattened,  while  in  the  head  region  of  the  enibryo  and  in  the 
extra-embryonic  region  of  the  wall  of  the  vesicle  they  appear 
cubical  in  section. 

Medullary  plate. — The  medullary  plate  is,  as  already 
mentioned,  still  practically  flat.  Medullary  folds  are  only  present 
in  the  anterior  region  of  the  future  fore-brain  ;  their  appearance 
in  this  region  is  probably  to  l>e  associated  with  the  very  early 
appearance  of  the  optic  grooves.  The  plate  consists  of  elungateil 
(.'ells,  the  nuclei  of  which  are  situateil  at  iliiferent  levels  simulating 
the  appejirance  of  several  layers  of  cells.  The  lateral  portions  of 
the  plate  are-  thickest,  anil  are  connected  by  a  median  much 
thinner  portion  which  sends  down  a  keel-shaped  process  in 
some  ]Mirts  to  meet  the  notochord.  Along  the  median  portion  of 
the  plate  there  runs  a  distinct  groove — the  "  Riickenfurche." 
Beginning  as  a  shallow  groove  slightly  behind  the  anterior  end  of 


52  OX    A    PLATYPl"8   EURBVO, 

the  medullniy  plate,  it  ;rnulual)y  lieooineN  deeper  poiiteriorly, 
nttainiiig  its  iiiaximum  deptli  just  aiiteriur  to  the  Ut  pair  of 
Hiiinit«'i,  where  it  in  distinctly  V-shai^ed  (fifr-  7,  d.  fr.).  Behind 
this  point  it  gi-odually  l>econ)eH  sh.'vHowf  r  a^iii  until  in  the  r^ioii 
of  the  Hth  Honiite  tlie  medullary  pliite  is  iilni<Ht  tint,  and  niucli 
thiiiTiiT  than  anteriorly  (Hfpi.  9  and  10,  iiid.  ;>.).  Posterior  to  the 
s'>init<-s  the  plate  gradually  iniTeases  iti  hreadth  tofonn  tlie  niiius 
ilioiiilnii(lalin  which  invest«  the  iirimiti\-e  sti-ejik.  The  extreme 
aiitei'ior  end  of  the  medullary  plate  Is  iiuite  Hat,  destitute  of  n 
iii(?<li]tn  (fToove,  and  wparatetl  fniui  the  uiiderlyinfi  |irotunnion  l»y 
the  hi^iul  fold.  It  therefore  consists  of  tn-i>  layers,  a  thicker 
upper  aiid  a  thinner  lower  laypr,  si'imrateil  from  each  other  by  a 
iiiirrow  spac)'  (figs.  1,  1")  and  1(1). 

Immediately  lichind  the  anterior  end  of  llje  in<'<lullari-  plat«  its 
iiiarKins  liecome  upturned  to  form  the  meilullarv  folds  which  lire 
coiispii'U»UM  in  the  photo-niiero^rrapli  a<t  the  two  dark  linen  oQ 
either  side  of  the  future  fore-liratn.  A  tranI'^erse  .'iwlioii  tliiitugh 
the  middle  I'e^.'iun  of  the  fore-lmtin  is  Khouti  in  fifi.  '1.  In  the 
middle  uf  the  Hection  is  a  well-marked  •;i-.«.ve  (</.  Jr.)  sejiai-ated  Ijy 
elpvatiims  of  the  medullai^  plate  fi-um  two  lateral  j;i-o<)ves  (ofi.  ^r.) 

■sternully  liy  the  nit^lullary  folds  which  curvp  slighUr  J 


BY   JA8.    P.    HILL   AND   C.    J.    MARTIN.  53 

appearance  somewhat  suggests  a  precocious  formation  of  the 
secondary  optic  cup,  but  whether  this  is  so  or  not  can  only  be 
settled  by  the  examination  of  older  stages.  We  are  convinced, 
however,  from  the  examination  of  serial  transverse  sections 
through  the  region  in  question,  that  the  appearance  is  not  caused 
by  any  artificial  folding.  Jjongitudinal  sections  of  our  second 
embryo  also  exhibit  a  series  of  appearances  contradicting  such  an 
interpretation. 

y euro  mer  e s. — As  already  mentioned  four  distinct  pairs  of 
neuromeres  are  present  in  the  hind-brain  and  a  less  marked  pair 
in  the  anterior  region  of  the  mid-brain.  The  mid-brain  neuro- 
meres are  not  so  distinctly  marked  off  from  the  medullary  plate 
as  those  of  the  hind-brain.  It  is,  however,  obvious  in  longitudinal 
section  as  a  distinct  local  tliickening  of  the  medullary  plate  (tig. 
16,  N.)  corresponding  to  the  region  marked  N  in  the  photo-micro- 
graph. 

Tn  longitudinal  section  the  neuromeres  exhibit  the  character- 
istic arc-shaped  form  originally  described  by  Orr*  in  the  Lizard 
( Anolis),  and  afterwards  by  McCluref  in  the  Chick,  in  Amblystoma 
and  Anolis,  and  by  Watersf  in  the  Cod. 

The  neuromeres  in  the  hind-brain  of  Platypus  exhibit  very 
closely  the  characters  described  by  Orr  for  those  of  the  hind-brain 
of  the  Ijizard.  It  must,  however,  lie  remembered  that  in  the 
embryo  Lizard,  to  which  Orr's  description  applies,  the  medullary 
canal  is  closed,  while  in  the  Platypus  embryo  the  medullary  plate 
is  still  flat,  so  that  the  outer  surface  of  the  medullary  canal  of  the 
Lizard  corresponds  to  the  undersurface  of  the  medullary  plate  in 
our  embryo,  and  his  inner  surface  to  our  upper  surface. 

Each  neuromere  as  seen  in  longitudinal  section  (fig.  16,  N.)  is 
formed  by  an  arc-shaped  bulging  on  the  under  side  of  the 
medullary  plate.  Adjacent  neuromeres  are  separated  from  each 
other    by  well-marked    constrictions   on    the   under  side  of   the 

*  Orr,  Jourii.  Morphology,  Vol.  i,  1887,  PI.  xii.  fig.  5. 
t  McClure,  Journ.  Morphology,  Vol  iv.  p.  35-56. 
t  Waters,  Quart.  Journ.  Micros.  Science,  Vol.  xxxiii.  p.  457-472. 


54  OS   A   PLAT\Pl'8   EUDUVO, 

iiiedullarv  plate,  while  on  the  upper  side,  upposite  the  constrio- 
tiiins,  tliere  are  slight  trftnHverse  ridgw*. 

The  I'Umgated  celU  of  which  each  iieunitnere  iH  compumd  are 
ilistiiict  fi-om  thow  of  itn  iieitihixiui-s.  Tlie  cellit  are  arruig«d 
riujially  from  the  upper  Hurfaeeof  the  iieunmicrc,  and  their  nuclei 
are  »!ij;htly  more  numerous  jufit  l»elo»-  that  Hurface  (fig.  1«).  In 
lhi>  hitiil-liraiii  of  the  lizard,  on  tht-  iithi-r  hand,  accordinfi;  to  Orr, 
the  nuclei  are  more  uumenius  loui^nls  the  outer  siurface  of  tlie 
neuroniere,  i.e.,  towarris  the  undei-surfai'e  in  the  medullary  pinte 
su^,'e. 

In  trunKverne  Nectionx  tht;  tii-hl  ncui-unieif  of  the  hiiic]-i>ruiii 
ajij.M-ai':^  iLs  a  thickeninj,'  cif  the  medullnrj'  plate  with  twii  bulfjingK 
i>n  its  ventral  Hide— a  smaller  one  situated  near  the  middle  of  earh 
half  of  the  medulhir}-  plate,  and  a  laif;er  one  at  tlie  outer  edge  «f 
(lie  (ilate  [fig.  19  (2)].  The  out<T  iiul^ng  projiilM  coiLiiderahly 
lieyonil  the  lateral  luargiiiK  of  the  medullary  plate  in  the  int<>r- 
ifUf<.merie  region. 

The  se.-imd  neuromeiv  [fifj.  19  t_l)\  is  less  inarke.1  than  the  firal, 
l.ut  also  [lossesses  mesial  and  lati-i-al  hulgiiigri.  The  thiid 
iieuroiiL.-r.'  [fig.  1!)  (C)]  is  on  surfiu-e  view  the  most  distinct  .>f  the 
t  poM»es.ses  a  single  largi'  liulging  ai   its  outer  edgi».     The 


BY  JA8.    P.    HILL   AND   C.    J.    MARTIN.  55 

before  the  formation  of  the  medullary  folds.  The  same  observer 
has  also  insisted  on  the  fact  that  the  neuromeric  segmentation  is 
primitively  ectodermic  and  entirely  independent  of  any  meso- 
dermic  segmentation — a  view  with  which  the  conditions  in 
Platypus  are  in  complete  agreement. 

Auditory  plates :  The  auditory  plates  are  situated  laterally  to 
the  neuromeric  region  of  the  hind-brain,  their  anterior  edges  being 
on  a  level  with  those  of  the  second  pair  of  neuromeres.  Each 
consists  of  a  thickening  of  the  ectoderm  which  is  distinctly 
grooved  longitudinally  (fig.  6,  aud.).  The  appearance  of  the 
auditory  plates  in  Plat}'pus  while  the  medullary  plate  is  still  flat 
is  noteworthy. 

Cranial  ganglia  are  not  yet  developed.  However,  in  the 
interval  between  the  third  and  fourth  pairs  of  neuromeres  and 
opposite  the  posterior  portions  of  the  auditory  plates  there  occurs 
on  each  side  a  distinct  downgrowth  of  the  ectoderm  just  external 
to  the  outer  edge  of  the  medullary  plate.  This  downgrowth  is 
similar  to  the  "Zwischenrinne"  described  by  His*  in  1879.  Beard,  t 
Rabl,t  Chiurugi,§  and  others  have  observed  a  similar  structure, 
but  do  not  regard  it  as  concerned  with  the  development  of  the 
cranial  ganglia,  Goronowitsch,||  indeed,  being  of  the  opinion  that 
it  is  an  artificial  production  of  the  paraffin  bath. 

There  remains  to  l)e  noticed  a  longitudinal  strand  of  cells  on 
each  side  Ijing  close  beneath  the  ectoderm  just  external  to  the 
edge  of  the  medullary  plate  and  passing  slightly  inwards  below 
its  outer  margin  (figs.  8  and  9,  le.).  The  strands  are  found  in  the 
trunk  region  of  the  embryo  extending  from  the  first  pair  of  somites 
anteriorly  to  about  the  fourteenth  pair  pasteriorly.  They  are 
much  larger  and  more  distinct  anteriorly.  Whether  these  strands 
are  ectodermal  in  their  origin  and  ganglionic  in  their  significance 


*  His,  Untersuchungen  iiber  die  erste  Anlage  des  Wirbelthierleibes — 
Leipzig. 

i  Beard,  Quart.  Joum.  Micros.  Sc.  Vol.  xxix. 

X  Rabl,  Morphol.  Jahrb.  Bd.  xv. 

§  Chiurugi,  Arch.  Ital.  de  Biologie,  Bd.  xv. 

I  Goronowitsch,  Morph.  Jahrb.  Bd.  xx.  Heft  2,  p.  201. 


56  OS    A   PLATVPUM   lEUBHVO, 

ctiuld  not  with  certainty  be  ileti'i'iiiiiied  ut  this  ata{[e.  Th«y 
pxliihit  n<i  iwllular  ouiiiiection  witli  tlinir  iiurruundin};;)!  and  may 
possibly  rBprewiit  the  (ietnchetl  ni'urnl  eitwt  (*'ZwiHchentitruig")  of 
which  no  iither  reprfweiitative  is*  jirHsi-iiI. 

Ento.Mr>.i. 
The  I'littdfrm  of  the  embmmii-  area  pi-esents  ni>  very  special 
feiiturps.  It  is  »  sin^ile  layer  uf  ttHltfiied  cells,  the  nuclei  of  which 
lire  ftiirly  iliise.  Ijitemlly  the  cells  Ijecimie  more  elotit^ated  and 
the  nuclei  ciinHetjuently  an;  further  iijwrt.  Here  aiifl  there  in  the 
<!iiibiyiinic  nrea.  these  tUtt^neil  eiitmlennHl  cells  iire  interspersed 
with  larjje  Cfrlls  rli:4t*'nd«l  by  the  presi'Tice  in  their  interior  of 
st-veriil  yolk  sjiheres  {ef.  fi>f.  i'2,  fit.  'iif.).  I'mtber  <iut  these  yoli- 
foritj lining  cells  liei-imie  more  nuni>-nnis  ami  e^■enluIllly  form  the 
entire  iniifr  linin;;  uf  the  blastixlerinic  vesicle.  Their  structure  in 
(lescrilxHl  Inter  in  cmiiiection  with  that  of  the  vesicle.  The  only 
tlilFei'eiitiiition  of  the  (.'mbryiHiic  cntixlerni  is  found  in  the  re^on 
of  the  future  phari-nji.  The  i-eIN  lyinn  just  internal  to  tlie  amnio- 
uititlial  vesicles  have  asMuined  n  cubical  shiipt-.  and  form  a  narrow 
tliickenf<l  l«nd  on  (-imtIi  sirle  esli-ndiny  Ivick  to  thi>  re^riim  of  the 
lus'irt  AnhiKeii  (Hj;-  ■"•>  '^(.  />/'■)■  These  two  Iwnds  iviiresent  the 
pharyngeal  entodenn  of  ilii^ 


BY   JAS.    P.    HILL   AND   C.    J.    MARTIN.  57 

middle  region  of  the  mid-brain  up  to  a  short  distance  in  front  of 
the  tirst  somite,  the  notochord  lies  below  the  keel  of  the  medullary 
plate  and  is  connected  with  the  entoderm  by  a  thin  cellular 
iilament  (fig.  5).  Somewhat  anterior  to  the  first  somite  the 
notochord  becomes  entirely  free  from  the  entoderm,  and  continues 
in  this  condition  to  its  posterior  end  where  it  passes  into  the  head 
process  of  the  primitive  streak.  The  notochord  increases  in  size 
somewhat  after  becoming  entirely  free  from  the  entoderm.  It  is 
then  distinctly  rod-shaped,  while  anteriorly  it  is  somewhat  oval  in 
section. 

The  notochord  is  relatively  of  very  small  size  in  Platypus. 
Heape*  has  also  noticed  a  similar  condition  in  the  Mole,  and  he 
regards  it  as  due  to  the  very  early  appearance  of  the  nervous 
system. 

Mesoderm, 

The  mesoderm  is  at  this  stage  established  as  two  lateral  wings 
distinct  from  the  ectoderm  and  entoderm  except  at  certain  regions 
in  the  axial  line,  viz. : — At  the  anterior  flattened-out  end  of  the 
notochord,  in  front  of  the  blastopore  in  the  region  of  the  head 
proceas,  and  behind  the  blastopore  in  the  region  of  the  primitive 
streak.  As  already  mentioned  in  the  description  of  the  surface 
view  of  the  embryo,  the  mesoderm  lying  on  either  side  of  the 
anterior  end  of  the  embryo  forms  two  sharply  limited  plates  to 
which  we  have  given  the  name  of  mesodermal  head  plates  as  dis- 
tinguished from  the  mesoderm  of  the  rest  of  the  body. 

The  head  plates  of  mesoderm  (PL  ix.,  h.p.  mes.)  are  lateral 
thickenings  on  either  side  of  the  future  fore-  and  mid-brains,  ami 
show  no  signs  of  segmentation.  Their  outer  contours  are  directly 
continuous  with  the  forward  continuation  of  the  outer  boundaries 
of  the  protovertebral  zones  of  mesoderm.  Their  very  distinct 
pasterior  boundary  is  not  due  to  the  entire  disappearance  of 
mesoderm  at  this  point,  but  to  a  very  marked  thinning  of  the 
same. 

*  Quart.  Joum.  Micros.  Science,  VoL  xxvii.  1887,  p.  139. 


5«  OS   A    PLATYPUH   EMHKYO, 

A  tniniiverse  section  tlirough  tht-  middle  regiim  of  the  bead 
plate  in  Filiawn  in  fifj.  4.  Here,  lielow  the  luedultary  plate,  the 
ititntiilei'ni  exiHtH  in  t)ie  fumi  uf  scAtteretl  Mtellatf  cellii,  while 
iHtemlly  to  the  iiut«r  edf^eH  uf  the  niedullnr]-  plate  the  cells  are 
iiMin^  nuintTciuH  and  moFC  cluHely  ]uu:ke<l,  eH]iecinlly  immediately 
lielijw  tliK  ectorlenn  and  at  the  outer  rim  i>f  the  head  plate.  Thi» 
thiokencd  rim  mnrkH  the  outer  i^mtoui-  nf  each  plnte  aa  Keen  in 
sui-fnce  view,  lleyuiul  this  rim  the  iiicsmlei-iii  in  divided  liy  the 
dewliipnieiit  ijf  a  cieliim  into  two  Ittyert,  an  u]>|ier  thin  layer  (if 
tlatteuii]  wimntie  niewdeiin  cpIU  and  n  lowei'  tliit;ker  layer  <jf  HOme- 
u'liat  i-u)iii'al  !i)ilHiii.'hiuo  mesiidi'nii  ti'lls.  The  narrow  cirlomic 
spuTs  tliiis  ent:lii!<i>d  when  ti-ai-ed  ixwleriiiriy  iirc  fuund  tJi  lie  tlie 
niiisi  unlcrior  imi-ts  uf  the  l)i)(iy  eiivity.  and  fur  them  we  ailopt 
Miiiiit's*  term  amniii-cardial  vesicles. 


Tlie  amnii>-onnlial  vesicle.s  extei 

id  furwaiil 

sasiwohomMlx-yond 

(he  anterior  end  uf  tlie  em)>iyi>. 

Tliey   .■ 

onver;ri-   towards   tlie 

miiliuti   Une  without,  however,  u 

initin^,  iui< 

il  pnu-tii-ally  limit  a 

small  area  (tlHi  imiainnion)  in  w) 

li.'h    moso.: 

lerni  is  aWent.     The 

t   and   lies 

B\    JAS.    P.    HILL   AND   C.    J.    MARTIN.  59 

stellate  cells  which  become  somewhat  more  compact  below  the 
ectoderm  and  immediately  external  to  the  edges  of  the  medullary 
plate.  The  outer  margin  of  this  more  compact  portion  of  the 
mesoderm  corresponds  to  the  outer  limit  of  the  forward  prolonga- 
tion of  the  protovertebral  zone  of  mesoderm,  and  is  visible  in 
the  photo-micrograph  as  the  dark  contour  bounding  this  area. 
Beyond  this  line  the  mesoderm  is  split  into  the  somatic  and 
splanchnic  layers.  The  somatic  layer  is  composed  of  a  single 
layer  of  cells  and  is  closely  applied  below  the  ectoderm;  the 
splanchnic  layer  is  thicker,  especially  where  it  is  inbulged  over 
the  heart  endothelium  (figs.  5  and  6,  spf.).  The  two  layers  unite 
again  into  a  single  layer  a  little  way  external  to  the  lateral  heart 
Anlage.  The  lateral  extension  of  the  unsplit  mesoderm  beyond 
the  heart  Anlage  is,  however,  very  small,  so  that  the  lateral 
extent  of  the  ccelom  practically  corresponds  in  this  region  with 
the  lateral  extent  of  the  mesoderm.  From  this  point  backwards 
the  mesoderm  gradually  extends  more  and  more  outwards  until  it 
reaches  its  maximum  extension  opposite  the  posterior  end  of  the 
embryo. 

Behind  the  heart  Anlagen  proper  the  somatic  layer  of  mesoderm 
becomes  very  much  thicker  than  the  splanchnic  (figs.  7,  8,  10  and 
12),  and  it  continues  in  this  condition  to  the  posterior  end  of  the 
embr}'o.  At  the  same  time  the  two  layers  become  more  ckxsely 
applied  to  each  other  and  the  c<vlom  is  reduced  to  a  narrow  cleft. 

Just  over  the  venous  trunks  leading  to  the  heart  Anlagen  the 
two  layers  are  unsplit,  thus  dividing  the  ccelom  into  a  more  mesial 
and  a  more  lateral  portion. 

The  splitting  of  the  more  mesial  ly  situated  part  of  the  lateral 
mesoderm  becomes  more  indistinct  posteriorly,  so  that  opposite 
the  anterior  somites  the  mesial  part  of  the  ventral  ccelom  is  largely 
obliterated  and  there  exists  external  to  the  somites  a  mass  of 
unsplit  mesoderm  (fig.  8). 

The  par-axial  mesoderm  immediately  in  front  of  the  first  pair 
of  somites,  though  not  transversely  limited  in  front  as  a  distinct 
segment,  has  essentially  the  same  appearance  in  section  as  that  of 
the  first  somite.      It  forms  on  each  side  a  distinct  and  compact 


60  ox   A    PLATVPUM    BMBKYO, 

jilatc  ]yw}i  close  1n>Iuw  tlif  tHtixIcnii  inimpdintely  external  to  thf! 
<rlf,'<-  uf  tliH  ineduUuiy  jilatf.  Ii«ii<-iitli  it  tlier* (-xiitt  looner  ntellate 
I'l'lls  u'hio))  lire  cimtinuiiuK  with  it  at  Imtli  pikIk  (fig.  7,  me*,  ax.). 

:>  ()f  tlie  seventeen  paini  (tf 
luly  ))f«n  (leitcrilierl.  Witli 
.'  last  tliivje  the  sumites  Are 
oi-tiiiiis  (lijpf.  f*  luxl  9,  M.*.) 
'oniiirt'Msed   iliirsii-ventrally    iui(t 


Memidfratic  tomite*.-  The  iippt- 
siiiiiitvs  as  seen  in  surfuce  view  hii 
the  ext-eptidii  (if  tlu-  tirst  tlin«  ii 
Iii-ai-tii-ally  i'leiitioil.  Tti  lrllIls^i 
they  j)i-esent  Hn   uliloiig  fi 


distance  iH'iieKth  the  niMJulliiry  jilnte.  Tliey  pomew 
heiv  whiile  lirewltli  verj'  ilistim-t  myotoniic  cHvities  lx>unded 
[oi'silI  iDul  ventrtil  walls  cunijxised  tif  Hiniiewluit  stellute  cells. 
■  cmity  is  siiiiietiities  ititerruiited  by  HtrHiiils  iif  ltHh  pa-ssing 
rtc-ii  the  two  walls. 

icntrul  walls  of  llic  first  thiii-  ym\v^  ni  soiiiiteH  liavu 
i'i>nverte<l  inti>  sti'lliiic  nmsi'iiclniiie  n'lls,  aii<l  in  the  fimt 
llie  myirfdinii.'  cavity  is  mi  Inn^jcr  iltstinjniishalile  (fig.  7). 
oi-sjil  walls  fiirm  a  s.iiiicwhut  aivh<-cl  jilait'  of  <-losely 
ci  .■ells. 

int  ihifv  (jnirs  of    smuites  'lo  in.t   |Hissfss  wi'll  marked 
Tlicy  consist  of  iiUml  two  lay.-rs  ..f  ,■.■11^  ,-.miic,-le<l  by 


Till- 


BY  JAS.    P.    HILL  AND  C.   J.    UABTIN.  61 

The  dark  area  in  the  photo-micrograph  just  ext«ma!  to  the 
somites  is  the  optical  expretuiion  of  this  thick  somatic  layer  of 
mesoderm.  The  outer  limit  of  the  dark  area  marks  the  place 
where  the  latter  becomes  reduced  to  a  single  layer. 

The  ventral  crelom  is,  in  the  region  of  the  1st  somite  and  just 
anterior  to  it,  coextensive  with  the  thickened  portion  of  the 
somatic  mesoderm  seen  in  surface  view,  while  posteriorly  it 
extends  out  beyond  the  point  where  the  latter  becomes  thin. 
Further  back  still  the  cu;lom  gradually  becomes  reduced  in  extent 
until  in  the  region  of  the  9th  to  the  13th  somites  the  mesoderm 
is  no  longer  split  (fig.  9,  mes.). 

Opposite  the  14th  or  15th  somites  the  mesoderm  again  becomes 
split,  the  cfelom  extending  close  up  to  the  intermediate  cell  mass 
{fig.  10). 

Behind  the  somites  the  protovertebral  zones  of  mesoderm  are 
directly  continuous  with  the  lateral  plat«s,  while  the  splitting  of 
the  mesoderm  does  not  occur  until  some  distance  out  (fig.  12). 

The  mesoderm  continues  some  distance  beyond  the  hinder  end 
of  the  primitive  streak,  and  liere  the  ca'lomic  cavities  gradually 
extend  inwards  towards  the  mesial  line  and  fuse  with  each  other, 
so  that  the  ctvlom  forms  a  continuous  space.  In  this  region  the 
tail  fold  of  the  amnion  will  probably  be  developed. 

Primitive  streak  ■  In  surface  view  the  notochord  is  seen  to 
become  gradually  thicker  at  its  posterior  end  and  to  terminate 
finall}'  in  a  distinct  longitudinal  thickening  situated  about  the 
middle  of  the  sinus  rhomboidalis.  The  continuation  forwards  of 
this  enlargement  to  join  the  notochord  is  the  head  process  of  the 
primitive  streak,  while  l>ehind  it  is  the  primitive  streak  itself, 
just  visible  in  the  photo-micrograph  as  a  whitish  line. 

Sections  through  the  primitive  streak  show  that  mesodermal 
cells  are  being  rapidly  proliferated  off  from  the  ectoderm  forming 
the  floor  of  the  primitive  groove  along  its  whole  extent,  and  that 
the  lateral  wings  of  mesoderm  are  directly  continuous  with  this 
axial  streak  of  cells  (figs.  12,  13,  and  24).  At  the  anterior  end 
of  the  primitive  groove  ectoderm,  mesoderm  and  entoderm  are 
fused  tr^ether  in  the  axial  line  (figs.  25  and  24)  and  fom)  the 


.    PLATVPU8   EMRRYO, 


iliirt,'<<iu«iit  already  referred  to  which  projects  m  an  elongated 
mpoHed  i>f  ruunileil  cells  ut  the  fint«rior  end  of  the 


primitive  j^roove  (fipt.  11  and  'i-l).     Ii 
tliiK  eiDineiice  t))e  l>lH!ito[K>r(^  (bf.)  in 
Iciuis  iiitd  the  blaMtopnrii-  t-aiml  wliioli 
]ircH'<-ss    for    a    flistance   i>f    1  li  iiiin. 
(ijifiiiiifj   into   the  onvity   tit    tht*   lila 
bl.  op.).      The    inner  oiK-nii 
as   u   lu'eak    in    the  entdch'nii. 
wlmlly  conipcBied  of  niesijderin. 
caniil    is   iitit   a   Minfrle   one.  l>ui 
ci'lJH  into  two  or  three  Hninlh^-  c 
(lupliuatiiin    of   the   canal    Iuik    i 
the  ralihit,  by  Bimiiett  in  ihe  fli 
mid  liy  MpiH-S  in  the  fruiiiiw-pifj:  li 
it   lit  prol>id>ly  i)f  ^pineritl  m-inrn-nce 
diorvliL  ii)  niannnals. 

The  head  proceSM  runs  forwuiils  fnj 
]>rittiitivi'  Htreak,  distinct  fnim  the  t'l-tivl 
Ih'Iow  ii.  [literally  it  Ik  eontiniimis  ai 
.lenii.  while  M< 


the  hollow  at  oae  ade  of 

ltuat«4l.     The  blastopoFP 

HUH  furwania  in  the  head 

and   opeDM   by   a  lateral 

Klermie    vcHicIe    (fig,    tJl, 

if  llie  blaititiKjrie  canal  appeam 

The    wall«   of    the    canal   art" 

The  lumen  of  the  blnatoporio 

1    is   <iiiiilcd    up    by    bridRea    of 

■anaN  (fi-.  22.  bl.  c').     A  aimilar 

iwH'ii    ..l«erve.l    by  Kolliker*    in 

iee|i.  liy  Zumsleiuf  in   the  chkJc, 

ice  the  latter  observer  regarHa 

■nee  in    tlif  forniatiou  of   th« 


Ih* 


■ud   of    the 

ihoujjh  I'losely  applied 
(■nals  with  the  meno- 


BY   JA8.    P.    HILL   AND   C.    J.    MARTIN.  63 

while  a  short  distance  further  forward  a  single  distinct  lumen 
occurs,  but  it  is  confined  to  one  section.  Apparently  we  have 
here  to  do  with  the  last  traces  of  the  notochordal  canal. 

The  head  process  diminishes  in  thickness  anteriorly  and  finally 
passes  into  the  posterior  end  of  the  notochord. 

Wolffian  duct  and  body :  The  appearance  of  the  Anlagen  of  the 
Wolffian  duct  and  body  has  already  been  described  in  surface 
view.  In  sections  of  its  anterior  region  from  the  4th  to  the  7th 
somites  the  united  Anlagen  of  the  Wolffian  duct  and  body  appear 
as  a  solid  cord  of  cells  projecting  from  the  intermediate  cell  mass. 
The  greater  part  of  the  cord  lies  free  between  the  outer  edges  of 
the  somites  and  the  lateral  mesoderm,  while  its  dorsal  surface 
approaches  within  a  short  distance  of  the  ectoderm  (fig.  8,  w.  h.). 
As  the  cord  is  traced  backwards  it  is  found  to  become  gradually 
constricted  in  its  middle  region,  while  its  dorsal  portion  broadens 
out,  until  it  becomes  somewhat  dumb-bell-shaped  in  form.  Its 
basal  portion  is  now  very  distinctly  connected  with  the  lateral 
mesoderm  on  its  outer  side.  On  its  inner  side,  however,  the 
connection  with  the  somites  is  not  now  so  well  marked,  and  in 
places  this  connection  is  completely  lost.  At  about  the  level  of 
the  6th  somite  the  constriction  of  the  middle  region  of  the  cord 
is  much  more  marked,  and  it  here  consists  of  a  ventral  larger 
rounded  mass  connected  by  a  narrow  isthmus  with  a  dorsal  much 
thinner  flattened  band.  The  upper  portion  is  the  Anlage  of  the 
Wolffian  duct,  while  the  lower  is  the  Anlage  of  the  Wolffian 
tubules.  Then,  by  the  gradual  disappearance  of  the  connecting 
isthmus  the  mass  comes  to  consist  of  a  dorsal  band-like  Wolffian 
duct  Anlage  (fig.  25,  w.a.),  united  at  its  mid-region  to  the  under- 
lying Anlage  of  the  tubules  (w.t.).  Finally,  opposite  the  7th 
somite  the  narrow  connection  between  the  duct  Anlage  and  the 
Anlage  of  the  tubules  is  lost  altogether,  and  the  two  become 
separate  (fig.  26). 

The  outer  edges  of  the  duct  Anlage  lie  close  l)elow  the  ecUxlerm 
which,  just  over  the  duct,  is  very  thin  and  delicate,  and  with  very 
few  nuclei  as  compared  with   the  rest  of  the  ectoderm.     Very 


G4  ON   A    PLATYPUS   EMBBYO, 

often  it  13  broken  in  the  prucesH  of  section  cutting^-A  feature 
Martin*  has  also  met  with  in  the  case  of  the  rabbit  {ef.  his  fig.  7 
A-K.  Taf.  vii.  in  this  respect  with  our  figs.  25  and  -26). 

Tlip  Wulflian  duct  Anht;^  is  now  distinct  nut  only  from  the 
xiniiti-s  and  lateral  meiioderm,  but  aW  from  the  Anlage  of  the 
tuliutesi.  However,  it  does  ajpiin  Ixvonie  t-'onnected  with  the 
tubule  Anlage,  and  also  with  the  lateral  mesoderm  at  its  outer 
eiifte,  iiver  a  verj-  short  dtDtance.  The  Antage  of  tlie  tubuleit 
I'liisists  of  a  Kiimewluit  rounded  mans  in  tniTisverse  section,  with 
its  cells  aiYan^  in  a  radial  manner  round  itH  somewhat  clearer 
rentre.  In  this  in  some  se<-tinns  u  diutinct  lumen  occurs  (fig.  26, 
ir.i.)  The  tubule  Aiilaf^i"  now  only  distinctly  ccmnect«l  with  the 
jjitenil  nies(Klerm,  the  cinmeetion  with  the  Komites  l)eing  lost  more 
or  le^H  completely.  Some  sections  indeed  (Hk-  -6)  show  the 
nibul«  Anlajie  as  an  isolated  roundi^  mass,  }>elo<A'  which  p&si«es 
a  thin  lai-er  of  loose  cells  at  the  intenuediatc  cell  nuus. 

The  duct  varies  somewhat  in  width  in  diffeivnt  sections,  and 
this  ;fives  rise  to  the  irregular  linear  thickening  previounly 
nieTitioned  ait  seen  in  surface  view.  Ax  it  is  tnu'e<l  to  itw  distal 
I'lid  the  duct  is  found  to  lie  liecome  griwiuallv  nfiuceil  to  a  thin 
what    thicker    Jn    lli.-    middle    and    tluiniing    off 


BV   JA8.    P.    HILL   AND   C.    J.    MARTIN.  65 

enclosed  between  the  two  a  small  space.  Behind  the  point  where 
the  connection  of  the  edges  of  the  Wolffian  duct  with  the 
ectoderm  in  first  seen,  the  duct  rapidly  becomes  reduced  in  size 
and  approaches  closer  U>  the  ectoderm  (tip.  28,  ro.rf). 

Finally  it  is  reduced  to  a  single  ci-ll,  which  passes  directly  over 
into  the  ectoderm  (lig.  L'9,  w.rf.). 

From  these  observed  ineta  we  ai-e  inclined  to  believe  that  the 
Wolffian  duct  in  Platypus  has  an  ectodermal  origin.  We  cannot 
assert  this  doginaticelly  from  the  examination  of  one  stage;  yet 
the  ItalancB  of  evidence  in  in  favour  of  this  view,  and  indeed  from 
the  facts  at  our  dispoBiil  it  in  the  only  view  we  can  put  forward. 

The  duct  certainly  does  not  grow  backward.^  by  proliferation 
from  its  posterior  end  as  Mai-tin  stateH  tti  l>p  the  case  in  the 
rabbit,  for  as  oppose<l  to  the  condition  in  that  animal,  whei'e 
according  to  Martin  the  Wolffian  duct  at  it«  extreme  posterior 
end  is  thicker  than  just  anterior  to  that  point,  in  Platypus  the  duel 
graduJ'lly  becomes  thinner  posteriorly,  and  as  we  have  descrilwd, 
passes  directly  over  into  the  ect<xlerm.  Nor  can  tin;  duct  grow 
l>ackwarHs  by  the  addition  of  cells  from  the  mesoderm,  for  as  we 
have  shown  the  Wolffian  duct  in  quite  distinct  posteriorly  front  the 
Anlage  of  the  tulroles  and  fi-om  the  adjacent  mesoderm.  We  are 
therefore  ineline<l  to  Ix-Heve  that  the  Wolffian  duct  in  Platypus 
grows  Imckwards  by  separation  or  delamination  of  cells  from  the 
ectoderm. 

Just  an  the  diffei'entiation  of  the  Anlage  of  the  Wolffian  duct 
from  the  ectoderm  is  lost  as  it  is  traced  posteriorly,  so  the 
diffei'entiation  of  the  Anlage  of  the  tubules  from  the  intenne<liate 
cell  mass  is  also  lost.  The  Anlage  of  the  tubules  can,  however, 
be  traced  Ijehind  the  termination  of  the  Wolffian  <luct  as  a  narrow 
strand  of  rounded  cells  readily  distinguishable  fniin  the  looser 
branching  cells  of  the  rest  of  the  intermediate  cell  mass.  The 
relations  of  the  Anlage  of  tbe  tubules  to  the  intermediate  cell 
mass  in  Platypus  is  thus  essentially  the  same  as  Martin  has 
described  for  the  rabbit. 


GCl  ON   A    PLATYPUS    BMBKYO, 

In  its  topuftraphiuBl  reUtions  the  Wolffian  duct  in  PlfttjpiiH 
atrrt^H  witli  the  conditicmH  described  by  Meyer*  in  man,  whore 
iiccunliiif!  to  hitn  the  prtiximnl  piirt  <if  the  duct  leiulH  back  fran 
tbi-  iiii-wxli'nn  while  its  distiU  jxirtiim  in  i-tinnpct^d  with  the 
(H.ti«linii.  Both  Mt-Vf-r  and  Martin  afj"*  in  dowribing  the 
jii'uxitiiiil  |Hirt  of  the  duct  rnt  n)e^u■lI'rnllll  in  tirij^in,  hut  lU  to  thui 
\vf  mi-  not  in  a  ponitiun  to  Mjieiik  with  I'frtaiiity.  However,  in 
Pliuypus  the  pfuxinial  pai't  of  the  unittnl  Anla^ien  of  t)ie  Wolffian 
diK-t  ;iiid  tuhuW  is  rehited  i-ssentiidiy  us  Mwlin  di-sfril)ea  for  the 
I'otTcsjHindin^'  |ioilion  in  the  iiilibit,  and  it  ini^ht  well  lie  that  ad 
In  Ihiit  uninml  the  proximal  (Hirtlon  of  the  Wolttiim  duvb  Aiilafc« 
)U-is(!s  fnm  the  intern  nil  iatf  i^-ll  niiiss  in  fomnion  with  tiw 
AnliiK-*"  «i  the  WoWinn  tubuli-s. 


[iliu-i'd  lii'iirt  Anliigen  liuve 
■  «s  KJniiitcd  in  (.'reat«r  part 
itions,  hiiwiv,!-,  show  that 
beyond  tin-  |Hislen(>r  limits 
VI-  nijiy  tlic'ii-t'ori>  look  upon 


BY   -IAS.    P.    HILL   AND  C.    J.    UARTIN.  67 

(2-3)  endothelifil  tubeu  (fig.  5,  hi.  «hd)  which  about  the  middle 
refrion  of  the  Anlaige  unite  intu  a  single  tube  (fig.  6,  hi.  end,). 
Tracer  of  e,  septum  are,  however,  still  present  in  the  single  tube, 
showing  tliat  it  has  arisen,  an  RabI*  has  observed,  by  the  fusion 
oi  at  least  two  smaller  ones.  On  the  ventral  wall  of  the  single 
endothelial  tube  there  in  a  distinct  cell  mass  projecting  into  the 
cavity  of  the  same  (tig.  6):  it  apparently  represents  the  ventral 
IMtrt  of  the  septum  above  mentioned.  The  endothelial  wall  is 
separated  by  a  considerable  space  from  the  (splanchnic)  meso- 
ilernial  wall  of  the  heart  Anlage.  In  the  middle  region  of  the 
.Vnla^  the  latt«r  exists  in  the  shape  of  a  semi- tubular  canal  open 
ventrally  (fig.  6,  spl. ),  white  both  in  front  and  behind  the  groove 
l)ecomes  shallower  and  more  closely  applied  to  the  somatic 
Miesodenn. 

Posteriorly,  at  the  same  time  the  endothelial  tulie  is  reduced  in 
size  and  is  continued  backwaixls  as  the  Anlage  of  the  sinus 
venosus  and  omplialo-meseraic  vein,  and  with  this  other  endothelial 
twites  unite.  Near  its  posterior  end  each  venous  Anlage  consists 
of  one  or  two  small  vessels  which  disappear  finally  just  anterior 
to  the  first  somite. 

Endothelial  vessels  have  already  begun  to  appear  in  other  part-* 
of  the  embryonic  region,  «.</.,  in  the  mesodermal  head  plate  and 
especially  where  that  uncJerlies  the  medullary  plate  (figs.  3,  4,  5 
and  C).  Tliese  are  not  yet  connected  with  the  anterior  prolonga- 
tions of  the  heart  Anlage,  nor  do  they  appear  to  contain  blood 
corpuscles.  It  is  worthy  of  note  that  the  endothelial  vessels  may 
alsi>  occur  in  the  somatic  mesoderm,  between  it  and  the  ectoderm. 
Bonnett  has  also  ol>serve<l  vessels  in  the  somatic  mesoderm  in  tlie 
sheep,  but  according  to  him  they  soon  disappear.  As  already 
mentioned,  a  vascular  area  was  not  visible  in  the  fresh  condition, 
but  sections  reveal  the  presence  of  vasifactive  cells  and  actual 
vessels  in  the  extra-embryonic  region  (figs.  10,  I'i,  30,  vas.  c,  b.v.). 

Both  the  vessels  and  the  vasifactive  cells  become  more  numerous 
opposite  the  posterior  end  of  the  embryo.     The  vessels  exist  in 

•  Morph.  -lahrb.  Bil.  iv.  p.  2X. 
t  His'a  Archiv.  1889.  p.  56. 


C)ti  ox   A    PLATVPtTH   KUIIKVO, 

t\tf.  foi'iii  of  endottieliiil  IuIm-k  whiuli  iiuiy  eiiclune  a  number  of 
vftsifftotive  ccIIm, 

Tlif  vHMifiu;tivu  LfllH  cuiiHtituling  l>]>Hid  iHlaiids  occur  in  great 
iiunil>ei's  <i]i]MiHite  tho  posUirior  region  of  tlie  umttryo  between  tbe 
inoi'i^  (i.iiii))iu;t  KujMirticiHl  layer  of  iiieHoiktnu  and  the  entoderm 
<KsH.  12,  :tO,  vat.  c).  In  tli<-  mcHiul  [urtJuii  of  tliit  region  the 
vasifaotive  cells  appttar  to  ))«  tlilTet'enliHtiiig  hi  form  vewielit, 
while  furtliei-  (Hit  they  oceur  in  larger  or  ^iiallt^r  uiidillorentiated 
1jI(Xm1  iMiaiiils.  Tlie  ViiKifavtivK  cells  |hmscsh  riurix  a  lar^e  rounded 
riiicli^us  with  a  vivry  thin  xurrounriiiix  ]ay<T  of  iinitoplaxm  (fig.  30, 


,.). 


Slrtieturn  nf  /ifanlwliTutir    VpnicU. 

vn\  vi'siclc  on  wliiuh  the  enihiyo  lies  is  oniiiNirable  at  thin 
a  tyjiJL'al  niaiiinuilian  blast iKli^iiiiir  vi-sii'lc,  and  forms  in 
i])i*cts  a  strikhi';  connitctin;:  Ihik  Ih-Iwii-m  the  c'onditionH 
a  in  the  Saur<>|«ida  and  in  th<^  Pl;u'.-nt<.1  Mai.mials. 
>r  the  iiicist  juiit  flattened  cetudi'i-nii-i'llK  of  the  embryonic 
iiiii^'  ihi-  outer  layt^r  of 
II  ;inil  t'liUxlenn  form 
.-side  (hK-  3-.*). 


v.v>::\  puss    i 

into  the 

culiical  ' 

irflls  fofii 

Ih-    «;lI1     ■ 

.f    the   V 

.■side 

Itoth 

ei-tol.ni 

|HTf.-i'tly  .- 

Ti,..  ,-...; 

..1,.       1.V      ...1 

»  layt 

-  H...... .;!.-. 

ni.l  I  lie  V. 

BV    JAB.    P.    HILL  ASD   C.   J.    MARTIN.  69 

33).  The  gi-eater  part  of  the  chromatin  of  the  nucleus  is  con- 
tracted into  a  star-shaped  taans  in  the  centre,  while  smaller 
particleH  of  chromatin  occur  sparsely  around  this. 

The  mosodemk  extends  round  from  a  quarter  to  a  half  of  the 
4;i re u inference  of  the  vesicle  in  the  posterior  region  of  the  embrj'o. 
The  lateral  ext«nHion  of  the  mesoderm  diminishes  gradually  as 
one  proceeds  forwards,  ho  that  in  the  region  of  the  heart  Anlagen 
it  extends  only  a  short  distance  laterally  to  them,  while  in  the 
region  of  the  head  plateu  of  nieHoderm  the  amnio-cardial  vesicles 
form  its  outermost  limit.  In  front  of  the  embryo  Iwyond  the 
point  where  the  amnio-cardial  vesicles  con\'eii^  to  limit  the  pro- 
amnion, mesoderm  is  entirely  absent. 

Beyond  the  ccelom  there  extends  out  a  layer  of  flattened  mesu- 
dermal  cells  between  which  and  the  vitelline  entoderm  is  a.  layer 
of  numerous  rounded  vasifactive  cells  (lig.  30,  vas.c.).  Further 
out  these  two  mesodermal  layers  are  continued  into  a  layer  of  aiHne- 
what  spindle-shaped  cells  with  large  rounded  nuclei  which  forms 
tlie  outermost  portion  of  the  extru-embryunic  mesoderm  (fig.  31, 
mr.li.).  It  is  from  the  relatively  very  early  great  lateral  extension 
of  the  mesoderm  and  from  the  presence  of  a  very  distinct  yolk- 
containing  entoderm  that  we  regard  the  vesicle  of  the  Platypus 
embryo  of  this  stage  as  transitional  between  the  yolk  sac  of 
Sauropsida  and  the  typical  mammalian  blastodermic  vesicle. 

In  the  Sauropsida  it  is  only  after  m6st  of  the  yolk  has  been 
absorbed  that  the  yolk  sac  is  completely  lined  by  discrete  ento- 
derinal  cells;  in  the  higher  mammalia,  on  the  other  hand,  in  the 
absence  of  yolk,  the  entoderm — the  homologue  of  the  yolk  mass 
of  Sauropida^ia  very  early  able  to  completely  enclose  the  cavity 
of  the  blastodermic  vesicle — the  homologue  of  the  yolk  sac  cavity 
of  Sauropsida.  The  ovarian  ovum  of  the  Platypus  is  as  is  well 
known  a  typical  yolk-laden  egg,  yet  at  this  stage  the  embryo, 
instead  of  overlying  a  moss  of  unsegniented  yolk,  lies  on  the 
surface  of  a  two-layered  vesicle  containing  fluid,  which  is  only 
distinguishable  from  a  typical  mammalian  blastodermic  vesicle 
through  the  fact  that  instead  of  having  a  yolk-free  entoderm,  it 
a  entoderm  composed  of  large  yolk-containing  cells. 


EXPLANATION  UF  PLATES. 


llrf-^n- 


•   l^lltr.. 


iim.n  Ainiiiutic  itrtii.  nw.  ''  Aniuio-cunlial  vnick.  aful.  Aaditory 
{jintv.  III.  Itluitoporf.  iJ.c.  111)18 to] loriv  OHiiitl.  M.np.  Interaal  a[>euing 
of  blitstoporii:  utii&l.  hi:  bliKxl  vpupIh  •■» .  Ovluni.  <l.  Jr.  Median 
auluus  'if  tiieilulUry  plute  (''  liili^kpiifuri-ln:  "].  •'■/.  Kutwlutiii.  ml.  Knto- 
iliTiii.  rul  /ih.  I'linryngi^al  i-iiUmIviiii  ,  ha.  Ifuui-t  Anlkgc.  h.  jir,  Uekd 
|iriioui)»  «F  piiiiiitive  iitrviilt.  hp.  iii".  Hiin)  plute  of  inc>i>l>liuit.  ht  *tui. 
fli'drt  cDilutlibliLiin.  /'.  lAiii];ltUiliiial  Ktritiiil  '>(  wtta  lying  jiiFt  cxterDul  tu 
Ilir-  isigfK  «f  uieilulUry  pUtit.  .w  -.  ^klllliU■.  M.-.r.  Cnvity  of  aoinite. 
/,!■/.  /  Mwliillmy  ful.1.  JH./.  /-.  MudiilLiiry  pint...  ,»>,.  MM.nk-nii.  ih:. 
lu:  I'ariixinl  inemHli'iiii  in  front  of  lut  boniite.  mi:  I.  Litural  lUMOiIvmi. 
.V.  Niiirouiere  «f  iniil-hraii).  »  -i..'-  N.-ui-<>iiH>rL-»  <>f  ii in 4- bruin.  »i-A. 
XotouliLiil.  wh.>:  Kfniaina  <if  iiot^ilionl^l  iMirti.  u,'.  -/-■.  0|>ti<:  groove. 
pra.  i'riMtmnlim.  pr.'i.  I'rimitivi'  gr'nAc.  in:'.  I'liniitivK  utroik.  mom. 
.'^■MuBtii'  llitniiMlvriii.  tpl.  HpUuuliiiic  nicfXHliTiii.  I'D-.  ■■.  \'iuifactive  c-rllB. 
.-;(.  ml.  \'iti-11iiic  unbiderm.  a  I:  AnUge  <if  WultHuii  liiHly.  i".  it.  Aiil«t[a 
c.r  WolllJan  ilnut.     ir.  I.  Aiilnge  ■■{  WolHiitii  tnl.uli'K. 


BY  JAS.    P.    HILL   AKD  C.   J.   KARTtN.  71 

Pig.  4. — Tnuuverae  leatioD  paning  through  kboat  the  mlddla  region  of  the 
h«ad  plaMof  meMHlenii  (hp.  men.).  The  kmnio-cardi*!  TMiolea 
lame,  e.  v.)  form  ita  onter  limit.     {  x  70.) 

Fig.  S. — TraDiverse  section  between  the  posterior  limit  of  the  head  plate  of 
meaoderai  and  the  auditory  plate.  The  aectioa  paasea  through 
the  Ulterior  end  of  the  lateral  heart  Anlage — the  endotheUum 
{hi.  end.)  of  which  here  caaaists  of  t«o  tubei.  Meaially  to  the 
heart  Aiilage  the  pharyngeal  entoderm  {enl,  ph.)  ia  viaible. 
Meaially  hi  the  latter  the  mesoderm  is  int«rrapted  over  a  imall 
area,      (x   70.) 

Fig.  6, — Transvene  Motion  throagh  the  middle  of  the  lateral  heart  Anlage. 
The  endothelium  here  forms  a  single  tube,  though  traces  of  a 
■epCuni  are  atill  viaible  in  il.  The  (aplanchnicj  mesodermal  wall 
l&pi.)  of  tlie  heart  has  here  a  semitubular  shape.  The  section 
alao  paesea  through  the  3rd  neuromere  of  the  hind-brain  (n'".) 
apparent  aa  a  thickening  of  the  meitullary  plate  sad  through  the 
grooved  auditory  plate  (ctud.).     (x  70.) 

Fig.  7. — TraiiHverse  section  through  the  region  immediately  in  front  of  the 
let  Homite.  The  paraxial  mesoderm  (nw.  ox.)  here  esiats  in  the 
lonn  of  an  ari:hed  plate,  below  which  are  numeroua  atellate  cella. 
The  laterul  mesoderm  ii  not  completely  split,  the  ctelom  being 
represented  by  several  interrupted  spaces.  The  median  aulcus 
(Rttcke II tu rebel  (rf.  /r.)  of  the  medullary  plate  ia  here  very 
markerl  and  the  notochord  is  now  quite  free  from  the  entoderm. 
( X  70.) 

Plate  XI. 

Fig.  8. — Transverse  section  through  the  Gth  aomite.  The  somite  somewhat 
oblong  in  section,  ia  seen  to  extend  mesialty  below  the  medullary 
plate  and  to  possess  a  very  distinct  cavity  (m.  *.  c).  The  somite 
is  separated  from  the  lateral  mesoderm  by  the  Anlage  of  the 
Woltlian  body  (lo.  b.)  Ventrally  the  latteris  distinctly  connected 
with  the  lateral  mceoderm,  while  the  connectiun  with  the  somite 
ianotao  distinct.  The  lateral  mesodenn  splits  some  distance  out 
into  a  thick  eomatic  layer  (•oin.)  and  a  thin  aplancbnic  layer 
(</»'.).  The  longitudinal  strand  of  cells  {It.)  immediately 
external  to  the  edge  oF  the  medullary  plate  and  pasaitig  inwards 
below  it  is  also  visible.     ( x  70.) 

Fig.  9. — Transverse  section  through  the  7th  somite.  In  this  section  the 
Anlage  of  the  Wolffian  duct  (lo.  d.)  ia  seen  to  be  diitinct  from 
the  Anlage  of  the  tubule  (to.  l.)  nudorlying  it.    The  latter  ia 


li  ON   A    PLATVFUB   INBRYO, 

raors  or  \tm  distinct  both  from  tho  wnnite  axti  Uia  Imtarri  mmw- 
ilvrm.  The  lateral  meaodenn  i>  nut  aplit,  the  Tcntrml  ssslon 
Iwjug  abaent  in  tliii  region.  The  other  relktinn  >ra  tiw  MIOT  ■• 
in  fig.  8.     (X  70.) 

Pi|j.  10. — Tranivene  McUon  pauin);  through  both  the  IGth  and  ITlll 
uiniite*  owing  t<>  their  o>>lique  direction.  The  Kiniitaa  1«  tbb 
regiiin  u<i  longer  p»-KU  iliHtiuct  cavitiei — they  ooaaUt  of  «B 
upper  and  lower  Uyer  uoniievted  with  each  other  byprooaaiaB  of 
the  celli.  Between  the  aomitca  and  the  lateral  meaodcmt  tbw« 
is  present  the  Anlagen  of  the  WolBiaii  tubules  in  the  form  of  k 
strand  of  cells  (ir.  f.  I  slightly  projecting  from  the  intedrmadiato 
cell  mass.  The  Metom  ('vr.)  it  of  great  UtaraJ  extent,  aad 
numrroui  eodothclial  vessels  {h.  r.)  are  visible  in  the  onter  pkrt 
of  the  section.     (  ■  TO.  | 

I'ig.  11. — Transverse  sectinn  thrungh  the  blastopore  (U.)  which  b  altaatod 
to  one  aide  of  a  longitadinal  eminence  at  the  anterior  ntd  ol  tb* 
primitive  groove  {r/.  altn  Hg.  23j.  The  mesoderm  is  nnaplit  for 
a  consiileralila  dittauce  oat.    ( x  70  J 

Fig.  12.— Transverse  sejtion  through  the  primitivo  groove  (jm-.  g.)  TBghtlj 
behind  fig.  II.     (>c  ■JO.) 

Pig.  IS. — Transverse  aection  through  the  hinder  rvgion  of  the  prfmitiv* 
streak  (pr.  «.).     (x  70.) 

Fig.  14. — Median  portion  of   iig.  2  more  highly  niagnilied.     Tha  i 


BY  JAB.    P.    HILL  AND  C.   J.    MARTIN.  73 

tvBToe  aectioDl  through  the  neuromeric  regiou 

1.     Sactioiu  S,  i,  6  And  8  puu  through  the 

(h'-h"''1,  while  1,  3,  5,  7  And  9   show  the  normal 

the  meduUitry  pUt«  to  front  of  Uid  between  the 

(X   7U.1 

Fig.  20. — Tr&naverae  section  throngh  th«  anterior  portion  of  the  head 
proceM  of  the  primitive  atreak.  Three  aectiona  in  front  of  the 
interual  opeaing  of  the  blaetoporic  canal.  The  lumina  InfA.  e.) 
in  the  head  pnicesa  represent  the  l««t  tracea  of  th«  oborda.CAQ«l. 
(x  340.) 
Fig.  21.-.Trausverae  section  through  the  internal  opening  of  the  btaitoporic 
cans]  tfii.  op  )  into  the  cavity  of  the  vesicle.     {  x  310.) 

Fig.  32. — Transverse  section  through  the  head  process  of  the  primitive 
streak  (h.pr.)  -  9  sections  behind  Sg.  21.  The  blastoparic  CAnal 
is  repreeenteil  by  three  lumina  (M.  c).  The  head  proceaiCt.pr  ) 
is  distinct  from  the  ectoderm,  hut  «hows  traces  of  cellular  con- 
nection with  the  entoderm.  It  is  more  or  less  continuous  with 
the  mesoderm  laterally.    (  x  340.) 

Fig.  23. — Transverse  section  through  the  blastopore  ( 6f. ).  Itopenstoone 
side  of  a  longitudinal  projection  at  the  front  end  of  the  primitive 
groove  Kctoilerm,  mesoilenn  and  eotodenn  are  fnsed  with  each 
other  in  the  axial  line,     (x  340.) 

Plate  Xlll. 
Fig.  24. — Tnmavene  section   through  the  anterior  and  of   the  primitive 
groove  'yirr.  g.)  immediately  behind  fig.  24.     As  in  that  lig.  the 
three  germinal  layers  are  continuous  with  each  other  Axially. 

{>■  340.) 

Pig.  25. — Tranavene  section  through  the  united  Anlagen  of  the  Wolffian 
duct  and  tubule  in  the  region  of  the  7th  somite.  The  Wolffian 
duct  Anlage  {vj.  d.)  ia  semilunar  in  form  and  is  connected  at  the 
middle  of  its  ventral  aide  with  the  tubule  Anlage  (id,  (.).  The 
latter  possesses  a  small  lumen  and  is  distinct  from  the  aomite 
(m.  8.1,  but  cooneotbd  with  the  lateral  mesoderm  (mei.  I,). 
(X  340.) 

Fig.  26. — Transverse  section  through  the  Anlagen  of  the  Wolffian  duct  and 
tubule  some  diitanue  behind  Bg.  25.  The  Wolffian  duct  Anlage 
{m.d.)  uow  exists  as  a  flattened  band  overlying  and  distinct  from 
the  rounded  tubule  AnUge,  Its  outer  edges  are  closely 
approximated  to  the  ectoderm  which    immediately  over  t 


74  ON   A    PLATTPU8   RHBRTO. 

AnUge  of  the  dact  U  very  delicftte,  ftud,  m  in 
figure,  haa  been  broken  in  the  prooeae  uF  lection  cattUig.  The 
tubule  Anlftge  U  rouudtxl  in  shBiie,  end  eouiiiU  of  ndUttng  cvlll 
■urrounding  &  unall  lumec.  It  ii  nov  free  from  both  the  MMDlte 
anil  the  Uteral  meaoilerni.     (  v  340.) 

HgB.  27,  28  anil  29  represent  three  aucueaaive  aectioDa  tlirough  th«  povterior 
en<1  of  the  Anlage  of  the  WnllSan  duvt.  As  compared  with  fig. 
26,  tlic  Wolffian  duct  Anlage  in  fig.  27  i*  now  conaiderably 
aniitller  nnd  thinner,  ami  ia  <»iinecteil  at  ita  outer  edge*  with  tlie 
eclfMlumi.  In  fig.  28  the  Atilagc  ia  atill  more  rednceil  in  uxa, 
consisting  of  a  aingle  layer  cil  celta,  while  in  lig.  29  it )»  reduced 
to  a  aiugle  uell,  connected  at  botli  cnila  with  the  eotoderm. 
Rchinil  the  aection  front  which  lig,  29  ia  drawn  there  ia  no  longer 
any  trace  of  the  Wolltian  duct  Aiiluge.  Tlie  Anlage  of  the 
tubnic  in  tig.  27  appcara  aa  a  muuded  projection  of  the  int«r- 
tiierliato  cell  niuu,  witJi  railiuliy  avran^ied  cciia.  but  in  liga,  2S 
and  29  thia  ratlial  arrangenieiit  ii  loat,  and  tlie  Anlage  appoara 
as  a  alight  elevation  of  the  tiiaiw.     (  v  .140. ) 

Fi^.  liO. — TniiiKverse  aection  through  the  wail  of  the  blaatiHlermie  reticle 
Home  diatance  beyond  tiic  amniotic  area,  allowing  the  ectoderm 
Ifi.).  vitelline  entodenn  (nV.  euf.)  and  niewidcnn.  The  l*tter 
couBtHta  of  a  layer  of  celta  below  which  oi^ 
vaaifattive  ceUa  (mv  c. )    {  s  320.) 


75 


a  review  of  the  fossil  jaws  of  the  macro- 
podidj:  in  the  Queensland  museum. 

By  C.  W.  De  Vis,  M.A.,  Corkbspoxding  Member. 

(Plates  xiv.-xviii.) 

The  motive  to  the  present  inquiry  was  a  desire  to  ascertain 
whether  additional  light  might  not  l)e  thrown  on  an  interesting 
portion  of  the  Nototherian  fauna  by  tlie  large  number  of  Macro- 
[KKline  jaws,  rescued  from  time  to  time  from  the  drifts  of  the 
Darling  Downs,  which  have  l>een  reduced  to  specific  order.  It 
was  a  task  attempted  some  years  ago,  and  promptly  laid  aside: 
partly  on  account  of  the  uncertainty  attaching  to  the  identifica- 
tion of  specimens  with  the  types  descriljed  and  figured  by  Owen: 
partly  in  view  of  the  existence  of  species  unknown  to  that 
author  and  the  necessity  of  giving  them  maturer  consideration: 
partly  in  the  desire  to  gather  a  larger  body  of  illustrative 
material :  partly  in  the  hope  that  when  the  Volume  of  the  British 
Museum  Cat^alogue  of  Fossil  Marsupials  should  be  published  the 
labour  of  determination  would  be  greatly  eased.  As  that  hope 
has  been  in  a  measure  realisexl,  and  as  once  fertile  sources  of 
accumulation  have  temporarily  ceased  to  be  productive,  the  local 
investigator,  though  still  compelled  t*)  trust  very  much  to  his  own 
material  and  his  own  judgment,  ventures  upon  the  work. 

Preparat<.>ry  to  the  examination  of  so  considerable  a  numljer 
(over  eleven  hundred)  of  dissociated  jaws  and  portions  of  jaws, 
wherein  specific  differences  are  obscured  by  that  general  resem- 
blance in  molar  form  wliich  pervades  their  several  groups,  it 
seemed  judicious  to  ascertain,  as  far  as  p<.)ssible,  the  nature  and 
range  of  the  variations,  individual  and  specific,  in  living  Macropods 
which  are  exemplified  by  the  fossil  jaws  notwithstanding  their 
imperfections.  Provision  has  therefore  l>een  made  of  skulls  of 
several  kinds  of  Kangaroos  and  Wallabies  in  number  sufficient  to 


Ti)  FOflitri.  .TAU'M  ity  .VAi-iiofinnD.K, 

yiflil  icliiililo  enti)iiiLti>s  (if  diini-niiiiinnl  ('xtremea  and  average* 
wiiliiii  (lie  sj^cii-s,  ihkI  luviirntf  vi(-ws  i>f  the  extent  of  likenenK 
uii'l  flifltrem.-*?  in  fonii  iiiiil  !iii«'  [iiaiiitiiiiiiHl  lunoiig  theniaelves  liy 
till-  s|M-i'i(>x.  Iiifumiiitiiin  >ti  thJN  kiiiil  Iiiw  Ifeen  obtained  frmu 
4711  skulls,  iiiimply.  "f  Mwroimi  •,ifjii..U"i-  «0,  M.  rn/iia  !l,  .1/ 
-.,'-„-/"«  :liP,  Ifalm'.f-ir.is  ,,.frr,/i  T>r,,  //.  „,,;/i»  29,  //.  rfw.w//-  f*f. 
//.  .-..fieollU  SO,  U.  c<:r>-t,i  it,  //.  tl.fli'/l',  HI,  //.  Ki/ooxi  2,  U. 
si'tjutnlicHii  3,  //,  itatiifvlKK  .'*,  //.  hroi'-iii  1,  (}nychogalf  freuntn  4_ 
/•'l,,yah  jMiiieillaln  70,  h'-mlrohiyue  huuhoUsi  3,  Funiishwl 
Willi  this  iiiKt ruction  mill  with  «  iTsiiluliim  to  lieoharyof  iMwuminj; 
iitiythiii;;  (if  i\  fcitwil  wliiih  nmy  not  Ix-  pi'ttlicst^d  of  »  similar 
liviii};  sjHfioM,  it  limy  lie  jHisHihlc  fn  (hntul  th«  nmzf  Wfore  us 
with  iniiiv  wntidpiiit'  in  the  iiT'c)(n>':«  ihimIc  thoii  wwild  lie  per- 
inissilili'  were  t\w  i-liif^  Wt  freipit'iit. 

SiiKv  ih<-  >imtiliiti.ins  towhit'li  the  f.Hsil  n-niHin»  have  bpeii 
sulijet^tetl  ilimimHh  in  nuiiilx'r  the  uvuiluhli'  imiritM  of  cumpariiwti 
ln'ttttH-ii  them  «iu!  recent  Jhws,  thoNe  iktii  inily  liiivf  l»e«?n  aitked 
ivon\  the  latti^r  whii-h  are  driven  with  more  or  less  constancy  by 

As  to  iiii'nKUiviiientH,  the  t'oHowin;;  arc  those  wliich  have  liera 
foiinil  the  iiiiMt  U)wful  in  jiriittii-e.      The  len)fili  of  the  full  neriM 


intention  tx>  throw  the  sextw  into  separate  tables  was  abanduned 
when  it  was  found  that  although  the  mean  size  is  less  in  the 
female  than  in  the  male,  individual  exceptions  ace  so  fre<|uent 
and  pronounced  that  such  separiitiun  would  afford  no  guidance  in 
un  attempt  to  (liscriminate  between  the  sexes  ()f  the  fossils. 
All  measurementa  are  in  millimetres. 

LENGTH  OV  CHEEK  TEETH. 


Le«t.      0~»-   ' 


il 

gisianteui' 

H 

parryi 

wjili. 

aalahaiHi 

.ufirollif 

•cllfoxi 

ali'jm^KU 

IhtlidU 

0 

P 

pfHkillala 

48-5 

48'l 

,  50-7 

,.     3 

.49-2 

.74 

39-7. 

.53-3 

..     4 

.47-0 

3,. 

373' 

'.  41-5 

"    16 

:39-0 

.19 -9 

40  4 

,47-2 

..    13 

,43-7 

.17-2 

37-0. 

42-0 

,.     3 

.  .I8'a 

3-2 -0 

33-0. 

-37-7 

,,   17 

.  .15-2 

34-8 

30-0, 

,40-7 

..    14 

.38-7 

30  5 

31-3. 

.31-4 

..     2 

.31-35 

29-5 

.316 

30-4 

29-2: 

.32-6 

'.'.     5 

.31-8 

30-2 

29-0. 

.31-0 

,.     4 

.  30-2 

20  8 

2.'! -7  . 

.34-5 

..     2 

.30-1 

300 

27-5. 

.  34-5 

..   17 

.32-6 

WIDTH  OF  FORE  LOBE  OF  M.3 


.,  tliiimalif.M  .. 
F.  jHftiirillata    ,. 


FOSBII.  JAWB   OF  MACJtOPOBIBJS, 

LENGTH  OF  P.* 


'    8-7  ...  10-2  ...  13  . 


20-2. 

.2dO. 

33  . 

.■23-6 

■•0-2 

.2fi-3  . 

41 

.24  6 

20-0. 

.  2SS  . 

.23-1 

IH-O 

.  2rrt  . 

20-8 

ato. 

.28-6, 

!>   . 

230 

17  B. 

,23-0. 

4 

.  10-9 

18-7. 

.20-0. 

31 

.  is;t 

15-0. 

.  20-0. 

51 

.  17  0 

l«-5. 

Itl 

.18  7 

IS-7 

21-1  . 

13 

.  18-3 

14-3. 

'.  17  ■«  . 

.  hVl 

13-7  . 

,  lS-8  , 

4 

.  14 -D 

12-0. 

.  17-5  , 

'.  40 

.  Mil 

1 1  ■.<  . 

37 

.  IS -8 

10  0 

.  135  . 

.  20 

10 '4  , 

'.  in'j '. 

9 

no 

11-4. 

.  13-4 

.     9 

.  1-J  2 

101  . 

7 

.   10-3 

U-9 

.  lB-4  . 

.   32 

18-2 

141 

.  2U0  . 

■26 

.  ig-d 

BY 

a  w. 

DB  VI8. 

79 

XTERH^ 

LLEKU 

TH, 

EBHAI. 

LKNOTH 

Lsut. 

□rett- 

Nnmbt 
Inad 

Ueu. 

y^ 

°T 

Number 
InHl 

ll«n. 

.86-0. 

.10*  7 

.  27 

.97-66 

623 

.76-1 

..   27   . 

66-6 

.  75-5 

.80-0 

.     4 

.8355 

67-3 

.71-6 

..     4   , 

87 -6 

,8=V7 

.97-0 

..     2 

..91-3 

68-5. 

.727 

.     2   . 

70-8 

parryi 

..611 

.731 

..66-2 

49-4. 

.  56-B 

.    16   . 

S3 -6 

^jiia 

.632 

.78-0 

-.   13 

..697 

380. 

.46-4 

.    13   . 

420 

Holabaiti) 

..560 

.837 

..  591 

46-3. 

.64-8 

.     3   . 

497 

doT-Mdit 

..504 

70fl 

'!.  20 

..587 

425. 

.51 '8 

.    20   . 

460 

thtlidu 

.  42-5 

.49-0 

..  45-7 

34-6. 

,41-0 

.     4   . 

371 

.  42  2 

.48-2 

..44-6 

34-5 

.38-8 

,.     6   . 

36  5 

rvHtollii 

.60  0 

.  70  8 

..«51 

46-6. 

.667 

.   14   . 

SI -2 

u4lroxi 

.44-5 

.48  0 

..46-2 

3»3. 

.41-0 

..     2   . 

40-2 

..44-6 

35-0 

frfnaia 

:4i-i 

:43S 

"     3 

..419 

28-5' 

!36-2 

-.     3   . 

32-4 

penlrillala 

422 

.  52  4 

.    18 

..  477 

353 

.45-8 

.   17  . 

33  8 

With  respect  to  fonii  and  atructure,  attention  has  necessarily 
Ijeen  piid  to  the  nliape  and  sculpture  of  the  several  premolars  and 
to  their  periods  of  rise  and  fall  in  terms  of  the  posterior  molars: 
to  the  shape,  properties  and  accessory  furniture  of  the  time  molars: 
and  to  the'  form  of  the  lower  contour  line  of  the  mindihle. 
OccoHionally  it  has  lieen  found  useful  to  notice  the  shape  and 
direction  of  the  lower  incisor,  the  condition  of  the  syiiiphysiM,  the 
level  of  the  inlet  of  the  dental  canal,  the  position  of  the  internal 
orifice  (if  the  lachrymal  canal,  and  status  of  the  anteorbital 
foramen. 

A  jaw  is  accounted  adtdngeent  in  which  appears  the  first  trace 
of  wear  on  the  hind  lobe  of  the  penultimate  molar:  it  is  supposed 
to  he  irdiilt  when  the  same  state  of  wear  obtains  in  the  last  molar. 

When  the  posterior  surface  of  an  upper  molar  is  excavated 
vertically  and  the  inner  lip  of  the  semifuniculate  gorge  resulting 
is  raiMed,  this  lip  in  the  imtecedent  teeth  appears  as  an  mlprese'.d 
/old. 

The  term  link  13  retained  for  the  longitudinal  ridge  linking 
together  the  several  lobes,  or  the  front  lol>es  and  their  respective 
tftluns;  ritlley  is  a  term  convenient  in  use  to  indicate  the  hollows 
which  are  constant  between  the  lol>es  and  frequent  on  the  talons. 

The  i|Ualification  elouyaUt  applied  Ut  molars  implies  that  those 
of  the  lower  jaw  are  on  the  average  one  half  lunger  than  broad, 
or  thercalwiuts. 


r*U 


Foeaii.  JAWS  OK  JiAritni-oinii.K. 

-.ils  hail'  Ixvii  crtlleclw) 


i-  wlii('lt  Kniifntroos  and 
iin^  iieitlifi-  Hutticiently 


Witli  one  exwptioii  tlii-  wlu.li.  ,.f  Hie  fc« 
III  viirious  [Miiiits  on  Uif  DurliiiK  1)owih. 

Oti  the  <n-<>utid  tliul  "till' diunii'h'i 
Wiilliiliics  ar*>  si'iMirntrtl  from  i-iu-li  .. 
■;i)tts(,-iiit  nor  iiii]HirtAiit  to  timuil  }{c)ii'rii-<]i^liiivtii>iJ  U|>»ii,"  we  are 
iijvi(.'.j  l,,v  .Mr.  Tluniia-  I.,  for.-;-.,  tl>i'  >uljiiill.'<]  l>.>MHti(  of  kpepiiiK 
lliMii  i4uirt.  TtiP  t'lisi'  uii.t  i-.-1-tjiiiity  nitli  »lii(-li  ili.'  uiilcaniH) 
liuslinumilUtiii;{iii!tlii-M  Ix'tuviiiWHllitlii.-sainl  Kiinuimms  bytln-ir 
Imild,  ^iiit,  aiidlmlnts,  Hr.>  .l.-riv.-.l  fi-oiii  u  kin.l  of  .-vulence  to 
wliii-li  we  an-  ti.it  )Ui:iwt..iinil  tij  jMiy  iiiiiili  liii.l.  liiil  tlitvt  apart 
Ihiit  ill  till'  iH-liaviiiui'  of  lli<;  premolar 
lanu't.'i-  lit'  milli.-i.-iii  .-oTistancy  niiH 
It  is  nu-i'  til  iiit'.-t  with  HI)  a^*^ 
II  tilt'  «li.'[.'  fiv.'  .■li.-i'k  l.vtii  in  plaoe 
nUyuiIuIt  kanganio 
u-i'.  Ill  tlic  oiip  a 
■  Ili  till'  jiiw  corrieM 
V  lixiil  iniiHfliiiicnt 


rs  to  tilt' 

I  distiiifwiHliiiif;  t-t 

■  jiunxM.-. 


walial.ys  jiiw  witli  U 
al  OIL.'.'.      It  is  .■ijually 
i;iw  witli  hH   t-li.'  uli.^'l 


■tl.    t..«.-lli 

vani  all   tlu-  t.'c-th,  an.l.  uiiliin.l.-i'. 
111.'  Iii'iiik  uf  th.-  .liast.-itial  'li-.-liviiy.  Iiun'ii'> 
oili.'i-  tlu-  liiii'lei'  tiM-tli.  iTop-ll.'.!  will,  fur 


"it:  in 
»>iatii>it 


Palohcdbhtes,    Owen. 
Palarchegtea,  Owen,  I.*  1«74,  p.  797. 

Molars  with  tAlunn  aiiteriurly  and  posttieriorlj;  the  anterior  of 
the  upper  and  the  powterior  of  the  lower  the  longer;  mid  valleyB 
of  the  upper  cloned  on  the  inner,  or  on  both  aidea,  by  a  raised 
basal  rim.  Lower  molars  elongate;  their  Unkn  continuous  with 
the  outer  angles  of  the  lul>eK,  Anterior  uppier  molars  with  vertical 
ridgea  and  folds.  Upper  premolar  trianji^lar,  nearly  equilateral, 
transversely  bicuspid,  with  a  talon  fore  and  aft;  lower  oblong, 
unicuspid,  with  a  long  posterior  talon  which  is  strongly  linked  to 
the  lobe.  Vascular  foramen  present  in  the  mandible.  Lower 
incisors  prucum))ent,  spatulate.  Middle  pair  of  upper  incisiors 
smallest. 

A'ley  to  till'.  tpecUs. 
Size    larger;    cheek-teeth    over    1  lO'O    in    length, 
anterior  talon  of  p*  short;  lobe  of  p*  indented 

intero-posteriorly nsael 

Size  smaller,  cheek-teeth  below  lOO'O  in  length, 
anterior  talon  of  p*  produced;  lobe  of  p*  exca- 
vated inten)-posteriorly parvun 

Pai.okchestes  azael,  Owen. 

P.  azael,  Owen,  I.    1874,  p.  798;    Lydekker,  IV.    p.    237; 
Etheridge,  V-  p.  186. 

P.  crag>u»,  Owen,  VIII.  Vol.  xi.  p.  7,  1880. 

Anterior  talon  of  upper  premolar  in  the  half  worn  state  indis- 
tinct The  lobe  of  the  lower  premolar  indented  on  the  posterior 
surface  near  the  inner  side  of  the  link;  it«  area  of  abrasion  sub- 
quadrate,  extended  longitudinally.     Size  large. 


*  Numbers  like  tbia  ftfter  authors'  uamei  refer  to  the  btbliognphical  list 
Kt  the  end  of  the  paper. 


82  F0881L  JAWS   OP   HACKOrODlDJC, 

Dittiensiotis. 
Ma,.<lil,iilnr.~T\it:  lengtli  of  the  first  three  cheek-teeth  is  66-1, 
of  thf  jiiviiiolHr  170,  of  m."  Ufl-n,  »f  p.".  nip.*,  m.',  m."  60-0. 
Thf  width  of  in."  is  190.     The  mitericir  depth  of  the  nuodible  is 
Cl-ri;  the  thickness  3;)'5. 

Afnxil/iiry. — From  fijfure  and  cast.  The  piitire  length  of  the 
chcfk-t'ttli  is  from  117-5  tii  i'2-2T},  the  prenxilnr  diameters  IS-O 
X  ISO.  (II.'  m.-  ore  »ryr,,  m.''  Mt*.  The  widtli  of  m.»  is  from 
■JO  f)  t<.  ■•:i-\.     The  hreadth  of  the  puhite  in  from  lOOO  to  108-3. 

Tlie  Iiiwer  molars  are  pn)|>ortii>iiiiti'l_v  niiri-ow,  hut  not  more  bo 
tliiui  in  the  existing;  Miu-'ropuds,  Af.  ffiyantnm,  II.  ngilw,  and  H. 
n.f,a.llU. 

Form  ofl^lh. 

A/ti.n'l/iirj/.—'T\ie.  pi-euioliir  ]>.'  (PI.  xiv.  11;;.  'i)  in  an  almutit 
■■(■jruliir  (■[|iii]iit<'i'nl  trijin^Ie  with  miivex  siih-s  and  jHit;]*-)*.  Fnim 
a  iiari-ou-  luisnl  rim  or  talon,  whit^h  huwi-vi-r  sih-iiis  U>  W  restricted 
to  the  imier  sidr>,  the  foi*  i^nd  .if  tin-  cmwn  m1o]«'s  ficutly  upwards 
lo  the  luiriwrntally  jil)Ruli'd  siirfiu.t-  'if  tin-  iw.i  i-ub|is.  Of  theM 
the  siiiiilli-r  in  placed  over  the  iiiteiii-pistiTii'i-  mi^le,  the  Inrger 
liver  the  iiiiildle  of  the  outer  side-  of   the   hiise.      The  cuMpH  are 


BV   C.    W.    1>B   V18.  83 

ure  confirmed  and  additional  infummtiuii  aJTurded  by  the  anterior 
inolarH  of  a  young  individual  (PI.  xiv.  fig.  3)  in  the  comparatively 
unworn  state  which  preceded  the  eruption  of  p.'.  The  anterior 
talon  of  m. '  is  lonj^  and  liroa'I  and  its  outer  valley  in  subdivided 
hy  a  second  fore  link.  The  menial  valley  is  closed  on  the  inner 
side  by  a  raiaed  l>a8al  rim  and  sulxlivided  by  a  low  linking  ridge. 
A  broad  tapering  fold  rises  upon  the  face  of  the  fore  lobe  flanking 
the  outer  valley  and  a  feebler  one  on  the  opposed  face  of  the  hind 
lobe.  The  posterior  talon  is  very  short,  but,  like  the  anterior, 
con tinuouH  from  side  toside;  from  its  inner  third  a  brood  tapering 
fold  or  linlt  rises  oblirjuely  upwaitls  on  the  lol>e  to  the  inner  end 
of  its  crest,  M."  has  no  secondary  fore  link  and  no  folds  rising 
from  the  outer  mid  valley,  but  in  other  respects  repeats  the 
characters  of  m.'.  In  lx>th  teeth  the  inner  side  of  the  front 
talon  in  broader  and  deeper  than  the  outer,  hence  its  more  per- 
sistent appearance  in  old  age. 

S/andibular.~^T.*  (PI.  Xiv.  fig.  4).  The  fore  end  of  the  lol* 
has  on  its  inner  flide  a  shallow  indent  terminating  t>elow  in  a 
small  ledge  which  repi'esents  an  anterior  l)asa.l  talon.  The  hori- 
zontal surface  of  abrasion  is  almost  wholly  on  the  inner  side  of 
the  central  line.  The  link  connecting  the  lobe  with  the  basal 
talon  is  wide  and  elevated.  There  is  a  feeble  impression  behind 
the  middle  of  the  outer  surface  of  the  crown. 

P.'  (PI.  xiv.  fig.  I)  is  oblong  with  a  large  basal  talon  simu- 
lating a  posterior  lobe;  this  is  linked  to  the  lobe  proper,  but  the 
link  is  on  the  outer  side  ill-defined.  Fore  end  of  lobe  so  impressed 
on  each  side  an  to  give  it  the  appearance  of  possessing  a  basal 
talon  with  a  high  linking  ridge.  Crown  suddenly  dilated  over  the 
intero-post«rior  angle,  where  a  transverse  field  of  dentine  shows 
the  part  of  the  tooth  in  earliest  use. 

.Vvlarii. — (PI,  XIV.  fig.  2).  With  strongly  linked  basal  talons 
fore  and  aft,  the  mesial  and  anterior  links  descending  forwanls 
from  the  outer  angles  of  the  lobe  yield  suH^aces  of  abrasion  peculiar 


84  F0B8IL  JAWS  or  MSCBOrOBID^ 

Sueeetiion  of  teeth. 

The  two  &nt«rior  true  molars  are  still  but  litUe  i 
iKnoT  when  p.*  has  reached  a  forward  stage  at  inoubi 
the  lower  jaw  p."  is  still  in  position  and  little  worn  ^rimi  Hm 
hind  lobe  of  m."  is  well  advanced  and  its  fore  l<Ae  nearly  in  iiae. 
The  upper  premolar  ami  last  molar  are  half  wwn  down  aiiiialtui*- 
ouitly,  lu.^  being  at  the  same  time  reduced  almost  to  a  abfllL 
From  these  data  it  would  seem  that  the  anterior  true  molan 
rnpidly  develop  in  the  joung  jaw;  that  the  upper  r«i»nolir 
pn>bahly  rixeH  Himultaneoutily  with  m.*,  and  that  it  psrsuta  to  aa 
advanced  period  of  life. 

The  immediate  affinities  uf  Palorcietlw  are  with  HatmatmnM 
rather  tl^nii  «itli  Miicr-./my. 


E.eaiiiplfi- 


Maxi/lary.—A  easf  of  the  pftUto-niiixillftry  rt-j^ion  of  thO  i 
vith  all  the  cheek-teeth;  oripnal  in  the  Auntrnliiin  Muwum. 
lii>  cast,  which  hoN  the  same  history  and  is  numboriHi  M.  2573  ii 
li>'  Hritish  Mutieuni  Catalogue,  it  in  inxcrilwH  "  Mncropn^,"  aiai 
a  williijut  any  doubt  from  the  liaine  mimld  —  Purtiim  uf  r  rigltt    | 


!S73iii 


BY   C.    W.    DS  VI8.  85 

J)imentiotu. 

Sfandibular. — The  length  of  the  entire  aeries  of  cheek-teeth  is 
94-7  (1);  of  the  series  of  true  molars  800  (1);  of  the  last  three 
molars  583  (1);  of  the  last  two  394  and  41  6  (3);  of  the  last 
■22-0  and  22-1  (2);  of  m.«,  m.'  37-0  (1);  of  m."  22-1  (1);  of  m.= 
20-2  (1);  of  the  premolar  15-0  (1);  of  mp.<  18-5  (1).  The  width 
of  m.*  ifl  from  12-3  to  14-2  (7).  The  anterior  depth  is  40-6  and 
48-3  (2);  the  posterior  from  35-4  to  49-0  (10);  the  thickness  from 
21'S  to2^-9(10)■ 
.l/a^n7^ry. — The  length  of  the  first  four  cheek-teeth  is  55'9  (1); 
of  the  first  two  molara  37-6  (2);  of  the  laat  two  37  9  (1);  of  m.' 
21-2  and  21-5  (2);  of  m.*  19-7  (1);  of  m.^  205  and  211  (2). 
The  width  of  ni.^  in  from  15-8  to  16-6  (3).  The  length  of  the 
premolar  is  150  (1). 

The  mean  widths  of  m.',  upper  and  lower,  are  to  each  other  as 
13. 16-2,  agreeing  very  nearly  with  those  in  //.  agilie,  H.  ulabalug, 
H.  aligmtUicut,  and  0.  /renata. 

No  gradations  in  size  connect  this  species,  which  is  rather 
numerously  represented,  with  P.  aviel,  to  which  it  stands  in  much 
the  same  relation  as  does  S,  oluel  to  S.  golinh;  its  inferiority  in 
this  respect  is  therefore  characteristic.  Not  only  so,  but  the 
difierences  between  two  of  its  dimensions  and  the  corresponding 
dimensions  in  P.  azael  transcend  the  range  of  individual  variation 
in  size  which  on  the  testimony  of  living  Macropods  can  be  allowed 
within  a.  species.  The  mean  widths  of  m.^  in  the  two  are  13  and 
18,  or  an  excess  in  the  latter  approaching  one-half  of  the  former. 
The  greatest  living  difference  is  found  in  P.  penieil/ita,  where  it 
amounts  to  a  third  only;  in  //.  dorgalu  and  H.  wVeox'i  it  is  still 
less.  Again,  the  mean  anterior  depth  of  the  mandible  in  P, 
parvtis  44'4  is  in  P.  azael  increased  by  more  than  one-half,  and 
this  far  exceeds  the  nearest  li^dng  approach  to  it  which  occurs  in 
//.  doranlU  where  it  is  considerably  less  than  one-half.  Finally, 
the  premolars  of  P.  parvua  are  relatively  much  larger  than  those 
of  P.  axaa. 


t  uF  XArifii'oDlb.li 


.(/oa-iV/nry.  —  Piviimliir  (PI.  xiv.  Jij;.  (*).  Tllf  anterior  talon  » 
ill  ilt'vdci])!^!.  Ciiiiiim-iit-i)iK  itUiut  tin-  iiiidille  of  the  inn«r  side 
ml  (wLssiriK  iimiiil  the  fori!  wiii.  wImt  it  (;iv«4  (iff  r  short  but 
isiiiiit  linking  ridttf.  it  fxtptujs  mi  tin-  nutpr  siflB,  but  w  tlwre 
i[(:rni|it»il  liy  a  fnictu;v  uf  tliiit  siilc  cf  tin-  rniwii.  The  inner 
u-ji  is  (li-tiiKHl  liy  II  hUiuii  iiii)ir>'ssiuii  iiii  thi-  slii[iii)>!  ant«rii>r 
mfiic.-,  mill  ]KWtfi-i.irly  liy  ii  -iliuhl  vfitinil  imifiit  lwtw«en  it  nrol 
111'   iiuliT   rusp.     TIk'    liiii(l<-i'   surfaii'   of   Ixith   cuMitK    deHcends 


^-  \«  tlu-  \,<^ 


IK  I    II 


•..«■    ]HJ 


r  txloi 


.l/r7.7,«.  In  ft  Hliclitly  W..IIL  t.xitli  .■x.-iii|.lilii-<l  hyiii.'  (PL  Xiv. 
i;;.  7)  til.'  anterior  t)di>ii  is  on  tin-  iiin.r  sitlf  .if  tlic  tore  link 
iLlnUviikil  liy  iL  lofly  Init  imrniw  vfiiirri!  lid^ji-;  i-iin^'spiimlinf;  to 
his  an  i.l.li.|ui<  f.ihi  on  tlie  hinder  surfm-<-,.f  th.-  f')r.-  hi)H> dmcendx 
e>  the  n)iil  valley,  milking;  ii  shiir|i  iiiif^li'  iii  its  junctitm  with  the 
iiiil  link;  this  iLttmn  is  ojuxisnl  liy  h  fuuil  ridfr*'  "n  the  unteriur 
ai-e  of  the  hinder  lolie,  luid  is  ivi>eiUeil  in  n,  sIniiUr  ohjique  fold 
■w  tlH'  hinder  fiui-  of  the  hind  lolx-.  On  ihe  outer  Hide  of  Ite 
iitler  i-;  a  very  stmn;;  riilge  or  fold  rising  fiimi  the  outw  third  of 
<itl   talon   lothe  otiti-r  t-nd  of   [h.-  vv, f  the   lolx'.      Th« 


BY   C.    W.    DB   VIS.  /  87 

Molar». — The  anterior  talons  are  very  short,  the  posterior 
moderately  long  and  connected  with  their  lobes  hy  strong  linking 
ridges.  The  fore  and  mid  links  run  from  the  outer  end  of  the 
crest  of  the  lobes  to  the  middle  of  the  fore  lobe  and  anterior 
talon  respectively.  The  lobes  are  set  obliquely  to  the  line  of  the 
teeth,  and  this  obliquity  combined  with  the  continuity  of  the  end 
of  one  lobe  with  the  middle  of  the  next  confers  upon  the  series  a 
facies  peculiar  to  the  genus. 

Upper  u^Morii.—{V\.  xiv.  fig.  10.)  The  arch  formed  by  the  series 
is  broad  and  flat;  the  teeth  increase  in  breadth  from  the  central 
pair  outwards,  but  in  the  figure  the  relative  width  of  the  out«r 
pair  has  not  been  duly  represented  by  the  artist. 

SuccinioH  of  twill. 
Of  this  nothing  i.s  known,  except  that  the  premolar  is  retained 
to  old  age. 

Exa  iii/iht—tweiUi/sir. 

Mamllary.-^A.  left  maxilla  with  the  first  four  cheek-teeth 
somewhat  mutilated;  aged;  traces  of  the  vertical  ridges  remaining 
— Part  of  a  left  maxilla  with  m.',  m.^;  adult;  vertical  ridge 
distinct^A  right  maxilla  showing  the  palate  lobe  entire;  teeth 
m.'*  m.*;  aged;  teeth  worn  to  the  base — Part  of  a  right  maxilla 
with  m.',m.*;  aged;  teeth  worn  to  the  base — Fragment  of  a  right . 
maxilla  with  m,*,  tuiult — Fragment  of  a  right  maxilla  with  m.' 
— An  isolated  m.',  young — Part  of  an  isolated  m.". — Greater 
part  of  the  base  of  a  skull  with  all  the  teeth  but  the  premolars 
well  preserved. 

Mandibu>nry. — A  left  ramus  with  all  the  cheek-teeth;  adult; 
vascular  foramen  large — A  left  ramus  with  all  the  molars,  adult 
— Hinder  half  of  a  left  ramus  with  m.",  m.",  m.' — Hinder  half 
of  a  right  ramus  with  m.-'',  m.';  aged;  vascular  foramen — ^Hinder 
half  of  a  right  ramus  with  m.",  m.';  i^ed;  vascular  foramen — 
Fart  of  a  left  ramus  with  m,";  aging;  vascular  foramen — Part  of 
a  left  ramus  with  m.^,  m.^;  adult — Hinder  half  of  a  right  ramus 
with  m.^,  m.*  imperfect  -Fragment  of  a  left  ramus  with  part  of 


«8 


FOSKIL  JAWS   OF   KACKOPODID.K, 


111.' — A  right  ramus,  twtli  dpHtroyed;  Miwcular  fonunen — Put  of 
II  li^ft  rnmuH,  teeth  <letitruye<l --I«ilBte<l  tooth,  mp.* — XaoUtod 
tooth,  m. "— ItwlaUKl  tooth,  in.*  -A  shc-oikI  example,  binder 
jHirtiun  uf  a.  left  ramuH,  with  in.'',  m,*;  imed. 

S  T  II  E  N  U  H  V  S,    Oncil. 

Slk<!Hur,i»,  Owen,  I.  1874,  p.  2f!4;  Lychskki-r,  IV.  p.  231. 
Protemnodon,  Owen,  parl'im  -Owen,  I.  187  4,  p  274. 
ProcofitoJon,  Owen, —  Owen,  I.    1«74,  jk  TrtS;  Lydekker,  IV.  p. 


An  luiialgamatiuii  of  Procoptoi/oH  with  St!fniir"»  is  demanded 
Ity  their  vcnKimilitudc  uf  tooth  smilijtun-.  «nd  l)y  the  occurrenue 
of  fornis  of  transition  Ix^twwn  thi'  two.  (Iwen's  reference  of  the 
inuxillti  of  Pratrmiiiidon  anak  to  ^'.  iitlaa  hiiH  lHK>n  accounted  for 
hy  Mr,  Lydekker  (I.e.  p.  L'.ll). 

Iy>wer  periniinent  premoUr  with  nil  oliliifuely  tliHrupted   lobe 
foniiing  the  posterior  inuiety  of  the  outer  side,  the  cleft  occupied 
mid  {inpillary  folits.     l'p[>er  jiernmnt'iit  premolar  with 


89 


Key  to  Ute  species. 

Ixingitadinal  Units  of  molarH  elevated,  with  later&l 
processes. 
Cheek-t«eth  from  82'5  upwards;  hinder  surface  of 

molars  with  few  but  strong  vertical  folds gotifiA 

Cheek-teeth  from  760  downwards;  hinder  surface 

uf  molars  with  numerous  fine  vertical  ridges otuet 

Longitudinal  links  of  molars  nearly  or  quite  obsolete. 
Length  of  first  three  cheek-teeth  550;  links  rudi- 
mentary; incumbent  folds  strong  and  numerous    paUit 
Length  of  first  three  cheek-teeth  from  420  down- 
wards; links  feeble;  incumbent  folds  feeble. 
Incisor  elevated, compressed;  symphysis  anchy- 

losed;  mandible  thick orcag 

Incisior  procumbent,    spatulate;   symphysis 
lax;  mandible  slender atla'< 

Sthenurus  coliah,  Owen. 

Procoptodon  goliah,  Ow.;  Owen,  XXIII.  p.  59;  Lydekker,  IV. 

p.  234. 
P.  rapha,  Ow.;  Owen,  I.   1»74,  p.  7S8;  Lydekker,  IV.  p.  234; 

Etheridge,  V.  p.  190. 
P.  pu»io,  Ow.,  partim;  Owen,  I.   1874,  p.  788;  Etheridge,  V.  p. 

190. 
P.  ifoliath,  Etheridge,  V.  p.  190. 
.Vacropus  yolin/i,  Owen,  XXIII.  p.  259. 
^f.  raplia.  Flower,  IX  part  ii.  p.  721. 

Molars  with  thick  lobew,  [■.niiided  angles,  subrectilinear  crests 
and  (except  a.s  to  the  upper  talons)  elevated  links.  Inner  aspect 
of  links  and  lobes  with  strong  folds,  the  largest  and  most  constant 


90  FOSeiL  .IAW8  OF   MACSOPODIOJt, 

Iff  them  lieing  the  outer  one  on  the  intero-anteriorfoceaf  the  hind 
h)l)t'  in  the  lower  &nd  intero-posterior  face  of  the  fore  lobe  of  the 
uiiiMtr  teeth.  Hinder  surface  of  molara  with  Htrung  asoending 
folds,  one  or  two  on  the  lower,  twd  nr  three  on  the  upper  (PL  XT. 
tifpi.  ^-9).  Upper  premolar  short  with  &  l>mMl  ledge,  not  extend- 
inK  beyond  the  posterior  three-fifths  of  its  inner  side;  its  cavity 
tniverscd  by  a  longitudinal  sinuuuK  rid^.  Lower  premolar  sub- 
ti-iiiiigulBr  with  a  group  of  sinuous  folds  within  the  {MMterior  cleft. 

Mattdibh. — Tlie  entire  series  of  oheek-t^eth  varies  from  82-5  to 
ii;t-7  (C);  p.*.  m.',  m.-,  m."  meaaure  68  0  (1);  m.',  m.",  no.''  53-0 
(■J);  ni.',m.- 34-2(1);  m."-,  m.-',m.*  from  TiHl  toeSS  (2);  m.*  23*3 
(I);  mp.'  13  +  (1).  The  pwmolar  is  from  12-.'>  to  14-5  (5).  The 
width  of  m."  ran},'es  from  l-iO  to  \'^■>^  (10):  its  length  l«ing  from 
lS-4  to  21'5  (10).  Tlie  anterior  depth  of  the  mandible  is  from 
■'.00  tci  COO  (7);  the  posterior  deptli  from  ^7  0  t»  mb  (6);  the 
Ihicknexs  from  .14-7  to  425  (7).     The  entin^  length  fore  and  aft 

is  I47r,(i). 

.l/g.ei7^..— The  molars  m.-.  m.-',m.^  mcasu it;  together  51-5  (1); 


UV   C.    W.    DE   VIS,  91 

the  hiiidor  with  a  narrow  groove  near  the  inner  angle.  In  the 
young  tooth  the  impn-HMion  and  groove  are  the  terminal  limitH  of 
an  oblique  superficial  cleft  neparating  the  exteroposterior  angle 
from  the  rest  of  the  tooth,  which  cleft  in  traversed  and  Ijeset  by 
enamel  folds  and  prdcetwes;  in  teeth  reduced  to  a  horizontal 
surface  these  proceiuteH  appear  in  section  as  a  group  of  iiinuous 
f<iMs  occupying  moat  of  the  centre  of  the  hinder  portion  of  the 
timth,  and  surrounded  on  the  outer  side  by  a  long  cresc€ntic  hand 
of  dentine.     Diameters  I'l'    x    11.1. 

Mulnrs.—(Pl.  XV.  tig.  9).  The  edge  of  the  antei'ior  Ukin  is  on 
the  inner  side  douhle.  Fi'oni'the  inner  side  of  iHitli  links  low 
vertical  folds  descend  to  the  valleys.  Two  or  three  strong  vertical 
folds  project  from  each  face  of  the  inner  half  of  the  fore  lube,  a 
Mingle  fold  from  the  anterior  face  of  the  hind  lobe;  a  strong 
tapering  fold  rises  upon  the  centre  of  the  posterior  surface  of  that 
lobe.     The  links  are  lofty  and  .tharp. 

afaxillanj.^P.*  (PI.  .w.  fig.  6).  Extracted  from  its  crypt  in 
a  forward  stage  of  growth  is  irregular  oblong,  with  convex  angles, 
diameters  11-9  x  9-0.  Outer  side  nearly  straight,  inner  with  a 
deep  impression  at  it«  anterior  two-tifths.  Fore  end  sloping,  with 
oblique  folds.  I ntero-pos terror  region  of  crown  much  dilated,  its 
surface  depres.'ted,  co^ca^'e;  its  edges  at  each  end  rising  upon  the 
side  <if  the  main  lobe,  and  its  posterior  surface  separated  from 
that  of  the  lol>e  by  a  wide  cleft  which  does  not  descend  to  the 
lifiae.  The  concavity  of  the  ledge  is  traversed  longitudinally  by 
a  single  sinuous  ridge-like  fold.  On  the  hinder  half  of  the  outer 
side  of  the  crown  tapering  ridges  ascend  to  the  crest. 

P.^  (PI.  XV.  tig.  5)  much  mutilated  an<l  woni  down  to  a  held  of 
dentine  surrounding  a  patch  of  enamel,  on  the  surface  of  which 
sinuous  enamel  folds  still  appear  in  section.  The  inner  side  of 
the  crown  is  impressed  at  its  anterior  fourth.  Diameters  85  x 
H-5. 

Rise  ant/ /all  of  teetlt. 

On  this  point  the  limited  numlver  of  specimens  afford  sparse 
information.     In  the  upper  jaw  the  penultimate  molar  appears  to 


9'2  K08HIL  .rAWs  or  VAcmpimiD.K, 

hskuuk;  its  full  functions  with  tlie  chftUKe  of  the  premolan.  In 
l\w  lower  the  jMtriiiaui'iil  ]>it*niulnr  wearK  <[iiwii  rapidly  during  the 
oirlipr  piirt  of  itH  i.'fiivi*r;  all  its  aHpi^rities  httvn  (liiMppeareil 
iH'fiin-  the  hinil  lolw  iif  in.*  is  HffectiHl  hy  use.  Miwticatory  work 
is  iiftfrwiirds  doiii!  pniicijuilly  by  tin-  [lOHterior  ^(rinderH,  hh  th« 
|iii'inolat'isliut  httle  mure  rexluceil  in  height,  though  t)ie  Itwt  moliu- 
is  thiit  of  an  ii^^l  individual. 

Kxamplns  —Iwtnlif-tmo. 

.\[a>ulll,ulni:—t\\<i:  iwscwiftted  rami  »i  u  mandible  with  all  the 
i-lifi'k-tiftli  jierfect,  the  iiKriHiiin  and  left  HHcnndinfr  procesH 
wutithici  adult  Au  lulult  Wt  ramus  with  all  tlii^  cli«ck-teetli 
jierfeet,  viist'ular  orilice  minute-  .\lvei)lar  i-ejitiou  "f  h  left  ramuH 
with  iill  fill-  ihi-ek -teeth,  several  of  them  hnperfe*-t:  a;red — Two 
ri;,'ht  riiiiii  with  all  the  eheek-In-th  peifeil;  forameu  xniBJl: 
adoliiwenl  -CuHt  <-f  a.  lixlit  nimuM  with  all  the  eheek-teeth  but 
!>.''.  some  imj^rftK:! :  vikvcular  oritiee  iiiixleiiitt':  adult — A  left 
ramus  with  all  tlio  molars  and  thu  fanjjs  of  the  ]ireui<iUr;  foramen 
small;  jwlult— A  left  ramus  with  the  firs)  thi-ee  molars  well 
lulult-  .\  ri^'hl  ramus  with  part  of  the 


BY   C.    W.    DE   VIH.  93 

adult — A  right  maxilla  witli  jugal  process  and  teeth  p.",  mp.', 
m.*,  m.";  p.*  (extracted);  palatal  vacuity  cominencing  at  mp,' 
(11120);  young. 

8THENUBUa   OTUBL,  Owen. 

J'rocoplodnn  oltte',  Owen,  I.  1874,  p.  784;  Lydekker,  IV.  p.  '236. 
Frocojttodon  putio,  Owen,  ftartim;  Owen,  II.  p.  455. 
Paehynagon  otuel,  Owen,  I.  1H74,  p.  784. 

Lower  molars  with  numei-oua  attenuated  ridgt^s  on  the  post«rior 
Rurface;  otherwise  not  differing  from  those  of  S.  i/oUnh  in  structure, 
but  inferior  in  size.  Lower  premolar  elongate^tvate  with  one  or 
two  oblique  folds  within  the  cleft. 

Dim'vsion-,. 

Mauiiibji/ar.— The  length  of  the  full  series  of  cheek-teeth  varies 
from  G55  to  76-0  (5);  m.%  m.^,  ni.'  measure  510  (bis);  m.',  m.= 
34-2;  rap.'  13-4.  The  premolar  is  from  9-3-  to  9-9  ('2).  The 
width  of  m.''  ranges  from  13-0  to  14'4.  The  anterior  depth  of  the 
mandible  is  fiom  38-5  to  41-5  (2);  its  thickness  from  28-6  to  32-5 
(5).     The  diastema  is  36-6  (1),  the  symphysis  65-6  (1). 

The  differences  between  the  mean  dimensioni^  in  this  species 
and  S  goliak  afford  in  themselves  no  giMxl  reason  for  keeping' 
them  apart;  they  are  all  easily  paralleled  in  modem  species;  but 
the  difference  between  the  greatest  width  of  the  teeth  in  S.  yoliah 
and  the  least  in  S.  ot'ul  is  much  greater  than  in  any  recent 
Macropod,  and  on  this  dimensional  ground  the  present  species 
would  safely  rest  were  the  structural  modifications  exhibited  by 
it  leas  weighty  than  they  are. 

Form. 
Maidibular. — In  the  molars  the  longitudinal  links  and  vertical 
prtweaseA  subsidiary  to  them  do  not  specifically  differ  in  numlier 
or  disposition  from  those  of  iS'.  goliak;  the  slender  ridges  wrinkling 
the  hinder  surfaces  sometimes  tend  to  fuse  towards  the  middle  of 
the  base  into  a  short  rib. 


04  FOMJIL  JAWS   OF   MACROPODIDAi, 

Tlie  lower  premolar  (PI.  xvi.  fig,  1)  before  eruption  aimulatofl 
ii'iuarkably  well  the  Icdged  upper  tooth  in  severtJ  Macropods. 
T)it>  inlero-iHNtterior  Wge-iike  cUHp  Dccupying  half  of  the  outer 
siilc  is  sepaniUKl  fnim  the  lobe  pont*rioriy  by  a  wide  cleft,  but 
within  whic-h  a  lar>!;er  nnd  a  Hniuller  obii<|ue  fold  ascend  on  the 
inncc  si'l't  of  the  iruHp;  miU^i-iorly  the  t^uH])  joins  the  lobe  by  the 
iiicurvint;  of  it-M  sharp  edf^,  an<l  aiit«riov  to  this  transverse  sepi- 
nieiit  jirc  two  cavities  separated  by  a  deep  rib  which  aHcendinj;^  to 
ilif  i-i-est  ineetM  a  uoiTtfsiiondiug  one  on  the  inner  aide  of  tlie 
fi-iiwn,  and  with  it  forniis  a  pronounec^l  denticle  on  the  crest.  In 
the  w..ni  t.Hith  (PI.  xvi.  fif;.  4)  the  structure  is  still  reco(tniBal>]e. 

Kxaiitpttn  —p.lr.c'.)i. 

Afiimfi'mliir.^ Alt  fuUilewcent  right  i-aniiLs  with  all  thf  cbeek- 
leetli  and  with  the  incisor  nearly  entirR  (lUi'O);  aceesior}-  pn>- 
<vss.'s  wi'll  marked  -A  riv'lit  ramus  with  all  the  chwik-teeth  but 
p.'  perfect  (I'll"):  ivmains  of  tlie  accessorj' priM-essen  distinct; 
a;.'eil  The  ii.sM(>cinte<l  nimi  of  an  agint;  niaiidibli^  (SKTli),  with  the 
frivat.T  |>arl  of  the  iisi-t-ndinf;  limU:  aei-essi.ry  pniCPHses  as  liefore 

P..ifi..ii   of  a  right   ranius  with   the  last   thn-e  molars  (X«73), 


BY   O.    W.    DB   VIS.  95 

rim  forming  a  rather  distinct  talon  with  a  rudimentary  link  rising 
upon  the  lobe.  Incumbent  folds  on  the  face  of  the  lobes  well 
marked.  Ledge  of  upper  premolar  distinct  and  continuous  fore 
and  aft,  a  subsidiary  cusp  on  the  hinder  end  of  the  outer  side  of 
the  crown.     Size  large,  aVx)ut  equal  to  that  of  S.  goliaJi. 

Dimensions, 

Mantlih^Uar, — The  first  three  true  molars  are  together  56*0  in 
length;  the  premolar  18-0.  The  width  of  m.»  is  18-0.  The 
thickness  of  the  mandible  is  not  less  than  27*5. 

Maxiflary. — The  premolar  is  21*0  x  14*1  in  one  example;  19*6 
X   15*0  in  other. 

Form  of  teeth. 

Maiulibidar. — P.*  (PL  xv.  fig.  3).  Elongate-ovate,  diameters 
18*0  X  8*2,  structurally  similar  to  that  of  aS*.  goliah,  but  diflTering 
from  it  in  form  and  size,  and  in  the  latter  character  agreeing  with 
the  upper  premolar  (10214  the  type  of  the  species).  On  the 
inner  surface  of  the  crown  of  this  tooth  are  six  distinct  ribs,  fxve 
of  which  form  denticulations  on  the  crest;  these  are  not  present 
in  S.  goliah. 

Mofars. — (PI.  xv.  fig.  1).  The  lobes  of  the  molars  are  remark- 
ably thin  and  flat  or  even  a  little  concave  on  the  posterior  surface 
their  crests  perfectly  straight  and  their  angles  sharp.  The 
incuml)ent  folds  are  much  the  more  numerous  on  the  anterior 
lobes,  the  outermost  of  them  l>eing  the  largest  and  forming  by  its 
repetition  a  regular  series  in  the  line  of  the  teeth.  The  hinder 
surfaces  of  the  lol>es  are  faintly  sculptured  into  numerous  obscure 
folds.     In  size  the  molars  agree  with  those  of  S.  yolidJi. 

Maxillary. — P*  (PI.  xv.  fig.  2).  Elongate-ovate  with  the  angles 
rounded  and  tumid;  diameters  22*0  x  15*0.  Crest  central; 
mesial  region  of  outer  side  of  crown  with  a  few  vertical  ribs. 
Inner  side  of  crown  a  rectangular  ledge  from  end  to  end  connected 
with  the  lobe  by  numerous  transverse  ribs.  To  the  end  of  the 
outer  side  of  the  crown  is  attached,  as  in  the  deciduous  tooth  of 


W>  FOBfllL  JAWK   OP   MACIIOFHDIB.K, 

M.  giganteuK,  a  diiitiiict  uusp  separate<)  ftxmt  the  lolie  before  and 
iH-liind  by  cleftx,  but  uunnected  with  it  by  tin  »picHl  link. 

Era  inpUg—J'mt  r. 

LKitu<linHl  moiety  i>f  a  right  ramiw 
,  (if  wliicli  etwh  iH  MiniewhHt  imperfect, 

i..Iur  (SUGS);  tln^  vnwuliir  (ummen  in 
if  the  Hooki't  (if  tli(^  iriuiHiir  preserved  in 
iriKli"  ()f  aUmt   4'!°     A  lnft  premolar 


wiih  the  lipit  three  iiniliirs, 
ami  tlic  core  of  the  \tn-mi 
ucil  iimrketl:  the  p»rli 
ilifcutc^l  upwanlH  at   i 
(in:>16);  unworn. 

Maxillarii.—X  left 
i-.\ikmple  (1021'>};  xliov 
liiilc  won)  but  w-elUh 


■emolftr    (10:.'l-t),    uiiwdrii  —A    second 
ind  suhtriiiii^'ulnr  rather  than  ovate,  a 

^teriHed. 


l.ongitudinnl 
Willi  the  outcriii 
bill  iLs  brofid  au- 
fiiiniin};  a.  tnli 


Stiibnuhur  okkam,  n.H. 

iiks  of  lowi'i'  niolnrN  low  but  diHtJHct,  eontinuouH 

Nt  of  the  ini-umk'nt  fol.ls      '^  '      -     ' '•-- 

n  .V.  /«</»■»;  iH^^tcrior  IhihhI 
J/ffH./tVi/'-  thii-k,  syniphyi 


. ^r  than, 

bulKJiiK  '>ut  not 
[■hyloMcd,  inciftur 


with    the    teeth. 


BY   C.    W,    DB  VIS,  97 

m»,  m.*  30G;  and  ni."  lo-5.  The  width  of  no.'  ia  from  12-3  to 
13-9  (6). 

In  dimenMionfi  of  length  thJK  species  doex  not  much  exceed  S. 
alias,  but  the  thickness  of  the  mandible  due  to  its  externa)  con- 
vexity, which  commences  at  thi*  incisive  outlet,  combines  with  its 
aymphysift]  onchyltwis  and  the  erection  of  its  incisor  to  connect 
it  with  the  larger  species. 

In  dental  sculpture  it  is  also  scared}'  to  he  distinguished  from 
S.  allot;  yet  here  again  atKnity  with  S.  yolialt  and  attiel  is  shown 
by  the  incumbent  fold  which  represents  the  anterior  link  sending 
a  lateral  process  outwards  and  downwards. 

Exa  mpU» — iii«e. 

Mandibular. — Associated  rami  of  an  adult  mandible  with  all 
the  cheek-teeth  (11204);  vascular  foramen  large;  type — A  left 
ramus  with  all  the  molars,  tooth-sculptm-e  not  so  well  marked  as 
in  the  preceding  (8841);  adult— Portion  of  a  left  ramus  with  the 
teeth  m.^,  m.-,  m.^;  adult;  tooth-sculpture  much  abraded; 
vascular  foramen  large  (8830)— Portion  of  a  right  ramus  with 
m.'  and  part  of  m.-;  adolescent  (8f*4'2);  tooth-sculpture  very 
distinct;  vascular  foramen  large. 

iinxill-ry. — Portitm  of  a  right  maxilla  with  the  first  three 
molars;  tooth-sculpture  well  marked  (10262) —Portion  of  a  left 
maxilla  with  m.^,  m.*  (80.^).'));  adult;  sculptui-e  abraded  -  Portion 
of  a  right  maxilla  with  m.-,  m.''  (804G);  sculpture  almost 
obliterated— Fragment  of  a  right  maxilla  with  m.  ^  (8069);  adult; 
sculpture  distinct — Portion  of  a  left  maxilla  with  the  premolar 
and  m. ' ,  m.  -  all  in  fine  condition,  and  exactly  fitting  the  mandible 
11204. 

SxHENURU.'i  ATLAa,  Owen:  Owen,  XXII.  ii.  p.  3.79. 
MacTopug  allan,  Owen  (I.e.). 
I'rolemnodon  attoit,  Owen,  pnrlim;  Owen,  I.  1874,  p.  275. 

Dental  sculpture  nearly  as  in  the  preceding  species,  but  the 
linking  fold  leas  distinct  in  the  mid  valley.     Mandible  thin,  flat 


FOSSIL  JAWS   OF   1IACR0P0DID.K, 


ext<>ri<irly,  increasing  in  depth  ponteriorly.  Lower  contour  line 
Htrai^lit  or  itrched  upwards.  Incisor  proclivons,  8patul*t«. 
.Sj-mphyniH  lax. 


Mni„lihular.—i:\\e  full  series  of  cheek-teeth  U  from  56-8  to 
.'.mii  in  length  (2);  the  first  three  molars  301  to  31-6  (2>;  the 
(ireniolnr  I'il  x  6«  to  12S  x  7  (2).  The  width  of  m.»  is  from 
s-a  u.  10-5,  The  anterior  depth  is  from  201  t^>  28-5  (4);  the 
I-wteri«r  from  290  t«)  32-7  (+);  the  tiiicknoHS  fnim  U-8  to  15-6 
M). 

.\t'i,i-llhia,ir.—V.*  (PI.  XVI.  fig.  9).  This  tooth  as  exemplified 
liy  the  anterior  two-thirdit  i)f  its  <:ii)wn  in  a,  niandiliular  fragment 
is  Htrui'turally  Kimilar  to  its  succes^ir  p.*,  Imt  the  extero-posterior 
i.i>m[iliciitf>d  region  of  the  crown  is  not  eviilentlj- marked  off  hyaji 
i>l)1i'{ue  cleft.  On  the  outer  surface  of  (his  region  there  ik  a 
distinct  trace  of  an  initHtandin^  cusp  corit'spondiTij;  to  that  in  p. ' 

...■.•,-.,,,,;™. 

Miilnrg. — Mr.  Lydekker's  Htatenient  that  in  S(/i''»"nt»  there  are 
l1  folds  "  must  I>e  undentt'iod  to  refei'  only  to  the  lateral 


i'.mwp/es— ^f«. 
Mait'lHr'ilar. — A  left  ramuti  with  all  the  cheek-teeth  in  place; 
iTivunil>ei)t  folds  on  m.*  distinct,  on  the  other  teeth  ftlmost 
ol)Iilerat*d  hy  olii  age  (10607);  vascular  foramen  large— A  left 
ramuH  with  all  the  cheek-teeth  (107:;6);  distinct  relias  of  the  foldw 
on  the  posterior  niolara;  vaHcular  oriBce  large;  aging — A  right 
ramuM  with  the  first  three  molars,  sockets  of  p.*  and  m.*;  folds 
distinct  on  all  the  teeth  (8831 );  vjiscular  orifice  large;  adolescent 
— A  left  ramus  with  uU  the  cheek-teeth  hut  the  last;  the  rising 
premolar  exposed  (10233);  vascular  oritice  moderate;  young  -A 
fragment  uf  n  left  ramus  with  the  anterior  portion  of  the  milk 
premolar. 

Key  to  foiiil  Ilnlmitbiri. 

Width  of  m.*'  76  and  upwards. 

P.*    with  a  large  in tero-posterior  dilatation;  lobes 

with  folds viH.e,it 

P.'  with  no  large  intero-posterior  dilatation 

Crown  of   p.*   with   an  anterior    lolw   partially 

divided  off thor 

Crown   of  p.*    without  anterior   lolie   partially    - 
<livided  off 
Size  larger;  length  of  m.',  ni.-,  m."  320  or  up- 
wards      aiuik 

Size  smaller;  length  of  ni.',  ra.^,  m.^  23-5 

tntero-anterior  surfaces  of  lobes  smooth di-i/its 

Intero-anterior    surfaces  of   lobes  with    ac- 
cessory processes oiiiii 

Wirlth  of  i^  6-5  or  less. 

P.*    with    a   large    intero-posterior    cusp;    crests  of 

molars  straight  iiiilra 

P.*  with  a  smaller  intero-posterior  cusp;  fore 
valley  of  anterior  molars  with  an  accessory 
link liva 


00  FOSSIL  JAWS  OF   MiCROPODIB.K, 

P.*  with  no  large  intero-pos tenor  cuMp. 

Molar  trests  rectilinear,  with  nharp  angles  and 

feelile  links vishnn 

J[i>lar  crpHts   cun'ilinear,  witli   rounded   angled 

and  stiimg  links cooper* 

N.B. — jVs  the  lower  jaw  of  II.  minor,  Ow.,  iH  unknown,   its* 
iliice  in  the  alxive  sclipmc  remains  t«  lie  asccrtiiintKl. 


HAr.MATfKl'H   VISCBUS,   n.s. 

L'p[H^r  niolars  with  a  p;rinip  of  tiL^Mrin^  folds  in  relief  on  the 
xteni  piiNteriiir  face  of  each  lolte,  with  the  fore  link  nearly  or 
[uite  olfsolete  and  the  mid  link  feeble.  Lower  niolam  with  s 
■  ■itical  [iliite  and  ftilds  in  relief  on  the  iuteiv-anterior  face  <rf  the 
[>1)eN  and  with  a  pu-Hteriur  ImimU  protulierance  which  in  MOmetimeH 
,  distinct  talon.  Upper  pn?molar  ln-oadly  ledged  post«riorlj, 
uirriiwlv  jTi  front.  Lower  pi-emolar  euneifiinn  in  front  much 
liliitwl  jnlcnt-ixwteriDrly.  J-shaped. 

Diniimjiimii'. 
Maiidihiil'ii:     In  adults  the  entire  neries  of  cheek-teeth  ran^^ 


in  lenKtli  from  .W  to  U-\  (5);  the  first  four  4i".1  {]);  the  firat 


BY   C.    W.    DE   VIS.  101 

Though  the  lower  teeth  are  in  proportion  to  the  uj^r  unusually 
broad,  being  scarcely  a  tenth  narrower,  the  presence  of  similar 
accessory  processes  on  corresponding  parts  of  the  masticatory 
surfaces  assures  us  that  in  this  instance  molars  of  the  upper  and 
lower  jaws  are  correctly  referred  one  to  the  other. 

Form, 

Maocillary, — P.*  in  the  maiden  state  unknown.  The  worn 
tooth  (PL  XVI.  fig.  12)  is  irregularly  subtriangular,  attenuated  at 
the  fore  end,  its  ledge  much  dilated  posteriorly,  but  narrow  at  its 
anterior  junction  with  the  lobe,  and  without  traces  of  transverse 
ridges.  Crest  subcentral  in  front,  over  exterior  fourth  behind. 
Mesial  three-fifths  of  outer  surface  impressed,  deeply  at  its  posterior 
end :  impressed  surface  with  about  four  low  vertical  ribs;  inner 
surface  with  traces  of  numerous  narrow  vertical  ribs.  On  the 
intero-posterior  angle  remains  of  a  cusp.  Diameters  14*7  :  7*6; 
13*4  :  7*6.     The  tooth  is  equal  in  length  to  m.*. 

P.*  unknown. 

Molars,  —  (PL  xvi.  fig.  1 4).  With  one  or  more  short  broad 
fiame-like  folds  on  the  posterior  face  of  each  lobe  within  the 
hollow  triangle  contained  by  the  descending  edges  of  the  lobe; 
not  infrequently  the  folds  become  plates  which  running  together 
enclose  the  lower  part  of  the  inner  half  of  the  triangular  space. 
The  hind  lobe  of  m.*  has  no  distinct  processes.  Traces  of  the 
folds  are  persistent  in  well  worn  teeth  with  varying  distinctness. 

Mandibulary, — P.*  (PI.  xvi.  fig.  13)  elongate,  narrow  anteriorly, 
suddenly  widening  pasteriorly;  mesial  diameters  11-5  x  4*3;  110 
X  4*0;  ll'l  X  5.4.  Crest  central,  posteriorly  curving  down- 
wards to  the  intero-posterior  angle.  Outer  side  of  crown  straight 
or  slightly  convex,  with  a  more  or  less  distinct  mesial  impression 
bearing  about  three  vertical  ribs;  inner  side  conchoidal  posteriorly 
with  three  strong  ril>s;  anterior  cusp  more  or  less  expanded  and 
well  defined, 

P.**  is  irregular,  subelongate,  tapering  slowly  to  a  pointed 
fore   end.       Crest  on  the   inner  side   anteriorly,   on   the   outer 


10-i  rOBSIt.  .lAWS  OP   KACROPOVtn.K. 

]>i>stt?ii<irly,  wh^re  it  iimkeH  an  open  curve  to  the  apex  of  a  largK 
iiitt'ro-puHterior  cusp;  init<>i'  surface  of  cniwn  with  a  short  ini- 
{ii't-sHioii  fniiitly  marking  the  limit  of  an  anterior  cuap;  inner 
siiffiK'f  (^uiiuavp  lon(;ituilin»lly,  with  twu  or  tliree  moderately 
siriing  I'ilw;  in  one.  cxanipk  a  Ht-eji  ilejii^HMidn  Iietween  the 
i'Xt<-i'o-|)oHterior  angli-  i>f  the  lolie  un<I  itH  iTcst  deniatvatinK  a  tttirt 
of  Uisiil  talon.     Diiimcters  «  4  :  40. 

Mu<ar».  (PI.  XVI.  fiji.  l-'i).  At  th<- (loiiil  in  wiiich  each  obliquely 
(li'M'ciuliiiu  rc^volute  iMl;!e  of  a  loin-  iHtcmneK  a  Km^tudinal  link 
llii-if  aift  one  iir  two  nmre  or  less  (.■<>in{ii-eH>«>i]  pruc*eHHes  rinillg 
wiiliiii  the  inner  side  <if  the  link;  thene  either  Axcend  upon  the 
fitt'eof  the  IoIk-  or  Htand  nut  from  it,  ami  HouietiiiteH  by  contluentv 
mid  ext4'ii<tion  upwrntl  am)  inward  Minnilate  on  that  Hide  the 
<itili(]ue  v*\gy  of  the  other  side.  TlieM'  or  tnuH^s  of  tliem  are 
ii.iistaiit  whenever  th<;  t<x>th  im  not  tini  far  gone  in  wear.  The 
|Hisi«rior  talimal  protulieiiuice  ix  uIho  eonntnnt  and  occoiuiHiully 


■on  to  the  Use  of  the  inner  side 

of  th. 

■  tooth. 

Rigr  and J'nll  ol  tfiffh. 

infornitHion  iiK  to  the  i-elative  pi 
ratliered  fi-oni  tlm  exaniiiles  at  ii, 

•riocU 

of  change  of 

i.vaiUihIe  for 

BY   C.    W.    DB   VIS.  103 

Lower  premolar  elongate,  bicuspidate,  without  intero-posterior 
cusp.  Molars  smooth  or  with  accessory  plates,  without  posterior 
groove  or  basal  talon.  Lower  contour  line  of  mandible  a  gentle 
curve  throughout. 

Dimensions. 

Mandibular. — The  full  series  of  true  molars  is  39*0  in  length 
when  aged  .1);  the  first  four  cheek-teeth  measure  38*0  (1);  the 
first  three  28*6  (1);  the  last  three  30-5  (1);  the  last  two  225  and 
23-5  (2).  The  premolar  7  5  and  8  0  (2).  The  width  of  m.^  is 
from  7*7  to  84  (6).  The  anterior  depth  is  from  20*2  to  235  (4); 
the  posterior  from  18-4  to  22*0  (5);  the  thickness  from  10-1  (aged) 
to  14-1  (5).     The  external  length  is  92-0;  the  internal  72*0. 

Though  the  thickness  of  the  mandible  has  the  same  range  as  in 
H.  agi/tjfy  which  of  modem  wallabies  has  the  stoutest  underjaw, 
its  length  and  depth  are  comparable  with  those  of  the  kangaroos 
only.  This  is  also  the  case  with  the  length  of  the  cheek-teeth, 
which  may  be  estimated  at  50*0  in  young  adults,  and  with  the 
width  of  the  molars,  but  from  the  kangaroos  it  is  at  once 
distinguished  by  the  structure  both  of  premolar  and  molars. 

Form. 

Mandibular. — P.*  (PI.  xvii.  fig.  1)  elongate,  narrow,  diameters 
8*0  X  3  4,  bicuspid;  crest  a  little  to  the  inner  side,  deeply  notched 
at  its  anterior  two-fifths.  Anterior  cusp  a  well  defined  strongly 
compressed  cone  separated  from  the  longer  posterior  part  of  the 
lobe  by  a  deep  gooove  descending  upon  each  side  of  the  crown 
nearly  to  the  base  and  by  the  notch  in  the  crest;  a  slight  incras- 
sation  of  the  crown  over  the  intero-posterior  angle  does  not  affect 
the  general  parallelism  of  the  sides.     Equal  in  length  to  m.^. 

Molars. — (PI.  xvii.  fig.  2).  These  show  a  tendency  to  develop  a 
single  erect  compressed  process  at  the  bottom  of  the  inner  mid 
valley — i.e.,  a  rudiment  of  an  accessory  link  similar  to  that  in  the 
upper  teeth  of  Padorchestes  and  M.  pan  (infra).  This  process 
occurs  in  two  examples. 


104  P068IL  JAWS  OF  MACHOPODIDJi, 

Jiite  ai,d  fall  0/ UelA. 
The  iMti'mancnt  premolar  hiw  rinen  to  the  crowns  of  its  prede- 
ciwsors  nn  tlie  fore  lol>e  of  in.*  hiM  pierceal  the  gnm,  the  hind  lobe 
lit  in,'',  havinfr  then  itu  edge  bevelled  off  by  wear;  but  it  may  he 
iiImi)  fully  in  place  and  di.slinctlj-  worn  at  ttu  earlier  period,  in 
which  the  hind  lobe  of  lu.^  in  almost  untouched  by  wear.  It 
ii'iiininH  in  function  at  Icfutt  till  the  Inxt  molar  i»  well  worn  down. 

/ixii'itpttt  ^tiiite. 

Mnndibviar.-  An  (ulolea«;nt  right  ramuH  with  the  first  four 
chcek-t^eth — An  aged  left  ramus  with  base  of  incisor  and  tlie 
[K>steriur  true  raolarx  -  An  adult  light  ramuH  with  all  the  true 
mohu-s,  in."  worn  to  the  Iwwe—An  uiluit  right  ramus  with  the 
last  tlire<?  molars  in  line  presei'vation — An  adolescent  right  runius 
with  the  laHt  two  molars  well  {iiwKTved — A  riglit  adolescent 
ramus  with  the  fimt  three  true  moliii's  mid  p.<  exposed  frooialwve 
ill  its  crypt,  and  fragments  of  u  nglit  adolescent  ramus  with  the 
first  tlmw  ch(H;k-teeth. 

The  s|H'citts  is  well  chanicteriKed  by  the  form  of  its  premolar  in 
ci'MJ  unction  with  a  si/c  superior  to  that  of  mixlern  wallabies. 


BY   C.    W.    DK   VIS.  10) 

Molars  smooth,  with  rectilinear  crestu,  feeble  linka  and  sharp 
an<;Iea;  upper  molars  without  distinct  anterior  links,  lower 
xeldom  without  posterior  talons.  Premolars  alwut  as  long  as  the 
lower  last  niolar.  Upper  premolar  with  a  long  transversely 
ribbed  ledge:  lower  without  intero-posterior  cusp. 


ifimetiatoag. 

ilan-iibnlar. — In  adults  :  Tlie  length  of  the  full  series  of  cheek- 
teeth ranges  from  602  to  K2-3  (34);  uf  the  first  four  from  482  to 
60-0  (16):  of  the  first  three  from  32-1  tu  41-2  (10)";  of  the  first 
two  from  22-2  to  '274  (7);  of  the  premolar  from  140  to  18-2  (74); 
of  the  last  four  molars  from  48-2  to  560  (II);  of  the  last  three 
from  40-3  to  530  (16);  of  the  last  two  from  265  to  337  (19);  of 


«  from  37-0  to  45-6  (7); 
'.  m.»  from  25-4  to3IO 
from  12-5  t«  18-3(11); 

',  m.^,  m.^  is  from  541 


m.*  from  14-5  to  19-0  (9);  of  m.',  m."; 
of  m.',  m.-  from  21-5  to  2«-6  (16);  of 
(14);  of  m.'  from  9  2  to  13-3  (9);  of  r 
of  m.'  fi-om  12-2  to  150  (3). 

In  young:  The  length  of  p.^,  mp.*, 
to  62-2  (3);  of  p.^,  mp.',  m.',  m.*  from  420  to  510  (7);  of  p. ', 
mp.*,  m,'  from  284  to  32-8  (5);  of  p.^,  mp.*  from  180  to  20-9 
(7);  of  p.^  from  8-5  to  11-2  (23);  of  mp.',  m.',m.=,  m.»  57  8  (1); 
of  mp.*,  m.',  m.^  from  33-6  to  35-2  (4);  of  mp.',  m.'  from  20-0 
to  23-5  (10);  of  mp.'  10-2(1). 

The  width  of  m.^  in  adults  is  from  100  to  13-6  (118).  The 
anterior  depth  of  the  mandible  ia  from  220  to  450  (82);  of  the 
posterior  from  18-0  to  40'4  (72);  the  thickness  from  13-6  to  23-.') 
.  (89);  the  external  length  is  from  100-0  to  155  0(13);  the  internal 
from  67-5  to  113-3  (11);  the  symphysis  from  32-5  to  570  (13); 
the  diastema  from  311  to  .57-0  (15). 

Maxillary.— In  adults:  The  length  of  the  entire  series  of  chi-ek- 
teeth  is  from  63-1  U>  83'5  (17);  of  the  first  four  66-5  (1);  of  the 
first  three  from  385  to  45-3;  of  the  first  two  from24-6  to  271  (3); 
of  the  premolar  from  I4'4  to  20-4  (33);  of  the  last  four  molars 
frxtm  50-5  to  675  (8);  of  the  last  three  from  400  to  515  (12);  of 
the  last  two  from  30*1  to  37-0  (9);  of  the  first  tJiree  true  molars 


106  FOBSIL  JAWS  OF   MACJtOPODlDjK, 

frimi  331  to  399  (6);  of  the  first  two  from  31-5  to  27-4  (7);  of 
in -,  ra.«  from  28  0  to  341  (11);  of  m.*  17  (1);  of  m.'  from  17-0 
t^.  1»'4  (6);  and  of  ra.'  lG-6  (1).  The  breadth  of  the  palate  a 
from  660  to  68-5  (2). 

In  young:  p.^,  mp.',  m,'  rnnge  from  '2H-G  to  37"0  (3);  mp.*, 
III.',  m.»  417  to  44-4, 

'I'hf  proportionate  mean  widtlin  of  m."  nbove  and  below  are 
\IH  ami  13-6. 

The  degree  of  variation  in  the  length  of  the  cheek-teeth  found 
ill  thin  specieu  is  lem  than  tliat  Hhown  by  H.  ruficoUii;  and  the 
pn-inolar  hais  a  more  rentricted  range  uf  length  than  in  moet  of 
tlic  larger  existing  wallabieii.  On  the  oth<;r  hand,  the  width  of 
thtt  teetli  and  th<<  depth  of  the  mandible  liave  a  Homewliat  greater 
riiiige  of  nieoHUreinent  than  in  living  s)>ecieM,  and  in  tliicknetiH  the 
rnums  ia  deuidedly  more  variable.  But  an  in  all  the  dimensions, 
till'  extremeH  are  reached  by  inMenHible  gradations,  exceHH  eveu  iu 
till-  width  of  the  teeth  muKt  l)e  conHidered  a  peculiarity  of  the 
sjH'cies  and  one  proliably  related  to  its  inordinate  vigour  as  shewn 
in  its  fecundity.     It  is  ijuito  the  most  abundant  Macropod  of  its 


BY   C.    W.    DE    VIS.  107 

Form. 

Mandibular. — P.*  (PI.  xvii.  fig.  6)  as  it  appears  in  a  worn  con- 
dition is  elongate  with  mesial  diameters  178:  56,  oblong  tectiform, 
obtusely  pointed  in  front  and  not  dilated  posteriorly.  Crest 
central,  nearly  level,  obtusely  serrated.  The  mesial  two-thirds  of 
the  crown  compressed,  but  more  deeply  on  the  outer  side,  the 
surface  of  which  has  corrugations  with  much  fainter  ribs  in  the 
intervals;  the  inner  surface  similarly  coiTugated.  Anterior  cusp 
distinctly  defined  by  the  mesial  ccmipression,  its  point  low  and 
obtuse.  Over  the  intero-posterior  angle  the  crown  is  more  tumid 
than  over  the  outer  angle. 

The  tooth  varies  much  in  proportions  and  other  respects.  The 
diameters  may  become  161:  72  and  the  intero-posterior  part  of  the 
crown  so  tumid  as  to  cause  the  inner  surface  of  the  crown  to  be 
concave  longitudinally,  the  tooth  being  then  distinctly  broader  at 
its  hinder  end.  The  number,  strength  and  disposition  of  the 
corrugations  are  all  subject  to  variation,  and  frequently  under 
stress  of  wear  disappear  altogether. 

P.'*  (PI.  XVII.  fig.  5)  in  its  maiden  state  is  irregularly  oblong, 
with  mesial  diameters  103  :  51;  its  basal  contour  is  arched  on  the 
outer  side,  nearly  straight  on  the  inner,  its  fore  end  obtusely 
pointed.  Crest  with  five  low  obtuse  cusps,  subcentral,  curving  on 
to  the  intero-posterior  angle,  which  is  sufficiently  tumid  to  render 
the  crown  vertically  concave  on  that  side.  Crown  compressed, 
with  three  ribs  on  the  outer  and  two  on  tbe  inner  side,  the  out«r 
rilis  graduated  in  length  posteriorly.  Anterior  cusp  moderately 
distinct. 

This  tooth  also  varies  in  shape,  prop<jrtions  and  corrugation. 
The  intero-posterior  angle  may  dilate  sufficiently  to  render  the 
general  form  subtriangular,  the  mesial  diameters  may  vary  to  106 : 
66,  89  :  86,  the  ribs  may  be  fewer  in  number  or  l^ecome  indefinite. 
Under  wear  the  ribs  quickly  vanish. 

Molars. — (PL  xvii.  fig.  9).  The  longitudinal  linking  ridges  are 
weak,  the  lobes  but  lightly  convex  posteriorly.  Posterior 
basal  talons  are  generally  present  as  erect  plates,  raised  rims  or  a 


lUK  FOKHII,  .lAWH   OF  MACItllPtlDID.K, 

iiiftv,  liiit  dfX'idMl,  Uul^uK  iif  die  Itase,  The  Iiind  lobe  of  m*  is 
in  ttitt  iiH^nri  of  tPii  exKinples  narrower  tlian  the  fore  lobe  in  the 
VMM,  11  ;  \->. 

The  I'oiitour  'tf  tlif  iiiitii'lil)li>  forwani  tif  the  hinder  molam  is 
iiHirly  Mtniit;ht.  The  upward  lurve  Ix'iienlh  the  (Ulterior  molars, 
iilwftyM  fniiit,  ih  otunNiunully  revented  luid  a  continuous  cui:^"e 
proiluoiil  friim  the  iiitlefted  allele  to  the  nymph ynifl. 

MiixiUary. — P,^  (PI.  xvii,  fig.H),  In  n  tooth  recently  come  into 
(Hisitiiin  the  ^'oneral  fonn  in  an  JNOHCfleH  trian)clc  with  the  inner 
si<li-  iiTe){ular  and  tlif  aiiKles  ruundMl.  Diuniett^n)  191  :  100. 
•  ri'st  snlKi-ntni),  [uimlh'!  with  the  oiit<'i-  Hide  of  the  biwe.  Menial 
two-lifths  iif  the  out^r  side  of  the  iniwn  ileeply  iinpi-eiwed,  with 
three  stniiif!  vertical  fohk  inHing  to  the  eivst.  rje<lf^  occupyin); 
mesial   lwi>-thiiils  of  the  inner  side  of  the  eniwn,  witli  n  raliHid 


:   the  himlei 


within  ihe  rim  the  ledj^  is  deeply  c 
I'cmr  riliM  vtsi-enilin^  on  llie  lolx^  to  t)ie  < 
wide,  joiiu-d  to  till'  sidp  i>f  tlie  \tArf.;  1 
deep  tniiis\fi-sely  elon;.'ate  pit,  wliicli 
]H.s(erior  «ui-face  of  tlie  ]<>U\ 


end  of  the  anterior  cuKp; 
mcave  and  is  trftvemed  by 
resl.  I ntero-jHMterior  cuHp 
^hinil  ii  to  the  out«r  side  a 
is  enelosi-<l   iK-innd   lij-  the 


BY  a  w.  DK  viB.  109 

wide,  joined  by  a  rib  to  the  lobe  and  Heparat«d  from  it  posteriorly 
by  a  deep  excavation.  In  a  much  worn  tooth  the  basal  rim  may 
be  almost  entire  and  the  diameters  125  :  76. 

Molam. — (PI.  XVII.  fig.  10).  Fore  bnk  obsolete  or  nearlyso,  and 
mid  link  weak;  lobes  but  slightly  convex  anteriorly.  The  base  of 
the  posterior  concavity  of  ni.*  is  enclosed  by  the  de'icending  inner 
edge;  an  adpressed  fold  is  therefore  seen  (m  the  hinder  surface  of 
the  anterior  molars.  The  difference  between  the  widths  of  the 
lobes  of  m.*  is  greater  than  in  the  lower  tooth;  their  ratio  is  135 
to  12-5. 

Bseiimpleg—  tliree  huntJrfd  and  tioKnly-nUw. 

Mnndihnlar. — Of  odultn :  Thirty-four  rami  with  all  the  cheek- 
teeth, most  of  them  with  the  incisor  in  ploce^One  hundred  and 
fifty-three  rami  or  parte  thereof  with  fnwer  thttn  all  the  cheek- 
teeth. 

Of  young:  Twenty-four  rami  with  p.'  and  some  of  the  follow- 
ing teeth — Sixteen  rami  without  p.''. 

Maxil'ari/.—Oi  adults :  Seventeen  maxills;  with  all  the  cheek- 
teeth, five  of  then)  being  each  a  part  of  a  cranium  more  or  less 
entire — Seventy-six  niaxillie  or  parts  thereof  with  teeth  in  greater 
or  less  number. 

Of  young :  Nine  maxillte  with  various  teeth. 

Halmaturcs  dkyah,  n.H. 

Molars  with  the  upper  fore  link  well  developed.  Upper  pre- 
molar with  a  narrow  ledge  tubercular,  but  not  transversely  ribbed. 
Lower  premolars,  both  permanent  and  deciduous,  like  those  of 
//.  anak.     Size  inferior. 

Dimeneiong. 

Type  maxillary. 

Maxillnry. — In  adults  :  The  length  of  the  entire  series  of  cheek- 
teeth is  54-9  (1);  of  the  first  four  46-2  (1);  of  the  true  molar 
series  47o  (I);  of  the  first  three  29-6  (1);  of  the  premolar  fi-om 
11-6  to  150  (3).     The  width  of  m.^  is  from  9-9  to  10-3  (5). 

Mnndibxilar. — In  adults :  The  full  series  of  cheek-teeth  ranges 
from  52-7  to  585  (3);  the  first  four  are  35-5  (1);  the  first  three 


no 


P0S8IL  JAWS  OF  MACROli}DlD.li, 


vurj-  from  2H;)  to  291  (3);  the  fimt  two  are  19-5  (1);  the  iw»- 
iiKilar  meufluniH  from  100  to  I.IO  (K).  The  trne  molar  serim 
nuifies  fnim  400  to  4«-l  («);  the  laHt  three  from  34-3  to  41  -1  (9); 
thf  liwt  tw.i  from  I'-'if  to  2K-6  (li'):  thi'  firet  three  from  29'4  to 
:!r<l  (o);  tlic  fiwt  two  fi-om  20T>  (<.  2:i0  (4);  m.-,  m.'  are  27'1 
(1);  m.-'  l;(0  (1):  m.'  w  from  l.ti>  to  14-4(7).  Tlie  width  of 
III."  is  fi-oni  8-0  to  10-5  (37).  T)ip  itnt<;riur  d<^ptli  of  the  mandible 
viii-ie.s  from  -liO  to  30-0  (20);  the  iKwtcrioi-  fi-om  19-4  U>  29-9  (21); 
the  thickoe««  from  12-7  to  IK-S  (31). 

It  n-ill  Ik>  iijipHi-ent  from  thiw  mfasuremeiitH  tlial  though  their 
iiiiixiiiia  ii\fi'Inp  ill  simip  vntwrt  tlip  niiiiiiiia  of  H.  auat  the 
flitl'i-r<'iu-cs  U'twi^e)!  their  minima  niiil  tho  maxiiiin  of  the  otlier 
iii-e  fur  to"  nivuX  to  U*  ftNcril)«<l  to  tin-  elasticity  of  a  Mingle  species 
evi'ii  wt'iv  all  thv  tet'tti  iiiilistiii^tuinliahlc.  The  exiotence  (if  a 
liwiirfed  \jiriety  of  //.  attak  I'lnifj'rmiiioiw  and  cimt^inporaneous 
with  it  is  too  unlikely  to  Ix'  worth  uiii.si[tei-iii<!. 

Tlic  |>n>lml)iltty  that  ii[>[t<'r  uiiil  loww  jaws  are  in  this  euMe 
rightly  HHsocint^-il  rfntn  on  the  ;;r<iuii(lH  of  rori-esCHmding  Hize  ant) 
titviiioliir  Mtrui'ture. 


BV   C.    W.    DB   VIS.  Ill 

anteriorly,  parallel  with  outer  Hide  and  not  incurved  posteriorly. 
A  largely  dilated  intero-poslerior  cuep  linked  to  the  lobe  apically, 
xeparated  from  it  liy  a  wide  cleft  posteriorly.  Ledge  very  narrow 
within  a  broadly  tubercular  basal  rim  which  extends  to  the 
anterior  fifth.  Mesial  two-thirds  of  the  outer  side  impressed, 
with  three  strong  short  ribs,  decreasing  in  length  rearwards. 

Af"l<ir». — (PI.  xvii.  figs.  14-15).  Mandibulary,  with  a  narrow 
basal  ridge  posteriorly;  hind  lobe  of  m.^  distinctly  the  narrower. 

Exa  mptea — setww  ty-thrM. 
Sfaxitfary.-^FoMT  adults. 
Jfnnrftfiu/a?-.— Fifty-six  adults,  thirteen  young. 

Halmaturus  ODIN,  n.fl. 

Lower  premolar  unilolkate,  mesially  corrugated,  expanded  but 
not  developing  a  cusp  on  intero-posterior  angle.  Molars  with  an 
accessory  process  in  relief  on  intero-anterior  surface  of  lolies  and 
with  basal  talons.     Lower  contour  line  undulated. 

Dimerisiong. 
i/a»rf»fi«/nr.— The  full  series  of  cheek-teeth  measures  46-7  in 


length  (1);  the  first  four  37'0  (1);  the  first  two  true  molars  18-6 
(1);  the  last  molar  12-4  (1);  the  premolar  from  80  to  8-7  (3); 
m.»  10-8  (1)-  The  width  of  m.»  76  and  8  1  (2).  The  anterior 
depth  is  from  19-2  to  24  1  (3);  the  posterior  from  16  1  to  23-8 
(3);  the  thickness  from  11  .^  to  12-5  (3). 


J/anrfifiu/ar.— P.*  (PI.  XVII.  fig.  16)  elongate;  diameters  8-0  x 
4-0,  gradually  widening  from  the  pointed  fore  end.  Crest  central; 
anterior  and  poeterior  cusps  defined  by  a  mesial  compression  of 
the  crown,  which  has  on  each  side  three  distinct  and  two  obscure 
short  ribs.  Crest  curving  on  to  a  small  but  distinct  dilatation  of 
the  crown  over  the  intero-posterior  angle.  Profile  of  fore  end  of 
crown  gibbous. 


I  !  2  FOSSIL   JAWS  OF  MACBOPODrO.K, 

.[folars. — ^(Pl.  XVII.  fig.  17).  From  the  int«rc>«nteritir  aagle  of 
Willi  lobe  A  low  fold  descendM  obliquely  U)  or  towards  the  middle 
of  the  anterior  \)aae  of  tliR  lol>e,  and  on  tlie  triangular  face  of  the 
lolw.  lies  a  Hniall  aHcen<lin(;  fold  Kimilar  to  thone  in  iitA«nuru». 
Pi(!vii)UM  knowledge  of  these  foldn  in  requirMl  for  the  recognition 
of  tnicps  of  them  left  in  the  aging  inaudible.     The  IjbhoI  talon  is 

II  distinct  li'dgt'-likp  protulwriince. 

HxampUi — nix  or  '.ight. 
.\n  luiolcHit'nt  right  ramuN  with  the  fimt  four  cheek-teetli,  the 
typ' — A  right  aging  ramus  with  all  tim  oheek-twtli — ^P.*  in  a 
friignient  of  a  right  odolexcent  ramus — M. '  in  a  portion  of  an  agvd 
left  ranms — Part  of  an  udult  left  rainux  with  ni,',  m.'-' — -And  a 
jHiition  <if  a  young  left  I'amuH  with  m.".  To  tlwse  may  be  added 
twii  maxillary  foM-silH  which  |ierchaiice  Itelong  to  the  specien. 

HalMATUHUK   INDKA,  n.H. 

Molai-N  with  crewtw  iiiodin-ately  curve<l,  angles  sulirotund,  and 
links  feeble.  The  lower  pemtnnent  prciiiolur  liubtriangular,  with 
a,  Ijirge  iiiteriUMwterior  cusp:  the  rteeidiiouH  Hliort,  Itroad,  convex 
;>riy.     Molars  HmiNtth,  u'ithout  ponterior  gr<Hivt>  or  distinct 


BY   C.    W.    DE   VIS.  113 

Crown  mesially  compressed,  with  a  distinct  mesial  rib  on  each 
side.  Basal  rim  on  each  side  tumid,  subnodular,  especially  on 
outer  side,  obscurely  continuous  round  fore  end. 

Molars. — (PI.  xvii.  fig.  20).  Links  high  but  narrow;  on  the  outer 
side  of  the  posterior  base  of  m.  ^  a  rudimentary  ledge-like  talon. 

Sufficiently  distinguished  by  the  premolars  from  all  other  species 
recent  and  extinct. 

Halmaturus  SIVA,  n.s. 

Molars  with  curved  crests,  rounded  angles  and  strong  links. 

Lower  premolar  unilobate,  narrow;  in tero  posterior  dilatation 
moderate,  consisting  apparently  of  two  flat  folds  tapering  off 
alx)ve  into  vertical  ribs;  anterior  cusp  small  and  ill-defined. 

Molars  smooth,  with  long  anterior  talons,  and  without  posterior 
groove  or  basal  talon.  The  inner  valley  of  the  anterior  talon 
subdivided  by  an  accessory  link  in  the  two  anterior  molars. 

Dimensions. 

Mandibular. ^The  full  set  of  adult  cheek-teeth  is  40*6  in 
length;  the  first  three  molars  244  and  24*9;  the  last  three  28*8; 
the  first  two  17*2;  the  premolar  7*1.  The  width  of  m.^  is  from 
6*2  to  6 -4  (4).  The  anterior  depth  of  the  mandible  is  from  18  0 
to  23-0  (4);  the  posterior  from  129  to  181  (4);  the  thickness 
from  11-3  to  120  (3). 

In    general   size  it   agrees  with    the   larger  wallabies   of   the 

present  day. 

Foi*in. 

P.^  (PI.  XVII.  fig.  21)  diameters  7*1  x  2*7;  crest  over  inner  edge 
anteriorly,  nearly  level,  curving  inwards  posteriorly;  anterior 
cusp  scarcely  differentiated  from  the  rest  of  the  crown  by  a  slight 
mesial  impression  on  the  inner  side;  posterior  to  this  the  inner 
side  is  rendered  more  concave  by  two  successive  folds  ending 
above  in  sharp  plaits. 

Molars. — (PI.  xvii.  figs.  22-23).  The  anterior  ttilons  are  in 
length  nearly  a  third  that  of  the  entire  tooth. 


114  FOSBIL  JAWS   OF   MACnOPODIDjK, 

Examples — eltvtn . 

A  rif-ht  adult  ramus  (11181)  with  all  the  cheek-teeth  but  m."  — 
A  sfi-oml  with  h11  the  cheek-t«eth  oldop,  and  a  third  with  all  the 
tnip  iiiolai-s  a(,'p(]— A  left  ndult  ramus  with  the  last  three 
niolurs  -  Two  rami  with  the  anterictr  three  true  niulars — A 
fni^nii'iil  of  a  ramus  with  m.',  m.-.—  A  youii^  ranmn  witli  the 
last  three  miliars,  anrl  a  second  with  the  last  two— A  maxilla 
with  tlic  last  thn*e  niolitrs  is  also  referable  to  this  tipecien. 

T\u:  tyiH',  mm,  TOuld  in  tlio  abittnco  of  the  premolar  be 
niistukeii  without  niiy  diilieulty  for  a  inandilile  of //.  aji7(«,-  but 
in  acldilioii  to  the  dental  (UfferencRs  apparent  on  comparing  it 
critici.lly  with  mandibles  of  J/,  agilin  of  the  same  age,  we  may 
lulil  iliai  the  diasti^nia  is  much  lonfter,  iiikI  the  anterior  dentaJ 
f^)ralnl'Il    furthc-r    forward  than    in  any  example  of    the  recent 

Halsiatchus  viaiiN'u,  n.s. 
!Molars  with  rectilinear  crests,  sharp  angles  and  feeble  links. 
Ijowit  premolar  unilolmte,  cuneifonn,  c<tttrsi;ly  lihlx^.     Molars 
BnnK)th.     Anterior  portion  of  lowfr  inamlihular  contour  straight'. 


Br  c.  w.  DB  VIS.  115 

living  species;  by  the  greater  width  of  the  molars,  that  of  m.' 
averaging  71  against  6-1  in  //.  affilin;  by  itH  tniich  feebler  inter- 
lobular HnkR;  and  liy  the  Mtraightness  of  the  lower  edge  of  the 
mandible.  The  same  characters  serie  to  separate  it  from  //. 
ualabat'if,  which  approaches  it  somewhat  more  nearly  in  the 
length  of  the  premolar,  but  recedes  further  from  it  in  the  total 
length  of  the  cheekteetli,  With  no  other  i-ecent  species  is  it 
comparable  as  to  thp  dimensions  of  teeth,  though  in  the  depth 
and  thickness  of  the  maiidibte  it  is  occasionally  excettded  by  all 
the  larger-sieed  modern  wallabies. 


ManHibuIni:  —  P. *  (PI.  .wii. fig. 3)  subelongate, oblong, cuneiform, 
diameters  96  y  4'4,  sides  parallel,  fore  end  obtuiwiy  pointed. 
Crest  a  little  to  the  inner  side,  with  obtuse  denticulations  corres- 
ponding to  coarse  but  indistinct  corrugations  on  either  side  of  the 
mesially  compressed  crown.  A  faintly  marked  nodular  basal  rim 
on  either  Kide  is  continuous  round  the  fore  end.  In  a  second 
example  with  diameters  9-2  x  4'6  the  mesial  compression  of  the 
crown  is  stronger,  and  the  crest  curves  slightly  over  to  the  iiil«ro- 
p03t«rior  angle,  rendering  the  inner  side  of  that  end  of  the  crown 
subconchoidal.     Lenj^th  equal  to  or  rather  less  than  that  of  m.  * . 

Mandible  elongate,  shallow,  nearly  straight  from  the  posterior 
molar  fonvard. 

Molars  (PI.  xvn.  fig,  4)  without  access^iry  folds;  with  or  without 
a  rudimentary-  talon:   links  narrow  and  low. 

I'ersistriiee  of  teeih. 

The   permanent  premolar  though  mui 

horizontal  line  of  the  molars,  anil  shows  n 

the  last  molar  has  l>een  some  time  in  ust'; 

roots  of  the  broken  tooth  are  in  place,  tliu 

Exa  III  pine — guelieit. 
These  consist  of  two  adult  mandibular  rami  with  all  the  cheek- 
teeth, the  premolar  of  one  of  tliem  Iwing  imperfect;  of  tliree  with 


1  worn 

is  still  in  the 

,  sign  .,f 
n  anoti 
ighn.' 

'  ejection  when 
icr  instance  the 

FOSSIL  .lAWB   OF   MACROPODSD.K, 


uiuJrj'  molars,  and  two  young 


Hai 


*   COOPERI,  Ow. 

lUiulixl  iiiixlcH  am)  struii;;  linka. 


IM.iUir:- Willi  ci 

l/iwi'i'  jirenKiluni  elunnnt*-,  rmiTow,  tumid  on  inU'i-o-jioBterior 
anj;l(',  Iiiit  ili^voKipiii;;  tlieiv  no  cusp;  crest  tridcntiitc.  Molam 
snicKilli  withiiut  gnxix-i'  or  ImimivI  tnlim  jMistPriorly.  l^ppor  pre- 
ni'iliii'  liil^rod,  with  (Ilk  int4'nt-)Hwtcriiii'  i-iiKp;  molars  rtiiionth  with 
ailpiTs.ifii  folds  postwioriy.  Ijowit  miiiidibular  cfiiitour  unduln- 
tiiT'y.     I'iiliili'  ffntiiv. 


Slnu,lih>,}<u:- 


e  full  s.'ri,-H  of  dirck-UK'th  meiti<iii'i-s  in  adultx 
tVi.iii  :i«i;  to  42-3  (3);  in  luKik-scrnts  fi-,.m  4-I-4  U,  .",U-7  (;t).  The 
irm-  niol«rK  vary  from  ;t4-0  to  ;l!3-r>  (5);  m  -■,  m,^',  m. '  from  2«'rt 
1(.  3:!  i;  (0),  hut  in  ail  luloli-weiit  bxitli  ifucli  -I')-?;  ni.-',  m.*  are 
frciii  :i(ir,  to  iir>0(7;:  m  '  (rom  ll-«  t<)  lL'8  (4).  Tiie  first  four 
t^lnik-lfctli  i-angujfrom  'l^-'A  to  37-0  (15);  the  fii-st  tliMw  from 
■l'.)-'A  to  :is  4  (4).  Tlie  pmoolar  varies  from  T'O  to  '.t-ll  (6),  The 
wirltli  of  m.-'  ranst'N  from  Cy'i  U>  f*-5,  doul.tfully  tti  l)-(i  (54).  The 
:!  wlultfi  is  from  17  ■'i  to  'I'l'^  (17)i  in  lululpscenla 


BY   C.    W.    DB   VIS.  117 

small,  formed  by  the  coincidence  of  a  rib  in  the  middle  of  the 
compression  on  either  side.  Sides  nearly  parallel;  fore  end 
acuminate;  intero-posterior  angle  a  little  expanded,  but  not  bearing 
a  distinct  cusp.     About  as  long  as  m.  ^ . 

P.^  (PI.  XVII.  fig.  24)  diameters  7*4  x  3  7,  otherwise  diflfering 
little  from  p.  * . 

Molars. — (PL  xvii.  fig.  26).    Subelongate,  diameters  of  m.*^  11-2 
X  80. 

Maxillary. — P.*  (PI.  xvii.  fig.  28)  elongate,  pointed  anteriorly, 
diameters  10*5  x  5*0.  Ledge  very  narrow,  continued  to  the  fore 
end  of  the  crown,  an  intero-posterior  cusp  connected  with  the  lobe 
apically  and  separated  from  it  posteriorly  by  a  deep  vertical 
gorge,  crest  tridentate;  outer  surface  of  crown  mesially  impressed, 
the  impression  strongly  defining  an  anterior  cusp.  Median  cusp 
connected  with  basal  rim  of  ledge  by  a  vertical  rib. 

Molars. — (PI.  xvii.  fig.  27).    Subquadrate;  diameters  of  m.^  11*5 

X   9*5;  the  posterior  hollow  of  m.'*  nearly  closed  in  at  the  base 

by  an  elevated  lip  which  on  anterior  teeth  forms  #he  adpressed 

fold. 

Rise  and  fall  of  teeth. 

Mandibular. —  The  permanent  premolar  is  ejecting  its  predeces- 
sor just  before  the  hind  lobe  of  m.*^  comes  into  use;  it  is  retained 
at  least  till  the  hind  lobe  of  m.*  is  half  worn  down,  and  its  per- 
sistence causes  m.  ^  to  be  thrust  out  of  the  line  of  the  teeth  or 
reduced  to  a  mere  shell.  As  Owen  observes,  this  retention  of  the 
anterior  cheek-teeth  is  inconsistent  with  the  dental  flux  of  a  true 
Macropus. 

Examples — seventy -three. 

Mandibular. — Adults  thirty-one;  adolescents  nineteen;  young 
twenty. 

Maxillary. — One  adult  cranium  with  all  the  cheek-teeth;  two 
portions  of  young  maxillse. 

This,  the  most  abundant  of  the  species  with  teeth  similar  in 
size  and  form  to  those  of  the  type  of  Owen^s  H.  cooperij  is  the 


FOSSIL  JAWH  or 

iiki'ly  ti>  Imve  yielded  tlmt  foHsil,  niid  is  identilied  with  it  on 
luoiiimt  iilmio;  if  in  cnwr,  tlm  fuult  must  lie  with  the 
ilx'i'  iif  ;iii  ()l>J<<t;t  not  sus(^>j)til>le  of  Kullicient  deiMriptioa. 

Halmatuiius  minok,  Ow. 
,iru.i  minor,  Owen,  VII.  IS77,  p-  ■li'S. 
opu,  minor,  Lyit-kkor,  IV.  p.  :21.-'. 


1   til 


inpips  of  iliJH  sp«H.'ii'!s  hiive  Ikh'ti  found:  one  is  n 
limit'  stft;?'  of  jjiviwlli  ns  tlic  tj'pe  Hhowing  p.", 
.-,  imd  p.''  exiHised  in  its  oiyjit.  Thi'  preraiilars  are 
KM!  tit,'iiro(l  1>y  Owen.  Tin-  otliui- rxitrnplfs  are  an 
ft  youtiK  miixilliL  witli  m. '  m.-  ni"  iiml  tlie  premolar 
iTp-;  two  ndull  riinii  with  nil  the;  true  molan)  and 
iiiniiM  with  hI]  tlii>  clifii-k-ti-r'tli,  but  witli  thuHe  unfit 
m.     (PI.  xviii.  fiv-N-  1  -•)• 


Halmatuk 


sp. 


ivctilinoiir  rtVHtri,  Hliiirp  iin;;lcK  and  fi«Iile  links. 
loliir  fI(jn;,'ftU',  iijijjiin'iitly  with  iin   intPnj-pont«rioi 


•  lextroy  any  diagnostic  featureu  which  may  have  ejciHted  in  earlier 
life.  It  is  worse  than  idle  to  confer  on  such  a  fossil  names  which 
cannot  with  certainty  l)e  extended  tu  others. 

HALMATURUa  sp. 

A  portion  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  of  an  aged  individual 
with  the  last  three  and  major  part  of  the  first  true  iiiolars.  Thn 
estimated  length  of  the  molar  series  is  34-5;  the  last  three  teetli 
miiaaure  271.  The  width  of  the  series  at  m.^  is  71.  The  mid 
depth  of  the  mandible  is  18-5;  it-s  thickness  10-9. 

The  widtli  of  the  teeth  falls  within  the  range  of  that  in  II . 
at/ilig,  ualabaliui  an<l  mjicollis.  The  depth  of  the  mandible  would 
allow  it  to  be  referred  either  to  agilU  or  riiJtcollU;  its  thickness 
to  either  of  the  large  wallabies  or  to  J/,  parryi.  But  the  species 
is  readily  distinguished  from  If.  ualabatuii,  to  which,  among 
modern  kinds,  it  has  the  greatest  resemblance  by  the  greater 
length  and  width  of  the  anterior  talon,  which  forms  a  much 
larger  portion  of  the  wliole  than  in  the  recent  tixith.  In  consp- 
ijuence  of  this  amplification  of  the  talon  the  toutli  is  elongated; 
Hf  lecting  a  mandible  of  II.  ■ualahatrm  of  the  same  uge  as  the  fossil, 
and  with  teeth  of  the  same  width,  we  find  that  the  length  of  the 
series  of  true  molars  in  the  fossil  is  a  tenth  greater  than  in  the 
living  species,  the  talons  being  on  the  average  a  millimetre  longei'. 

Until  the  premolar  is  known  the  species  may  be  left  u 

Halmaturus  sp. 
Molars   with    rather    straight    crests,   subrotund    angles, 
moderately   strong    links;    without   posterior    groove    or    b 
Hniooth. 


Mandibular.— 1\\^    last    three    cheek-teeth 
length.     The  width  of  m.'  is  5-9.     Posterior  <lepth  UK;  thick- 
ness no. 

So  far  as  it  goes  the  fossil  correiponds  in  size  with  //.  dorgatia, 
and  it  is  without  any  distinct  marks  of  differentiation  from  that 
species;    but   an   it    is   equally  without   characters,  apart  from 


FOSSIL  JAWS   OF   MACBOPODIDX, 


which  demand  its  ideiitiftcatiun  with  //.  doraali*,  and 
aluno  are  a  guod  servant  but  a  bad  maater  it  would 
very  I'asli  st«p  to  announce  on  the  evidence  of  this  imperfect 
lible  tlio  }^)Iogical  untitjuity  of  the  common  scrub  wallaby. 


Jiulurs  with  curved  crestn, 
smooth.     I^wer  molai's  with 


Haluatukus  sp. 

nde(t  angles  and  iitrong  links; 


SI<t»dihiilar.—T\\o.   last   1 

widlliuf  m,-'  54.     Thickm 

Tlie^^e  climenHious  havo  ni 


lolars  ai-e  160  in  lengtli.      The 


counterpart  among  kn< 


Examplen. 
A  jiurtiiHi  of  an  adult  left  ramus  with  m. 
u  young  right  maxilla  with  mp.'   (lurt),  i 
i  isioiially  n-feiTcd  to  the  same  »pt«;ies. 

Halmatubus  sp. 


—A  portion  of 
-  may  be  pn>- 


BV   C.   W.    DE   VIS.  121 

for  safe  determination  that  thew  or  some  one  of  them  should  have 
the  corresponding  tooth  at  least  in  fair  accordaiice  with  that  of 
the  type  tooth  as  to  shape  and  proportions.  According  to  (lie 
"improved  figure  "  of  the  tj'pe  tooth  (I.e.)  its  dianiet«rrt  are  ]4-5 
and  11;  in  adult  life  its  lenjfth  would  l>e  still  less  in  proportion 
to  its  breadth.  But  in  the  adult  mandilil<>s  identified  with  it  by 
their  describer  the  diameters  uf  this  tooth  are  respectively  14  and 
9-5,  15  and  9,  15-7  and  10,  yielding  as  a  mean  i-atiy  149  and 
9'5;  whereas,  to  maintain  the  typical  proportions  of  even  the 
young  t<>oth,  the  respective  widths  should  l>e  100,  11-4  and  126, 
or  in  the  niean  11.5.  This  difierence  in  proportions  is  quite 
obvious  to  the  eye,  and  so  far  exceeds  the  latitude  in  this  respect 
taken  by  modem  kanganxM  as  to  be  entirely  prohibitoiy  of  the 
accepted  identification.  In  no  one  of  scores  of  specimens  whose 
specific  co-identity  has  been  ascertainetl  liy  tracing  them  through 
every  phase  of  dentition,  and  whose  identity  with  the  supposed 
co-types  of  3f.  titan  is  beyond  question,  does  the  tooth  show  any 
tendency  to  exchange  its  normal  elongate  form  for  the  compara- 
tively square  shape  notable  in  M.  titan.  The  mean  ratio  of 
length  to  breadth  deduced  from  ten  adult  examples  taken  at 
random  is  14'5 :  9,  and  if  we  take  mandibles  equal  in  age  with 
the  M.  titan  type  the  difference  is  of  course  still  more  evident;  in 
the  young  m.^  the  diamet«rs  are  14'8  and  8-8.  A  further  pi-oof 
of  non-identity  is  the  absence  of  a  vertical  groove  from  the  hinder 
surface  of  the  tooth  in  M.  Ulan.  This  groove  is  present  in  the 
mandiblex  considered  co-apecific  by  Owen,  and  is  invariably  so  in 
locally  preserved  examples. 

Finally,  the  form  and  extent  of  the  anterior  talon  of  .1/, 
titan  are  very  dififerent  from  those  of  Af.  maiji»ter  at  the  same 
age ;  that  of  if.  titan  va  a  semioval  with  a  short  minor 
diameter;  that  of  M.  maijiiter  is  much  longer,  has  straight  con- 
verging sides  and  a  short  straight  anterior  edge.  On  these 
grounds  Owen's  identification  of  his  Queensland  examples  of  H. 
titan  with  his  Wellington  Valley  type  must  be  disallowed.  It 
was  a  judgment,  be  it  obsened,  delivered  ex  cathedra  without 
reason  assigned. 


lL>: 


FOHMII.  .TAMB  OP   HACKtiPODID.K, 


ilolnrg  Miiiwotli,  KliHiKHtf,  witli  curvilinear  crests,  thick  lobes, 
niiinciiil  iiii;;lo!i  mid  Htnni^,  iljitt^tly  liinKitudiiial  linkii.  BoHe  <if 
ii'viilutf  iiiih'i-  ixIk<->  <>f  liiiider  surfm-e  nf  upper  niol&ra  elovuted. 
fiiniiiii^  iiTi  lulpn-Nscd  fuld  mi  tli<^  curreHponding  part  uf  the 
niiti-riiir  un>t]i:  »  vertiL'al  ;(nii>vo  on  tliu  hinder  surface  <jf  the 
liiwiT  iiiiiiiti's.  UpiMrr  pivniolar  liiliilMilc,  witli  a  »null  intcro- 
[HMtcririf  cuKji;  lower  prcmiiliir  liilolmtc,  with  a  larf:e  intero- 
]iii-;iiTii>r  cusp  ntiirly  i^iiitliioiit  witli  tim  hinder  lobe. 


Dim 


.\lawlilmlf,.:--\i\\i\v^.  Tli 
rnl  i!OS  in  l(-ii),ili  (:;);  ih<' 
Ties  .if  tnii-  nwlfti-s  fruni  ."> 

ijo  t..  -"lU'ri  (:i:t).:  the  wt  w 

y>-l  III  L'U'O  (2(i);  the  firsl  tli 
iil   t..  i!«-5  (3); 


R :(.'. 


i;i7 


■  Mi-rii-M  of  (■heck-U*etli  is  ■IC-C 
pir  from  «-4  to  7G  (3).  The 
mi:)  (i*y.  thu  lust  three  from 
I  i>S-l  to  .If;;)  (39);  ni.'  from 
7iind  :W-ri(i>);  m.=,m.''froin 
Id-;   (f));  111/'  fnim    161    to 


(s):  m.'  15-4(1).     Th<*  width  of  m.' is  fmin  90  to  ll-6(ai). 

Hti[-rior  ik'pth  <if  l]i<-  nmnililil.-  is  from  :>'J-(>  to  ■U-0(60};  the 
I'rioi' fiiim  2li-ti  to  ||  fTr>);  tlir  llii.'kni-sK  fiMiii  I'vC  to  "2 1-0 
.  Til.-  cxtfi-nal  Icii^ili  v;u-i.-s  frnm  127-0  to  14:i-0  (6);  the 
i-nul  lV.'in   SOO   to  IM-l.l  (I'll):   lli.'  .lia^t.-iii;i  fixim  lil-O  to  70-0 


BT  C.    W.    DK   VIS.  123 

last  three  molars  from  41-5  to  450  (3);  of  the  last  two  from  31-2 
to  341  (7);  m.'  ia  15-5  and  16-9  (2);  the  premolar  from  9-0  to 
10-5  (n);  the  first  four  cheek-teeth  from  43"  to  46-7  (2);  the  first 
three  molars  from  400  to  45.0  (3);  m-,  m.»  from  301  to  320  (6); 
m.*  from  15-6  to  17-6  (6);  m.=  12-6  (bis.)- 

Young:  P.^,  mp.*,  m.»,  m,=,  m.^'  are  56-7  and  63-5  (2);  p.^, 
mp.*,  ip.',  m  -  45-2  and  45-4  (2);  p.^,  mp.*,  m.'  are  35-5  (I); 
p. 3,  mp.'  20-4  (1);  p.^  from  9-0  to  10-0  (6);  mp.*,  m.',m.*  from 
35-4  to  38  7  (3);  mp.*,  m."  26-5  (1);  m.',  m.-  258  and  277  (2); 
m.^  from  142  to  164  (3). 

The  widllia  of  the  lower  and  upper  teeth  are  as  13  to  14;  in 
J/,  giyanteug  the  ratio  U  7:8;  in  M.  robustaa  19:20;  in  moHt 
other  recent  species  the  difference  ia  much  greater  than  in  J/. 
j/ij/anUui. 

In  mandibular  diniensiiins  if.  magistr.T  has  no  special  relation 
to  either  of  the  recent  kanj^'aroos.  Though  the  length  of  its 
cheek-teeth  is  but  little  more  than  a  fourth  greater,  the  mean 
width  of  the  series  at  m.^  is  more  than  twice  as  great,  while  the 
thickness  of  the  mandible  and  its  depth  are  only  altout  one-half 
gTeat«r  than  in  M.  yiyanteus,  ro6«»(«s  and  riifua.  In  range  of 
depth  it  somewhat  exceeds  the  great«st  attained  by  a  recent 
species,  //,  dorgalU,  to  "**it. 

Fffrm. 

Mandibular. — P.*  (PI.  sviii.  fig.  13)  is  short,  with  mesial  diame- 
ters 7'0:3-5.  Anterior  lol>e  the  shorter,  longitudinally  com- 
preaxed,  lancet-shaped;  the  posterior  single,  or  with  its  anterioi- 
two-fifths  forming  a  subdivision  obscurely  defined  by  a,  vertical 
groove  on  the  outer  side,  and  a  notch  in  the  crest.  Crest  curving 
without  interruption  on  to  the  intero-post«rior  cusp,  which  is  only 
separated  from  the  lobe  by  a  shallow  vertical  groove  on  the  upper 
mesial  part  of  the  posterior  surface,  and  fonns  with  it  anteriorly 
a  concave  intero-post«rior  face. 

P.'  (PI.  XTiii.  fig.  11)  is  short,  with  mesial  diameters  8-9  :  4-5, 
■tmilar  to  p.*  in  structure,  but  larger  in  size.  The  anterior  lobe 
is  relatively  larger;  the  intero-posterior  cusp  is  higher  than  the 


131  FCHiail.  JAWS  OP  MACBOPODIDJ!. 

Iiiudi'i'  lolie,  cuiupreMMed,  iiouniinate  nnd  separated  from  the  lolie 
by  )t  ili>ep  nutcli  Ixitli  MUijeriorly  and  poat«riorly. 

Tiie  vfrticftl  gnx>ve  on  tlie  hinder  surface  of  the  molare  i* 
Hoim:tii«i'!i  double;  fr*H|ucntly  itsi  Imuw  ia  encloHed  by  an  elevated 
rim  wliich  iimy  bulfijo  uutwanl  and  convort  the  grwove  into  a  deep 

MitjAllarij. — P.'  (PI.  XVIII.  lifj-  14)  has  a  fi'MiRnil  reMeiulilance  to 
tbe  liiHtT  premolar,  but  thi'  anterior  lol»  is  much  shorter  and  1ow<t 
(han  the  )H)steriiir,  thi!  long  coiiipreitKed  bliuk>  of  which  bears  low 
down  iiii  its  iiit^ro-pistenur  surface  a  xtnaU  trih»lral  pointed  cuHp. 
On  the  iut^^ro  anterior  biiso  ()f  the  fun'  lolw  is  a  tumid  margin  a, 
rcpi-i'st'ii tiller  pttrbaps  the  last  trat^e  of  an  iiuier  lod<re.  Mesial 
di;iiiLfl,Ts  10-5   X   4-7. 

P.  '  (PI.  xviTi,  fig.  13)  isalmi>st('iiuatlybitol)od:  the  maiden  state 
of  its  surface  is  not  cxi-ruplilied,  but  fiimi  vestigfls  left  in  the  worn 
tootb  it  may  be  sufi^K'  saiil  to  ba\'c  hiul  a  Icd}^^  runiiinji;  the  whole 
length  c)f  its  inner  siiie  and  tei-iniiiatiug  in  an  intero-poaterior 
cuK|i:  Die  binder  lolie  is  fiirnisltod  with  a  well  developed  extero- 
(Histei'ior  cusp  {a,  PI.  xvii[.  fig.  15),  a  feature  which  occurs  in  the 
i-c^cent  ,1/,  gigaiile'in,  but  in  one  other  instance  only  j 
I  Macropods 


BY  c.  w.  DE  Via.  125 

molani  with  a  vertical  groove  posteriorly.  Upper  premolars 
unilobat«  with  an  internal  ledge  and  interoposterior  cuap. 
Lower  premolar  unilobate,  with  an  intero-po^terior  cuap.  8ize 
somewhat  larger  than  M.  maginCer. 

The  types  of  the  species  are  the  roaxillaries  alone;  there  is  at 
present  no  direct  evidence  showing  that  the  mandibles  are  rightly 
associated  with  them. 

DimenBtoni. 

Jfarirtory.— Adult  and  adolescent :  The  first  four  cheek-teeth 
are  in  length  55-0  and  55-5  (tl).  The  true  molar  series  is  53-6 
and  61-5  (2);  the  last  three  molars  ■14-5  to  55-0(4);  the  last  two 
36-0  (I);  the  last  19-2  (1);  the  first  three  41-3  (1);  m.*,  m.»  from 
301  to  371  (5);  p.*  is  from  110  to  123  (3).  The  width  of  m.^ 
is  from  11-7  to  13-6(14). 

Young :  The  series  mp.*,  m.',  m.-  is  40-0  (1). 

Mandibular. — Adult  and  adolescent :  The  cheek  aeries  varies 
in  length  frtjra  610  to  700  (2);  the  last  three  from  42-7  to  540 
(4).  The  first  four  cheek-teeth  are  522  in  length,  the  first 
two  true  molars  from  26-8  to  29-6  (3);  the  last  two  from 
35-5  to  39-5;  the  first  three  are  45-6  (1):  m.-  m.'  are  35-2  (1); 
m.»  13-0  and  12-5  (2);  m.-  from  16-9  to  17-4  (3);  m.^  from  17-5 
to  20-0(8);  m.*  from  18-7  to  20-5;  p.*  from  HO  to  100(4).  The 
width  of  m.^  is  from  8-9  to  12-6  (24).  The  anterior  depth  of  the 
mandible  varies  from  24-6  to  46-2  (13);  the  posterior  from  23-5  to 
36-6;  its  thickness  from  15«  to  251  (27).  The  latter  measure- 
ments much  exceed  the  greatest  amount  of  difference  in  living 
species,  and  clearly  indicate  a  confusion  of  two  distinct  Mpecies, 
but  the  means  of  distinguishing  these  otherwise  than  by  »tze  are 
as  yet  wanting. 

Form. 

Maxil/aiy.—F.*  (PI.  xviii.  fig.  8).  Obovate  with diamet*-rs  110 
and  6-6.  Crest  oblique,  parallel  with  the  out«r  side,  notched  ut 
anterior  third.  An  intero-posterior  cusp  o,  separated  from  the 
lobe  apically  by  a  notch,  posteriorly  by  a  broad  groove  descending 
half  way  to  tbe  base,  is  connected  with  the  fore  end  of  the  crown 


126  FOSBIL  JAHB  OF  llACROP0DlD.1i, 

lij'a  rtti)W(l  tul>ercular  Itanal  rim  enclminfc  a  concave  ledge.  Outer 
surface  of  crown  imprcHHtfl  at  anterior  third,  the  impreaaion 
ilofiiiing  the  outer  edjue  of  an  anterior  cunp  b;  on  the  ponterior 
)iiilf  of  the  impression  are  two  very  liictinct  vertical  ribs.  In  a 
iti;ixi]ln  wliich  seems  to  lieloii;;  t<)  this  HpevieH  the  premolar  (PI. 
XVIII.  iif,'.  «)  is  elongate  olwvHto,  with  diameters  112-3  and  5-7  and 
n  littli:  tontracteJ  at  the  iinterior  tliinl.  The  intero-po«t«rior 
tuhercle  is  more  entin-ly  seimrnted  from  the  lol)e;  and  the  whole 
tootli  hits  a  facies  (iilFerent  fnmi  that  of  tlie  precediii}{  touth,  which 
iniiy  \)f  taken  us  the  type  of  tlii'  s))eeies.  Yet  an  in.*  in  tliiii 
innxilla  lias  ivlics  of  tlie  H<-{>iiuent  in  its  outer  niidvalley,  and  ax 
tim  variation  in  the  jiremolar  may  '»'  jiaralleled  among  recent 
species,  th(-re  is  not  at  jiresi-nt  Kullicicnt  ;inmnd  for  reft^ri-ing  it  to 
a  sejHiratj;  sjieeie-s. 

Mokirn  (Ft.  Will.  fig.  IO).-'n)e  [HMterior  mularH  differ  in  no 
ies|w!irt  from  thiiMir  of  M.  mag'mter  save  in  somewhat  superior  si«; 
111.-  most  frequently  showN  a  vertical  f<ild  deijcending  from  the 
middli-  of  th<t  hinder  surface  of  the  for<-  loin:  external  to  the  mid- 
link,  ntid  nutting  it-s  fellow  iif  the  op]Hisiti'  sidi-  at  the  IxjttcMn  cf 
the  viill.'y  /';  or  a.s  in  the  ty)H!  ^tlecill1en  forming  there  an  erect 
'  this  fold  fonns  a  moi-e  complete  M^]>iment  a  from 


BY  C.   W.   DB  Via.  127 

side  of  the  middle  of  its  edge,  the  mid-point  being  the  termination 
of  a  rib  on  the  out«r  aide;  the  intero-posterior  cusp  i.s  an  yet 
obscurely  dclined;  in  a  somewhat  older  example  the  crown  is 
thickened  and  rounded  at  each  end,  two  ribs  appear  on  the  out«r 
aide,  and  the  int«ro-pOBterior  cuap  is  more  distinct;  when  near 
emergence  the  tooth  gains  greater  robustness,  and  the  cusp 
becomes  exserted  from  the  lobe. 

Molar»  (PI.  xvdi.  fig.  9)  undistinguishable  from  those  of  Sf. 
magisUr. 

The  undulation  of  the  lower  contour  line  of  the  mandible  is 
well  marked. 

.Side  and  fall  of  UeiJi. 

Of  thia  little  is  known;  p.*  is  newly  arisen,  and  yJ  is  not 
entirely  up  when  the  hind  lol)e  of  m.-'  is  coming  into  use;  by  the 
time  that  the  hind  lobe  of  m.*  gets  into  wear,  p.*  is  moderately 
worn  and  procumbent,  whence  we  may  infer  that  it  is  thrust  out 
soon  afterwards  while  still  seniceable. 

ExampUn^ifty-fo"  r. 

These  include  besides  the  younj;  maxilla  forming  the  ty[n-  - 
Four  adult  ma:iill»;  two  with  premolars,  and  all  with  m. '  among 
the  teeth  preserved;  twelve  others  in  which  m.'  shows  ita  cha- 
racteristic more  or  leas  perfectly;  one  with  m-'Sm,';  one  with  m.-'; 
and  one  with  m.*  referred  to  the  s|)ectes  merely  on  account  of 
similarity  of  size. 

In  four  adolescent  mandibles  the  well-preserved  premolars 
alone  effectually  prevent  the  molars  l>ehind  them  toeing  asct-il>ed 
to  .1/.  maginter,  as  they  might  otherwise  have  lieen  on  seemingly 
sufficient  grounds,  and  well  illustrate  the  folly  of  positively 
identifying  kangaroo  mandibles  by  molars  only.  Twenty-seven 
others  are  provisionally  diitermined  by  the  dimensions  of  tiie 
teeth. 

Macropus  fausus,  n.s. 

Molars  with  curved  crests,  rounded  angles  and  strong  links. 
Upper  premolar  tricuspid,  without  ledge  on  the  inner  side,  but 
with   an    intero- posterior  member  simulating  the  corresponding 


12H  F08HIL  JAMS  OF   il ACROPODIDJ!, 

portion  of  the  true  molars.       IMoliirs  Riuooth.      Lower  premolar 
tricusjiid.     Paliite  entire.     Size  tarj^e. 

M'txilla'y.  Length  of  tli«  cheek-teeth  70-5  (estimated),  of  the 
first  four  55-3(1);  ofp.^  110(1).  Width  of  m.»  12-5  and  12-8 
(■■i)- 

.l/nH'^"6tl/^r.-  -Length  of  the  eheii^k-teetli  570  to  62-6  (2);  of 
p.'  7  0,  72  nrd  HO  (3);  of  p.^,  in"  IHO  (I).  Width  of  m.'»  9-5 
li>  10'1  (3);  aiiti'rior  deptli  2.')-M  and  29-0  (3);  posterior  28-0  and 
2'JO  (2).     Thiukness  ia-7  niid  21-0  (2).     Intenml  length  82-0. 


Maxillarij. — P.*  (PI.  xviii.  fig.  4)  im-gulnrly  etongate-ovat«, 
triuuH]>i<t;  the  uieHial  cusp  the  Hhortest,  cuneiform;  the  anterior 

n  nimpresMed  cime.  The  large  inner  jxirtion  of  the  posterior  cusp 
is  fusiil  with  tiie  outer;  its  {KKsterior  luine  fold:*  Itu^rkwards  and 
oul  wiirds  l»^hin<l  the  l.mae  of  the  ouU;r  |M>rtioii  so  that  the  pouterior 
Hurfuce  of  the  t<K>th  lias  a  remiirkahle  i-esenililunce  to  that  of  the 
niiilai-s  of  the  knngnrooM.  The  inner  ledge  \n  represented  by  a 
e  iiiljTval  l>etween  the 


BY   C.    W.    DE    VIS.  129 

Examples — six. 

The  type  maxilla  with  p."*,  m.^,  ni.-,  ra.'^ — A  portion  of  a  left 
maxilla  with  m.'^,  m.^  (provisional) — A  mandible  with  all  the 
cheek-teeth  and  a  portion  of  a  second  with  p.*,  m. ^ — A  pair  of 
mandibles,  one  with  all  the  cheek-teeth,  the  other  lacking  only 
the  premolar. 

The  close  similarity  in  form  l)etween  the  upper  and  lower 
premolars  strongly  suggests  their  co-s{)ecific  origin.  The  molars 
accompanying  them  could  not  witlwut  them  be  dissociated  from 
those  of  the  other  great  kangaroos. 

Synaptodon,  de  Vis. 

Sf/naptodon,  de  Vis,  Proc.  Roy.  8oc.  Queensland,  Vol.  v.,  p.  1.^9. 

Molars  distant  at  base,  in  contact  by  faceted  projections 
(t«lons)  fore  and  aft. 

Synaptodox  .evorum,  de  Vis  (/.c.}. 

Dimensions  of  a  molar  9  0  x  5*0;  space  })etween  the  teeth 
nearly  equal  to  the  length  of  the  fore  lobe. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

I.  Philosophical  Tkansactions  ok  the  Roval  Society  of  London. 

II.  Owen,   £».,   Researches  on  the   Fossil   Remains  of  the   Extinct 
Idammals  of  Australia,  1877. 

III. Descriptive  and  Illustrated  Catalogue  of  the  Fossil 

Organic  Remains  of    Mammalia  and  Avea  contained  in  the 
Museum  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons  of  England,  1S45. 

IV.  Lydekkkr,  R.,  Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Mammalia  in  the  British 
Museum,  Part  5,  1887. 

V.  Ethebidge.  R.,Jonr.,  Catalogue  of  Australian  Fossils,  1878. 

VI.  Pboceedings  of  the  Geological  Society  of  London. 

VII.  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  ok  London. 
I 


FOSSIL  JAW'S  OF   MACROPODID^, 


LOKOON. 

of  tbe  Knyftl 


XIII. 
XIV. 
XV. 
XVI. 

xvir. 
XVI I  r. 

XIX. 

XX, 
XXI. 
XXII. 

xxni. 

XXIV. 


Tbaswctions  of  thb  Zoological  Socibtt 
Flower,  W.  H.,  Cat.  Vert  Anim.  in  th« 

College  of  SurgeoDB  nf  London. 
(Jhay,  J.  R.,  Lirt  Spec.  M»in.  British  Mtueam. 
}^I1AW',  G.,  Nnturelist's  Minceliany. 

(iennrul  Zijology. 

1>K.sMARKBT,  A.  G.,  Maminsiogie. 

IL1.10KR,  C.ProdromuR. 

St.'iiREiiER,  K.,  Siiugethier;. 

Zimmi:kmak,  R.  A.,  Spec.  Zool.  Geo). 

Lka^iis  bt  Oahkot,  Voyage  de  U  Coquille. 

riKirriTH,  K..  Aiiimd  Kingdom. 

(iHKV.  Sirii.,  AmiraUa. 

(ioi'M),  J.,  MonogrBph  of  the  Macropodidie. 

L'nAHi.KHwoRTH,  ¥..,  MagszinG  nf  Natural  Hiatory. 

Mitchell,  Sir  T.,  Three  EKpeclUionB  into  Anatratia,  2nd  ed.,  18.18. 

W.iTFRHonsK,  fJ.  B.,  ManrniiLlia. 

Procremnob  of  Linskas  Society  of  New  South  Walks. 


Plate  zv. 
Stkenunu  jxUet. 
Fig.  1 — Pint  three  lower  moUn. 
Fig.  2 — Upper  premolar. 
Fig.  3 — Lower  premolar. 
Fig.  4— Hioder  Barface  o(  tiiird  lower  molar. 

Sllu:nuru»  goUah,  Ow. 
Fig.  5 — Upper  deciduoua  premolar — imperfect. 
Pig.  6 — Upper  permanent  premolar  in  crypt. 
Fig.  7 — Lower  permanetit  premolar. 
Fig.  8— Hinder  sortace  of  fir«t  upper  moUr. 
Fig.  9 — Hinder  larface  r>f  laat  upper  molar. 

PtaM  xvr, 
Sthttntmt  oltitt,  Ow. 
Fig.     1— Lower  pprmaii.'nt  prenioUr. 
Pig.    2— Lower  third  nioliir 
Pig.    3— tipper  ptTmniient  |ir«in(ilftr. 
Fig.    4 — Upper  third  molar. 

Fig.  0 — Lower  permanent  premolar. 

Fig.  6— Lower  third  molar. 

Fig.  7 — Upper  permanent  premolar. 

Fig.  8 — Upper  third  molar. 

Sthtnvras  atlan. 
Fig.    9 — Lower  deuitluouB  premolar-  imperfect. 
Fig.  10 — Lower  permanent  premolar. 
Fig.  11 — Lut  lower  molar— imperfect. 

Halmalunit  viiueiin. 
Fig.  12 — Upper  permanent  premolar. 
Tig,  13 — Lower  peifflanent  premolar. 
Fig.  14 — Upper  third  molar. 
Fig.  l&^Lower  third  molar. 

Plate  zvii. 
Halmnlurui  thor. 
Pig.    1 — Lower  permanent  premolar. 
Pig.    2— Lower  third  molar. 


FOSSIL  JAWS  OF  MACROPODIDJS, 


Halmatum*  iiVAhu. 


Fig.    3 — Lower  pcrmuient  premoUr. 
Fig.    4 — Lower  third  molar. 

Halmaturw  anat,  i 

Fig.  6 — Lower  decitluoua  premolar. 
Vig.  6 — Lowei  permanent  preniuUr. 
Fig.  7 — Upper  deciduous  premolsr. 
Fig.  S— Upper  permanent  premolar. 
Fig.  9— Lower  Ihinl  miilnr. 
Fig.  10— Upper  til  ird  molar. 


Ilatmalmi, 

.'/ryoM. 

Fig. 

11— Lower  decidiioi 

IB  prcuKi 

lar. 

Fig. 

!2— Ij>wer  permanc 

nt  preiii 

olar. 

Fig. 

13— Upper  pemiane 

lit  premolar. 

Fig. 

14— Lower  tliird  m. 

liar. 

Fig.  15— Upper  third  mi 

.lar. 

Jlalmtitvrtu  odin. 

Ftg.  16— Lower  permanent  premolar. 
Fig.  17— Lower  third  molar. 


BY   C.    W.    DB   VIS.  133 


Plate  zviii. 

Halinaturus  minor,  Ow. 

Fig.  I — Lower  permanent  premolar. 
Fig.  2 — Lower  third  molar. 

AfacropiM  /avnus. 

Fig.  3 — Lower  permanent  premolar. 
Fig.  4 — Upper  permanent  premolar. 
Fig.  5 — Upper  third  molar. 
Fig.  6 — Lower  third  molar. 

Afacropus  pan. 

Fig.    7 — Lower  permanent  premolar. 
Fig.    8 — Upper  permanent  premolar. 
Fig.    9 — Lower  third  molar. 
Fig.  10 — Upper  third  molar. 

Macropuff  magister. 

Fig.  11 — Lower  deciduous  premolar. 
Fig.  12 — Lower  permanent  premolar. 
Fig,  13 — Upper  deciduous  premolar. 
Fig.  14 — Upper  permanent  premolar. 
Fig.  15— Lower  third  molar. 
Fig.  16 — Upper  third  molar. 


CORRIGENDA. 

Page  78,  in  the  last  two  lines — read  0.  frenata  and  P.  peniciUcUa. 

Page  84,  line  27 — innert  m.^  between  mp.*  and  m.* 

Page  85,  line  IC — add  ;  of  the  entire  series  of  cheek  teeth  98*5  (1). 

Page  87,  line  26— :/br  premolars  read  the  left  premolar. 

Page  88,  line  4 -for  A  second  example,  hinder  portion,  &c.,  read  A  second 

example — Hinder  portion,  &c. 
Page  89,  line  15 — for  orcan  read  orea^. 
Page  93,  line  4 — after  young  adrl  Cast  of  portion  of  a  right  maxilla  with 

m.»  m.*  (10223) ;  adult. 
Page  94,  line  5 — the  word  but  at  the  end  of  the  line  should  have  been 

omitted.  _ 

Page  99,  lines  17,  29  and  31— /or  P.*  read  in  each  case  P.^ 
Page  100,  line  2— for  P.*  read  F.* 
Page  107,  line  35— -/or  lightly  read  slightly. 


WEDNESDAY,   MAHCH   STtii,   1895. 


ANNUAL  (lEKKRAL  MEETING. 


Tim  twi-nty-firnt  Annual  (icnerul  Aleetin^  iif  the  Society  wan 
li.'ld  ill  the  Linneiiti  Hull,  Ithaua  Uwul,  Kli7Al»th  Bay,  on  Wed- 
ni-adftv  tiveniiiK,  March  27tli,  1895. 

The  Pi-esident,  PrijfeMNor  Diiviil,  ]J.A.,  F.ti.M.,  in  the  Chair. 

MisM  Anderson,  Mr.  J.  G.  Andors.m,  M.  A.,  ntid  Mr.  R.  L.  Jack, 
F.G.S.,  ..f  QuiH-iialand,  werp  prcst-nt  ai  visil.irs. 

'Dip  M  inut^H  of  the  Inxt  Annuiil  Meeting  w(.>re  read  and 
cunfiriiHfl. 


l'R^:^^rDK^T•S  ADDUKS-S. 


president's  address.  135 

a  state  of  things  which — with  the  matter  held  over  from  1894 
still  for  some  time  likely  to  occupy  attention— even  under  favour- 
able circumstances  must  continue  for  another  year  before  we  can 
hope  to  become  quite  free  from  the  toils  of  arrears.  The  issue  of 
five  Parts  instead  of  the  usual  four  per  annum  means  of  course 
extra  payments,  and  introduces  a  disturbing  element  into  lioth  the 
publishing  arrangements  and  the  finances  for  the  year.  Under 
these  circumstances,  therefore,  it  has  become  highly  desirable  that 
by  the  beginning  of  next  year  existing  arrears  should  Ije  cleared 
off  in  order  that  the  Society  may  again  revert  to  its  normal 
condition;  even  though  if  necessary  this  should  involve  an  unusual 
discrimination  in  accepting  matter  for  publication  during  the 
coming  Session. 

By  the  operation  of  Rule  ix.  the  Memliers'  Roll  has  been 
depleted  to  the  extent  of  forty-five  names  of  Meml)ers  whose 
annual  subscriptions  have  continued  in  arrears.  Some  at  legist  of 
these,  it  may  l>e  hoped,  will  take  advantage  of  the  last  clause  of 
Rule  ix.,  and  by  the  discharge  of  arrears  again  qualify  themselves 
for  Membership. 

During  the  year  five  new  Members  were  elected,  two  forwarded 
their  resignations,  and  we  have  to  lament  the  death  of  one — Dr. 
Cniig  Dixson — who  was  a  pn)minent  meml^er  of  the  Medical 
Profession  in  Sydney,  and  like  his  brother  Dr.  Thomas  Dixson,  to 
whose  services  on  our  Council  we  an?  all  much  indebted,  was 
always  a  consistent  supporter  of  our  Society.  For  the  reasons 
given  above,  and  more  particularly  through  the  continued  wide- 
spread commercial  depression — though  for  this  the  Council  is 
desirous  of  making  all  possible  allowance — the  numl>er  of  effective 
Members  on  the  Roll  is  at  j)resent  smaller  than  it  has  been  for 
some  years — a  fact  which  I  commend  to  the  consideration  of  the 
Members  generally,  in  the  hope  that  such  a  state  of  affairs  may  be 
only  of  a  temporary  character. 

In  the  hope  of  encouraging  a  larger  attendance  of  Meral>ers  at 
the  Monthly  Meetings  the  Council  early  in  the  year  decided  as  an 
experiment  to  hold  the  Meetings  from  June  to  November  in  town, 
at  the  University  Chambers,  kindly  placed  at  our  disposal   by 


136  president's  at>dkesh. 

FiDfessuiPitt-Colibetl.  The  results  either  in  tliewayof  increased 
HtU'iiilnru^'  iir  (wutiSMioDS  to  Meinlierxliip  wore  uot  of  a  atrikiti}; 
chariu'tir;  itixl  as  iiii  lu-uoiupnnimeiit  of  luunic  practice  iii  n 
(.1  lilt  infill  lus  tiuili]iii;r,  and  t]ie  ulMeiice  of  uur  booku  of  reference 
u't>iv  iiiit  found  U)  eiilianct!  Ihtt  iiiteirst  of  the  MeetinKx,  the 
Council  hiLs  decided  to  return  to  our  home  iit  EliKabetb  Bay. 
Tli^  iu.iujr«rutioii  of  ii  new  line  of  'Imsew  ftx.ni  th(;  Railway 
Statiuri  to  tin-  top  of  \Vi)liiini-stm+,  via  <)xfoi-d-ntreet,  jn-ovidin;,' 
for  the  rcinvenii-nop  of  ri'sidcnts  in  tlie  wtstem  siihurlM,  and  of 
tlic  i!il>li'-ti-(ini  lo  < k-^Hi-stii'i't  will  III*  found  to  offer  new  and 
hitherto  uniittainiihli^  fikl'iliti(■^•  of  luivss  to  the  Society'it  Hall. 

Thnt-  vjM-iineies  on  tho  Council  <K.-ciin\Hl  during  tlw  ywr  thn)U((h 
the  sHi'i^iwii-e  retirement,  on  lu'count  of  jircssuro  of  otficial  dutie:!, 
of  l)r.  Gibl),  Ur.  K.  G.  \V.  Piilni<T,  ;ind  ilr.  H.  Kllieridftc,  Junr. 
In  (u-coitliHiCi'  with  the  jiiiivi-sions  of  the  Act  of  Incorporation, 
(he  Cuuncil  nUcd  two  of  thi'Me  lacnncivs  for  the  unexpired  portions 
fur  the  then  cun-ent  year  1jy  electinn  j\[r.  A.  H.  S.  Lugim,  M.A., 
B.Sc.,  luui  l>r.  Fick— who  wiu-*,  however,  on  the  eve  of  leaving 
for  EuituM',  anri  therefore  unable  t<i  lu't— and  wlioKO  place  was 
thorcuiNin  tilled  hy  the  np|iointnient  of  Dr.  C.  J.  Martin  :  tlie 
thiirl  vuciuiiy  <«-PiUTin;;   Inter  in  the  year  wiw  left  unfilled  until 


president's  address.  137 

With  regard  to  the  bequest  of  the  late  Sir  William  Macleay  of 
,£12,000  for  tlie  founding  of  a  Chair  or  Lectureship  in  Bacteriology 
at  the  University  of  Sydney,  or  (failing  tlie  acceptance  of  the 
Ijequest  by  the  University)  for  pro\nding  the  salary  of  a  bacterio- 
logist to  the  Linnean  Society  of  New  South  Wales  and  equipping 
a  laboratory,  the  Senate  accepted  the  liequest  upon  the  terms  and 
conditions  mentioned  in  the  will  and  memorandum.  The  Senati*, 
however,  of  the  Univei'sity  considering  the  fourth  clause  of  the 
will  rather  stringent  approached  the  Council  of  the  Linnean 
Society  with  a  view  to  obtaining  a  ry  jyrea  modification  of  this 
fourth  clause.  The  fourth  secti<m  of  the  memorandum  provided 
that — "  It  shall  be  necessary  for  every  student  Ixjfore  being 
admitted  to  a  Science  or  Medical  degree  at  the  University  to 
attend  a  six  months'  course  of  bacteriology."  The  reply  of  the 
Council  of  the  Linnean  Society  to  the  letter  of  the  Senate  was  to 
the  general  effect  that  it  declined  to  \w  a  party  to  any  scheme  for 
modifying  the  late  Sir  William  Macleay's  will.  The  Senate  tluMi 
carried  the  matter  into  the  Court  of  Equity,  making  the  Linnean 
Society  defendants. 

As  only  a  resume  has  appeared  in  the  newspapers,  and  the 
matter  is  one  in  which  the  Society  is  interested,  I  tliink  it  right 
that  the  full  text  of  the  decision  of  Mr.  Justice  Owen,  Chief 
Judge  in  Equity,  should  be  placed  on  record  in  the  Society's 
Proceedings.     It  is  as  follows  : — 

Judgiruint  of  His   Honour  the   Chief  Judge  in   Equity. 

In  The  Supreme  Court  of  New  South  Wales. 

in  equity. 

Between  The  University  of  Sydney, 
Plaintiff,  and  Her  Majesty's 
Attorney  Greneral  for  New  South 
Wales  and  the  Linnean  Society  of 
New  South  Wales,  Defendants. 

"  This  is  a  suit  to  obtain  the  declaration  of  the  Court  as  to  the 
construction  of  the  will  of  the  late  Sir  William  Macleay. 


lit*  PItKSIDKST 

T}ifl  tcstittor  lK;i{ueutheit  u  sun 
Uni%-.^rsity  .>f  Sy.lii.fj-  in  the*- 
f(.i'  ihf  fiiuiidiitiim  uf  ft  diair  o 
U,  thf  ci>ii<liti«iH  set  out  in 
wliiL-h  r  intend  Ui  leuvt  with  i 
l>ut  if  thi:  Mid  St^naUt  sliiill  i 
rciiliuil  l,v  mv  PXit.-ut«i-H  nf  U 


n  nf  .£12,000  to  the  Sennte  of  the 
t-oriMs :—  "  T(i  be.  held  upon  trust 
ltN.tuivf!liiii  <if  l>act«rii)lo(ty  subject 
n  memitnindum  on  the  subject 
y  will  tti  lie  rcail  as  i>»irt  tliereof, 
mil  nut,  within  one  month  after  boin^ 
iif  Hum  li^jjjK'y,  iitiiTpt  the  conditioiiH  set 
ini,  tliHii  the  said  lejrncy  Mhall  lie  vuid, 
.if  £l-_',000  to  tho  Linni'Wi  Society  of 


-To  my 

lix.-tUlol-H, 

■■Thisi. 

«  tlionii'inonmdi 
■  a  Ll.air  or  Wlv 

im  as  to  (he  le^iu-y  of  twelve  thoustuid 
iii-shi)iof  l>m.-tiTiotoKy  n'f erred  to  in  luy 

ill  of  .-^ 

.-n    d»t<>--T  d.. 

■iiiT  that  the   fcjllowhiy  ironditioiiH  lie 

ri.-tly  it. 

sisl.^<l  on   Wfon 

■   hamlinji  over   to   ihe    Univei-sity  tlw 

irii   of   tv 

nOve   thoiisiHid 

piuiids  liei|ueiit)ied  in  my  will  for  tlie 

id..»-ine]| 

t  of  a  dmir  of  I, 

lu'tiTiolofry  ; 

■■  Ki,-Hl  1 

111-  St^natc   must 

a-im'   tojuvi't  Ihe  said   sum  for  the 

ir|..iM-  of 

]iroviili[i';  fi-om 

llie  inti'11-sl  of  the  sime  a  suliiry  for  a 

president's  address.  139 

of  the  study  of  these  minute  vegetable  organisms  lK)th  to  the 
biologist  and  the  physician  but  I  am  by  no  means  sure  that  the 
importance  is  as  yet  sufficiently  recognised  by  scientific  men  and 
I  am  unwilling  to  trust  the  fate  of  my  bequest  to  the  very 
uncertain  views  of  the  Senate  on  the  subject.  I  therefore  wish 
my  executors  to  procure  very  distinct  pledges  from  the  Senate 
upon  all  the  points  above  mentioned.  Should  the  Senate  decline 
all  or  any  of  these  conditions  I  empower  my  executors  to  hand 
over  the  aforesaid  sum  of  twelve  thousand  pounds  to  the  Linnean 
Society  to  provide  a  sufficient  salary  by  the  year  to  a  competent 
bacteriologist  who  shall  he  called  the  bacteriologist  to  th(i 
Linnean  Society  and  whose  duties  shall  be  to  conduct  original 
research  in  the  laboratory  of  the  Society  and  to  give  instruction 
to  one  or  two  people  at  the*  discretion  and  under  the  orders  and 
control  of  the  Council  of  the  Society  any  surplus  to  be  applied  to 
laboratory  requirements." 

The  plaintiff  prays  for  a  declaration — 

1st.  Whether  or  not  the  wonls  "  science  degree"  in  the  fourth 
condition  mean  a  degree  in  science  generally  or  in  biological 
science  or  other  sciences  analogous  thereto;  and 

2ndly.  Whether  or  not  the  words  "a  six  months'  course  of 
bacteriology"  in  the  fourth  condition  mean  any  and  if  so  what 
definite  amount  of  lectures  or  teaching  or  whether  the  words 
mean  such  amount  of  lectures  or  teaching  as  shall  from  time  to 
tim^  be  prescribed  by  the  Senate. 

The  will  and  memorandum  l)eardate  the  iSi-d  Deceml)er,  1890. 

In  the  argument  before  me  it  was  admitted  that  the  "scienco 
degree"  must  be  limited  to  a  degree  in  biological  science  or  other 
sciences  analogous  thereto,  as  the  study  of  bacteriology  would 
have  no  place  in  the  curriculum  for  other  science  degrees,  such  as 
engineering,  Ac,  and  as  the  testator  in  the  memorandum  refers  t^) 
the  importance  of  such  study  to  the  biologist  and  the  physician,  I 
have  therefore  no  difficulty  in  declaring  that  the  "science  degree" 
must  be  construed  with  such  limitation. 

The  question  as  to  the  meaning  of  the  words  "a  six  months' 
course  of  bacteriology"  presents  greater  difficulties.      If   those 


140  PKERIDEN'TS   ADDRESS. 

wonls  ai-e  to  l>p  wmstrueil  According;  to.  their  ordinary  or 
^nuiiiiiiitk'nl  nicitniii^',  tlipy  iiifaii  only  t)mt  the  stiidtex  are  to 
exti'iiil  "viT  Ji  ]M-riiKl  of  fir  mnnllt*  nnd  lino  nc'idtinieil  f^rm*,  but 
it  is  fciiiti'Miliil  tliiil  they  have  )L  l<^diiiicAl  ni(-juiinf!  nnd  intpir  a 
cui-s.-  of  lOU  hvlurnM. 

It'  tliiit  [loiiHtructiun  ix  to  lii'  put  on  tlin  winiln,  the  8enn(f 
piiiils  iiiit  that  Mudi  11  ccjwrMe  of  l.fluifs  wimid  in  th.-  prwu-nt  ntalt^ 
iii  ill.'  scii-tiii-  of  liiM-tcriolony  lie  only  n  wjistc  c)f  time  tii  students 
Ih.i1i  in  ui<^'Ii<UM<-  luid  s.'i.w<',  .uid  tiial  th<-  ]<-c'lun>H  for  the  most 
|wirt  woLild  In-  iniTi'  i-o[ii'ti lions  of  tli<-  fi-w  tojiics  with  which  such 
IfTliins  ,--.ul.i  di-al. 

Thi-  <|iii'stii>ii,  thurffini',  wlii-tlur  thi-  S.-nute  cituld  prwperly 
I'ouifily  with  thi>  (.iinditiitn  or  ou^'hl  tn  n-jcct  tlie  l<^}^y  depend" 
on  thi'  const rut-t ion  of  these  U'oiils. 

Frirtii  the  year  ISTfi  up  t<i  the  time  of  his  <h'iith  Sir  William 
Madeny  wi^  «■  uii-m\n'V  of  tlif  Si-nale,  iinil  doul)tli'!jr<  acquainted 
with  its  hy-Uiws.  [Ji-tween  tlie  ymrs  If^T")  mid  lX!*-2  (before  the 
Sii!ir«)|  of  Medicine  in  this  rnivei-sity  wns  fully  orj^nised),  the 
hy-laus  ill  eoiiiut-tion  with  th<-  KiieiiKy  of  .Medicine  re<iuired  the 
I'iinrlidale    for    the  def,'m'   of    (W-helor   of    M<^lieiiie   to   furnish 


president's  address.  141 

I  cannot  see,  therefore,  from  the  by-laws  that  any  such 
technical  meaning  as  is  contended  for  has  Ixjen  affixed  to  the 
expression  "a  six  months'  course,"  so  tliat  T  must  construe  the 
words  of  the  testator  in  that  meaning.  Indeed,  if  I  am  to  suppose 
that  the  testator  had  in  his  mind  tlie  provisions  of  these  by-laws 
when  he  drew  up  this  memorandum,  and  intended  students  lo 
attend  a  course  of  100  lectures,  I  would  have  expected  him  to  use 
the  worrls  "long  course,"  which  alone  are  defined  as  meaning  a 
course  of  100  hours'  instruction  extending  throughout  two  terms. 

Then  it  is  said  that  at  Edinburgh  the  expression  **six  months' 
course"  is  u.sed  to  denote  a  course  of  instruction  in  medicine 
similar  to  the  "long  course"  of  the  by-laws  of  the  Sydney 
University;  and  that  as  the  testator  had  in  his  youth  been  a 
student  of  medicine  in  that  Universitv,  he  used  those  words  in 
the  remembered  sense  of  liis  early  days.  But  I  think  I  am  right 
in  stating  that  Sir  William  Macleay  never  took  his  degree  in 
medicine,  and  that  from  early  youth  till  his  death  at  a  ver}' 
advanced  age  he  resided  in  this  colony,  where  he  was  for  the  last 
15  years  of  his  life  an  active  memljer  of  the  Senate  of  the  Sydney 
University. 

It  appears  to  me,  therefore,  that  a  circumstance  so  far  distant 
from  the  time  when  this  will  was  executed  ought  not  to  compel 
the  Court  to  hold  that  the  testator  used  these  words  in  the  sense 
they  bore  in  the  University  of  Edinburgh. 

Again,  the  evidence  before  me  does,  in  my  opinion,  ])ear  out 
the  contention  of  the  Senate,  that  in  the  present  state  of  the 
science  of  Imcteriology  a  course  of  100  lectures  on  that  subject 
could  not  benefit  students,  but  would  l>e  a  mere  waste  of  time 
which  could  otherwise  be  more  profitiibly  employed  — but  as  that 
science  advances,  a  more  extended  course  could  from  time  to  time 
be  prescribed.  If  that  is  so,  it  must  have  l)een  well  known  to 
the  testator,  and  it  is  most  improbable  that  he  woukl  hav(?  tried 
to  force  the  Senate  to  give  at  the  present  time  and  under  all 
circumstances  such  an  extended  course  of  lectures  as  would  l)e 
useless  to  the  students. 


l-t2  presidekt'b  address. 

It  in  contended  tliat  the  racinoriuidum  showH  thnt  the  testator 
ttttaclic^l  much  (treater  importance  to  the  Mtudy  of  bacteriology 
tliuii  the  Senate  did,  und  that  thut  consideration  nhowa  that  he 
niUHt  liHVp  intended  to  xecure  a  mnxintum  nuinher  of  lectures  on 
that  sul)jiMt. 

I  do  not  think  that  iieceMsarily  follown.  The  paHHafce  in  the 
menioraoilum  refeni  to  all  the  conditions  which  certainly  hind  the 
Senate  to  give  great  pi-oniinence  hi  the  study  nf  liacteriology  in 
the  degretw  of  metlicine  and  Kcience,  liut  it  doen  not  at  all  folhiw 
thiit  t)i(<  testJitor  meimt  hirnxt-lf  to  pi'eHcrTlN-  for  h11  time  the  actual 
numlKT  of  lectures  ti)  l)e  deliver<-<l  on  the  siibjeft,  eH{iecially  when 
the  I'vidence  Ijefore  us  hIiiiws  that  so  yreut  a  uuuihcr  of  lectures 
as  is  contended  for  wou)d  at  {ii-esent  lie  iisohiss. 

I  gather  from  the  hy-laws  tliat  the  Senate,  on  a  report  from 
tlii^  dilTerent  faculties,  determines  from  time  to  time  the  numlier 
of  lectun-s  to  lie  delivered  on  each  sulijecl  during  the  terms.  Aud 
from  the  evidence  of  Professcir  Livei-sidge  the  nunilier  of  lecture* 
varies  coiisidernlily.  That  course  of  iiiiiceiluiv  I  must  prenume 
the  testal'ir,  as  a  memliei'  of  tlie  Semite,  wiw  nwant  of. 

Tt  ii]>)H'arH  to  mc  tliiit  in  jirt^scrilting  ii  six  montliK'  course  of 
liiwlericilogy.  the  t^^slator  .lid   not  mciui  l.i  tnke  fi-om  the  Senate 


president's  address.  143 

The  Council  of  the  Linnean  Society  decided,  after  due  con- 
sideration, not  to  appeal  against  this  decision.  Mr.  H.  M. 
Makinson  and  Mr.  J.  J.  Fletcher,  as  executors  of  Sir  William 
Macleay,  .subsequently  stated  in  a  letter  to  the  Daily  Telegraph, 
of  November  14th,  1894,  that  had  they  been  parties  to  the  suit 
they  would  certainly  have  appealed.  In  arriving  at  the  decision 
not  to  appeal,  the  Linnean  Council  were  actuated,  partly  by  the 
desire  for  peace  and  quietness,  but  chiefly  by  the  consciousness  of 
lack  of  funds  to  enable  them  to  carry  on  a  protracted  legal 
contest,  which  might  in  the  end  have  involved  the  Society  in 
heavy  expenditure. 

Subsequent  to  this  decision  by  the  Court  of  Equity,  the  Senate 
appointed  a  committee  consisting  of  the  Chancellor,  the  Vice- 
Chancellor,  Dr.  MacLaurin,  Sir  Arthur  Renwick,  Dr.  Sydney 
Jones,  Professor  liversidge,  Mr.  H.  C.  Russell,  and  Professor  T. 
P.  Anderson  Stuart  to  advise  them  fuHher  on  the  subject.  As 
recommended  by  this  committee,  the  Senate  sent  circular  letters 
to  the  principal  European  and  American  Universities,  asking  for 
as  full  information  as  possible  on  the  subject  of  the  teaching  of 
Bacteriology.  Replies  to  these  circular  letters  are  now  being 
received.  It  is  hoped  that  it  will  l)e  possible  to  have  an  appoint- 
ment made  to  the  Chair  of  Bacteriology  by  the  beginning  of  the 
Academic  year  in  1896. 

Australian  Museum. 

Dr.  E.  P.  Ramsay,  owing  to  continued  ill  health,  was  forced 
last  year  to  resign  his  pcxsition  as  Curator,  after  over  20  years* 
service.  Mr.  R.  Etheridge,  junr.,  who  had  for  a  considerable 
time  previous  been  discharging  the  duties  of  acting  Curator,  has 
been  appointed  his  successor. 

The  lack  of  funds  during  1894  very  much  retarded  the  general 
work  of  the  Museum,  the  efforts  of  the  staff  Ijeing  chiefly  confined 
to  the  preservation,  and  in  some  cases  the  rearrangement,  of  the 
existing  collections,  with  the  view  of  making  room  for  future 
additions  in  the  already  overcrowded  cases.  The  Mammalia  have 
been  enriched  by  the  addition  of  examples  of  the  second  Australian 


144  fRESIllKNTN   AI>DKESH. 

sjiecii's  of  Tive  Kiitigaroo  (Di^iilrolaijiui  bitttttianug,  De  Vis). 
Xu:ti(-r<.>ns  ii<>st-};rou{iH  showing;  liirtls,  iip^tM,  nn<I  efrga,  M)d  often 
tli«  yoiiiiK,  witli  iiaturHl  FjU[Ti)uiiiIin;!s,  hnve  )>een  added  to  the 
ttinl  itiltci'tiori.  1\w.  Itei'liliit  mid  iliitracliiH  were  to  a  great 
cxii-iit  witlidrawn  fnmi  exliihituiii,  ci>tiMeiiu<:iit  on  xutiittitutiun  of 
s|H'i'inii-iiK  mid  iviiii'iin^eiiii-iit  in  more  tijifiniiiritito  coHett.  In  cou- 
tii-ition  witli  tlie  lizjuils,  this  work  litui  Ui  i\  coiwiderHlde  extent 
{i)'o<;i'(-sii(h1.  a  !t<-ries  of  c^nlouriid  kohXh  of  HiiiikeH  have  alHu  lieen 
ltitrii.liK'1'cl.  TIk-  general  coUei-tionH  ^f  Insects,  ILoIIukcu,  and 
otlirr  [iivfrtfliDitt!!!  wmv  eiitin-Iy  trnnsfcrriii  fwan  their  former 
I'l'-^riiit;  |>lai'i-s  to  tho  iipjier  •fiillorv  of  the  new  halt,  and  are  at 
[iri'si'iil  uiider;;oing  ii  (KHiipletc  i-evision.  The  tw<i  latter  are  now 
|iiiirticiLlh-  oonifilet^^^l.  A  very  ^'il1uu))I<>  adilition  to  the  Ethno- 
loyiful  C.illfftion  was  wrnXv  hy  llie  i>i-es»'ntation  by  the  N.S. 
Willi's  (^>lIlJili^«ion  World's  Cotiimliiiui  Kxposirion  of  a.  fine  mil 
.if  wciipLns  mid  iinpleriiMils  of  th.-  AlligJiti.r  Kiver  Triljes,  Port 
Iliirwiii.  and  ntinicrDUH  kirns  and  vasi's  fiiiiii  the  Imrinl  mounds  uf 
Arkans..s.  I'.S.A. 

Til'  iuldiliiiii  of  till'  year,  however,  wiis  tlin  jircstnitatioii  liy  the 
(i'lVi'rniiiiTit  cif  thi'  "Cook  Uelics."  Thi-si'  relics  of  the  great 
'■ii\uinn;ivi;;jit'tr,  Ciii-t.  .lanie:^  CiKik,  It.X.,  F.lt.S.,  were  chiefly 


prbsidkxt's  address.  145 

University. 

At  the  Biological  Laboratory  of  the  University,  Mr.  J.  P.  Hill 
is  working  at  the  development  of  the  teeth  of  the  bandicoot.  At 
the  laboratories  of  the  Medical  School  Professor  Wilson  is 
studying  the  same  subject  in  collalwration  with  Mr.  Hill,  and 
also  the  development  of  the  teeth  of  the  platj^us.  Dr.  C.  J. 
Martin  is  still  continuing  his  investigations  (^  the  subject  of  snake 
poison,  and  is  working  out  the  general  development  of  the 
platypus.  At  the  Macleay  Museum  Mr.  George  Masters  is  still 
employed  at  his  task  of  classifpng  the  collections  of  foreign 
Orthoptera  and  Coleopiera,  and  has  mounted  on  ground  glass  all 
the  collections  of  Australian  and  foreign  birds'  eggs  and  a  large 
number  of  marine  and  land  mollusca. 

Scientific  Papers,  tfec. 

It  would,  of  course,  be  quite  beyond  the  scope  of  this  address 
to  review  the  principal  papers  of  scientific  interest  which  were 
published  by  Australian  Societies  last  year.  A  few  publications, 
liowever,  relating  to  my  own  subject  will  be  referred  to.  The 
very  important  paper  by  Mr.  R.  L.  Jack,  at  the  Brisbane  meeting 
of  the  Australasian  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
showed  that  his  geological  survey  of  the  intake  l>eds  of  the 
cretaceous  formation  proved  that  the  supply  of  rain  water 
draining  into  the  beds  was  fully  forty  times  as  much  as  had  lieen 
previously  estimated.  On  the  assumption,  therefore,  that  a  total 
of  about  one  hundred  million  gallons  flow  now  daily  from  the 
Queensland  artesian  bores,  it  should  be  possible  to  draw  at  legist 
forty  times  as  much  as  the  above  amount  of  water  out  of  the  beds 
without  encroaching  on  the  supply.  The  geological  explorations 
by  Mr.  E.  F.  Pittman,  the  Government  Geologist,  during  the  past 
year,  on  the  cretaceous  rocks  of  the  Upper  Darling  and  in  the 
Parish  of  Bidura,  Balranald  district,  have  shown  that  it  is  v(iry 
probable  that  the  artesian  basin  may  extend  far  to  the  south-west 
of  Wilcannia,  possibly  underneath  the  overlying  Tertiary  deposits 
of  West  Victoria  and  South-East  South  Australia  to  the  coast. 

K 


146  freridbxt's  address. 

1>ui'in<;  IH94  the  Dtrpartment  [>f  Mines  and  AgricuHnre  have 
I.ul.li!<li.il  Piirt-(  I.  and  IT.  of  Vul.  TV.  of  the  RecordH  of  the 
fi»>olcij.'irfil  Kurvey  of  Sew  Siiuth  \Valp»  and  Part  III.  No.  8  of 
tho  PiiU>'(iiiti>l<i}:y  Serit-H  of  the  MemuirH.  Tlie  lant-mentioned  is 
entitled  "Gmlrihutuins  to  a  Catalo;iu«  iif  Works,  Reports,  and 
Pa]H-rH  oil  the  Aiitiinipolu^y,  Etliii<iIo<^-,  and  Geological  History 
iif  till-  Aiistt'iilian  anil  Tmtniiinian  AlHinVint^,"  and  should  prove 
of  K"''''*  Ncr^iw  to  workerM  in  that  hnini-li  of  s(;ience.  A  veiy 
intcn-stiiiH  memoir  hy  Mr.  A.  S.  \V.«Klwanl,  of  the  British 
Mum-MiLi.  oil  tlie  suljject  of  the  lieuutifully  pivsprved  fossil  fiah, 
ilist-uve]-.-.!  at  ihe  TnlbniKar  Itivei',  ban  just  lM*cn  received  liy  the 
GoviM-iiiiieiit  (Urologist,  and  will  Hhortly  U-  jmhlLslied.  The  repu- 
tfttiun  of  the  Survey  is  well  sustaiuol  in  tliesp  publications. 

Mr.  H.  Ktheridp!,  junr.,  and  Mr.  W.  S.  Dun,  assistant  jialteun- 
tiiio^isl  and  librarian,  contribute  {o/i.  eil.  Part  II.  pp.  08-99) 
"Tlie  .\iisiralian  (leologieal  Hwonl  for  \}»:  Year  1K93,  with 
Ad-b-ii.la  fur  ISIH  and  1H9±"  This  i«  an  invabialile  work,  and 
no  u;i>ol,.;:ical  libraiy  in  Australiisia  sli.mld  U-  without  it. 

Mr.  \V,  S.  llini,  wlici  has  U-en  assistinf;  Mr.  H.  Ktherid^re  in 
his  ])iil!i'iint"lci;,'ical  work  for  si'veral  yeai-M,  wan  this  year 
.•■•l  di'liiiitely  to  the  pusilion  of  assistant  i>ala-ontologist  to 


PKESIDBNT's    ADDRB8S.  117 

Mines  and  Agricuttura.  This  is  nearly  double  the  quantity 
raised  in  1893,  the  amount  for  that  year  being  179,288  ozs., 
valued  at  £651,285. 

Of  tlie  amount  of  gold  raised  last  year  the  new  goldfield  of 
Wyalong  contriltuted  9649  oz8.,  valued  at  £35,946,  and  Garan- 
gula  1205  uzH. 

As  representing  the  subject  of  geographj'  as  well  as  geology  at. 
the  University  of  Sydney,  I  trust  I  may  lie  allowed  to  say  a  little 
about  recent  research  in  the  Arctic  and  Antarctic  regions.  The 
latter  region  in  particular  touches  very  nearly  the  work  of  our 
Society,  and  the  problem  of  the  possible  biological  relations  of  the 
Australian  fauna  to  that  of  the  old  fauna  of  the  Antarctic 
continent  of  New  Zealand  and  South  America  lias  already 
engaged  the  attention  of  one  of  our  most  active  memliers,  Mr. 
Hedley. 

AiicTic  Exploration. 

At  least  three  expeditions  last  year  were  making  for  the  North 
Pole.  Nansen,  the  hero  of  the  "  First  Crossing  of  (Ireenland," 
strong  in  will  and  limb,  was,  and  we  hope  still  is,  drifting  with 
hia  thirteen  men  in  his  wooden  ship  the  Friim  in  the  ice  pack, 
from  N.E.  Siberia  towards  the  strong  ocean  stream  flowing  south 
between  Spitzbergen  and  '  Greenland,  to  which  he  trusts  for 
carrying  his  ship  over  tJie  North  Pole.  Nansen,  when  he  bade 
good-bye  to  Dr.  John  Murray,  who  had  expressed  some  doubt  as 
to  whether  he  should  ever  see  again  Nansen's  ship,  the  Fram, 
said,  "  I  think  you  are  wrong.  I  believe  you  will  welcome  me  on 
this  very  deck,  and  after  my  return  fnmi  the  Arctic,  I  will  go  Ui 
the  South  Pole,  and  then  my  life's  work  will  be  finished." 

The  American  naval  engineer.  Lieutenant  Peary,  with  a  part}- 
of  fourteen,  including  Mrs.  Peary  and  her  maid,  started  in  July, 
1893,  for  Whale  Sound,  on  the  west  coast  of  Greenland.  The 
chief  object  of  the  expedition  was  to  complete  the  map  <)f  Green- 
land, but  he  also  intended  to  reach  the  highest  northern  latitude 
available.  He  landed  at  Bowdoin  Bay  on  March  6,  IH94,  and 
started  overland  with  dogs  and  sledges  for  Independence  Bay. 


14lj  PKBHII>ENTS  ADDRESS. 

Aft<;r  pusliiii>;  north  for  (iver  200  miltrs  verj-  itevere  weather 
crjnijx'llifl  liim  to  return.  The  tempemture  «t  tiiiiett  was  40*  to  60° 
In-Iow  zrni.  'I'hit  s1t>4lf^K  hiul  to  lie  aimniloiipd,  and  only  twenty- 
six  <I(if.'s  oul  of  ttic  iiiiK-ty  taken  with  liim  returned  alivf. 
i'rof(;sNi>r  (.'luiinlHTHii  iiccoiniMinied  tin-  expedition,  and  tlie 
|iulili('ntii>n  ut'  hin  ii\yM-vvn,t\tm*  tin  Oreenlniid  glariers  is  beiii); 
I'.-if^rly  awjiili'd  hy  f;etiloniMt«  in  nil  (inrtu  of  the  worltl. 

Ml-.  Wiilli'i-  Welluiiin.  II  journiilist  of  Witshinjrton,  att«mpt«d 
bist  yi'iir  ic>  iiitiiin  a  lii^fh  imi'thern  latitude,  north  of  Spitzbei^n. 
He  took  u'ilh  him  nluniiniuni  IkhlIs,  nifuli'  iit  Jtiiltiniore,  weighinj; 
Hlnrnt  450  ll«.  eiu-li,  IS  ft.  lony.  B  ft.  wide  nnil  1*  ft.  di*p,  capable 
iif  carrying  nineteen  nifii.  The  aluminium  pliites  were  riveted 
ttwelher  Clinki'r  fiwhion.  Ix-in-:  only  one-ii'nth  of  «.n  inch  thiok. 
.V»li  runners  wen^  fitted  on  to  the  l)Otloni  of  th<;  lN>nt,  ho  that  it 
.-ould  !«•  u-i'd  fus  a  sled^re.  W..Ilinnn'H  -■xiH'.lition  failed  in  its 
itl.t4^m|it,  so  fur  an  the  atlaiiun);  of  a  hi^h  nortliem  latitude  wmt 
lonwriii-"!.  I'our  days  uft<T  he  had  left  his  ship  (the  Ragnttild 
■Inrl)  <iii  liiH  journey  ai-roiw  the  snow,  she  wim  <.TUnhnI  Iiy  ice,  and 
..Illy  some  of  tlio  Mtori'x  wen'  waved.  W.-Hman  and  his  iiarty,  after 
makinfj  some  intereHtin>;  >rei^aphical  expioralitillM,  i-etumed  Hi 
Trom^oe  on  Aujiust  l.'ith,  1H94. 


pbbsidbnt's  adurbbb.  149 

(lepOtfl  are  to  be  established  from  Franz-Josef  I^aad  towards  the 
North  Pole,  which  should  conatitut*  well-stocked  larders  for  the 
travellers  as  they  return.  Seven  men,  each  of  special  skill  or 
scientific  attainmenta,  accompany  ^Ir.  JnckKon  on  this  well  found 
expedition. 

The  latest  news  of  it  which  has  reached  me  is  to  the 
effect  that,  towards  the  end  of  August,  the  Windward  was 
seen  by  the  captain  of  the  walrus-sloop  Betiy  in  latitude  75°  45' 
N.,  and  longitude  44°  E.,  "steaming  in  the  direction  of  Franz- 
Josef  Land  without  let  or  hindrance,  the  ice  l>eing  in  this  locality 
braahy  and  rotten,  the  Windtoaril  actually  steaming  up  a  lead  of 
which  no  termination  northwaiil  was  visible."* 

A  somewhat  novel  proposal,  which  is  likely  to  lead  to  the  actual 
fitting  out  of  an  expedition  to  carry  it  into  execution,  comes  from 
the  famous  Arctic  explorer  Julius  V.  Payer,  He  proposes  to  send 
an  artistic  expedition  to  paint  the  North  Polc.t 

The  expression  to  "  paint  the  town  i-ed  "  is  a  familiar  one,  but 
i^a,yer  does  not  propose  to  do  anytliing  so  frivolous.  No  attempt 
has  ever  yet  been  made  to  do  justice  t^i  the  iieauties  of  Arctic 
scenery,  of  which  he  gives  a  glowing  account  in  the  article  just 
referred  to.  He  proposes  to  take,  on  a  400  ton  ship,  two  land- 
scape painters,  an  animal  paintor,  and  a  photographer.  Movable 
glass  studios  lighted  by  electricity  supplied  by  Ix^nzine  or  petroleum 
motors  are  to  be  provided,  and  oils  which  remain  liquid  at  very 
low  temperatures  may  be  used  instead  of  water  colours.  Cape 
Franklin,  at  the  entrance  of  the  jittle-expiored  Kaiser-Franz-Joeef 
Fiord  in  East  Greenland  may  be  selected  as  the  first  camping 
ground.  It  is  proposed  that  the  expedition  should  start  in  June, 
1896. 

Antarctic  Explokatios. 

Just  now  Dr.  John  Murray,  of  ChaUeiiyer  r'enown,  has  strongly 
stirred  ttie  hearts  of  the  English  people  to  tit  out  an  expedition 
to  the  South  Pole  on  somewhat  similar  lines  to  the  great  exploring 

•  Tb«  Geogr.  Joam.  Feb.  1895,  Vol.  v.  No.  2,  p.  173. 
t  TheOMgr.  Jonm.  Feb.  1895,  Vol.  v.  No.  2,  pp.  106-112. 


100  prsbident's 

expe<lition  under  Sir  Jntne^^  Ilosa  and  Captaiu  Cromer  in  the 
Erebug  and  Terror  in  1839-1843. 

Dr.  Murmy  veinarked  in  his  addrt^H  tij  tht<  Roynl  Geographical 
StKifty  Last  year  that  it  was  now  nearly  twu  thuuHand  five  hundred 
years  nincf  the  Phifnicians  wjut  out  tht;  expedition  under  the 
ounimniid  of  Xecho  into  the  Suutliern  Hemisphere.  They  arrived 
at  tlic  Oai>o  of  Good  Kope,  ulwut  itOO  it.c,  and  reported  that 
when  n)uiidin|{  the  Cape,  heading  westwards,  they  had  the  sun 
un  tht^ir  right  hand,  a  statement  of  which  Herodotus  Hays,  "  Thin 
for  my  part  1  do  not  l)elieve;  hut  others  may,"  Since  the  time 
of  tliis  voyage  of  the  Fhwnician  sailom  in  their  frail  crait,  we 
have  no  i-eason  to  l>e  prond  of  the  nipidity  of  geographical 
exploration  in  the  Southern  Heiuiaphei-e. 

I'ntil  the  l»?giniiing  of  this  year  only  tln-ee  exploring  parties 
had  i»issi'd  U'vond  the  limit  of  70'  S.  lat..  C(H>k  in  1773,  Weddell 
in  1S:;3,  and  Rohs  in  1841  and  1842.  Tliis  year,  however,  the 
whaler  Aiitni-rtif,  whifh  han  just  i-eturncd  Hi  .Mellwume,  has  had 
the  honour  of  Wing  the  first  ship  fur  the  last  hi  years  topeuetratB 
Iwyond  tin;  70th  parallel,  reaching  lat.  74'  S.,  in  limg.  171'  E. 

As  a  ri-Mult  of  his  exph (rations,  Conk,  as  <|uote<l  by  Murray, 


QDRBSS.  101 

Ross'  expedition,  fhua  doscribea  Ross'  forcing  a  passage  through 
the  ice* — 

"  He  steered  for  the  position  uf  the  Afagnetic  Pole,  and,  after 
j)aB3ing  through  much  looite  ice,  met  the  main  pack,  alxiut  lat.  67° 
S.  and  long.  174J°  E.  It  was  a  formidable  pack.  Neither  he 
nor  any  of  the  Arctic  officers  or  men,  of  whom  there  were  not  a  few 
in  the  aliips,  had  ever  seen  anything  like  it  in  the  north.  Never- 
theless, Ross  determined  to  try  it,  and  in  doing  so  the  boldest 
held  his  breath  for  a  space.  In  four  or  five  dnys  he  pushed 
through  it  and  entered  comparatively  open  water."  This  proved 
to  be  a  buge  ocean  pool  600  miles  across,  with  u  magniftceiit  chain 
of  extinct  volcanoes,  and  one  active  volcano,  bounding  it  on  the 
east,  tlie  highest  peak,  Mount  Jlellxiurne,  being  estimated  to  he 
15,000  feet  high.  The  sun  often  shone  brilhantly  on  those 
stupendous  snow-clad  peaks  as  Ross  and  his  men  fought  their  way 
gallantly  ftouthwards  until  they  reached  the  great  Ice  barrier 
rising  in  a  sheer  cliff  150  feet  to  200  feet  aiwve  the  sea,  and 
barring  further  progre.ss  to  the  South.  On  the  East  the  ice  pack, 
compo6«d  partly  of  floe  ice  (frozen  sea  water),  partly  of  fragments 
of  icebergs,  hemmed  them  in,  and  they  were  compelleti  to  return 
by  the  way  they  came.  Speaking  of  the  hardsliips  endured  by 
Ross  and  his  men,  during  the  third  year  uf  his  commission,  Hooker 
saya  fop.  cU.  p.  28),  "  It  was  the  worst  season  of  the  three,  one  of 
constant  gales,  fogs  and  snowstorms.  Officers  and  men  slept  with 
their  ears  open,  listening  for  the  look-out  man's  cry  of  '  Berg 
ahead!'  followed  by  'All  hands  on  deck!'  The  officers  of  the 
Terror  UAd  me  that  their  commander  (Crozier)  never  slept,  a  night 
in  his  cot  throughout  that  season  in  the  ice,  and  tlint  he  passed  it 
either  on  deck  or  in  a  chair  in  his  cabin.  They  were  nights  of 
grog  and  hot  coffee,  for  the  orders  to  splice  the  main  brace  were 
many  and  imperative,  if  the  crew  were  to  be  kept  up  to  the  strain 
on  their  nerves  and  muscles." 

Robs'  dredging  showed  tliat  animiil  life  was  abundant  right  up 
to  the  edge  of  the  great  ice  liarrier;  and  the  observations  miide 
during  the  Challenger  Expedition  quite  confirmed  thin  conclusion, 

*  TIm  OMgr.  Jnnni.  Vol.  Ui.  No.  1,  Janaary,  1894,  p.  27. 


15*2  president's  address. 

for  it  was  found  that  utraBporce  were  so  abundant  over  wide 
an'iis  as  to  ^ve  the  Heu  a  peculiar  green  colour,  and  "diatoms 
wei-e  fre(|Ui?ntly  in  such  enomiouB  abundance  that  the  tow  net* 
were  filled  to  the  brim  with  a  yellow-brown  slimy  moss,  with  » 
(listre»sinn  odour,  through  which  various  cruataceann,  annelids  and 
other  niiimAlM  wrigf;led." 

Oue  of  tlie  moat  recent  Antarctic  exploratiouH  wan  made  in  the 
Ji'W7t  in  1H93-189+.  During  the  voj-age  of  the /oson  (Captain 
C.  A.  Ijirseu)  to  the  Antarctic  landn  the  discovery  was  made  of  a. 
new  active  volcano,  named  by  Captain  Lawen  Chriittensen 
Volcano,  lat.  6r»°  5'  H.,  long.  5f»'  40'  \V.» 

"  The  volcano  had  the  sliaire  of  a  sugarloaf  and  was  of  con- 
.si<leral)lo  height.  The  ice  was  melted  for  a  considerable  distance 
around  it,  Tt  presented  a  remarkable  aspect,  as  round  the  top 
and  on  the  slopcH  there  were  funnel-like  holes,  from  which  a  very 
bhtck  aud  thick  smoke  issued  from  time  to  time,  covering  the  top 
itself." 

It  is  iils.1  stated  fop.  eil.  p.  312)  tliat  to  W.  by  N.  from 
Christt'iisi^Ti  Volcani)  theiv  are  five  islands,  one  of  which  in  very 
high,  and  all  priil>al>ly  volcanic,  as  their  toiM  were  free  from  snow, 
whereas  thoMi  of  the  mountains  on  the  mainland  are  snow-clad. 


PRBSIDByr'S   ADDRESH.  153 

In  the  AddreHK  to  the  Koyal  tieographical  Society  in  July,  1S94, 
l>y  Clements  R.  Markhftm,  C.B.,  F.R.8.,  it  van  stated  (p.  9)  that 
"from  Payer's  furthest  point  in  X2'  5'  N.,  a  wat«r  aky  made  ite 
appearance  in  tlie  north,  the  temperature  rose,  and  the  rocks 
were  covered  with  thousands  of  auks  ami  suillemotB.  From  a 
height  Payer  looked  down  on  a  dark  sheet  of  open  water  dotted 
with  iceberga."  On  April  12  the  thermometer  was  at  54°  Falir. 
In  the  discussion  following  the  reading  of  Dr.  Murray's  address, 
Mr.  W.  9.  Bruce,  of  the  Jasuti,  said  (op.  rit.  p.  3C)  that  as  far 
north  as  man  has  penetrated  in  Arctic  regions  "  lie  has  found 
reindeer,  flowers  an<l  liees,  brilliant  sunshine,  and  the  country 
green;  but  in  midsummer  in  the  Antarctic  no  plant  grows — the 
summer  sun  is  not  sufficient  to  melt  the  snow.  The  temperature 
observations  on  our  voyage  show  that  in  the  height  of  summer 
the  average  range  of  the  thermometer  is  Ijelow  32",  and  that  in 
the  latitude  corresponding  to  the  Shetland  and  Fante  Islands  in 
the  north."* 

Dr.  Murray  also  states  that  "  No  land  animal,  and  no  trace  of 
vegetation — not  even  a  lichen  or  a  piece  of  seaweed — has  been 
found  on  land  within  the  Antarctic  circle."t 

Briefly  summarised,  what  is  known  at  present  about  the 
Antarctic  Continent  is  this: — A.  Its  outline  is  probablj' something 
like  that  shown  on  the  map  exhibited,  enlarged  from  Dr.  Murray's 
map.  That  there  really  is  a  continent  there  and  not  merely  a 
group  of  islands  is  proved  by  the  following  faetH  :■ — 

(1)  The  great  ice  barrier  is  a  \iLtt  land  glacier  which  must 
have  a  gathering  grouroi  of  continental  proportions, 
estimated  by  Dr.  Murraj-  us  Ijeing  slightly  larger, 
perhaps,  than  that  of  Australia,  namely,  about  4,000,000 
square  miles. 


*  TheM  obwrvatioiu,  however,  do  not  agree  witli  those  recently  made  by 
Mr.  C.  E.  Borchgrevink  q(  th«  wh>ler  Aiilarriir.  See  Note  1,  at  ead  of 
thitaddreM. 

i-See  Note  2,  at  end  of  this  addreas. 


\  PRUIDBNT'S   ADDRB88. 

(2)  Omnite  and  various  ancient  crysUlline  rocks  have  bden 

proved  to  occur  in  titu  «.t  the  Sonth  ShetUndB  and 
Trinity  I^nd,  and  granite  and  gndss  oooor  Mt  tittt, 
forming  nine  Htnall  islandx  off  Terre  Ad^lie,  na  obaerved 
by  the  French  coi-\-etteH  L'  Attrolabe  and  La  ZSei.* 
Drift  fragment))  of  granite,  dioritic  rocks,  quartxit«H, 
clay  shales,  &o.,  were  dre«lged  by  the  CKaUenger  not 
far  from  the  supposed  Termination  Land  of  Wilkea. 
UoHH  dredged  a.  large  piece  of  coarse  granite  off  Victoria 
lAnd,  and  Dr.  McCormick,  the  surgeon  of  tiie  ErAu*, 
frequently  found  fragments  of  granite  in  the  crops  of  the 
penguinH.  His  researches  constantly  proved  that  tbe 
pengninn  were  invaluable  as  collectora  of  geologioal 
specimenB.  Omnite  is  alnnmt  always  characteristic  of 
continents  or  of  islands  )x)rdering  continents,  but  ia 
usually  absent  from  oceanic  islands. 

(3)  Ulauconite  in  the  blue  muds  near  the  Antarctic  barrier 

is  probably  indicative  of  the  iiniximity  of  a  continent. 

(4)  Commenting 


prbsident's  address.  155 

There  are  numerous  volcanoes  in  the  Antarctic  Regions. 
Altogether  there  are  about  five  active  and  seventeen  dormant 
or  extinct  volcanoes,  as  far  as  I  can  learn  from  the  somewhat 
imperfect  information  at  my  disposal.  The  volcanoes  of 
Victoria  Land  show  a  tendency  to  linear  arrangement.  From 
Mount  Sabine,  9,500  feet  high,  to  Mt.  Melbourne,  15,000  feet, 
the  trend  is  sou-sou-westerly.  Mount  Erebus,  12,367,  an  active 
volcano,  and  Mount  Terror,  10,884  feet,  extinct,  lie  almost 
due  South  of  Mount  Sabine.  Further  north  from  Mount 
Sabine  the  great  earth-fold,  on  the  septum  of  which  tliis  chain 
of  volcanoes  is  situated,  probably  bends  a  little  westwards,  as 
shown  partly  by  the  soundings,  partly  by  the  position  of 
Ballenys  Isle,  an  active  or  dormant  volcano,  estimated  by 
Balleny  to  be  about  12,000  feet  high.*  North-west  of  Balleny's 
Island  the  great  fold  trends  perhaps  to  the  knotting  point  between 
the  Tasmanian  axis  of  folding,  described  in  my  address  last  year, 
and  that  of  New  Zealand,  the  former  perhaps  running  through 
Royal  Company  Island,  and  the  latter  through  or  near  Auckland 
Island  and  Macquarie  Island.  The  knotting  point  would  pro- 
bably be  somewhere  (approximately)  near  the  intersection  of  the 
60th  parallel  of  south  latitude  with  the  150th  meridian  of  longitude 
east  from  Greenwich.  It  would  thus  join  the  line  of  extinct 
volcanoes  along  East  Australia  on  the  west,  and  perhaps  the 
active  volcanic  zone  of  the  North  Island  of  New  Zealand,  or  at 
all  events  the  fold  which  bounds  that  continent,  on  the  east. 

Traced  in  the  opposite  direction,  the  volcanic  zone  probably 
nms  through  Seal  Islands,  the  active  volcanoes  of  Christensen 
and  Sarsee,  and  through  Mount  Haddington,  an  extinct  volcano 
in  Trinity  Land,  to  Paulet  and  Bridgman  Islands,  active  volcanoes. 

*Mr.  C.  E.  Borchgrevink  of  the  whaler  Antarctic  informs  me  that  when 
he  was  in  the  vicinity  of  this  island  in  1895  be  saw  no  trace  of  the  volcaDo 
being  in  eruption.  Sir  James  Ross,  however,  states  (Voyage  to  the  Southern 
Seas,  Vol.  i.  p.  272),  quoting  from  the  log  of  the  Eliza  Scott,  **  as  we  stood 
In  for  it  [Balleny's  Isle,  T.W.E.D.]  we  plainly  perceived  smoke  arising 
Iron  the  monntain  tops.  It  is  evidently  volcanic,  as  specimens  of  stone,  or 
rather  cinders,  will  prove." 


U>G  PREftlPBNTS   ADDREKH. 

The  volcanic  amn  liends  euNlerlj'  fmm  here  mi  account  of  the 
canterly  trend  in  thn  fold,  wliich  appearn  to  nioke  a  loop  towards 
South  Ueorjfia  before  it  swinpt  )>ack  tuwnnis  Cape  Horn.  That 
there  in  a  real  easterly  trend  in  the  earth-fuld  at  Trinity  Land 
iind  the  South  Shetlands  is  prov«l  by  tin;  oliMcnatiuns  niade  by 
the  Aflrolahe  and  Zilfl  expedition,  which  record  a  strike  in  a 
N'.N.E,  and  S.S.W.  tlirection  for  the  greyish- white  limeKtoueB  and 
pliyllite-Mchists  at  the  South  OrkrieyM.*  Towards  Cape  Homfnini 
near  South  Ueorgiu  the  fold  proltably  trends  weHt-nor-westerly, 
then  follows  nn  a]>proxiniat<>ly  meridional  rlirection  parallel  with 
the  chuin  of  the  Andes.  It  may  lie  note<l,  however,  that  whereas 
the  Evbua  chain  of  Yictoria  Land  in  on  tlic  east  aide  of  the  fold, 
(he  Cliri-ttcnMen-Bridgmun  group  are  jiinmrently  on  the  opposite 
si<le.  This  may  1>e  due  to  the  fai't  that  at  the  latter  locality  the 
i-Hitterii  Hlope  of  the  fold  it  Htee])er  than  the  western,  om  aeemn 
iirolmble  from  the  pi'eNence  of  the  deep  ocean  abyss  eaat  of 
liroliam's  Lan<I,  oh  sliuwn  on  Dr.  Murray's  map.  The  volcaaoea 
"f  the  Antarctic  are  thuM  situiit*^!  on  the  same  great  earth-fold 
which  lia.1  detem)ine<)  the  position  of  the  Cordillera  and  cout 
line  of  South  America,  and  form  [jart  of  that  great  "  girdle  of 


PHBSlDBVr'S   ADDRESS.  157 

This  seems  to  prove  the  presencti  of  a  subsidiary  fold  trending; 
easterly  along  the  coast  of  Antarctica  til)  it  joins  what  may  )»; 
t«rmed  the  federated  folds  of  New  Zealand  «nd  Australia,  near 
their  knotting  point.  It  will  be  important  for  future  exploring; 
expeditions  to  trace  by  a  systeniatic  Hcries  uf  soundings  th^ 
position  uf  these  folds  on  the  ocean  floor,  southerly  from  Tasmania 
and  south  by  west  fnim  New  Zealand. 

That  one,  perhaps  twii,+  well  organised  expeditions  maj'  shortly 
he  expected  in  Antarctic  regions  is  exti'emely  probable,  as  may 
be  judged  from  the  following  facts  :— The  Royal  GeographicJil 
Society,  after  Dr.  Murray's  address  in  1S94,  appointed  an 
Antarctic  committee.  This  committee  moved  the  Council  of  tlii- 
Royal  Society  to  advoait*  strongly  the  need  for  further  Antarctic 
exploration,  and  lost  Decemlier  the  Council  of  the  Britisli  Associa- 
tion passed  a  resolution  strongly  in  favour  of  the  work  being 
undertaken,  and  various  scientiJic  bodies,  as  well  as  the  Agents- 
General  of  the  Australasian  colonies,  have  iieen  approached  on  tlii^ 
subject.  It  is  profxised  to  sen<l  a  Belgian  expedition  into  tli<? 
Antarctic  next  Sept«]nlier,  the  expedition  to  extend  over  eighteen 
or  twenty  months.  It  would  be  full}'  equipped  for  scientilii: 
observation,  and  the  i^iute  suggested  is  one  to  the  east  of 
Orahom's  Land,  in  the  direction  of  the  recent  discoveries  of  the 

With  reference  Ij)  the  lines  on  which  Dr.  Murray  would  suggest 
that  on  expedition  f  >  Antarctica  should  be  conducted,  he  states 
(op.  «'(.  p.  25)  :■ — "A  dash  at  the  South  Pole  is  not,  however,  what 
I  now  advocate,  nor  do  I  believe  that  is  what  British  science,  at 
the  present  time,  desires.  It  demands,  rather,  a  steady,  coii- 
tinuouH,  laborious  and  systematic  exploration  of  the  whole 
aouthem  region  with  all  the  appliances  of  the  modem  investigator. 
This  exploration  should  be  undertaken  by  the  Royal  Navy.  Two 
ships  not  exceeding  one  thousand  tons  should,  it  seems  to  me,  Ih' 
fitted  out  for  a  whole  commission,  so  as  to  extend  over  thn-c 
summers  and  two  winters.      Early  in  the  first  seastm  a  wintering 

t  Befereiioe  to  a  third  propoMd  expedJtiOD  in  given  in  note  3,  nl  the  eiut 
of  thiapkper. 


160  president's  address. 

ping  sent  to  the  Antarctic  regioiw  to  learn  more  about  itd 
moteorology,  more  a1x>ut  its  biolt^y,  more  aliout  its  physics, 
geography,  and  giKilogy,  the  Liunean  Society  of  New  South 
Wales  will,  J  feel  confident,  most  heartily  endorse.  That  the  ImI 
great  work  of  g<-ographiual,  l)iologioai,  and  geological  exploration 
in  the  worlil  should  he  undertaken  l>y  tlin  jwople  of  the  Britinh 
Empire  is  a  conHummation  <levoutly  to  Im  wished  for ;  and  it 
wc.uld  Ije  a  veri-  worthy  end  of  the  gram!  work  begun  and  con- 
tinued Ijy  the  great  ClmUr.uger  expedition. 

There  is  more  tluin  mere  political  glory  and  piiildematical  guano 
tci  bi'  g]iin<Ht  liy  such  an  espe<)ition  on  tlint  which  is  now  con- 
tiftnplatc^i  til  Aiitaretica.  Thi-re  is  the  ginid  of  humanity  and  the 
ciiuse  of  iruth.  Scientific  S()cietie8  have  lieen  appealed  to  to  help 
oil  this  enterprise,  anil  we  all  can  help,  if  not  with  our  money  at 
all  events  with  our  minds.  If  the  Linnean  Society  of  New  South 
\\'iilos  cannot  (.'ontril)ute  men  or  money,  7  hope  most  sincerely 
that  it  will  at  least  C'ontril)ute  a.  very  hearty  sympathy. 


I    the    whalt>r 
I  Victona  I^nd, 


president's  addrbbs.  161 

ia  expected  tliat  the  voyage  will  last  for  probably  three  yeara. 
The  party  intend  to  sail  in  two  small  sailing  vesfwls,  each  of  about 
100  feet  in  length  and  of  from  100  t«  200  tons  burden.  Each 
vessel  will  be  of  the  type  known  as  '  Sealers,'  and  will  be  manned 
by  five  men.  ...  A  fine  pack  of  Esquimaux  sledge  dogs  will 
also  be  provided.  The  scientific  corps  will  conaixt  of  five  men, 
who  will  carry  with  them  such  eijuipments  as  will  a.ssi(it  them  in 
carrying  out  their  various  linen  of  investigation.  It  is  expected 
that  it  will  take  about  three  months  to  reach  the  Gulf  of  Erebus 
Mid  Terror,  where  the  exptslitioii  will  proljably  diseml>ark.  A 
substantial  wooden  housi;  will  then  be  erected  to  be  used  as  the 
headquarters.  Later  on,  sledging  parties  will  Ije  sent  out  from 
this  point  to  penetrate  as  far  south  as  possible." 

On  the  motion  of  the  Rev.  J.  Milne  Curran,  seconded  by  Mr. 
T,  St«el,  a  very  hearty  vote  of  thanks  was  accorded  to  the  Presi- 
dent for  his  very  interesting  Address. 

The  Hon.  Treasurer  being  detained  by  Parliamentary  business, 
Mr.  P.  N.  Trel>eck  presented  and  read  on  his  Iwhalf  a  satisfactorj- 
financial  statement,  and  also  the  Auditors'  report. 

On  the  motion  of  Mr.  Tn^Ixick,  seconded  by  Mr.  K.  Etheridge, 
jnnr.,  the  statement  and  report  were  adopte<i. 

The  following  gentlemim  were  tilected 

OFFICE-BEARERK  AND  COUNCIL  FOR  1S9.1. 

Presidbst: 
Hbnbv  Deane,  M.A.,  M.LC.E. . 

ViCE-PREaiDBNTS : 

James  C,  Cox,  M.D.,  F.LS. 
PttopEstiOR  W.  A.  Haswei.!.,  M,A.,  D.Kr. 
PROFBSSOK  T.  W.  K  Davio.  U..\.,  F.(i.S. 

HONORAUV  Tkk.wikbr: 
Tub  Hon.  James  Noktox,  LI.^D.,  M.LC. 


president's  ADDRBBS 


JouN  Brazier,  F.L.S- 
Cecil  \V.  Darley,  C.E. 
Thomas  Dixson,  M.B.,  Cli.M 
J.  R.  (lAKLAND,  M.A. 
AuKOLi)  U.  Hens,  F.E.S. 
A.  H.  W.  LvcAS,  M.A.,  B.Sc. 


Council  r 

J.  H.  Maidbn,  F.L.8.,  F.C.S. 


C.  J.  Martin,  M.B.,  B.Sc. 
Perceval  R.  Pedlet. 
P.  N.  Trkbkck,  J.P. 
Thomas  WiiiTELBnaK,  F.R.M.S. 
Professou  J.  T.  Wilson,  M.B., 
Ch.M. 


llur.n  IMxsoN,  J.P. 


AuDlTOHfi: 

E.  G.  \V,  Palmer. 


Mr.  Hi-iirj'  Duane  having  tAkeii  llif  Cliiiir,  returned  thanks  for 
liis  election.  He  ai)nouncix)  that  Piirt  4  of  the  Proceedings  for 
]  !*'Ji  would  Ite  iwucd  on  the  fotlowing  day;  hIno  tliat  the  Council 
linil  (icL-iilwl  to  hold  over  to  form  Part  1  of  tlie  Pi-oceedinga  for 
lt<i>t>  thrc>«  lengthy  papers  requiring  illustrations,  read  at  the 
ilwting  in  Novemlier ;  and  as  thene  were  sufficient  to  keep  both 
printi^r  and  lithographer  occupied  for  the  next  two  months  at 
l('ast,  the  SlontlJy  Meeting  had  beiui  given  up  on  this  occasion. 


WEDNESDAY,  APRIL  24th,  1895. 


The  President,  Mr.  Henry  Deaiie,  M.A.,  J[.I.C.E.,  i 


(Received  since  the  Meeting  in  November,  1S04-) 

Pharmaceutical  Journal  of  AuMtralasia.  Vol.  vii.  (189-1),  Noh. 
11-12;  VoL  viii.  (189.5),  Sos.  1-3.     From  the  Editor. 

Perak  Ooveminent  Gazette.  Vol.  vii.  {li?94),  Nos,  2.>31  and 
Index;  Vol.  viii.  (1895),  Nos.  1-6.      from  the  Government  Seere- 

Zoologiacher  Anzeiger.  .tvii.  Jahrg.  (1894),  Nos.  -159-464  and 
Index;  x%-iii.  Jahrg.  (1895),  Nos.  465-470.     From  the  Editor. 

Royal  Microscopical  Society — Journal,  1894,  Parts  5-6;  189.J, 
Part  1.     From  the  Society. 

Madras  Government  Museum — Bulletin,  No.  2 — "Notes  on 
Tours  along  the  Malabar  Coast  (1894)."'    From  the  Superintendent. 

Sooi^t^  d' Horticulture  du  Doulw,  Besan^on — Bulletin,  n.s. 
Nos.  46-50  (Oct.,  1894-Feb.,  1895).     From  the  SoeUty. 

Marine  Biological  A!<NOciation  of  the  United  Kingdom- 
Journal.  New  Series.  Vol.  iii.  Nos.  3-4  (1894).  From  the 
Aagoeiatwiu 

Smithsonian  Institution — Proceedings  of  the  U.S.  National 
Museum.     Vol.  xvi.  (1893).     From  /A«  Munevm. 


DONATIONS. 


SmiiliMoiiiiui    Institutiuii — Annual    Report  of    the    Board    of 
B<%'fnts    f.ir   the    yeiir    ending   Juno   30tli,    1S92.       From   the 


A(i..-ri,:ui  NatuniliKt.  Vol.  xxviii.  ( 1H94),  Nos.  335-336;  Vol. 
xxix.  (isy.^,),  N.w.  3a7-a:t1).     From  llw  Kditom. 

AniiTu-.m  (Ti'ofrrtiphictil  Society — Hulit^tin.  Vol.  xxvi.  No.  3; 
No.  4,  Furl.  1   ;lSil4).      From  llm  .'iocirhj. 

Anicricfin  Museum  of  Natural    llisloi-y — Bulletin.      Vol.  vi. 

(IWill).  Sh.f.is   lH-^4  (i.p.  1>73-30K),  imd  [iidex:  Vol.  vii.  (1895', 
Blu-ets  l-li  •,!>]..  UVl).      from  li,r  .}fHMum. 

Haimltoii  AH>HK-iation — (lourniU  ami  ProceodingK  for  Sesttion 
li*y;)-'.t4.     N.I.  X.     From  ike  Axsocialion. 

Niitunil  Hoience  Aiwociiition  of  St4it<'n  ThIiumI — ProceedingH. 
Vol.  iv.  N.>s.  S,  10,  12-14  imd  Sj^iiil  No.  1ft  ,l(*94-!ir)).  Frojn 
the.  Asuuei'iliim. 

Victorian  Njituriilist.  Vol.  xi.  N.w.  (*-i-2  (Nov.,  1894-MarcIi, 
lKiT,\     Fioni  Ihf.  FieLi  NatiiritlUW  Vhib  of  Vietoria. 


DONATIONS.  165 

Geological  Society  of  London  —Quarterly  JoumAl.  Vol.  1. 
Part  4-  No.  200  0>i9iy,  Vol.  U.  Part  1,  No.  201  (1895)  :  List  of 
Fellows,  ic,  Nov.  lat,  1894.     Front  the  SotUiy. 

Imperial  University,  Japan— Calendar  for  1893-94,  From  ike 
I'reiidetU. 

College  of  ycience,  Imperial  Univei-sity,  .Japan —Journal. 
Vol.  vii.  Parts  2-3  ;1H94);  Vol  viii.  Part  1  (1S94).  Fi-om  t/ie 
Director. 

Department  of  Agriculture,  Victoria— Proc'e*Klings  of  Confei- 
ence  of  Horticultural  Societies  and  Fruit  Growers'  Associa- 
tions. March,  1894  :  Proceedings  of  Conference  of  Vine  GroweiV 
Associations.  ilay,  1894  :  Guides  to  Growers.  Nos.  8-17  : 
Poultry  Breeding  and  Management  for  the  English  Markets  : 
Monthly  Lectures  delivered  at  School  of  Horticulture  during 
1892-93:  Fibres  from  Plants.  By  W.  H,  Guilfoyle,  F.LS.  (1894): 
Report  by  Messrs.  S.  H,  Rowe  and  J.  Kelly  ou  the  Prospects  of 
Trade  with  India,  China,  Japan,  Ac.  From  iha  SecreUiry  joe 
Agriculture. 

Zoological  Society  of  London — Aljstrocts,  fith  and  20th  Novem- 
ber, 4th  December,  1894;  l-oth  January,  .5th  and  19th  February, 
1895.     From  the  Soeicly. 

Kongl.  Universitets-Biblioteket  i  Upaal — Nine  Dissertations 
(8vo.  and  4to.):  Botaniska  Sektionen  af  Naturvetenskapliga 
Stadentaallskapet  —  Sitzungsljericht«.  i.-v.  -lahrg.  (1886-90  . 
From  the  Rtator. 

Sciencios  Naturaes  e  Sociaes — Revista.  Vol.  iii.  Nos.  11-12 
(1894).     From  the  Society. 

Agricultural  Gazette  of  N.S.W.  Vol.  v.  (1894),  Parts  11-12; 
Vol.  vi.  (1895),  Parts  1-2.  From  the  Hon.  (/«  Miiueler  for  J/i.<^» 
atid  Agriculture. 

Aostralaaian  Journal  of  Pharmacy,  Vol.  ix.  Xu.  108  ^Decem- 
ber, 1894);  Vol.  X.  Nos.  109-111  (January-March,  1890).  From 
tha  Editor. 


IGi 


DOSATIONfl. 


Hooker's  Icones  Plantanim.      Vol.  iv,  (Fourth  Series),  Part  ii. 

(1894).     From  the  BenOiam  TrtiBteeB. 

yocitte    Imperiate   des    Naturoliates    de    MoRCOU  —  Bulletin. 

AniHki  1H94,  NoM.  :!-3.     From  On  Society. 

Piimphlet  entitled  "  In  Memoriam.      George  Bennett,    M.D., 
F.ll.C.S.,  F.L.S.,  F.Z.S.,  Ac."     From  Mr».  Bennett. 

Hocit*ti5  Royale  de  G^ogniphie  d'  Anvers — Bulletin.      T.  xix. 
2"'  et  S""  Faac.  (1^94-95).     From  the  Society. 

Field  Columbian  Museum,  Chicago— Guide  (1894);  Publication 
i.     Vol.  i.  No.  1  (1894).     From  the  Director. 

Canadian  Itecord  of  Science.     Vol.  v.  No.  8  (1893).     From  th« 
ifoiitreat  Socirti/  of  Natural  History. 

Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard  College — Bulletin. 
Vol.  XXV.  Nos.  9-11:  Annual   Report  for  1893-94.      Fnm  the 

Director. 


The  Mici-osoope. 

the  Editor. 


Vol.  i.  No.  12  (December,  ] 


DONATIONS.  167 

RoTal  Irish  Academy— Transactions.  Vol.  xxx.  Farts  13-14 
(1894):  Proceedings.  Third  Series.  Vol.  iii.  No.  3  (1894). 
From  the  Academy. 

L'Acad^mie  dea  Sciences  et  des  Lettres  de  Danemark,  Copeii- 
hagne— Bulletin,  Ann^  1894.     Ko.  2.     From  the  Academy. 

Geological  Survey  of  India— Records.  Vol.  xxvii.  (1894), 
Part  4.     From  the  Director. 

KaturwissenschaftlicherVereinfurSteiermark — IVIittheilungen. 
Jahrgang  1892,     From  the  SocUly. 

Soci6t^  Hollandaise  dea  Sciences  k  Harlem —Archives  N^r- 
land&ises.     T.  xrviii.  3""  et  V  LivH.     From  the  Society. 

Nederlandsche  Dierkundige  Vereeniging — Tijdschrift.  2'' 
Serie.     DI.  iv.     Afl.  4  (1894).     From  the  Society. 

Entomological  Society  of  London— Transactions,  1894.  Parts 
4-6.     From  the  Society. 

Department  of  Agriculture,  Brisbane  —  Bulletin.  No.  4, 
Second  Series.     From  the  Secretary  for  Agriculture. 

Soci^t^  Entomologique  de  Belgique — Annales.  T.  xxvii.  (1 893) : 
M^oires.  ii.  (1894).     From  the  Soeitty. 

Society  Beige  de  Microscopie — Annales.  T,  xviii,  1"  Fasc. 
(1894):  Bulletin.     T.  xxi.  No.  1  [1894-1895).     From  the  Society. 

Soci^t^  Boyale  de  Botanique  de  Belgique — Bulletin.  T.  xxs.- 
xxxi  (1891-92).     From  t/ie  Society. 

Catalogue  of  Books  in  the  Library  of  the  University  of  Sydney. 
(1892).     From  Dr.  C.  J.  Martin,  B.Se. 

Acadimie  Imp^riale  des  Sciences  de  St.  P^teraboui^ — Bulletin. 
v«  Sdrie,     T.  L  Nos.  1-4  (1894).     From  the  Academy. 

Comit^  G^ologique,  St.  P^tersbourg — Memoires.  Vol.  viii. 
Not.  2  (Zweite  liefc)  et  3  (1894);  Vol.  ix.  No.  3  (1894):  BuUetin. 
Vol  xii  Nob.  8-9  (1893);  Vol.  xiii.  Nob.  1-3.      From  the  Com- 


1 68  DOXATlONa 

S(H:it't4i.s  Entomologies  Roiwica  —  Horse.  T.  xxviit  (1893-94). 
from  llm  Society. 

KiitoiiiolDgiMka  FiireniiiKen  i  Stocklmlm-- Entomologisk  Tids- 
kiift.     Arg.  XV.  (I«a4).     Haft  1-4.     From  ihs  Hociety. 

B»in)>ay  Xtitura]  History  Socitity — Journal.  Vol.  ix.  No,  2 
(1X04).     From  lite  ISocieltf. 

Scottish  JI icroscopit^l  Hociety— Proceedings,  8eH8ion  1893-94. 
From  /A-  Society. 

Ucivii!  Society  ()f  Victoriii — Proceed iiign.  Vol.  vii.  New  Heries. 
(IH95).      From  lite  Society. 

Niiturul  History  eJociety  uf  Qui-eiislami — Tmiisnctions.  Vol,  i. 
( I  .tO:3.'J4).      From  the  Socifiy. 

Vei'eiii  fiir  Ntrtuvwissciiscli.ift  Holier  T.J  uteri  ml  tuiig  zu  Hamburg 
— Verliiiiidlungen,  l«91-93,     Wii.  Hand.     From  the  Society. 

tit.mviv  dcs  Sciencos,  des  Arts,  i;te.  ilu  Haiiiaut — Memoiree  et 
Publieatifins.     v-  Serie,     T,  vii.  (1894).     Front  the  Society. 

Oljser\'fltions  mode  in 
NhsscI/,   B.A., 


DONATIONS.  169 

Acad^mie  Royale  des  Sciences  k  Stockholm — Bihang.  Bd.  xvi. 
Afl.  1-2;  Bd.  xvii.  Ail.  1-2;  Bd.  xviii.  AH.  1-2;  Bd.  xix.  Afl.  1-4  : 
Accessions-Katalog.  1-8  (1886-93):  Oefversigt.  Arg.  47-50 
(1890-93):  Handlingar.  Bd.  xxiii.  Haft  1-2;  Bd.  xxiv.  Haft 
1-2;  Bd.  XXV.  Haft  1-2  (1888-92):  Lefnadsteckningar.  Bd.  iii. 
Haft  2  (1894).     From  the  Academy, 

Pamphlet  entitled  "  Sur  les  Premieres  Campagnes  Scientifique.s 
de  la  'Princesse  Alice.*"      By  S.  A.  S.  le  Prince  Albert  1®' de 
•  Monaco.     From  tJie  Author, 

Department  of  Mines  and  Agriculture,  Sydney — Memoirs  of 
the  Geological  Survey  of  N.S.W. — Palaeontology.  No.  8,  Part  3 
(1895).     From  the  Minister /or  Mines  and  Agriculture, 

K.K.  Zoologisch-botanische  Gesellschaft  in  Wien — Verhand- 
lungen.     xlv.  Bd.     i.  Heft  (1895).     From  the  Society. 

Museo  di  Zoologia  ed  Anatomia  comparata  della  R.  Universita 
di  Torino  -  Bollettino.  Vol.  ix.  (1894),  Nos.  179-192,  and  Index. 
From  the  University, 

Auckland  Institute  and  Museum — Annual  Report  for  1894-95. 
From  the  Institute, 

Natural  History  Society  of  New  Brunswick — Bulletin.  No  12 
(1894).     From  the  Society, 

Geological  Survey  of  Queensland — Bulletin.  No.  1  (1895): 
Pamphlet  entitled  "  The  Higher  Utilitarianism."  By  R.  L.  Jack, 
F.G.S.     From  the  Govenimeyit  Geologist. 

Soci^t^  Zoologique  de  France — Memoires.  Tome  vii.  (1894): 
Bulletin.     Tome  xix.  (1894).     From  the  Society. 

Flowering  Plants  and  Ferns  of  N.S.W.  By  J.  H.  Maiden, 
F.L.S.,  assisted  by  W.  S.  Campbell,  F.L.S.  Part  1  (1895).  From 
the  Government  Printer, 

Medicinisch-naturwissenschaftliche  Gesellschaft  zu  Jena  — 
Jenaische  Zeitschrift.     Bd.  xv.-xxix.  Heft  1-2.     From  the  Society. 


170  DONATIONS. 

LinneaD  Society  of  London  —  Journal :  Zoology.  Vol.  xxv. 
Nos.  ir)fi-160;  BoUny.  Vol.  xxx.  Nos.  209-210(1894).  From 
the  Society. 

British  Museum  (Nat.  Hiut.) — ^Cat»logue  of  Snakes.  Vol.  ii. 
By  a.  A.  Boulenger,  F.R.S.  (1894):  Monograph  of  the  Mycetozoa. 
By  Arthur  Lister,  F.L.S.  (1894).     From  the  Trustees. 

Journal  of  Conchology.  Vol.  vii.  (1894),  No.  12.  From  the 
Conehologieal  Society  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland. 

Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein  in  Hamburg — Abhandlungen. 
xiii.  Bd.  (1896):  Verhandlungen,  1894.  Dritte  Folge  ii  From 
the  Society. 


DESCRtPTION  OF  A  FLYCATCHEK,  PRESUMABLY 
NEW. 

By  C.  W.  Db  Vis,  M.A.,  Cobhespondinu  Membbh. 

Arses  lorealis. 

Arsei  up.,  with  the  lower  HUrfave  entirely  white  iu  the  mule, 
ochreouH  iu  a  band  on  the  lower  throat  in  the  female,  and  with 
white  lores  in  both  sexes. 

Adult  mate.— Head,  face  and  ear-coverts  glossy  black;  lore 
white,  with  the  bases  of  its  feathers  black;  mantle,  wings  and 
rump  dusky  brown;  feathers  of  the  rump  tipped  with  white;  tail 
brownish-black;  lesser  wing-coverts  and  upper  toil-coverts  black; 
all  beneath,  cheeks  and  under  wing-coverts,  nuchal  collar,  feathers 
of  lower  mantle  and  scapulars  white;  thighs  dusky-grey;  hill 
black;  tarsus  and  foot  dusky  horn-brown:  orbital  wattle  blue. 
Length  147  mm.,  wing  79,  tail  83,  culmen  105,  tarsus  20. 

Female. — Head,  face,  ear-coverts  and  lores  as  in  the  male,  but 
with  the  black  less  glossy;  mantle,  upper  wing-coverts  and  rump 
brown,  the  mantle  darkened  here  and  there  by  the  dusky  centres 
of  tie  feathers;  nuchal  collar  white,  its  feathers  barred  or  spotted 
'with  black  near  the  tips,  scapulars  on  both  webs  and  the 
secondaries  on  the  outer  web  edged  with  rufous;  tail  brownisli 
black;  beneath,  cheeks  and  under  wing-coverta  white;  feathers  of 
at  a  band  across  the  lower  throat  broadly  tipped  with  pale  bufl. 
Bill  paler  than  in  the  male.  Length  140  mm.,  wing  77,  tail  1^0, 
calmen  8  5,  tarsus  19'5. 

i/o6. — Cape  York;  coll.  K.  Broadl)ent,  March;  habitti  and 
haunts  similar  to  those  of  A.  kaupi,  Gld. 


UN  THl-:  Sl'KClFIU  IDKNTITY  OF  THE  AUSTKALTAN 
I'KHIl'ATL'S  USUALLY  SUPPOSED  TO  BE  F. 
LEVCfiAh'Tl,  SAENGER. 

Dy  J.    J.    Fl.KTCllKH. 


•A' 

■Tii-iiilly  Mii]>| 

vU 

il  it  ill  \^m 

will.    14    INl 

-.1  .1,..  «,H..-i 

,.■ 

f.t,H.,    F..,,.- 

wii  Mdiki^'U])!)  (]>.  153)  Mr.  Ue<)gwick  remarks 
an  rcporttHl  fnini  Auittniliii  in  l(<69  by  Saenger." 
i{H)se(l  »ls(>  thut  tliJH  u'ltH  the  first  intimation  of 
ipiituM,  As  0.  iiiatUT  of  fiit-t  tliere  is  an  earlier 
iNtttn  ]i>st  si;rlit  iif,  ProfexHur  I^euckart  having 

i.'ii>s  ut'  tho  gfiiuK  to  Im'  mtule  known  watt  P. 
lirw  of  clfiw-lH'niiiig  Ichm.  One  specinien  was 
■  Mountuin  in  lS2it,  fr»ni  which  De  lilainville 
ii-s  in  I.SJ7.  Kuriiij;  the  stiiy  of  the  "Novara" 
'nfclil  ilisiiivi'i>Hl  II  s(i-iiiiil  Siiuth  j\.frican  apecia 
<|ut'ii(ly  u:iivu  II  sliiirl  iLcwuni  in  apaper entitled 


BY   J.   J.    PLBTGUEn.  173 

kiuin  den  bit*  jetzt  bekannten  Arteti  dieses  Oe^chlecIitH  gleichfalls 
eine  neue  Form  bmh  Auntralien  rait  16  Beinpaareii  hinzufugen).'* 

It  Ls  to  be  noted  that  in  mentiuning  the  Cnpe  species  as  "  rait 
17  Paar  Beinen,"t  Leuckart  was  .simply  quoting  Frauenfeld,  who 
had  seen  the  animal  alive,  had  witnessed  the  copious  discharge  of 
tenaciouH  slime,  "  aus  dem  aligestutzten  Ende  der  I>eiden  kurz«Mi 
unten  den  Stimfiihlern  liegenden  Mundfilhlem,"  and  wliu,  ther«>- 
fore,  excluded  the  oral  papillie — as  Moseley  afterwards  called  them 
— when  counting  the  legs.  But  in  regard  to  the  Australian 
Peripatus,  it  seems  evident  that  Pmf.  I«uckart  intentionally 
included  the  oral  papilla  among  the  IG  pairn,  but  without  indi- 
cating the  fact.  For,  some  yeara  later  in  noticing  Hut  ton's  paper 
be  remarks  of  P.  iwva-nealanJifE  that  like  P.  leuctarti,  Sang.,  it 
possessea  "  15  Beinpoare."  Now  Hutton  had  expressly  said 
"  fifteen  pairs  of  ambulatory  legs,  and  a  pair  of  oral  papilla.'." 
Allowing  for  this,  however,  there  would  still  seem  to  have  l»eeii 
some  misapprehenHion  on  Prof.  I>>uckart's  part  as  to  the  exiK't 
number  of  claw-bearing  legs  possessed  liy  his  specimen — as  the 
sequel  will  show. 

Subsequently  Prof.  Ijcuckart  entrusted!  his  specimen  of  the 
Australian  Peripatus  to  H.  Sanger,  who  embodied  a  description 
of  it  in  a  paper  dealing  in  some  detail  with  the  anatomy  of  /'. 
eaperuit,  contributed  to  the  "  Moskauer  Naturforscherversamni- 
lung  "  in  1869.  Unfortunately  Sanger  chose  the  llussian  language 
■0  his  medium  of  publication,  and  in  consequence  IiLh  paper  for 
some  twenty-live  years  has  lieen  practically  l>uried.  Indecil 
but  for  two  brief  references  to  it  by  Prof.  Leuckart  in  the  Arclii*- 
f.  yaturgeschicbte,  its  existence  even,  as  well  as  its  contents, 
might  very  well  have  remained  unknown  to  this  day.     The  bulky 

•  •Archiv  f.  Niturgescb.  Jnhrg.  xxvii.,  18G2,  ii  Bd.,  p.  2.15. 
tFraneiifeld'i  ipeoimens  were  afterwardg  dealt  with  by  Grulip,  wliu 
ileicrib«d  them  aa  P.  eapfrmi'i  ("  Reiae  dtr  Novum'').  He  au.VH  tliuie  wire 
three  Bpecimens,  t«-o  with  17  pairsuf  claw-henriiig  legs,  tlic  tliinl  with  l,S 
pairt.  He  Hid  not  attach  spccilic  importance  to  the  diffirreui'i!  in  the  num- 
ber of  lega,  whence  the  "  pedes  uncini^eri  utrini[iie  17  vel  18  vcitucohi  ''  ur 
his  deieriptioD. 


174  lUENTITT   OF  THE   AUSTRALIAN    PBRIPATVB, 

iimirtiJ  vdiuine  containing  ihe  paper  Iwurs  the  dat«  1870  on  the 
title  [isijn;  Iiut  1^71  on  tlii>  |Hip<;r'  cover.  IjeuulcArt'a first  mention 
iif  it  wiiH  f<)uiiile<l  on  a  [)ii>liniinary  notice  or  alistract  in  the 
"  Pi-otc)colleii  der  >I<Mk.  Nrtlurfiirscliervei-Mamnil."  He  says : 
'*  V'l'i'f.  unt*^i'!*uclit(!  zwei  Art^n,  ili^n  P.  enpintis,  Gr.,  ond  einu 
iicui-  scluiri  viir  nx-lirorttii  ■riiimMi  voiti  Ref,  in  diesen  Berioliteii 
orwiilmtc  nunliolliindischc  Art,  (lie  vi>in  Verf.  als  /'.  Letickarli 
Ix'Kciiilmi't  winl,"'*  Acting  tiu  the  hint  given  in  this  piiHsa^  I 
l<K>knl  llii-i>ti;.'h  the  earhi'r  volunies  of  the  Archiv  Htniatim  until  I 
fiiuiul  the  int i-oiluctory  mitici',  to  which  i-efen-ncf!  lias  licen  made. 
On  the  puMication  of  thi'  |Mi[M'r  itseif  I/'uckart  added  his  oft- 
<|ucil<tl  second  notice,t  t.'iviii}(  the  biicf  rcsuuiu  of  the  characters 
ui  the  sp'cieH  which  hus  hitherto  hiul  to  serve  a.4  the  only  avwl- 
uhlc  ;,'tiiile  to  the  ccmtentu  tlien^if.  Lenckart  nays:  "Die  neue 
Afl.  (li(^  aiis  New -Ji  III  land  stiiinmt,  win!  fol^endermaasseii 
Iieschrick-n  :  Fiinfxehn  Pitai-  FuKSNluniel,  von  denen  diM  letzte 
I'jutf  rlic  ( icMfLleditsiifthunj;  zwisi;hen  sii-h  ninimt.  Auf  der 
I'liti'i-si'iti-  d<T  Fiisw  ih'ei  i:rhr>lmnf,i'ii,  vun  dnien  die  eine  lang 
iiml  lKi;,^'nf<iniiig  ist,  wiihrenil  ilie  /.wej  andi'rn  kurz  und  gerade 
sMid.      L:iiit,i'  21  mm.,  jirLisMt**  llreite  3'0.")  mm," 

will  be  seen  iireaentlv.  is  aubstftutially  a  traualatiou  ii 


BY  3.    J.    PUCTCHm.  175 

abstract.  Forthwith  natamlista  took  Sanger's  name,  unwittingly 
but  anwarrantftbly  fitted  it  out  with  new  characters,  and  all  the 
time  thought  they  were  strictly  following  the  leader,  or  only  legiti- 
mately BUpplementing  his  work.  Fortunately  nothing  very  much 
worse  has  resulted  than  some  considerable  confusion  of  nomen- 
clature, which  has  not  however  passed  beyond  the  bounds  of 
rectification, 

fi&nger's  paper  has  seemed  in  danger  of  permanent  consignment 
to  oblivion;  all  the  more  mo,  perhaps,  under  thi^  delusion  that  iif 
late  years  olnervers  had  supplemented  what  little  was  known  of 
it  with  all  that  was  necessary  for  the  exact  identificntjun  of  the 
species.  It  happily  occurred  to  Prof.  Spencer  when  on  a  visit  to 
England  recently,  that  the  satisfaction  of  knowing  exactly  what 
dinger  had  said  on  the  subject  might  possibly  prove  to  Ik- 
sufficient  compensation  for  the  expenditure  of  the  trouble  ntveasary 
to  get  at  it.  He  therefon;  took  the  matter  earnestly  in  hand,  and 
with  the  co-operation  of  Prof.  Howes,  Mr.  H.  M.  Bernard,  and  a 
friend  of  the  latter's,  he  at  length  became  possessed  of  a  trans- 
lation of  that  part  of  danger's  paper  descriptive  of  the  Australian 
Peripatus.  I  have  to  thank  Prof.  Spencer  not  only  for  a  copy  of 
the  translation,  but  also  for  Ids  permission  to  make  use  of  it. 
Before  considering  the  translation,  one  or  two  other  matters  may 
be  noticed. 

Some  years  before  the  re-discovery  of  Peripatus  in  Australia, 
the  New  Zealand  species  came  to  light.  During  the  stay  of 
H-M.a.  "Challenger"  at  Wellington  in  July,  1874,  Mr.  Travers 
brought  specimens  to  Mr.  Moseley,  who  says  that  he  was  unable  to 
refer  to  special  publications  at  the  time,  and  he  thought  that  it 
was  "already  certainly  named;"  afterwards  on  his  return  to 
England  press  of  work  prevented  his  gi^'ing  further  attention  to 
the  matter.  Very  shortly  after  it  came  under  GitiIkj's  notice, 
who  refers  to  it  in  a  paper  read  in  1H70.  I  am  unable  to  consult 
this    paper  *     which    is    thus    noticed    by    Leucknrt :     "  Gi'ube 

■  Ber.  der  ichle*.  Geaellach.  f.  Cultur  u.s.w.  nua   •leiii  Jaliro  1875. 


ITG  IDEXTITY   OF  TtlK   AUBTHALtAX    PEKIPATUS, 

iH'i'ii'litft  iilxT  zwei  PeriiHttusftrten,  von  dttiipn  die  eine,  aus  Neu- 
Mueliuiil,  iiiit  P.  Lfiiekarti,  SiiiiK-,  stimiiit,  die  andcre  »l>er  unhr 
<]fr  Ui'zi-iclinutifj  P.  periianua  neu  1>e8clii'iol>eii  wird.''*  CaptnJn 
Huttciii  says  that  lie  snnt  specinima  to  Dublin,  without  any  result. 
Piiiiiliy  ill  11^76,  Huttim  hinisi>lf  ikscriliotl  the  sjjecies  oh  /'.  worn- 
■.•■aliiiiili'T.  Now  at  this  lime  ilutton  evidently  wjut  uuawnre  <if 
iiiiy  i'<-''>>i-d  of  an  AuKtiiiliiin  PeiipntuH;  nor,  under  tlip  ciivuni- 
KtATit;c's,  is  that  at  all  nurprisin;;,  wein^  tliat  he  wan  at  least  us  badly 
iilffor  liioniturc  as  Moselcy  durinf;  the  "  Cliallenjier'a  '  visit  to 
\Vcllin;;tcin,  Of  I{utton'M  ivijjev  Iji'uckart  remarks : — "  Hutton'x 
A  hi  mil  I J  hi  nj;  'f)n  Pfripatus  iiiieir-:xiitand(e'  (Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist. 
(1)  xviii.,  Nov.,  1870,  p|i.  .ir.l-rtGO,  PI.  xvii.)macht  unsmiteiner 
Form  iH-kannt,  die  15  IVinjiiuLi'e  liesitKt,  wie  der  von  Sanger 
(J.-El.  l.'*70,  «.  410)  U'shiielwne  F.  LmckaHi,  (!er  unsenn  Verf. 
fi'eilifili  unlii'kaniit  gi'ljIicU-n  int,  obwolil  mnnn  neue  Art  vicUoicht 
damil  Ktisammenfiillt.  Jedi^nfnlls  ist  nicht  Act  P.  nonK-zealandur, 
soiidiiii  di'i'  /'.  Lr  II  ckaiii  fUi\  f:r>iU:  Artrlcs  (Jen.  Pi^i/Mttis,  die  Aun 
Auslriilicn  koirniit.''f 

Wlii'ii  it  is  liorne  in  mind  tliiit  at  this  time  only  a  single  speci- 
nicn  of  (III!  AiiHtraliiin  Pcrijiatus  was  known,  and  tliat  a  fenif^ej 
V  liliuies  were  not  examined,  Siinger  not  beinj; 


BY   J.    J.    FLETCHER.  177 

comparison;  or  waa  it  that  the  authorH  mentioned  tliouglit  thut  in 
each  case  the  number  of  elan'-bea.ring  legs  won  the  siune;  or  thnt 
they  knew  tliat  the  numbers  were  not  identical  but  regarded  the 
difference  as  not  of  specific  importance  1  Moselej's  renmrk  penne<] 
in  1879,  "Tn  the  Australian  and  New  Zealand  species  the  nunilier 
of  feet  seems  fixed  " — would,  under  the  circumstant'es  meuti<med, 
seem  without  force  if  the  last  condition  held. 

On  the  re-discovery  of  the  Australian  Peripatus,  first  in 
Queensland  (in  lf<l*6)-  not  impi-ol>ably  first  in  Tiwinmiia,  though 
no  record  of  it  was  mode  at  the  time— tlwn  in  Victoria  (in  l(*?<f*|, 
and  in  the  same  year  in  New  South  Wales,  and  all  the  specimens 
met  with  for  several  years  were  found  to  have  1  o  pairs  of  walking 
legs,  it  was  imaf^ined  that  tliese  were  correctly  identified  as  P. 
Uttekar/i  in  supposed  agreement  with  the  "  funfzehn  Paar  Fu.ss- 
stumel  "  of  Leuckart's  abstract  of  Siinger's  jtaper.  In  IW'JO  l)r. 
Dendy  met  with  a  Victorian  Pt^rijuttus,  with  14  pairs  of  walking 
legs,  and  without  an  accpswjry  tooth  ut  the  base  of  the  fang  of 
the  outer  jaw  blades;  and  this  be  i[uite  justifiably  considered  to 
be  sufficiently  distinct  to  Is?  regarded  as  a  second  Australian 
species,  which  he  accordingly  de>«Trilxil  its  /'.  ms'igiUg.  In  li"<9:; 
Prof.  Spencer  obtained  similar  examples  in  Tasmania. 

We  maj'  now  turn  to 

"  Sanger' »  original  Diagnusii  of  I'eripatu*  LeiickarlH.'' 
"  Found  in  New  Holland,  north-west  fi-om  Sydney.  Fifteen 
pairs  of  legs,  one  pair  without  claws,  fourteen  with.  This 
character  also  found  in  /'.  brevU,  descriWt  by  Blancburd.  21  umi, 
long.  Sexual  opening  between  the  last  pair  of  appendages,  herein 
tliSering  from  f.  Edwan/gii  and  /'.  caprn^ia.  Colour  very  nearly 
hiack  dorsally,  greyish  ventrally.  Pupillie  distributed  dorsally 
And  ventrally ;  those  on  the  ventral  surface,  however,  ai-e  longer 
andstandontwards  laterally.  Between  each  pair  of  ap[>endages  is  a 
light  oval  spot  without  papillii';  this  sp>t  ixirrespfjuds  with  tbc 
dark  pits  in  /*.  capensin,  under  which  occur  the  glands  ahviuly 
described.  The  papillie,  as  in  f.  otpetisig,  are  either  small  and 
black  or  la^e  and  red,  but  there  are  more  block  than  red.     Along 


1(«  IDENTITV  OP  THE   AU8THAIIAV    PBRIPATUS, 

thi'  liiick  run»  n  lon^tudinal  median  line,  which  consists  only  of 
lilack  ]iii|)illii-,  but  this  line  in  compHmtively  faint.  The  ps[iillie 
akin;;  1  lie  Ixurk  are  arrange*!  in  fairly  accurate  traiun-erHO  rows, 
aiifl  fiic'li  row  iit  Nepnrateil  from  the  next  by  a  furrow.  The  skin 
I(('t«i'i'ii  ihc  iinpillic  is  dark  grey.  The  papilla"  on  the  legs  are 
fftirly  vviili- apart.  The  legs  have  "soles,"  which,  as  in  f.  cnt>efii; 
consist  iif  three  st^^nicnt'i,  liut  the  Hha{>e  of  these  Megments  in 
verj*  ditti'ii'iit  from  those  nf  /'.  enp-nai'.  The  first  prnxinifttly  is 
liliu^k  anci  .sti-ongly  curv«l  iind  conNiderahly  narrower  than  the 
following/.  The  swciwl  and  thiifl  .segments  are  redihsh  yellow  and 
much  shoiler  Init  bnHuler  than  the  tirst.  Th(!  claw-liearing  joint 
whii'h  folloHM  thcKC  Hegniciits,  is  ctistinguiHhed  liy  its  four^omered 
apiiinraiK-c,  due  to  a  pair  of  papilhv  at  its  outer  comers,  one  on 
earh  sidi-  (/'.  itijieimin  has  thi-ee  papillie)  Tlie  clows  ar(!  smaller 
than  ihoM?  cif  /',  cajiennM.  Thestructuii;  of  the  mouth  is  the  siune 
a^  that  ill  <itlier  getiera  ['!  spi^cics]  only  the  soft  parts  sumiuiiding 
tlir-  mouth  ami  sexual  organs  are  white  !in<l  not  y<>llowish,  hut 
thi-i  may  1m'  due  tci  the  a^'tion  of  alcohol.  In  addition  to  this  des- 
cripliiin  cjf  the  outer  appearance  of  the  animal,  I  give  the  more 
im|Hii-iiiMt  dimmisions  of  the  dt-scrilx-'il  N]>eciti)en.  Body  length 
2!  mill.;   greatest  brewlth  :(03  mm.:   length  of  aiitennai  from  !■$ 


BV  J.   J.    FLBTCnEK.  179 

what  less  unsatisfacUiiy  than  New  Holland.  I  should  take  it  to 
mean  that  the  type  apecimen  was  found  within  the  limits  of  New 
South  Wales,  HOmewhere  between  Sydnej"  and  Cassilis — at  which 
place  Mr.  Olliff  obtained  the  otherwise  Wrat  recorded  apecimen 
Ironi  this  colony — or  therealwuta,  but  not  much  further  to  thci 
west  or  north-west  of  the  ]fttl«r.  It  is  hardly  proliable  that  over 
thirty  yearH  ago  Peripatus  watt  found  in  the  then  newly  separated 
colony  of  Queensland  at  any  spot  in  a  direction  N.W.  from 
Sydney,  sny  to  the  north  of  Bourke.  Not  only  would  such  a 
locality  then  have  been  very  much  less  easy  of  access  to  a 
zoological  collector  than  it  is  now;  l)ut  it  would,  I  should  think. 
be  one  with  a  climate  altogether  too  dry  for  Peripatua.  This 
being  so,  it  is  a  curious  fact — not  however  without  a  parallel, — . 
that  80  long  ago  somelKidy  ahould  have  casually  found  somewhere 
in  this  colony  a  single  specimen  of  Peripatus  with  14  pairs  of 
walking  legs,  but  that  similar  specimens,  whether  from  New  South 
Wales  or  Queensland,  mrtwith standing  much  collecting,  should 
still  be  de.-tiderata.  Sedgwick  has  probably  had  to  do  with  more 
individual  specimens  of  Peripatus  than  all  other  naturalists 
put  together ;  and  yet  among  the  specimens — "  more  than  a 
thousand  from  the  Cape  Peninsula" — which  came  under  his 
notice,  P.  drTi*,  de  Blainv.,  wtis  conspicuously  absent,  and  in  the 
flesh  was  unknown  to  him  at  the  time  the  Monograph  was  written. 
In  the  Macleay  Museum  is  a  specimen  of  a  Peripatus  with  15 
pairs  of  walking  tegs,  lalietled  Ta.smania,  to  which  Mr,  Masters 
directed  my  attention  in  1H90  (P.L.M.  N.S.W.,  2nd  Ser.,  Vol.  v., 
p.  469).  At  that  time  Mr.  Masters  considered  that  it  bad  l>een 
at  leaat  ten  yeara  in  the  collection,  and  he  still  thinks  that  tiie 
correctness  of  the  reputed  li^ality  is  not  open  to  question.  The 
label  is  in  his  own  wi-iting,  hut  he  is  unable  to  I'ecall  the  exact 
circumstances  underwhich  the  specimen  came  to  hand.  Itecenily 
Prof.  Baldwin  Spencer  was  successful  in  finding  Peripatus  in 
Tasmaitia,  but  some  fifteen  specimens  obtained  had  14  pairs  < if 
claw-bearing  legs  apiece. 

(2)  It  was  not  Prof.  Leuckart's  intention  to  furnish  a  technical 
description  of  his  specimen.  On  the  other  hand  Sanger's  descrip- 
tion was  about  aa  full  as  it  could  be  expected  to  l>e  under  the 


IMO  IPENTITV   of  the   AUSTRALIAN    PEKIPATUS, 

cin.-uniKl'iiiioeK;  tlie  Hiluiitiuii  of  tlie  ^enitnl  a{)<'rture,  the  number 
lit  I  In-  sjiiiKJUN  pads  (hi)1ps),  luiil  tiiB  arraiifrement  of  the 
liriinary  jiapilln-  on  the  (:lnw-)H>tuHn;;  jiiintH  uf  the  legit,  all  hein^ 
ituly  noUil.  -Min-em-nr,  lii'  ffives  six  fiKUrcH  of  vartoUH  jiai-ts  of  the 
spfdiiicii.  His  cxttniiiiutioii  of  it  was  tlit-refiiiv  of  a  more  or  less 
iiiiimio  fhiii'iu'ter,  and  it  is  hiinlly  iH)MHil>l<'  that  he  «<hou)d  hnvi' 
inconi'i'ily  i-nuntcil  the  numlier  nf  the  walking  lefr*. 
(.1)  Til.-  niily  n-f.-1-piifO  to  tli('deai:vi}.tioii  ot  /'.  I,,-'-,-!^,  de  BlainTille^ 
[out  lUiuulNml]  ftiveii  l>y  Sdat«r  ami  Wiil«»-ifk  -iM-sidpn  de 
l!l;iiiivi)li-,  '•  l>ictionnait'e  ili-s  Sfienci-s  N'litHii'llcs,"  Supplement, 
T.  t..  [..  L':i7.  I'aiiN,  ISIO,  \vliic;h  I  am  unal.I.!  to  i-onsult  -is  the 
ftKitiiuli-  to  (ii'n-jiis'  jiajKr  "  Ettides  jxnir  Morvir  k  I'liiMtoire 
mitniTllc  ilcs  MyriajHxl.'s''  in  tlie  Ami.  Sv.  Nat.  (:i),  vii.,  p.  38, 
Is.'lT.  This,  however,  is  but  the  ]Llil>iwiiiti'd  desunption,  (juoted 
liy  S.!.l;;wick  (Moiiofiruph,  p.  Ifif<),  which  mentions  "iBiurvu  de 
i]ii;itiiiv.c  ]Hiiivs  lie  pittfs,"  liut  liui's  mil  distlost!  what  view  <le 
llliiitiviih-  took  of  thu  oral  [utpilta',  nor  exactly  wlmt  tlie  fourteen 
pairs  wen^  to  Iw  undcrNUKxl  as  cowiprelieiidin;;.  In  (Jcrvais'  paper 
"Sm-  le  (JeniT  PerijMite"*  is  ini'orporated  u  detaihtl  descriptiun 


BY  J.   J.    FLETCUBR.  181 

jf  P.  brevU  communicated  by  de  Blwnville,  and  given  in  hia  own 
words.  From  Uiis  it  appears  that  the  "  (juatorze  pairea  de  pattes" 
has  reference  only  to  claw-bearing  legs.  The  oral  papilla;  he  thus 
describes — "Quant  aux  appendices:  la  tete  eat  pourvue  d'une 
paira  de  tentacules  Himples.  .  .  .  On  remarque  a  la  partie  externe 
de  leur  base,  et  par  cona^uent  do  cliaque  cAt^,  un  stemmatc  ou  un 
point  pseudoKwulaira  form^  par  un  petit  disque  corde,  un  pen 
convexeet  simple."  Upon  this  Gervais  remarks:  "M.  Wiegmann 
considera  comme  den  pattes  atropliiees  les  <ieux  organes  que  MM. 
Guilding,  de  BlainviUe,  Audouin  et  Edwards  signalent  comme 
des  yeu:^." 

(4)  There  in  nothing  remarkable  about  the  colour  of  the  speci- 
men. I  have  seen  specimens  (with  15  paii-s  of  legs),  from  Queens- 
land and  New  South  Wales,  which  might  l»e  described  in  very 
similar  or  identical  t«rms. 

(5)  I  do  not  understand  the  statement  that  "  the  claw-bearing 
joint  which  follows  these  segments  [spinous  pads],  is  distinguished 
by  its  4-comered  appearance  due  Co  a  pair  of  /la/AllfF  at  its  outer 
comers,  one  on  eark  gvie  (P.  ca}>eninM  has  three)."  The  statement 
as  to  /'.  capmunn  is  borne  out  by  Hunger's  figures;  and  both  are  in 
harmony  with  the  quite  independent  ol>servations  and  figures  of 
Sedgwick,  who  says  that  there  are  two  primary  papillfe  on  the 
front  or  anterior  side  of  the  distal  end  of  the  foot,  close  to  the 
socket  in  which  the  claws  are  placed,  and  one  on  the  posterior 
side.  In  the  Australian  and  New  ZcAland  species  the  distal  end 
of  the  foot  also  has  three  priniary  papilla;,  but  they  are  differently 
arranged,  one  being  anterior,  one  posterior,  and  one  median  and 
dorsal.  At  least  two  of  his  figures  (Ags.  32,  33  and  perhaps  34) 
show  that  Sanger  correctly  recognised  this  character  in  the  Aus- 
tralian Peripatus.  Hia  fig.  35  is  certainly  very  satisfactorily 
4-comered,  three  of  the  corners  being  furnished  by  the  three 
papillie  in  question,  while  the  fourth  is  apparently  an  equally 
conspicuous  similar  primary  papilla  which  is  niedian  and  ventral; 
bat  with  which  the  Australian  Peripatus  has  not  lieen  credited 
by  any  other  observer.  Even  so,  the  statement  "  a  pair  of  papilla* 
at  its  outer  comers,  one  on  each  side,"  hardly  seems  to  express 


\X2  IDKXTITV   OF  THE   AL'HTHALIAM    PERIPATUa, 

tliis  iLrriiii^ionieiit  \t!rj'  in U'llifrf ''!)'.  Wlittt  I  find  is  a  pair  of 
<'lcv(itiiitis  at  tli<!  ditUil  eiiil  of  tlic  vpiitral  aspect,  one  on  each 
Hidt^  of  tlip  median  liii><,  luid  each  of  tliein  without  alMut  two 
spiui-M;  ihcy  are  compu,mV)l(!  witli  the  similarly  Mituated  but  more 
rxu^nsivo  ;;roup3  of  "  iiic(>iiK]iii:uuns  ]Nile  elevation!),  bearing 
Hpiiii>>i"  in  /*.  i-ti/ntiiiis  i-cfeired  tii  by  S<'<lKwick  ('.  c.  p.  165). 
Siinger,  ton,  iiutiee<I  tliem  in  timt  MpecioK,  but  in  hiis  fig.  5  they  are 
n'pi'est'nli.'d  like  a  pair  of  priiiiiiry  iwiiitlie,  I'ach  l)eariii"{  one  spine. 

Siiii'i!  thi'n  the  type  of  J'.  Ir.iii-ktirli.  "Siing.,  Iulm  14  paint  of 
wfilkitif;  li'jjs,  ii  i|U«sLiori  whicli  naturally  oiTi-O!  itw>lf  for  cunnifleni- 
ti.m  is  -ho«  imj.'lit  i\w  common,  mor<;  wi<l.:ly  distributed  Austra- 
liiin  I'cripiitus  with  \'i  imirs  of  walking  le^s  to  l>i"  designated? 
iSiinip  miirithKiVf.'rj  I  hiwl  the  upjioi'tHnity  of  discussing  the  (juestion 
with  Dr.  Dendy  in  the  lighi  of  >*ii.f.  Sjieiieer's  tninxlation.  An 
the  variation  in  the  numlier  of  tlaw-l>eiu-ing  legs,  as  far  as  waH 
llu'ii  kiiiiwn,  Ji]i|R-are(l  to  l)e  correliitiHl  with  a  variation  in  die 
charni-ler  of  tlui  outor  jaw  blfides  it  seciiiefl  not  uinvaftonable  to 
ri'ganl  Ihe  Peri pittus  with  l-'i  jmirs  of  walking  legs  a»  distinct 
fniwi  /',  I'-iii-knrii,  Hant;.,  and  entitle<l  lo  a  new  name;  Dr.  Dendy 
even  uinsidering  himself  juslifietl  in  ivganling  the  larger  Victorian 
Ferinatus  aa  aufficientlv  distinct  from  tliat  iit  Ni" 


BY   J.   J.    FLBTCHBR.  183 

eastern  form  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  species  distinct  from  what  we 
must  now  consider  to  be  /*.  leiickarti,  >Sang.,  then  the  western  fumi 
also,  as  it  seems  to  me,  ought  to  be  so  regarded.  I  would  prefer 
to  ciinsider  the  latter  an  intermediate  form,  as  at  present  Austra- 
lia would,  I  think,  be  over-supphed  with  as  many  as  four  species. 
Seeing  that  many  more  specimens  have  had  their  legs  counted, 
than  have  had  the  jaw  blades  examined,  and  that  in,  two  examples 
from  New  South  Wales,  in  one  or  both  outer  blades  there  is  more 
than  one  accessory  tooth, — in  one  case  three  un  the  jaw  blade 
of  one  side;  in  another  the  accessory  tooth,  longer  and  blunter 
than  usual,  is  followed  b}'  several  serrations;  in  lx>th  examples 
the  pecuiiaritiea  are  reproduced  in  the  reserve  teeth- -it  seems 
pro)>able  that  unlooked  for  variation  may  be  found.  Further, 
Dr.  Dendy  has  recently  recognised  as  a  var.  of  /'.  ntn-m-izeaiaHdiu: 
a  New  Zealand  Peripatus  with  16  pairs  of  walking  legs*;  so  that 
thp  idea  that  in  this  species  the  number  of  feet  is  "  fixed,"  must 
now  be  given  up.  Therefore  the  most  satisfactory  arrangement, 
in  my  opinion,  would  be  to  consider  all  the  known  Australian 
specimens  of  Peripatus  as  referable  to  one  comprehensive  species 
with  four  varieties  as  follows  :^ 

Peripatus  leuckakti,  Sang. 

With  14  or  with  15  pairs  of  claw-bearing  ambulatory  legs. 
Outer  jaw-blades  without  or  with  an  accessory  tooth,  occasionally 
more,  at  the  baae  of  the  main  tooth.  Males  smaller  than  the 
females;  with  a  pair  of  (accessory  gland)  pores  close  together, 
situated  between  the  genital  papilla  and  the  anus;  with  a  white 
at  sometimes  bluish  tubercle — on  which  opens  the  crural  gland— 
on  each  leg  of  the  first  pair  only,  or  of  the  last  pair  only,  or  of  all 
or  only  some  of  the  pairs  with  the  exception  of  the  first,  or  of  the 
first  five. 

Colour  varying  from  dark  blue  or  almost  so,  so  dark  sometimes 
as  to  appear  blackish,  with  a  atill  darker  median  dorsal  line  in 
the  centre  of  which  lies  a  fine  unpigmented  groove;  to  alternate 

*  Ann,  M««.  N.  U.  (6)  VoL  xiv.,  Deo.  1894,  p-  401. 


ISi  IDENTITY   OF  TOE   AUSTRALIAN    PBRirATOB, 

limgiludinul  stripes  <if  lilue  iind  nrange  or  their  equivalents — three 
<if  tlic  f.nTiwT  and  four  iif  the  hitter;  or  red  with  two  of  the  dark 
sti'ilH'H  ri'jireaented  only  liy  lilaekish  biotcheH  and  diitcontinoous 
irifdiilar  i»itches.  Willi  »n  interesting  nerieii  of  more  or  Ipsm 
;!nti]i>tii>uid  <-i)luur-viirii'tieH  arising  from  some  modification  of  the 
fiilliiwing  iMttem;  th<i  dorsal  surface  is  a  mosaic  of  three  longi- 
Indinnl  Kfries  of  rouffhly  lioxagoiial  or  lozpnge-sliaped  arpHK 
i>utHn[il  in  dark  upon  a  lighter  l)ackgniund,  lKirdere<l  on  eucli  aide 
1)}'  ii  light  longitudinal  stript-  innnedintely  above  the  intiertion  of 
the  legs;  the  lon<nges  of  the  median  series  are  confluent,  the 
li'miidarii's  lietween  them  ha^■ing  disajipeared,  they  corresjMmd 
uith  ih.-  legs,  and  down  the  middle  of  the  wries  dividing  it 
!-vnir(ielrioiiilv  is  a  'htrk  —blue,  black,  or  rarely  red — line  often 
{■ivsentiiig  as  it  were  a  knot-like  enlargement  in  the  middle  of 
each  luzi'nge,  the  dark  line  liaving  down  the  centre  of  it  a  fine 
uniiignipiited  sometinii's  interruple<l  groove.  From  the  relative 
|>r<iportioiis  of  blue  and  orangt;  or  their  eiiuivaietitti  prenent,  from 
the  partial  or  nion>  or  less  complete  disapi>earance  of  the  dark 
reticulate  j>attem,  or  from  tlie  sulidivision  of  the  median  series  of 
lozenges  into  two  sets  of  fout'-si<Ied  or  diamond-shaped  areas  result 
soini;  vriy  interesting  un<l,  without  a  sericjs  for  examination,  some- 


1.  p.  LEUCKARTI,  Sling.,  v»r.  ti/iiu-a 

P.  Uifkarfi,  Siing.,  non  auct.:  P.  umiifiiu!',  Dendy,  Vict.  Kat. 
Vol  vi.  No.  12,  April,  1H90,  p.  173:  Spencer,  Proc.  Roy.  Si«-. 
Vict  1894,  p.  31. 

With  14  pain*  of  claw-bearing  legs;  outer  jaw  blades  witlmut 
an  accefwory  tooth. 

Halt. — New  South  Wales,  Victoria,  Tasmania. 

The  re-diacovery  of  this  variety  in  New  South  Wales  is  a  matter 
to  be  desired,  as  the  jaw  cliaracters  of  the  type  are  unknown.  I 
have  seen  only  Tasnianian  specimens — six  (three  of  each  sex) 
kindly  lent  me  by  Prof.  Spencer.  Two  of  them  are  dark  without 
any  definite  pattern:  the  others  ha\'e  more  orange  red  and  show  a 
dark  median  line  with  nodosities,  not  always  oppasite  the  legs,  and 
a  patt«m  of  secondary  diamonds,  much  like  iionie  N.S.W.  speci- 
mens of  var.  orientalU.  The  males  are  remarkable  by  the  absence 
of  white  tubercles  from  the  legs  of  the  first  five  pairs;  they  are 
present  on  all  or  nearly  all  the  others. 

■2.  P.  LEUCKARTI,  tSiing.,  var.  iiffvhnlcJiK,  var.  nov. 

With  16  pairs  of  walking  lejrs;  outer  jaw-blodeu  without  an 
accessory  tooth. 

/fei.— Bridgetown,  inland  from  Perth,  W.A.  (Mr.  A.  M.  I>ia). 

The  specimens,  which  were  put  straight  into  spirit,  are  sniall 
(the  largest  but  slightly  exceeding  15  mm,)  even  allowing  for  the 
contraction  due  to  the  method  of  preseiTation.  There  i.H  nothing 
specially  remarkable  al>out  the  coloration,  which  is  mainly  blue 
with  a  smaller  amount  of  orange.  Tliej'  would  pass  muster  in 
this  respect  very  well  among  a  collection  of  similarly  preserved 
eastern  specimens. 

The  males  have  white  papillie  on  most  of  the  legs,  but  not  on 
dioee  of  the  first  [tair.  One  of  the  females  obtained  and  presen'ed 
on  March  30th  last  contained  altout  ten  advanced  embryos  varj-ing 
slightly  in  age,  of  which  the  proximal  one  has  the  Itody  mori^ 
pgmented  than  is  usually  the  case  with  the  newly  bom  young  of 
the  ea8t«m  form.     As  in  the  latter,  the  embryos  are  contained 


INO  II>ESTm'   op  TIIK   AUOTRAMAS    PBR1PATU8, 

within  iL  tliiii  hyoiiue  menibranuua  shell.  The  breeding  seanon,  at 
atiy  rnt«  lut  to  its  termination,  would  nnem  to  be  in  ngreement  in 
tlic  two  cascst. 

S<>\'i;ral  livin;;  examples  forwiirHtMl  iit  the  »ame  time,  unfortu- 
iim<.-ly  in  the  wimt)  enclosui'e  as  the  sjilrit  Hpecimenn,  miserably 
IM-rislii-rl  on  the  journey. 

.1.  P.  LEUCKAiiTi,  Biinf,'-,  ^''"■-  orien/alvt. 

/'.  Ii-tK-karti,  Siinj!;.,  of  authors,  hut  not  of  linger;  nor  the 
lilt  i-cr  Vietorimi  Peripatus  of  I)endy. 

With  \h  jwiirw  of  walking  legs;  outer  jaw-blades  with  one 
ai'tTf-sory  tixith  or  with  several.  Length  of  largest  npecimens 
extcnili'd  fiftcr  drowning-  -J.  SO  mm.;  ^.  29  mm,  (the  tinbennie 
iH-iiig  oxi-hided). 

//«/i.  [Qupennlaiid*]i  New  l^utli  Wales  (not  yet  found  west 
of  t!ie  llividing  Range). 

I  now  [Hjssess  a  fine  seiies  of  specimens  from  Ll lis  Colony,  but  it 
<hH's  not  include  a  siiigli!  Hpecinien  normally  with  1 4  pairs  of  cUw- 
Ix-ating  legs.  Of  one  specimen  tlie  legs  of  the  fourteenth  pair  are 
wliliout  claws,  while  the  fifteenth  paii*  is  represented  by  a  pair  of 
<vmmetrical  .- 


187 

RtripeH  above  the  legs  will  be  almost  entirely  red,  contrasting  well 
with  the  intervening  series.  In teresting  variations  of  this  pattern 
arise  by  the  partial  filling  in  of  the  lozenges  of  tht^  median  series; 
the  red  may  be  ^gregated  in  a  little  patch  on  each  side  of  tlie 
nodose  enlargentent  on  the  median  dark  line,  or  it  may  just  fill 
in  the  lateral  apices  of  each  lozenge.  The  most  complicat«d  pattern 
arising  from  a  secondary  arrangement  of  (four-sided)  diamonds 
niay  l>e  described  as  follows  :  Two  hnes  intersecting  in  each 
nodose  enlargement  of  the  median  dark  line  cut  off  from  a  lozenge 
a  pair  of  small  diamonds,  one  on  each  side  of  the  median  line 
corresponding  with  the  legs;  and  an  anterior  and  posterior  portion 
which,  with  the  posterior  portion  of  the  lozenge  preceding,  and 
the  anterior  of  tlie  succeeding  one,  make  up  two  of  a  single 
median  interrupted  series  of  larger  diamonds,  each  of  which 
corresponds  with  the  interval  between  the  legs*  :  the  former  are 
sometimes  filled  in  with  red;  the  latter  partially.  Sometimes 
the  dark  iMundaries  disappear,  leaiing  only  the  patches  of  red. 
The  light  longitudinal  stripe  above  the  insertion  of  the  tegs  is 
usually  very  distinct,  but  sometime),  there  are  onlv  indications  of 
it,  or  it  is  a  discontinuous  series  of  orange  or  i-ed  patches  above 
the  intervals  between  the  successive  legs  of  each  side.  Its  light 
tint  may  be  due  to  the  presence  of  light  blue  l>oth  in  the  ground 
colour,  and  on  the  primary  papillu;  with  the  exception  of  their 
summits. 

I  have  seen  only  a  very  small  series  of  the  larger  Victorian 
Peripatus,  but  as  far  as  it  goes  the  following  slight  differences 
attract  my  notice.  The  median  dark  longitudinal  line  is  either 
Ttuiting  or  is  not  so  marked  a  feature  as  in  our  variety;  and  the 
nnpigmented  median  groove  is  rather  more  conspicuous.  The 
line  of  demarcation  between  the  median  and  each  lateral  series  of 
the  mosaic  is  better  defined;  that  between  the  lateral  series  and 
the  longitudinal  stripe  is  not,  I  think,  quite  so  definite.  The 
longitudinal  stripe  above  the  legs,  except  in  specimens  with  a 
▼ery  large  amount  of  red,  w  not  so  clearly  indicated  as  is  usually 

*  Thkt  !■,  thB  interTsI  betweea  two  coniecutive  legs  of  tlie  aaiiie  side. 


JESTITV   OK  THE   AURTItALIAX   PERIPATU8, 

ours.      Tliiwe  (litferencPH,  however,  are   not  more 

tlii>w.-  whicli  may  )>■■  ]ire!tent(;il   Uy  n  number  iif 

i^i'inieiiH  from  Xi'w  Snutli  Wali-a  found  in  the  wmie 


Such  sli}.'lit  liK'iil  \'ui'iiitii)iis,  lu  wt>ll  an  in  thit  neooiiilary  uexual 
clini'itctei's  lit'  ilif  males,  ili-i-  not  unotniiiuii.  I  liitvf!  Iiac)  n  guiKl 
<l.-ul  of  .•x(M-ri.-iici-  now  with  thi-  Pcriiwitus  «f  New  Simtli  Wales. 
l)Ul  I  luvi'f  y<'t  iiiH  with  liiii^iludiiiitlly  .strijfod  i-xaiuples  auch  iis 
.Me.  Ilfliii:-  fiiti  at  Mt.  Kosuiuwo,  iini)  Mr.  I>t»  on  the  northern 
T]il)li4iLiul,  Oil  tlit^  iitlior  hiiiid,  miiiu'  of  ni}'  own  exnmpIeH  are 
iniliki'  iiiiv  I  Uiwe.  itei^ii  iiuiotif;  tliuw  txitliMited  l>j'  otiicra  in 
liH-iilitics  which  I  liiik-e  not  mysi-lf  visiUxl.  Fi-oiu  one  tli»trict  my 
siH'citLioiiK  iin-  chiLnu'teriHeil  hy  a  r(Nl  tiijl.  lllawiirra  Mpecimeii'^ 
■  omiuonly  hnvc  a  wi'll-iniirki-d  TKNiost-  iiiodiun  dark  line,  each 
ijudosity  standing  in  a  luthcr  lrii»i;,'ulai'  ]iat«li  of  red,  hut  with 
littli-  or  no  indiciUion  of  a  lom-nKi-  [jiittiTii;  and  in  tliexe  Hpeciiuens 
ilic  iri'Hiian  ventral  sl■rtl•^4  of  white  jiiitdiuH  (ventral  orgauii)  are 
Mi-y  itu-ons]iicuou!*  in<h^l.  It  was  •■ufli  sixiniuenrt  a»  these  that 
iji'st  ciLtui;  und<-r  my  notice;  anil  the  rt^latiun  of  their  colour- 
diamond    jMitttrn    of    the    Victorian    Peripatiu 


1(19 

Demonstmtor  of  Biology,  Sydney  UniverBity,  vi>ry  kindly  Hectioii- 
ised  fyr  me.  The  legs  did  not  all  cut  in  an  erjually  satisfactory 
m&nner;  but  Allowing  for  this,  lieyoiid  a  large  pair  of  crural 
glajidn  in  the  two  papilla-liearing  kgs,  I  can  aec  no  indication  uf 
their  presence  in  the  othere.  I  havy  not  seen  any  specimen  with 
papillfe  on  the  legs  of  the  last  pair  only.  Whon  papillH!  are 
present  un  the  legs  of  the  ItMt  pair  they  are  situated  nearer  ihi" 
Ijaie  of  the  leg  than  iu  the  case  of  the  others.  This,  however,  is 
because  the  legs  of  the  fifteenth  pair  are  shorter,  and  consequently 
have  fewer  transverse  papillu-I>eariiig  ririges  The  papillae  still 
occupy  the  normal  portion — -nameh,  on  about  the  fifth  papilla- 
bearing  ridge  above  the  innenuost  <<]iinou'4  pad 

In  a  previous  paper  (P.L.S.N.S.W  2nd  Ser  v  p  4fl4)  Ireferretl 
to  the  presence  in  Home  females  of  longitudmal  ilit-iike  depresJiions 
or  pores  situated  a  little  below  the  ncphndiopores,  and  suggestive 
of  rudiments  or  relics  i>f  crural  glands.  They  are  not,  however, 
the  representatives  of  the  crural  glands  of  the  males,  for  I  now 
have  specimens  of  the  latter,  Iwth  with  numerous  crural  papilhv  and 
with  only  one  pair  which  show  the  same  character.  In  the  males 
they  are  situate  between  the  nephridiopore  and  the  papilla  when 
present,  or  the  position  it  would  occupy  if  present.  Occasionally, 
even  in  the  females,  a  little  white  coagulated  secretion  is  left  in 
the  aperture.  Unless  these  represent  a  second  series  of  crural 
glands  which  were  posseswed  by  lK»tli  soxos,  but  are  now  I)ecominft 
more  or  less  aborted,  T  do  not  at  present  know  what  thev  can  b<'. 

The  ova  are  large,  and  have  a  coasideralile  nmitunt  of  yolk. 
Aa  in  /*.  capermU,  the  egg-shell  is  a  thin  tninspai'ent  membrane; 
not  a  thick  chitinous  covering  as  in  /*.  nopir-zfalaHdic.,  and  in  the 
larger  Victorian  Feripatus. 

There  is  some  difference  in  detail  in  respect  of  the  bree<ling 
habits  of  the  New  Zealand  Feripatus  and  that  uf  New  South 
W»le)t  as  known  to  me;  and  in  neither  case  is  it  so  easy,  as  in 
that  of  P.  ca/Mtuu,  to  fix  definitely  the  length  of  the  period  of 
gestation,  or  the  exact  limits  of  the  breeding  season;  and,  T  shouki 
!,  far  a  umilar  reason. 


190  IDBNTITy   OP  THK    AUSTHALIAN    PBRIPATU8, 


Of  P.  rn/minix,  Sedgwick  sayH  :  "  Tlie  period  of  ffCBtation  i» 
tliirteen  nKiiithn;  that  in  Ui  nay,  t)ie  ova  posn  into  the  oviducbt 
n)K>ut  one  month  hefore  the  young  of  the  prece*lin)(  year  are 

iKH'n Tim  young  aiv  Ixim  in  April  and  May " 

(Monograph,  p.  165). 

Of  /'.  iiiivtr-zeiTfiiiitHie,  Caplrtin  Hutton  says  that  it  appearx  to 
hretyl  all  the  year  n>un<i;  niitl  that  he  found  the  uteruH  crowded 
witli  inihrj'OM  in  Sept«uilier  and  Ninember.  The  views  of  Mr. 
-Seilgwick  an<l  Miss  Shcldtjn  ai-e  summed  up  liy  the  latter  ns 
followM  1 — "  Proliahly  the  ova  pass  from  the  itvarj'  into  the  ut*ruH 
ill  l)('c<mil>er,  and  the  young  are  )>orn  in  July,  the  developmrtit 
thus  i>ccupying  a  period  of  alwut  eight  montlis.  Thin,  tliougli 
iijipaifntly  usually  the  caHe,  cannot  ))c  univemal,  since  in  each  lot 
thei'e  wi'i*  one  or  two  females  which  ctintaine<l  embryos  ready  for 
liirth,  iind  also  the  embryas  in  on(;  female  vary  somewhat  in  age." 

."x'later,  thewfore,  hardly  satisfactorily  states  the  case  when  he 
says  of  both  the  South  African  and  the  Xew  Zealand  Peripatmi 
that  "  the  (lev  eloptuent  of  the  embryos,  though  going  on  all  the 
year  round,  commences  at  one  particular  season,  so  that  all  the 
embi'vos  found  in  the  uterus  of  the  feniide  are  approxin)at«Iy  of 
.  Lab.  Cauiliri 


BT  J.    J.    FLETCHER.  191 

I  should  think  the  New  Zealand  Peripatua  is  not  widely  different 
in  this  respect  from  ours. 

I  have  examined  females  of  the  common  Pf^ripatuii  of  New 
Wales  at  intervals  during  the  greater  part  of  the  year.  There 
are  still  a  few  important  blanks  in  my  serien  when  certain  details 
are  wanted,  which  I  hope  soon  to  be  able  to  fill.  I  shall,  tlieru- 
f<WB,  postpone  a  full  consideration.  But  I  have  seen  enough  to 
show  the  general  trend  of  mattem. 

Of  the  first  lot  of  specimena  I  ever  had,  one  specimen  was  kept 
from  June  16th  to  the  last  week  in  October :  a.  few  days  l*fore 
her  death  she  produced  four  young  ones.  In  July  an  embryo 
which  had  about  half  completed  its  development  was  removed 
from  another  female  of  the  same  batch,  and  preserved  by 
Professor  Haswell.     I  still  have  this  specimen. 

In  1893  I  had  specimenH  under  observation  from  April  until 
the  following  March:  the  first  young  one  was  noted  on  Noveml)er 
11th. 

In  1893  I  got  a  fine  series  in  the  last  week  of  July.  A  sin^fle 
Tmuaually  early  young  one  was  noticed  on  August  15th.  A  few 
others  were  noticed  on  September  22nd.  By  Ko^embei"  the 
females  were  breeding  freely,  sixty  young  ones  being  noted  on 
November  22nd.  From  15th-18th  of  August  seventeen  females 
of  this  batch  in  pn)cess  of  being  drowned  extruded  83  young 
embryos  {from  1-14  each) :  these  vary  slightly  in  age,  and  tom- 
priae  specimens  at  about  the  same  stage,  and  also  at  a  little  nuiro 
advanced  stage,  than  the  New  Zealand  erabrj'o  figured  by  Miss 
Sheldon  (Studies,  Vol.  iv.  PI.  xxvi.  figs.  25-26)  ;  that  is  to  say, 
tlie  longitudinal  ridge  along  each  side  of  the  liody  from  which  the 
t^pendages  take  their  origin,  shows  rudiments  of  from  al>out  half 
a  dozen  pairs  to  nearly  the  full  number.  During  the  following 
week  three  females  were  opened;  they  contained  23,  30  and  37 
very  similar  stages,  together  with  younger  ones  and  a  few  o^a. 
In  the  first  week  in  October  five  females  of  the  same  lot  when 
being  drowned  extruded  eight  embrj-o*;  these  are  much  more 
advanced  than  those  extruded  six  weeks  earlier,  the  full  numl>er 
of  claw-bearing  legs  lieing  present.      The  following  week    two 


l'J'2  IDKNTITV   OF  THE   AUSTRALIAN    PBRIPATUS, 

viiiiilfswt>rc(>|MMiedi  Pflc'mf  thespcDntiiiiiwI  al»ut  39  very  Bimilai- 
■111  I'liihryos,  a  fi*w  uf  tlit'  prtixtiual  i>iii-h  Imving  the  tentoclex 
luticoiilily  )ii;;iiii'tit4!<l. 

Twti  lilts  iihtniiiMl  cjtrly  in  Jiiiiuiiry  lU  thp  xnme  locality  in 
iiU'iiTiiI  yriii-s  Ix-Kiin  to  proiluw  yimnji  ti)wiLnls  the  ond  of  the 
lumlli,  youiiH  U-inK  i'si)e(;iiilly  iHiiiit>n>u<4  iluriii);  Fe!>TOiny. 

Oji  Ajiiil  :!inl,  ISOS,  [  iilitiiint^  a  smiiil  Imtch  of  specimens; 
within  till-  iii'xl  f(trtni};ht  six  yi»mi>j  ones  wcr*!  olwerved. 

I  lin\r  si'i'ii  ticwly-lxirii  ycniiiff  in  csvpiy  iiioiitli  from  AiigUMt 
null-  mil'  -|»'ciiiii'n)  tn  tin-  i-arly  jiiirt  iif  .lliiy.  I  hiivp. never  neeii 
lii'iii  cliiiin^  tilt'  Ititlcr  ]>iirt  of  May,  or  in  'lune  am)  July,  and  jii 
Vti^'ust  only  one  sui-prisin^'ly  (■urly  sjxt-inien;  and  I  nhould  be 
iiriTisifl  111  ttnd  om'  I'eriiMitiis  brferlini;  iluring  the  winter 
iicindis.  Thill,  while  it  will  1m-  seen  that  lU.-rui'diii';  to  myexperi- 
■Tur,  line  iiiiinut  say  of  iiur  eommiiii  New  South  Wales  that  it 
His'iis  iill  the  year  niunil,  yet  it  certainty  dues  durinfi;  the  ;{rt)ater 
i'-fiiurths  -of  the  year.  The  majority  of  the 
litis:  a  ]HTio<l  of  six  monthB— 
t  the  |ini^'nv  of  a  few  early 
il<l  anciher  lli.-.-..  months.     But 


BY  J.   J.    FLETCHER.  193 

exceptionally  a  little  later,  will  vety  probablj'  prove  to  be  not  verj' 
wide  of  the  mark. 

If  the  unuRUallf  early  Au^^t  young  one  referred  t^  above  was 
developed  from  an  ovum  which  paa.'Kd  into  the  oviduct  about 
the  middle  of  Februarj- ;  the  Octol>er  younj;  from  April  ova ; 
and  the  young  bom  towards  the  end  uf  April  or  early  in  May 
from  ova  which  left  the  ovaries  in  October  or  Novemlwr  preceding 
— an  may  very  well  have  l)een  the  caae — then  thi'  period  of 
gsatation  is  alwut  six  months;  not  less,  pn>l>abiy  a  httle  more; 
bnt  from  6-7  months  will,  I  Itelieve,  prove  to  Im?  a  vt>rj'  close 
a|q>roximation  to  the  truth. 

The  lai^est  number  of  New  Zealand  Peripatun  embrj-os  met 
with  by  Captain  Hutton  waa  20  (1»  +  8);  by  Mr.  Wedfrwick  or 
Misa  Sheldon  18  (12  +  fi).  The  largest  numlter  I  have  found  in 
our  Peripatus  b  53,  in  a  female  opened  on  Novemlxtr  21i!t.  They 
tonu  a  finely  gradational  series  of  old  embryos — the  youngest 
with  claw-bearing  legs,  tlie  proximal  half  dozen  or  so  with  pig- 
mented tentacles.  Females  with  from  30-40  embryos  or  ova  are 
not  uncommon  in  certain  months.*  Whether  the  contents  of  the 
uteri  show  any  very  marked  differences  in  the  stages  of  develop, 
ment  reached  depends  a  good  deal  on  circumstances.  AI>out  the 
time  when  the  breeding  season  usually  ends  one  may  find  femalei« 
containing  a  few  old  embryos  not  differing  verj-  noticeably,  or 
notliing,  or  a  few  old  embryos  together  with  a  few  ova  which  have 
recently  pa-ised  into  the  uteri,  or  only  some  of  the  latter.  Still 
later  in  the  season  one  may  find  an  inisreo-icd  numlier  of  young 
embryo«  together  with  fre.sh  ova.  But  my  experience  is  that  if 
the  contained  aeries  is  a  large  ime,  as  a  rule  it  presents  no  very 
abrupt  breaks,  but  one  gett  a  finely  graduated  series  of  old  or  of 


*  On  the  other  h&ad,  when  the  aupply  of  niiLterial  lio^i  been  short,  iiiiU 
■mall  and  thsreforr  young  BpcuiiueDB— p>)SBi1)ly  even  coinineiiciii);  to  bretil 
fw  the  Gnt  time—have  had  to  be  ntiliii'd,  the  numliers  linvc  been  very 
nnall  compared  with  what  might  be  expected  to  occur  in  lurge  emnipli's 
opened  nt  the  ume  time  of  year.  In  two  such  voies  the  nuniliera  were  only 
two  and  onit  reipectivcly. 


194  IDBNTITY  OF  THE   AUSTRALIAN   PBRIPATU8. 

3'ouiig  stageM  varying  slightly  in  age.  Also  that  in  different; 
females  one  may  find  at  different  timea  of  the  year  separated  by 
an  interval  of  as  much  as  six  months  embryos  at  the  same  stage 
of  development. 

On  several  occasions  I  have  found  a  few  embryos  which  bad 
Iweii  prematurely  extruded  by  females  living  iu  captivity. 

[4.  The  Victorian  Peripatub  to  us  dealt  with  by 
Dr.  Dbndv. 

flab. — Victoria  and  Tasmania  (probably — for  a  specimen  in  the 
Macleay  Museum)]. 


DESCKIPTION  OF  PERIPATUS  OVIPARUS. 

Bv   Aktuuk   Dbndy,  D.Sc.,  Profeshok   of    Biol<k:y    in   thk 
Canterbury  Collere,  University  of  Xeiv  Zealand. 

In  my  prei^idential  addresn  to  thi*  Biological  Section  of  the 
Aiutntlasian  Association  for  the  Ad^'ancenlent  of  Science,  at  the 
meeting  recently  held  in  Brisbane,  I  points  out  certain  facts 
which  had  lately  coine  to  light  with  regard  to  the  literature  of 
the  Australian  species  of  Peripatug,  and  which  might  render 
necessary  certain  alterations  in  the  nomenclature.  At  the  same 
time  I  still  refrained  from  attaching  a  specific  name  to  the 
oviparouH  Victorian  species,  pending  further  evidence.  After  my 
address  was  written  I  had  the  opixirtunity  of  talking  over  the 
matt«r  with  Mr.  J.  J.  Fletcher  in  Sydney,  and  found  that  he  had 
independently  arrived  at  cunclusions  very  similar  to  those  con- 
tained in  my  manuscript.  Mr.  Fletcher  suggestecl  that  we  should 
each  contribute  a  paper  on  the  subject  to  the  next  meeting  of 
this  Society,  and  that  in  my  contribution  I  should  confine  myself 
to  the  egg-laying  Victorian  species,  which  we  agreed  should  now 
receive  a  name.  In  accordance  with  this  suggestion  I  now  submit 
a  description  of  the  species  in  question,  for  which  I  propose  the 
name  PeriptUut  ovipanu. 

Very  fortunately,  while  I  was  in  New  South  Wales,  my  friend 
Mr.  Thos.  Steel,  F.C.S.,  was  successful  in  liiiding  a  lai^e  numl>er 
ot  the  viviparous  species  with  fifteen  pairs  of  tlaw-ljearing  legs. 
These  I  was  able  to  examine  both  ative  and  by  means  of  <lissec- 
tion,  and  I  have  thus  satisfied  myself  that  the  oviparous  Victorian 
tariD  is  certainly  worthy  of  a  distinctive  name. 


19fi  DKSCHIPTION   OF  PXKIPATUS  OVIPAKUS, 

Peripatus  oviPAHUa,  n.Bp. 

I'l-rip'tttm  feuciuirtii  (prolwihly  in  all  cases  where  tliis  name  has 
hilluTtij  IxHtii  iippliotl  U)  s[)eciinens  fnim  Victoria  with  fifteen 
pnirn  of  claw-lieiirin;;  Ings,  especially  in  earlier  papers  of  the 
preKt'iit  writtT,  hut  not  when'  tlw  name  has  l>ecii  applied  to 
spprinieiis  fii.ni  Sew  South  Wales). 

A  ^iHxi-sizixl  female  H]>c>i'imen,  when  crawling,  measured  39  mm. 
in  Icnjrth,  exclusive  of  the  antenna.-.  Kull-jji'own  females  presented 
ill  s|>ii'it  and  cimtractml  in  the  usual  manner  (not  extended  by 
drownin;;)  measure  alxjut  20  mm.  in  length  (exclu.nive  of  the 
antenuii')  by  4'5  mm.  in  (greatest  hremlth  (exclusivo  of  the  lep*). 
Tim  HiJiles  seem  U>  \>o  commonly  somewhut  xmalter  than  the  adult 
femules,  liut  (lie  e^'idence  at  prt-sent  forthcoinin;^  is  not  sufficient 
to  justify  a  f,'i:ni'ra!iM.tinn  on  this  point. 

Tlieri'  ai-c  fifti-en  pairs  of  claw-ltearin;;  le),'n.  Each  leg  has  three 
pal ( 'CI 'I I lu red  spinous  jjads  on  its  venlnil  surface.  On  the  fourth 
an<i  fift  li  legs  the  proxitnal  aii<l  largitst  pad  is  divide<l  transversely 
into  (luce  futrls,  the  meilian  part  Ixiing  much  the  smallest  and 
Vs-ariri-;  a  white  papilla.     KjicIi   foot  I>ears  thn;e  largi!  primary 


BV   ARTHUR    DBNDT.  197 

patch  is  made  up  of  two  triangular  lulvea  whose  bases  face  one 
another  on  each  side  of  the  mid-dorsal  line,  while  their  apices  lie 
over  the  legs  and  at  about  one-third  of  the  distance  from  the  mid- 
(lorsal  line  to  the  insertion  of  the  legs.  The  separation  of  the 
diamonds  from  one  another  is  by  uo  means  complete,  so  that  there 
are  two  continuous  bands  of  red,  one  on  each  side  of  the  mid- 
dorsal  line,  the  outer  margins  of  which  bands  are  deepij'  indentwl. 
Tlie  edges  of  the  mid-dorsal  groove  are  commonly  darkly  pigmente*!, 
and  may  give  rise  to  an  apparently  single  median  dark  line  when 
the  lips  of  the  groove  are  closed  together.  There  is  commonly 
also  a  dark  edging  to  the  red  diamonds,  forming  a  zig-zag  longi- 
tudinal stripe.  This  tj'pical  pattern  may  \>f,  almost  if  not  quite 
obliterat«d  by  the  replacement  of  the  red  pi;^nent  by  tlie  dark 
indigo  blue;  but  even  in  very  dark  specimens  it  may  still  \t^ 
represented  by  a  row  of  nmall,  pale  yellow  or  red  spota,  each 
occupying  the  position  of  the  apex  of  one  of  the  red  triangles  in 
typical  specimens.  The  ventral  surface  is  paler  than  the  dorsal, 
and  there  is  in  the  middle  line  a  row  of  still  paler  areas  placed  one 
between  the  legs  of  each  pair  but  the  last.  Patches  of  dark 
indigo  blue  are  usually  present  on  the  under  surfaces  of  the  le^s 
near  to  their  bases. 

In  the  adult  female,  in  place  of  the  usual  genital  papilla,  there 
is  a  veiy  conspicuous  ot^an  which  may  Iw  called  an  ovipositJir. 
This,  when  contracted,  i.s  an  ovoid  body  of  a  pale  yellow  or  oraiign 
colour,  projecting  backwards  from  Wtween  the  legs  of  the  last 
(15th)  pair.  In  adult  specimens  ordinarily  contracted  in  spirit 
the  ovipositor  is  as  large  or  larger  than  the  legs  ))etween  which  it 
lies.  It  is,  however,  capable  of  great  extension.  Its  surface  is 
uniformly  ornamented  with  minute,  spine-l>earing  papilla-,  and  at 
its  apex  it  bears  a  large  slit  placed  parallel  to  the  lung  axis  of  the 
body  of  the  animal. 

The  internal  reproductive  organs  of  the  female  are  arranged  as 
follows ; — The  ovary  consists  of  right  and  left  halves  united  in 
front  and  behind  and  attached  by  a  mesentery  to  the  pericardial 
septum  io  the  mid-dorsal  line.  The  oviducts  are  long  and  con- 
▼olnted;  they  have  a  common  origin  from  the  posterior  end  of  the 


igsi 


DEBCUin'tON   OF   I'BRIPATL'S  OVIPARBS, 


"viiiT.  to  whicli  they  are  attached.  Near  to  iUpuinI  of  origin  bkIi 
Ih-ui's  nil  i>vii]  receptuculum  Heminis  u'itt)  two  ducts.  It  ia  veiy 
iiiitxii'tunt  t(i  oI>sci-vu  tliat  ciu.-li  (i\-iduct  is  dividtnl  intu  three  parts. 
All  three  (wrts  an'  iiariifw  cxi'ept  where  swollen  by  the  contained 
';.'?,'-'.  The  Hrsi  is  viuy  short  mid  extendx  from  the  point  of 
iitiai'hiiieiit  to  the  i>vary  to  alxiut  the  level  of  the  receptaculum: 
it'*  Willi  its  tirfiivtiy  folded  jvnd  providwl  witli  little  excreHcences  on 
ihf  side  i>|>]>osite  to  the  iweptiiculuni.  The  middle  and  last 
|>i>rtiiiiis  of  the  uviduet  are  of  al)out  equal  lengttL  Tlie  middle 
]ii>r(i(>iL  is  \-er%'  thiek-w billed  mid  apparently  /fliLiidular.  Tho  lant 
[H>rtioii  liiis  \ery  thin,  traiisparcnt,  membranous  walls.  At  their 
hinder  i-iuk  the  iividuet>i  unite  in  &  thick-walled  triangular  sac, 
whiise  [Kislerior  allele  i^i  f'litinued  into  the  ovijiositor. 

I  liavi-  fiiuiKl  e;»,'s  in  iHith  the  uiid<lle  and  last  portions  of  tlie 
■  niduet,  hut  niuili  more  abundantly  in  the  last.  Tlieir  number 
\;iries  Knwtly,  Tn  one  s[»ecinien,  for  example,  there  were  three 
f-iii''  in  ejwli  oviduct :  in  a  second  tliere  were  seven  in  one  and  six 
ill  the  other:  in  ti  thinl  there  were  ei<;ht  in  one  and  nine  in  the 


other. 
The 


the  time  of  laying;  show  n<i  apj)oarance  of  embryos 
liut  eiuh  con.-<istN  of  a  quantity  of   milky  fluid,  con- 


BY   ARTHUR   DBNDY.  199 

18  seen  to  have  a  tliickness  of  about  0*036  mm.  It  is  of  a  pale 
yellow  colour  when  fresh,  and  has  a  very  finely  granular  appear- 
ance. In  a  former  paper  I  erroneously  stated  that  this  membrane 
or  shell  is  smooth,  or  nearly  so,  while  still  in  utero.  It  is  true 
that  the  complete  sculpture  is  not  formed  till  the  time  of  laying, 
bat  my  recent  observations  have  shown  conclusively  that  the 
foundations  of  that  sculpture  are  already  present  when  the  e^g& 
are  lying  in  the  thin- walled  part  of  the  oviduct.  These  foundations 
consist  of  a  number  of  little  rounded  protul)erance8  regularly 
distributed  over  the  surface  of  the  thick  membrane.  They  are 
not  very  obvious  in  fresh  specimens  and  require  careful  looking 
for,  but  in  specimens  which  have  lain  for  a  long  time  in  alcohol 
previous  to  dissection  the  thick  egg-membrane  assumes  a  rather 
dark  brown  colour,  and  the  protuberances  may  become  conspicuous 
in  surface  view  as  much  darker,  well-defined  circular  areas  about 
004  mm.  in  diameter.  In  addition  to  these  protul)erances  the 
thick  membrane  frequently,  perhaps  always,  exhibits  longitudinal 
striations  of  an  ill-defined  character.  (3)  The  fortunate  discovery 
of  an  egg  partially  extruded  from  the  greatly  distended  ovipositor 
in  a  specimen  preserv'ed  in  alcohol  indicates  the  formation  of  a 
thin,  transparent  membrane  outside  the  thick  one  just  described. 
This  membrane  appears  to  he  formed  as  a  secretion,  probably  by 
the  walls  of  the  triangular  sac  at  the  base  of  the  ovipositor.  The 
abnormal  conditions  in  the  case  under  notice  have  prevented  its 
even  deposition,  and  the  amber-coloured,  cliitinous  (?)  material  is 
mostly  collected  in  a  large  plug  attached  to  what  was  the  inner 
end  of  the  egg.  I  have  little  doubt  that  the  wrinkling  of  this 
chitinous  (?)  membrane  as  it  dries  upon  the  already  embossed 
under-lying  membrane  gives  rise  to  the  complete  sculpture  of  the 
perfect  egg-shell,  for  the  smooth  papillae  of  the  thick  middle 
membrane  exactly  correspond  in  arrangement  with  the  crumpled 
papillae  of  the  perfect  shell. 

The  development  of  the  embryo  within  the  egg-shell  appears  to 
be  a  very  lengthy  business,  for,  as  I  have  stated  in  a  previous 
paper,  one  of  the  ^gs  laid  in  my  vivarium  in  Melbourne  hatched 
oat  after  an  interval  of  a  year  and  five  months  from  the  time  of 


DESCRIPTION   OF    I'HRII'ATIJH  OriPAttUS. 

Iiiyiii}!.  Th«  time  of  development  may,  liowever,  have  beeu  pro- 
loiigi'd  liy  tlie  expiMun)  to  artifieiiil  oinidititniH.  The  eggs  wei« 
bid  l>eIw,-.-)i  t)t<r  iiiidtllT-  »f  M»y  un<l  tli«  e>iil  <>f  July. 

Til  tlie  mule  the  ^{eiiitnl  jHipilla  in  ititunted  in  the  suune  pusttion 
a*  ill  the  feitiuJe,  l>ut  i»  inueh  less  [ii-oiniiieiit.  On  either  Hide  of 
it,  ill  Ihffuiglelxttweeii  thelegiind  lnnly,  is  a  whitejHipillabeariuj; 
the  iiperture  of  ini  afuea-Miry  jihiiid.  Behind  it  mid  just  in  front 
of  tho  iiiiUH  mi-  ti  ]Hiir  of  uiH^rtufeH  Ix^longinf;  to  other  ucceaHory 
g^liuids.  Ci'unil  (glands  iH-cur  in  nil  the  Inun  from  the  second  tn 
tho  thirteenth,  and  jnwsilily  also  in  tlie  fgurteeiith.  Tlie  aperture 
of  the  L-rui'ul  ;;lutul  i*  situiUed  on  tlie  uiider-Hurface  of  the  le^ 
and  the  iii^pli  rid  till  ujHTture  lies  iiiHidi;  il,  Kxcejit  in  the  fourth  aud 
fifth  kfjs.  Tln!  white  impilla  which  IxiirM  the  apertui-e  of  tlie 
ei'ural  ^Uuid  niiiy  l*e  either  pnniiiiiiint  or  sunk  in  a  deprVRsion, 
!u;i;ordiiif;  to  the  itaUi  of  pontiiietion,  mi<)  hi^nce  the  number  uf 
thew  whit<^  (lapilhe  on  the  uiiilei'-»ui-faoi-N  of  the  legH  inity  appear 
lo  vsivy  ill  dili'i'iimt  si>eciijieiis.  I  huve  lieen  uiialile  to  find  any 
ei'ural  ^'hiiids  in  the  female. 

1  Initio  u  tiumlier  of  nmleti  in  my  puMsossioii,  and  I  aasume  that 
they  li.'|ciii;i  U)  thfi  same  spiwiies  lieeause  they  were  found  in  liie 
ilitlt-sas  thi'iivijiarousfemitieH.wliilenovivijiarouH  females 


NOTES  ON  THE  SUB-FAMILY  BltACHTSCELlSM  WITH 
DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.— Pakt  IV. 

By  Waltkb  W.  Froooatt. 

(Plate  XIX.) 

Before  describing  several  new  specie*)  obtained  during  last  year, 
I  propose  to  rectify  some  errors  in  my  previous  papers  on  tha 
gall-m&king  coccida  with  regard  to  their  claasificatiun. 

In  his  last  contribution  to  the  study  of  the  family  Coeeidee* 
Mr.  MaakeU,  when  dealing  with  the  nomenclature  of  the  sub- 
funilies,  formed  the  sub-fumily  IrUoeoccirur.  for  the  reception  of 
hia  genera  Sp/tarocveent,  CyHwinieoecut,  and  Frmiehia.  Many 
members  of  the  alwve  genera  fomi  regular  galls,  but  others  only 
mxy  tests,  while  none  of  their  galls  are  of  the  solid  woody  con- 
sistency of  those  of  the  Brachyscelid  coccidH;  and  the  female 
ooccids  themselves  differ  structurally  from  the  females  of  the  latter. 
^le  Eucalyptus-gall  coccids  consisting  of  Schrader's  three  genera 
Braehj/tcelU,  Opinihoieelit,  and  Aicelig  coming  into  the  sub-family 
Braehj/teelinte  form  another  very  natural  group  of  the  family 
Coeeidat. 

When  re-describing  OpUthoiixlit  gubrolunda,  Sch.,  in  my  earlier 
papert,  I  stat-ed  that  the  larva  had  tarsi  terminating  in  two 
olawB,  which,  as  Mr.  Masketl  has  pointed  out,  would  remove  them 
firom  the  Coccida  into  the  family  PgylUdas;  what  I  mistook  for 
the  second  claw,  I  find  upon  more  careful  examination  to  be  the 
lower  digitule,  appendages  like  fine  spines  springing  from  the 
extremity  of  the  tarsi. 

'  ■  MukBll,  Truii.  M.Z.  Inat.  Vol.  iiv.  p.  236,  1893. 

t  NolM  on  tha  Family  BrarhyKiiida,  P.L.S.  N.S.W.  (2  Ser  )  Vol.  viii., 
p.  909,  1893). 


ox   THB   BUD-FAMILV   RRACIIYSCSLIXJI, 


Bkaciiyhcelis  iiipsActFOKMtt)  n 


(Pliite  xi.x.,  fij;.  1.) 

5.  Oftll  fi  lines  high,  41  in  diameter,  j;pin>ni,lly  oval  trat 
KomiitimnM  rouitiie<l  at  hnKC,  l)lu«'k  tii  dark  reilHiisli  liitiwri  in  colour; 
pnxlui.-i'd  upcin  the  twigs  of  a  Hlender-leaved  eucalypt,  sometimes 
rtohtaiy  l)ut  cliit^ily  ill  hunchcH  of  two  or  three;  they  grow  out  at 
the  luise  like  u  mnall  button,  with  the  HpiiieHfoniiing  an  erect  moM 
on  the  upper  Hurfaee,  Wt  as  the  gall  matures  it  graclually  fomisa 
round  solid  centre  with  these  spines  turning  downwards  into  a 
regulai'  [>riukly  covering,  which  rennndx  one  of  a  nmall  t«a8le. 
The  walls  of  the  galls  are  thin  and  solid;  th<:  chamber  oval;  the 
apical  oriticn  small  and  circular,  with  tlt(-  npines  surrounding  it 
often  liniken  away  or  alxn'ted  into  little  woody  liractH. 

$.  Coccid  dull  yellow,  short  and  stout,  very  hairy;  the  \tf^ 
short  with  very  small  tarsal  claws;  domal  side,  tlie  abdominal 
segm<'iits  each  bearing  a  row  of  very  long  slender  Bpines,  and 
thickly  fringe<l  witii  long  haire,  inci'caHing  in  density  towards  the 


BY   WALTER   W.    FROGGATT.  203 


Brachyscelis  SE88ILIS  n.sp. 

(Plate  XIX.,  fig.  2.) 

9.  Gall  forming  a  rounded  or  oblong  swelling  on  the  branch,  out 
of  the  centre  of  which  springs  up  a  tubular  gall  from  2  to  4  lines 
in  height  above  the  excrescence  on  the  branch;  4  lines  in  diamet<>r 
and  perfectly  flat  on  the  truncated  apex,  with  the  exception  of  the 
small  cone-shaped  projection  in  the  centre,  encircling  the  minute 
apical  orifice.  The  walls  of  the  galls  are  stout  and  solid,  containing 
a  chamber  rounded  at  the  base  and  pointed  towards  the  apex; 
each  of  these  galls  is  distinct  from  the  large  swelling  upon  the 
branch  from  which  they  project,  and  can  be  detached  without 
breaking. 

$.  Coccid  dull  yellow,  4  lines  in  length,  broad  and  round  at 
apex,  central  lobe  with  two  ver}''  small  antenna?  and  short  fore- 
legs, the  second  pair  rather  large,  with  the  hind  pair  largest,  the 
first  joint  swollen  and  almost  globular;  the  last  thoracic  segment 
broad,  the  first  four  abdominal  ones  regular,  and  tapering  sliarply 
to  the  tip,  the  anal  segment,  bearing  the  anal  appendages,  rounded. 
Dorsal  view,  head,  and  thoracic  segments  covered  with  very  fine 
scattered  tubercles,  but  bearing  no  regular  spines;  first  abdominal 
segment  with  short  irregular  black  spines  along  the  apical  margin, 
on  the  second  segment  increasing  in  numbers  and  regularity  until 
on  the  last  two  forming  a  close  regular  ridge  of  stout  black  spines; 
anal  appendages  black,  very  short,  broad  at  the  base,  conical  and 
almost  in  contact  at  the  base  until  near  the  apex,  opening  into  a 
Y-shaped  angle;  the  whole  coccid  lightly  covered  with  hairs, 
thickest  towards  the  extremity  of  the  abdomen. 

^.  Gall  and  coccid  unknown. 

Hob, — Wallsend,  near  Newcastle.  On  a  small  rough-barked 
BucalypiuB  sp. 


204  OS  TIIR  SUn-FAMILV   BRACUrSCKLISjK, 

Mkaciivscei.ih  Tiioustosi,  Frof^ft. 

Ill  my  (ii'srriptuin  nf  tliiH  spi^:ios  in  &  previous  paper*  I  baTe 
ounfoiiiKlnl  two  very  (list in tt  sjieoips,  nciilli-ctkinof  fpeHlimaterial 
vrliii'li  I  .;ii!lcft«I  hwl  year  at  WullMfuil  lia%'ing  coovinced 
ini!  of  my  iniHtake.  The  formctr  cleHoriptiitn  will  Mtand  fur  the 
frinalf  ti'ill  in  an  ininmiure  Ht4it4>  (alw)  fi>,'urf!d  in  the  plate),  but 
thiit  (if  tlu^  nialt^  ^all  nia-tx  aN  Ukti'  ihnicriU'd  muHt  )>n  withdrawD. 

The  iiiulc  frail  intviM  of  thiH  siH^-icfi  is  very  variable  in  Hhapeuiii 
Bizi\  often  iiiui-h  ourvMl  ami  dislnrttil,  fovorwl  with  warty 
cxcrf.'st«'ni--i's  anil  th<!  ednes  hr..ki'H  and  irrf^ukr,  hut  the  cowtd 
tulx-s  always  eiMilHsctt  and  are  imt  si-j>arat«(I  oi-  diMtiiict  by  them- 

It  in  lint'  iif  th<-  iHiKtt  pnililie  sfi«!ei(-!i;  I  havi-  mt'H  Mome  treei 
alwiut  \\'alls(>iH)  which  an-  simply  mie  uiiihm  irf  thcKc  gBllji;  the 
nuirti  niatun-  ^alh  I)m.i>mi«  nuire  uval  anil  liim-  the  very  pniuounced 
rilM  Mil  iMinsjiicudUM  in  the  very  yimnjj  om-.s. 


I'k.v<  iiYscKLiM  ui»i.i;niitMiK,  n 


BT    WALTER  W.    FROGQATT.  206 

of  &n  inch  in  thickness,  containing  over  1000  pale  pink  larvftl 
tubes,  each  of  which  is  a  distinct  individual  tube  separated  from 
any  other  at  the  tip. 

Hab. — Wingham,  Manning  River  (Mr.  William  Allan). 

The  specimen  from  which  this  is  descriljod  was  received  with 
the  note  that  it  was  not  uncommon  in  that  district.  It  consisted 
of  single  large  Eucalyptus  leaf  carrying  five  female  galls,  sur- 
mounted with  gall  maHses  nearly  as  large  as  the  one  described, 
with  several  smaller  ones,  alt  of  which  sprang  from  the  edge  of 
the  midrib  of  the  leaf. 

I  have  another  variety  of  this  gall  obtained  by  the  Rev.  T.  W, 
Alkin  near  Camp1>elltown,  which  is  much  more  unifonn  in  shape 
than  the  former;  in  this  specimen  there  are  six  bright  pink  coloured 
galls  springing  from  either  side  of  the  midrib  of  a  very  slender 
Eucalyptus  leaf;  the  female  gall  is  not  more  than  half  the  length, 
tiie  male  gall  maH.s  much  more  funnel-shaped,  containing  on  an 
Average  about  100  male  tubes  in  each  mass. 

The  gall  described  as  the  male  of  B.  Thoriiloni  is  another 
variety  close  to  the  Campbelltown  one,  of  wliich  I  have  had  four 
specimei 


t  from  around  Wallsend. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE. 

Brarhyi^tlia  diptaci/ormi'. 
Fig.  1. — Feiii«le  galls  upon  twig. 


Fig.  S.  —  Fcmale  galli  growing  out  of  a  branch. 

B.  roaa/ormif. 
Fig.  3.— FamslB  galli,  each  with  its  attached  msBB  of  male  galU;  tow«rd« 
the  tip  of  the  leaf  are  other  immature  galls. 


A  Fn>DLEK  (TRYaOXORHlXA  FASCIATA),  WITH 
ABNORMAL  PECTORAL  FINS. 


.  Hill,  Dbmoxstrator  of  Biology,  in  the 

L'NIVBKfllTY   OF  SyUNBY. 


(Plate  XX.) 

Some  liltle  time  affo  there  eame  into  my  [>osHeHHiun  tlirougli  tlie 
kiiuiness  uf  Mr.  J.  HaHtie,  Hroken  Bny,  N.S.W.,  a  specimen  of 
the  Fiddler-ray  {Tri/i/imfrhimi /auriata),  with  markedly  abnormAl 
l^ftoral  fins.  Tlie  ni)efimen  presented  »)  peculiar  and  utriking 
an  appearani't^  tliat  it  wa»  picked  out  liy  the  fiMhennen  when 
tmiking  over  the  contents  of  ttieir  net  after  n  haul  and  kept  as  a 
curiosity.  On  (leJKrihinjj;  the  Hpcciinen  to  my  friend,  Pruf.  G.  B. 
Howes,  he  rcfern-d  me  to  a  note*  l>y  Dr.  Trmiuair  on  an  abnormal 
TliurtilMick  (Ruin  rliwatn).  Itr.  I'nuiuair  very  kindly  fun lisfaed 
me  with  a  copy  of  his  note,  and  I  am  now  enabled  to  give  a 
dcKcriptiiin  of  thin  Hpeuimen. 


BT   JAS.    P.    HILL.  207 

the  point  of  articulation  of  the  propterygium  with  the  shoulder 
girdle.  The  entire  anterior  portion  of  the  left  fin,  supported  by 
the  propterygium  and  its  rays,  is  thus  entirely  free  from  the  body. 
On  both  sides,  and  especially  on  the  left,  the  propterygia  are 
directed  markedly  outwards. 

The  only  parallel  for  this  condition  among  living  Elasmo- 
branchs  appears  to  be  found  in  the  Angel-fish  (Rhina  8qu4xiina). 
In  that  form,  as  is  well  known,  the  anterior  ends  of  the  expanded 
pectoral  fins  extend  forward  as  two  short  horns  supported  by  the 
propterygia,  and  entirely  free  from  the  body  wall.  On  the  left 
side  of  our  sp€K;imen,  except  for  the  greater  forward  extension  of 
the  fin,  the  condition  in  Rhina  is  essentially  realised. 

In  the  abnormal  Thomback  described  by  Dr.  Traquair  the 
anterior  extremities  of  the  pectoral  tins  projected  as  two  short 
processes,  one  on  either  side  of  the  snout.  I  have  found  a  similar 
condition  in  one  of  a  series  of  twelve  young  taken  from  a  single 
female  Hyjynos  subnigrnm.  In  this  specimen,  which  measured 
6*1  cm.  in  length,  the  anterior  ends  of  the  pectoral  fins  project(Ml 
as  two  blunt  horns,  one  on  the  outer  side  of  the  anterior  portion 
of  each  electric  organ. 

Similar  cases  of  the  non-adherence  of  the  anterior  extremities 
of  the  pectoral  fins  to  the  head  have  been  recorded  by  Yarrell*  for 
Raia  clavatay  by  DayJ  for  R.  cJavata  and  R.  hatis,  and  by 
Bureau^  for  R,  asteruis.  All  these  cases  are  of  the  same  nature, 
and  of  all  recorded  instances  of  this  abnormality  that  of  the 
Trygonorhhia  herein  described  is  perhaps  the  most  marked.  The 
meaning  of  this  variation,  to  which  some  slight  importance  may 
be  attached  from  its  occurrence  in  three  distinct  Batoid  genera, 
is  not  far  to  seek.     Prof.  Howes,  in  his  papei"§  on  the  fin-skeleton 


*  YarrelL     British  Fishes,  ed.  by  Richardson,  1859,  Vol.  ii.  p.  58.5  and 
p.  384. 

+  Day.     British  Fishes,  Vol.  ii.  p.  345,  PI.  clxxi.  fig.  2,  and  p.  337. 

X  Bureau.    Bull.  Soc.  Zool.  France,  1889,  xiv.  )>.  313,  and  fig.    (References 
from  Bateson.     Materials  for  the  Study  of  Variation,  p.  540.) 

I  ObtervatioDs  on  the  Pectoral  Fin-skeleton  of  Batoid  Fishes.     P.Z.S. 
1890,  p.  680. 


of  Batuida,  says  "  that  the  BatoJd  type  of  fin  has  been  derived 
from  a.  shorter  Selochoid  one  by  forward  rotation  and  general 
onlargement  in  sufficiently  clenr  from  known  facts  of  development.', 
It  IN  in  these  (acts,  vix.,  that  the  pectoral  fin  of  ButoidH  undergoes 
H  forwanl  growth  in  the  embryo  and  only  secondarily  fuses  with 
the  ce]>hiUic  integument,  that  them;  caues  of  non -adherence  in  the 
youn;;  iir  ndult  find  their  explanation.  This  is  fully  Iforne  out  by 
the  exiiniinatioit  of  a  uterine  embryo  of  fmhr/i/iiiH  tf^iliimtii,  3  cm.  in 
length,  in  the  teaching  i-ollcL'lion  of  the  Biolop^cul  I>e[>nrtnient  of 
tluK  Uiiiversity.  In  this  <unbryo  in  whicli  distinct  external  gills 
are  present  and  tlte  cranial  llexuro  is  well  marked,  tbe  broadly 
exjHindeil  [lectoral  fins  extend  forwaitl  l>eyond  the  mouth  as  twu 
blunt  processes  separated  by  u  cleft  from  the  head,  and  are  at 
this  stage  conij>arnble  with  the  adult  con<Iition  of  the  pectoral 
fins  in  Hhinu. 

Fruni  these  facts  of  development  we  are  led  to  regard  the  non- 
adherence  of  the  anterior  portions  of  the  pectoral  fins  in  Trygomi- 
r/iiiiii  and  the  incomplete  adherence  of  the  anterior  ends  of  the 
fins  in  the  other  recorded  canes  as  retentions  more  or  less  complete 
of  an  embryonic  or  ancestral  condition — as  reversions  in  fact^  for 
V  truth  at  all  in  the  law  of  recamtulatio: 


209 


NOTES   AND   EXHIBITS. 

Mr.  Froggatt  exhibited  specimens  of  the  galls  mentioned  in  his 
paper,  together  with  drawings  of  the  same.  Also  two  hazel  hoops 
token  from  powder  kegs  on  l)oanl  one  of  the  powder  hulks  in 
Sydney  attacked  by  the  larviu  of  Graciha  pi/f/nuea,  Fabr.,  a 
small  European  longicorn  l>eetle,  specimens  of  which  were 
shown,  and  which  had  bet»n  evidentlv  inlnnJuced  in  the  wood. 
The  larvse  burrow  under  the  Uirkof  the  h(H)ps.  As  many  as  over 
40  specimens  were  bred  from  two  hoops.  Also  the  remains  of  a 
larva  of  the  Australian  silk  worm  moth  (Anthercta  eucalypti) 
destroyed  by  parasitic  hymenoptera  (Fam.  Braconidm)  which  had 
produced  a  remarkable  mass  of  white  cotton-like  substance  2i 
inches  long  and  IJ  inch  in  width,  envetloping  a  double  row  of 
cocoons. 

Mr.  Maiden  sent  for  exhibition  some  sptjcimeiis  of  lire-sticks 
used  by  the  natives  on  the  ranges  In^hind  Cai*dwell,  N.  Queens- 
land. They  are  tied  up  in  bundles  with  a  lx)anl  on  which  the 
sticks  are  rubl^ed,  painted  and  carved  to  represent  some  animal. 
Also  some  pearl-shell  fishhooks  cut  into  slender  curved  points, 
with  modernised  editions  made  from  iron  nails  picked  up  on  the 
sea  shore  in  which  the  old  form  is  repro<luced,  used  by  the  natives 
of  Hinchinbrook  Island.  Also  a  shell  forehead  ornament  from 
the  same  place. 

Mr.  Garland  showed  a  miscellaneous  gathering  of  fragmenta 
frcHD  an  aboriginal  kitchen  midden  in  a  cave  shelter  at  Pittwater, 
comprising  spines  of  various  fishes,  lx>n(is  of  marsupials,  itc, 
together  with  a  pointed  lx)ne,  probably  in  use  as  a  piercer  in 
sewing  skins. 

Mr.  Brazier  exhibited  a  varied  collection  of  zoological  and 
botanical  specimens  found  by  F.  C.  Brazier  at  Nelson  Bay  B(»}u^h 
(Bronte),  Waverley,  during  the  southerly  gales  of  April  ll-l.'Uh 
last,  comprising  Sepia  apanux,  (xray,  common;  S.  elanf/atn.  Orb., 
rare,  one  imperfect  specimen;  S.  capeimis.  Orb.,  thirty  specimens; 
5.  australisy  Orb.,  eight  specimens  in  very  fair  condition;   lanthina 


310  NOTES  AHD   BXBIBITS. 

caerulala,  Reeve,  two  hundred  living  Bpecimetui;  I.firagitit,  Ism., 
eight  1i\-iDg  specimens;  Spirula  Peroni,  Lam.,  five  imperfect 
spei;imcna,  with  portion  of  the  aninial  attached  to  the  ahelli; 
Lepag  HUH,  Leach,  »n  Sepia  apamu.  Gray,  on  slag  from  fanua 
fires,  and  a  iarge  nut  from  Pacific  Islands;  L.  peetinata,  Spengler, 
oil  Spirula  I'ermii,  Sej/ia  capfnsU,  lanthitM  eaerulata,  on  corks, 
pieces  of  packing  canes,  and  slag  from  furnace  fires;  three  specie* 
of  tislies;  two  species  of  cralw;  numerous  specimens  of  candle  nul« 
AleuriUi  IriUAata;  and  the  fruit  probably  of  Jlarnngloitia 
specioaa. 


211 


WEDNESDAY,  MAY   29th,  1895. 


The  Ordinary  Monthly  Meeting  of  the  Society  was  held  in  the 
Linnean  Hall,  Ithaca  Road,  Elizabeth  Bay,  on  Wednesday  even- 
ing, August  28th,  1895. 


Mr.  P.  N.  Trebeck,  J. P.,  in  the  Chair. 


Mr.  John  MacPherson,  M.A.,  Sydney  University,  and  Dr.  R. 
Broom,  B.Sc.,  Taralga,  N.S.W.,  were  elected  Members  of  the 
Society. 


DOXATIONS. 

Creolbgical  Survey  of  India — Records.  Vol.  xxviii.  (1895), 
Part  1.     From  the  Director, 

Zoological  Society  of  London — Abstract.  5th  March  and  2nd 
April,  1895:  Transactions.  Vol.  xiii.  Part  10:  Proceedings,  1894, 
Part  iv.     From  the  Society. 

Madras  Government  Museum — Bulletin.  No.  3.  Second 
Edition,  revised.     From  the  Superintendent, 

Perak  Gk)vemment  Gazette.  Vol.  viii.  (1895),  Nos.  7-10. 
From  Hie  Government  Secretary. 

K.K.  Zoologisch-botanische   Gesellschaft  in  Wien — Verhand- 

lungen.     xlv.  Bd.  (1895),  2-3  Hefte.     From  the  Society. 
o 


DOMAIIOXB. 


idian  jMuueum — Natural  History  Notas.      Series  U.  Na  IS. 
It  the  Supei-intendent. 


Australasian  Journal   of   Pharmacy. 
(Ai>ril-May,  IS95).     From  the  Editor. 


Vol.  x.  Noe.  112-113 


Agricultural  Gazette  of  N.8.W.     Index  to  Vol.  v.  (189i);  Vol. 
i.  (1H95),  Partit  3-1.     From  the  Hoh.  tiie  j}fitiuiter /or  Mines  and 


American  JIuHeum  of  Natural  History — Bulletin.      Vol  v 
(isy-)),  Si),'.  3-4  (pp.  33-64).     From  the  Mtueum. 


and    IIH    ^^Si*^ 
Unlrergiljf. 


i  University  Circulars,     Vol.  xiv.  Nos.  116,  117 
1894,    March    and    April,    \S9!)).       From  the 


American  (JeoKraphiciil  Society — BuHeti 
;o.  I,  Part  2;  Vol.  xxvii.  (1S95),  No.  1. 


Vol  xxvi.  (1894), 
wi  the  Society. 

tiv.(1894),4~Liv. 


Sociiito  Scientifique  du  Chili — Actes. 
Fri-iii  till'  Sitrietij. 
Caiiiidiaii  Institute— Caniulian  Journal.     First  Series.     V(ds. 


Zoologiacber  Anzeiger.  xviii.  Jahrg.  Nos.  47I-4T3  (March- 
April,  189S).     From  the  Editor. 

Australian  Orchida.  By  It.  D.  Fitzgerald,  F.L.S.  Vol.  ii. 
Parts  3-5  (18a&-94).     From  the  Government  Printer. 

American  NatumliHt.  Vol.  xxix.  Na  340  (April,  1895). 
/Voni  Hu  SociHy. 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture — Division  of  Entomology — 
Insect  Life.  Vol  vii.  No.  4  (1895).  From  the  Secretary  of 
Agrieultvre. 

Hooker'a  Iconea  Flantarum.  Vol.  iv.  Fourth  Series.  Part  3 
(April,  1895).     From  the  Director,  Royal  Gardens,  A'ew. 

Department  of  Mines  and  Agriculture,  Sydney— Records  of 
the  Geological  Survey  of  N.S.  Wales.  Vol.  iv.  Part  3  (1895). 
From  the  Hon.  the  Mini»!er  Jor  Jfinet  aitd  Ayricidture, 

Victorian  Naturalist.  Vol.  xii.  No.  1  (April,  1895).  From 
Iht  FieM  JfaluraluW  Club  of  Victoria. 

Sociiit^  Beige  de  Microscopie — Annales.  Tome  xix.  P""  Fasc 
(1895).      From  the  Society. 

Cambridge  Philosophical  Hi>ciety — ^Proceedings.  Vol.  viii. 
Part  iv.  (1895).      From  the  Society. 

Zoologische  Station  zu  Xeapel — Mittlteilungen.  xi.  Bd.  4  Heft 
(1895).     From  liie  Director. 

Oxford  University  ^luseun) — Catalogue  of  Books  added  to  the 
Radcliffe  Library  during  the  Year  1894.  Fro,ii  llie  Bidclife 
Ti-aitee*. 

Museum  d'  Histoire  Naturelle,  Paris— 1  Julie  tin.  Anni^e  1895. 
2ToB.  1-3.     From  the  Mimeum. 

Sooi^t^  Imp^riale  des  Natunilistes  de  -Moncou — Bulletin. 
Ann^  1894.     No.  4.     From  l/te  Society. 


214  DONATIONS. 

Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein  fur  den  R«g.-Bez.  Frankfnrt  a 
0.— Helios.  xii.Jfthrg.  (1894),  Nos,  7-12:  Societatum  Litterae.  i-iii. 
Jahrg.  (1894),  Nos.  10-12;  in.  Jahrg.  (1895),  Nob.  1-3.     From  the 

•Society. 

Aciulcinio  Iinp<!ria]e  des  Sciences  de  St.  Petersbourg — Bulletin. 
V"  Serie,     Tome  ii.  No.  2  (l89r,).     From  lite  Academy. 

Frefl  Public  Library,  Sydney — Report  from  Trustees  for  lf*94. 
From  the  Triulees. 

NiiiurhiHtoriske  Forenint;  i  Kj<il*nhavn — Videnskabelige  Med 

deleLser  f<ir  Aaret  1894.     From  the  .Society. 


215 


OOLOGICAL  NOTES. 

By  Alfred  J.  Nortd,  F.L.S.,  Australian  Museum,  Sydney. 

With  the  exception  of  an  immature  egg  of  Eudynamis  cyanfp- 
cephala  previously  descril^ed  by  me,*  the  eggs  of  the  following 
species  are  now,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  descrilx^l  for  the  lirst  time. 

Eudynamis  cyanocepiiala,  Latham. 

Flinder's  Cuckoo  is  freely  (listribute<l  during  the  spring  and 
summer  months  throughout  the  coastal  scrubs  of  Eastern  Aus- 
tralia, its  range  also  extending  around  the  northern  and  extreme 
north-western  portions  of  the  continent  and  to  New  Guinea  and 
Timor.  In  New  South  Wales  it  generally  arrives  during  the 
hitter  part  of  September,  and  is  more  frecjuently  met  with  in  the 
tropical  and  luxuriant  brushes  of  the  northern  coastal  rivers; 
localities  where  the  wild  tig,  native  cherry  and  numerous  other 
fruit  and  berry-bearing  trees  and  shioibs  al)ound,  and  which 
afford  this  species  an  abundant  supply  of  food.  It  does  not 
confine  its  diet  entirely  to  wild  fruits  and  l)erries,  for  in  the  high 
table-lands  of  the  New  England  District  it  freely  enters  gardens 
and  orchards  in  search  of  food,  committing  great  depredations 
among  cultivated  fruits,  es|)ecially  plums  and  cherries.  About 
the  end  of  February  it  retires  northwards  again.  Hitherto  the 
only  egg  of  this  parasitic  Cuckoo  I  had  ever  seen  was  an  imma- 
ture one  obtained  by  Mr.  George  Masters  at  Gayndah,  Queensland, 
on  the  25th  of  November,  1870.  Having  shot  at  a  female  and 
broken  her  wing,  while  pursuing  her  on  the  ground  the  egg  was 
dropped.  For  an  opportunity  of  examining  a  m^rinal  egg  of  this 
Cuckoo  I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  S.  W.  Jackson,  who  recently  watched 
and  waited  while  one  of  these  parasites  deposited  her  egg  in  the 

•  Proc  Liun.  Soc.  N.S.W.  Vol.  ii.  2nd  Series,  p.  544  (1887). 


21G  OOLOr.lCAL  NOTEH, 

<lpei)  cuji-shnporl  newt  of  tlie  Green -twioked  Oriole  (ititneta  viridU), 
MWi'i  till-  most  niitiiriwiH  iin-htin)  iimrawlerM  in  New  South  Wales, 
Fii>iii  M['.  .Ijioksiiii's  li'ttcr  lu.vdinpaiij'iiif;  tliisegg,  Iliave  extracted 
tlie  foll.iw-iiig  iiif on  nation  : — 

■'Wliili,  cllfctint;  on  tlie  .list  ..f  Octolnr,  189-t,  in  a  scrub 
near  Smitli  Criifton  t  \v-i\.v<.\  tlic  luUil  iind  J)ouuliar  "coo-ee"  of 
Kliiiili-r's  t'ufkiH),  and  upon  iipin'micliing  a  large  "  Box-tree " 
Clittc-ihipl>i»  rabimlti),  1  ohMiTVwl  in  it  a  Jiftir  (if  Ewl^nmitit 
•■t/anofi'i'/inl'i,  the  feiimln  l>eiii<;  {.H>rchM]  cloHe  to  a,  nest  of  2/iindii 
viridie,  Tliinking  )itn-haps  that  liie  Cuckoo  had  laid  in  it,  I 
cliiiibeil  tile  [I'M',  niid  found  that  thi-  neiit  (.-ontaincil  three  freiih 
i'Uffi  of  ihc  Oriole;  ilicsi'  1  Ic^ft  and  de.Ht-f  ndod  t<)  the  ground.  Tlie 
female  CuckiK),  whioh  I  hm!  frightiMie<l  away  when  starting  to 
elimh  tlm  Iree,  now  rt^turm-d,  and  lulling  to  iier  mate  both  sat 
near  the  msit.  After  watching  tliejTi  for  a  few  niinuten  thtt  male 
flew  away,  aiid  to  my  joy  the  feniali^  took  posnossion  of  the 
( >riijle's  ne-it.  T  did  not  leave  the  sjxit,  hut  nut  down  in  the  shade 
of  the  iMK-nh'iitux,  mid  after  waiting  alxiut  half-an-hour  got  up 
iinil  sudrlrnly  dajijH-d  my  luinds.  Imt  she  would  not  leave  the 
ni'M.      I   Miai-t(yl  again  to  i;linili  the  tree,  when  oft'  she  flew  and 


BT   ALFRED   J.    NORTH.  217 

breadth.  The  egg  measures  1*36  inch  in  length  by  1*02  inch  in 
breadth,  and  without  its  underlying  blotches  and  smears  some- 
what resembles  those  of  the  Friar  Bird  ( Tropidorhynchus  cumi- 
ciUatus). 

The  Oriole's  eggs  from  the  above  nest  are  of  the  usual  variety 
found,  being  of  a  creamy-brown  ground  colour,  minutely  dotted 
and  boldly  blotched  all  over  with  different  shades  of  umber-brown, 
intermingled  with  underlying  markings  of  deep  bluish-grey. 
Length,  (A)  1*35  x  0*98  inch;  (B)  1*4  x  1*03  inch;  (C)  1*43  x 
1  -01  inch. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  egg  of  Flinder's  Cuckoo  is  the  same 
size  as  those  of  Mimeta  viridis,  although  as  a  rule  the  eggs  of 
Australian  Cuckoos  are  larger  than  those  of  the  birds  in  whose 
nests  they  are  deposited.  In  the  choice  of  a  foster-parent  for  its 
young  KuJynaiuia  cyattocephala  has,  however,  exercised  gieat 
discrimination  in  selecting  a  species  that,  like  itself,  depends 
entirely  on  fruits  and  berries  for  its  subsistence  during  the  spring 
and  summer  months. 

Megalurus  galactotes,  Temminck. 

Although  the  range  of  the  Tawny  Grass-bii*d  extends  over  the 
greater  portion  of  Northern  and  Eastern  Queensland,  and  Northern 
New  South  Wales,  it  is  of  so  shy  and  retiring  disposition  that  it 
is  a  species  seldom  met  with,  and  only  on  one  occasion  have  I 
heaixi  of  its  nest  and  eggs  being  found.  The  late  Mr.  George 
Barnard,  of  Coomoolxwlaroo,  Queensland,  shortly  before  his 
decease  informed  me  that  while  collecting  specimens  of  Micro- 
lepidoptera  on  his  station  on  the  26th  of  Octol)er,  1893,  he  flushed 
one  of  these  birds  from  the  rush-bordered  bfink  of  a  dry  creek, 
and,  after  a  diligent  search,  succeeded  in  finding  its  nest  at  the 
bottom  of  a  tuft  of  long  rushes.  The  nest  was  a  deep  cup-shtaped 
structure,  slightly  domed  or  narrowed  at  the  tr>p,  and  was  out- 
wardly composed  of  dried  swamp  grasses,  lined  inside  with 
feathers,  and  contained  three  fresh  eggs,  two  of  which  he  unfortu- 
nately broke.  The  remaining  egg  has  recently  lyeen  forwarded 
to  me  for  examination  by  Mr.  Charles  Barnard.     It  is  precisely 


21H  OOLOf.ICAL   NOTES, 

HJinilfir  in  colour  and  mnrkin);;^  to  tliosc  of  its  southern  congener 
jif.  (/rnmitieiig,  but  in  sHplitiy  larj^er,  being  of  a  reddish- white 
ground  colour,  freckled  all  over  with  ]iurpliHli-rerl  markings,  which 
predominate  as  uaual  on  the  thicker  i^nd  of  the  egg.  Ijength, 
0-?*  X  0-.78  inch. 

Flatai.ba  melas'okiivncua,  Hcichcnliach. 
'I'lic  Dlack-faced  SpiHinbill  is  generally  di.striltuted  in  favourable 
RJtiiations  over  the  north -ens  t-eni  uiid  northern  portions  of  the 
AuHtriilian  Continent,  its  range  e.xtending  also  to  the  Aru  Islands, 
whiire  several  exaniplcH  were  priwureil  by  the  lat«  Mr.  S.  White, 
and  which  ara  now  contained  in  the  Reference  Collection  of  the 
Australian  Museum.  In  New  South  Wales  it  is  a  conii^arativelj 
mr;;  H[iei'i(;H,  and  is  seldom  met  with  except  on  the  man^grovo  flats 
and  swamps  adjacent  t-o  the  northern  coastal  rivers,  but  recently 
it  liiLs  l>cen  found  breeding  on  nn  iiduud  awunip  near  the  extreme 
southern  Iwundary  of  the  colony.  For  an  opportunity  of  examin- 
ing anil  describing  the  eggs  of  this  Hjiecies  I  am  indebted  to  Mr. 
Janiits  Kershaw,  of  the  S'ali<inal  Museum,  Melbourne,  who  has 
kindly  foi'warded  me  a  9et>  together  with  the  following  note: — 


BY   ALFRED   J.    NORTH.  219 

about  forty  yards  it  again  rose  with  the  Ibis,  and  I  was  successful 
in  shooting  it.  Upon  examining  the  place,  we  found  the  nest  of 
the  Spoonbill  built  amongst  those  of  the  White  Ibis;  it  was  an 
open  flat  structure,  composed  of  broken  down  reeds  and  twigii, 
measuring  two  feet  across,  and  was  placed  al)out  three  feet  above 
the  water.  The  eggs,  three  in  number,  were  in  an  advanced  stale 
of  incubation.  All  the  nests  of  the  White  Ibis  contained  young 
birds  from  one  to  two  weeks  old." 

The  eggs  of  Plata  lea  melanorhyncha  are  similar  to  those  of  its 
near  ally  P.  Uncorodia,  of  Europe  and  Southern  Asia;  they  are 
elongate-oval  in  form,  slightly  pointed  at  the  smaller  end,  and  of 
a  dull  chalky-white  ground  colour,  with  ill-defined  blotches  and 
smears  of  yellow-  and  pale  reddish-brown  almost  uniformly  distri- 
buted over  the  surface  of  the  shell;  one  specimen  (C)  is  more 
sparingly  but  distinctly  marked,  and  has  a  few  bold  darker 
blotches  on  the  large  end.  Length,  (A)  2-73  x  1-73  inch;  (B) 
2-65  X   1-68  inch;  (C)  26  x   17  inch. 

It  is  remarkable  the  partiality  Spoonbills  have  for  breeding  in 
company  with  Ibises.  Mr.  Hume  in  his  "Nests  and  Eggs  of 
Indian  Birds"  records  Platalea  kucorodia  breeding  on  trees  in 
company  with  the  Pelican-Ibis  (Tantalus  lettcocphalusjy  also  near 
colonies  of  the  Shell-Ibis  (AiiastomiM  oacitatis). 

Ardetta  pusilla,  Vieillot. 

Though  a  comparatively  rare  species  the  Minute  Bittern  is 
widely  distributed  in  suitable  localities  over  most  parts  of  Eastern 
Australia.  In  New  South  Wales  it  still  frequents  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Sydney,  specimens  haWng  been  recently  presented  to  the 
Trustees  of  the  Australian  Museum  that  were  procured  on  the 
marshy  grounds  at  the  mouth  of  Cook's  River  during  January, 
1895.  A  freshly  shot  specimen  was  also  received  in  the  same 
month  from  a  correspondent  at  Narromine,  a  pastoral  and  agri- 
cultural district,  situated  on  the  banks  of  the  Macquarie  River, 
and  about  300  miles  west  of  Sydney.  It  appears,  however,  to  be 
more  freely  distributed  on  the  swamps  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
Murray  River,  for  on  several  occasions  Mr.  Evered  has   been 


'■i^O  OOLOfllGAL   NOTBB. 

Muccesafu)  in  finding  its  nents  and  eggs  near  Mathoun.  Sir. 
Kershaw,  to  whom  I  am  also  indebted  for  the  loan  of  the  egga  of 
this  species  for  deacription,  has  kindly  sent  the  following  note 
relative  to  the  taking  of  them  : — "  Mr.  H.  G.  Evered  found  the 
nest  of  the  Jlinute  Bittern,  containing  four  fresh  eggs,  in  a  swamp 
near  Matlioura,  New  South  Walea,  during  November,  1893.  It 
was  an  open  nest,  compooed  of  dead  leaves  of  aquatic  plants,  and 
^trasses  and  herbage  growing  about  the  swamp,  and  was  fastened 
to  severa!  reeds  just  above  the  surface  of  the  water.  The  bird 
was  seen  on  the  nest,  and  one  was  captured  alive." 

The  eggs  of  the  Minute  Bittern  are  oval  in  form  and  pure 
white,  the  texture  of  the  shell  being  very  fine  and  the  surface 
Hull  and  lustreless.  Length,  (A)  1'13  x  0-98  inch;  (B)  1-26  x 
1  inch.  Like  the  eggs  of  all  birds  laid  in  similar  situations,  they 
hoon  become  dirty  and  nest-stained. 


221 


NOTE  ON  THE  CORRECT  HABITAT  OF  PATELLA 
(SCUTELLASTRA)  KERMADECEXSIS,  PILSBRY. 

By  T.  F.  Chebseman,  F.L  S  ,  Curator  of  the  Auckland  Museum. 

(Communicated  by  the  Secretary.) 

Some  months  ago,  Prof.  F.  W.  Hutton  drew  my  attention  to  a 
communication  from  Mr.  Brazier  printed  in  the  Proceedings  of  the 
linnean  Society  of  New  South  Wales  (Vol.  ix.,  2nd  Ser.,  p.  183) 
in  which  it  is  stated  that  South  Africa  is  the  true  habitat  of 
Patella  kernuulecensUj  and  that  Mr.  Pilsbry  was  mistaken  in 
supposing  that  his  specimens  came  from  the  Kermadec  Islands. 
Apparently,  Mr.  Brazier  arrives  at  this  conclu.sion  from  the  fact 
that  a  specimen  in  his  possession,  originally  obtained  from  a  New 
Zealand  dealer  notoriously  inaccurate  in  the  localities  assigned  to 
his  specimens,  has  adhering  to  it  two  individuals  of  Patella 
achleary  Born ,  a  species  known  to  inhabit  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope.  He  also  considers  it  extremely  improlmble  that  such  a 
large  and  conspicuous  species  as  that  described  by  Mr.  Pilsbry 
should  have  been  overlooked  by  the  late  Mr.  John  MacGillivray, 
the  naturalist  attached  to  H.M.S.  "  Herald,"  which  ship,  under 
the  command  of  Capt.  Denham,  in  the  year  1854,  made  a  sta}'  of 
nearly  four  weeks  at  Sunday  Island,  the  largest  of  the  Kermadec 
Group. 

As  Mr.  Pilsbry's  types  were  collected  by  myself  at  Sunday 
Island,  I  wrote  a  few  lines  with  the  intention  of  forwarding  them 
to  the  Society.  Just  at  that  time,  however,  I  received  the 
following  part  of  the  "  Proceedings,"  in  which  I  noticed  that  Mr. 
Hedley  had,  on  the  strength  of  information  furnished  by  my 
friend  Mr.  C.  Spencer,  again  asserted  the  claims  of  the  Kermtidec 
Islands  (see  Vol.  ix.,  2nd  Ser,  p.  4G5).      Thinking  that  this  was 


222  UAIilTAT  OF   PATELLA  SSItJIADIiCEASiS.    PlLaBEY, 

HUlKcieiit  U)  HKt  the  iimtter  at  rest,  I  threw  aside  what  I  had 
wriltitii.  Uiifurtunatoly  1  dk)  nut  then  notice  a  subaeqoeDt 
cuinniuiiivntion  t'lum  .Mr.  Brazier  pi-inted  in  the  same  number 
(p.  ,1(16),  in  wliieh,  while  grantinj,'  that  J'alellu  kerinadrctntU 
int^'ht  luivo  Itecii  colliwted  at  .Mitciiulny  Island,  uno  of  the  ttiualler 
isUiMclM  of  the  yrouji,  he  utill  rtoclincd  to  lulniit  its  nativity  iii 
Sunday  Islund.  Perha[xs  I  may  now  Ije  allowed  to  mention  what 
uiusi  Iji-  regiirded  hh  cunclusive  pvidence  on  the  point. 

In  July,  18S7,  the  New  Zealand  Government  despatched  the 
aififtmi?!-  "  HtelU "  to  the  Ivennadoc  Islands  for  the  purpose  of 
annexiiiH  ijii-m  to  ihu  colony,  and  I  was  kindly  granted  permis- 
stun  to  «ceoin|wiiiy  the  ex{>edition.  My  time  was  mostly  given  to 
an  examination  iif  tlie  Initany  of  the  group;  but  while  engaged  in 
thJH  work  I  was  alilc  to  pay  some  attention  to  the  fauna.  We 
first  landed  on  Sunday  Island  011  the  north  side,  and  I  then 
nutice<l  (as  in  fact  all  the  members  of  our  paily  did)  that  the 
nit-ks  in  the  vicinity  of  the  landing  place  were  covered  with  large 
limpets,  four  or  live  inches  in  diameter.  Attempts  were  made  to 
u>)!lect  some  <)f  them,  liut  they  could  not  be  reached  from  the 
biicit,  and  the  violent  surf  breaking  on  the  rocks  made  it  impos- 


BY   T.    F.    CHEESEMAX.  223 

specimens  were  sent  to  Mr.  E.  W.  Roper,  of  Revere,  Massa 
chusetts,  and  two  of  these  were  given  by  him  to  Mr.  Pilsbry. 
Upon  these  the  original  description  printed  in  the  "  Nautilus  "  is 
founded. 

Since  my  visit,  great  numbers  of  the  Patella  have  been  brought 
to  New  Zealand  by  the  officers  and  crew  of  the  "Hinemoa," 
which  vessel  now  regularly  visits  the  group  once  a  year.  On  one 
occasion  a  sackful  was  brought  to  me  at  the  Museum,  and  offered 
for  a  few  shillings.  Having  a  stock  sufficient  for  my  requirements, 
I  did  not  purchase,  and  the  sack  was  eventually  sold  to  the  dealer 
alluded  to  by  Mr.  Brazier.  Doubtlesis  the  shell  has  passed  into 
the  hands  of  many  collectors  from  this  source. 

As  Mr.  Brazier  remarks,  it  is  somewhat  curious  that  such  a 
conspicuous  species  was  not  noticed  by  Mr.  MacGillivray.  But  I 
believe  that  the  landing  place  principally  used  during  the  visit  of 
the  "  Herald  "  was  Denham  Bay,  on  the  west  side  of  the  island. 
This  is  sandy,  and  of  course  anyone  landing  there  would  fail  to 
see  the  Patella.  The  "Herald,"  too,  had  remarkably  rough 
weather  during  almost  the  whole  of  her  stay,  and  that  would 
effectually  prevent  the  rocky  l^eaches  from  l>eing  searched,  as  our 
own  experience  with  the  "Stella"  amply  proved. 

I  may  conclude  by  sa3ring  that  the  presence  of  a  large  Patella 
in  the  Kermadec  Group  was  alluded  to  in  my  account  of  the  botany 
of  the  Group  (Trans.  N.Z.  Institute,  Vol  xx.,  p.  1G5)  and  in  Mr. 
Percy  Smith's  official  report  to  the  New  Ze^iland  Government 
("The  Kermadec  Islands,  their  capal)ilities  and  extent,"  p.  27). 


DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES  OF  AUaTRALIAN 
COLEOPTERA. 

Bv  Arthur  M.  Lea. 


DlTTlSCIDS. 

Lakcestes  ocularis,  u.ep. 
Su)>convex,  highly  pulished.  PiceouH-lilack;  head  with  a  testv 
ceuitH  blotch  in  itH  middio;  anterior  half  of  prothoraz  teHtaceous, 
excnpt  behind  thti  emarginntion  and  a  narrow  indistinct  stroke  at 
the  middle;  each  e!ytn)n  with  eight  narruw  longitudinal  stripes — 
Ist  and  '2nd  joinefl  and  IfarWl  at  apex,  open  behind,  3rd  and  4th 
juinerl  at  luLie  and  apex,  5th  bifurcate  at  itn  base,  joined  to  the 
0th  at  alxmt  a  third  from  the  nppx,  ))etweQn  the  5th  stripe  and 
the  liiise  is  an  irregular  circle  with  an  extension  behind,  7th  and 
■^oMiTod   at   the  nhmlders  -near  iipcx   i-urLripctpd    with    it\\: 


BY    ARTHUR   M.    LBA.  225 

posterior  long  and  thin — the  longest  three-quarters  the  length  of 
the  first  tarsal  joint.     Length  8^,  width  4  J  mm. 

Hab. — Donnybrook,  West  Australia. 

I  have  two  specimens — both  females — which  agree  in  all 
particulars.  Besides  the  markings,  the  present  species  differs 
from  L.  lanceolcUuH  in  being  shorter  and  broader,  the  sterna  more 
feebly  wrinkled,  and  prosternal  keel  broader  at  base,  mesostemal 
excavation  less  sharp. 

MYCKTOPIIAGIDiE. 
TrIPHYLLUS   MULTIOUITATUS,  n.sp. 

Suboval,  slightly  convex,  above  feebly,  undersurface  moderately 
shining.  Above  dark  brown;  head  in  front  obscure  red,  eyes 
black;  prothorax  with  the  margins,  and  an  irregular  spot  on  each 
side  of  the  base,  elytra  with  the  margins  and  numerous  spots, 
testaceous;  these  spots  are  elongate,  somewhat  irregular  in 
number  (from  eleven  to  fourteen  on  each  elytron),  an  oblique  one 
on  each  side  of  the  scutellum,  l)ehind  it  with  its  apex  at  the 
middle  is  an  irregular  spot,  sometimes  A-  but  oftenest  T-shaped, 
the  spots  behind  the  middle  sometimes  uniting  to  form  a  very 
irregular  transverse  fascia,  a  large  round  spot  near  the  apex 
(sometimes  united  with  it);  undersurface  ferruginous-red,  legs 
paler.  Tibiae  tipped  on  the  outer  apex  with  short  black  setae,  the 
inner  with  a  narrow  spur.  Alx)ve  densely  and  obsoletely,  under- 
surface very  minutely  punctate;  elytra  very  feebly  striate. 

Head  triangular;  eyes  large,  coarsely  faceted;  antoiinfe  inserted 
immediately  in  front  of  the  eyes,  not  reaching  base  of  prothorax. 
Prothorax  broadly  transverse;  apex  widely  and  shallowly  emar- 
ginate,  base  feebly  bisinuate;  posterior  angles  acute.  Scutellum 
small,  widely  transverse,  semicircular.  Elytra  about  twice  as 
long  as  head  and  prothorax  combined,  at  their  widest  near  the 
base,  where  they  are  slightly  wider  than  prothorax;  base  truncate, 
shoulders  feebly  rounded.  Femora  and  tibite  llattened.  Length 
2i-2f,  width  li-ljmm. 

Uah. — Riclmiond  River,  N.8.W. 


1'2Q  new   species   of   AUSTRALIAN   COLEOPTERA, 

Differs  from  T.  intricatnt  by  its  darker  colour,  different  patt«ni, 
smaller  size,  lests  distinct  punctu  1*8^011,  more  prominent  eyes, 
longer  antennK',  and  broader  femora. 

Tkiphyllus  minor,  n.sp. 

tSulx>val,  slightly  conxox,  sliining.  Above  and  the  tegs  reddtRh- 
testaceous,  underaurface  darker;  head  piceoUH-lirown  (in  some 
Hjiecimens  paler  at  apex);  pnithorax  testaceous-red  (occaHionatly 
brown);  elytra  with  three  irregular  brown  fasciae,  the  two  posterior 
sometimes  connected  alonj^  the  suture  and  lateral  margin,  the 
Ikasal  ofteiiest  represented  by  a  large  sjtot  on  each  side  of  the 
Mcutellum,  and  a  smaller  spot  on  the  shoulder;  median  fascia 
largest  near  the  sides,  sometimes  obliquely  coimected  with  the 
liasal;  apical  sometimes  appearing  as  two  spots  and  sometimes 
occupying  almost  the  entire  apex:  palpi  and  antenna-  testaceous, 
the  latter  darkest  at  apex.  Clothed  all  over — -sparsest  on  prostar- 
nnm — with  short,  yellowish  pul>e8cence;  tibi«  with  a  number  of 
spurs  at  their  apices,  some  of  them  appearing  to  be  obtusely 
serrate.  Alwve  densely  covered  with  small,  deep  punctures; 
elytra   feebly  punctate-striatfi;   undersurface    irregularly   trans- 


BY    ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  227 

prothorax  wider  and  less  deeply  emarginate,  head  darker,  tibije 
differently  spurred,  somewhat  feebler  puncturation,  and  its  more 
sober  colour.  My  Pitt  Town  specimens  (three)  were  taken  from 
the  nest  of  a  Diamond  Sparrow,  and  some  of  the  Sydney  ones 
from  the  nests  of  a  Processionary  Moth. 

DlPLOCOSLUS    PUNCTATUS,  n.sp. 

Subparallel,  subdepressed,  shining.  Dark  brownish-refl,  elytra 
dark  red,  legs  bright  red.  Above  with  hmg  yellowish  pul)escence, 
longest  at  the  sides,  much  shorUjr  and  spai*ser  on  the  undersurface; 
tibiie  with  short  spurs  and  seU'e  at  their  apices.  Head  densely 
and  strongly,  prothorax  «is  strongly  but  not  so  densely  punctate, 
with  several  rows  of  quadrate  punctures  at  the  sides;  elytra 
striate  -  punctate,  the  punctures  large,  quadrate,  interstices 
minutely  punctate;  sterna  with  large  shallow  punctures;  alxlo- 
minal  segments  minutely  punctate. 

Head  transverse  (when  at  rest);  eyes  moderately  prominent; 
antenna:  widely  sepanated,  scarcely  reiiching  biise  of  prothorax, 
two  l>asal  joints  rather  large,  middle  joint  of  club  widely  trans- 
verse, much  wider  than  basal,  apical  sulxdrcular.  Prothorax 
transversely  oblong;  apex  widt^ly  and  feebly  emarginate,  Imse  very 
feebly — if  at  all — bisinuate;  posterior  angles  almost  rectangular; 
sides  narrowly  margined  and  narrowly  bicostate;  base  feebly  im- 
pressed in  the  middle.  Scutellum  very  naiTowly  trans\erse. 
Elytra  about  one  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  head  and  i)rothorax 
combined,  base  truncate,  shoulders  roundtnl,  scarcely  wider  than 
prothorax.  Basal  segment  oi  al>domen  with  two  (oblique  lines  on 
each  side.  Legs  short,  tibiie  straight  and  widening  to  aj.M\x. 
Length  2|,  width  1  (Wx)  mm. 

Ilah. — Richmond  River,  X.S.W. 

I 

From  D.  fasciatns,  the  prest'ut  species  may  be  distinguislu'd  by 

its    narrower,  more   parallel    outline,    abs(Mice    of    elytnil    fascia 

(though  in  that  species  it  is  sometimes  aliiiost  obsolete),  less  co!i\cx 

form,  shorter  antenme,  with  ahort*»»*  ''lub,  more  sober  coltjur,  and 

somewhat  feebler  puncturatit" 
p 


228  NEW   SPECIES  OF   AUSTnALIAN   COLEOFTERA, 

DiPi.ocfEi.us  LATua,  n.Bp. 

Sluirt,  thick,  Hulxlcprc.^sed,  Hlilning.  Ohocolftl«-hrown;  lower 
sui'f'tci'.  legs,  nn<l  antennii!  paler.  Ctoth«Kl  all  ovt^r  with  moderately 
loiiK  pul]esu<;iic(t,  longest  ntiil  hliu-kent  alxtve,  shurteHt  and  yellowUli 
iM'nealh.  Very  iiiiiiiiU'lj'  punctate  all  over;  the  head  with  dense 
and  rather  small  puiiclui'eN,  lar^'er  and  sparser  un  prothorai; 
elvtra  senatc-puiictiite,  the  pimctui'eH  mixleriLtoly  lar|j;e  and  sul> 
(lUiulraU?  at  Itam",  feelilcr  towanls  apex:  sterna  distinctly  and  not 
VI  TV  iltiiisely  puiict-at<!. 

Head  transv('rsi>;  eyos  prominent:  ant«>nn»t  widely  Re]>arateU, 
not  passing  aiiteriur  coxii",  two  ImujiI  joints  of  cluli  tranitverse — 
th<^  niiddle  widftr  than  liasal,  ajtical  j<iiiit  circular.  Prothurax 
liniiidly  trims viirne,  vory  little  wider  lii'hinrl  tlian  in  front;  sides 
Hiifjhtly  iv)unded,  apox  ft*l>ly  and  widely  emarginate,  sides 
iiariMwly  iiiariniu'd  and  witii  traces  of  coHta;.  Scutellum  very 
small,  wiilcly  transverse.  Klytra  almut  twice  as  lonf;  aa  head  and 
[ir»thoivu(  combined,  not  twice  as  long  as  wide;  luuie  truncate, 
shoulders  scai-ci.'ly  roundi'd,  sides  suhiMti-allel  to  near  the  apex. 
liiisiil  segment  of  aixlomon  with  two  ohliipio  lines  on  each  side. 


BY    ARTHUR    M.    LB  A.  229 

the  head,  sparse  on  the  prothorax  (each  hair  rising  from  a 
puncture),  and  rather  dense  and  longest  on  elytra,  on  which  also 
there  are  a  few  very  indistinct  grey  hairs  on  the  basal  two-thirds; 
on  the  undersurface  the  pubescence  is  very  short  and  greyish- 
black.  Alx)ve  densely  and  not  very  minutely  punctate,  the 
punctures  strongest  on  elytra,  sparsest  on  prothorax,  and  densest 
on  head;  the  whole  surface  covered  with  microscopic  punctures, 
mjst  visible  on  scutellum;  undersurface  and  femora  densely  and 
shallowly  punctate,  punctures  densest  on  prosternum. 

Head  rather  dull,  transverse,  feebly  transversely  impressed 
between  the  eyes  and  antenna*,  and  with  a  very  indistinct  median 
line;  antennae  short,  immersed  in  prothorax  to  about  the  middle 
of  its  sides,  1st  and  2nd  joints  somewhat  large,  l)etween  the  2nd 
and  club  the  joints  are  very  short  and  transverse;  club  slightly 
longer  than  the  rest  of  anteimje,  comjK>sed  of  three  joints,  of 
which  the  2nd  is  strongly  transverse,  it  is  about  half  the  length  of 
the  3rd  (which  is  scarcely  transverse),  the  1st  is  transverse. 
Prothorax  polished,  strongly  transverse,  the  sides  narrowly 
margined,  feebly  depressed  along  the  Iwise;  anterior  angles  slightly 
prominent,  giving  the  apex  a  feebly  emarginate  appearance,  which 
otherwise  would  be  truncate;  l^ase  shallowly  bisinuate.  Scutellum 
small,  transverse,  curvilinearly  triangular,  fllytra  parall(»l-sided 
to  near  the  apex,  al)out  one  and  a  half  times  iis  long  iis  wide, 
shoulders  rounded,  l>ase  feebly  depressed  on  each  side,  suture 
feebly  depressed  at  apex.  Prosternum  with  antennal  grooves 
broad,  feebly  strigose  (to  the  nakwl  eye  apiM^aring  highl}'  jK)lished); 
keel  narrow,  feebly  carinate.  Metastornum  with  a  fe(»ble  impres.- 
sion  down  its  middle.  Leg^ — especially  the  tai*si — slender- 
Length  2  J,  width  1 J  (vix)  mm. 

Ilab, — Sydney. 

I  obtained  my  unique  specimen  undtM*  a  stone?  in  tho  n^st  of  a 
small  V>lack  ant;  there  were  numerous  larvfp  and  a  few  puiwi?, 
most  of  which  I  left,  hoping  to  procure  some  iidditional  imagines  on 
a  fature  occasion. 


to  NEW   SPECIES  OP   AUSTRALIAN   COLEOPTBBA, 

E  U  C  N  E  SI  I  D  .E. 

bCAos  IIastbksi,  Miicl.  {tlmniopaida,  Macl.),  Moat.  Cat.  Sp.  Sn. 
330J*. 

TliiH  spoiiiea  was  deseriljed  by  Sir  William  Macleay  as  l>elong- 
l;  ti)  till;  Elatekiu.e.  It  certainly  Iwlonga  to  the  genus  Lycnou, 
a\  is,  I  think,  the  species  descriljed  l)y  Uonvouloir  as  L.  navn». 


Dascillid.e. 

HeLODES   HCALAItlS,  n.Hp. 

Sulxlfpi^^saed,  shilling.  Alxtve  piceous-black,  UQclersurface 
])ie(.'<ius-i-e<l.  Above  densely  clutliecl  with  short  ashen  pubescence, 
den:it:Mt  (in  the  head;  on  tlio  undtrsurface  the  pubescence  Is  veiy 
shurt.     l)f?nsely  and  minut«ly  punctata  all  ijver. 

I'lcad  broad,  flat,  several  slmllow  irre^lar  impressions  in  the 
miildlc;  i^yist  laifje,  prominent,  finely  fa(^ett■d;  ant«nn(e  tlatt«ned, 
it'juliiiifi  |M>st«rior  cdxic,  Ist  joint  large,  thick,  2nd  very  small,  3rd 
Inii^i'Kt  of  all,  4th-10tb  gradually  deci-eusing  in  length,  11th 
slijjhlly  liinfrer  than  10th.     Prothorax  al)out  three  times  a 


BY    ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  231 

having  the  apical  joint  fully  as  long  if  not  longer  than  the  third, 
tlie  head  and  abdominal  segments  without  impressions.  Mr. 
Dumbrell  informs  me  that  he  captured  the  three  specimens 
wliilst  crawling  out  of  the  same  burning  log. 

MALACODERMIDiE. 

Selenurus  granulatus,  n.sp. 

^.  Elongate,  shining,  depressed.  Testaceous-red;  head  with  a 
small  oblique  brown  marking  close  to  eyes,  palpi  black,  basal 
joints  of  antennse  more  or  less  diluted  with  red,  the  rest  black; 
pro  thorax  with  the  apical  third  black — except  on  a  slight  inter- 
ruption in  the  middle;  elytra  coppery  green;  tip  of  femora,  apical 
half  of  tibite  and  the  tarsi  black;  abdomen  with  the  segments 
ha\'ing  on  the  undersurface  black  markings  at  the  sides,  the 
apical  only  entirely  black,  on  the  upper  surface  there  Ls  in  addition 
a  black  macula  in  the  middle  of  each ;  eyes  dark  brown.  Covered 
all  over — densest  on  elytra — with  short  white  pubescence;  the 
upper  surface  in  addition  with  short  black  setiform  hairs — most 
noticeable  on  prothorax.     Minutely  punctate  all  over. 

Head  feebly  transverse;  eyes  moderate,  not  very  prominent ; 
antennae  slender,  reaching  or  slightly  passing  posterior  coxa?.  Pro- 
thorax  feebly  transverse;  wider  than  head,  not  much  wider  at 
apex  than  at  base;  irregularly  and  shallowly  depressed  ;  Ixase 
margined,  sides  feebly  reflexed.  Elytra  not  twice  as  long  as  head 
and  prothorax  combined,  each  somewhat  wedge-shaped;  the  whole 
surface  densely  covered  with  small,  shining,  rounded  elevations, 
giving  it  an  embossed  appearance.  Logs  moderately  long,  femora 
thickened,  posterior  tibi»3  l)ent.  Length  to  apex  of  elytra  5|,  of 
abdomen  6^;  width  1|  mm. 

5.  Differs  in  being  larger,  broader,  head  narrower,  with  shorter 
autennse;  the  black  of  prothorax  appearing  as  lateral  nuiculav;  the 
disk  smoother,  «kc.  Length  to  apex  of  elytra  G,  of  alKloinen  7  J ; 
width  IJmm. 

Hah. — Bunbury,  West  Australia. 


232 


'   SPECIES   UK  AL'S1'KALIA>   COLEOFTEILV, 


I  linvc  Ixviten  iiumeruus  itpecimeiiH  into  the  umbrella  from 
several  ilwiirf  Kiicnh/pls  growing  nlmost  on  the  8ea-]>eachi  for  ft 
long  liriit',  even  on  hot  <lrtj"H,  they  feign  death,  rolling  up  the 
HUloiiifii,  tuckinj!  in  tlif*  ant<>nnic,  and  then  lying  on  their  aides. 


.Sei.knuhuh 


i.sp. 


,^,  l-;ic)ti;,'iite,  feelily  shiiiiiif,',  depresae<l.  Heud  black,  wdpa  im- 
niiilijLti'ly  in  front  of  the  eyes  te-itiiceous;  prothorftx  testaceous,  a 
liir^ie  hlfick  blotch— iwcupying  im.mt  of  the  upper  surface  — irrejfu- 
lnr!y  W-shiijiisI ;  scutdlum  black ;  elytra  dark  bhii.sb-<rreen ; 
alxIoDR-n  tesliiceuus,  the  lower  surface  having  the  1st  segment 
inniiiu-uliLt«,  2nd  with  a  small  bpot  on  each  side,  3nl  with  the 
inidillc  of  base,  4t1i  with  entire  htiNe,  the  5th  (except  apex)  and 
the  entire  fith  and  7tli  black,  the  markings  on  the  upper  surface 
are  si^niiwhat  dili'ori'nt,  there  being  more  black  towanln  the  aides; 
m<^so-,  and  uu'tastpmum,  except  sides,  legs  and  antennie  block;  base 
of  coxii'  t<;HtaceuuH.  ClothiMl  all  over — ^sparsest  in  the  middle  <A 
meso-  ;iTid  niotjwternum — with  short  pale  pulx'scence.  Very 
minutely  jiunctate  all  over,  e\cept  on  the  elj'tra  where  they  us 
(l.-iisc,  iii,i?ose,  and  isliuUow,  liut  obVLterated  at  apex. 


BY    ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  233 

One  specimen  has  much  less  black  about  the  abdomen  and 
sterna,  and  there  is  a  small  testjiceous  macula  situated  near  the 
apex  of,  and  coounon  to  both  elytra.  The  species  comes  closest 
to  S.  variegativSy  which  Mr.  Masters  also  captured  in  consideral^le 
able  numbers. 

Heteromastix  bicolor,  Bohem.;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  3389. 

Of  this  species  only  the  male  has  Ijeen  descril>ed.  I  have  several 
pairs  obtained  in  coptda.  The  female  differs  in  having  the  ant(»nna> 
less  thick,  the  tenth  joint  similar  in  sha})e  to  the  ninth,  and  in  the 
apical  joints  being  piceous,  only  the  first  three  or  four  joints  Ijeing 
reddish-testaceous. 

Heteromastix  GA(iATicEPs,  n.sp. 

^.  Oblong,  shining,  sulxlepressed.  Black;  prothorax,  mandi- 
bles, tip  of  femora,  basal  fourth  of  posterior,  basal  two-fifths  of 
intermediate,  and  almost  the  entire  anterior  tibiic  testaceous; 
antennsB  with  the  three  basal  joints — and  the  fourth  beneath  — 
testaceous,  the  others  Ijlack;  p«ilpi  and  ttirsi  piceous;  claws 
reddish;  eyes  blackish-brown.  Hea<I  and  prothorax  spai'sely 
clothed  with  short  yellowish  pul^escence,  that  on  the  head  vory 
short;  elytra  more  densel}'  clotlnxl  with  short  su]>erect  pul>es- 
cence:  on  the  undersurface  it  is  yellowisli-grey  and  rather  dense 
(sparsest  on  abdominal  segment.s).  Head  and  prothorax  minutely, 
eljrtra  densely,  shallowly,  and  somewhat  rugosely  punctate,  punc- 
tures almost  obliterated  at  l>ase;  undersurface  and  legs  dcmsely 
and  minutely  punctate. 

Head  transverse,  a  shallow  transverse  impression  on  each  side 
between  the  eyes;  eyes  large,  prominent;  anteruit'e  ins(jrted  equi- 
distant from  each  other  and  from  the  middle  of  the  eyes,  reaching 
posterior  coxse,  joints  rather  thick,  1st  as  long  as  3rd-4th  com- 
bined, 2nd  about  half  as  long  as  3rd,  3rd-9th  oljconic,  subecjual  or 
very  gradually  diminishing,  10th  stouter,  its  apex  r)bli(iuely 
truncate,  11th  as  long  Jis  9th-10th  combined,  somewhat  dumb 
bell  shaped,  apex  pointed.  Prothorax  broadly  transverse,  slightly 
widest  near  the  apex:  apex  truncate,  l>ase  somewhat  rounded;  all 


2;S4  NEW   SPECIES   OF  AUSTItALIAN   COLBOPTERA, 

till'  nii^'lcs  rounded;  margins  naiTowly  reflexed.  Scntellum  small, 
I'll  nil  ineiirly  trian^lar.  Elj-tm  parallel-Bided  almost  to  extreme 
iijiex.  shduklers  fpcl)lj'  riiundcil;  nv>re  than  twice  as  long  as  hend 
find  {>ri>tli<irax  cumliined;  in  certain  lightn  with  feeble  traces  of 
iiiitii'.  Pi'imUimatc  segment  of  alxlomen  <lceply  and  nRrrowiy 
I'M-isml.  rji'f;n  conipressod,  moderately  long,  anterior  tibioe  some- 
wliat  ))E>nt,  penultimate  joint  of  ttiiNi  deepl}'  clcft>  in  the  auteri<>r 
the  liilies  widely  divorf;inj(.     Length  HJ,  width  IJmm. 

J.  Differs  in  l>ein<;  »liglitly  ln-oiider,  in  having  short«r  and 
simple  antennae,  Iciliew  to  jienuitiniate  joint  of  anterior  tarsi  not 
widely  diveryont;  the  colour  is  the  same,  except  the  amount  of 
jialiiness  of  the  four  posterior  tilnie. 

//„/,._Mydney,  (Jalslon,  Clifton,  N.S.W. 

P*rom  till'  description  of  //.  diJafii-ii/lui,  the  present  speoien 
iip)H.>ai's  to  differ  in  the  colour  of  the  leii;s,  and  in  the  dilatAtion  of 
,the  prothorax. 

Hetkhomastix  McDonald],  n.sp. 

Q.  ()l)l(inf!,    shining,    Bul>depressetl.       Black;    prothorax   clear 
lus,  first  two  joints  of  antennie  testaceous  Ijencath,  piceonv 


BY    ARTHUR    M.    LEA.  235 

and  narrower  tlian  8th,  11th  elongate-ovate,  about  one  and  a  half 
times  as  long  as  10th.  Prothorax  transverse;  apex  truncate,  base 
rounded;  anterior  angles  scarcely,  posterior  moderately  strongly 
rounded;  sides  subparallel;  margins  narrowly  reflexed;  median  line 
feebly  traceable.  Scutellum  small,  depressed  in  the  middle, 
truncate  at  apex.  Elytra  about  two  and  a  half  times  as  long  as 
head  and  prothorax  combined;  parallel-sided  almost  to  extreme 
apex,  shoulders  feebly  rounded;  without  traces  of  costw.  Penul- 
timate segment  of  abdomen  semicircularly  excised.  Legs  slender, 
tibia?  straight,  penultimate  joint  of  tarsi  deeply  cleft,  in  the 
anterior  the  lobes  widely  diverging.  Length  4ri,  width  l^mm. 
//aZ».— Armidale,  N.S.W.  (Mr.  D.  McDonald"). 

Heteromastix  mirabilis,  n.sp. 

^J.  Oblong,  shining,  subdepressed.  Black;  head,  prothorax  and 
scutellum  clear  testaceous,  antennae  with  the  entire  basal  and  the 
second  joint  beneath  testaceous,  palpi  piceous;  anterior  legs 
testaceous,  apex  of  tibiae  infuscate,  tarsi  piceous;  four  posterior 
legs  piceous,  their  coxae  and  trochantins  obscure  testaceous.  Head 
glabrous,  prothorax  almost  so;  elytra  moderately  densely  clothed 
with  ashen  suberect  pubescence;  undersurface  and  legs  with 
shorter,  denser  and  paler  pubescence  than  on  elytra.  Head  and 
prothorax  highly  polished  and  microscopically  punctate;  elytra 
very  shallowly  and  obsoletely  punctate,  especially  at  base  and 
apex;  undersurface  and  the  legs  densely  and  minutely  punctate. 

Head  almost  as  long  as  the  width  across  eyes,  shallowly^  im- 
pressed between  them;  eyes  rather  small,  prominent,  and  quite 
round;  antennse  short,  thick,  re^aching  intermediate  cox«e;  the 
distance  between  them  greater  than  that  between  them  and  the 
middle  of  the  eyes,  Ist  joint  as  long  or  slightly  longer  than  2nd 
3rd  combined,  2nd  about  two-thirds  the  length  of  3rd,  3rd  one 
and  a  half  times  longer  than  4rth,  4th-6th  sulxjqual,  Gth  slightly 
transverse,  7th-10th  obliquely  transverse,  jill  of  them  ditlerent  in 
shape,  10th  large,  rounded  on  its  outer  and  hollowed  on  its  iiinei- 
apex,  11th  large,  flattened,  base  obli(|ue,  its  outer  edge  rounded, 
and  about  half  as  long  as  the  inner  (which  is  constricted  in  the 


236  SEW   ypECIb'S  OF   AUSTRALIAN   COLBOPTBRA. 

mifldlf),  hallowed  internally,  itu  extreme  length  equal  to  that  of 
tlie  three  precwlin;;  joints.  Prothonix  broadly  transverse,  about 
as  long  OM  thit  head;  apex  truncate,  ba.se  rounded;  angles  obliquely 
muiide<i:  widest  and  soinowhat  iiiigularly  prociuced  near  the  apex; 
lat^^ral  niurKiiis  rather  hriiudi}'  reflexed,  the  others  narrowly; 
nic<)i;in  Jinw  feebly  traceable  at  Itase.  Scutellum  triangular, 
almiiMt,  ciiiicealed  by  the  overlapping  prothornx.  Elytra  parallel- 
siilfd  almost  to  extreme  apex,  not  two  ami  a  half  times  as  long 
as  heiul  and  prothorax  conibiiked;  shoulders  feebly  rounded,  each 
with  traces  of  alKjut  three  costie.  Penultimate  segment  of  abdo- 
men di'eply  and  semicircularl}'  excised.  Legs  slender,  anterior 
tiliin'  very  feelifj'  lient,  lolies  of  penultimate  joint  of  anterior  tarsi 
widi'Iy  diverging.     length  4J,  width  IJ  mm. 

//«'-.— Hamjn  Falls,  North  Queensland  (Mr.  Albert  Koobele). 

The  (fxtraordiniir}'  nnlennie  of  this  species  will  at  once  dis- 
tinguish it  from  any  of  it«  uongeners. 

Hktkiiomasti.v  cnAssicoHNis,  n.sp. 

g.   niauk;  jmithorax,  muzzle  and  undersurface  of  head,  under- 

HHrfiici^  of  basal  two-thirds  of  antennie,  and  the  entire  basnl  joint, 

aiitoriiir  li'gs,  except  tarxi,  iiit(Tmeiliate  trochnntins,  apical  half 


BY   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  237 

duced  near  the  middle.  Elytra  parallel-sided  or  very  slightly 
increasing  almost  to  apex,  about  twice  as  long  as  head  and 
prothorax  combined,  in  some  lights  with  very  feeble  traces  of 
costw.  Apex  of  penultimate  segment  triangularly  excised.  Tibia* 
stniight.     Length  4^,  width  Hmm. 

9.  Differs  in  being  less  robust,  with  shorter,  thinner  and  simplt» 
antenna;,  and  in  being  dingier  in  appearance. 

Hah. — Cairns,  N.  Queensland  (Macleay  Museum). 

Helcogaster  F0VEICEP8,  n.sp. 

^.  Depressed,  subpblong,  shining.  Black;  head  (except  sides 
behind  the  eyes,  extreme  base,  and  the  middle  of  the  l>{ise  beneath), 
antenme  (except  joints  4rth-7th),  prothorax,  apical  third  of  four 
anterior  and  tip  of  posterior  tibiie,  reddish- testaceous;  four 
posterior  tibiie  and  tarsi  piceous,  anterior  somewhat  paler;  eyes 
dark  brown.  Head  moderately  densely  and  shallowly  punctate, 
prothorax  more  feebly:  elytra,  alxiomen,  and  undersurface  ol>so- 
letely  punctate.  Above  with  sparse  greyish  hairs,  a  few  at  the 
base  of  the  head,  short  on  prothorax,  longest  on  elytra  and  sides 
of  abdomen;  undersurface  with  moderately  long  straggling  hairs, 
densest  on  abdominal  segments;  tibite  moderatt^ly  densely  clothed 
with  whitish  pubescence. 

Head  transversely  suboblong;  two  wide  impressions  occupying 
most  of  upper  surface,  separated  in  front  by  an  irregular  elevation 
(which  when  looked  at  from  behind  appears  three-ix)inted;,  a  fove^i 
on  each  side  behind  it;  eyes  moderate,  lateral,  scarcely-  prominent; 
antenme  scarcely  reaching  posteriar  coxie,  ins(n*ted  almost  at  apex, 
equidistant  at  their  bases  with  the  middle  of  the  eyes,  1st  joint 
scarcely  as  long  as  2nd-3rd  combined;  2nd  scarcely  shorter  than 
3rdy  3rd-10th  subequal,  11th  not  as  long  as  9th-10th  combined. 
Prothorax  transverse,  scarcely  as  wide  as  head;  apex  truncate, 
baae  rounded,  sides  widest  in  front;  anterior  angles  scarcely, 
posterior  moderately  rounded;  median  line  feebly  tniceable,  a 
transverse  impression  at  base.  Scutellum  almost  concealed  by 
prothorax.     Elytra  about  one  and  a  quarter  times  as  long  as  head 


23s  NEW   SPECIES  OF   AUSTKALIAN   COLEOPTEKA, 

hikI  |n-iitliiirax  combinecl,  sliglitly  wider  than  head  and  cunsider- 
jiUly  wider  tlian  protlionix  at  Iwise;  whoulders  feebly  ruunded,  nicies 
tfriMlualty  widening  to  near  the  apex,  apex  almost  truncate.  Legti 
slender,  tiliiii-  «tfai(^ht,  first  joint  of  anterior  tarsi  large,  and  con- 
(^ealinj:  tlif  second.  Ijengtli  to  apex  of  elytra  1  J,  of  abdomen  2J: 
width  H  TJim. 

9.  1  >ilti'i's  in  having'  only  the  muzzle,  four  basal  joints*  of 
iintcntiir  iitid  the  knees  reddtsh-testjiceous,  anterior  tibitv  piceous- 
rcd.  Hi'iid  scarcelj'  tmiiMverse,  densely  and  strongly  punctate, 
witli  n  luiiidier  uf  siiullow  impi'essions;  ant«nnie  Hhorter,  protliorox 
less  triiTLsvcrse,  Iwwal  impressions  very  shallow,  median  line 
invisible.  Mniplf  tarsi,  &c. 

Il.il.,-    Sv<hK-y. 

From  tlie  description  of  //.  imprrngi/ninii  (of  which  the  luale 
oidy  is  descriljcd)  the  male  of  thu  present  species  differs  in  the 
eolour  of  tiii<  ]Milpi,  in  liaving  more  joints  of  the  antenna;  r«ddiiih, 
in  thi'  fi'lom-of  the  elytra,  and  in  several  structural  details.  I 
have  a  sjii'eimen  in  which  the  elytra  have  an  indistinct  greenish 
ting<-.  T  have  a  pair  obtained  in  cojnda,  so  can  be  certain 
of  the    sf\i's;    there  are  several  speciesi  in  which  both  male  and 


BY   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  239 

9.  Differs  in  being  broader  (especially  the  abdomen),  with  only 
the  base  of  the  antennte  testaceous,  the  head  with  several  ver}*^ 
shallow  indistinct  impressions  in  front.  Length  to  apex  of  elytra 
1|,  of  abdomen  S^;  width  §  mm. 

I/ab, — Galston,  Sydney,  Forest  Reefs. 

I  can  be  certain  of  the  sexes  of  this  species,  having  three  pairs 
beaten  from  the  same  bush  at  Galston. 

Helcogaster  RUFICORNI8,  n.sp. 

J.  Elongate,  flat,  shining.  Black;  elytra  piceous  black;  head, 
except  basal  half  of  upper  surface,  antenna*,  apex  of  prothorax,  and 
knees,  obscure  reddish-testaceous.  Elytra  sparsely  pubescent,  rest 
of  the  surface  almost  glabrous.     Almost  imj)unctate. 

Head  strongly  rounded,  transverse;  depressed  in  front;  an 
excavation  between  the  eyes,  triangularly  open  behind  abuost  to 
base;  seen  from  in  front*  with  four  very  feeble  tubercles;  foveie  of 
undersurface  moderately  large;  antenna;  scarcely  reaching  inter- 
mediate coxa*,  equal  in  thickness  throughout.  Prothonix  decidedly 
transverse,  as  wide  as  head,  apex  truncate;  a  feeble  impression  at 
base;  middle  of  apex  slightly  raised.  Elytra  not  nuich  longer 
than  head  and  prothorax  combined,  at  ))aHe  wider  than  head, 
gradually  increasing  to  apex;  each  feebly  separately  rounded. 
Basal  joint  of  anterior  tarsi  mcxlerately  large,  a  curverl  comlj  on 
its  inner  edge.  Length  to  a|)ex  of  elytra  IJ,  of  aUlomen  2|; 
width  §  mm. 

Hob, — Sydney. 

I  undoubtedly  possess  females  of  l>oth  this  and  thi'  following 
species,  but  cannot  satisfy  myself  as  to  their  identity,  as  they  are 
equally  common.  The  present  species  differs  from  tlu*  pi(?ceding 
in  being  less  parallel,  in  its  differently  coloured  head  and  antenna*; 
and  also  by  the  impressions  of  the  hetKl;  from  the  t'«)llowing  it 
differs  in  the  colour  of  the  prothorax,  and  in  its  more  rounded 
head,  with  somewhat  diiTerent  imjiressions. 

Helcogaster  caxaliculatus,  n.sp. 

^.  Elongate,  flat,  shining.  Black,  muzzle  testaceous;  knees 
obscurely  brownish-testaceous;  antenna;  obscure  testaceous-brown. 


240  NEW  aPECIRS   OF   AUSTRALIAN   COLEOPTERA, 

tilt'  lin^iil  and  apical  joints  lighter;  eyea  dark  brown.  Elytra 
Hpiii-sely  pul>eK(.-ent,  rest  of  the  body  almost  glabrous.  Almost 
inipuiictiito. 

Hi'wi  decidedly  trmnNvorsc,  depressed  in  front;  a  canal  extending 
nliiicist  from  Imwp  to  aj^x,  ita  sides  in  the  middle  marked  by  a  small 
tulierclc:  seen  from  in  front  with  four  feeble  tulxTcles;  foveie  of 
MtMlei-surfacit  small,  and  rather  widely  separated;  antennte  passing 
iiitei'nxilinte  coxiv,  equal  in  thickness  throuf,'hout.  Prothornx 
(lecidedly  tnmsvei-se,  scarcely  the  width  of  head,  apex  truncate; 
n  feeble  impi'i^sMirin  at  l)ase;  mi<ldle  of  apex  slightly  raised.  Eljtra 
not  nuich  longer  than  head  and  prothcjrax  condiinetl,  at  base 
Klightly  wider  than  heatl,  ^'radunlly  increa«inf;toapex;  each  feebly 
si'iiariit^ly  nmndcil.  liiisal  joint  of  anterior  t-arsi  not  very  luge, 
Ijfngth  III  apex  of  elytra  1  J,  of  nlvdomcn  iij;  width  i  mm. 

//«/..  -  ■  New  .South  Wales, 

HrLCOGASTEK   MARGINICOLLIS,  n.sp. 

ij.    I  )<'pressed,  sulK)bIong,  shining.     Head  black,  all  around  the 
eentiv  oliscure  red;  undersurface  and  palpi  testaceous,  mouth  parts 
black,  four   basal   joints  tetitAceoun;    prothorax 


(■[ id isli- testaceous,  the  jiidt^s  in  the  mi<lJle 


BY    ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  241 

exact  middle  of  the  sides;  antennse  inserted  close  to  apex,  equi- 
distant at  their  bases  with  the  front  of  the  eyes,  Ist  joint  slightly 
longer  than  2nd-3rd  combined,  2nd  a  trifle  longer  than  3rd,  3rd- 
10th  subequal,  11th  not  quite  as  long  as  9th-10tli  combined.  Pro- 
thorax  slightly  longer  and  narrower  than  head,  subquadrate,  base 
and  apex  feebly  rounded,  angles  scarcely  rounded,  sides  parallel; 
base  narrowly  margined.  Scutellum  small,  broad.  Elytra  at  l)ase 
slightly  wider  than  head,  not  once  and  a  quarter  as  long  as 
head  and  prothorax  combined;  shouldei^s  rounde<l,  sides  gradually 
widening  and  narrowly  margined  from  about  the  basal  fourth, 
each  separately  rounded.  Legs  slender,  posterior  tibia?  feebly 
bent,  two  short  thin  spurs  at  their  apices,  the  other  tibise  with 
very  short  spurs.  Length  to  apex  of  elytra  li,  of  alxlomen  2i; 
width  I  mm. 

9.  Differs  in  having  the  head  almost  concolorous,  with  two 
shallow  impressions  in  front — a  feeble  carina  separating  them, — 
and  by  hai-ing  shorter  antenna?. 

Hab, — Galston  (Dumbrell  and  Lea). 

Helcooaster  parallelus,  n.sp. 

g.  Very  elongate,  subparallel,  flat,  shining.  Black:  l)ase  of 
antenna?  and  knees  fee})ly  diluted  with  reil.  Above  and  sides  of 
alxlomen  with  sparse  and  rather  long  l)lack  hairs.  Almost  im- 
punctate. 

Head  longer  than  wide,  fee])ly  depressed  in  the  middle*,  a  feeble 
elevation  on  each  side  in  front,  fee]>ly  corrugated  at  Uose,  sides 
and  undersurface ;  fovew  of  undei-surface  deep,  longitudinal, 
narrowest  and  approximating  in  front:  anti'nna>  slender,  reaching 
posterior  cox«.  Prothorax  distinctly  longer  than  wide,  scarcely 
the  width  of  head  across  eyes,  feebly  constricted  towards  base;  a 
broad  and  rather  sudden  impression  near  base.  Elytra  very  little 
longer  than  head  and  prothorax  combinefl,  but  distinctly  wider; 
gides  gradually  increasing  to  ai>ex,  each  feebly  separately  rounded. 
Length  to  apex  of  elytra  2,  of  alxlomen  3J;  width  i  mm. 

Hah, — King  George's  Sound,  AV.A.  (Mr.  G.  Mastei-s). 


1^42  NEW   SPECIES   OF    AUSTRALIAN   COLEOPTERA, 

I  liuvu  but  A  aingltf  npecinieii  which,  though  a  female,  I  have 
(lescriliw!,  ua  its  larj,"*!  size — in  comparison  with  those  species 
possessing  a  hiuck  piiithomx — aliould  remier  it  distinct. 

HELcOiiAHTBR  CON CAV leaps,  n.sp. 
^.  111 -pressed,  shining,'.  Black;  head  (except  at  base),  pro- 
tlioi'ax,  feinnra  (except  apex  of  posterior),  and  two  basal  joints  of 
anletinii',  fed;  clvtra  dai'k  steel-blue  (almost  block);  nine  apical 
joints  of  antennie,  four  pusU'rior  til)iic,  all  the  tarsi,  and  the  palpi, 
piii/iius-liliLck;  '  trochnntins  rcddisb-brown,  their  bases  lighter, 
]Hist<^i-i<ii-  fi'niura  tipi.>e(l  with  piccous,  unterior  tibite  reddish,  their 
biisi's  diirkcr;  eyes  lUtrk  Ijrown.  Heiui,  prothurax,  and  elytra 
^I'jlli  hmi;  bliickish  hnirs  »t  the  sides,  the  latter  with  a  few  on  the 
di:ik.  ilie  last  two  with  »  few  siuall  hairs;  abdomen  with  a  few 
liin,':is!i  linii-s  at  the  apex;  alwvo  witli  sparse  minute  pulxiscence, 
ULidi-rsurfaoi)  more  sjuirsely  still;  nieso-  and  nietasternum  with  a 
fi'w  sliurL  liairs,  tibin.'  wiih  minute  whitish  pulieseonce,  nnd  a  few 
str.ii;;ilifi;;  liitirs.  Hiwl  nitbi'r  densely  and  minutely  punctate; 
)>L'iitIit>i'iix  minutely  pttiiotate,  umsl  iiutiueable  at  apex;  elytra 
ini'^'ulfiilj-,  alKlcimcn  hIhiv^'  minutely,  undersurf ace  more  sparingly 
I   and   iegs   miuulely  but   liistiuctly 


BY   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  243 

Basal  segments  of  abdomen  broad.  Logs  slender,  tibiff;  straight, 
first  tarsal  joint  large  (externally  minutely  serrate),  concealing 
the  second  joint.  Length  to  apex  of  elytra  2,  of  al^domen  3}; 
width  \  mm. 

9.  Differs  in  being  broader,  prothorax  transverse,  the  head 
with  less  red,  and  less  rugosely  sculptured,  posterior  femora 
piceous,  intermediate  reddish  on  apical  half  only,  anterior  tibiae 
reddish-brown  and  with  simple  tarsi. 

Hob,—  Gabton. 

Helcogaster  major,  n.sp. 

,^.  Rather  robust,  shining,  slightly  convex,  parallel-sided. 
Reddish-testaceous,  apical  joints  of  antennae  slightly  infuscate; 
fbtir  posterior  coxae  and  base  of  posterior  femora  infuscate;  meso-, 
metastemum  and  abdomen  black;  elytra  black,  with  a  faint 
coppery-blue  tinge.  Above  with  sparse  and  rather  long  black 
hairs,  undersurface  with  short  sparse  pubescence.  Elytra  densely, 
minutely,  and  very  shallowly  punctate. 

Head — excluding  mandibles — transverse;  anterior  half  deeply 
excavated,  the  sides  of  the  excavation  near  the  eyes  marked  by  a 
raised  tubercle,  and  in  front  and  close  to  the  antennje  very  slightly 
raised,  the  head  when  viewed  from  l)ehind  appearing  to  possess 
four  short  horns;  feebly  corrugated  at  base,  sides  and  under- 
surface; foveas  of  undersurface  approximate,  rather  large,  open 
behind;  antennae  almost  reaching  apex  of  elytra,  2nd  joint  slightly 
longer  than  3rd,  5th-9th  strongly  serrate  internally.  Prothorax 
strongly  rounded,  transverse,  al)out  the  width  of  head,  a  feeble 
depression  at  base  and  a  still  feebler  interrupted  one  at  apex. 
Elytra  not  much  longer  than  head  and  prothorax  combined,  at 
base  scarcely  wider  than  head,  very  feebly  increasing  to  apex, 
each  separately  rounded.  Basal  joint  of  anterior  tarsi  large,  a 
black  curved  comb  inwardly,  a  few  short  black  setae  to  posterior 
tibiBB.     Length  to  apex  of  elytra  3i,  of  abdomen  h\\  width  limni. 

9.  Differs  in  being  less  robust,  with  simple  antenna*,  and  tarsi 
more  obscurely  coloured;  the  head  longer,  much  mure  shallowly 
depressed,  with  two  shallow  fovea?,  and  without  elevations. 

Hah. — North  West  Australia  (Macleay  Museum). 
Q 


244  MEW   BPECIE8   OF   AUSTRALIAN  COLBOPTBRA, 

Tlipre  is  in  the  Macleay  Museum  a  male — also  from  tlie  North- 
West — which  differs  from  tlie  above  (of  which  I  have  three  males 
under  examination  agreeing  in  all  particulars)  in  having  the 
antenn.t',  except  Iwae,  the  ftniora,  except  apex,  and  all  the  tarsi 
brown;  the  antenna- appear  to  be  shorter,  and  the  head  less  deeply 
Hculptured;  ]M)Hsibly  it  is  a  distinct  species,  but  at  present  I  can 
only  reyard  it  as  n  variety. 

Hei.cohabteh  FuaciTAnsis,  n.sp. 

^.  Elongate,  ^thining,  depressed.  Black;  head,  except  base, 
f<iur  liasiil  joints  at  antenmi'  niid  undersurface  of  5th,  apical  half 
of  (interiiir  and  twii-thii'dn  of  four  posterior  femora,  tibiie,  and 
bitse  (if  tarsi,  testaceous;  sliuulders  very  feebly  diluted  with 
t^stu^i'iius.  Aliove  with  sparse  and  mo<lerat«ly  long  blackish 
haii-s,  elytra  and  aMonicn  with  sparse  short  and  obicure  greyish 
jiulH'scfiiee.  Head  and  elytra  densely,  very  minutely  and  obso- 
letely  punctftte. 

Head  lonfjer  ihan  wide:  eyes  moderately  large;  a  deep  and 
somewhiit  circular  excavation  in  front,  commencing  a  little  behind 
the  eyes,  its  sides  frimi  in  frimt  of  the  eyes  marked  by  a  alight 
c;iriii:i,  which  l)ftwepn   tlii'  antonniv  is  directed  backward  and 


BY   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  245 

thorax  smaller  aad  less  brightly  coloured,  knees  more  obscurely 
coloured,  antennie  shorter  and  thinner;  and  the  whole  insect  is 
slenderer. 

HeLCOG ASTER   VARIUS,  n.sp. 

^.  Elongate,  depressed,  shining.  Black;  head,  except  at  base 
and  a  median  line  beneath,  prothorax,  the  entii'e  anterior,  base  of 
four  posterior  tibia^  and  tips  of  femora,  reddish-testticeous;  elytra 
with  the  shoulders  testaceous,  the  marking  continued  on  the  sides; 
antennse  piceous-black,  four  basal  joints  testaceous-red,  the  two 
following  not  as  dark  as  those  following  them;  palpi  and  tips  of 
mandibles  piceous,  eyes  dark  brown.  Head  with  short,  rather 
dense,  blackish  hairs,  longest  over  excavations;  prothorax  and 
elytra  w^ith  a  few  long  hairs,  abdomen  with  sparse  hairs,  rather 
long  at  sides  and  apex,  meso-  and  metastemum  with  sparse  short 
hairs,  tibite  rather  densely  pubascent.  Head  densely  and  shallowly 
punctate,  base  feebly  transversely  strigose,  prothorax  and  elytra 
obsoletely  punctate;  scutellum  minutely  and  distinctly  punctate; 
abdomen  with  sparse,  moderately  strong  punctures;  legs  densely 
and  minutely  punctate. 

Head  obliquely  quadrate,  with  six  excavations — three  occupying 
the  space  between  the  eyes,  of  which  the  central  one  is  smallest, 
the  two  outer  being  rounded,  a  large  one  in  front,  the  sides  of 
which  are  sharply  margined,  a  very  small  one  on  each  side  at  its 
base;  eyes  moderately  large  and  prominent;  antenna?  scarcely 
reaching  apex  of  elytra,  equidistant  at  their  bases  with  the  apices 
of  mandibles  and  middle  of  eyes,  1st  joint  as  long  as  2nd-3rd 
combined,  2nd- 10th  subequal,  11th  about  once  and  a  half  as 
long  as  10th.  Prothorax  longer  than  wide,  and  narrower  than 
head,  apex  truncate,  base  feebly  rounded,  angles  almost  equally 
rounded,  sides  subparallel;  a  broad  transverse  impression  at  the 
base,  base  narrowly  margined.  Scutellum  small,  broadly  trans- 
verse, apex  truncate.  Elytra  about  one  and  a  quarter  times  as 
long  as  head  and  prothorax  com])ined,  wider  than  he<ad,  shoulders 
feebly  rounded,  sides  gradually  widening,  and  narrowly  margined 
from  near  the  base,  apex  conjointly  rounded,  almost  truncate 
Legs  moderate,  posterior  tibiaj  feebly  bent,  with  two  thin  spurs  at 


246  NEW   SPECIES  OP   AC8TRALIAN  COLEOPTEIU, 

their  ftpices.     Length  to  apex  of  elytra  3J,  of  abdomen  4i;  width 

9.  DifTerii  tn  ha\'ing  the  head  narrower  and  almost  entirely 
black,  a  fiteble  carina  Mcparnting  two  shallow  impresNions  in  front, 
a  shallow  trnnHVersely  carinate  fovea  liehind  it,  antennce  thinner, 
legs  with  leHH  red. 

//^fiJ.— Queanlieyan,  Sydney,  Clifton,  Tamworth,  Forest  Bee^ 
N.S.W. 

T  have  a  male  (from  Sydney)  which  has  the  antennie  piceona, 
and  with  the  five  Iuv4al  joints  reddish;  a  female  almost  without 
impressionn  on  the  head;  another  specimen  (from  Clifton)  has  the 
elytra  entirely  black,  the  middle  discal  impreasion  on  the  head 
very  feeble,  and  the  two  lateral  ones  larger  than  in  the  type,  the 
whole  insect  snialler  in  flize  (2  mm.  to  apex  of  elytra). 

var.  PALLID! PKNNia. 

T  have  from  Tamworth  a  number  of  specimens  which  agree 
with  the  tyj>e  except  in  having  the  elytra  entirely  testaceous,  tlte 
female  with  the  posterior  foveie  scarcely  traceable,  and  the  male 
with  the  excavations  slightly  different.     As,  however,  I  hava  a 


BY   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  247 

H  small  tubercle  in  the  exact  centre  of  the  head;  foveas  of  under- 
surface  moderately  large,  approximate,  rough-walled;  antennae 
slender,  reaching  intermediate  coxse.  Prothorax  slightly  longer 
than  wide,  not  the  width  of  head  across  eyes;  somewhat  mortar- 
shaped;  convex  in  front;  a  broad  and  rather  deep  impression  at 
base.  Elytra  no  longer  than  head  and  prothorax  combined,  sides 
parallel,  base  and  apex  parallel.  Basal  joint  of  anterior  tarsi  not 
very  large.  Length  to  apex  of  elytra  2 J,  of  abdomen  4;  width 
\  mm. 

H<zb. — Sydney. 

A  very  peculiar  species,  abundantly  distinct  from  any  here 
described.  I  have  another  species  somewhat  resembHng  it  but  much 
narrower,  and  having  eyes  which,  wlien  wet,  are  of  a  most 
brilliant  emerald  green  ;  unfortunately  it  has  lost  its  elytra,  so  I 
refrain  from  describing  it. 

Carphurus  CRIST  ATI  frons,  Fairm.,  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  3421. 

Only  the  male  of  this  species  has  been  descril)ed;  the  female 
diifers  in  being  broader,  without  elytral  armature,  the  head  much 
smoother  and  with  slenderer  antennte. 

I  have  specimens  from  Galston. 

Carpuuhus  Black I3UUNI,  n.sp. 

(J.  Elongate,  shining,  depressed.  Black;  elytra  with  an  obscure 
purplish  reflection;  muzzle,  two  basal  joints  of  antenniL*,  prothorax, 
apex  of  elytra,  apex  of  penultimate  alxlominal  segment,  anterior 
tibiie,  the  four  posterior  more  obscure,  reddish-testaceous. 
Clothed  all  over — densest  on  abdomen,  sparsest  on  sterna — with 
long  blackish  hairs.  Head  near  the  eyes  rather  strongly  punctate; 
prothorax  sparsely  and  minutely,  elytra  densely,  not  very  minutely 
and  obsoletely  punctate;  uudersurface  indistinctly  punctate. 

Head  much  longer  than  wide ;  eyes  small,  prominent,  the  sides 
rapidly  decreasing  in  width  behind  them;  a  small  fovea  on  each 
side  in  front;  a  short  ridge  l^eliind  them,  obliquely  Ixjhind  them  is 
a  shallow  depression,  a  very  narrow  impression  between  the  eyes 
terminating  at  the  ridge;  antennie  reaching  posterior  coxae,  1st 


24S 


NEW   BPEOIEB  OF  AUSTRALIAN  COLBOPTEKA, 


joint  longer  than  2nd-3rd  combined,  2nd  not  much  shorter  t^n 
3rd,  SH-lOth  aubequal,  serrat«  intenmlly,  11th  scarcely  once  and 
a  half  as  long  as  10th;  base  and  aides  finely  corrugated;  fovea 
of  undeniurface  moderate  in  size,  almost  connected,  wallit  feebly 
wrinkled.  Frothorax  oblong,  bm  wide  as  head  (excluding  eyes), 
angles  slightly  rounded  ;  a  )>road  shallow  impression  at  iKMe,  and 
a  shallower  interrupted  one  at  apex.  Sides  of  elytra  emarginate 
at  a  third  from  the  apex,  at  the  posterior  end  of  this  emargination 
a  aliort  stalk — carrying  a  small  globule — projects  outwards  and  a 
little  forwards;  this  globule  is  somewhat  different  in  colour  to  the 
apex;  each  separately  rounded.  Anterior  tarsi  with  basal  joint 
small,  not  much  longer  than  second.  Length  to  apex  of  elytra  3) 
of  abdomen  4j;  width  IJmm. 

^.  Differs  in  having  the  elytra  simple,  shorter  and  thinner 
antenna-,  and  smaller  head. 

//ab. — Adelaide  (Messrs.  Blackburn  and  Masters);  Mt.  Lofty, 
S.A.  (Lea). 

The  colour  of  this  species  is  very  distinct  from  either  of  ita 
armed  congeners. 


BY   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  249 

9th-10th  combined;  corrugate  at  the  sides;  fovefe  of  undersurface 
almost  connected.  Prothorax  decidedly  longer  than  wide,  at  its 
widest  the  width  of  the  head  (excluding  eyes);  angles  rounded,  a 
distinct  and  rather  wide  transverse  impression  at  Imse,  none  at  apex; 
base  narrowly  margined.  El3rtra  strongly  dilating  towards  apex, 
where  the  width  is  not  much  less  than  their  length,  each  almost 
obliquely  truncate.  Length  to  apex  of  elytra  2,  of  abdomen  3; 
width  ^  mm. 

Hob. — Sydney. 

A  small  species,  which  should  be  easily  recognised  by  the 
carinate  head. 

Carphurus  impuxctatus,  n.sp. 

9.  Elongate,  subparallel,  shining,  strongly  depressed.  Head 
and  prothorax  reddish,  with  obscure  brownish  blotches — in  the 
former  towards  the  sides,  in  the  latter  on  apical  half;  antennae 
reddish,  apical  third  infuscate;  elytra  black,  the  basal  fourth 
testaceous,  the  two  colours  distinctly  separated;  abdomen  black, 
base  and  margins  of  the  second  segments  reddish;  legs  brownish- 
black,  tarsi  testaceous;  undersurface  of  coxse,  of  anterior  portion 
of  intermediate,  and  base  of  posterior  femora,  diluted  with  testa- 
ceous. Sparsely  clothed  with  not  very  long  blackish  hair,  under- 
surface almost  glabrous.  Head  with  a  few  small  punctures,  none 
risible  elsewhere. 

Head  slightly  convex,  rounded,  very  slightly  longer  than  wide; 
an  impression  commencing  almost  at  ba.se,  continuous  almost  to 
middle,  and  then  becoming  circular,  the  circle  enclosing  a  low 
elevation  (invisible  from  some,  and  appearing  tuberculate  from 
other  directions);  antennae  slender,  subcylindrical,  almost  reaching 
apex  of  elytra,  1st  joint  slightly  longer  than  2nd-3rd  combined, 
2nd  not  much  shorter  than  3rd,  3rd-5th  gradually,  6th-10th  per- 
ceptibly increasing  in  length,  11th  once  and  a  half  as  long  as 
10th;  fovea  of  undersurface  deep,  smooth- walled,  almost  connected. 
Prothorax  mortar-shaped,  much  longer  than  wide,  wider  than  head, 
truncate  at  base  and  apex;  anterior  two-thirds  strongly  convex; 
base  with  a  deep  and  wide  impression,  no  trace  of  one  at  apex. 


250  HEW   BPECIEB  OF   AUSTRALIAN   COLEOPTBRA, 

Elytra  alK>ut  as  long  aa  head  and  prothorax  combined,  about  one 
and  a,  half  times  aa  long  as  the  width  at  base,  each  feebly 
separately  rounded  (almost  truncate),  shoulders  very  feebly 
roundeil.  Length  to  apex  of  elytra  2§,  of  abdomea  5^;  width 
1  mm. 

//fl6.— Forest  Reefs,  N.S.W. 

A  very  distinct  species,  unlike  any  other  known  to  me;  it 
should  perhaps  constitute  the  type  of  a  new  genus. 

Cakfhurus  pasgiipexnis,  Fairm.,  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  3426. 
This  is  a  somewhat  common  species  in  I^orthem  Queensland. 
The  elytra!  fascia  is  subject  to  considerable  variation;  some  speci- 
mens hftvi'  it  occupying  almost  the  entire  surface,  in  others  it  is 
small,  apjiearing  a.-4  a  dark  sutural  macula,  and  in  others  again  it 
is  entirely  obsolete.     Some  specimens  are  twice  as  large  as  others. 

Carpuurus  anrustatus,  n.sp. 

J.  Very  narrow,  parallel-sided,  depressed,  feebly  shining. 
Ulack;  fii-st  three  antennal  joints  beneath,  palpi  (except  apical 
Joint),  a  Kcmicircle  at  l>as«>  of  undeiiiurface  of  head,  and  pro- 
vith  an  obtKure 


BY   ABTHUR   M.    LEA.  251 

nndersurface  deep,  their  sides  slightly  wrinkled.  Prothorax 
strongly  rounded,  decidedly  longer  than  wide,  wider  than  head;  a 
feeble  impression  at  base,  and  a  still  feebler  interrupted  one  at 
apex ;  base  narrowly  margined  and  '  feebly  sinuate.  Elytra 
gradually  dilating  towards  apex,  each  feebly  separately  rounded. 
Length  to  apex  of  elytra  3 J,  of  abdomen  6j;  width  1 J  mm. 
Hah, — Tam  worth. 

A  very  narrow  species,  in  colour  strongly  resembling  C.  cyanop- 
terus,  but  the  width  of  that  species  at  once  separates  them. 

Carphurus  altkrniventris,  Fairm.,  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  3412. 

I  have  a  pair  (obtained  in  copula)  of  this  species  from  the 
Tweed  River.  The  male  has  the  elytra  concolorous,  whilst  in 
the  female  they  are  diluted  with  red  along  the  base  and  basal 
margin;  the  head  in  the  latter  is  without  markings,  while  in  the 
former  there  is  a  distinct  black  blotch  connecting  the  eyes. 

Carphurus  basiventris,  n.sp. 

9*  Elongate,  shining,  depressed.  Head,  basal  joint  of  antennae 
and  nndersurface  of  two  following,  prothorax,  extreme  tip  of 
femora,  tibise,  and  basal  joint  of  tarsi,  reddish- testaceous  ;  elytra 
very  dark  purple;  abdomen  with  the  basal  segment,  apex  of  second, 
apical,  and  base  of  penultimate,  diluted  with  red.  Above  and 
the  legs  covered  with  long  black  hair,  densest  and  shortest  on 
elytra;  sterna  with  very  indistinct  pubescence.  Head  rather 
densely,  irregularly  and  minutely,  prothorax  sparsely  and  minutely 
punctate;  elytra  densely  and  strongly  punctate,  at  the  base  less 
strongly  than  elsewhere;  undersurface  very  indistinctly  punctate. 

Head  much  longer  than  wide;  eyes  small,  prominent;  a  broad 
and  very  shallow  depression  on  each  side  between  eyes;  mandi1)les 
prominent;  antennae  scarcely  passing  base  of  prothorax,  the  joints 
flat,  Ist  slightly  longer  than  2nd-3rd  combined,  2nd  scarcely  the 
length  of  3rd,  3rd-10th  subequal,  4th-10th  serrate  inwardly,  11th 
not  one  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  10th;  corrugated  at  base, 
sides  and  undersurface;  fovese  small,  open  behind,  the  space  Ijehind 
them  distinctly  corrugated.     Prothorax  a  trifle  longer  than  wide, 


'^O'l  XBW   SPECIES   OF   AUBTRALtAX   COLKOPTBBA, 

BCarcely  tf  at  all  wider  than  head,  apex  atroDgly  rounded,  boie 
tnincnte  luid  narrowly  margined  its  entire  length;  a  broad  ahallov 
impression  at  base  and  traces  of  another  at  apex.  £lytr&  almost 
parallel-sided,  each  feebly  separately  rounded.  Length  to  apex  of 
elytra  -li,  of  abdomen  7;  width  IJ  mm. 

//all. — Conio,  near  Sydney. 

Verj'  similar  in  shape  to  C.  a/t«rnive>itri«  and,  except  for  the 
ventral  segments,  similar  in  colour;  there  are  several  other  fceble 
dintinctions. 

Carpiiuuus  ixiiioiroLLis,  n.sp. 

() .  Elongate,  shining,  depressed.  Black;  prothorax  with  a  faint 
purpliNh  retlection,  head  (except  eyes,  apex  and  cutting  edges  of 
mandibles,  and  a  brownish  blotch  on  the  undersurface),  three  first 
jointR  of  antentiie,  prothorax,  and  two  apical  segmeats  of  abdomen, 
red.  Covered  all  over — sparsest  on  head,  densest  towards  apex  of 
alxlomen^with  long  blackish  hairs;  elytra  and  sterna  at  the 
siiles  with  obscure,  sparse,  pale  and  rather  short  pubescence. 
Head  and  prothorax  with  sparse  minute  punctures;  elytra  densely, 
minutely  and  obsoletely  punctate;  undersurface  indistinctly 
punctate. 


BY   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  253 

as  long  83  three  following  combined.  Length  to  apex  of  elytra 
3|,  of  abdomen  5|;  width  l^mm. 

9.  Differs  in  being  somewhat  dingier,  with  slenderer  antennae 
and  narrower  elytra. 

Hah. — Gosford,  Sydney,  Galston. 

Very  similar  in  colour  to  the  preceding,  diflPering  in  having 
narrower  ventral  segments,  and  in  the  colour  of  the  two  apical 
ones;  it  is  besides  much  smaller  in  size. 

Carphurus  latipennis,  n.sp. 

(^.  Rather  broad,  slightly  convex,  shining.  Head  black;  muzzle 
testaceous,  antennae  black,  four  basal  joints  and  undersurface  of 
fifth  testaceous;  prothorax  reddish-testaceous;  scutellum  black; 
elytra  dark  coppery  green;  abdominal  segments  black,  narrowly 
margined — except  apical — with  testaceous;  legs  testaceous,  four 
posterior  cox<e  and  trochantins  blackish,  femora  with  more  or  less 
black,  the  intermediate  almost  encircled  near  apex.  Covered  all 
over — densest  on  abdomen  —with  long  blackish  hair,  elytra  and 
sterna  in  addition  with  rather  short  whitish  pubescence.  Head, 
prothorax  and  scutellum  sparsely  and  minutely,  elytra  densely, 
equally  and  rugosely  punctate;  flanks  of  meso-  and  metasternum 
distinctly  but  minutely,  abdomen  very  minutely  punctate. 

Head  large,  strongly  transverse  (excluding  the  mandibles); 
eyes  large,  not  at  all  prominent,  the  sides  behind  them  almost 
parallel;  a  semicircular  impression  between  the  eyes,  the  horns  of 
which  terminate  close  to  the  clypeus  and  bases  of  antennse;  near 
the  base  a  very  shallow  impression  (invisible  from  some  direc- 
tions); antenme  slender,  reaching  intermediate  coxae,  joints  sub- 
cylindric,  gradually  narrowing,  1st  as  long  as  2nd-3rd  combined, 
2nd  not  as  long  as  3rd,  3rd-7th  subequal,  8th- 11th  perceptibly 
increasing  in  length;  undersurface  of  head  faintly  corrugated;  two 
small  elongate  fovese  in  the  middle,  the  space  between  them  dis- 
tinctly corrugated.  Prothorax  slightly  longer  than  wide,  sub- 
quadrate,  angles  feebly  rounded,  wider  than  head  across  eyes; 
a  shallow  irregular  impression  at  base,  traces  of  another  at  apex; 
apex  distinctly  emarginate,  base  feebly  margined  and  very  feebly 


254  NEW   SPECIES  OP  AUSTRALIAN   COLEOPTEKA, 

sinuate.  Elytra  subparallel  for  a  third  of  their  length,  then 
dilating  towards  apex,  each  feebly  rounded  towards  suture— 
stronger  outwardly.  Tiliim  with  blackish  setie  at  their  apices; 
anterior  tarsi  with  luLsal  joint  as  long  as  three  following  combined, 
and  with  a  black  comb  inwardly.  Length  to  apex  of  elytra  6,  of 
aUlomen  9J;  width  2|  mm. 

Hab. —  Forest  Reefa. 

I  have  another  specimen — also  a  male  -which  has  the  anterior 
edge  of  prothorax  entire,  but  I  can  find  no  other  difiTerence. 

Caiifhurus  testaceipbs,  n.sp. 
^.  Elongate,  shining,  depressed.  Head,  prothorax  and  1^ 
clear  testaceoun;  par:  of  the  1st  joint  of  anterior  tarsi  and  posterior 
trochantiiii)  lilackiMb;  elytra  blackiah,  with  a  coppery-green 
rell<.'ction;  scutelluni,  mcso-  and  metaHtemum  black;  abdomen 
l>lack,  the  IkibuI  HegmcntH  margined;  apical  half  of  tlie  antepen- 
ultimate, and  the  two  apical,  red.  Covered  all  over  —sparsest  on 
head  and  steniu — with  long  blackish  hair,  a  few  long  hairs  at 
base  of  1st  untennal  joint;  elytra  with  rather  dense  whitish 
pulwscenee,  very  sjiarHe  on  meao-  and  metostemuDi.  Head  and 
t  with  spiiPHC  niinute  punctures;  on  the  elytra  they  vn 


BY   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  255 

shallow  impression  at  base,  and  a  shallow  interrupted  one  at  apex; 
base  narrowly  margined.  Elytra  almost  parallel-sided,  each 
separately  rounded.  Anterior  tarsi  with  basal  joint  as  long  as 
the  three  following  combined,  and  having  a  black  comb  inwardly. 
Length  to  apex  of  elytra  4,  of  abdomen  6^;  width  1|  mm. 

Hah, — ^Forest  Reefs. 

Possibly  the  male  of  C.  cyanipennis,  of  which  I  have  seen  but 

females  (five  specimens).    The  antenna  entirely  testaceous,  and  the 

very  large  and  abnormally  shaped  basal  joint  render  this  species 

peculiarly  distinct. 

Carphurus  lepidus,  n.sp. 

$,  Elongate,  shining,  depressed.  Head,  two  basal  joints  of 
antennae,  prothorax,  base  of  eljrtra,  anterior  legs  (apex  of  tibiae 
and  tarsi  infuscate),  and  intermediate  coxae,  testaceous;  apical 
three-fifths  of  elytra  purplish-black,  the  basal  portion  a  little 
paler  than  prothorax;  meso-  and  meta^temum  black;  abdomen 
testaceous,  the  two  apical  segments  black;  intermediate  trochan- 
tins  and  knees,  posterior  trochantins  and  basal  half  of  tibiae, 
diluted  with  testaceous.  Covered  all  over  with  long  thin  blackish 
hair  (sparsest  on  head,  prothorax  and  elytra);  elytra  and  sides  of 
meso-  and  metastemum — to  a  less  extent — with  sparse,  short,  pale 
pubescence.  Head  and  prothorax  sparsely  and  minutely  punctate, 
the  elytra  veiy  densely  and  rather  minutely;  flanks  of  meso-  and 
metastemum  with  minute,  the  abdomen  with  very  minute  punc- 
tures. 

Head  longer  than  wide;  eyes  moderately  large,  prominent, 
between  them  veiy  shallow  irregular  impressions  (from  in  front 
appearing  to  be  separated  by  a  trident-shaped  elevation);  antennae 
scarcely  reaching  posterior  coxae,  1st  joint  scarcely  ii.s  long  as  2nd- 
3rd  combined,  2nd  shorter  than  3rd,  3rd-5th  triangular,  to  the 
10th  becoming  subpectinate,  11th  slightly  longer  than  the  inner 
edge  of  10th;  sides  very  feebly  corrugated;  foveie  of  undersurface 
small,  smooth,  connected  posteriorly.  Prothorax  rounded,  much 
longer  than  wide,  the  width  of  head  (excluding  eyes);  a  very 
shallow  interrupted  impression  at  both  base  and  apex;  base 
narrowly  margined.      Elytra  gradually  widening   to  apex,  each 


256  NEW  BPBCIBS  OF  AUSTRALIAN   COLKOPTBRA, 

separately  rounded.  Anterior  tarsi  with  bas&l  joint  thick,  longer 
than  three  following  combined,  and  having  a  black  comb  inwardly. 
Length  to  apex  of  elytra  4,  width  1^  mm. 

l[n  b. — G  alston. 

Differs  from  C.  scajndatus  in  having  the  head  concolorous, 
the  t^stAceous  marking  of  the  elytra  much  larger,  and  hy  ita 
differently  coloured  legs.  My  unique  specimen  has  the  abdomen 
considerably  shrunken. 

Carpiiurus  picriPEH,  n.sp. 

9.  Elonji^ate,  shining,  depressed.  Black;  muzzle,  undersurfiMe 
of  first  three  antennal  joints,  prothorax,  anterior  coxie,  knees, 
half  of  posterior  tibie?,  and  baaal  joint  of  tarsi,  testaceous.  Covered 
all  over — sparsest  on  middle  of  meso-,  metosternum  and  head — 
with  short  pale  pubescence;  above  with  blackish  hair,  sparsest  on 
prothurax,  longest  on  abdomen.  Head  and  prothorax  sparsely 
and  minutely,  elj-tra  very  densely,  minutely  and  obaoletely  punc- 
tate; flanks  of  meso-  and  meta^temum  minutely,  abdomen  very 
minutely  punctate. 

Head   scitrcely  longer  than  wide;  eyes  rather  large,  not  very 


BY   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  257 

Close  to  (7.  rhagonychinnSj  differing  in  the  colour  of  its  legs  and 
by  having  a  broader  head  and  prothorax. 

Carphurus  apiciventris,  n.sp. 

$.  Black;  eljrtra  with  an  obscure  purplish  reflection;  muzzle, 
two  basal  joints  of  antennae  and  undersurface  of  third,  prothorax, 
3rd  and  4th  abdominal  segments,  anterior  legs,  and  intermediate 
coxae,  clear  reddish -testaceous;  scutellum  dull  red;  basal  half  of 
four  posterior  tibiae  impure  testaceous,  apical  half  and  tarsi  piceous. 
Sparsely  clothed  with  longish  brown  hair — densest  on  abdomen 
and  elytra;  flanks  of  meso-  and  meta^temum  with  short,  pale 
pubescence.  Head  and  prothorax  sparsely  and  minutely,  eljrtra 
very  densely  and  not  very  minutely  punctate;  sides  of  meso-  and 
metastemum  with  minute,  abdomen  with  very  minute  punctures. 

Head  transverse;  eyes  large,  prominent,  between  them  very 
shallow  irregular  impressions  (from  in  front  appearing  to  l)e 
separated  by  a  trident-shaped  elevation);  from  in  front  there 
appears  to  be  a  small  transverse  fovea  l^etween  the  eyes,  near  the 
base  a  very  shallow  transverse  impression;  antennae  scarcely 
reaching  posterior  coxae,  1st  joint  scarcely  as  long  as  2nd  3rd 
combined,  2nd  subglobular,  decidedly  shorter  than  3rd,  3rd- 4th 
triangular,  5th- 10th  subpectinate,  11th  fully  as  long  as  the  inner 
edge  of  10th;  undersurface  of  head  with  a  shallow  transverse 
impression.  Prothorax  decidedly  longer  than  wide,  as  wide  as 
head  at  base  of  eyes,  angles  rounded;  a  feeble  impression  at  base 
and  traces  of  a  still  feebler  one  at  aj^ex;  base  narrowly  margined^ 
Elytra  gradually  widening  to  apex,  each  rather  strongly  rounded. 
Anterior  tarsi  with  basal  joint  thick,  longer  than  the  following 
joints  combined,  and  having  a  black  comb  inwanlly.  Length  to 
apex  of  elytra  4|,  of  abdomen  61;  width  \\  mm. 

//<t/>.  —  Galston. 

Of  the  shape  of  C.  rhaganychinns  and  the  preceding,  but  the 
red  ventral  segments  will  at  once  distinguish   it  from  either  of 

them. 

var.  DUiJius. 

Differs  from  the  above  in  having  the  head  almost  concolorous, 
having   only  a  small  trans^erse  spot  extending  from   the  eyes 


258  NEW  BPEcisa  of  Australian  coleoftbra, 

and  not  reaching  the  middle,  the  two  apical  segments  only  of  the 
alxloiDon  black,  and  all  the  legs  testaceous,  tarai  except  basal 
joints  black. 

An  upon  a  careful  comparison  of  my  two  specimens  —both 
malifa — I  can  find  absolutely  no  difference  in  shape,  I  have  con- 
sidered it  advisable  to  describe  the  most  strongly  marked  specimen 
as  a  species,  ranking  the  other  as  a  variety.  I  captured  them  at 
the  same  time. 

Carphurus  bifovbatus,  n.sp. 

ij.  Elongate,  shining,  depressed.  Head  black;  undersurface  of 
boKal  joint  of  antennte  and  almost  the  entire  second  reddish;  palin 
olwcure  red;  prothorax  red;  elytra  dark  violet-blue,  meso-  and 
nR-tastemum  black;  alxlominal  segments  black — the  first  almost 
entirely,  and  the  others  except  apical  margined  with  red.  Mode- 
rately densely  clothed  all  over  with  long  blackish  hairs.  Head 
and  prothorax  sparsely  and  minutely  punctate,  elytra  with  minute 
aud  almost  obliterated  junctures,  apex  and  sides  of  meso-  and 
siiles  of  metaaternum  minutely  but  distinctly  punctate,  the  abdo- 
men very  minutely. 

Head  alxiut  as  long  aK  wide;  a  longitudinal  excavation  on  each 
sidi!   Dear  the  eyes  (from  some  directions  appearing  as  foveie); 


BT   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  259 

C.  BLONOATUS,  MacL;  Mast.  Cat  Sp.  No.  3424. 
Uab. — Tweed  River,  Sydney,  Forest  Reefs,  Whitton. 

C.  PALUDiPENNis,  Macl.;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  3430. 
Hah. — Rockhampton  (Macleay  Museum). 

C.  APICALI8,  MacL;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  3413. 
Hah, — Richmond  River. 

C.  8CAPULATU8,  Fairm.;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp  No.  3433. 
Hab, — Galston  (Dumbrell). 

C.  MARGixiVENTRis,  Fairm.;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp  No.  3428. 
Hah.  — Gosf ord. 

C.  RHAGONYCHINUS,  Fairm.;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  3432. 
Hah. — Sydney,  Galston. 

C.  FACIALIS,  Fairm.;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  3425 
Hah. — Sydney. 

C.  ARMiPENXis,  Fairm.;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  3414. 
Hah. — N.  Queensland  (Macleay  Museum). 

C.  BASiPENXis,  Fairm.;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  3417. 
Hah. — S.  Australia  (Macleay  Museum). 

C.  CYANOPTBRUS,  Bohem.;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  3442. 
Hah. — Blackheath  (Masters). 

I  append  a  tabulation  of  all  the  species  known  to  me,  which, 

though  artificial,  and  largely  dependent  on  colour,  may  prove  to 

be  useful : — 

Elytra  armed  in  the  male. 
Armature  near  base  directed  backwards armipenniny  Fairm. 

Armature  near  apex  directed  forwards. 

Sharp-pointed cristafi/ronM,  Fairm. 

Globular. Blackbttrni,  n.sp, 

B 


260  NEW   BPBCIE8   OF   AUSTRALIAN   COLEOFTKRA, 

Elj^ra  uDarmed  in  the  male. 
AntemueMmpleorat  the  moat  ilightly  lerrata 

Head  carinate carinatitepi,  n.ip. 

Heeil  with  a  amull  tubercle  in  the  miildln.,.    impHneUU«»,  n.*p. 
Head  with  vnrioua  impreaaiong  in  front. 
ScntcUum  teBtareoua  or  reddish. 
Two  iotenneiliAte  Mgineiita  of  abdomen 

black altemivf.niri»,  Falrm. 

Apic«l  legments  only  black aptaUii,  Macl. 

All  the  legineDta  clouded  with  black 

at  their  baaei /oMeiipeHHUt  Paim. 

Scutellum  black. 
Prothorax  with  blackiah  marklnga  at 
the  aidee. 

Posterior  tibis  black marginivtalriii,  Fainn. 

All  the  tibie  teataceona. 

Elytra  immaculate pcUlidipennu,  llacL 

Apical   half   (or   third)   of    elytra 

black Woui/a^Ha.  Macl. 

Frothorax  immacnlste. 


BY   ARTHUR    M.    LEA.  261 

Autennse  subpectinate. 

Abdomen  testaceous,  apical  segments  black. 

Scutellum  black scapulatwt,  Fairm. 

Scatellum  testaceous  or  reddish. 

Elytra  with  the  base  testaceous lepidwt,  n.  sp. 

Elytra  concolorous aptc»ueii/m,  n.sp. 

Abdomen  black. 

Legs  testaceous rhagonychinittt,  Fairm. 

Legs  black,  with  testaceous  markings  pict{pe>t,  n.sp. 
Abdomeu  black,  basal  segments  with  more 

or  less  red hifovecUvA,  n.sp. 

Balanophorus  Mastersi,  Macl.;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  3440. 

Tills  species  ranges  down  the  entire  east  coast  and  for  some 
distance  inland;  specimens  are  in  the  Macleay  Museum  from  Cape 
York  to  Melbourne.  The  male  possesses  a  most  peculiar  comb; 
it  is  situated  on  the  inner  edge  of  the  first  joint  of  the  anterior 
tarsi,  and  consists  of  about  sixty  closely  set  elongate  teeth;  it 
commences  at  the  base  and  is  continuous  round  the  apex  almost 
to  the  outer  margin;  under  a  Coddington  lens  it  appears  as  a 
black  margin,  but  a  moderately  low  power  of  the  microscope 
renders  it  visible.  As  will  be  noticed  I  have  described  a  number 
of  species  of  Carphuriis  and  Helcogaster  as  possessing  combs;  there 
is  a  somewhat  similar  comb  on  the  intermediate  tibiae  of  a  species 
of  SiaphylinidcR  in  the  Collection  of  the  Rev.  R.  L.  King  (now  in 
the  Sydney  Museum). 

Balaxopuorus  Macleayi,  n.sp. 

$,  Elongate,  shining,  suMepressed.  Testaceous;  apical  two- 
thirds  of  antennae,  meso-,  metastemum,  two  apical  segments  of 
abdomen,  four  posterior  femora  and  apex  of  tibiie  black;  apical 
two-fifths  of  elytra  dark  purple.  Head,  prothorax,  abdomen  and 
legs  with  sparse  blackish  hair;  elytra  and  sterna  with  sparse, 
short,  pale  pubescence.  Head  and  prothorax  sparsely  and  min- 
utely, elytra  not  very  densely,  minutely,  and  obsoletely  punctate; 
undersurface  almost  impunctate. 

Head  transverse;  eyes  very  large  and  prominent,  their  com- 
bined width  being  more  than  half  the  total  width  of  head;  a 


262  NEW   SPECIES  OF   AITBTRALIAN  COLBOPTBBA, 

foeblp  depreanion  on  each  Kide — conimi>ncing  near  the  middle  of 
tlic  eyes,  and  terminating  slightly  in  advance  of  base  (rf  anteniue; 
antennn  pmuing  posterior  coxte,  txt  joint  aa  long  aa  2nd-3rd 
[/uinhincd,  2n(t  scarcely  lialf  the  length  of  3rd,  3rd-10th  pectinat«, 
the  tooth  of  3rd  short,  alMut  hnlf  the  length  of  4th,  5th-llth 
very  long,  aU  uf  them  with  long  curved  lilackish  hair;  foveii>  of 
undeniurfnce  very  Hinall,  situated  in  a  shallow  depression,  the 
»]iace  Ij^hind  them  finely  hut  distinctly  corrugated.  Prothorax 
inueh  lon^r  tluui  wide,  more  than  the  width  of  head  at  base  of 
eyes,  apex  rounded,  sides  dilated  near  apex,  constricted  near  base 
— which  is  sinuate;  a  broail  shallow  imjiivsKion  at  base.  Scutellam 
alKiut  twice  aa  wide  as  long.  Elytra  parallel  for  a  fourth  their 
length,  then  dilating  to  npex,  ea«h  rounde<l  from  the  sature,  and 
then  (iblii|ucly  truncate.  Anterior  tarsi  with  basal  joint  as  long 
as  thi-i*e  following  combined,  and  havinj;  a  black  comb  inwardly. 
T/'tigth  to  apex  of  elytra  o,  of  alxlomcn  7|;  width  2J  mm. 

9.  Diirerfi  in  Iwing  larger,  antenna'  subpeetinate,  head  longer 
thun  wide,  eyes  much  smaller,  less  black  on  elytra,  simple  anterior 
tjirsi,  itf. 

/A„/,,_North-We8t  Austnilia  (Maeleny  Museum). 

Lutiful  snecioH.  somewhat  resemliliiiL'.  but  aluj 


BY  ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  263 

equidistant  from  side  and  suture;  an  obscure  narrow  fascia  about 
the  middle,  abnoet  obsolete  towards  the  sides,  oblique  towards  the 
suture;  undersur&u^  reddish-brown,  with  ol^scure  piceous  blotches. 
Above  densely  clothed  with  nither  long  pulxiscence,  a  little  paler 
than  the  derm  on  which  it  rests,  densest  on  el3rtra;  sides  of 
sterna  pubescent  as  prothorax;  abdominal  segments  densely 
clothed  with  moderately  short  pul)escence.  Above  very  densely 
and  minutely  punctate;  on  prothorax  the  punctures  almost  con- 
cealed by  pubescence;  sterna  densely  and  minutely,  the  abdominal 
segments  very  minutely  punctate. 

Head  about  as  long  as  wide;  eyes  rather  large,  not  very  promin- 
ent; antennie  short,  not  reaching  anterior  coxse.  Prothorax 
very  feebly  transverse,  a  little  the  widest  aliout  its  middle,  where 
it  is  fully  as  wide  as  head,  truncate  at  litise  and  apex;  1>ase  feebly 
margined,  an  oblique  impression  from  each  side  of  the  base. 
Elytra  about  two  and  a  lialf  times  as  long  as  head  and  pn>thorax 
combined,  at  the  base  al>out  once  and  a  third  the  width  of 
base  of  prothorax,  shoulders  rounded,  sides  widening  to  Ixjyond 
the  middle.  Legs  rather  short,  not  v€Ty  thick.  Length  3i, 
width  l^mm. 

Hah, — Goeford. 

Tricuosalpincjus  PALLIPE8,  n.sp. 

Depressed,  derm  shining.  Testaceous,  elytra  not  much  paler 
than  head  and  prothorax,  legs  and  antennje  decidedly  paler  than 
elytra;  prothorax  with  an  obscure  brownish  blotch  at  the  extreme 
sides;  elytra  with  a  modenitely  large  blotch  about  the  middle, 
moderately  sharply  defined  at  its  anterior  edge,  much  less  so  at 
the  posterior;  undersurface  a  little  darker  than  lie^,  without 
blotches.  Above  covered  with  very  short  pale  pul^escence, 
moderately  dense  on  elytra;  undersurface  extremely  minutely 
pubescent.  Above  very  densely  and  minutely  fmnctate,  punctures 
most  noticeable  at  base  of  elytra,  Ijecoming  f<Mil)ler  towards  apex; 
undersurface  very  minutely  punctate,  punctures  most  visible  on 
pro-,  meso-  and  sides  of  metastemum. 


•2G4  KKK   SPECIES  OF  AUSTBALIAK   COLEOPTBRA, 

Hon'l  a1x>ut  an  lung  an  wide;  eyen  not  very  large,  prominent; 
aiitf-ntiiu  short,  not  reaching  anterior  coxie.  Prothorax  quadrattrj 
veiy  little  wider  in  front  than  behind,  not  the  width  of  head, 
truncate  at  base  and  apex,  base  narrowly  margined,  an  oblique 
inipreKsion  commencing  nt  each  side  of  the  Itase^where  it  in 
(lintinct — afterwards  Incoming  Hhal lower  and  oblit«rat«d.  Elytra 
alxiut  two  and  a  quarter  timeu  nn  long  art  head  and  prothorax 
cumbiiieil,  at  the  Ihihc  about  one  and  a  half  timeH  the  width  uf 
prothoi'ax  at  Itaxe,  shoulders  rounded,  sides  widening  to  beyond 
the  middle.  Legs  rather  short,  not  very  thick,  tarsi  slender. 
T.«ngth  3,  width  IJ  mm. 

y/ai— (Jftlston  (Mr.  I>.  Dumbrell). 

DifFei's  from  the  preceding  in  being  smaller,  in  having  prominent 
ej'es,  thinner  aiitennie,  narrower  prothorax,  with  Itasal  impressionn 
more  lUstinct,  sparser  pultesuence,  different  markings  of  elytrtt, 
paler  uiidersurface  and  legs,  &<;.  I  have  but  one  specimen  of 
.-arh. 

TkICHOHAI.PINCUS    LATEItALlH,  n.sp. 

Dejui'ssi'd,  shining.     Testaoeous-bruwn;  elytra— except  at  sides 
leiul  im'l  prothorax,  undersurfoce  darker 


BT   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  265 

and  behind  the  base.     Legs  rather  short  and  thick.     Length  4^, 
width  1|  mm. 

Hab, — New  South  Wales  (probably  from  about  Sydney). 

MELANDRYIDiE. 

Orchesia  saltatoria,  n.sp. 

Short,  robust,  convex,  shining.  Dark  castaneous,  legs  and 
antennae  slightly  paler.  Moderately  densely  clothed  all  over  with 
short  brownish-yellow  pubescence,  shortest  at  apex  of  elytra, 
longest  on  prothorax.  Feebly  transversely  punctate-strigose  all 
over. 

Head  somewhat  triangular  in  shape;  antennae  thickening  to 
apex,  passing  intermediate  coxfe,  Ist  joint  one  and  a  half  times  as 
long  as  2nd,  2nd-3rd  subequal,  longer  than  those  following,  4th- 
6th  short,  subcylindrical,  7th- 11th  broader,  flat,  11th  about  twice 
as  long  as  10th.  Prothorax  much  wider  behind  than  in  front; 
broadly  and  feebly  bisinuate,  and  with  a  shallow  depression  on 
each  side  of  the  base;  median  line  in\'isil)le.  Scutellum  small, 
broadly  transverse.  Elytra  about  two  and  a  half  times  as  long 
as  wide,  a  very  feeble  depression  on  each  side  of  suture,  most 
visible  towards  apex.  Posterior  til>ije  short,  thick,  their  spurs 
stout,  almost  equal,  as  long  as  themselves,  and  about  three^ 
fourths  the  length  of  first  tarsal  joint;  tarsi  with  the  Iwusal  joint 
distinctly  longer  than  tibiae,  or  the  three  following  joints  com- 
bined.    Length  3|,  width  1  \  mm. 

Hah. — Forest  Reefs. 

I  have  nine  specimens  under  examination,  in  the  size  of  which 
there  is  but  very  little  difference.  I  suppose  I  must  have  the 
sexes,  but  I  cannot  distinguish  them;  the  species  comes  ckksest  to 
0,  Macl^iayi,  but  it-s  much  smaller  size,  broiuler  fonn,  itc,  ^v411 
easily  separate  it  from  that  species.  All  my  sjyecimens  were  taken 
on  tops  of  posts  at  dusk;  they  hopped  immediat<jly  the  hand  was 
brought  near  them,  and  in  this  way  I  last  many  others. 


266  SBVI   SPECIES   OP   AUSTRALIAN   COLEOFTERA, 

DlRCffiA   4-MACULATA,  D.Np. 

Elongate,  convex,  shining.  Dark  piceous-brown,  muzzle,  dpex 
of  protliomx,  apex  of  elytra,  and  spurs  indistinctly  paler;  each 
elytron  with  two  small  maculn;— the  first  and  lar^nt  situated 
atxiut  a  fourth  from  the  base,  and  midway  between  side  and 
suture,  elliptic  or  ovate  in  shape,  and  very  slightly  oblique;  the 
second  situated  about  a  thinl  from  the  apex,  a  little  closer  to 
suture  than  to  side,  and  transversely  rounded.  Moderately 
clothed  with  very  short  greyish  pubescence,  a  little  more  densely 
on  abdominal  segments  than  alwve.  Head,  prothorax  and  sterna 
deiiHely  tuid  niinut«ly  punctate;  elytra  at  1»iae  feebly  transversely 
punctate-strigosej  rest  of  elytra  and  alxlominal  segments  very 
minutely  punctate. 

Head  round;  antenme  somewhat  flattened,  reaching  to  midway 
l)etween  intermediate  and  posterior  coxr',  1st  joint  not  as  long  as. 
2nd-3rd  combined,  2nd  more  than  half  tlio  length  of  Srd,  3rd-10tb 
sul>e{jua],  11th  not  once  and  a  half  as  long  as  10th,  9th-llt}i 
slightly  concave  inwardly.  Prothorax  suljtjuadrate,  Iwse  narrowly 
niargincd  and  almost  truncate;  median  line  very  feebly  traceable, 
a  distinct  hut  rather  small  fovea  marking  itit  base.     Elytra  about 


BT   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  267 

situate  at  about  a  third  from  the  base,  and  midway  l:>etween  side 
and  suture;  the  second  lunulate,  situate  at  about  a  fourth  from 
apex,  hot  quite  touching  side  or  suture:  abdominal  segments  in 
some  lights  appearing  wholly  ferruginous,  in  others  only  their 
apices,  basal  joints  of  antennae,  palpi  and  legs  brownish- testaceous. 
Head,  prothorax,  basal  half  of  elytra  and  sterna  densely,  minutely 
and  transversely  punctate-strigose,  the  shoulders  most  distinctly; 
apex  of  elytra  and  the  abdominal  segments  minutely  punctate. 
Moderately  densely  clothed  all  over  with  short  grej'ish  pubescence, 
aomewliat  sericeous  on  prothorax,  scutellum  and  lower  surface. 

Head  rounded;  antennae  slender,  cylindrical,  reaching  about 
half  way  between  intermediate  and  posterior  coxae,  1st  joint 
almost  as  long  as  2nd-3rd  combined,  2nd  not  much  shorter  than 
3rd,  3rd- 10th  very  gradually  decreasing,  10th- 11th  equal.  Pro- 
thorax subquadrate,  with  the  base — except  for  the  slightly 
produced  angles — truncate,  base  with  a  very  feeble  depression, 
and  narrowly  margined;  median  line  distinct  at  Iwise,  feebly 
traceable  towards  apex.  Scutellum  transverse,  feebly  emarginate 
at  apex.  El3rtra  more  than  three  times  as  long  as  wide,  shoulders 
feebly  rounded,  sides  very  gradually  narrowing  to  near  the  apex, 
a  narrow  depression  on  each  side  of  the  suture,  a  very  feeble 
depression  near  shoulders,  with  feeble  traces  of  stria?.  Legs 
slender,  four  posterior  tibiie  depressed -serrate  externally,  spurs 
to  the  posterior  unequal,  the  longest  a  little  more  than  one-third 
the  length  of  the  first  tarsal  joint,  the  shortest  alK)ut  a  fourth; 
intermediate  and  anterior  spurs  \ery  short;  posterior  tarsi  with 
the  basal  joint  almost  as  long  as  the  following  combined,  the  two 
basal  as  long  as  tibiae.     Length  10^,  width  2^  nmi. 

(J.  Differs  in  being  smaller  and  narrower.  Length  3,  width 
{mm. 

Hah, — Donnybrook,  W.A. 

Several  trees  were  ri(ldle<l  by  this  species,  of  which  1  could 
have  taken  hundreds;  the  markings  are  constant,  but  the  size  is 
extremely  variable  (I  have  given  the  extremes);  tlit*  larvje  are 
largely  destroyed  by  two  species  of  Hymenopterous  parasites. 


KEW   SPECIES  OF   AUSTRALIAN   COLBOFTBKA, 


Fed  I  LI  D£. 
MaCR ATRIA   INTERMEDIA, 


.sp. 


(^.  Narrow,  Hubparnllel,  Hubdepressed,  shining.  Head,  pro- 
thurax  nnil  underMurface  dark,  or  browniah-red;  elytra  dark  red, 
l>ebuniing  ])i<:eous  at  apex;  legs  and  antennie  testaceoDx,  apical 
joint  vt  antt^nna;  darker;  abdominal  segments  paler  than  Htema. 
Alxive  densely  clothed  with  silky  yellowish  pubescence,  longest 
on  t'lj-tra  (when  Been  from  behind  apparently  in  lines);  on  the 
undorsurface  the  pubescence  is  much  shorter  and  denser;  the  legs 
are  Momcwhat  densely  pubescent.  Head  minutely  punctate,  pro- 
thorax  more  densely  and  stnwgly;  elytra  seriate-punctate,  the 
punctures  shallow,  interstices  minutely  punctato;  undersurlace — 
except  tlie  Hanks  of  the  mesostemum  wliich  are  diiitinctly— 
minutely  punctate. 

Head  lon^fer  than  wide,  almost  truncate  at  base;  eyes  large; 
antennic  slender,  reaching  intermediate  coxte,  1st  joint  about  u 
lon^  as  2nd-3rd  combined,  2nd  as  long  as  and  thicker  than  3rd, 
3rd  slightly  longer  than  4th,  4th-8th  subequal,  9th-10th  slightly 
longct',   11  til  as  long  as  Tth-lOth  combined.      Prothorax  much 


BY   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  269 

the  two  preceding  combined,  apical  segment  of  abdomen  entire, 
and  the  spurs  to  posterior  tibias  shorter. 

Hah, — Cairns  (Macleay  Museum). 

Differs  from  M,  aberraris,  in  being  narrower,  and  without  trace 
of  median  line;  in  size  it  is  intermediate  between  that  species  and 
J/,  atuttralis. 

Macratria  analis,  n.sp. 

(J.  Narrow,  subparallel,  subdepressed,  shining.  Reddish-brown; 
head  lighter  in  colour  than  prothorax  or  elytra,  the  latter  with  a 
piceous  tinge  about  scutellum  and  suture;  antenna  testaceous, 
apex  slightly  infuscate;  sterna  a  little  darker  than  prothorax: 
coxse  coloured  as  prasternum,  legs  testaceous-red,  four  anterior 
femora  and  apical  segment  of  abdomen  pale  testaceous.  Above 
clothed  with  yellowish  silky  pubescence,  shorter  and  paler  beneath. 
Head  minutely,  prothorax  densely  and  a  little  more  strongly 
punctate;  eljrtra  punctate-striate,  the  punctures  irregular  towards 
suture,  more  distinct  towards  sides,  and  obsolete  on  apical  third; 
sterna  minutely,  abdominal  segments  v(;ry  minutely  punctate. 

Head  not  much  longer  than  wide,  base  feebly  rounded;  eyes 
large,  not  prominent:  antennje  slender,  insert e<l  close  to  eyes, 
reaching  intermediate  coxsp,  slightly  tliickening  towards  apex, 
11th  joint  a  little  longer  than  9th- 10th  combined  and  feebly 
constricted  in  the  middle.  Prothorax  longer  than  wide,  near  apex 
wider  than  head,  at  base  wider  than  hea<i  at  Ixise  of  eyes;  apex 
strongly  rounded;  sides  constricted  near  Iwise,  Iwise  truncate  and 
narrowly  margined;  median  line  traceable  on  basal  two-thirds- 
Scutellum  transverse,  truncate  at  apex.  Elytra  wider  than  pro- 
thorax, feebly  diminishing  towards  apex,  shoulders  rounded,  suture 
feebly  depressed  near  base,  and  feebly  elevated  near  apex.  Meta- 
stemum  sulcate  on  apical  two-thii-ds,  deeply  on  apical  third. 
Apical  segment  of  alxlomen  feebly  depressed  in  th(?  middle,  its 
sides  at  the  apex  feebly  emarginate — allowing  the  tips  of  two 
small  discs  to  appear.  Legs  long  and  rather  tliick;  femora  thick, 
the  four  posterior  only  on  their  apical  half;  til)iiv^  straight, 
minutely  spurred  at  apex;    l>asal  joint  of  posterior  tarsi  much 


270 


NBW   SPECIBB   OF   AUSTRALIAN  COLKOFTERA, 

Length  3  j,  width  ^  mm. 


lon}{er  than  those  following  combined. 

//«/..— Tamworth. 

Thin  wpeciea  comes  cloaent  to  the  preceding,  from  which  it  may 
be  distinguished  by  ita  larger  size,  brooder  prolhorax — wicli  more 
deeply  constricted  base — thicker  an tennte,  shorter  and  paler  pubes- 
cence, feebler  elytral  punctuation,  and  more  tlistinct  scutellum. 

Anthiciu<e. 

FOBMICOMUB   ELBOAX8,  n.sp. 

Jfarrow,  elongate,  depressed,  subopaque  above,  shining  on 
underiiurfaco.  liruwn;  undersurfaoe,  coxte,  base  of  femora,  four 
anterior  tibiie  and  tarsi,  and  antcnnte  pale;  elytra  with  two 
transverse  white  fuacifc^the  first  near  the  base  and  parallel, 
escfipt  for  a  triangular  encroachment  at  the  suture  behind,  the 
posterior  close  to  apex,  straight  in  front,  narrowing  to  suture  from 
l)eliind.  Covered  all  over  with  very  short,  rather  pale  pubescence, 
with  a  few  short  erect  hairs  on  elytra.  Covered  all  over  with 
extremely  niinut«  punctures,  densest  on  head. 

Head  longrsr  than  wide,  Bcurcftly  obovato;  eyes  small,  prominenti 
plactil  slightly  licfurethe  exact  middle;  an  tennte  slender,  reaching 


BT   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  271 

The  feature  of  this  species  is  its  very  long  posterior  legs,  which 
are  longer  than  the  entire  body.  From  F.  australis,  which  it 
somewhat  resembles,  it  diiSers  in  being  longer,  slenderer,  lighter 
in  colour  and  more  opaque,  differently  shaped  prothorax,  longer 
legs,  and  in  numerous  other  particulars. 

ANTHICUS   RECrriFASCIATUS,  n.sp. 

Depressed,  shining.  Head,  prothorax  and  undersurface  red, 
elytra  testaceous,  base  somewhat  darker,  a  broad  median  hand — 
very  feebly  connected  with  apex  along  sides  and  suture — black; 
legs,  palpi  and  antennae  testaceous,  the  latter  becoming  darker 
towards  apex;  abdominal  segments  clouded  with  piceous  at  the 
sides.  Above  not  very  densely  clothed  with  yellowish  suberect 
pubescence,  on  tho  undersurface  the  pubescence  is  shorter  and 
denser.  Head  densely  punctate,  prothorax  more  densely  and 
minutely,  elytra  strongly  punctate  at  the  base,  the  punctures 
becoming  feebler  towards  apex;  undersurface  minutely  punctate. 

Head  transverse,  base  truncate;  eyes  large,  coarsely  faceted; 
antennae  slender,  reaching  median  fascia,  1st  joint  slightly  longer 
than  2nd-3rd  combined,  2nd  short,  3rd  longer,  4rth-10th  gradually 
decreasing  in  length,  11th  longer  than  10th  and  as  long  as  8th. 
Prothorax  slightly  longer,  and  at  its  widest  not  quite  as  wide  as 
the  base  of  head,  subcordate,  longer  than  wide,  rounded  in  front, 
truncate  and  margined  behind.  Elytra  nearly  twice  as  long  as 
head  and  prothorax  combine<l,  much  wider  than  prothorax  at 
base,  and  wider  than  head  across  eyes;  shoulders  slightly  rounded, 
sides  subparallel  to  near  the  apex;  suture  feebly  depressed  at  Imse. 
Legs  slender,  femora  slightly  tliickened,  tibiie  straight,  longer 
than  tarsi,  minutely  spurred  at  their  apices.  Length  3i,  width 
1^  mm. 

//ah. — Fitzroy  Island,  Queensland  (Macleay  Museum). 

AXTHICUS   SCUTELLATUS,  n.sp. 

Of  the  form  of  A,  brevicoUis;  subdepressed,  shining — especially 
the  head  and  undersurface.  Reddish -testaceous,  elytra  paler  than 
prothorax,  which  is  paler  than  head;  sides  of  alxloniinal  segments 


272  NEW  SPECIES  OF  AUSTUALIAN    COLBOPTBRA, 

obscure;  ej'es  hlack;  tip  of  mamJibleH  piceous.  Above  not  veiy 
densely  clothed  with  yellowish  decuinltcnt  pubeacence,  with  a  few 
erect  short  hairs—ft  few  of  which  project  laterally  on  prothorax 
— deriHest  on  pi'uthorax,  siMirsest  ou  head;  on  the  undersurfaoe 
the  puIx^Kcence  is  sparser,  and — except  on  abdominal  segment*) — 
longer  than  above.  Hea<l  distinctly  but  not  very  densely  punc' 
twte;  prothorax  densely,  elytra  shallowly  and  not  very  denHely 
punctate;  sterna  scarcely  dintinctly,  the  abdominal  segments  very 
feebly  punctate. 

Head  short,  transverse,  Iwise  feebly  emarginate;  eyes  large, 
occupying  moi'e  than  half  the  side  of  head  between  antennw  and 
base;  mandibles  prominent;  antennte  short,  scarcely  reaching  base 
of  pr^ithciiiix,  1st  joint  as  long  as  Snd-.ird  combined,  2nd  short, 
3rd-4th  narrowest,  4th-10th  gradually  decreasing  in  length,  11th 
aljout  once  and  a  quarter  as  long  as  10th,  acuminate  at  apex, 
■2n(I  an<I  fith-lOtli  globular.  Prothorax  subcordate,  transverse, 
bi'oader  and  longer  than  liead,  s.ides  rounded;  base  constricted 
and  narrowly  niai^ned,  middle  of  the  apex  narrowly  pi-oduced 
aiul  TiutrgiriHl.  Scutellum  nniall,  triangular,  distinct.  Elytra 
almost  twice  as  long  as  head  and  prothorax  combined,  and  about 
twice  as  lung  as  the  width  at  l>a.se,  shoulders  feebly  rounded,  the 


BY   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  273 

prothorax  and  elytra;  head  almost  glabrous;  undersurface  with 
sparse  straggling  pubescence.  Above  sparsely  and  minutely 
punctate,  punctures  sparsest  and  rather  strong  on  head;  not  much 
feebler  at  apex  than  at  base  of  elytra;  undersurface  almost 
impunctate. 

Head  scarcely  transverse,  base  feebly  emarginate;  eyes  large, 
occup^dng  about  half  the  side  of  head  between  antennae  and  base; 
antenn®  short,  reaching  base  of  prothorax,  the  joints  as  in  ^. 
Kutellatus,  a  shallow  depression  on  each  side  in  front.  Prothorax 
transverse,  very  slightly  broader  and  longer  than  head,  broadest 
near  apex,  narrowing — but  not  suddenly — to  base;  base  margined, 
middle  of  apex  feebly  produced  and  margined.  Scutellum  small, 
transverse,  apex  rounded.  El3rtra  not  twice  as  long  as  head  and 
prothorax  combined  (2^1  J  nun.),  about  twice  as  long  as  wide, 
shoulders  feebly  rounded,  the  base  near  them  feebly  impressed. 
Legs  rather  short,  femora  feebly  thickened,  tibiae  straight,  the 
anterior  slightly  curved  at  apex,  posterior  spurred  at  apex. 
Length  4,  width  1^  mm. 

9.  DiflFers  in  being  paler  beneath,  and  by  having  concolorous 
legs. 

Bab, — Darling  River  (Macleay  Museum). 

May  be  distinguished  from  A.  scutellatus  by  its  more  elongate 
form,  somewhat  differently  shaped  prothorax,  long  legs,  shinier 
derm,  sparser  pubescence,  &c. 

Ayrnicus  triangularis,  n.sp. 

Of  the  form  of  A.  hrevicoHis;  depressed,  shining.  Head,  pro- 
thorax and  undersurface  red;  elytra  testaceous,  a  large  subtrian- 
gular  macula — which  is  somewhat  variable  in  size — on  each  side 
at  the  middle,  and  the  apex  piceous-brown,  an  obscure  red  triangle 
about  the  scutellum;  abdominal  segments  stained  with  brown; 
legs  and  antennae  testaceous,  the  latter  })ecoming  brown  towards 
apex.  Head  and  prothorax  almost  glabrous,  elytra  sparsely 
pubescent,  undersurface  with  shorter  and  denser  pubescence. 
Above  not  strongly  punctured,  the  punctures  sparsest  and 
broadest  on  head,  denser  and  not  much  feebler  on  prothorax, 


274  SEW   8PECIB8  OF  AUBTRAtlAM   COLBOItaRA, 

(leoHer  nt  base  and  ahalloweBt  at  apex  of  elytra;  undersurfAce 
minutely  punctate.  • 

Head  longer  than  the  width  at  base,  and — excluding  the  ejM 
— triangular  in  shape;  eyes  large,  prominent,  coarsely  faceted, 
placefl  midway  between  antennie  and  base;  antenne  reaching 
lieyond  bas«  of  elytra,  1st  joint  slightly  longer  than  2nd-3rd  oom- 
biiieil,  2n(l-10th  equal  in  thickness,  2nd  not  much  shorter  than 
3rd,  4th-10th  gradually  decreasing,  11th  slightly  narrower  than 
10th,  and  nearly  as  long  as  9th-10th  combined.  Prothorax  sub- 
cordate,  feebly  transverse,  as  broad  as,  and  slightly  longer  thao 
head,  widest  in  front,  constrict«d  )>ehind,  base  margined.  Scnt«l- 
luni  triangular,  distinct.  Elytra  alx>ut  one  and  a  half  times  u 
lung  OS  head  and  prothorax  combined,  shoulders  feebly  rounded, 
the  IwKC  near  them  feebly  impressed,  sides  feebly  widening  to 
aliout  th«  middle,  apex  broadly  rounded.  Legs  rather  short; 
femora  moderately  thickened;  ]>osterior  tibife  feebly  bent,  spurred 
at  aj)ex;  tarsi  shorter  than  tibise.     Length  2^,  width  J  mm. 

//n/-- -North -West  Australia  (Macleay  Museum). 

Slay  lie  distinguished  from  A.  hrevicollvi  by  its  flatt«r  form, 
larger  heiwl,  sparser  pubescence,  ic;  A.  lVol/aiit<mi  is  a  speciei 
with    SI  111  lew  hat    similarly   marked   elytra,    but    otherwise   very 


BY   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  275 

rather  shallowly  punctate;  the  elytra  densely,  strongly  and  seri- 
ately  punctate;  sterna  densely  and  strongly,  abdominal  segments 
not  very  minutely  punctate. 

Head  rather  small,  titans  verse;  eyes  moderately  large,  placed 
behind  the  middle;  antennae  not  very  slender,  subequal  in  width, 
reaching  apex  of  intermediate  coxae,  1st  joint  nearly  4is  long  as 
2nd-3rd  combinetl,  2nd-3i*d  equal,  11th  not  as  long  as  9  th- 10th 
combined.  Prothorax  longer  than  wide,  wider  than  heiul,  trans- 
veniely  globose  in  front,  deeply  constricted  near  l)ase,  base 
truncate;  a  tubercle  on  each  side  at  ])ase;  me<lian  line  distinct. 
becoming  feeble  near  apex,  and  having  a  small  fovea  near  tubercles. 
Hcutellum  extremely  small.  Elytra  not  one  and  a  half  times  as 
long  as  head  and  prothorax  combined,  not  umch  wider  than 
anterior  portion  of  the  latter,  shoulders  feebly  rounded,  sides 
parallel  to  near  apex;  a  feeble  impression  on  each  side  between 
suture  and  shoulders;  suture  very  feebly  raised  near  apex.  T-«<*gs 
rather  short  and  thick;  four  posterior  femora  arcuate;  til)ia?  rather 
short,  posterior  feebly  bent.     Length  2 J,  width  1  mm. 

JJab, — Forest  Reefs;  crawling  over  fences  at  night  time. 

AXTHICUS   CANCELLATUS,  n.sp. 

Elongate,  subdepressed,  shining.  Reddish-testaceous;  head 
and  prothorax  darker  than  elytra,  the  latter  with  a  small  (>]>scunj 
piceous  blotch  about  the  middle;  lower  surface  a  little  paler  than 
elytra;  legs  and  palpi  pale  testaceous.  Above — except  head — 
densely  clothed  with  rather  long  pul>esceuce,  longest  on  elytra:  on 
the  undersurface  the  pubescence  is  short.  Head  and  prothorax 
densely  and  obsoletely,  elytra  densely  and  strongly,  gullet  coarsely, 
sterna  and  abdominal  segments  not  very  strongly  punctate. 

Head  rather  small,  transverse;  eyes  moderately  large,  placed 

behind  the  middle;  antennie  rather  slender,  ])assing  intermediate 

coxaf,    Ist    joint    nearly    as    l<mg    as    2nd-3rd     combined,    2nd 

decidedly  shorter  than  3rd,   11th  a  little  hmger  than  9tli-10th 

combined.     Prothorax  not  much  longer  than  wide,  wider  than 

head,  transversely  globose  in  f^ont,  deeply  constricted  near  base, 

base  truncate;  traces  of  a  tul)ercle  on  each  side  at  base;  median 
s 


2TG  NBW  SPECIRS  OF  AUSTRALIAN   COLEOPTBRA, 

line  If  ly  Hhalluw  and  indistinct,  olmolete  towards  apex.  Scut«llum 
Hmall,  trnnaverFio,  nuiderately  dintinct.  Elytra  about  once  and  a 
third  iw  lontr  a«  head  and  pruthorax  combined,  not  much 
wider  than  anterior  portion  of  latter,  sides  almost  parallel,  apex 
almost  triuicatp,  a  feeble  depretwion  on  each  side  of  suture  towardu 
ap>x.     Femora  thick,  tibiie  straight.     Length  2<j,  width  1  mm. 

Iliih. — Forest  Reefn;  on  fences  at  dusk. 

Tlie  alwve  somewhat  resembles  the  preceding  and  the  following 
si>efies;  from  the  feirnier  it  may  l»  distinguiithed  by  its  colour 
and  I'uncturation  l>eing  a  little  different,  by  its  thiinier  legs  and 
less  plainly  marked  median  line;  from  the  latter  by  lieing  a  little 
mori'  elongate,  a  little  lens  convex,  median  line  distinct,  thicker 

Anthicus  picneratoh,  n.sp. 

Not  verj-  elongate,  slightly  convex,  shining.  Obscure  reddish- 
testaceous,  elytra  very  little  i>aler  than  head  and  prothorax; 
lower  surface  coiioolorous  with  elytra,  and  darker  than  legs. 
PulH'scence  a.'*  in  the  preceding.  Head  shallowly,  pnithorax  lery 
densely  and  shallowly,  ei\-tra  densely  and  strongly,  sterna  densely, 
alxlointnal  segments  minutely,  punctate. 

Heiwl  rather  Ninall,  tninsier*';  eyes  moderately  large,  placed 


BY   ARTHUR    M.    LEA.  277 

AXTHICUS    INORXATUS,  n.sp. 

Elongate,  narrow,  feebly  Hhining.  Head  dark  reddish-brown, 
prothorax  and  elytra  dark  brownish-i-ed,  undersurface  somewhat 
paler,  legs  and  antennie  testaceous-red.  Elytra  and  abdomen  not 
very  densely  covered  with  short  pale  pul)escenco;  rest  of  lx)dy 
very  sparsely  clothed.  Head  extremely  densely  and  somewhat 
nigosely  punctate;  prothorax,  sterna  and  basal  segment  of  alxlo- 
men  very  denselv  and  not  minutely  punctate:  elvtra  denselv 
punctate,  punctures  becoming  feebler  towards  apex,  alxlominal 
segments — except  basal — minutely,  femora  shallowly  punctate. 

Head  longer  than  wide,  base  rounded;  eyes  small,  prominent, 
coarsely  faceted,  placed  in  front  of  the  middle;  antennte  inserted 
close  U>  the  eyes.  Prothorax  longer  than  wide,  longer  and  about 
the  width  of  the  head,  subconiate,  apex  slightly  rounded,  bast* 
constricted  and  truncate;  an  indistinct  tul^ercle  on  eacli  side  at 
the  base;  median  line  feebly  traceable  at  base  and  apex.  Elytra 
not  once  and  a  quarter  as  long  a<  head  anfl  prothorax  com- 
bined, shoulders  rounderl,  parallel-sided  to  near  apex,  or  \ery 
feebly  widening  to  alnmt  the  middle,  without  depression.  T^gs 
slender;  femora  scarcely  thickened:  tibijv  straight,  minutely 
spurred  at  their  apices;  four  anterior  longer,  the  posterior  as  long 
a8  tarsi,  basal  joint  of  posterior  tarsi  as  long  jis  the  others  com- 
bined, intermediate  as  long  as  2nd-3nl,  anterior  short.  Length 
21,  width  ^  mm. 

Hah, — North- West  Australia  (Maclea}-  Museum). 

I  do  not  know  any  sj>ecies  with  which  this  very  flistinct  one 
can  be  satisfactorily  compared. 

Anthicus  simulator,  n.sp. 

Elongate,  subdepressed,  highly  polished.  Black;  base  of  pro- 
thorax obscure  piceous,  each  elytron  with  two  small  testaceous 
maculfe,  one  near  the  shoulder  trans^  ersely  triangular,  the  other 
about  a  third  from  the  apex,  parallel-sided,  directed  a  little 
obliquely  towards  and  truncate  near  suture:  thesis  niiieuhe  are 
sometimes  indistinct  (especially  the  posterior);  lower  surface  of 


278  NEW   BPBCIBH   OF  AUSTRALIAN   COLEOPTBRA, 

heiul  HudprOHteniuiudul!  red;  coxw,  baseof  femora — the  pOHterior 
itifuscatti  towards  appx — and  tnrHi  olwcure  testaoeoutt;  anteniuf 
picei'Us,  Elytra  vei'y  aparselj'  pubeitcent,  rest  of  the  l>ody  iilmoat 
Klalji-ous.     AIjovo  niinutely,  l>eneath  iiKliMtirictiy  punctate. 

ILead  iL  little  lonffer  tlitm  wide,  ("ouiided;  eyes,  small,  prominent; 
uiitHiiiiii'  slender,  inserted  midway  lietween  eyes  aiid  apex  of 
mjindihles,  ri'iiehiiig  intcriiKidiatfi  coxw,  1st  joint  alHiut  once  and 
IL  half  luti;;er  than  2n(t,  2nd  a  little  longer  than  vlrd,  11th 
iiljout  the  length  of  9tli-10th  combined.  Protliorax  scarcely  the 
width  iif  Iiejiil,  longer  than  wide,  transversely  ffloliose  in  front, 
strongly  cunritrictt^d  near  Imsc;  a  Hmnll  tul>er(.'le  on  each  side  at 
iMse.  1-]lytra  alMiut  as  long  as  heuil  and  protliorax  combined, 
a)H>ut  two  and  a  ht^f  timen  as  long  as  wide,  ha^  truncate, 
shouldi'i-s  foi'hly  rounded,  sides  feebly  widening  to  Iteyoiid  middle; 
a  verv  feelile  inipii-ssion  behind  the  Imisc  (only  visible  when 
viewe<l  sideways).  Legs  slen<ler;  femora  thickening  towards  apex, 
tibiiu  straight.     Ijcngth  1^,  width  ^  mm. 

l/'ili.  -Bridge  Town,  W.A.     Ketween  the  leaves  of  cabbages. 

]  lia\('  a  Hpeciini'ii  fnim  1)< in ny  1)1*0011  in  which  the  whole  of  the 
prcithorax  is  dull  i-eil.  The  species  closelv  resembles  A.  utru'tui 
lid  A.  bnnl)Uliol<lfx;  from  the  former  it  diffi-i-x 


BY   ARTHUK   M.    LEA.  279 

towards  apex,  reaching  intermediate  cox»,  Ist  joint  about  once 
and  a  half  as  long  as  2nd,  2nd-3rd  equal.  Prothorax  fully 
as  wide  as  head,  longer  than  wide,  rounded  in  front,  constricted 
towards  base;  l)a8e  smooth.  Eljrtra  about  once  and  a  quai*ter 
as  long  as  head  and  prothorax  combined,  more  than  twice 
as  long  as  wide,  base  truncate,  shoulders  feebly  rounded,  sides 
gradually  widening  to  l)eyond  the  middle;  feebly  depressed  on 
each  side  of  suture  towards  apex.  Legs  not  very  long;  femora 
thickened,  posterior  arcuate;  tibise  straight.  Length  21,  width 
j|mm. 

Hob, — Bridge  Town,  W.A. 

A  second  specimen  from  Bridge  Town  is  a  little  smaller  and 
paler,  and  h&s  the  elytral  marking  confiiied  to  an  indistinct 
fasciate  blotch  across  the  middle.  The  species  is  similar  in  shape 
and  colour  to  A,  exif/uusy  differing  in  being  larger,  more  feebly 
punctured,  prothorax  a  little  different,  itc.  Both  my  specimens 
were  taken  (in  company  with  many  other  small  beetles)  under  a 
stone,  where  they  had  retreated  for  protection  against  a  fire. 

Anthicus  ovipennis,  n.sp. 

Slightly  convex,  shining.  Testaceous-red;  elytra  testaceous, 
and  with  a  thin  obscure  piceous  fascia  across  the  middle,  the  apex 
faintly  tinged  with  piceous:  legs  and  alxlomen  pale  testaceous, 
basal  segment  of  the  latter  tinged  with  piceous.  Elytra  moder- 
ately clothed  with  short  pale  pul^escence,  denser  and  shorter  on 
head  and  prothorax,  rest  of  body  almost  glabrous.  Head  and 
prothorax  shal lowly  punctate;  the  el}i;ra  densely  and  rather 
strongly,  sides  and  sutures  of  sterna  and  basal  alxiominal  segment 
minutely  but  (under  microscope)  distinctly  punctate. 

Head  moderately  large,  subqua<lrate,  eyes  ver}'  small  and 
prominent,  placed  a  little  in  front  of  the  middle;  antennae  thin, 
very  slightly  tliickening  to  apex,  scarcely  reaching  intermediate 
OUXK",  1st  joint  thick,  not  much  longer  than  2nd,  2nd  a  little 
longer  than  3rd,  11th  almost  as  long  as  9th- 10th  combined. 
Prothorax  fully  as  wide  as  head,  longer  than  wide,  rounded  in 
front,  constricted  towards  base;  l)ase  with  traces  of  tul)ercles. 


280  SEIV   SPECIES   OP   AU8THALIAS   COLEOPTERA, 

Sciiti'lhmi  lery  small,  Memioirculiirlj'  triniigular.  Elytra  no  longer 
than  lie;wi  and  prutliornx  cumliinetl,  ovate,  the  shoulders  strongly 
iMundiw),  without  impresHion.  Femora  thick,  tibiie  Mtraight 
T^-n^-th  -2,  widtli  ^  mm. 

//'(/-.    -liunlrary,  W.A. 

Tlic.  Khiirt  ovat«  elytra  of  thiH  speties  should  render  it  diHtinct; 
in  oolour  it  somewhat  rescmldes  the  precdliiig. 

ASTIIICdfl    IIEI.ICATUI.LM,  n.sp, 

1-jloiiijati.',  ileprf'ssf'd,  shining.  lleiuf  testaceuUH-hrown,  pro- 
thiirtix  (KLle  I'eddiith- testaceous;  elytra  jutle  ti^Hbiceoux,  a  daricer 
marking'  about  suut^Uuni  uiul  (i{iex,euch  with  a triangulnrmacula, 
till-  jijiices  of  which  uwet  at  Kutuii^;  sterna  coloured  an  pi'othorox, 
h'KS  pali'r,  ahdoiiieu — Imsal  sejpnent  eseeptwl  —stained  with 
l)ii-eou:<.  Clothed  all  ov^•l■,  Himrsest  oil  head,  with  verj-  short  pale 
pulH-si-iine.  Heiul,  prothorax  luid  sterna  sparsely  and  very 
niiriutelr,  elytra  iiiiiiut<:]y  punctate, 

Hcail  not  very  larj,"^,  stivinjtly  rounded,  a  little  longer  than 
wiili>;  cyi's  rather  siiiiill  ;ind  prominent,  placed  in  the  exact  middle 
of   sidei;    ttntennie  slender,  feebly  tliiekeninj;  to  apex,  inserted 


BY    ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  281 

Syzetoxinus  PARALLELUS,  n.Hp. 

(J.  Elongate-ovate,  subdepressed,  shining.  Black;  elytra  and 
lower  surface  very  slightly  paler  than  prothorax;  legs  and  antennie 
oltejcure  testaceous,  the  latter  infuscate  towards  apex.  Sparsely 
clothed  with  short  obscure  pubescence.  Above  very  densely  and 
strongly  punctate,  feeblest  on  hetwl,  strongest  at  base  of  elytra; 
sterna  moderately  densely  and  strongly,  alxiominal  segments 
minutely  punctate. 

Head  small,  closely  joined  to  prothorax,  strongly  trans vei'se; 
eyes  moderately  large,  not  very  prominent,  placed  close  to  base; 
antennce  reaching  intermediate  coxje,  1st  and  2nd  joints  lar^e, 
thick,  the  2nd  equal  to  the  swollen  portion  of  1st,  3rd  equal  in 
length  to  2nd,  but  narrower,  3rd- 10th  gradually  decreasing  in 
length,  3rd-6th  decreasing  in  width,  7th-llth  thickening,  9th 
sulxjuadrate,  10th  transverse,  11th  not  as  long  as  9th-10tli  com- 
bined. Prothorax  feebly  transverse,  as  wide  *as  head  at  base, 
truncate  at  Imse  and  apex,  sides  slightly  rounfled;  a  broad  semi- 
circular inten'upted  impression  extending  almost  across  l>ase,  and 
a  shallow  impression  across  middle,  the  centre  of  which  is  plainly 
marked.  Scutellum  very  small,  narrowing  towanls  and  truncate 
at  apex.  Elytra  more  than  twice  as  long  as  head  and  prothorax 
combined,  Imse  truncate,  shoulders  scarcely  rounded,  sides 
parallel  to  near  apex;  the  base  with  a  depression  on  each  side 
and  at  suture,  behind  it  a  very  shallow  depression.  Legs  rather 
long  and  slender,  posterior  femora  very  slightly  thickened,  all  ihe 
tiVnso  straight.     Length  1  ^,  width  ^  mm. 

Hah. — Bridge  Town,  W.A. 

Differs  from  S,  inc(/tufpivuus  by  l)eing  a  little  more  parallel, 
and  in  having  darker  elytra,  a  little  feebler  puncturation,  some- 
what different  antennee,  i^'c. 

Syzetonixus  basicokxis,  n.sp. 

(J.  Oblong-oval,  sulxlepressed,  feebly  shining.  Head  and  pi'o- 
ihorax  black,  elytra  piceous-brown,  the  apex  obscurely  paler,  base 
narrowly  testaceous,  lower  surface  piceous-brown,  legs — especially 


282  SEW   aPRClBS  of  AUSTKALIAX   CObEOPTERA, 

tlie  aiitcriiir — and  ull  thit  tarai  paler.  Above  sparvely  cluthed 
with  Hh'irt  ]iutiem:enci>,  lori^iMt  and  inuHt  distinct  on  apical  half 
i)f  elyiru:  lowtn-  HUi'fiu«  wicli  very  minute  jmlx^scence.  Head  and 
pi-otliuciiN  very  (leuMi-Iy  tinil  nitlicr  Mtron;jly  punctate;  elytra 
uiMii'si'lv  ill  lit  densely,  sterna  nut  verj'  utrtmKlj',  alxlominal 
^*jiini'nls  minutely  punctat'd, 

Ili!ttil  riitlHT  Hiuiill,  closely  jirinisl  tji  ]irutliorax,  Htroiijjly  trans- 
\i'iwf';  eyes  lar(;e,  not  pniinini-nt,  |)l!>et.-<l  uloKe  to  Itane:  antennie 
inKirrteil  eliise  Ui  ft|«'x,  lst-.')th  .j<iints  uylindrical,  1st  arcuate,  as 
Inn;;  ils  liiid-'ti'd  conihineil,  intl  think,  tninsrerNe,  not  half  llie 
l.iiyth  of  .-(i^l,  3rd  sHfihtly  Iwnt,  us  l.niK  iw  3rd-lth  combined,  4tli 
iiiiniiwest  of  all,  4th-10tti  sulieijual  in  length  and  gradually 
iiu'reivsiii^'  in  width,  9th-10th  fi'el.ly  transverse,  11th  larg^  thick, 
a\^K  strongly  rounded,  almut  the  leii;j;th  of  3ni,  Prothorax 
t iimsverst',  hh  wide  as  iNise  of  heiul,  truncate  at  Iwuie  and  apex, 
sides  feelily  rounded;  an  ohlicjue  elliptie  impression  on  each  side 
at  Ikim'.  Klytrii  Khajied  as  in  the  pret-wiing.  Ijejfs  long,  {losterior 
fciiioru  slijjhtly  thiekened,  jKistfrior  tiliisu  very  feehly  bent 
inwHitlly.     length  IJ.  width  J  nnu. 

//.</..    -Forest  Ueefs.      (Oil  a  fence  ut  dusk.) 


BY   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  283 

short  pubescence,  tibiiu  with  a  few  long  hairs,  antennse  with 
blackish  8et»  and  rather  long  outstanding  hairs.  Head  and  pro- 
thorax  with  large  shallow  punctures,  almost  concealed  hy 
pubescence;  eh^ra  seriate-punctate  (in  about  ten  rows),  the 
punctures  large  and  coarse  at  base,  becoming  obliterated  towards 
apex;  mesostemum  densely  and  strongly  punctate;  metastemuni 
and  abdominal  segments  densely  and  minutely  punctate,  the 
former  with  large  scattered  punctures;  legs  verj'  densely  and 
minutely  punctate. 

Head  truncate  at  base,  about  as  long  as  the  width  across  eyes; 
eyes  rather  large,  prominent  and  finely  faceted;  antennte  rather 
stout,  not  quite  reaching  apex  of  metastemum,  the  distance 
between  their  l)ases  slightly  less  than  between  them  and  the  apex 
of  mandibles,  composed  of  twelve  joints,  1st  small,  globular,  dis- 
tinctly separated  from  2nd,  2nd  larger,  about  the  size  of  7th,  3rd 
narrowest,  3rd-llth  subequal  in  length  and  increasing  in  width, 
12th  not  quite  as  lung  as  lOth-llth  combined,  its  basal  half  alx)ut 
the  size  and  shape  of  11th,  decreasing  then  to  apex.  Prothorax 
wider  than  long,  longer  and  slightly  wider  than  head,  strongly 
constricted  towards  and  truncate  at  base,  apex  transversely 
glolK)se;  median  canal  distinct  but  shallow  in  the  middle,  olxsolete 
at  base  and  apex.  Scutellum  triangular,  considerably  longer 
than  wide.  Elytra  parallel-sided  to  near  apex,  fully  twice  as  long 
as  head  and  prothorax  combined,  about  once  and  a  half  as 
wide  as  the  latter  at  base,  Iwise  scarcely  truncate,  shoulders  feebly 
rounded;  a  feeble  depression  near  the  base  (only  visil>le  when 
viewed  sideways).  Margins  of  mesosternal  keel  finely  carinate. 
Liegs  long,  tibiw  almost  straight.     Length  5^,  width  U  mm. 

^a6.— Blackheath,  N.S.W. 

May  be  distinguished  from  either  L,  a^cwea  or  L,  Afasffrm  l)y 
it6  much  more  elongate  form,  less  angular  prothorax,  longer 
Bcutellum,  longer  pubescence,  distinctly  twelve-jointed  antennjv, 
Ac;  in  both  of  those  species  the  scutellum  is  tranvs(?rse,  in 
Mastersi  rounded,  and  in  coccinea  truncate  at  apex.  Meml>ers  of 
thiB  genus  are  subject  to  considerable  alteration  of  colour  if 
immersed    for   any  time    in    spirits,  the    head   and   prothorax 


2><i  NEtV   HPECIEH   OP   AUSTRALIAN   COLBOPTBRA, 

fif<|ueiitly  turning  (liirk-bruwn,  or  aliuiwt  black,  the  legs  darker; 
till!  wliite  juintt)  of  the  antenmu  in  eoiviii«i  vary  in  number  from 
iinf?  tci  three.  The  type  is  in  the  poHiteHHion  of  Mr.  (ifiorj^e 
Mllsler^s  who  lias  kindly  j^iven  me  another  Hpecimen,  labelled 
N.S.W. 

LKMOPEa  CORTICALia,  u.sp. 
Blonj^ate,  suli[>arallel,  Hlif^htly  unnvex,  the  ilemi  xliiniD^ 
FcrrufpnciuM,  elytra— excej)!  at  baite  anil  xuture — !tli{i;ht1y  liarker 
than  priithurux;  undersurfiLce  paler  than  a1)ove;  le;SM  and  palpi 
li'stuotfiiun:  antcnnw  red'lish-teHtaceoux.  AIkivc  covered  witli 
slii>i-t  silky  pulivHt.'ence,  donserit  on  elytra,  and  with  louder  upri^'ht 
hairs;  iinilerenrfaiie,  !<■(,'»  and  antennae  with  very  sh<irt  and  pale 
piilH'Hcunce,  the  lattci-  with  a  few  outstanding  hairs.  Anterior 
half  iif  htfiul  densely  and  not  sti-ongly  punctate,  bane  alniiMt 
inii>tinctjite;  jirothorax  with  strong,  sparw;,  and  with  Hiiuillttr  and 
iiiiiri-  niiinerouH  ])uiiutui'eK;  elytra  densely  and  sti-ongly  punctate, 
till-  jiunctuivs  strungeHt  and  arranginl  in  rows  at  the  iMute,  liccom- 
iiig  fiieliler  and  irrt'fjular  Uiwards  ajiex,  tlie  whole  :4urfaee  covered 
with  vi'i'v  minute  jnuicturos;  undcrsurfiLce  of  head  polished;  pro 
and    nii'siisteriiuni   luiHloratcly  stronglv,  metastenium  and  abdo- 


BY   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  285 

The  colour  of  this  species  will  at  once  distinguish  it  from  any 
of  its  described  congeners;  in  shape  it  comes  closest  to  the  preced- 
ing. 

^I  O  R  D  E  L  L  I  D  i£. 

Many  of  the  species  of  this  family  are  difficult  to  satisfactorily 
describe,  as  almost  the  only  characters  that  can  be  given  are  the 
size,  colour  and  pattern  of  the  markings.  80  far  as  I  have 
noticed,  the  colour  of  the  derm  (with  veiy  few  exceptions)  appears 
to  l>e  reliable;  the  legs  (especially  the  four  antenor)  and  the 
antennie  are  subject  to  sexual  variation  of  colour;  the  pattern  is 
not  always  to  l)e  relied  uj>on,  especially  in  old  or  greasy  s|^cimens 
(without  reckoning  abrasion);  the  colour  of  the  pubescence  is  very 
apt  to  be  affected  by  age  or  immersion  in  spirits  (especially  the; 
white  markings  of  the  alxlomen).  I  have  fresh  sjxx"ini(?ns  of  J/. 
mnltiyuttntn  and  J/.  leucoMu^fa,  in  which  the  macula*  are  decidwlly 
white,  and  older  specimens  in  which  they  are  as  deci(le<lly  yellow; 
and  similarly  with  other  species.  Many  species  ai'e  sexually 
constant  as  to  size,  but  othei"s  are  very  ^'ariable.  We  have  many 
species  that  are  almost  entirely  black;  they  are  nKnlerately  easily 
distinguished  in  the  cabinet,  but  their  specific  distinctions  are 
ver\'  hard  to  point  out;  in  consequence  T  have  dehiye<i  describing 
a  number  of  uniques. 

Many  of  my  species  were  obtained  from  the  Howers  of  tall 
Encaft/jitHy  felled  for  the  pui'pose  of  obtaining  flowering,  and  after- 
wards dead-leaf  beetles;  and  I  l)elieve  there  are  many  more  sjwcies 
which  can  only  be  obtained  in  this  manner;  a  few  specimens  were 
taken  at  night-time  while  crawling  over  old  logs  and  stumps. 
Mr.  Masters,  on  a  recent  trip  to  Blackheath,  captured  many 
hundreds  of  specimens  by  beating  bushes  into  a  sht^et  l)efore 
sunrise;  they  were  then  very  torpid,  and  were  easily  captui'erl. 

MORDELLA    DUMBRELLI,  n.sp. 

(J.  Black;  tarsi  piceous-black,  base  of  antenna?,  palpi  and 
posterior  spurs  piceous-red.  Head  with  pubescence  which  in  some 
lights  appears  whitish,  in  others — especially  at  the  Imse — having 
a  piceous  look;   from  some  directions  apparently  with  a  white 


2t<6  NEW   SPBCIBS   OF   AUSTRALIAN   COLKOPTERA, 

niedimi  line.  Siden  <if  prothonuc  verj'  narrowly  edged  witli  whiW; 
ai«x  A  littb  mure  broudly,  from  ita  middle  a  narrow  stripe 
exteiKliiig  It  littlo  more  tliiin  a  third  from  the  apex,  there  is  also 
II  Hitiull  HjMjt  on  Koch  side;  then;  are  ten  free  or  nearly  free  spobt 

-four  at  thft  \nuw,  of  which  the  two  inner  are  the  smallest;  two 
on  HUch  xide  of  the  narrow  Htriptt  in  front,  in  a  line  with  each 
othiT,  and  one  on  each  xide  of  tho  middle  Ivehind  it.  Elytra  nut 
iK'i'dfi'ed  at  the  \mjw,  each  with  Jteven  small  spots — t>ne  cloiw  to 
the  S(^ut<!llum,  the  HmalleMt  spot  l>etw<;(rii  it  and  the  shoukler,  two 
in  n  line  k-hind  them,  tlie  inner  one  not  close  to  the  suture;  the 
outer  ciosft  to  the  side  (forming  with  a  Hpot  on  the  menu- and 
anothiT  on  the  inetastemuni  a  small  triangle),  a  round  spot  cW 
t<.>  the  suture  at  alniut  the  exaet  middle,  the  largest  spot  in  ■ 
stt'ai<!lit  line  liehind  ul)Out  a  fourth  from  the  apex,  the  last  is 
close  to  Olid  a  little  behind  it  ut  the  aide,  the  two  forming  an 

nterrnpte<I  infgular  oblique  M.  F^'h  of  the  alxlominal  segnKnts 
w  ith  four  white  s]K)ts,  the  two  inner  of  each  of  which  are  narrow,aiid 
l)Ut  little  sepurateil.  Meso-and  metostenium  (except  at  the  sides) 
pulH-sit<nt  iis  the  he^id.  A  little  white  at  the  Itose  of  the  aculeus. 
Aiuleus   lon^,  narrow;  apex  very  sliarply  pointed,    margined 


BY    ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  287 

silvery  pubescence,  enclosing  on  the  apical  two-fifths  four  equal- 
sized  Hpot8,  extending  in  a  narrow  line  from  the  middle  of  each 
of  the  two  central  ones  al)out  half-way  to  the  base,  sides  narrowly 
margined,  liase  narrowly  margined  and  trisinuate,  the  middle  sinus 
etjual  in  width  to  the  two  lateral  combined.  Each  elytron  with 
numerous  small  silvery  spots,  two  oblit|ue  ones  at  the  Iwuse,  one 
along  suture,  another  near  the  middle,  at  its  base  close  to  the 
first  but  their  apices  widely  separated,  a  very  indistinct  spot  on 
shoulder,  liehind  the  middle  spot  and  alm<jst  touching  its  apex 
there  is  a  round  one,  at  a  short  dista.nce  behind  this  is  an  oblique 
spot,  outside  this  and  slightly  in  advance  of  it  and  on  the  side  is 
a  small  spot,  slightly  Ixjfore  the  middle  and  close  to  suture  an 
ovate  spot,  l>ehind  and  midway  l)etweeu  this  spot  and  the  ajjex  is 
an  irregular  spot,  which,  with  another  one  close  to  it,  form  an 
irregular  interrupted  oblique  S.  Undersui*face  with  silvery-grov 
pubescence,  more  silvery  at  the  sides,  and  leaving  on  the  sides  of 
the  metastemum  and  abdominal  segments  small  triangular  patches. 
Aculeus  with  silvery  pul>escence  at  its  Iwise. 

Aculeas  rather  long,  broad  at  the  Iwise,  moderately  sharply 
pointed,  strongly  lessened  al)out  the  middle.  Posterior  spurs 
unequal,  the  longest  slightly  curved,  and  fully  half  the  length  of 
the  first  tarsal  joint.     Tjength  4 J,  width  I'j  mm. 

Jfah. — Forest  Reefs. 

A  pretty,  very  distinct  and  rather  robust  little  species,  the 
markings  of  which  are  more  in  character  with  those  of  the  larger 
species  than  among  those  of  its  own  size.  The  markings  of  the 
prothorax — if  always  visible  (I  have  but  two  specimens  to  judge 
from) — should  render  its  identification  easy. 

MORDELLA    LATICEPS,  n.sp. 

Black;  antenna^  and  anterior  femora  njddish  piceous.  llvnd 
with  obscure  griseous  pul>escence;  prj>thorax  at  its  apex  and  side**, 
and  the  scutellum  with  dirty  i)ale  yellow  pubescence.  Elytra  with 
similarly  coloured  puljescence  narrowly  boifleriiig  the  base,  cover- 
ing the  shoulders  from  which  a  stripe  (not,  however,  always 
present)    runs  oblicjuely  towartls    the    suture,  close    to  which   it 


■iSH  KKW   8PECIBS  OF   AUaTRALlAN   COLBOPTBBA, 

terminates  in  a  moderat«ty  large  spot,  at  about  a  third  from  the 
»]H'x  li  iniNlf^i-ately  large  irregular  tranHverse  aput.  Menu-,  xidm 
aiul  middle  of  metiistemum,  and  nMominal  segmentrs  and  bone  uf 
ji<-uIi>UM  with  tiriieous  puitescence. 

Seutelluni  with  a  shaliow  depression  at  its  l»Jte,  Aculeiu 
rather  luny,  very  In-oad  at  the  base,  suddenly  triangularly  lessened, 
iijiiciil  liulf  almost  parallel-siderl,  truncate  at  a}iex.  Posterior 
s|iui-s  unei|U)il,  the  lontjest  half  as  lung  as  first  tarsal  joint,  and 
fully  twice  as  long  as  its  fellow.     Length  4^-5,  widtli  P,. 

//„/,. _X„rlli  West  Australia  (Macleay  Museum). 

A  broiul  robust  species  with  a  very  broMl  head.  I  ha*-e 
examined  sevyn  Hpeciinens,  but  they  have  all  been  very  dirty; 
the  M])e(;ies  is  very  distinct,  and  an  examination  of  fre»h  specimens 
would  pitilNtlily  discover  lulditional  inarkin),'s. 

-MomiKLLA  AUHTRAi.!.-',  Boisd.  (1);  Most.  Cat.  .Sp.  No.  4314. 

Itliiok;  muxKle,  l>a«e  of  anteiinie,  anterior  le^  and  intermediate 

fiiuuru  testaceous.     Heait  with  j^yLsh  puliescence  at  tlie  Iww  un 

each  siiie  ap]>earint;  ahnost  iMire.     Prothorax  with  silvery  puhes- 

ccncc.  with  a  median  and  tw<i  lateral  vitUe.     Elytra  at  the  bwe 


BY   ARTHUR   H.    LEA.  2(^9 

MORDELLA    FBBTIVA,  n.tip. 

Black;  palpi,  baiwt  of  antennte,  anterior  legH  and  {MMUTior  lipum 
obscure  tCHtaceous.  Head  'with  olj^curc  pulK'Scenee  which  is 
parted  in  the  middle.  Prothorax  with  dull  silvery  pul>e!H;ence, 
lea^in^  an  elongated  vitta  and  twu  lateral  sputtt.  Elytra  with 
pubescence  &n  prothorax;  it  narrowly  borderK  the  luise  on  each 
side,  emitting  three  stripes,  the  firHt  about  the  middle,  one  at  the 
extreme  Hide,  and  one  between  them;  a  zigrMfi  fasciit  alxiut  the 
middle — notijuite  reaching  the  sides— forming  twn  irreguliu'  Ws; 
B crescent-shaped  Kpot  on  each  nide  about  a  fourth  frum — and  with 
its  coniex  sides  towards — the  apex;  the  jmljescence  extends  along 
the  suture  from  the  Rcut«llum  to  the  fascia  (one  Hpecinien  has  the 
elytral  pubescence  extending  from  Itase  to  apical  spots,  these  latter 
conjoined  and  irregular  in  shape).  Undersurface  witli  silvery- 
grey  pubescence,  leaving  a  spot  on  each  side  of  the  ulMloniiiiul 
segments,  and  the  greater  part  of  uculeus, 

Aculeus  short,  broad;  apex  broad,  truncate  Ijegs  i-ntlier 
slender;  ponterior  spurs  etgual,  and  little  nuire  than  a  third  the 
leoG^th  of  the  first  tarsal  joint.     Length  3j,  width  1]  mm. 

Hfik—Hauth  Australia  (Rev.  T.  Blackbuni). 

Re.sembles  the  species  I  suppose  to  \m  31.  nnxfi-'i/iii:  difiei's  in 
being  larger,  nai-rower,  the  markings  brooder  and  not  so  clenrly 
cut,  without  the  divergent  scutellar  stripes,  thinner  femora,  some- 
what different  aculeus,  itc.  Mr.  Blackburn  tells  me  t but  he  tliinkx 
this  species  an  extreme  variety  of  i/.  mnianniiK:  with  this  "jiiii ion, 
however,  I  cannot  agree:  none  of  ray  specimens  of  tliat  siieties 
»ppmacb  it  in  pattern. 

MoKDELLA  BELLA.  Waterh.;  Mast.  Cat,  Sp.  No.  4.^iri. 

This  is  an  extremely  variable  and  widely  ilislrilmted  siiei-ies. 
I  have  spcciniens  from  many  parts  of  New  South  Walcj;,  iiml 
there  are  specimens  in  the  Mocleay  Must-um  fii>m  Cjueensliiiirl 
Mid  South  Australia.  Mr.  George  JIastersat  BhickbeJitli  rtceiitly 
obtained  se^'erol  hundreds  of  si)ecimens,  all  of  which,  together 


290  NEW   SPECIES   OF   AUSTRALIAN   COLEOPTBHA, 

with  my  own  Hpecinieiw,  I  Imve  carefully  examined.  Tlie  pro- 
tliiii'iicic  niAculK  ora  mimetinies  diMtinctly  marknl,  often  iiutistiiKt, 
mid  fii'<[ii»;ntly  entirely  iiliseiit;  fre(|UHntly  the  entire  bntutl  lialf  ••( 
till-  elytra  is  C(>\'ere<l  with  jtoldeii,  grey,  or  ucciuionally  silvery 
[iii)H'sc'i'iii.-(!;  where  the  IhimaI  half  is  not  so  i;ovei'e(:l  tlierc  in  uft4;ii 
ti>  1m-  seen  an  indistinct  fascia  similar  to  the  middlo  one,  ooaiHiun- 
nlly  iiinjeiiriri^  as  indistinct  eloiifinte  sjKjts;  thd  middle  fasi-ia  r* 
iiiwjiys  of  the  shape  ilesciilw^l  hy  Mr.  Waterlumsc,  though  raryiiu 
in  thickness;  the  apiciil  fiiscia  varies  in  thickness,  lieinn  ofttn 
slriiiKht,  simietimi's  C(nnjiIot<',  often  divided  into  transvirnw,  nnd 
iiuciwunidly  into  xuhlunuliite  spots;  the  size  also  is  subject  ti) 
<H>iisideral>le  vuriiition. 

MoiiiiKLLA  Li.MiiATA,  Watcrli.;  Maqt.  Cat.  .Sp.  Na  4325. 
This  is  a  sonwwhat  variivble  species,  many  sjiecimens  hnvinK 
the  elongate  hluck  spiit  of  each  elytrirti  almost  obliterated;  other* 
a;^iin  have  it  touehing  the  suture,  the  puliescence  behind  it  l)eing 
lunulate  in  shape;  the  pnithoracic  uiaeulie  are  often  very  indis- 
tinct; the  puljescence  in  many  is  bright  silvery;  it  is  HuinetimeK 
viTy  ditticiilt  to  decide  wliether  a  s[)ecimell  leloujj's  to  this  Kpeciw 


BY   ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  291 

of  the  suture  near  the  apex  is  an  elongate  narrow  stripe.  Meso-, 
middle  and  sides  of  metastemum  and  abdominal  segments,  and 
l^ase  of  aculeus  with  obscure  pubescence. 

Aculeus  moderately  long,  broad  at  the  base,  strongly  lessened 
from  there  to  beyond  the  middle,  then  narrow,  apex  pointed. 
Posterior  spurs  unequal,  longest  about  two-fifths  the  length  of  the 
first  tarsal  joint.     Length  3J-5,  width  1|-H  mm. 

Hob. — Forest  Reefs. 

The  markings  of  the  elytra  are  sufficient  to  render  this  species 
easy  of  identification;  at  first  sight  it  resemblas  J/,  limbata^  than 
wliich  it  is  slightly  broader. 

MoRDELLA  COMMUNIS,  Waterh.;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  4317. 

From  New  South  Wales  I  have  numerous  specimens  which 
agree  in  all  particulars  with  the  descriptions  of  this  species;  they 
are  all  ding}',  many  of  them  having  a  greasy  look,  cause<l  ])y  a 
sprinkling  of  greyish  pu])escence;  the  elytral  macule  are  often 
obsolete,  and  they  are  never  ^'ery  clearly  defined. 

MoRDELLA  FELIX,  Waterh.;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  4321. 

I  have  this  species   from    Blackheath  (Masters),  and    F(jrest 

Reefs  (Lea).      Mr.  Waterhouse  in  describing  it  says : — "  Head 

with  a  distinct  longitudinal  imjn^fitsefi  line";  this  should 

read  "  pubescence  parted  in  the  middle,"  a  character  common  to 

most  species;  very  few  have  an  impressed  line. 

MoRDELLA  TRiviALis,  Waterh.;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  4334. 

I  have  two  specimens — one  from  Galston  and  the  other  from 
Newcastle — which  agree  very  well  with  Mr.  Waterhouse's  des- 
cription of  this  species;  he  omits  to  mention  the  colour  of  the 
posterior  spurs;  in  my  specimens  they  are  piceous-black:  in  the 
Newcastle  specimen  the  anterior  femora  are  reddisli-testaceous, 
the  intermediate  somewhat  darker;  in  the  Galston  specimen  all 
the  legs  are  concolorous. 

T 


292  KKW   SPECIES  OF   AUSTRALIAN   COLEOFTERA, 

MOHDRLI.A    FU<IITIVA,  n.ap. 

Black;  palpi  and  basal  jointM  of  antenne  piceouR-red.  Hud 
with  n"'*''"''  puljeaoence,  which  is  not  parted  in  tlie  middlf. 
PiMtliorax  with  base  and  ap«x  extremely  narrowly  Iwrdered  with 
greyish  puliencence.  Hcutellum  in  Hume  lights  silvery,  in  others 
lilaik.  Elytra  with  two  narrow  faHciie — which  wlien  looked  at 
from  the  apex  are  Hcarcely  vinihle,  from  in  front  appearing  bright 
silvery-  -  the  first  in  almoxt  in  the  exact  centre,  and  in  zigzag  in 
ehai'i',  ap)>earing  in  front  as  two  irregular  Wh,  at  the  )>ack  aa 
tw.i  perfect  M's;  the  other  fascia  is  almut  a  fourth  from  the  apex, 
kikI  is  couipOKed  of  two  unite<l  Hpot-tt,  the  apical  edge  straight, 
conoiLve  internally.  Sides  of  mewi-,  and  metaHtertmm,  alxiominal 
segiiientN  and  liase  of  acuteus  with  ]>ul>eMcence  as  elytral  fasciie, 
anterior  femora  aH  head. 

Posteiior  spui-M  unei|ual,  longent  alwut  half  the  length  of  the 
first  tarsal  joint.     Extn^'th  71,,  wirlth  '2J  mm. 

//.(/),-  Forest  Keefs. 


MOKDF.LLA    KaYMONIII, 


BY   ARTHUR    M.    LEA.  293 

The  pubescence  of  the  elytra  and  undennrface  of  tliis  species  is 
similar  in  character  to  the  preceding,  but  it  is  never  so  brilliantly 
silvery. 

MORDELLA    iEMULA,  n.sp. 

Differs  from  M,  fwjitiva  in  being  smaller,  narrower,  the  ely tral 
pubescence  less  strongly  marked,  two  small  spots  near  apex  of 
elytra, '  base  of  antennte  obscurely  piceous;  posterior  femora 
piceous-black,  but  distinctly  lighter  in  colour  than  abdomen;  and 
by  the  aculeus.     Length  7,  width  2  J  mm. 

Hab, — Mt.  Kosciusko  (Mr.  W.  Raymond). 

As  the  four  preceding  sj)ecies  strongly  resemble  each  other  it 
may  be  as  well  to  point  out  their  chief  differential  characters. 
M.  triviafia  has  the  head  and  prothorax  densely  and  equally 
covered  with  griseous  pubescence,  the  aculeus  long,  narrow  and 
nowhere  suddenly  lessened.  The  other  three  species  have  the 
head  only  covered  with  griseous  pul)escence,  and  that  not  so 
bright  as  in  triviafia.  J/.  Raymmidi  has  the  aculeus  shorter  tlian 
in  triviafiny  strongly  les.sened  alx)ut  its  middle,  then  very  gradually 
decreasing  in  width  to  apex,  w^hich  is  truncate.  .\f,  fugitiva  has 
the  aculeus  short,  suddenly  lessened  at  a)x)ut  its  middle,  rather 
broad  and  parallel-sided  from  there  to  apex,  the  apex  truncate. 
M.  annula  has  the  aculeus  fully  as  long,  but  not  so  narrow  as  that 
of  trivia/is,  its  sides  ver}'  feebly  diminishing  in  width  from  base 
to  apex,  apex  sharply  truncate. 

MoRDELLA    MaSTEKSI,  n.sp. 

Black;  posterior  spurs  testaceous.  Covered  all  over  with 
greyish  pubescence,  paler  and  shorter  on  the  undersurface;  on  the 
elytra  there  are  very  indistinct  traces  of  markings  towards  the 
apex. 

Aculeus  long,  from  the  base  to  about  the  middhi  decreasing  in 
width  as  the  elytra,  from  the  middle  narrow,  apex  sliarply  pointed. 
Posterior  spurs  subequal,  about  two-tifths  the  length  of  the  first 
tarsal  joint     Length  3^-4^,  width  1-1. \  mm. 

/fab. — Rope's  Creek  (Mr.  G.  Masters). 


S  OP  AUBTHALIAS  l-OLROPTBRA, 


All  I'loiiffatc  anil  nitlit>r  pretty  little  KiievieH,  hnvinf,'  pulfescenff 
Hontewhtit  Hiinilur  in  clmrocti-r  to  tliftt  ti{  J/,  immilala. 

Til  (ii-<liciitiiifr  tills  Hppc-ies  ti>  Mr.  tifiirtre  ^lanteni,  our  veteran 
fnti)ni<>1i)}^>it,  T  would  like  to  jiliure  on  rociircl  inv  gratitude  to  liini 
for  tlie  very  (tn'nt  kimlneiw  lie  hint  alwiij-s  shown  me,  in  giving  lur 
fulviuo  on  oiillceting  iiikI  pnwtrvinj;,  in  giving  new  and  nire 
Mjiecies  whicli  T  t-ould  never  iitlierwiw  have  olit^ined,  in  compAring 
specifs  with  thiise  in  his  ownniu)  the  .MHi'leny  MuHouin  Collectium^ 
jHiinting  out  the  vuriAtiniiK  of  diiTerent  sixirieK,  iind  in  many  other 
wftys  iM'ing  of  consideiiilile  servico  to  ilie. 

MoitDKLI.A   CfUNKATA,  n.Kp. 

Ttliick;  iint^'iinie  tentHcedUHiit  Ini-w,  pioeous-lirowii  towards  apex: 
pnlpi  tfstiice<iUH,  liiMWii  iit  app.x;  fuur  nnterior  tihiie  and  tomi 
j>icet)U.s-liliiek,  jxt-sterior  spurs  ti'Mbutious.  The  pulNMcence  ix 
purplish  'un  the  elylrii  with  a  Mliiftiiig,  sti'<tl-l)lue  gloss  (muat 
uotieeiilile  when  a  light  is  thiiiwii  on  the  ajiex).  White  haira; 
spurse  on  the  lieiul;  niirniwly  Ixirdoiing  the  pnithormc;  npame  in 
the  shculdei-H;  an.l  Winning  tlii-ee  short,  rather  fi-el>le,  verj- narrow 
lines  down  the  midille  nf  t'lvoh  elytron,  the  inside  one  of  which  U 
Wfthle  en  to  the  shoulders,  the  Liiiildle  one  Hit.!  slmrteat; 


BY    ARTHUR   H.    LEA.  295 

mixed  with  sooty  on  the  disk  of  prothorax;  elytra  with  more 
sooty  than  grey  hairs,  the  grey  most  numerous  at  the  base, 
becoming  sparsely  sprinkled  and  disappearing  before  the  apex  is 
reached.  Undersurface  with  silvei-y-grey  pubescence  with  a 
yellowish  tinge,  densest  on  the  legs;  alxlominal  segments — except 
at  their  bases — with  sooty  pubescence. 

Scutellum  subquadrate,  slightly  depressed  in  the  middle. 
Aculeus  narrowly  margined,  l>ase  rather  broad,  gradually  decreas- 
ing to  the  apex,  which  is  truncate.  Posterior  spurs  equal,  about 
two-fifths  the  length  of  the  first  tarsal  joint.  Length  6J,  width 
1^  mm 

Hab.  — Sydney. 

Proportioned  much  the  same  or  a  little  broader  than  J/.  aetipeSy 
and  with  a  broader  aculeus.  T  have  a  number  of  specimens 
recently  taken  by  Mr.  Masters  at  Rope's  Creek  which  agree  in  all 
respects  with  the  above  description,  except  that  the  colour  of  the 
base  of  the  antennae  and  anterior  legs  is  very  obscure. 

MORDELLA    ALBO-SCUTELLATA,  n.sp. 

Black;  antennje  piceous,  basal  joints  piceous-red,  mouth 
obscurely  red,  anterior  legs  with  femora  and  tibiae  piceous-red  or 
reddish-piceous,  tarsi  piceous,  posterior  spurs  obscure  red;  head 
(in  some  lights)  with  a  steel-blue  tinge.  Head  densely  covered 
with  silvery-yellow  pul)escence  (which  when  l(K)ked  at  from  the 
side  appears  to  be  parted  in  the  middle,  and  one  side  darker  than 
the  other),  pubescence  on  prothorax  somewhat  darker  (in  some 
Hpecimens  very  obscure),  at  the  l>ase  with  traces  of  three  very 
indistinct  maculee  (these  can  sometimes  l)e  followed,  when  the 
middle  one  appears  almost  parallel-sided,  and  continuous  from 
base  to  apex).  Scutellum — and  elytra  narrowly  at  the  base — 
pubescent  as  the  head,  shoulders  as  the  prothorax,  the  rest  of  the 
elytra  appearing  sooty,  but  when  a  light  is  thrown  on  it  somewhat 
parpUsh.  Undersurface  pul)escent  as  head;  sides  of  metastemuni, 
aculeus  and  abdominal  segments  (including  a  small  part  of  the 
basal)  with  purplish  pubescence,  sides  of  the  l>asal  segment  lighter 
than  in  the  middle. 


296  NKW  8PBCIB8  OF   AUSTRALIA!!   COLBOPTERA, 

Heiul  with  a  verj'  fihiiUow  [Iepre>Miui)  in  front.  Aculeus  short, 
thick,  wider  than  <leep,  truncate  at  apex.  Posterior  spurs  equal, 
luit  much  niiutt  than  a  third  the  length  of  the  first  tartml  joint 
I.«nKth  r>M,  width  •2-'2i  mm. 

//fit.  — Bniidwofxl,  on  flowew  of  Burmria  spiiioga;  Forest  Iteef»- 

A  rohust,  (hrty  IcMiking  si>ecies  (closely  resembling   the  preced, 

iiig),  more  densely  puliescent  on  the  undersurfEice  than  above;  (be 

si-utellum  when  viewed    from   sunie    directions    appears    almoit 

whit*. 

MOKUELLA    INCONHPICUA,  n.sp. 

itlack;  luise  of  antennn',  femora,  and  liase  of  four  anterior  tibiK 
ami  jiosterior  spurs,  t«stace»us-red.  Head  an<l  prothorax  with 
very  obscure  greyish  pul>escence,  the  latter  with  feeble  traces  of 
niaculii-;  soutellum  in  some  lights  appearing  whitish;  base, 
shuuldei's,  and  the  suture  for  a  short  distance,  with  obscure 
puliescence;  undersuiface  with  dirty-grey  putiescence,  forming  no 
distinct  nuirkings. 

Aculeus  short,  liniiul  at  Iwise,  n<jwhere  sntldenly  lessened,  apex 
v(;r_v  narrow  but  truncate.  Posterior  spurs  scarcely  eijual,  longest 
little  uiiirc  than  half  the  length  of  the  first  tarsal  joint.  Length 
widLit  1'. 


BY    ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  297 

Scutelluni  very  small.  Aculeus  rather  long,  basal  two-tifths 
narrowly  margined,  unmargined  portion  much  narrower,  apex 
truncate.  Posterior  spurs  unequal,  the  longest  twice  the  length 
of  its  fellow,  and  not  half  the  length  of  the  tirst  tarsal  joint. 
Length  4  J,  width  1§  mm. 

Jliib, — Mt,  Kosciusko  (Mr.  W.  Raymond). 

The  elytra  have  an  indistinct  steel-blue  reflection  when  a  light 
is  thrown  on  to  them,  the  reflection  on  the  head  l)ecoming  greenish. 
From  M.  aterrinia  it  may  he  distinguished  by  its  more  shining 
derm  and  sparser  pubescence,  but  in  particular  Ijy  its  aculeus, 
which  is  much  narrower,  especially  at  the  apex. 

MORDELLA    UXIFORMIS,  n.sp. 

Black;  posteiior  spurs  testaceous  ((J  with  anterior  legs  and  base 
of  antenna;  ol)scurely  reddish).  Equally  covered  all  over  with 
obscure  grejdsh  pubescence  (sometimes  with  a  yellowish  tint). 

Scutellum  very  small.  Aculeus  rathor  long  and  sharp  pointefi, 
about  as  wide  as  deep,  nowhere  suddenly  lessened.  Posterior 
spurs  etjual,  a  little  more  than  half  the  length  of  the  fii>it  tarsal 
joint.     Length  li{-2J,  width  i-5  mm 

Jfab. — Galstou,  on  flowers  of  fi-eshly  felled  "White  Gum," 
Sydney,  Como,  Forest  Reefs. 

T  suspect  this  is  the  species  spoken  of  by  the  l^ev.  T.  Blackburn 
as  occurring  in  Sydney  and  the  Blue  MounUiins,  and  as  very 
likely  to  be  distinct  from  J/,  bnhlu/msis.  At  Galston  I  could 
have  taken  thousands  of  specimens;  the  branches  when  Ix^aten 
into  an  umbrella  appeare<i  to  rain  them. 

MORDELLA    RUFIPES,  n.sp. 

This  species  would,  I  think,  l>e  l)est  descrilxjd  by  comparison 
with  the  preceding  species,  which  it  strongly  resembles.  From  it, 
it  difiers  in  being  somewhat  broader;  aculeus  much  shorter;  four 
anterior  legs  testaceous,  the  femora  stained  with  piceous;  posteiior 
femora  black,  their  apices,  the  tibiie  and  tarsi  testaceous-re<l, 
tibise  and  tarsi  tipped  with  black;    posterior  spurs  unequal  in 


L*9S 


RAI.IAX   COL  HO  PT  ERA, 


leiifiitli,  loiifjest  rtlightly  bent,  almut  half  the  length  of  fintt  taTi-il 
joint.     I^d^th  13-2*.  width  g  mm. 

riab.  -Sydney. 

In  KiiiDP  lights  there  njii»e»rn  to  Iw  »  dark  wtripe  dwwn  tlie 
Mutun-.  Th<?  colour  of  the  posterior  t«rsi  JH  the  distinctive  feature 
of  this  speoies. 

MOKDEIJ.A   FV8CA,  ll.Sp. 

Hend,  prothorax  iind  undenturfnce  piceouM-black;  elytra, 
iii)tenn»-,  Ii-'.'h  {oik  H]>(!ciuieii  hii«  the  poMterior  femum  hlack),  the 
i\\if\  of  niftiiHtrrnum  nnd  a1>doininiil  Hegmentfi  piceouR-bi'ou'ni 
Hpurs  to  jioKterior  tiliiin  tentiicoous.  Kather  sparsely  coverett  ilII 
over  with  yello wish-grey  pulwst-eiice. 

Aciili'us  moderately  lonf;,  broad  at  the  Itaso,  strongly  natrownl 
alKiut  the  liasal  third;  apex  sharply  pointed.  Posterior  legs  thick, 
spat's  eijufil  and  half  the  length  of  the  first  tnrxal  joint.  Length 
3.  width  -l  mm. 

Hall.     Forest  Keefs,  Tamworlli. 

Somewhat  re.-ieiiibliiiK  M.  iwrijH'ii  in  apjiearance,  differing  fnnu 
it  in  being  nmre  nibust,  smalli;r  and  somewhat  differently  coloured. 


MOEIIIELLA   8KTII>UH, 


BY    ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  299 

MoRDELLA  HUMKRALis,  Waterli.;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  4322. 

This  is  another  common  and  variable  species.  Tn  many  speci- 
mens the  yellow  elytral  stripe  does  not  turn  up  to  join  the  suture; 
sometimes  the  stripe  is  bare,  sometimes  covered  with  yellowish 
pul)escence,  which  occasionally  extends  right  across;  the  two 
connected  stripes  often  appear  as  a  cleanly  cut  W,  more  frequently 
the  outer  edges  are  jagged  or  rounded;  the  spots  near  the  aj^ex 
of  each  elytron  are  often  joined,  appearing  as  a  narrow  crescent, 
which  has  its  convex  side  towards  the  apex,  sometimes  as  a  single 
moderately  large  spot,  and — rather  rarely — all  are  united  to  fonn 
a  transverse  fascia;  the  yellowish  pubescence  frequently  extends 
along  the  suture  from  the  base  to  in  line  with  the  apical  spots. 
The  prothoracic  maculse  are  often  distinct,  and  equally  as  often 
entirely  ol>solete.  I  have  a  specimen  in  which  the  elytral  pul)e^s- 
oence  appears  as  four  distinct  macuhe.  The  size  is  somewliat 
variable. 

Ilab. — Blackheath  (Mr.  G.  Masters);  Tam worth,  Fore^st  lli'efs, 
Sydney  (Lea). 

MORDELLA    PULCIIRA,  n.sp. 

Black;  abdomen  bright  red,  aculeus  piceous-bhick  at  apex;  four 
anterior  coxie,  femora  and  the  palpi  brownish- testaceous,  tibiie 
and  tarai  darker;  antennae  re^ldish-piceous,  at  the  base  testaceous; 
spurs  to  posterior  tibiee  testaceous.  Head  and  prothorax  not 
very  densely  clothed  with  somewhat  silvery  pul)escence,  on  the 
latter  three  indistinct  black  maculie,  the  largest  extending  from 
near  the  base  to  near  the  apex,  the  lateral  ones  obliciue,  almost 
touching  the  central.  El}i;ra  with  silvery  pubescence  as  follows  : 
between  the  suture  and  sides  an  elongate  somewhat  triangular 
spot,  narrowly  joined  to  the  suture  at  the  base;  on  the  shoulders 
a  rather  indistinct  spot,  which  can  hardly  be  separated  from  the 
inner  one;  two  transverse  zigzag  fascia^,  one  slightly  l)efore  the 
middle,  the  other  before  the  apex,  the  one  in  the  middle  very 
narrow  at  the  sides,  broadest  at  the  suture,  from  the  sides  (on  its 
anterior  edge)  running  obliquely  backwards,  then  up,  down,  up, 
and  then  aemicircularly  to  the  suture,  its  posterior  edge  triangular 


?   AUHTRALlAJf 

lit  thi;  suture;  the  hinder  fascia  straight  at  its  posterior  edge, 
trisinuHtif  in  front;  suture  fruui  the  anterior,  and  margin  from  the 
[KiKtcrior  fascia,  with  a  few  nilvery  haim.  UnderBurface  willi 
Hilveiypuljwicence,  ptirtly  ilenuded  on  menu- and  metaxternum:  the 
niKliiminal  Hegnientx  when  looke<]  at  from  ahnofit  every  direction 
with  tlie  »i<\w  nt  tlie  npex  iipparently  HT.niicircularlv  denuded. 

A[:ultiU!t  nIioiI,  bi'ond,  luisal  two-thirds  narniwly  niargiiied;  apex 
iiiiit'ow,  truno;it«.  Posterior  spurs  une<|ual,  the  loiigeHt  about 
twii-tifths  the  len^fth  of  the  tin*t  tarsal  joint  Ijenjrth  4  j,  width 
1 1  unn. 

//(li.— Sydney. 

Tliis  is  II  rare  awl  very  jiretty  species,  easily  distinjtuiahod  hy 
its  rwl  alxlonicn  in  striking  constrast  to  the  gpiieral  colour. 

^[oitDKLLA    PALLIDA. 

Pah"  tcstafeiius,  elytra  sli};htlj'  <iarker,  tlieir  apicen  darker  still; 
al>il<iiMinal  sef^nieuts  picmus,  their  apices  and  sides  an<)  the  aculeUB 
[lici-uiis-rcd;  eyes  Mack;  antennie — except  at  liase — slightly  darker 
than  lienil;  posterior  tilniB  and  tars!  tipped  with  piceous,  inter- 
imiliate  I')  a  less  noticealile  extent,  anterior  not  at  all.     Covered 


BY   ARTHUR  M.    LEA.  301 

segmenttt  and  posterior  tibiee  and  tarsi  tinged  with  brown;  aculeus 
piceous-brown.  Covered  all  over  (except  on  elytral  markings) 
with  yellowish  silky  pubescence,  which  is  longest  above;  posterior 
tibiffi  and  tarsi  edged  with  blackish  setce.  Prothorax  with  three 
rather  indistinct  maculie,  the  median  rather  narrow  and  lanceolate 
in  shape,  the  outer  ones  small. 

Aculeus  rather  short  and  broarl,  strongly  lessened  about  the 
middle:  apex  narrow,  feebly  rounded.  Posterior  spurs  unequal 
in  length,  the  longest  fully  half  the  length  of  the  first  tarsal  joint. 
Length  2  J,  width  1  mm. 

Hah, — Blackheath  (Mr.  G.  Masters). 

MOKDELLA   V-FA8CIATA,  n.sp. 

Reddish-testaceous;  prothorax  with  a  faint  piceous  spot  in  the 
middle;  elytra  black,  the  shoulders  reddish-testaceous,  an  oblique 
stripe  extending  from  them  to  the  suture  at  a  little  more  tlian 
half  its  length,  becoming  very  indistinct  as  it  approaches  the 
suture,  the  two  forming  an  elongated  V.  Metasternum  stained 
with  piceous  at  the  sides;  abdominal  segments  black,  narrowly 
edged  with  obscure  red;  four  posterior  tibia?  and  tarsi  tipped  with 
piceous;  antennae  piceous,  the  two  b&sal  joints  testaceous. 
C!overed  with  greyish  pubescence,  silvery  on  elytral  stripe  and 
basal  segment  of  abdomen.  • 

Aculeus  long,  narrow  (but  wider  than  deep),  apex  sharply 
pointed.  Posterior  spurs  unequal,  the  longest  alx)ut  half  the 
length  of  the  iirst  tarsal  joint.     Length  2^,  width  |  mm. 

Hub. — Galston  (Lea);  Blackheath  (Mr.  G.  Masters). 

I  have  two  specimens  which  in  all  structural  details  agree 
exactly  with  the  types  of  the  above  species;  the  markings  are 
somewhat  different,  but  an  examination  of  a  numl:)er  of  specimens 
would  probably  discover  intermediates.  For  the  present  I  think 
them  de8er\'ing  of  varietal  rank. 

var.  VENUSTA. 

Black;  muzzle,  prothorax,  an  oblique  humeral  stripe  (broad  at 
the  base,  narrowing  and  almost  touching  suture  at  its  middle). 


M'2  NKW  SPBCieu  OF   Atl8TKALlAN   COLEOPTERA, 

four  unt«riur  legu  and  posterior  femora  totttBceouii-red;  potterior 
feiuoi'A  Aiid  alKluiniiiul  HegineiitH  dark  piceuus-liruwiij  auteniiu' 
rt-ddisli,  apical  joiiitH  infuMcste.  Elytra  with  yellowish  pul>eaceucf 
along  humeral  xtripe,  and  h  rather  large  Hpot  near  apex  of  e^'li 
(apparently  LXiiieeotiiig  an  olwcure  reddiith  spot). 
//iifi.— Ulackheatli  vMr.  G.  Masters). 

vm:  moi>emi'a, 

Itlauk;  muzzle,  pruthorax  (its  middle  iiifuscuce),  a  wjuari^li 
patch  on  sliouldtTH  and  fuur  aiiteHiir  legs  testaceous- red;  posterior 
til>iie  and  tarsi  ot>scun-  iiifJ;  aUlominal  segments  piceuu>i-l>lsck; 
anteiinit:  liruwn,  InliuiI  joints  paler.  Ely  tin  witli  j^Uuwisli 
|>ul«es(.i-nei'  on  huineral  spoti*  an<]  ailing  suture. 

I/ab.—Fim^t  Keefs. 

MOUIIELLA   DlSTINirrA,  ll.sp. 

lihk^'k;  a  Hijuavish  juvtch  on  shoulders,  foUi'  aateriur  legs  and 
iwwleriur  tarsi  oliseun-  tostacetius-red;  posterior  femora  and 
alidtitDinal  segments  dark  piceous-brown;  antennie  testaceous-red 
at  Wse,  darkening  to  hrown  at  apex.     Humeral  maculte,  under- 

ilh  ol>wui 


BT   ARTHUR   H.    LEA.  303 

connected — pubescence  on  the  stripes;  the  pubescence  on  the 
undersurface  is  similar  to  that  on  the  head  and  prothorax,  on  the. 
abdominal  segments  (except  the  l)asal)  and  the  aculeus  it  is  sparse 
and  purplish. 

Aculeus  rather  long,  as  wide  as  deep,  margined  on  the  basal 
half.  Posterior  femora  and  tibite  rather  short  and  thick,  spurs 
unequal,  the  longest  not  half  the  length  of  first  tarsal  joint. 
I^^ngth  1 1-3,  width  f-^  mm. 

Hnh, — Galston,  on  flowers  of  "White  Gum,"  Como,  Sydney 
(Lea);  Blackheath  (Mr.  G.  Masters);  Jenolan  Caves  (Mr.  J.  C. 
Wiburd). 

A  rather  narrow  species,  which  may  he  distinguished  from  M. 
nigrans  by  its  much  smaller  size  and  by  the  colour  of  its  legs, 
that  species  having  them  entirely  V>lack. 

MORDELLA    LONGIPES,  n.sp. 

/J.  Reddish-testaceous;  elytra  with  the  suture  narrowly  black 
its  entire  length,  the  sides  from  near  the  shoulders  stained  with 
brown,  which  gradually  encroaches  upon,  but  never  completely 
darkens  the  surface  near  the  suture  (when  looked  at  from  a  little 
distance  there  appear  to  be  two  narrow  rather  dull  testaceous 
vittie  extending  the  whole  length  of  the  elytra),  abdominal  seg- 
ments and  aculeus  piceous-brown,  their  apices  obscurely  reddish; 
antennie — except  basal  joints — brownish,  pasterior  tibite  and  tarsi 
red,  their  apices  darker.  Above  with  yellowish  pul)escence,  on 
the  elytra  only  at  Wse  and  on  each  side  of  but  not  on  the  suture, 
the  rest  of  its  surface  being  covered  with  obscure  purplish 
pubeficence;  posterior  tibite  and  tarsi  edged  with  bltickish  seta*. 
Prothorax  with  three  maculse,  the  central  one  large  and  feebly 
marked,  the  outer  ernes  very  indistinct. 

Aculeus  long,  narrow  and  sharp-pointed;  posterior  spurs  unequal 
in  length,  the  longest  more  than  half  the  length  of  the  first  tarsal 
joint.     Length  3-3  j,  width  \  (^'ix)  mm 

Hah. — Forest  Reefs. 

9.  Differs  in  l)eing  very  slightly  broader,  aculeus  broader  and 
shorter  and  the  abdominal  segments  scarcely  stained. 


304  NEW   SPBCISa   OP   AUSTRALIAN   COLBOPTBRA, 

An  elongate  species,  having  a  more  parallel  outline  thiui  hu; 
otlier  species  (except  M.  elongatuia)  known  to  me. 

M.  LEUCOaTiCTA,  Oerm.;  Moat.  Cat.  Up.  No.  4.134. 
Hab. — Tomworth,  Queanbeyan,  Forest  Keefs,  ic. 

M.  CUSPIDATA,  Macl.;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  431S. 
JJah.  -— Tamworth. 

M.  ATEKRIUA,  Macl.;  Mast.  Cat.  Sp.  No.  4313, 
This  Mjiecitw  is  widely  dintHbuted   in  New  South  Wales  and 
Queenslnud. 

JI.  MOLTinuTTATA,  Wttterli.;  Ma^t.  Cat.  Up.  No.  4237. 
Hall. — Sydney,  Forest  Reefs  (Lea),  Jenolan  Caves  (Mr.  J.  C. 

Wilmrd). 

M.  KCFicoLLiB,  Waterh.;  Mast.  Cat.  Hp.  Ko.  4322. 
//.li.  -Blackheath  (Mr.  G.  Maaters),  Moasman's  Bay  (Macleay 


UY    ARTHUR    M.    LEA.  305 


C  i:  R  C  U  L  I  O  X  I  D  .«. 


SOSYTELU8    RUGICOLLIS,  II.  sp. 

Short,  thick,  rough,  opaque.  Bhick;  claws  feebly  diluted  with 
red.  Extremely  minutely  punctate  all  over.  Ba.se  of  head  and 
antennte  with  small  griseoua  scales,  smaller,  sparser  and  duller  at 
sides  of  prothorax,  undersurface  and  legs. 

Head  short,  thick;  with  short  setae;  a  moderately  large  tuljercle 
close  to  the  eyes;  rostrum  excavated,  at  its  Aytex  a  triangular  and 
raised  emargination.  Disk  of  prothorax  with  three  excavations, 
the  central  one  continuous  from  lyase  to  apex,  and  open  at  lx)th 
ends,  the  lateral  ones  a  little  shorter,  semicircular  outwards, 
closed  at  apex,  irregularly  and  narrowly  open  l)ehind;  on  the 
summits  of  the  excavations  and  the  sides  there  are  a  number  of 
large,  shallow  setose  punctures,  some  of  them  in  the  centre  of  a 
feebly  raised  tubercle;  sides  angularly  produced  in  the  middle. 
Elytra  not  twice  the  length  of  head  and  prothorax  combined;  the 
disk  ver}'  feebly  striate-punctate,  each  puncture  carr}'ing  a  small 
seta,  at  the  sides  the  striae  are  five  in  numl>er  and  very  feeble, 
but  the  punctures  are  rather  large  and  distinct;  the  3rd  and  6th 
interstices  strongly  raised,  costifomi  and  setose,  the  3rd  slightly 
produced  at  the  l)ase,  interrupted  towards  and  tul)erculate  at 
apex;  the  6th  produced  at  the  shoulders,  extending  for  alK>ut  a 
fourth  the  length  of  prothorax,  interrupted  towards  and  tul)er- 
culate  at  apex;  in  consecjuence  of  the  interruptions  of  these  costaa 
there  is  a  transverse  row  of  four  tul)ercles;  these  when  looked  at 
from  l)ehind  appear  as  short  conical  elevations,  the  two  outer 
more  obtuse;  apical  thinl  declivous,  with  rows  of  rather  strong 
punctures,  the  strongest  clcwe  to  suture.  Sterna  irregularly 
punctate,  apex  of  mesosternum  with  three  transverse  rows  of 
strong  punctures.  AMominal  segments  obsoletely  punctate.  I^gs 
rather  short,  setose,  the  cox<e  irregularly  punctate  and  densely 
setose.     Length  lOi,  width  4^  mm. 

Hah. — Queanbeyan,  N.S.W. 


b  SKVV   HPBCIKH   OF   AUBTKALIAN   COLEOPTBRA, 

T  liiive  11  xjieciinen  fnnii  Coutiiniundra,  wliich  is  a  little  shurtw 
il  iinrrDwer,  mid  wliicli  )iivs  tlie  elytra  densely  ciivcivd  with 
mil,  round,  Ki'i*'"i"'-'*''»*'n  w^itles. 


I    EVANII)UK,   n.Mp, 

i-  Thick,  ui>a.|ue,  i>.uud(^l  in  fi-.mt  and  behind.  Hlii.-k:  priv 
tli:>nix  witli  Hiiiirrow  nuii'siii  Hiit«TiL>rly  anil  the  uDtciiiii-,  )iii.-etiaH' 
i-iil.  Al)H.>ve  ciivercfl  with  siiijill  ti-sheii  sc-Hleii,  deiiiH«t  ftiid  jialest 
iin  niNtruin;  oil  the  sterna  the  xoaleN  Arc  mure  diHtinet  Aud  [uler, 
ihey  ant  denwHt  nnd  elunpiite  Ixthind  the  pi-osternal  cnnat:  on  tin- 
iilxliiniinnl  s<if;nicnts  there  ure  Hhort,  round  nnil  i>lii]i;;ate,  jialer 
Hriiles,  dunsuHt  on  the  Ixisiil  nnd  iLpicnl,  iind  forming;  tliit^'  line»  uii 
ilic  intermi  flirt  ten;  \v<!H — esjiecially  tiliieo-  -densely  wiily.  Hetul 
"iih  Hhui't  dark  setic,  Iwconiinff  sc tow  hairs  <in  rostrum;  prothorax 
si-t^ist',  the  ncln;  short  nml  dark  on  thn  ilisk,  pale  iind  elongate  at 
the  sidi'i:  clyLm  Mitai'sely  >tet<Me.  l>ensely  and  very  minutely 
puiii'tiLte  111)  over;  ajM>x  of  riMtruin  uonrnely  and  denitely  punctftte, 
iiudi'wui'faeo  niori!  sparingly  and  feehly;  prothorax  at  Hides  with 
railn-r  lar^'e  shallow  punctures,  elytra  seriate-punctate,  punctures 
Ifir;?-  Hn<l  nmnd,  dti'iiest  dt  the  sidex. 


BY   ARTIIUK    M.    LEA.  307 

narrowing  to  near  apex,  at  the  base  wider  than  deep,  becoming 
deeper  than  wide  at  posterior  coxve;  each  elytron  with  a  row  of 
alK>at  ten  small  shining  tubercles  close  to  suture,  the  second 
interstice  bearing  the  largest  tul^ercle,  irregularly  shaped,  close 
to  the  base  and  equidistant  from  suture,  behind  it  there  are  a 
number  of  irregular,  obsoleU*  setose  tul)ercles,  forming  a  slightly 
elevated  costa  which  terminates  at  more  than  a  third  from  the 
apex.  Legs  long;  tibiie  flattened  and  spurred  at  apex,  a  few  seti\i 
on  the  other  side  causing  them  to  appear  bispinose;  l)asal  joint  of 
tarsi  elongate,  grooved  l^eneath.  Length  1 1  (rostr.  excl.),  width 
4i  mm. 

5.  Differs  in  having  the  rostrum  smooth,  narrow,  without 
Hcales  or  seta?,  and  almost  impunctate,  tibiae  shorter,  A:c. 

Hab. — North  Queensland,  Bari'on  Falls  (Mr.  A.  Koelxjle); 
Cairns  (Mr.  W.  W.  Froggatt). 

This  species  is  much  the  form  and  size  of  G.  Douhledayi^  from 
which  it  may  be  readily  distinguished  by  its  somewhat  broiuler 
form,  nontuljerculate  and  feebly  carinated  prothorax,  the  elytra 
with  almost  obsolete  tui>ercles,  shorter  legs,  differently  coloureil 
scales,  «fcc.  Both  the  gentlemen  name<l  obtained  numerous 
specimens. 

Tychrei'8  fasciculatus,  n.sp. 

Short,  ovate,  convex.  Black;  lieneath  piceous-bhick,  claws 
reddish.  Above,  and  the  legs,  densely  covered  with  ashen — 
intermingled  with  brown — scales,  which  completely  cover  the 
shining  derm,  except  the  basal  half  of  the  prothoracic  median 
line;  on  the  undersurfivce  the  scales  are  sparse.  Rostrum  densely 
covered  with  elongate  puncture-j;  elytra  striate-punctate,  the 
punctures  large  but  almost  hidden;  meso-  and  metasternuiii 
coarsely  and  densely  punctate  at  the  sides,  sparsely  puncUite  in 
the  middle;  abdominal  segments  with  strong,  elongate  and  rathtjr 
spfurse  punctures;  legs  densely  and  minutely — the  coxae  m<  re 
strongly — ^pu  nctate. 

Prothorax  trisinuate;  the  scales  at  the  side  of  the  median  ljn<; 

with    a    reddish    tint,    a   pale,    olilique,    rather   indistinct    line 
U 


308  NEW   HPECIES  OF  AUSTRALIAN   COLBOPTISA, 

on  eiicli  Hide,  then  tvru  olili(|ue,  xmall  white  spots;  the  siden 
Iiruwlly  tniii-ked  with  whitish  scales,  ertgetl  immed lately  benesth 
with  (lehi-eous;  three  fascicles  cm  each  side  of  the  median  line,  the 
luutnl  Ninnll  niul  dark,  iiitemiedinte  reddisli  and  with  a  few  short 
setie.  a]iiciil  c<>mp<K*e<l  cif  elMn};at«  setie,  whicli  liliRbtly  project 
over  the  head.  8cutelluiii  small,  round.  Elytra  M'ith  a  few 
whitish  MCiiles  towai-ds  the  apex,  each  with  n  number — about  ten 
—of  simiU  irrefjularly  places),  sparsely  set«se  tuberclea,  and  a 
large  cme  alK>ut  the  mid<lle — equidistant  from  each  other  and  the 
Hi<)es — I'li^'ered  with  loiig  sette,  jwiler  in  the  middle,  darker  and 
Hhiirtet'  iit  aiiex.  IjC^  with  irregular  rings  of  whitish  scaler,  and 
with  whitish  anil  l)njwiiish  mitje;  femiirH  thick,  keeled  beneath, 
the  keel  temiinatiiig  abruptly  nt  a  thini  front  the  apex;  tibiw 
flatten)^,  arcuate  (eH|M>cially  the  intermediate),  a  short  spur  at 
their  apices.     Length  5,  width  2^  niiii. 

//„?,. —Sydney. 

I  have  hut  one  specimen,  and  do  nut  care  to  scrape  it  too  much, 
where  T  have  scrajjeil  iiff  the  scales  on  the  elytra,  the  derm  is  seen 
to  Imj  shining,  and  covered  with  very  minute  punctures;  the 
filiiniiiK  median  line  is  veiy  conspicuous. 


BY    ARTHUR    M.    LEA.  309 

Sericoderus  mixutus,  n.sp. 

Broad.  Testaceous;  prothorax  more  clear  than  elytra,  and 
with  a  piceous  mark  at  its  apex;  undersurface  somewhat  darker 
than  above;  legs,  muzzle  and  l)ase  of  antenme  pale  testaceous, 
rest  at  antennie  brown;  abdominal  segments  slightly  paler  towards 
apex.  Elytra  with  moderately  long  pubescence,  slightly  sparser 
on  prothorax,  undersurface  densely  clothed  with  rather  short 
pubescence.  Prothorax  microscopically,  elytra  densely  and  min- 
utely, underneath  visibly  punctate. 

Prothorax  with  the  base  widely  rounded,  angles  largely  pro- 
duced, acute.  Scutellum  slightly  transverse,  semicircularly 
triangular.  Elytra  at  the  base  ftlmost  as  wide  as  long,  apex 
almost  conjointly  rounded.  Femora  somewhat  thickened,  distance 
between  posterior  greater  than  their  length.  I^ength  if,  width 
}mm.  (vix). 

Ifab. — Sydney,  Galston,  Forest  Reefs,  N.S.W. 

Sericoderus  compactus,  n.sp. 

Very  broad.  Piceous,  prothorax  (except  at  apex,  which  is 
dark  dull  red)  indistinctly  lighter  than  elytra;  muzzle,  legs  and 
antenn»f  pale  testaceous.  AlK)ve  equally  clothed  with  rather 
short  greyish  pubescence,  undersurface  more  sparsely.  Above 
with  minute  punctures,  densest  on  el}i;ra;  metastemum  minutely 
punctate. 

Prothorax  feebly  depressed  at  l)ase,  bisinuate,  angles  largely 
produced,  acute.  Scutellum  small,  broadly  transverse,  semi- 
circularly rounded.  Elytra  as  wide  as  long,  narrower  than  pro- 
thorax, narrowing  from  base  to  almost  extreme  apex,  each  feebly 
separately  rounded.  Femora  moderate,  distance  between  posterior 
less  or  equal  to  their  length.     Length  j,  width  'i  mm. 

HcU). — Clarence  River,  N.S.W. 

Differs  from  the  preceding  in  l)eing  darker,  l^rojuler,  with  a 
more  transverse  scutellum,  and  somewhat  different  pul)escence. 


310 


NEW   flPIUUKK  OF   ALBl 


ir.EOPTBRA, 


KKItll'ODEKUS   CoATKSl,  n.!tp. 

Hn>a(I.  Tt^Mtiu.'eoUH;  ]ii't>t)i(irnx  more  clear  tlinn  elytra,  uid 
with  H  jiiceoiw  murk  nt  ih  apex;  iiiotasteriiuin  aix)  Imxal  segiiienU 
•.if  alKlomoii  (Inrk^r  thn:i  above;  kgH,  rnuKzle,  jmlpi  And  Itatie  uf 
anteniiu-  jialti  U'»tiioei»i»,  iijiiciil  joints  of  niit«niiH!  infmuate, 
ftlxJoiniiiJil  tii'ginPiits  tilged  witli  n  jmlcr  oolour.  Above  with 
ratlici'  sjHirsi-  aikI  nut  vpt'v  loii|;  pulMticeDii',  ximrwHt  and  iiliort««t 
on  protliotiix;  undfi'xui'fiuv  nitlifi-  nion.'  finely  and  densely  pubes- 
oent.  Frulliiirax  niicruKcopicftUy,  i-lytrn  densely  and  minutely 
punotatt';  undci-Hurfikcp  indistinctly  punctate. 

Fnitliortix  vf>iy  f(<ebly  bintnuate  ut  l>iue,  unifies  produced,  acut«. 
Scutfllum  at  liinf;  a«  wide,  srniicircularly  rounded.  Ehtn 
slightly  limfttT  than  wi<le,  pjwh  feebly  separiit«'ly  rouiide<I.  Femora 
mmlcriitfly  thickpni-*!,  dintance  tietween  the  jKMtterior  greater  than 
their  length,      l,,fnf{th  \,  width  'j  (vin)  mm. 

//rift.-  New  S<mtli  Wales:  Inverell,  Twi-ed  River  (Lea). 
Queensland:   Itrisliane  (Mr.  A.  .1.  Conten). 

The  thiiDicler  nf  the  sfutelhun,  diminotly  iis  long  as  wide,  will 
Ncpiirati'  this  Hpecietj  from  either  of  the  ]>r(H\>(ling. 


BY   ARTHUR    M.    LEA.  311 

SSRICODERUS    INCON8PICUUS,  n.sp. 

Broad.  Testaceous,  with  a  piceous  mark  at  apex  of  pro  thorax; 
metastemum  somewhat  darker  than  above;  legs  pale  testaceous; 
antennfe  testaceous-brown,  basal  joints  paler.  Elytra  with  mode- 
rately long  and  rather  dense  pubescence,  sparser  and  shorter  on 
prothorax,  beneath  the  pubescence  is  finer  and  somewhat  denser. 
Prothorax  microscopically,  elytra  densely  and  minutely  punctate; 
on  the  undersurface  the  punctures  are  very  indistinct. 

Prothorax  rounded  and  bisinuate  at  l)a8e,  angles  largely  pro- 
duced, acut«.  Scutellum  moderately  large,  transverse,  semi- 
circularly  rounded.  El}'tra  slightly  longer  than  wide,  each 
separately  rounded.  Femora  moderately  thickened,  distance 
between  the  posterior  somewhat  greater  than  their  length. 
Length  1  (vix),  width  ^  (vix)  mm. 

Hob, — Sydney. 

DiflTers  from  S.  Coaf^si  in  l>eing  somewhat  darker,  slightly 
lai^r,  a  trifle  more  convex,  and  with  a  more  transverse  scutellum. 
This  species  closely  resembles  in  shape  and  colour  the  European 
S.  UUeralis  [ior  a  specimen  of  which  I  am  indebted  to  the  Rev.  T. 
Blackburn),  but  differs  in  l)eing  slightly  broader,  more  feebly 
punctate,  with  somewhat  denser  pubescence,  scutellum  a  trifle 
larger,  and  its  prothoracic  angles  more  acute. 

Sericoderus  piceus,  n.sp. 

Broad.  Piceous-brown,  elytra  somewhat  darker  than  prothorax, 
undersurface  coloured  as  elytra,  apex  of  abdominal  segments 
somewhat  paler,  legs  and  antennae  pale  testaceous,  posterior  legs 
darker.  Above  clothed  with  moderately  long  pubescence,  sparsest 
on  prothorax.  Above  sparsely  and  minutely,  underaurface  indis- 
tinctly punctate. 

Prothorax  bisinuate,  angles  moderately  largely  produced,  acute. 
Scutellum  broadly  transverse,  semicircularly  rounded.  Elytra 
longer  than  wide,  decreasing  in  width  from  base  to  apex,  each 
feebly  separately  rounded.  Femora  rather  stout,  distance  between 
posterior  less  than  their  length.     Length  ^,  width  f  mm. 

/^a6.— Clifton,  N.S.W. 


312  saw   SPKCIEB  OF   AUBTnALIAS 

Of  the  name  nize  and  shape  as  ^'.  Ctiatf»i,  but  much  darker,  with 
liinffer  pui>esc(?nce,  the  Hcutellum  Hmaller  and  much  more  tnuw- 
verse,  and  with  lens  diHtance  l)etween  poHteriur  feniom. 

Seiik'Odbhus  Harmiahtlei,  n.sp. 

Broad.  Ptc«ouH-hr<)wii;  prothuriuc  (except  an  obscure  mark  at 
apex)H<iraewhatpaler  than  elytra;  meta-sti-mum  piceous, somewhat 
darker  at  the  sidex)  muzzle  and  ii)>duminal  eegiuents  dark 
t*»taceouM-red;  leRa  and  nnteimie  testaceous,  tlie  latter  itlightlj 
infiiijcate  towards  ai>ex.  Elytra  with  moderately  long  grejrish 
pul)e>tcf!nt'e,  sjiarHfir  on  protliorax,  abdominal  Hegmeiits  more 
dentiely  clothed  with  shorter  puliescence,  longer  and  sparser  on 
mptaHternum.  Pnithonix  sparsely  and  minutely,  elytra  more 
dtnst'ly  iinil  strongly  punctate,  nicta.'<tei-num  minutely  punctate. 

Prothorax  liisinuate,  broadly  iiiunded  in  the  middle  of  the  base, 
angles  largely  produced,  acute.  Scutellum  transverse,  semi- 
circularly  roundeil.  Elytra  longer  than  wide,  narrowing  from 
Ijase  til  apex,  eacli  distinctly  separately  i-ounded.  Femora  not 
very  thick,  distance  lietween  posterior  alx)ut  etjual  to  their  length. 
I>i'ni;th  1,\,  width  5  mm. 

—Sydney.  liivercll.  Forest  Heefa,  Tamworth  (Li-a):   Anni- 


BY   ARTHUR    M.    LEA.  313 

rounded.  Elytra  as  wide  or '  slightly  wider  than  long,  eeu;h 
distinctly  separately  rounded.  Femora  moderately  thickened, 
distance  between  posterior  less  than  their  length.  Length  1, 
width  §  mm. 

Uith, — Windsor,  Sydney,  N.S.W. 

The  colour  of  the  base  of  the  elytra  will  at  once  distinguish 
this  somewhat  abundant  species. 

Sericodekus  apicalis,  n.sp. 

Broad.  Testaceous  above  and  Ijelow;  prothurax  with  a  piceous 
mark  at  apex  (sometimes  very  indistinct);  apex  of  elytra  edged 
with  black;  head — except  muzzle — brown;  legs,  palpi  and  base 
of  antennae  pale  testaceous,  apical  joints  piceous.  £lyti*a  with 
rather  long  and  not  very  dense  pul)escence,  shorter  but  equally 
as  dense  on  prothorax;  undei-surface — except  head — as  densely 
pubescent  as  above.  Elytra  densely  and  minutely  punctate,  on 
the  undersurface  the  punctures  are  very  indistinct. 

Prothorax  feebly  depressed  and  rounded  in  the  middle  of  bavse, 
angles  largely  produced,  acute.  Scut^i'llum  transverse,  semi- 
circularly  triangular.  Elytra  longer  than  wide,  considerably 
wider  at  base  than  at  apex,  eac^h  distinctly  separately  rounded. 
Length  1  J,  width  J  mm. 

/lab.—  Sydney. 

The  colour  of  the  apex  of  the  elytra  at  once  distinguishes  this 

species. 

Sericoderus  conx'olok,  n.sp. 

Broad.  Reddish-testaceous,  legs  very  slightly  jwiler;  antennje 
brown  at  apex.  Elytra  with  long  and  rather  dense  pul)escenc<i, 
prothorax  sparsely  clothed;  on  the  undersurface  (except  abdominal 
segments)  the  pubescence  is  very  fine.  Elytra  and  undersurface 
densely  and  not  very  minutely  punctate. 

Prothorax  bisinuate  at  Ixase,  base  widely  roun(le<l  in  the  middle, 
angles  produced,  acute.  Scutellum  widely  transverse,  seiiii- 
circularly  rounded.  Elytra  longer  than  wide,  apex  conjointly 
rounded.     Femora  not  very  stout.     Length  1  j,  width  J  mm. 

fiab, — Richmond  River,  N.S.W. 


tALIAN   rOLEOPTBRA, 


Aliiinat  of  the  sBiiii 
without  a  tiiice  of  diii 


it  colour  as  the  preceding  species,  but 
lour  on  prothorax  or  elytr&. 


SEHif;oiiERrrt  POLrTUH,  n.sp. 

Verv  linxid,  moderftt^ily  convex,  liiffhly  [lolislicd.  Dark  picwms- 
ttruwn:  muzzle,  legs  and  liaw^  of  antennie  v1uude<l-t«Htaceuu^: 
anterior  legs  [mior  than  four  posterior.  Alwve  glabrous,  under- 
surfacc  moderately  densely  elotlipd  with  fj^yiiih  pubescence. 
Above  (Ien»ely,extremely  minutely  and  si  lal  lowly  punctate;  under- 
aurface  densel3'  and  niiiuit^ly  punctate,  or  very  feebly  transverselv 
stripwe. 

Pfiihin'ax  feebly  hisinuate,  angles  produced,  acute.  Bcutellum 
feeblv  triins\'erse,  semicircularly  triangular.  Klytra  Hiigbtiv  wider 
than  li)ng,  widest  IwluTi'l  the  liase,  slightly  wider  than  protlionix, 
each  HefMtrateh'  rounded.  l>'gH  rather  slender,  distance  between 
posterior  femora  less  than  thiir  length.     Ixingth  J,  width  J  mm. 

//-./,.  ^Windsor,  y.S.W. 

The  convex  form,  glabrous  up]>er  surface  and  dark  colour  of 
this  Kpei'ies  will  serve  to  distinguish  it;  the  hea<l  is  eaaily  with- 
drawn from  the  prothorax.  T  have  numei'ous  xpeciinena,  but  am 
whether  I  havu  ivferivd  this 


BY    ARTHUR   M.    LEA.  315 

Elytra  longer  than  wide,  wider  than  prothorax,  widest  behind  the 
)>a8e,  apex  conjointly  rounded.  Femora  thick.  Length  11, 
width  -5  mm. 

//a6.— Richmond  River. 

Clypkaster  pulciiella,  n.sp. 

Rather  elongate.  Prothorax  bright  red,  with  a  piceous  mark 
at  its  apex;  elytra  black,  a  broad  bright  red  fascia  across  the 
middle,  which  is  seemingly  composed  of  two  large  semilunar  spots 
having  their  convex  sides  towards  the  base,  metastemum — except 
middle  of  apex — and  sides  of  basal  abdominal  segment  piceous- 
black,  other  segments  piceous  at  sides,  but  decreasing  t<^>  apex; 
head  and  antennse  brown.  Elytra  with  rather  short  and  sparse 
pubescence,  still  sparser  and  shorter  on  prothorax,  undersurface 
with  longer  and  sparser  pubescence  than  alwve.  Prothorax 
extremely  minutely,  elytra  and  metastemum  very  minutely 
punctate. 

Prothorax  shallowly  Insinuate,  angles  scarcely  produced.  Scutel- 
lum  transverse,  semicircularly  rounded.  Elytra  considerably 
longer  than  wide,  widest  behind  the  base  and  wider  th^n  pro- 
thorax, not  much  narrower  near  apex  than  at  l)ase,  each  separately 
rounded.  Femora  not  very  thick,  distance  l>etween  posterior 
greater  than  their  length.     Length  1^,  width  f  (vix)  mm. 

Hab. — Sydney,  Forest  Reefs. 

Easily  recognisable  by  the  red  fascia  on  the  elytra;  C./asciatus 
(from  Tasmania)  is  described  as  having  deep  punctures  on  the 
elytra,  and  the  legs  differently  coloured  — chanvcters  not  possessed 
by  the  present  species. 

Clypeaster  Andersoni,  n.sp. 

Moderately  elongate.  Dark  red;  prothorax  with  an  indistinct 
piceous  mark  at  apex,  base  feebly  tinged  with  piceous;  elytra 
with  a  brownish  blotch  about  scutellum;  a  piceous  tinge  at  the 
junction  of  the  meso-  and  metastemum  and  about  all  the  coxte; 
antennae  brown.  Above  equally  clothed  with  not  \ery  long 
pubescence,  the  pubescence   on     he   undersurface   sparser    and 


3IG  NEtV   SPECIBS   OF   AUSTRALIAX  COLEUPTKRA, 

rotlier  limj^er.  Pii>thor»x  with  minute  scattered  puuctures,  dytn 
densely  mid  minutely,  metastornuui  feebly  but  distinctly  punctate. 

Prothorux  roundtxl  Hiid  feebly  depreMsed  at  Imlmc,  angles  slightly 
prtHluced,  tjuutellum  nli^'htly  lun^c'  than  wide,  meniicircularlT 
ruunded.  Elytra  omHideratily  longer  tliiin  wide,  wideMt  hfhind 
the  Imse,  and  slightly  wider  than  prothacax,  each  feebly  Heparately 
roiindeil.  Femora  n<it  very  thick,  distance  Iwtween  po(tt«rior 
moi-e  than  their  length.     Tjenffth  IJ,  width  J  (vix)  mm. 

Ilab  — Clartmce  Itiver. 

]>ifrei's  friitn  ('.  •■nUaria  in  lieing  larger,  in  having  the  punctures 
on  the  [irothorax  stronger  but  Itum  rlense,  its  Ik>h«  somewhat 
ditFerent,  and  by  the  blotch  about  the  Hcut«lluni.  I  have  dedicated 
tlie  sjK-c-ies  tii  Mr.  H.  C.  L.  Andei-s<in,  formerly  Director  of  the 
Nrw  South  Wales  T>eiiavlment  of  Agriculture. 

ClYPEASTEK    lK)l(8ALia,  n  -ip. 

Mixluratelj'  t'longiitc  Re<l;  prothtirax  witli  a  piueous  mark  at 
aiK-x,  (-lytra  u-itli  a,  brownish  blotch  aiiuut  scutelluni,  the  apex 
[iir<"iUM.  tlie  cxtix'Hie  apex  lighter:  metiistenium  darker  than 
aIhjvc,  iiiiuzle  and  legs  reddish- testaceous,  apical  joints  of  anteniuB 


BY    ARTHUR   M.    LRA.  317 

Clypeastek  Blackmorei,  n.sp. 

Elongate.  Piceous;  sides  of  apex  of  prothorax  obscure  red; 
suture  and  apex  of  elytra  obscure  dark  red;  alxlominal  segments 
paler  than  metastemum ;  the  legs  reddish-testaceous;  antennw 
brownish-testaceous,  basal  joints  and  the  muzzle  somewhat  paler. 
Above  with  rather  sparse  and  moderately  long  putrescence,  on 
the  undersurface  the  pubescence  is  still  sparser,  but  rather  longer. 
Above  moderately  densely  and  rather  minutely,  metasternum 
distinctly,  punctate. 

Prothorax  very  shallowly  bisinuate,  angles  veiy  feebly  pro- 
duced. Scutellum  small,  longer  than  wide,  semicircularly  triangular. 
Elytra  much  longer  than  wide,  widest  l>eliind  the  hsLsey  where  it 
is  slightly  wider  than  prothorax,  not  much  wider  at  base  than 
near  apex,  each  distinctly  separately  rounded.  Femora  mcKlerate, 
distance  between  the  posterior  greater  than  their  length.  Tjength 
1  ^  (vix),  width  §  nmi. 

Hob. — Galston,  Forest  Reefs. 

Clype aster  nitida,  n.sp. 

Moderately  elongate.  Piceous-brown;  sides  of  apex  of  pro- 
thorax obscure  pale  testaceous;  suture  and  sides  of  elytra  indis- 
tinctly paler  than  disk;  undersurface  somewhat  darker  than 
above,  tibise  and  tarsi  paler  than  femora:  antennie  (il)scure 
testaceous,  apical  joints  feebly  infuscate.  Above  almost  glabrous, 
the  pubescence  being  very  short,  sparse  and  dark;  uiidersurfiice 
with  moderately  long  and  dense  puljescence,  longest  down  the 
middle  of  metastemum.  Above  with  moderatelv  dense  and  not 
very  minute  punctures,  undersurface  densely  and  exti-eniely 
minutely  punctate,  metasternum  with  large  shalk»w  punctures. 

Prothorax  feebly  depressed  in  the  middle  of  the  base,  very 
shallowly  bisinuate,  angles  very  feebly  produced.  Scutellum 
broadly  transverse,  semicircularly  rounded.  Elytra  considerably 
longer  than  wide,  widest  Irehind  the  base,  slightly  wider  than 
prothorax,  base  scarcely  wider  than  apex,  apex  almost  conjointly 


31H  NEW   9PECUKS  OF   AUSTRALIAN  COLKOPTERA, 

ruuniiin).     Femora   iiiodoiate,  distance   between  pooterior  about 
equiil  to  their  lunjttli.     Tjength  I,  width  J  (vix)  mm. 

Hab. — f^ydney. 

Differs  from  Iho  prcceditij;  in  iMjinj;  broader  and  more  convex, 
in  its  different  jiuncturatiun  and  pulwscence,  and  its  differently 
Hliujied  scutellum. 

(Jlv-pka-stek  Oluffi,  ii.sp. 


Moderately  eloiiffiite.  Piwourt-hi-own;  prothorax  at  the  sidw 
in  front  nnrriiwly  jiale  teHtaceouH,  or  obscurelj-  Bemitronsparent: 
uiidci'sui'fafje  diirker  thHii  nl>ove,  lef^  and  antannee  teiitaoeouii,  tlie 
lattt»-  slijjhtly  infu^vatc  towunls  ajiex.  Alx>ve  almost  ^labrouo, 
the  jiuliescencf  l)einf;  extremely  short  and  spartte,  uiidersurface 
ralht-r  Tiiorc  densely  but  still  sparsely  clotlied,  Alxive  very  deni^ely 
unil  extremely  ininut^^ly  punctiitt.-,  and  with  moderately  denxe 
sliuUtnv  punciuri's;  niotastenmm  indistinctly  punctate. 

['rcitli<ii-!ix  feebly  ih>]iressed  at  Iwise,  very  feebly  if  at  all  bisinu- 
ate,  uncles  nut  pmduced.  Scutellum  transverse,  semicircularly 
triiiii;:ular,  Elytnt  lonf,'i'r  tlmn  wide,  wider  than  prothorai, 
widfsi  lit  the  middle,  us  wide  neurapctas  at  bane,  each  separat«lj 
Fcniorn,   not  very  thick,  distance   l>etweon    posterior 


BT   ARTHUR    M.    LEA.  319 

than  prothoraz,  widest  near  the  middle,  feebly  separately  rounded. 
Femora  moderate,  the  distance  at  their  bases  c(|ual  to  or  slightly 
greater  than  their  length.     Length  1  (vix)  width  i  mm. 

Uab. — Sydney. 

Very  similar  in  size,  shape  and  colour  to  the  preceding,  }>ut 
differing  in  its  puncturation,  which  closely  resembles  that  of  C. 
Andemoni,  but  is  otherwise  distinct. 

Clypeaster  ELLiPTiCA,  n.sp. 

EUongate,  moderately  convex.  Prothorax  red,  a  piceous  mark 
at  apex;  elytra  piceous-black,  with  an  indistinct  dark  red  mark 
at  the  apex,  and  very  indistinct  near  the  sides;  undersurface 
dark  red,  the  metastemum  piceous,  legs  and  antennte — which  are 
concolorous — bright  red,  posterior  femora  somewhat  darker. 
Elytra  clothed  with  rather  long  pubescence,  as  dense  but  somewhat 
shorter  on  prothorax;  the  pubescence  on  the  undei*surface 
sparser,  finer  and  darker  than  above.  Elytra  densely  and 
extremely  minutely  punctate,  and  with  small  moderately  dense 
punctures  (sparsest  on  prothorax),  metastemum  minutely  punctate. 

Prothorax  feebl}'  depressed  in  the  middle  of  the  base,  shall owly 
bisinuate,  angles  scarcely  produced.  Scutellum  feebly  transverse, 
semicircularly  triangular.  Elytra  much  longer  than  wide,  widest 
behind  the  base,  where  it  is  slightly  wider  than  prothorax,  not 
much  wider  at  base  than  near  apex,  each  separately  rounded. 
Femora  moderate,  distance  l)etween  posterior  about  equal  to  their 
length.     Length  IJ,  width  1  mm. 

Hub. — Clarence  and  Richmond  Rivers,  N.S.W. 

This  is  a  very  distinct  and  rather  rare  species,  much  larger 
than  any  as  yet  recorded  from  Australia. 


ON  TWO  NEW  GENERA  AND  SPECIES  OF  FISHES 
PROM  AUSTRALIA. 

By  J.  DouHLAS  Ogiluv. 

(Communicat'.il  by  the  Secrntary ). 

Pbrcop>iid£. 

Ckntropbkcib,  gen.  no  v. 

Branchio9tegiil8(1)five;  pseuilobranchiiP  present.  Bod; elungat*- 
oblong,  cumpressed;  head  conical;  cleft  of  mouth  wide  and  mod» 
mtt-ly  olilitiuo;  lower  jaw  the  longer;  eye  lateral,  partiallydirecttd 
upwards;  gill-openingM  wide;  gill-rHkerH  atout,  of  moderate  length, 
few  in  numljer;  boneu  of  head  armed  or  radiat«.  Jaws,  vtHner 
and  hyoid  Ixinea  with  well-developed,  fixed  teeth;  palatine  and 


BY  J.    DOUr.LAS   0(4lLBY.  321 

of  the  eye.  Nostrils  simple,  lateral,  situated  at  the  opposite  ends 
of  a  shallow  fossa.  Lower  jaw  the  longer;  cleft  of  mouth  wide 
and  moderately  oblique;  the  maxilla  truncated  and  expanded 
posteriorly,  extending  backwards  l^eyond  the  hinder  margin  of 
the  eye;  upper  profile  of  head  flat.  Prec^rbital  armed  with 
three  strong  spines;  preopercle  finely  denticulated  on  both  limbs, 
and  with  a  strong,  acute,  elongate,  curved  spine  at  the  angle; 
three  short  stout  spines  on  the  subopercle;  opercle  and  interopercle 
with  prominent  rilw,  each  of  which  terminates  in  a  free  flexible 
point;  a  spinose  ridge  runs  from  the  front  of  the  snout  to  the 
postero-superior  angle  of  the  orbit,  where  it  is  sulKlivided,  a  short 
branch  passing  downwards  along  the  upper  portion  of  the  hinder 
margin  of  the  e3'^e,  while  the  main  branch  is  continued  along  the 
occiput;  beneath  the  termination  of  the  latter  a  similar  ridge 
commences,  and  traversing  the  tem|>oral  region  ends  in  a  pair  of 
strong  post-temporal  spines;  a  short  spinose  ridge  on  the  occiput 
below  the  middle  of  the  occipital  ridge;  a  short  simple  ridge  jmsses 
outwards  from  the  centre  of  the  posterior  margin  of  the  eye. 
Jaws  with  a  single  series  of  slender  cordiform  teeth,  those  in 
front  being  strongly  hooked;  two  or  three  smaller  teeth  between 
each  pair  of  elongate  ones;  three  strong  and  a  few  small  teeth  on 
either  side  of  the  head  of  the  vomer;  two  short  parallel  patches, 

• 

composed  of  three  series  each,  of  stout  recurved  teeth  behind  the 
base  of  the  tongue,  the  outer  row  the  stnjngest;  all  the  bones  of 
the  hyoid  arch  dentiferous.  Dorsal  fins  separated  by  a  consider- 
able interspace;  the  spines  weak  and  flexible,  the  second  the 
highest,  two-fifths  of  the  length  of  the  hea<i,  and  two-thinls  of  the 
anterior  and  highest  rays:  the  anal  commences  l^eneath  the  third 
dorsal  ray,  and  is  similar  to  but  not  so  high  as  the  soft  dorsal 
fin:  ventral  elongate  and  pointed,  the  fourth  ray  the  longest, 
reaching  to  the  vent,  it«  length  three-fourths  of  that  of  the  liead: 
pectoral  small,  alx>ut  half  the  length  of  the  ventral,  its  Imse 
situated  at  a  considerable  distance  l)ehind  tliat  of  the  vential: 
caudal  emarginate,  small,  its  length  six  and  a  half  in  the  total 
length.  Scales  of  the  head  simple,  circular,  non-imbricate,  each 
furnished  with  a  central  pore;  head  entirely  scaly,  with  the  excejv 


392  TXO   NEW   nENERA   AVIl   HPECIBS  OF   FISHES. 

tion  uf  the  ]i<mteriur  third  ui  the  opercle  aiu)  the  greater  part  of 
the  suliopercle,  the  (icnles  un  the  latter  beiiif,'  arranged  in  a 
uurruw  IxiHal  luind  (in  its  upper  half,  from  the  extreniitiei  uf 
wliitli  short,  hrcMid  Imnds  are  pruduced  bnckwardx;  lielow  tJiis 
there  i«  a  fi-ce  Jinniildr  l>and;  Heales  i)f  Iwdy  Hitnilar  to  thone  of 
tite  lif-nd,  hut  stroii;;ly  eteiioid;  eighteen  enlarj^ed  tuliuhii-KcalMuQ 
ihp  Uteral  line,  nith  from  six  to  eiglit  numml  ncaiea  in  the  iipac« 
lietwi^n  each  juvir;  liotween  eacli  tuhular  scale  and  the  base  ut 
the  diiriial  theiv  in  a  naked  )>aui)  aliout  two  normal  scales  in  width, 
wliich  iH  ciintinuHl  ntross  the  lateral  line  to  the  depth  of  tw» 
scalesi;  sides  of  alirlonicii  and  l>a«e  of  the  anal  fin  with  more  w 
li'ss  eorresiM Hiding  naked  fascia-.  Up[ier  xurfaee  of  head  and  body 
i.live-green,  lower  surfiice  [Mile  yello»-ish- white,  the  two  coluun 
being  abruptly  di%'ided;  a  werieN  of  seven  iilive-yreen  spotti  alnti^ 
the  middle  of  the  Hides,  (he  last  encircling  an  enlarged  tubnlw 
scale  at  the  )>ase  of  the  caudal;  finM  innnaculate. 

The  uiiiiiiic  siH-cimen  fmni  which  the  alxtve  diagnosiu  has  been 
drawn  up  was  washed  ashore,  in  a  jjerfeot  though  dying  condition, 
at  Maniubra  iJiiy,  near  Sydney,  and  waJi  shortly  afterwards  lent 
til  me  by  lis  discuveivr,  Mr.  Tliomas  Wliitele>fl^,  for  identificatiiMi 
if    neceaaarv. 


BY    J.    DOUGLAS   CKilLHY.  323 

Tropidostethus  khothopuilus,  sp.nov. 

B.  %-i.  D.  4.  1/15.  A.  1/23.  V.  1/5.  P.  U.  C.  17.  Vert. 
15/29. 

Length  of  head  five  to  five  and  a  half,  height  of  Ixxly  five  in 
the  total  length.  Eye  situated  near  to  the  doi*sal  profile,  its 
diameter  three  to  three  and  a  half  in  the  length  of  the  head, 
and  four-fifths  of  the  flatt<;nefl  interorbital  space;  snout  obtuse 
and  convex,  rather  loss  than  the  diameter  of  the  eye  in  length; 
the  upper  jaw  slighth'  projecting.  Spinous  dorsal  situated  al)ove 
the  vent,  and  midway  l>etween  tlu'  tip  of  the  snout  and  the  Ixise 
of  the  caudal  fin;  soft  dorsal  commencing  alx)ve  the  anterior  third 
of  the  anal;  caudal  forked,  its  length  six  and  thret»-1ifths  to  six 
and  three-fourths  in  the  total. 

General  colour  gray  (pale  straw-yellow  in  spirits),  so  closely 
dotted  with  minute  brown  specks  iis  to  give  it  a  brownish  appear- 
ance when  newlv  cauirht;  a  broad  silvery  lateral  band,  mar^jined 
above  by  an  emerald  streak;  the  ventral  tnlge  faintly  tinged  with 
green.  Occiput  with  a  large  cuneiform  emerald  spot,  thi'  acute 
portion  extending  forwards  between  the  eyes;  a  brown  spot  con- 
tained within  its  anterior  half;  nostrils  pierced  in  an  emerald 
spot;  supraorbital  ivgion  tinged  witli  pale  green. 

These  little  Atherinids  were  first  obs(Mve<l  bv  Mr.  Thomas 
Whitelegge  at  Maroubra  Bay*  during  the  month  of  March,  lvS93, 
but  the  specimens  which  he  brought  back  to  the  Museum,  Ijeing 
considered  immature,  were  not  critically  examined  on  that 
occasion.  Their  reappearance,  however,  in  large  shoals  along  the 
coast  during  March  of  the  present  year  inducts  1  us  to  investigates 
more  closely  their  habits,  mode  of  life,  and  such  other  points  in 
their  economy  as  could  l>e  observe<l;  this  difficult  task  has  l)een 
ably  carried  out  by  Mr.  Whitelegge,  with  tin*  result  that  though 
the  shoals  have  })een  on  the  coast  from  March  until  th«'  dat^  of 
writing — July  31st — there  is   no  «appreciabl(»  difl'e rente  in   size. 


•  Between  Port  Jackson  and  Botany  Hea«ly. 
V 


1124  TWO   NBW  OBNBBA  AND  8PBCIBB  OF  MBHU. 

thu.s  prciving,  what  from  a  prior  examination  we  haA  inferred, 
that  the  fishes  are  adult;  no  signs  of  breeding  have,  however,  ba 
yet  been  discovered. 

They  are  essentially  surf-flshes,  coming  in  with  the  waves,  and 
being  swept  up  into  the  gulcheu  and  pools  on  the  reefs;  they 
never  descend  to  the  bottom,  but  swim  here  and  there,  keeping 
but  a  few  inches  beneath  the  surface;  the  pectoral  fins  are  always 
kept  fully  expanded,  at  right  angles  to  the  body,  and  motionless, 
being  utilised  in  fact  solely  as  balancing  media;  the  caudal  Gn 
and  pedicle  have  a  distinct  downward  curvature  when  the  fish  is 


325 


LIFE-HISTORIES  OF  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA. 

Part  III. 

By  Walter  \V.  Froggatt. 

This  paper  contains  my  contribution  to  the  study  of  the 
habits  of  our  Coleoptera  for  the  season  1894-5,  and  is  really  a 
continuation  of  preWous  notes  on  this  subject;  for  the  observa- 
tions of  one  year  run  into  the  next,  and  some  of  the  insects  have 
to  be  watched  for  over  twelve  months  l^fore  the  larva  can  be 
correlated  with  the  perfect  insect. 

As  before,  I  am  indebted  to  the  Rev.  Thos.  Blackburn  for  the 

determination  of  some  of  my  l)eetles,  and  to  Mr.  R.  T.  Baker  for 

the  verification  of  the  botanical  names  of  some  of  their  food 

plants. 

Aphanasium  australe,  Boisd. 

Larva  short  and  stout,  pale  yellow,  with  well-defined  abdominal 
segments;  jaws  black,  and  truncatefl  at  the  tips,  mouth  parts 
raised  upon  a  slightly  lol>ed  projection,  the  basal  portion  of  tlie 
head  forming  an  encircling  fold,  slightly  overhanging  in  front;  on 
the  lower  edge  of  the  forehead  are  four  irregular  yellow  patches; 
thoracic  segments  narrow,  legs  small,  short,  ferruginous;  on  the 
dorsal  surface  the  first  five  segments  flattened,  of  regular  size, 
produced  into  an  elongate  oval,  slightly  impressed  in  the  centn*, 
with  a  patch  of  reddish-brown  hairs  on  either  side,  6th  and  7th 
rather  larger  and  rounder,  8th  small,  9th  also  short,  terminating 
in  a  short  obtuse  point;  on  the  ventral  side  the  segments  ai*e 
comparatively  flat. 

The  larvae  feed  upon  the  stems  of  Hakea  acicnlari%  growing 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Sydney,  a  number  always  boring  into  the 
shrub  at  one  place,  causing  the  branches  to  wither  and  snap  off. 
perhaps  nearly  a  dozen  gru})s  will  feed  in  a  single  branch  gnawing 


32C 


LIFE-illSTOlJIEH  OF 


COLBOPTERA, 


out  [uLrnlli'I  cliiuii)>ers,  l>ut  never  l)refikinf;  into  each  oUier's  mine. 
The  (iyiiin  foliii>^  is  notieealile  early  in  Jannary,  their  attacks 
causiii;;  t)ie  liii)l>  tii  licconie  HViillen  and  ociveretl  with  exudatioiiii 
of  (J"'"-  I"'"'  '*etlpH  cijiiie  forth  in  the  first  week  in  November; 
T  hii^'c  iii'Vt'r  biken  the  lM«tle  at  large,  l)ut  it  in  evidently  common 
nil  lliir.  Hhi-uh  at  certain  MCfisonH of  thii  year,  tlioufth  very  efiectually 
ccmi't'ali'd  in  the  dense  ]irickly  fllliagl^  The  lieutle  id  10  lines  to 
an  inL'h  in  len<.'th,  with  very  liirue  pi-ominent  eye^  and  lon^  alender 
ant^'nii!-';  thorax  finely  ruirose,  prixluceil  into  a  stout  liluiit  spine 
on  eithiT  siiie;  ilytrii  mundcd  at  the  Hhoul(len<,  of  a  wiifonii  width 
ti)  till'  tijis  whieli  ai-p  iMunil,  ii<tt  ijuite  coverinj;  the  tip  of  the 
al)cliimeTi;  the  whole  inMcet  im  of  a  uniform  cheHtnut-broivn,  the 
central  jxirtion  of  the  win;;  iii.vers  l«'in-;  much  lighter  than  tlie 
edfjes,  and  the  whi.le  of  them  ooven-d  with  close,  fine,  fawn- 
colouiii!  down, 

Il<,l,.-   Tli<-  neighlM.urhn,«l  of  Sydney. 

HTFIONOVl.turw  TFIOKArH-UH,  Uoije. 

Ijirvii  cliny  white,  with  i-rither  lai'jjo  heiul,  anncd  with  «t<iut 
liliu-k  jiiws,  liiiiiul  at  till'  tips;  IjikIv  nlmrt  ami  corrugatwl.  Dorsal 
view:    f..n4ie;i.i     large,    firttteiied.    projecting    slightly    in     frmil, 


BY    WALTER    W.    FROCJ(JATT.  327 

seation,  while  little  streams  of  dust  could  be  seen  falling  from  the 
holes  where  they  had  gnawed  through  the  Iwirk;  most  of  the 
fallen  branches  are  hollowed  out  l>efore  they  break  off,  but  the 
larva  nearly  always  remains  behind  in  the  stump  of  the  branch 
feeding  into  the  green  wood,  which  dies  down  below  where  it 
pupates.  They  take  some  time  to  reiwh  maturity,  certainly  not 
l)efore  the  second  year,  as  I  have  kept  larvie  over  that  time 
without  any  sign  of  their  pupating. 

Mr.  (Jeo.  Masters  tells  me  that  at  Elizal>eth  Bay,  St/mphyletes 
nigr(Mnren8  feeds  upon  the  garden  Pittosporums;  while  Stroiiyy- 
Inriia  th<yracicus  confines  its  attacks  to  the  white  ce<lar  (^Melia 
compasita),  cutting  off  the  branches  in  exactly  the  same  maimer. 

The  beetle  is  10  lines  in  length,  with  dark  brown  he?ul  clothed 
with  coarse  brown  hairs,  an  elongate  spot  of  silvery  white  hairs 
between  the  eyes;  antennjv  toothed  on  the  outer  apical  margin  of 
each  joint;  thorax  dark  reddish-brown,  deeply  and  coarsely 
punctured,  with  three  large  round  patches  of  white  hairs  on 
either  side,  with  another  smaller  one  in  front  of  the  scutellum; 
elj'tra  ferruginous  on  the  shoulders,  paler  towards  the  tips,  deeply 
punctured  for  alx>ut  two-thiixls  of  their  length,  but  almost  smooth 
towards  the  apex;  a  row  of  4  small  bhick  spots  across  the 
shoulders,  with  an  irregular  bhick  horseshoe-like  band  on  either 
side;  the  tips  of  the  wing  covers  and  the  apical  margins  black; 
the  whole  of  the  upper  surface  clothed  with  scattered  grey  down; 
underside  clothed  with  greyish  hairs,  with  a  patch  of  white  hairs 
forming  an  oval  mark  on  the  side  of  (»ach  segment. 

The  larvae  were  most  active  in  the  early  sunmier  months  after 
the  new  year,  the  Ixjetles  breeding  out  early  in  December. 

Aterpus  CULTRATU8,  Fabr. 

Larva  5  lines  in  length,  short,  and  ol>ese,  lying  with  its  back 
arched  and  the  tip  of  the  alxlomen  curverl  towards  the  head;  dull 
white,  with  dark  chocolate-brown  head,  truncate  at  the  base, 
mouth  parts  rather  prominent,  and  with  a  median  groove  lightly 
impressed  down  the  centre  of  the  head;  a  dark  brown  tiansverse 
line  in  front  of  the  first  thoracic  segment;  on  the  dorsal  surface 


.■)28  LIFB-IIIHTORIES  OF   AUSTHALIAN   COLEOPTEBA, 


the  Be^'mcnts  are  of  unifom)  xize,  each  forming  a  doable  fold  tit 
the  ajiox,  and  divided  iiitu  throe  distinct  lumps  or  warts  on  either 
side,  tlie  vpntral  surface  Hat  tl  a  fnnge  of  long  reddish  h»ire 
iiUiiift  till'  marginal  folds  of  eaol  •<e),m£,nt. 

The  larvje  feed  upon  tl  e  it*  of  Melaieura  aUllatum,  cjm- 
iiiencin;;  >m  the  bark  ai  1  then  gnawing  out  an  elongate  oval 
cavity  in  the  side  of  the  I  rnncl  un  lerneath  the  loose  bark;  in 
this  cavity  tliey  form  a  n  u^h  rou  led  cocoon  of  gnawed  wood 
early  in  July.  The  infeatc  1  itei  is  were  cut  off,  and  in  captivity 
the  Ijeetlesbred  out  oarlj  nSej  tin  l>er  They  were  verj' plentiful 
at  Rc,«.  Bay  (Sydney). 

Two  years  ago  I  bred  a  single  specimen  taken  at  Manly,  which 
hail  formed  a  similar  puiut  case  on  the  Hten)  of  EfKolff/tluii 
rnri/niliniin.  The  Iwetle  is  generally  found  upom  small  gum  trees, 
and  ofK'n  cimies  to  the  stump  of  a  freshly  cut  down  tree,  probably 
fur  tlie  fvudcd  sap. 

It  is  i>  lines  in  length;  henil,  legs,  and  apical  portion  of  elytron 
liociilat.e-brown:  thorax  black,  deeplj'  and  regularly  punctured, 
witli  a  stiff  brush  of  black  down  on  either  side  towards  the  head; 
the  basal  portion  of  the  wing  fo\ers  black,  regularly  and  deeply 


BY   WALTER   W.    FROOOATT.  329 

summit  with  a  patch  of  very  fine  reddish  spines;  on  the  ventral 
surface  flattened  and  corrugated,  each  bearing  a  pair  of  very 
short  conical  legs  :  abdominal  segments  slightly  smaller  than  the 
thorax,  corrugated  and  clothed  with  similar  fine  spines  as  the 
thoracic  segments. 

The  larvae  feed  upon  the  stems  of  Persoonia  lanceolata;  entering 
through  the  bark  a  few  inches  above  the  surface  of  the  ground, 
they  bore  holes  towards  the  centre  of  the  trunk,  then  turning 
upwards  and  hollowing  out  parallel  chambers  several  inches  long, 
and  pupating  at  the  end  of  the  last  chamber.  I  found  one  nearly 
perfect  beetle,  and  several  full-grown  larvse  early  in  July,  at 
Homsby.  The  beetle  is  about  7  lines  in  length,  of  a  general 
slender  and  verj-  graceful  form  compared  with  most  of  the  weevils; 
black,  but  having  a  greyish  tint  from  the  fine  clothing  of  grey 
hairs  covering  both  dorsal  and  ventral  sides.  The  snout  is  long, 
slender,  and  smooth,  the  thorax  rugose,  the  elytra  also  rugose, 
with  close  deeply  punctured  striw. 

It  is  not  a  very  common  l)eetle,  but  is  generally  found  in  pairs, 
about  November,  clinging  to  the  twigs  of  small  bushes. 

AxiDES  DOKSALis,  Pascoe. 

Larva  pale  yellow,  about  3i  lines  in  length  when  uncurled; 
when  met  with  is  nearly  always  lying  with  its  back  arched  and 
the  head  nearly  touching  the  tip  of  the  abdomen;  head  oval, 
ferruginous,  with  two  pale  ochreous  lines  in  the  centre  giving  it  a 
variegated  appearance;  jaws  black,  short,  and  angular;  first 
thoracic  segment  small,  2nd  and  3rd  with  the  first  seven  abdominal 
s^ments  of  a  uniform  size;  8th  and  9th  forming  a  short  broadly 
rounded  tip. 

The  larvae  are  very  plentiful  in  May  and  June  in  the  stems  of 
Asirotricka  Jloccosa;  they  bore  from  the  surface  into  the  soft 
pithy  centre,  forming  short  cylindrical  burrows,  sometimes  only 
one  or  two  being  together,  but  oftener  in  little  colonies  of  ten  or 
a  dozen;  their  attacks  cause  the  limb  to  swell  and  exude  a  lot  of 
sticky  strongly  smelling  aromatic  resin,  which  bums  very  readily; 


330  I.IKE-IimTOlllES  OF   AUBTIIAMAN 

tliix,  to^ftln^r  with  tlic  CfuittiigH,  f[>rt))iug  irregulur  excrescence 
u]H)n  tile  liifiiiclieK. 

The  l>wtl('  is  2J  liiWM  in  letifrtli,  (if  ji  ;,'eneral  cntainy  buff  colour, 
(lu(!  to  rt  (iciisf  jjiiiwt.li  of  fine  hrtirs  ODVcring  the  dark  chocolnte 
coluuitr<l  elytra,  thi<  naturnl  culour  vinililo  only  on  the  Miuut; 
the  t'PiUff  of  the  thorax  and  from  the  HliouMera  for  nlwut  two- 
thiiiis  Iff  tin;  biu:k  piilc-  r(-<hiish -brown,  thickly  intoi-niH-rxecl  with 
linn  liliwk  sjiines  or  liristlus  coinm^ncitiji  on  the  tliorax,  and 
incrriisiii^'  lit  nuinlver  towunU  tlic  middle  of  the  olytra,  where 
they  f..i-ni  n  d;irk  imtch.  The  thorax  is  furthor  onmmciitwl  with 
two  [inirrt  cif  siuiill  downy  ]>luniOFi  on  thf  sides,  antl  tin-  elytra  iirf? 
brojully  imiirtiSNt-d  with  eoiirsoly  punctured  Mtrin!. 

Tli>'  Wi'tlo  I*  fiiuud  at  Inrgi!  upon  iti  food  plant  early  in 
NoveiiitxT;  iiiust  of  my  spcoirnens  wore  olilninittl  on  a  large  [latch 
of  the  bushes  at  llie  lie-iid  of  the  Double  Bay  Valley. 


IVllCl-M  I'tSTlI.EXM,  Olliff. 


with  the  apical 
liewl  Minall  and 
ill,  with  the  tips 


BY    WALTER    W.    FROGGATT.  331 

The  life-history  of  this  beetle  is  of  importance,  as  the  insect  is 
a  well-known  orchard  pest.  The  species  was  descriWd  by  Mr. 
A.  Sidney  Olliff  from  specimens  received  from  Mr.  C.  Frencli; 
they  had  attacked  the  apples  near  Melbourne,  and  by  puncturing 
them  caused  them  to  shrivel  up  l)efore  they  were  ripe. 

Mr.  French  has  given  an  account  of  tliis  pest  and  its  ravages, 
with  a  plate  containing  figures  of  it  in  all  stages,  in  his  Hand- 
)xK>k  of  the  Destructive  Insects  of  Victoria*  under  the  name 
of  DotUus  pestiletis,  the  apple  beetle. 

//ah, — Heathcote. 

MiEGHIDIUS    RUGOSUS. 

The  description  of  the  larva  of  the  previous  species  will  ser^•(? 
also  for  this,  except  that  it  is  slightly  larger  when  full  grown. 
The  larvje  live  in  the  thick  bark  of  Eucalyptus  robu4<ta,  where  they 
pupate;  the  beetle  comes  out  in  September  and  Octol)er,  and  will 
be  found  in  crevices,  or  under  loose  bark  on  the  trunks  of  the 
trees. 

This  beetle  is  slightly  larger  than  M.  tibialiny  having  the  same 
uniform  coloration;  the  flanges  in  front  of  the  heiul  more  angular, 
with  the  edges  curved  upward,  and  the  back  of  the  heiul  and 
thorax  very  finely  and  closely  punctured,  so  that  the  outer  e<lges 
have  a  fine  serrate  appearance;  the  elytra  covere<l  with  fine  close 
deeply  punctured  parallel  stria*;  the  whole  of  the  dorsal  surface 
coA'ered  with  very  minute  scale-like  hairs  scattered  over  the  lietul 
and  thorax;  on  the  elytra  forming  regular  lines  along  the  lidges 
of  the  parallel  stn'se. 

/Af^.— Botany,  N.S.W. 

MjECHIDius  TiniALis,  Blackburn. 

Larva  dirty  white,  rather  long  and  slender,  the  head  pale 
yellow,  with  short  ochreous-yellow  labrum,  and  stout  short  jaws 
of  the  same  colour;  thoracic  segment  more  constricted  than  the 
first  abdominal  segments;  legs  short,  covered  with  short  golden 


*  Part  I.  Chap.  xiii.  p.  83. 


332  LIFE-HISTORIES  OF  AUSTRALIAN   COLSOPTERA, 

yellow  haiiH,  which  are  ulsii  spai-sely  scattered  along  tlie  sides  of 
the  Ixxly;  taiNal  claw  hlack,  small  and  sharply  pointed;  all  tlie 
He>;int!ntH  ulonff  the  donuil  Murfuce  except  the  lust  two  coveni 
altmj,'  the  suiiiniit  with  short  hvowiiish  Npiiies. 

The  larvw,  tiigpther  with  the  perfect  l»eetlea,  were  found  in  ibf 
nests  of  tlnj  laifjo  mound-building  Termite;  they  were  ver)- 
nuiiienius  in  several  nests  opened,  most  of  the  larvw  being  in  tbe 
out«r  walls,  but  others  were  in  the  intt^rior  of  the  nest,  while  the 
l)eetlcs  wi^re  crawling  al)out  nil  parts  of  the  termitariuro,  tlie 
swiinniiig  hosts  of  white  ants  sef  rainy  to  take  no  notice  of  them. 

Tin?  W^tle  is  -IJ  lincji  in  length,  dark  brownish -black,  with  the 
head  pnMluced  into  two  shell-like  flan;^s  in  front  of  the  eyes; 
thorax  liiiely  punctured;  elyti-a  traversed  with  deeply  and  closely 
puncturetl  {uinillel  striie. 

//.<i.— Bhoalhaven,  N.S.W. 

MeLOIIASIS    IKIDESCENH,  L.    <};   G. 

LitrviL  white,  slender  and  tlatuuied  on  the  undereide;  jaws  small; 
head  }:Iohulur.  much  broader  than  the  thoracic  segments;  ptJe 
yellow,  with  two  ferruginous  lines  ci\>ssing  the  liead  and  coming 
to  a  point  at  the  foreheitd;  fii'st  and  second  thoracic  s 


BY    WALTER    W.    FROGGATT.  333 

M,  iricUacens  is  given  in  Masters'  Catalogue  as  a  variety  of  A1. 
cu//ru'ejMty  but  it  is  very  distinct  both  in  form  and  habits  from  the 
l>eetle8  determined  by  Mr.  Blackburn  as  the  latter. 

M.  cupriceps  is  nearly  a  third  longer,  of  a  more  delicate  pale 
green  colour,  with  decided  golden  tints  upon  the  shoulders,  and  it 
is  more  boat-shaped  upon  the  l>ack,  with  the  serrate  edges  of  the 
elvtra  verv  deep  and  slender.  The  abdominal  strite  are  verv  fine 
and  regular,  and  sparingly  punctured,  wliile  the  spaces  between 
them  are  perfectly  smooth. 

This  beetle  is  rather  common  alx>ut  Sydney,  feeding  upon  the 
foliage  of  Viminaria  d^niulata  early  in  the  year;  but  I  have 
never  taken  M.  cuj/riceps  on  an  Acacia. 

Melobasis  splendida,  Donov. 

I  have  not  been  able  to  identify  the  larva  of  this  l)eautiful 
little  Buprestid;  but  in  chopping  the  dead  stems  of  Acacia  longi- 
/blia  I  have  come  upon  several  fully  developed  in  an  iri*egular 
chamber  at  the  end  of  a  tunnel  leading  from  under  the  bark  into 
the  sapwood;  and  have  bred  as  many  more  from  infested  wood 
kept  in  boxes. 

The  beetle  is  4  lines  in  length,  bright  metallic-green,  with  two 
parallel  bands  of  dark  purple  across  the  thorax;  and  a  brilliant 
fiery  coppery-red  pattern  formed  by  two  bands  commencing  behind 
the  thoracic  bands,  leaving  a  bright  green  pateli  round  the 
pronotum  and  joining  just  below,  occupying  all  the  centre  of  the 
back,  and  after  projecting  out  on  either  side  into  two  sharp 
angles,  runs  round  the  tip  of  the  wing  covei-s,  and  forms  a  nairow 
stripe  along  the  apical  part  of  the  margins  not  quite  up  te  the 
hind  legs;  all  the  underside  is  bright  green. 

//a6.— Rose  Bay,  N.S.W. 

CiSSEIS  maculata,  L.  it  G. 

A  score  of  specimens  of  this  beetle  have  Ijeen  bred,  in  Octol)er, 
from  dead  branches  of  Acadia  ionrjifulia  collected  at  Rose  Bay, 
and  kept  in  closed  boxes;  others  were  obtained  in  Xovemljer  and 
DcK^mber,  feeding  on  the  leaves  of  the  same  Acacia  at  j\Ianly. 


334  L1FE-1II8TOR1E8   OK  AUSTRALUX   COLEOPTKRA, 

'Die  Ix-titW  in  HlHJUt  3  linea  in  len<;tli,  the  front  of  the  heal 
bri),'ht  ^'reoii,  the  thorax  luid  Hhouhlern  bright  metaUic-broiiEe,  (he 
ui'iitii-  of  the  wing  covent  bUuk  with  ntetnlUc  retlectioiiH,  mul  tJw 
tijiH  fieiy  ruil  colour.     ITiiHorHide  of  thorax  and  legs  yiwii,  with 

th«  al)tl(»miniil  sejiiiients  liiwizy-red. 

Cl8t)Klij   SEMI-SCAUHDMA,  L.    >(:   U. 

[/irviL  vRi-y  pale  yt^llow,  with  Hiuali  luoutli  partH  and  janv; 
hoiwl  liiigi'  and  globular;  lut  iHid  2nd  thoracic  negmeiita  small, 
futindiNl  on  the  e^igi's;  the  3rd  thoracic  and  the  first  mk  alxlomioal 
■ieH'"f"t''  inoi-«^  or  leMs  roun<lc<l  on  their  extremititnt,  the  last  three 
taiH-i'iiig  to  ti  small  iiiunded  tip. 

[t  fiNvls  in  a  vi-ry  Kinitlar  Mianiii;r  to  that  of  AMilutti'i  irul^ifrin: 
lit  lir.-<t  undor  tho  bark,  Imt  finally  pupating   in    the  sapwouJ 

Thi-  Imotli!  it  U  Iin<>H  in  length,  the  liead  and  thoi-ax  bright 
tiif  tfdlio-grcen:  the  elytra  fieiy  copjiery-red  and  finely  {granulated, 
hII  vln'  uiidersiile  gitien. 

This  iH  not  a  eimnnon  s|H>eio!i;  I  have  hi-oil  three  individual! 
fioiii  Liiffsierl  biunchi's  of  Ar.Ki<i  l.'ii./i/,./i„  obtained  at  Itose  B«y. 


BY    WALTER   \V.    FROGGATT.  335 

remarkable  resemblance  of  these  cocoons,  when  in  a  quiescent 
Htate,  to  the  casting  of  some  of  the  large  wood-eating  lamellicorn 
beetles,  they  are  very  easily  passed  over. 

When  the  lar\'a  is  full  grown  it  forms  a  concave  lid  over  the 
top  of  the  opening,  and  remains  on  the  ground  generally  under 
logs  or  fallen  timber  until  it  is  ready  to  emerge. 

Like  nearly  all  the  memliers  of  this  genus  the  i)cetles  feed  upon 
the  foliage  of  the  young  Eucalypts. 

The  l)eetle  is  about  4  lines  in  length,  rerldish  chocolate-brown, 
witli  irregular  black  blotches  upon  the  thorax  and  upper  half  of 
the  elytra;  thorax  and  wing  cases  ver}'  rugose,  the  former  very 
finely  punctured;  the  latt<?r  deeply  rii)bed  with  parallel  strijH, 
closely  and  finely  punctured. 

Hab. — Not  common  in  the  neigh Iwurhood  of  Sydney,  but 
plentiful  in  the  Shoalhaven  District. 

Epi  LACUNA  26-PUNfrrATA,  Dejean. 

Eggs  pale  yellow,  placed  in  patches  of  thirty  or  forty  upon  the 
undersi<le  of  the  leaves;  elongated  and  pointed  at  the  apex; 
having  a  beautiful  granulated  appearance  under  the  lens.  The 
larva  on  emergence  and  after  each  moult  pale  yellow. 

Larva  short  and  stout,  5  lines  in  length  anrl  3  in  breiidth,  pale 
yellow.  Dorsal  view  :  head  completely  hidden  by  the  folds  of  the 
thorax;  1st  thoracic  segment  covered  with  a  blackish  patch  from 
which  spring  up  four  black  spines,  each  of  them  with  several  finer 
radiating  spines  growing  from  their  sides;  white  at  the  tips;  2nd 
and  third  thoracic  segments  with  a  blackish  patch  on  either  side, 
with  two  similar  feathery  spines  springing  out  from  them;  with 
another  black  patch  on  either  side  just  above  the  legs  out  of 
which  a  single  feathered  spine  grows;  th(^  following  six  alxlominal 
Hegmentis  have  a  double  feathereri  spine  in  the  patch  <m  the  centie 
of  the  1>ack,  with  two  smaller  blotches  on  either  side,  ea:*h 
producing  a  spine,  7th  alwlominal  segment  l>earing  4  spines,  the 
8th  and  anal  one  two. 

Ventral  side :  pale  yellow;  head  small,  black  and  rounde<l 
behind,  elongated  towards  the  jaws,  which  are  short  and  tootherl; 


336  LIFE- HI  STORIES   OP   AUSTRALIAN   COLEOFTBRA. 

palpi  long  ivnd  drooping;  legs  stout,  long  and  mottled  with  block; 
tile  inner  edge  of  tlie  titrsi  fringed  with  fine  white  hairs;  tarsal 
clfLWs  ferruginous,  the  central  ridge  of  the  abdominal  segraenla 
iuiirkr<l  with  a  line  of  Hmall  blackish  brown  spots. 

The  larva  attjiclies  itself  to  the  undenside  of  the  leaf,  when  the 
larval  skin  splits  and  turns  down  over  the  pupa,  remaining;  in 
this  ]>osition  alxiut  ten  days. 

This  is  one  of  the  commonest  ladybirds  about  Sydney.  Both 
beetle  and  larva  feeil  upon  the  leaves  of  SolanaceouK  planu, 
gnawing  the  epidermis  off  in  little  wavy  lines,  causing  dead 
patches  all  over  the  leaves.  They  were  also  very  plentiful  upua 
the  leaves  of  Datura  Hlranionium,  on  the  seashore  at  Botany;  » 
number  that  I  took  home  were  let  out  of  the  box,  and  a  few  days 
lat«r  they  were  buny  at  work  eating  the  leaves  of  the  tomato 
plants. 

It  in  a  lian<Iaome  little  beetle  of  a  deep  yellow  colour  mottled 
with  irregular  black  spots;  all  the  members  of  this  genus,  unlike 
others  of  the  family,  are  phytophagous. 

In  "  Insect  Life,"  1891,  Vol.  iii.  Ejtilarhna  corrupta  is  stated  to 
have  destroyed  fully  half  the  l>ean  crop  of  New  Mexico. 

An  African  species,  E.  hiria,  ia  very  (lestructive  to  potfttoM 


337 


A  GIANT  ACACIA  FROM   THE   BRUNSWICK  RIVER. 

By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S. 
(Plate  xxr.) 

Acacia  Bakeri,  sp.nov. 

Attains  the  dimensions  of  a  large  forest  tree,  measuring  up  to 
160*  feet  in  height,  and  from  2  to  4 J  feet  in  diameter:  stem  some- 
times buttressed.  It  is,  as  far  as  at  present  known,  exclusively 
confined  to  brushes,  as  distinct  from  open  forest.  Branclilets  at 
first  terete  but  at  length  flattened,  glabrous.  Pliyllodia  sessile, 
broadly  lanceolate,  narrowed  at  each  end,  obtuse,  mostly  3  to  4 
inchee  long  and  1  inch  broad,  but  occasionally  6  inches  long  and 
3  inches  broad  when  they  are  acuminate  and  broad  at  the  base; 
S-nerved,  with  sometimes  a  short  one  terminating  in  a  gland  a 
little  removed  from  the  base,  penniveined  between  the  nerves, 
margins  thickened  and  undulate,  thinly  coriaceous.  Peduncles 
slender,  6  lines  long,  mostly  in  clusters  of  3  to  10,  forming 
numerous  axillary  racemes  mostly  exceeding  the  phyllodes,  bearing 
a  small  loose  head  of  few,  pale  coloured  flowers,  rarely  as  many 
as  20,  mostly  4-merous.  Calyx  short,  pubescent  or  softly  villous, 
eventually  separating  into  spathulate  lobes.  Petals  pubescent, 
softly  villous.  Pod  long,  straight,  flat,  usually  8  inches  long  and 
6  lines  broad,  thin,  contracted  somewhat  between  the  seeds, 
shining.  Seeds  flat,  ovate,  longitudinal;  funicle  short  and  fili- 
form, neither  folded  nor  enlarged. 


*  A  road  party  recently  cat  down  one  of  these  trees  on  MuUumbimby 
Creek,  and  it  was  found  by  measarcment  to  be  140  feet  high,  and  3  feet 
8  inches  in  diameter.  The  collector  adds  **  On  Tengoggin  Mountain  there 
are  fdenlff  of  trees  20  or  30  feet  higher." 


■i'iS  OIA>~T   ACACIA   FltOSl   THB    BBUNSWICK   RITKR, 

/fall. — Tengoggin  Mt,  (1000  ft.),  near  Mullumltimby,  Bruimwick 
River,  N.S.W.;  also  Mullumbiinby  Creek,  a  tributary'  of  the 
liiunswick  (W.  Bauerlen). 

According  to  Beiithani'x  classificatioii  this  Acacia  belongs  to  the 
scries  i'/iiriiitrref,  aulMjection  Dimidiatrf. 

This  is  iiii)lMil)ly  iiiie  of  tho  largest  of  all  the  AcaciiLi.  It  has 
Ix-eii  friuiiil  in  the  Mountains  measuring  over  160  fe^t,  with  ■ 
tt'unk  fi-oin  ■'>0-60  feet  clear  of  linibfl,  and  a  diametor  fnini  i!  to  4 
fi'Ot,  and  on  the  Ijanktt  of  creeks  140  feet  high,  ami  in  hoiiii' 
instil iii'(-s  "  so  high  that  the  leaves  could  not  be  Hoen "  (dis- 
tinguished). 

The  llowcrs  are  small,  in  loose  racemes  with  fairly  long  pe- 
dunclfs.  Hranches  iienduhius.  Phyllodea  vertically  flattened  and 
also  twisted  tiiwards  the  Ihikc,  thin,  (^uite  glabrouH.  Tho  pods 
ai*  lory  dillicult  to  procure  owing  to  their  ripening  and  falling  in 
«hat  is  usually  the  wettest  part  of  the  year.  In  many  instances 
\MA-i  wei-e  caught  while  falling  from  the  trees  when  every  seed 
was  found  to  have  Iwgun  to  germinate. 

Tliev  ail-  very  variable  lioth  in  length  and  breadth,  some  l>etng 
very  biiKul  and  a  little  cunstricti^  Iwtween  the  seeds,  while  i>thera 

^trJL-lr.l.  the 


BY   J.    II.    MAIDEN.  339 

Its  botanical  position  is  perhaps  between  A.  biuerraM  and  A. 

Jlavescen^j  which  latter  it  approtiches  in  nervation  of  its  phyllodea. 

From  the  great  size  of  this  tree  it  was  at  first  thought  to  be  A, 

excelsa,  but  the  nervation,  size  and  shape  of  pliyllodes  as  well  as 

the  inflorescence  and  pc^ls  do  not  agree  with  that  species. 

Analynn  Slewing  AffinUies  to  arid  Differences  from  Cognate 

Species. 

A.    EXCELSA. 

Size :  A  large  ftirest  tree.  Branchlets  t<?rete,  glabrous.  Phyl- 
lodes  oblong,  falcate,  obtuse,  mucronate,  narrowwl  at  the  l)ase,  2  to 
3  inches  long,  i  to  J  inch  broa<l,  thinly  conaceous,  5-  t^)  7-nerved 
or  faintly  veined  l)etween  them.  Infloresceyice :  Peduncles  solitary 
in  pairs  or  clusters.  Flowers  20  to  30,  i>et^ils  distinct,  smooth: 
sepals  distinct;  5-merous.  Pod  3  lines  broiid.  Seed  ovate,  longi- 
tudinal; funicle  short  and  filiform,  neither  folded  nor  enlarged. 

A.    LAURI FOLIA,  W'illd. 

Size  :  A  tree.     Branchlets  scarcely  angular.     Phyllodes  obliquely 

ovate-oblong,  7-8  nerved,  emarginate  at  the  apex,  and  oblique  at 

the  base.     Inflorescence  :  Peduncles  usually  solitary.     Pod  falcate, 

moniliform. 

A.   Bakeri. 

Sise :  A  large  brush  tree.  Branchlets  flattened,  angular. 
Phyllodes  obtuse,  broadly  lanceolate,  narrowed  at  Ix^tli  ends,  2  to 
6  inches  long,  J  to  3  inches  broad,  thinl}'  coriaceous,  2-  or  3-nerved, 
pinnately  veined,  margins  thit^kened  l)etween  the  veins.  Ivflor- 
eacence  :  Loose,  elongated  paiiicles  or  racemes,  peduncles  in  chisters. 
Flowers  few,  never  jnore  than  20,  petals  villous,  sepals  villous, 
spathulate,  ^-niei'ons.  Pod  nearly  6  lines  l>roiid,  thin,  straight. 
S^d  ovate,  longitudinal,  funicle  short  and  filifonn,  neither  folded 
nor  enlarged. 

A.    BINEKVATA. 

Size  :  A  tree.     Branchlets  terete.     Phyllodes  as  in  A.  Bakeri y 

but   3    nerves   predominate.       Inflorescence :    Axillary    racemes. 
w 


340  nIASI  ACACIA   PROM   TUB    BRUNSWICK   RITEB. 

Flotveri  about  20,  petals  smuuth,  Kupals  f^Ubroiu.  Pod  \  inch 
broad.  Sftd  ob»vat«,  longitudinal,  funicle  folded  and  dilated 
under  Heed. 

A.   OVARIA. 

Sizi^ :  A  small  tree.  RranchUU  angular.  PhyUodet  oblonjK, 
falcate,  3-nerved,  2-S  inches  long,  \  to  1  inch  broad.  In/ioreteiinee . 
Racemes  sliurt.  Floioern  30,  irlobose,  petalx  smooth.  Pod  hard, 
3  to  5  invhcH  tnnfr,  \-\  inch  hroail.  SffA  elongated,  arillna  almoit 
encircling  the  spp<1  in  a  double  fold. 


EXPLAHATION   OF  PLATE. 
I'Ute  \xi. 

Acacia  Hakkki. 
Fig.   I.— Floweriug  twig. 

Fig.   2. — The  litrga  form  of  pliylliide,  common  in  thii  ipeciu. 
Fi){8,  3  and  -t.  — IndividunI  llcjweTi  in  progrsMive  *t*gM. 


341 


NOTES   AND    EXHIBITS. 

Mr.  Edgar  R.  Waite  exhibited  a  number  of  living  "Waltzing" 
Mice,  quite  recently  received  from  Japan,  where  these  curious 
animals  appear  to  have  originated.  They  were  first  made  known 
in  Europe  b}'  M.  C.  Schlumberger,  in  1893.  Last  year  he  pub- 
lished a  description  with  figures  copied  from  Japanese  ivory 
carvings  representing  these  mice  (Mem.  Soc.  Zool.  de  France,  1894, 
p.  63).  M.  Schlumberger's  mice  and  also  Mr.  Waite's  are  white 
variegated  with  black:  the  exhibitor  had  bred  some  entirely 
white  but  with  discernible  faint  fawn  marks  indicating  what 
portions  would  normally  be  black.  These  mice  are  constantly 
rotating,  and  this  trait  constitutes  the  peculiarity  which  gives  to 
them  their  trivial  name. 

Mr.  Maiden  showed  a  series  of  Iwtanical  specimens  in  illustra- 
tion of  his  paper. 

Mr.  Froggatt  exhibited  specimens  of  the  l^eetles  desci»ibed  in 
his  paper,  and  drawings  of  six  of  them  in  different  stages  of  their 
life-history.  Also,  some  pine  resin  from  the  stems  of  FrenpAla 
robntta,  collected  near  Wagga,  N.8.W.,  and  sent  to  the  Techno- 
logical Museum,  in  which  are  enclosed  and  beautifully  preserved 
a  large  number  of  insects,  at  least  eight  diflerent  species  of 
Forniici'Hfpf  Muliffa^p.j  (7/ia/c<V<sp.,  l)esides  about  twenty  different 
species  of  Coleoptera. 

Mr.  Masters  exhibited  a  very  attractive  collection  of  420  species 
of  Coleoptera  collected  by  him  during  a  stay  of  five  days  at  Black - 
heath,  Blue  Mts. 

Mr.  Fred.  Turner  sent  for  exhibition  flowering  and  fruiting 
specimens  of  a  plant  (Adriana  aceri/olia,  Hook.)  suspected  of 
poisoning  cattle.  He  also  communicated  the  particulars  of  two 
cases  in  each  of  which  the  patient  had  l>een  authoritatively  pro- 
nounced by  two  medical  men  to  l)e  suffering  from  hydatids,  and 
an  operation  recommende<l,  but,  it  was  asserted,  relief  had  l>een 
otherwise  obtained  from  the  use  of  a  decoction  pieparod  from 


342  NOTES   AND   EXHIBITS. 

till'  leat'es  and  stems  of  Goodenia  ovata,  Sm.,  locally  called 
"Xiitive  Hopa." 

Mr  Xarth  sent  for  exhibition  the  eggs  described  in  hie  paper. 

Mr.  Fletcher  exhibited  specimens  of  a  Land  Kemertine  obtained 
Iiy  Mr.  R.  Helms  at  Pretty  Point,  Mt.  Kosciusko  Plateau,  pro- 
liulily  Geonemerleg  lustralinigiH,  Dendy.  Also  specimens  collected 
by  Iiini-^wlf  near  Gosford,  of  a  richer  darker  red  than  even  the 
reddest  examples  of  Geoplana  aanguinea,  Moseley,  for  which  when 
((uieflceiit  the  animal  otherwise  might  on  canual  examination 
fairly  pass.  The  only  other  record  for  New  South  Wales,  is  of 
a  ainiilar  red  specimen  obtained  by  Mr.  R.  Helms  in  the  Rich- 
mond Tliver  District  some  jears  ago.*  Professor  Spencer  had 
obtained  some  Tosmanian  examples  which  were  longitudinally 
Kti-ipod  with  red;  but  all  the  examples  from  New  South  Wales  yet 
seen,  with  the  exception  of  those  from  Mt.  KosciuHko,  are  still 
moff  pitrmenlwl. 


343 


WEDNESDAY,  JUNE  26th,  1895. 


The  Ordinary  Monthly  Meeting  of  the  Society  was  held  in  the 
Linnean  Hall,  Ithaca  Road,  Elizabeth  Bay,  on  Wednesday  even- 
ing, June  26th,  1895. 


Professor  T.  W.  E.  David,  B.A.,  F.G.S.,  Vice-President  in  the 
Chair. 


Mr.  J.  Jennings  and  Mr.  J.  B.  R.  Garland  were  introduced  as 
visitors. 


DOXATIONS. 

Pharmaceutical  Journal  of  Australasia.  Vol.  viii.  (1895),  No. 
5.     From  the  Editor. 

University  of  Melbourne — Examination  Papers  :  Final  Honour, 
Degrees,  Ac,  Febioiary,  1895;  Matriculation,  May,  1895.  From 
the  University, 

Soci^t^  Hollandaise  des  Sciences  k  Harlem — Archives  N^erlan- 
daises.     T.  xxix.  I*'  Liv.  (1895).     From  the  Society. 

Soci^t^  Royale  de  G^ographie  d*Anvers— Bulletin.  T.  xix.  4™* 
Faac.  (1895).     From  the  Society. 

Soci^t^  d*Horticulture  du  Doubs,  Besan9on — Bulletin,  n.s. 
Na  52  (April,  1895).     From  tfie  Society. 

Department  of  Agriculture,  Brisbane — Botany  Bulletin.  No. 
X.  (May,  1895);  Bulletin.  Second  Series,  No.  5  (April,  1895). 
From  the  Secretary  for  Agriculture. 


34  1  IMNATIONB. 

Univi-frtity   of  Sydney— Culendar  for  1895.     From    Ihi    Uni- 

rer$ity. 

CullpKc  iif  ycience,  Imperial  University,  Japan — Journal.  Vol, 
vii.     Part  4  (1895).     From  the  Dirttlor. 

Coraitti  G^logique,  St.  P^terabourg — Mi^moires.  Tome  niv. 
No.  1  {1S95):  Bulletin.  T.  xiii.  Kos.  4-7  et  SuppWment  m  T. 
siii.  (If<94).     From  the  CommlttM. 

Soci^tt^  Beige  de  Microscopie — Bulletin.  T.  ixi.  Noo.  4-6 
(1894-95).     From  the  Socinty. 

Royal  Microscopical  Society — Jourual,  1895.  Part  2  (April). 
From  tfia  Society. 

Eiitomnlogical  Society  of  London —Transactions,  1895.  Part 
1.      From  theSocielt,. 

Journal  of  Concholo«y.  Vol.  viii.  No,  1  (January,  1895). 
Fri>m  tlf  Coiielio!ogicn(  Society  of  Great  Rrilain  and  Ireland. 

Department  of  Mines  and  Agriculture,  S3rdney — Annual  Report 
for  IH94.     FroM.  the  Hon.  the  Mirii'ster/or  Miiieg  aiM  Agrieulturt. 

Vicfitian    Naturalist.     Vol.   xii.    No.   2  (May,  1895).      From 

«  FichI  SaUn-olisI^'  Cluh  ,'/  VU 


DONATIONS.  345 

Perak  Government  Gazette.  Vol.  viii.  (1895),  Nob.  10-11. 
From  the  OcvemjiMnt  Secretary, 

Zoologischer  Anzeiger.  xviii.  Jahrg.  No.  474  (May,  1896). 
From  the  Editor. 

Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard  College — Bulletin. 
Vol.  xvi.  No.  15  (1895).  Vol.  xxv.  No.  12  (1895)  Vol.  xxvi. 
No.  2  (April,  1895).     From  the  Curator. 

Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal — Journal  Vol.  Ixi.  Part  i.,  Extra 
No.  (1892);  Vol.  Ixiii.  Part  i.,  No.  4;  Part  ii.,  No.  4  (1894):  Pro- 
ceedings, 1894.  Part  x.  (Dec);  1895,  Nos.  i.-iii.  (Jan.-Mar.) 
From  the  Society, 

Agricultural  Gazette  of  N.S.W.  Vol.  vi.  (1895),  Part  5. 
From  t/»s  Hon,  tihe  Minister  for  Mines  and  Agriculture. 

Royal  Society  of  New  South  Wales — Journal  and  Proceedings. 
VoL  xxviii.  (1894).     From  t/ie  Society. 

Australasian  Journal  of  Pharmacy.  Vol.  x.  No.  114  (June, 
1895).     From  the  Editor. 

State  Board  of  Fish  Commissioners,  Michigan — Eleventh 
Biennial  Report  (1895).     From  the  Commission. 

Royal  Society  of  Queensland — Proceedings.  Vol.  xi.  Part  1 
(1895).     From  the  Society. 

Pamphlet  entitled  "Australian  Hepialidse."  By  A.  Sidney 
011i£P.     From  the  Authoi: 

Zoological  Society  of  London — Abstract,  7th  May,  1895.  From 
the  Society. 

Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein  zu  Bremen — Abhandlungen. 
xiii.  Bd.,  2  Heft  (1895);  xv.  Bd.,  1  Heft  (1895).    From  tJie  Society. 

Soci^t^  Linn^nne  de  Norraandie — Bulletin.  4*  Sdrie.  Vol. 
viii  (1895).     From  the  Society. 

American  Naturalist.  Vol.  xxix.  No.  341  (May,  1895),  From 
the  Editors, 


UONATIOKS. 


American   Muiwuiii  of  Naluml  History — Bulletin.     Vol. 
Sig.  .>9,  pp.  63-1-14  (ISSf)).     From  t/ie  .Ifuttum. 


Soci^t«  Raynle  ]. 
Jo.  7  (May,  I«95}. 


de  Bruxelles— 
iJie  Soculy. 


Australian  iluseum — Report  of  Trustees  for  the  year  1894. 
Frmn  the  Miuniint. 


Pamphlet  entitled  "  On  the  8i}{nificn 
Epithelium  in  the  Fivtal  Mammalian  Jav 
B.Sc.     From  tiie  Author. 


i  of  the  Proliferated 
By  H.  Bmom,  M.B., 


347 


DESCRIPTIONS  OF  SOME  NEW  ARANEID^  OF  NEW 

SOUTH  WHALES.     No.  5. 

By  W.  J.  Rainbow. 

(Plates  xxii.-xxiii.) 

Family  EPEIRIDiE. 

Genus  N  e  p  h  i  l  a,  Leach. 

Nephila  Fletcheri,  sp.nov. 

(Plate  XXII.  figs.   1,  la.) 

9*  Cephalothorax,  8  mm.  long,  5  mm.  broad;  abdomen,  12mm. 
long,  6  mm.  broad. 

Cephafothorax  dark  mahogany-brown,  thickly  clothed  with 
hoary  hairs;  cajnit  elevated,  rounded  on  sides  and  upper  part, 
deeply  compressed  at  junction  of  cephalic  and  thoracic  segments, 
forming  deep,  sublateral  indentations;  these  latter  only  thinly 
famished  with  short,  hoary  hairs;  at  pasterior  extremity  of 
cephalic  segment  there  are  two  coniform  tubercles  of  dark 
mahogany  colour.  Clyjyeus  broad,  moderately  convex,  clothed 
with  hoary  pubescence,  indented  laterally;  a  deep,  broad,  trans- 
verse groove  at  centre;  indentations  and  grooves  sparingly  pubes- 
cent.    MargiiwJ.  hand  narrow,  fringed  with  hoary  hairs. 

Eyes  of  an  opaline  tint,  placed  on  dark  rings;  the  four  central 
eyes  are  seated  on  a  moderately  convex  eminence,  and  form  an 
almost  quadrangular  figure;  of  these  the  front  pair  are  somewhat 
the  smallest,  and  are  separated  from  each  other  by  alx>ut  twice 
their  individual  diameter;  the  posterior  pair  are  also  divided  by 
a  distance  equal  to  twice  their  individual  diameter;  the  lateral 
pairs  are  much  the  smallest,  and  are  placed  obliquely  on  small 
tubercles,  but  are  not  contiguous. 


Ji6  VEW   AKAitZlUX.   OF  NEtT   BOtrTH   WALES, 

Leffs  long,  slender,  yellow-brown;  trochanter*  sparingly  pabea- 
cent,  few  short  Hpines;  femorn  thickly  clothed  with  long  yellow 
liiiii-s,  and  armed  with  rather  short  spinea;  't6ia/ joinfoarmed  with 
short  spines  and  bristles;  iiiAtitami  and  tarti  dark  brown,  thickly 
clothed  with  abort  dark  l>rown  brii^tles;  superior  tartal  rJawt 
ttioderately  long,  curved  and  pectinated;  iiifsrior  claw  sharply 
curved.  Relative  lengths  of  legs  I,  -',  4,  3;  of  these  the  third  pair 
are  much  the  shortest. 

FalcKii  dark  brown,  approaching  bistre,  Noiuewhat  conical,  diver- 
gent at  apex;  the  margins  of  the  furrows  of  eacli  falx  are  armed 
with  a  row  {»f  live  teeth. 

Miixillir.  yellow-brown,  outer  naargins  bistre,  rather  longer  than 
brood,  divergent;  few  coame  dark  hairs. 

Liihiuni  yellow-brown,  longer  than  broad,  about  half  the  length 
of  matillie;  furnished  with  a  few  short  dark  hairs. 

Htfrnum  yellow-brown,  shield-shaped,  outline  sinuous;  surface 
uneven,  sjiaringly  clothed  with  white  pubescence. 

AhiJatwn  ovate,  moderately  convex,  projecting  over  base  of 
cpphalothorax:  superior  surface  spiiringly  puboscent,  yellow-brown, 
souii'what  darker  towards  jMMterior  extremity;  ornamented  with 


BY    W.    J.    RAINBOW.  349 

them;  at  their  commencement  the  design  represents  a  bifurcated 
Sgure,  the  two  outer  lines  forming  a  junction  just  between  the 
spots  referred  to,  from  whence  they  suddenly  open  out;  the  centre 
line  commences  below  junction  of  outer  lines,  and  terminates  at  a 
point  rather  lower  down  at  posterior  extremity  than  its  neigh- 
bours, the  two  other  lines  start  at  a  point  about  midway  between 
second  and  third  pairs  of  spots,  from  whence  they  open  out,  and 
intersect  the  outer  and  centre  lines;  in  addition  to  the  lines 
described,  there  are  also  faint  oblique  and  transverse  uneven 
markings  both  above  and  below  third  pair  of  distinct  spots;  sides 
yellowish,  mottled  with  brown,  dark  brown  patches  in  places; 
ventral  surface  dark  brown,  interspersed  with  yellow;  a  broad 
transverse  yellow  band,  uneven  in  outline,  extends  immediately 
below  branchial  opercula,  the  band  is  curved  posteriorly;  above 
the  region  of  spinnerets  there  is  a  second,  transverse,  yellow  band, 
but  this  is  much  narrower  and  more  even  in  outline  than  the 
former;  this  band  is  much  more  curved  than  the  former,  the 
curvature  being  directed  forward;  there  are  also  two  yellow 
patches  closely  contiguous  to  base  of  spinners. 

ifafc.—New  England  District,  N.S.W. 

I  have  very  much  pleasure  in  associating  this  specimen  with 
the  name  of  my  esteemed  contemporary,  J.  J.  Fletcher,  Esq., 
M.A.,  B.Sc.,  to  whom  I  am  indebted,  not  only  for  the  one  herein 
described,  but  also  for  other  interesting  specimens,  as  well  as 
much  valuable  assistance  in  other  directions. 

Nephila  Edwardsii,  sp.nov. 
(Plate  XXII.  figs.  2,  2a.) 

9.  Cephalothorax,  8  mm.  long,  5  mm.  broad;  abdomen,  14  nun. 
long,  7  mm.  broad. 

Cephahthorax  and  eyes  similar  to  N.  Fhtch^ri. 

Legs  long,  slender,  brown  with  yellow  annulations  at  joints; 
trochanters  moderately  hairy,  few  short  spines;  feniora  thickly 
clothed  with  rather  long  dark  hairs  and  spines;  tibial  joints, 
yellow  annulations  at  commencement,  l)elow  dark  brown,  approacii- 
ing  sepia,  thickly  furnished  with  long  dark  hairs  or  bristles  and 


350  NEW    ARANEID£  OP   NEW   SOUTH    WALES, 


apinea:  metatnrn  and  lar»i  dark  brown  approaching  xepia,  thickly 
clutlied  u'itli  dark  briittleM;  miperior  tartnl  datoi  mcxlerately  long, 
curved  and  i>ectiikat«(l;  inferior  clam  sharply  curved.  Relative 
lenKtha  1,  2,  4,  3;  of  these  the  first  pair  are  the  longest,  the 
Mociind  and  fourth  pairs  coequal;  third  pair  much  tlie  shortest. 

I'alpi  moderately  long,  nimilar  in  colour  and  armature;  termitMl 
claw  slif,'htly  curved,  and  armed  with  four  teeth  near  the  liase  on 
th(^  underside. 

l-'cUcea  dark  brown,  vertical,  Boniewhat  conical,  divergent  at 
apex;  the  margins  of  the  furrown  of  each  falx  armed  with  a  row 
of  five  teeth. 

.\faxillir  dark  brown,  approaching  bistre,  rather  longer  than 
bnwd,  divergent,  fringed  with  rather  long  black  hairs. 

L-ibitun  dark  brown,  longer  than  hroad,  about  the  length  of 

Sirrnum  flhield-shaped,  sparingly  hairy,  tuliercular,  yellow- 
l)r<iwn;  dark  brown  patch  at  centre. 

Affh»fri  ovate;  moderately  convex,  projecting  over  base  o( 
cej>lialothi»rttx;    .■superior   surface    pubescent,  light    brown,  oma- 

jjted  by  a  lar;;e  iiunil>er  of  symmetrically  disposed  puncturea, 


BY    \V.    J.    RAIN'BOW.  351 

above  the  centre  puncture  of  the  first  row,  intei*sectin^  it,  and 
continue  as  such  until  near  the  two  inner  punctures  of  the  second 
row,  where  it  opens  out  and  fomis  two  lines;  from  thence  they 
proceed  to  the  extremity  of  the  abdomen,  intersecting  each  punc- 
ture: laterally  the  colour,  towards  the  dorsal  surface,  is  a  sluwle 
darker,  but  lower  down  a  rich  nut-brown  colour  prevails;  the  sides 
are  ornamented  with  yellowish  wavy  markings:  ventral  surfiice 
dark  brown,  with  yellowish  lateral  and  transverse  markings. 
Epigynt*  a  transverse,  oval,  dark  brown  eminence,  concave  within. 

Uah,  — Sydney. 

The  specimen  described  above  was  obtained  by  Dr.  C.  A. 
Edwards,  M.D.,  M.R.C.S.,  Edin.,  of  Waverley,  and  it  affoi-ds  me 
great  pleasure  in  connecting  his  name  with  it.  To  the  same 
gentleman  I  am  indebted  for  many  other  interesting  specimens 
and  much  valuable  information  as  the  result  of  pei^sonal  and 
independent  observation. 

Nephila  ventricosa,  (J.  et  9.,  sp.nov. 

(Plate  XXIII.  figs.   1,  la,  2,  "In.) 

(J.  Cephalothorax,  2  mm.  long,  1-5  mm.  broad;  alxlomen,  2  mm. 
long,  1  -5  mm.  broad. 

Cephahthortuc  convex.  Caput  yellow,  furnished  with  few  short 
yellowish  hairs,  normal  grooves  and  indentations  indistinct. 
Clyj>fu8  dark  brown. 

Eyes  prominent,  glossy  black,  the  four  centrals  form  a  somewhat 
quadrangular  figure;  lateral  pairs  much  the  smallest,  placed 
obliquely  on  minute  tubercles:  not  contiguous. 

Legs  long,  slender,  tapering  to  a  point,  3'ello>\nsh,  furnished 
with  rather  long  hairs  and  spines:  sttp^rior  tarsal  cfaa^s  long, 
curved  and  pectinated:  inferii^r  claw  sharply  curved.  Relative 
lengths  1,  2,  4,  3;  the  second  and  fourth  pairs  are  coeciual.  or 
nearly  so,  while  the  third  pair  is  by  far  the  shortest. 

Palpi',  humeral  joint  slender,  yellow,  few  black  hairs  and 
slender  bristles;  nearly  twice  as  long  as  cubital  and  radial  joints 


353  NBW   ARAXEIII^.  OF   NKW   HOUTtl    WAI.BS, 

together;  of  these  two  latter,  the  radial  is  rather  the  longer,  and 
each  is  similar  in  colour  to  humeral  joint;  two  large  briatles 
projett  from  radial  joint,  the  shorter  directed  outwards,  and 
cur\'ing  slightly  backward,  the  longer  and  stronger  one  curved 
and  direot«l  forward;  iligital  joint  twice  as  long  an  the  three 
fornifT,  (lai'k  brown,  hairy;  pal[)nl  organs  simple,  1>ulb  large,  hairv 
on  upper-side,  glossy  underneath,  tcriuitiated  by  a  long  llagelluin: 
bulb  hairy,  concave  on  inner  side;  curving  over  bulb  from  basal 
end  is  a  long,  st«ut,  dark  process. 

Fiilcn'  yellowish,  long,  ^■el■ticaI,  di^'ergent  at  apex. 

M'lxiltiF  yellowish,  outer  margins  dark,  longer  than  broad, 
divergent,  few  coarse  dark  hairs, 

/.''hiiiin  yellow,,  longer  than  liroad,  rather  more  than  lialf  the 
li'-ngth  iif  niaxillie. 

■SI-'fiiHiit  yellow,  shield -shajjei J,  furnished  with  few  rather  long 
coarse  hairs. 

Ahiiimi'.ii  ovate,  moderately  convex,  hairy,  projecting  over  base 
of  cephiilotliorax,  <liirk  br.iwn,  mottled  with  yellow. 


BY   W.    J.    RAINBOW.  353 

and  tarsi  dark  brown,  approaching  sepia;  tarsal  claws  as  in  iV. 
Fletchcri  and  N.  Edf  card  sit.     Relative  lengths  1,  2,  4,  3. 

Falpi  moderately  long;  humeral  and  cubital  joints  yellowish, 
the  others  dark  brown,  approaching  sepia;  similar  in  armature  to 
legs. 

Falc*is  black,  glossy,  vertical,  divergent  at  apex;  armed  with  a 
row  of  five  teeth  along  each  margin  of  the  furrow  of  the  falx 
wherein  the  fang  lies  concealed  when  at  rest. 

Majsilhfi  sepia,  inner  margins  yellowish,  longer  than  broad, 
divergent;  a  few  coarse  dark  hairs  on  outer  margins. 

Labium  dark,  glossy,  yellowish  patch  in  centre,  about  half  the 
length  of  maxillse;  furnished  with  few  rather  long  dark  hairs. 

Sternum  orange-yellow,  dark  irregular  transverse  band  at 
middle,  shield-shaped,  tuberculate. 

Abdotnen  ovate,  exceedingly  convex,  projecting  over  base  of 
cephalothorax,  pale  yellow,  somewhat  darker  at  posterior  extremity, 
clothed  with  minute  hairs;  dorsal  surface  ornamented  with  a 
curved  row  of  10  minute  dark  spots  towards  anterior  extremity; 
seated  lower  down  are  two  other  dark  spots,  much  larger  tlian 
those  of  the  curved  series,  and  each  is  relieved  by  a  circular  pale 
yellow  patch  or  disc  at  the  upper  margin,  in  a  somewhat  lateral 
position;  from  the  lower  lateral  margin  of  each  spot  there  extends 
in  an  outward  oblique  direction  a  short  slightly  curved  line, 
terminating  with  a  minute  spot ;  immediately  between  the 
cur\'ed  lines  there  is  a  short  straight  longitudinal  line;  at  the 
centre  of  dorsal  surface  there  are  other  two  dark  spots,  more 
widely  removed  than  former  pair,  and  each  is  also  relieved  by  a 
circular  pale  yellow  pat.ch  or  disc;  midway  l)etween  these  two 
latter  spote,  and  connecting  them,  is  a  series  of  longitudinal 
parallel  and  curved  markings,  which  proceed  therefrom  and  termi- 
nate at  posterior  extremity  (vide  fig.  2,  PL  xxiii.);  near  posterior 
extremity,  and  inside  lateral  longitudinal  lines,  there  are  two 
small  yellow  discs  separated  from  each  other  by  two  parallel  lines; 
laterally  the  abdomen  is  much  darker,  and  is  ornamented  with 
four  broad  white  irregular  bands;  ventral  surface  dark  brown, 


3')4  NEW   AKAXBIDS   OF   KEW   SOUTH   WALKS, 

uiiianioiite(l  about  midway  between  branchial  opercula  and 
MliiiiiicretH  with  a  yellowish  transverse,  sliglitly  curved  band,  the 
lateral  i-xti'einitiesi  of  which  are  Honiewhat  abruptly  direcWd 
towanis  iHMt'erior  extremity.  Epigyne  a  dark  brown,  ){1<>*-1V, 
transv(?i-Me  oval  eminence,  eorieiive  within. 

II fib."  -Sydney. 

The  sjii'ters  of  the  genus  Ifep/nUi  are  undoubtedly  one  of  tlie 
Uiiist  iiitereatiiig  groups  of  Australian  orlvweavera,  both  as  refEUvlii 
theii'  size,  l)eautyand  welm.  Representatives  of  the  genus  alwund 
in  tropical  and  siil>tropical  regions,  oft«n  occurring  in  communi- 
ties, anil  ^instructing  their  wel>s  clow^ly  together,  occafiionally 
u'ithin  rpiich,  but  not  infreijuently  from  10  to  20  feet  from  the 
j^ruurul.  ami  always  in  a  [M>sition  ex]K)sed  to  the  rays  of  the  sun. 
The  sniin's  aii-  bright  yellow,  and  so  remarkalily  viscid  as  tii 
follow  the  point  of  a  needle;  they  vary  in  diameter  from  three 
feet  upwanls,  while  the  supporting  lines  or  guys  Hometimes 
measure  fiimi  10  to  12  feet.* 

8o  Mtrons  are  these  snares  that  small  birds  are  occa«ionally 
entrapped  by  them.  The  writer  on  one  occa-sion  saw  a  young 
bird  that  had  l>een  newly  caught  in  the  web  of  a  iVtphifa  in  the 
vii'iiiity  of  rty<lney.     It  was  in  vain  the  unhappy  bird  struggled 


BY    W.    J.    RAINBOW.  355 

that^  riding  through  the  bush  in  the  autumn,  they  have  seen 
skeletons  of  small  birds  hanging  in  the  webs  of  '*  triantelopes/'  as 
they  are  pleased  to  call  them.  Mr.  J.  A.  Tliorpe,  of  the  Australian 
Museum,  Sydney,  has  informed  the  author  that  at  Madden's,  near 
Belle  Plains,  he  has  met  with  specimens  of  the  emu  wren  (Stipi- 
tarns  malachuniH)  entangled  in  the  sticky  meshes  of  the  webs  of 
spiders  of  the  genus  Nephila;  also  at  Cape  York,  he  had  seen 
iieveral  of  the  blue-warblers,  notably  Malurns  arnabllis,  Gould, 
and  J/.  lirouynii,  Vig.  et  Horsfield,  that  htid  fallen  victims  in  a  like 
manner.  It  must  be  noted,  however,  that  it  is  only  young  birds 
or  those  of  a  weak  wing-power  that  are  so  captured.  An  Indian 
writer  states  that  in  many  unfrecjuented  dark  nooks  of  the  jungle 
the  traveller  comes  across  most  perfect  skeletons  of  small  birds 
caught  in  the  powerful  snares  of  the  Xephifa;,  the  strong  folds  of 
which  prevent  the  delicate  lx)nes  from  falling  to  the  ground  after 
the  wind  and  weather,  together  with  other  agencies,  have  dispersed 
the  flesh  and  feathers.  Further,  a  naturalist,  writing  under  the 
nomrde-pluine  "  H.  A.  H.,"  from  Cashar,  to  the  Asian,  stated  that 
he  had  "received  from  a  neighbouring  planter  an  adult  female 
•of  the  three-toed  Kingfisher  wliich  was  found  entangled  in  a 
spider's  web.  Although  true  Kingfishers,  these  lovely  birds  feed 
largely  on  insects.  Curiously  enough,"  continued  the  writer,  "the 
stomach  of  the  last  bird  I  preserved  contained  a  large  brown 
spider.  Doubtless  the  bird  went  either  for  the  spider  or  some 
insect  caught  in  the  web,  and  got  entangled  in  the  sticky 
meshes." 

Some  writers  on  this  subject  have  supposed,  and  even  l>oldly 
asserted,  that  birds  so  caught  were  devoured  by  the  spiders  in 
whose  webs  they  had  become  entrappi»d,  but  this  conclusion  is  in 
my  opinion  erroneous.  In  1834  the  late  W.  S.  Macleay,  F.Z.8., 
in  a  paper*  communicatee!  to  the  Z(K)logical  Society,  London, 
wrote : — "  Now,  it  is  certainly  possible  that  the  net  of  iVephila 
should,  in  accord  with  Labat's  account,  accidentally  arrest  such 
small  birds  as  are  several  species  of  Trochilidcfi;  but  I  do  not 

*  Trana.  Zool.  Soc.  1834,  pp.  192-3. 


3>G  SKIV   ABANEIH.*:  OF   NSW  SOUTII   WALES, 

Iwlievc  iliiit  n.  spider  would  touch  them.  My  garden,  I  repeat,  U 
full  iif  tlicsf  A'tji/iiltr  in  autumn,  and  I  tried  to  regale  one  of  tliem 
witli  II  Kuuill  specie^  of  Spltierio  dactylui  by  putting  it  into 
tier  iii't.  The  Hpider  on  feeling  the  threads  vibrate  with  the 
slru<,%'lt'K  iif  the  lizurd  instantly  approached  and  enveloped  it  in 
hiT  wc'b.  As  aoon,  however,  an  it  was  thuM  diwUiled,  iny  A'e/ihUn 
sei'nitil  lo  liec'omt^  iiwaiv  of  her  niiatake,  and  tusiu)^  no  time  in 
culiiiij;  the  lines,  allowed  her  prisoner  to  fall  U.>  the  ground." 
'I'liiM  I 'lint' III  si  I  )ri,  however,  >Ir.  Alaoleay  felt  callnl  upon  six  years 
Liter  to  withdraw,  for  in  a  letter  to  W.  E.  Khutkard,  Ewj.,*  dated 
Syiliifv.  7tl]  April,  lr'40,  he  stated  tliat:  -"In  the  vicinity  of 
Wydnoy  he  had  met  with  a  true  liiixl-uat-ching  spider,  he  liavin;; 
liimself  fuund  oni'  of  the  Eiu-iildii  actually  devouring  one  of  the 
young  iif  ihc  Xontirojiii  that  htui  recently  flown  from  the  nest;  auil 
which  i-^  not  ii  solitary  instance,  as  his  father,  A.  Macleay,  Esii., 
had  pn-viuiisly  observed  a  simihir  fact." 

It  is  abundantly  clear  fi-oni  the  fort^going  tliat  the  snarein  of 
certain  spiders  arrest  the  youni;  of  certain  birds,  as  also  those  nf 
a  weak  wiiig-[H)wcr,  but  the  author  is  decidedly  of  opinion  thitt 
(he  spicU'rs  it)  i|i.iestion  do  not  obtiiin  or  receive  nourishment  from 
■h);,'icni  victims.     Thewelw  are  not  set  with  the  object 


BY   W.    J.    RAINBOW.  357 

her  fangs  therein,  maintains  her  grasp  until  death  ensues;  there- 
upon she  envelopes  the  body  in  her  thread  and  bears  it  to  a  quiet 
spot,  where  she  can  devour  in  peace  her  spoil.  This  scene  could 
hardly  be  enacted  by  the  largest  Nephila  on  the  smallest  bird 
known.  Such,  however,  is  my  belief,  and  I  feel  certain  that  any 
who  will  observe  for  themselves,  and  closely  watch  the  subject, 
will  ultimately  bear  out  my  view  of  the  case.  It  is,  unhappily, 
too  often  a  fact  that  observers  are  in  many  instances  prone  to 
hasty  conclusions,  and  in  recording  these,  render  unsatisfactory, 
or  even  useless,  ol>servations  that  might  otherwise  l>e  of  immense 
value  as  data. 

The  webs  of  these  spiders  are  compased  of  two  kinds  of  silk; 
one  yellow,  exceedingly  viscid,  and  elastic;  the  other  wliite,  dry, 
and  somewhat  brittle.  The  latter  is  used  in  the  construction  of 
the  framework,  guys,  and  radii,  and  the  former  the  concentric 
rings  or  spirals.  The  spirals  are  exceedingly  numerous,  and  as  a 
rule  somewhat  less  than  one-third  of  an  inch  distant  from  each 
other.  Between  every  eight  or  ten  of  these  circles  there  is  a 
white  thread,  which,  however,  does  not  form  a  complete  circle,  but 
is  looped  up  and  returned  in  an  opposite  direction  to  a  corres- 
ponding point  on  the  other  side  of  the  web.  These  white  lines 
are  put  in  before  the  yellow  ones  are  constructed,  and  doubtless 
8er%'e  to  strengthen  the  huge  mesh. 

As  the  result  of  experiments  with  the  Americtm  species, 
X'ephila  plumipesy  Professor  Wilder  proved*  that  these  spiders 
have  the  power  of  regulating  the  thickness  of  th(i  thread  voided, 
and  also  that  they  can  produce  either  yellow  or  white  silk  at  will, 
and  he  even  succeeded  in  drawing  oflf  both  by  artificial  means.  The 
Professor  wound  oflf  silk  from  the  species  mention(»d  for  an  hour 
and  a  quarter,  at  the  rate  of  six  feet  per  minute,  making  a  tot^l 
of  450  feet,  or  150  yards.  This  he  afterwards  removed  from  the 
quill  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  its  weight,  and  it  was  found 
to  be  one-third  of  a  grain.  It  was  ascertaine<i  that  it  was  impos- 
sible to  reel  oflT  more  than  300  yards  of  silk  from  a  spider  at  one 

•  Proc.  Boat.  Nat.  Hist.  Vol.  x.  p.  200. 


3aS  NEW   AKANlflD.f;   OF   NEW    SOUTH    WALES, 

time;  Imt  this  evidently  did  nut  exhaust  the  supply,  for  on  opening 
till'  iilxlomen  the  glands  were  found  to  Ins  still  partially  filled. 
?'urtlier  nxperimcnts  led  this  enthuMiAstic  nnturalint  to  believe 
that  .V.  plumi/Mi  could  lie  bred  in  large  immlicrH  and  utilised  for 
il»i  silk,  iuit\  fur  this  purpose  he  su);gested  that  each  spider  be 
kept  liv  heraelf  in  a  wire  rinj;  surnmndeti  by  water,  fed  with  flies 
lin-d  for  the  puri>ose  from  ol<I  meat,  and  milked  each  day  of  her 
Hilk.  Kvery  day  or  two  each  flpider  should  l)e  taken  down,  put 
int^i  a  ]mir  of  stocks,  and  milked  of  its  thn-ad  until  it  no  longer 
jieldfKl.  liy  a<lopting  tliiM  plan  un  ounce  of  silk  might  l>e  obtained 
fniiu  each  M])ider  during  the  summer.  The  silk  thus  reeled  off  ie 
much  snuiotber  and  more  brightly  coloured,  an  well  oh  finer 
than  that  uf  the  silkworm.  Several  threails  would  have  to  be 
twisted  together  to  obtain  one  of  workable  thiekness.  .Uthou^ 
the  yellow  RJIk  when  preserit  in  the  web  is  so  remarkably  viscid 
and  tlexihle,  the  saine  material  when  drawn  olT  artificially  is  <iuit« 
dry  and  far  less  elaittiu. 

Now,  while  it  is  possible  tc)  breed  spiders  o£  this  or  any  other 
genus,  and  to  obtain  silk  in  the  manner  suggeste<l,  the  difliculties 
in  the  way  are  far  tiio  great  for  any  serious  effort  in  the  direction 
indicated  by  Wilder,  as  the  sjMice  needed  for  keeping  each  spider 


BY    W.    J.    RAINBOW.  359 

In  autumn  these  spiders  pair.  The  sexes  usually  inhabit  the 
same  web  for  a  considerable  time,  the  female  occup3ring  her 
customary  position  in  the  centre,  and  the  male  taking  up  quarters 
on  the  upper  edge  of  the  web.  Before  running  down  to  the 
female  he  tries  the  tension  of  the  web  with  his  feet,  after  which 
he  proceeds  nimbly  and  lightly,  so  as  not  to  attract  her  attention 
or  disturb  her  in  any  way,  climbs  upon  her  back,  and  contents 
himself  for  a  while  in  moving  about  in  a  seemingly  objectless 
manner.  During  these  proceedings  she  is  not  all  resentful,  but 
apparently  disdains  all  notice.  Emboldened  by  her  apparent 
indifference  he  endeavours  to  climb  down  to  the  underside  of  her 
abdomen,  whereupcm  she  immediately  shows  fight.  In  an 
encounter  with  an  adversary  of  such  prodigious  proportions  in 
comparison  with  himself,  it  is  obvious  he  would  l)e  no  match;  he 
therefore  scrambles  off  as  quickly  as  possible,  and  dropping  out  of 
the  web,  remains  suspended  in  the  air,  or  resting  upon  an  adjacent 
leaf  or  branch  for  some  time,  after  which  he  renews  the  attack. 
It  not  infrequently  happens  that  he  has  to  repeat  his  efforts 
several  times,  and  from  these  he  rarely  retires  scathless,  often 
losing  two  or  three  legs.  Ultimately,  however,  he  succeeds  in 
attaching  liimself  in  the  n?quisite  position,  and  performing  the 
necessary  act  of  fecundation. 

Towards  the  end  of  April  or  the  beginning  of  May,  the 
cocoons  are  constructed.  In  Nephila  Edwardsii^  the  oWsac  is 
about  YE  ^^'  ^^  length,  oval,  bright  golden  yellow,  and  surrounded 
by  an  immense  quantity  of  loose  silk  of  a  like  colour.  The  cocoons 
contain  from  500  to  1000  eggs.  After  hatching  the  spiderlings  live 
together  for  two  or  three  weeks,  spin  a  web  in  common,  and  eat 
one  another  or  any  small  insects  that  may  come  their  way.  After 
this  the  survivors  separate,  and  each  constructs  a  web  on  her 
own  account. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  descriljed  Nephilce  of  Australia 
previous  to  the  publication  of  the  present  paper.  Those  species 
marked  with  an  asterisk  have  been  described  and  figured  by  Koch 
in  Band  I.  of  his  admirable  work,  "  Die  Arachniden  Australiens." 
Localities  outside  Australia  arc  in  italics  : — 


360  SEW   ARAMBIU.E  OF   NEW   SOUTH   WALES. 

iV.  vmosa*  pp.  U8-9,  T.  xii.  figs.  1,  la;  Bri«l>anc,  Port  M»ckay, 

nud  Ovalau. 
N.  victor !uli^*  pp.  150-1,  T.  xii.  figs.  3,  3o,  3ft;  llockhampton. 
JV.  nigrilaraiK,*  pp.   152-3,  T,   xii.   figs.   4,   4a,  46;  Itockliamptou 

iitid  Port  Mackay. 
N.  jla'jellaiis*  pp.  153-C,  T.  xii.  -J.  figs.  5,  5a,  56;  j.  fifrs.  6,  6«; 

Sydney. 
JP.  /iuci>w«,«  pp.   150-7,  T.  .tiii.  figs.  1,  la;  Pi.rt  Mack^iy,  Rwk- 

lianiptoH,  Bowen,  and  Pelewinsvln. 
N.  iniixiratrix*  pp.  159-CO,  T.  .\ii.  3,  3n,  36,  3c;  Rockhiimpton. 
A',  auroiia*  pp.  160-2,  T.  xiii.  fig.  4;  Port  Mackay. 
N,  procera,*  pp.  1C3-3,  T.  xiv.  fig.  1;  Port  Jlaokay. 
N.  sittphuroga*  pp.  lC3-.'>,  T.  xiv.  fig.  2;  Purt  Mackay. 
iV,  te.niipei*  pp.  165-fJ,  T.  xiii.  figs.  f>,  T>n;  Purt  Mackay. 
N.  VitnitinglKimii  (W.  S.  Macleay),  King's  "Sar\eyof  Australia," 

Vol.  II.  pp.  468-9.     [Locality  not  given.] 
Note.— In  Vol.  VIII.  (Series  :2nd),  P.L.S.N.S.W.,  pp.  292-3, 
PI.  X.  figs.  4,  4((,  46,  4c,  ^d,  4e,  4/,  under  the  title  of  "  DoHcriptiona 
<if  Koine  New  Arancidw  i>f  Xew  South  Wales  (Na  3),"  I  described 
of  Sl'.,>!«ui.,ph,  for  which    I   I 


361 


NOTES  ON   THE   METHODS   OF   FERTILISATION    OF 

THE  GOODENIACE.E, 

Part  II. 

By  Alex.  G.  Hamilton. 

(Plate  XXIV.) 

The  interesting  genus  Dampiera  is  entirely  Australian,  and  is 
remarkably  distinct  and  easily  determined. 

The  calyx-tube  is  adnate  to  the  ovulary,  which  is  in  nearly 
every  case '1 -celled.  The  corolla-tulx)  is  deeply  slit;  the  two  upper 
lobes  stand  well  above  the  lower  three,  and  are  closely  pressed 
together,  the  posterior  margins  folding  in  l^etween  the  lol)es,  and 
forming  a  cavity  or  auricle  which  encloses  the  style  and  indusium, 
and  which  is  of  various  degrees  of  complexity  in  different  sj^cies. 
The  auricle  may  be  taken  as  characteristic  of  the  genus,  for 
although  it  is  found  in  Goodeitfa,  Vfffeya,  and  Anthotlum,  yet  in 
its  highest  development  in  those  genera,  it  does  not  approach  the 
simplest  form  in  Dampiera  as  reganls  completeness  of  structure. 
The  anterior  margins  of  the  upper  lolxj  also  fold  under  into  the 
tube  of  the  corolla,  projecting  in  such  a  manner  as  to  cause  the 
auricles  to  separate  when  an  insect  forces  its  way  into  the  tube. 
The  three  lower  lobes  are  spreading  and  usually  broadly  winged; 
at  their  base  the  wings  are  narrower  and  puckered  up  by  the  close 
approach  of  the  lobes,  forming  guiding  lines  to  the  nectar.  The 
throat  is  always  glabrous  and  free  from  hairs.  The  anthers  ai'e 
<;onnate  round  the  style,  although  in  very  young  buds  they  are 
sometimes  free,  but  the  growth  of  the  anthers  locks  them  together 
later  on.  The  style  is  always  glabrous,  and  often  deeply  coloured; 
the  indusium  is  never  hairy  on  the  outside  as  in  every  other  g(?nus 
except  Brunonia  (and  even  in  this  there  are  hairs  in  the  early 


:)C>-2 


FBUTILlSATldN   ( 


;  OOODSSIACB.K, 


wtajips.  iv}iii'li  are  deciduous),  i 
!ip  ijf  tliH  indu-siuiii  is  Hliiillou 
KDini'tiuics  four,  l)y  iiiitiihes, 
lucisl  sjiLtics  iif  11  very  dark  ui) 
ti>  pniji-c'l  iK^yimd  thu  indu-sk 


Hid  rtiroly  cili&te  on  the  lip.  The 
.-,  iitid  usually  divided  into  two,  or 
Tlie  induHiuni  and  ntignia  kk  in 
liiur.  The  utignia  rarely  grows  ont 
mi  lip!*,  which  isi  also  th«  caw?  in 
iitlier  I'liiiit.s  (if  tlie  order.  The  plants,  with  the  exertion  of  D. 
tliri'i-il/iJin,  DeVr.,  are  always  ('lothetl  with  silky,  cottony,  woolly, 
stcllatii  or  iHiuiuliin^  hutrs  on  the  calyx,  and  the  outside  of  the 
ciii'Dii.  (I'xcitpt  the  winjpt)  and  Hiitiu-tiuios  on  the  steniH  and  leaves. 
TIk-  tlowtM-s  (ire  almost  always  blue  oi*  purple.  In  the  remarki;  on 
the  fif-im^  in  Fl"ra  AimtrtilieiiKin  [1]  the  colour  is  saiil  to  lie  blue, 
purpli',  red,  white,  or  ran^y  yellow.  This  latter  colour  I  have 
not  sicii  ill  any  frcnh  Mi>i-cinien!t  (except  in  the  tul>e), and  in  drieil 
plants  it  is  very  dilticull  to  make  out  the  colour.  Rut  frvm  an 
analysis  of  the  descriptions  in  flnra  AiftraHfiij'i*,  it  appean  that 
of  thi'  ;i-l  species  dusrrilii'il,  23  are  lilue  or  purple,  1  w4iite,  and  I 
(  /).  f.^iimriiii/'-Jia,  Si'hl.)  is  said  to  Iw  whit^.  Iilue  or  red;  while  9 
have  no  i-olour  mentioned. 

The  irharacteristie  featuivs  liy  which  they  may  be  recoj^Tiiseil 
;iie  the  siilitaiv  o\ ules,  connate  anthei-s,  the  auncleN,  and  tht 
1i;ui'lei^4  :4ty1e  anil  indusiuni. 


BY   A.    G.    HAMILTON.  363 

Australia,  and  a  close  examination  of  all  the  species  there  would 
doubtless  reveal  some  interesting  indications  of  the  line  of  evolu- 
tion. One  or  two  such  facts  came  under  my  notice  in  working 
out  some  species  from  that  colony. 

I  have  to  thank  Mr.  C.  Moore,  F.L.S.,  Director  of  the  Botanical 
Gardens,  and  Mr.  C.  T.  Musson,  F.L.S.,  for  specimens  of  several 
New  South  Wales  Dampieras  and  other  Goodeniads,  and  through 
the  kindness  of  Mr.  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.8.,  Director  of  Technical 
Education,  and  Mr.  J.  J.  Fletcher,  I  have  been  enabled  to 
see  and  analyse  the  species  of  Dampiera  collected  by  the 
Elder  Expedition,  and  presented  to  the  herbaria  of  the  Techno- 
logical Museum  and  the  Linnean  Society.  It  is  thase  and  some 
fresh  New  South  Wales  species  that  I  propose  to  treat  of  in  the 
following  notes. 

1.  Dampieua  Browxii,  F.v.M. 

In  the  young  buds  the  stigma  is  button-shaped,  no  indusiuni 
being  visible,  but  a  slight  fosse  shows  across  the  top  (Fig.  1).  In 
the  next  stage  the  indusium  shows  as  a  thin  wall  of  irregular 
height  all  round,  but  with  a  notch  at  each  end,  and  at  rig) it 
angles  to  the  line  of  the  stigmatic  groove.  During  these  stages 
the  whole  pistil  is  green.  At  the  next  stage  the  indusium  is 
grown  up  level  all  round  (Fig.  2),  except  at  the  notches,  and  iM)tli 
indusium  and  stigma  are  colourecl  deep  purple,  but  the  style 
remains  green;  the  purple  colour  appe^irs  first  on  the  stigma,  and 
spreads  afterwards  to  the  indusiuui.  The  style  still  continues  to 
elongate  and  passes  into  the  auricle,  the  top  of  the  style  Ijending 
over  so  as  to  bring  the  opening  over  the  junction  of  the  two 
auricles.  During  this  period  the  indusium  closes  by  the  opposite 
segments  (divided  by  the  notches)  approaching,  and  at  last  tlion^ 
is  only  a  small  circular  opening.  The  indusium  has  ))een  packe<l 
with  pollen  by  growing  up  through  the  anthers  while  the  mouth 
was  wide  open,  and  when  the  stigma  begins  its  outgrowth  at  this 
period*  it  forces  the  pollen  out  in  a  small  worm-like  string,  which 
when  exposed  to  the  air  falls  in  powder  into  the  auricles,  where  it 
lies.    An  insect  forcing  its  way  into  the  tube  of  the  Hower  presses 


3<i4 


FKRTILtSATION   ( 


:    GOObSStACK.K, 


iiHiiiiiNt  tin'  fiild  iif  the  anterior  mar),'in  and  so  niuveit  the  auricle* 
iipiirl,  wlittn  tliK  pulleii  ia,l\n  in  n  nidaII  nhuwer  on  it<4  thurax  and 
lieiul.  All  tlit-Me  ci>iitriv»nc(;H  puint  towaiils  imtect-fertilisatiun, 
but  1^1  ijiiiiiji1(>t«  t)ie  iiriwRw  one  would  imagine  tbat  tlie  Htignia 
should  now  grow  lieyond  tlip  lips  of  thti  ijidusiuni  and  project  an 
lioH  lieen  lii^crilwd  in  Hfju-iila  and  .i-Uiuru  [■')].  But  in  at  Iwt-t 
iiiiioty-fivi',  |)er  cent,  of  tlie  flowew  the  i<ti';nia  doos  not  pniject  at 
111]  lii.'yond  the  mouth,  and  in  many  it  diH^it  not  grow  up  to  tli'* 
level.  K\atiiination  of  large  nunilHfVH  of  tlowem  just  witheriiii; 
showtyl  tlie  outride  of  tho  iiidusiuiii,  the  stigintt,  and  Wtweeu  th"* 
stigma  anil  tht^  inner  nide  uf  tlie  ualls  of  the  indusiun)  coated 
evenly  with  jiollen  all  t^-er,  and  this  wan  apparently  caused  liy  tlip 
eloM!  Tit  cif  the  iiuncleM  round  the  style  applying  the  pollen,  and 
iKili  liy  insect  af^'ncy  at  all,  I  can  only  conjecture  tliat  the  plant 
is  oniinarilyself-fertiliM-d.althiiugh  uccaHionally  cross-fertilisation 
Liiny  "ci'Ur  fn>ni  insect  visits  wlii'n  the  nlignia  in  uutgrowri  or  near 
tijo  n:oulh  of  tlie  indusiuin.  b'funi  the  tinnneHs  of  the  hold  which 
the  auriclex  liave  upon  the  styliv  any  insect  wuuld,  in  forcing  itH 
way  in,  press  liani  i^^iinst  the  style  and  might  thus  deposit  pollen 
upon  the  Ktignia,  eicn  though  it  was  only  at  the  mouth  of  the 
iiidusiuiu,  inst^'ad  of  pn)ji'cting  as  in  other  genera.     It  is  usual  to 


BY   A.    G.    HAMILTON.  365 

theory  that  the  parts  of  an  organism  that  have  undergone  the 
most  modification  also  show  the  greatest  depth  of  colouring.  The 
llower-stalks  and  undersides  of  the  leaves  are  densely  covei*ed 
with  stellate  hairs;  the  upper-sides  of  the  lea\'es  are  less  thickly 
covered,  and  the  edges  are  armed  with  short  thick  conical  hairs. 
The  calyx  and  lobes  of  corolla  (but  not  the  membranous  wings) 
are  covered  with  dark  olive-green  branching  hairs,  resembling 
those  of  Z>.  luteiflora  (Fig.  14). 

Referring  to  this  genus,  Mr.  Bentham  says  [3]  :  "  In  Dampiera 
the  summit  of  the  style,  when  short  in  the  buds,  has  the  appear- 
ance of  an  ordinary  peltate  stigma,  except  tliat  it  is  not  yet 
papillose,  flat  and  nearly  circular,  with  the  rudiment  of  the  stigma 
across  the  centre.  It  soon  rises,  the  margins  are  raised  into  a 
short  almost  two-lipped  indusium;  but  I  do  not  find  that  it  carries 
any  pollen  with  it,  and  the  stigma  does  not  assume  the  perfect 
appearance  till  the  whole  indusium  and  the  stigma  has  ensconced 
itself  between  the  two  upper  petals,  which  clasely  embrace  it  by 
means  of  two  thickened  concave  appendages,  requiring  some 
external  agency  to  open  them  and  give  access  to  the  pollen." 

This  is  a  perfectly  accurate  description  of  the  mechanism  of  the 
flower,  except  that  the  pollen  is  carrie<l  by  the  up-grtnving  style. 
Indeed,  in  reading  the  paper  I  was  struck  with  the  correctness  of 
the  descriptions  of  the  process  in  all  the  genera;  and  it  is  all  the 
more  remarkable  when  it  is  remembered  that  the  author  had 
onl}**  dried  plants  to  deal  with. 

After  finishing  the  above  account  of  D.  Brownii^  I  observed  a 
fact  which  I  had  previously  missed,  but  which  is  of  great  import- 
ance. A  very  large  proportion  of  the  flowers  of  this  species  are 
resupinate,  so  that  the  auricles  are  on  the  lower  side  and  the  three 
other  petals  on  the  upper  side  of  the  flower.  When  a  flower  is 
in  this  position  it  is  manifestly  impossible  for  the  pollen  accumu- 
lated in  the  auricles  to  drop  out  on  the  insect.  But  on  the  other 
hand,  an  insect  visiting  such  a  flower  would  be  smeared  on  the 
underside  by  the  projecting  stream  of  pollen  coming  out  of  the 
indusimn,  and  in  visiting  another  flower  in  which  all  the  pollen 
had  been  exuded  the  pollen  from  other  flowers  would  be  left  on 


■'((ill  FBRTILISATION   OP  TIIK  aOOBKHI-iCE.K. 

the  iiuliisiuiii  atitl  wuuld  ho  liavt>  a  chance  of  reacliing  the  titjgina, 
(■\oii  if  thttt  ofKiin  ditl  not  yniw  out.  It  i»  remarkable,  howe\-er, 
tliat  ill  tho  Miime  plunt  Home  ttowent  nhould  be  reuupinftte  uid 
others  ill  the  ortlinarv  iKisitioii.  So  far  an  I  know  of  the  other 
fjiiiiTii  unly  /.•■vihfi'aiiJtin  hiw  i-psuiiinate  flowen*. 

:;.  Dahpieba  mtkiota,  R.Br. 
Tliis  s[)<'cii's  on  the  wliolc  irjiemlilcfi/J.  Jiro-mii  in  il.i  meohanimn, 
liiit  with  wiiiii-  minor  difffnsnces.  It  jjrows  in  patches  in  swampy 
fjiMUiul,  iind  iliiwprs  verj-  fretily,  >«i  that  the  niasses  are  ver;' 
iciiispiuuoiis.  Tim  oolour  is  liri;j;ht  })lue  with  a  ypllow  eye.  Thf 
iiiduHiuin  lins  four  notches  (l<'i^.  6),  and  closes  more  uumpletely 
tliim  in  tlift  last  H])ec-ii^  (^'K-  7)i  the  edges  an'  not  even,  but 
slightly  ra;i;j;i>d,  and  the  .><hou1der  of  the  indusiuni  in  papillose,  » 
shown  in  the  ft;;un*.  Th<!  ivuritli's  resemble  thune  of  D.  Ifrufmii, 
Init  hiive  a  fringe  of  sticky  ci-imsun  hnira  along  the  posterior 
iiiar;;in  (Fig.  S)  which  are  generally  longer  on  the  left-hand  loiie 
(l<H>king  fi-oin  is'liind  the  lli>wer).  In  thi^  it  reNeuibles  D.  M-io- 
(rjJiiiln.  (luiding  ridges  are  jiresent  in  the  tulx;  of  the  cordlft, 
whirl)  is  yellowish.  The  steiu,  calyx  and  centre  of  the  outuide  sA 
thi-   wi'i.lla-lolH^«   aiv   hairy,  tlie  haii-s  Ix-ing  either   stellate  or 


BY    A.   <;.    HAMILTON.  367 

fiiteifiora.     The  indusium  is  not  two-lipped  l)ut  continuous  all 

round,  and  shows  an  approach  to  ciliation  (Fig.  11).     The  stigina, 

in  perfect  flowers,  is  verj'  near  the  mouth  as  shown  in  the  figure. 

As  I  had  flowers  only  to  examine,  I  do  not  know  huw  it  is  placed  in 

the  bud.     The  auricle  (Fig.  1 2)  shows  little  differentiation,  the  wing 

which  forms  it  being  merely  folded  inwards,  and  slightly  hollowed 

for  the  reception  of  the  indusium.     It  is  not  coloured.     In  tlie 

imperfect  ciliation,  it  forms  a  link  l)etween  Saevola  and  G<HKienia 

on  the  one  hand,  and  tlie  more  complicated  arrangements  of  the 

typical  Dampieras  on  the  other.     The  margin  indeed  resembles 

that  of  Sr(t\^}la  ovaHfolia  in  early  bud,  where  the  cilia  at  first 

exist  as  a  thin  membrane  continuous  all  round   tlie  indusium, 

which  afterwards  breaks  up  into  separate  cilia.     The  plant .  is 

obviously  well  adapted  for  insect-fertilisation,  as  a  polleii-coat-ed 

insect,  pressing  into  the  tul>e,  could  scarcely  fail  U)  leave  pollen  on 

the  stigma. 

4.  Dam  PIER  A  sp  ? 

An  unnamed  species  from  Yeodamie,  W.A.,  in  the  Techno- 
logical Museum  Herlwirium,  has  the  auricle  more  developed  (P^ig. 
13)  and  coloured,  but  not  d«.»eply;  the  indusium  also  is  pale  in 
tint,  and,  as  in  D.  liw*arL<,  there  is  an  a})projich  to  ciliation  of 
tlie  margin  of  the  indusium.  This  species  is  closely  covered  with 
cottony  hairs.     Like  the  last,  it  is  probably  insect -ft»rtilised. 

5.  Da.mpiera  luteiplora,  F.v.M. 

I  have  seen  only  dried  s})ecimens.  Tlie  calyx,  corolla  and 
stems  are  thickly  covered  with  yellow  hairs,  mostly  branching 
(Fig.  14).  The  indusium  is  very  short  and  two-lipi>ed  (Fig.  10). 
I  did  not  see  an  outgrown  stigma,  or  even  one  level  with  the 
mouth,  but  the  amount  of  material  at  my  dis]K>sal  was  so  small 
that  it  cannot  be  said  certainly  that  it  dix^s  not  do  so.  I^ut  from 
the  shallowness  of  tlie  indusium,  this  would  Ix?  a  matter  of  less 
importance,  and  would  not,  as  in  some  other  speci(js,  be  any 
impediment  to  the  deposit  of  pollen  on  tlu^  stigma  by  insect 
agency.  The  shoulder  of  the  indusium  is  papillose  jis  in  D, 
HtrirUi,  The  auricle  (Fig.  15)  is  rather  simple.  The  indusium  is 
invariably  full  of  pollen,  and  it  is  present  also  in  the  auricles. 


3Gf  FEKTILIHATtON   OP  THE   GOODBSIACit.K, 

6.  Dampikka  LiNacQOTENii,  F.v.M. 

IVipil  HpeuimenH  only  wt>re  oxainined.  The  plant  in  hairy  n\ 
tlin  calyx  iind  corollii,  the  linira  )>elii^  branched.  The  indusinm 
is  inni'kedly  two-lipped  (Fig.  20),  deep,  and  full  of  pollen. 
The  sti;,'niii  m  the  one  flower  t  had  f()r  examination  was  in>l 
ciutfrniwii.  The  induMimii  in  deeply  coloured,  and  thu  colour  ruiw 
down  the  style  a  short  distance.  The  auriclew  (Fig.  21)  ait 
deeply  oilyurcd,  and  are  considerahly  differentiated,  Tliiu  species, 
therefore,  falls  in  the  group  like  D.  Broiritii,  the  menil>en«  vt 
which  are  not  perfectly  adapted  to  inaect  visitors, 

7.  Dampieha  EiiiocifPiiALA,  De  Vr. 

I  have  seen  only  dried  spec-imens  of  thia  specien.  Tlie  plant  is 
remarkably  hairy,  l>eing  clothed,  even  on  the  leaves,  with  len^ 
silky  liairs,  wliicli  are  all  simple,  and  usually  pure  whit«.  The 
IuIh'  of  the  corolla  is  bright  yellow,  and  ha-s  guiding  ridgeii.  The 
auricles  are  well  di'veloi)pd  (Fig.  19),  and  deep  purple  in  colour. 
They  have  trichotneK  (Fig.  If)  on  the  pnstjirior  margin,  as  in  A 
flr'fla.  Thesi-  aix-  felted  together  at  theii-  Imses,  and  there  are 
il.-cp  crimson,  the  free  extremities  Iwiiig  pink.     Outnide  of  thwa 


BY   A.    G.    UAMILTOX.  369 

crimson.  The  indusium  is  deep,  two-lipped  and  dark  red.  The 
stigma  was  not  outgrown  in  any  flowers  T  had,  and  pollen  was 
present  in  every  instance. 

9.  Dampiera  juncea,  Benth. 

I  have  seen  only  a  dried  specimen,  whicli  was  hairy  all  over, 
although  in  Flora  Australiensis  it  is  described  as  "  glabrous 
except  the  flowers  or  the  young  shoots,  white  tomentose."  Tn 
the  one  flower  which  I  have  had  an  opportunity  of  seeing  the 
corolla  was  missing,  but  it  is  descril>ed  ])y  Bentham  as  rather 
large.  The  indusium  was  remarkable  for  its  small  size,  Ix^ing 
little  greater  in  diameter  than  the  style;  the  stigma  was  outgrown 
in  a  crescent.  Neither  indusium  nor  stvle  was  coloured.  From 
the  outgrowth  of  the  stigma,  it  is  evidently  adapted  for  fertilisa- 
tion by  insects.  But  it  is  scarcely  safe  to  infer  that  the  stigma 
is  alwaj's  outgrown,  as,  in  even  D.  Brawnii,  it  sometimes  does  so, 
and  in  this  instance  it  might  \ye  an  exceptional  case  whicli 
presented  itself. 

10.  Dampiera  adpressa,  A.  Cunn. 

Covered  with  long  silvery  hairs  in  all  parts;  these,  however, 
disappear  from  the  leaves  as  they  grow  older.  The  auricles  are 
well  developed.  The  indusium  is  deep,  and  two-lipped.  The  lips 
flatten  over  the  stigma  when  the  cup  is  filled  with  pollen.  No 
outgrowth  was  seen  in  any  flowers  examined.  This  appears  to 
fall  within  the  group  in  which  self-fertilis<ati<.)n  occurs  more 
usually  than  cross-fertilisation. 

11.  Dampiera  laxceolata,  A.  Cunn. 

The  plant  is  hairy,  the  hairs  on  the  calyx  and  exterior  of  the 
corolla  being  branched.  The  corolla  is  purple,  the  tul)e  ])eing 
yellow,  and  this  colour  extends  U>  the  wider  part  of  the  petals  so 
that  there  is  a  very  decided  eye.  The  margins  of  the  petals  in 
the  tul>e  are  ridged  to  form  guiding  lines.  The  auricles  are  well 
developed,  resembling  those  of  D.  stricfa,  and,  as  in  that  species, 
there  are  trichomes  on  the  posterior  margins,  which  are   not, 


•  THE   UOODEmACE.-K, 

however,  (it«iily  wluunxl.  Tile  wiKmr  in  very  deep  purple.  Tlw 
iiKliisiuin  M  tu'o-lipped,  uiul  in  iiiuture  flowers  clutieH,  except  for  ■ 
siiiilI!  I'i^ntral  ii|>eiiiiiK.  In  nil  tlic  older  tluwerH  I  examined  the 
iiidiisiuiu  wuM  full  of  pollen,  imd  the  imriclpM  lined  with  a  slieet  of 
julhi'riii;,'  grains.  The  indusium  iind  stigma  aro  purple,  the  wtyle 
Ih'Ihw  jti-oi?!!.  Tn  1)11  inKtjini^  did  I  wk-  the  Htignm  uutj^rown, 
or  even  ho  neni'  thc!  ojH>niiig  an  to  he  captiblc  of  receiving  pulleti 
fi%tiii  ji  visiting;  insect,  mo  that  tiiin  Hpecieii  also  falln  within  thf 
jfrou])  tiot  fully  adapts)  for  iiiaect-fertilisation;  this  is  therefofe 
.■mother  species  with  iirrangi-nientu  for  fertilisation  complete 
eMMipl  iit  one  point. 

Suiiiuiint;  up,  it  nppcai>i  that  in  Dampifra  there  w  a  complex 
niechaniMni  direet«tl  towards  the  nccoinplishnient  of  croMK-fertilisa- 
lion  1>y  inse<;t.s,  anil  yet  most  species  examined  stop  short  of 
i-iimpleteness,  from  the  stigma's  not  growing  out  so  as  to  be  exposnl 
Ut  tiie  t<>uoh  of  pollen-laden  visitors.  Tliose  oxaniiiiml  may  be 
(lividcil  into  two  <;r<iups;  thosR  having  either  a  aliallow  indusium 
so  that  the  stigma  may  Iw  reached  l»y  insects;  and  those  in  which 
the  indusium  is  deep,  and  from  tlie  stigma's  not  growing  out, 
iiuMpalilii  of  l.ieing  inscet'fertilised.      In  the  first  of  these  groupH 


BY    A.    G.    HAMILTON.  371 

shallow  and  simple  ring  of  cilia  to  the  perfectly  closed  and  pro- 
tected cup  in  D,  Brotimiiy  or  D.  stricta,  TJiis  makes  the  fact  that 
the  simplest  and  most  open  indusium  (which  may  \ye  looked  upon 
as  the  ancestral  form  of  the  genus  or  near  it)  is  the  more  remark- 
able, &s  it  is  best  adapted  for  pollination  by  insects. 

Grant  Allen  points  out  [4]  tliat  a  high  development  of  flower 
usually  goes  with  a  reduction  of  the  numl^er  of  carpels  or  seeds, 
l)ecau8e  the  plant  is  certain  to  l>e  fertilised  and  so  the  seeds  more 
likely  to  arrive  at  maturity.  This  theory  would  appear  to  l>e 
supported  by  Dampiera.  The  theory,  strongly  advocated  by  the 
same  author,  that  blue  denotes  the  highest  development  in  a 
family,  agrees  well  with  the  facts.  Dampiera  is  certainly  one  of 
the  highest  developed,  if  not  the  very  highest,  of  the  order,  and 
as  already  pointed  out  blues  and  purples  prevail  in  the  genus. 
The  auricles,  too,  which  are  the  most  highly  differentiated  organs, 
show  the  greatest  depth  of  colour,  and  as  this  colour  is  hidden 
from  insect^}  and  cannot  be  intended  as  an  attraction,  I  think  it 
may  be  fairly  inferred  that  it  is  a  concomitant  of  the  high 
development.  It  is  significant  that  the  indusium,  and  the  auricles, 
when  present,  in  other  meml)ers  of  the  order,  often  show  deep 
tints  of  brown,  red,  and  purple. 

The  pollen  of  all  the  species  examined  was  small,  round,  and 
after  exposure  to  the  air,  dusty,  and  so  is  well  adapted  for  falling 
from  the  auricles  in  a  shower  on  a  visitor. 

The  genus,  I  think,  gives  a  clue  Uy  the  purpose  of  the  hairs  on 
the  style,  and  the  exterior  of  the  indusium  (not  the  cilia,  which 
have  a  well  defined  function  as  jK)inted  out  in  a  previous  pap<*r 
[o])  in  the  plants  of  the  Goodeniacea*.  They  occur  in  JV//^yn, 
(roodeniaf  Sceevola,  Selliera,  Lpurhetinultia,  and,  slightly,  in  /irn- 
nonia.  Now  in  all  these  the  style  is  wholly  (or  in  those  si>ecies 
with  auricles,  partly)  exposed  to  the  air,  rain  and  dew.  But  the 
drops  collecting  in  the  flower  are  prevented  by  the  hairs  from 
reaching  the  indusium  and  thus  damaging  the  pollen,  or  clogging 
it  so  that  it  could  no  longer  fall  freely.  Even  in  those  which 
have  auricles,  rain  falling  on  the  style  would  run  along  to  the 
indusium  but  for  the  hairs.     But  in  Dampiera  only,  the  whole 

Y 


372  FERTILISATION    OF  THE   OOODElflACSJ'.. 

stvle  am!  industium  is  cltwely  —very  closely — Ixixed  up  lietween 
tlio  n,uricl(;H,  anil  the  lint-  of  junction  covered  by  a  closely  pressed 


cliitliiiij;  of  hairs. 
[KisU^rioi'  lunrgins  of  the  i 
D.  laiicmlala  »uliaer\-o  tli 
that  the  hairy  styles  i 

Ac,  jvtkI  thi>  glalirous  oi 
is  siimethin^'  more  than 


possible  that  the  trichomes  i 
rii:les  of  D.  gfrirta,  D.  uriocrphala,  and 
sanic  purpose.  At  any  rat«,  I  tliink 
hich  are  opeti  to  rain, 

1  in  those  which  are  perfectly  protectwJ, 

coincidence. 


REFEltENCES  IX)  LITERATURE. 
(1)  liKSTiiAM  and  MuELLKit.     Flora  Aust^aliensi^^  Vol.  iv.  p.  IOC. 
(li)  Mueller,  F.v.      Second    Systematic   Census   of   Australian 

Plants,  p.  U(i. 
(.1)  Bentii.vm,  (1.     "  Nott'  on  the  Htifjinatic  Apparatus  of  GoixU- 

,('-(■(*«■,"  Journ.  Linn.  Hoc.  Botany,  Vol.  x.  \\  305. 
(4)  Alles,  (1h.\st.     "Colours  of  Flowers."  Xature  Series,  1S83, 

j.p.  n«  and  30. 
{.">;  H.vMiLTON,  A.  (i.     "Notes  on  Mi^thods  of  Fertilisatiu 


BY   A.    O.    HAMILTON.  373 


Dampiera  UneartM,  R.Br. 

Fig.  11. — Indusium  showing  stigma. 
Fig.  12.— Auricle. 

Dampiera  sp.  (?) 
Fig.  13. — Auricle. 

Dampiera  luleijlora,  F.v.M. 

Fig.  14. — Hairs  from  calyx. 
Fig.  15. — Auricle. 
Fig.  16. — Indusium. 

Dampiera  eriocephala,  De  Vr. 

Fig.  17. — Indusium. 
Fig.  18.— Trichomes. 
Fig.  19. — Auricle. 

Dampiera  Linschotenii,  F.v.M. 

Fig.  20. — Auricle. 

Fig.  21. — Top  of  indusium. 


ON  A  FOSSIL  MAMMAL  ALLIED  TO  HYPSIPRYMNUSy 
BUT  RESEMBLING  IN  SOME  POINTS  THE 

PLAGIAULACID.E, 

By  Robert  Broom,  B.Sc.,  M.B.,  CM.* 

(Plate  XXV.) 


*  This  paper,  by  permission  of  the  Council,  has  l>een  withdrawn,  to  allow 
of  the  iDOorporation  of  observations  on  some  important,  and  in  some 
respects  more  perfect,  material  discovered  shortly  after  it  was  read.  The 
new  paper  will  appear  in  a  later  Part  of  this  Volume.  Plate  xxv.,  in 
ilinstration  thereof,  is  held  over  for  the  present. — Ed. 


ON  SOME  NEW  OB  HITHERTO  LITTLE  KNOWN 

LAND  SHELLH  FROM  NEW  GUINEA  OR 

ADJACENT  ISLANDS. 


By  C.  F.  Ancey,  Auministhatkur- 

AUIERIA. 

(Communicated  by  C.  Hedleii  j 
(Plate  XXVI.) 
Some  timp  ago  I  rficeiveil  from  h  German  dealer,  under  probably 
unpublished  names,  the  following  land  shells  lielunging  to  the 
Papuan  fauna.  Although  the  exact  localttieH  of  most  of  them 
are  unknown,  they  are,  I  think,  from  the  German  poftsessionti  of 
New  Guinea. 

1.  Papuis.^  Hkdleyi,  E.  A.  Smith, 


BY   C.    F.    ANCEY.  375 

body  whorl,  which  is,  as  Mr.  Smith  remarks,  an  individual  rather 

than  specific  character. 

Iak, — (German  ?)  New  Guinea,  fde  0.  Staudinger, 

Judging  from  its  affinities,  Mr.  Smith  declared  it  to  come  from 

New  Guinea;  this  statement  is  confirmed  here. 

2.  Papuina  Tuombnsis,  n.sp. 
Helix  TuomenaiSy  Bttg.,  Cat.  Staudinger  (unpublished  ?). 

(Plate  XXVI.,  Fig.  3.) 

Testa  imperforata,  depreaso-conica,  subtrochiformis,  sat  tenuis, 
nitida,  supeme  tenuissime  spiraliter  striata,  prope  aperturam  lineis 
obsoletis  et  panim  regularibus,  antrorsum  oblique  descendentibus 
exarata,  subtus  lineis  spiralibus  undulatis  exiliter  rugosa.  Spira 
late  conica,  sunmio  Isevi,  obtuso,  concolore.  Anfractus  4J,  convexi, 
sutura  lineari,  panim  impressa;  ultimus  magnus,  rotundatus,  initio 
vix  subangulatus,  infra  convexus,  antice  breviter  et  subito  deflexus. 
Apertura  obliqua,  sinuata,  diagonalis,  nigrolimbata,  margine 
supero  sinuato,  turn  extus  impresso  et  interne  late  subtuberculato, 
extero  obtuse  rostratim  producto,  columellari  lato,  appresso,  oblique 
in  lineam  rectam  inflexo,  ad  tinem  obsolete  tuberculifero.  Peri- 
stoma reflexum,  nigrum  (pariete  aperturali  albo).  Supra  griseo 
albida,  dehinc  in  penultimo  anfractu  alba,  deinde  flav-ida,  circa 
umbilici  regionem  all^escens.  Ultimus  anfractus  atro-ctkstaneo 
bizonatus  in  medio,  zona  supera  in  penultimo  prolongata,  prseteria 
fescia  exiliore  suturali  ejusdem  colorLs  exomatus. 

Diam.  maj.  23|,  min.  18 A,  alt.  15  mill. 

var.    IIETEROCHROA. 

(Plate  XXVI.,  Fig.  4.) 

Paulo  minor  (diam.  maj.  22^,  min.  18i,  alt.  15 J)  et  globosior, 
lineis  tantum  incrementi  obliquis  obsolete  striatula,  multo  nitidior, 
micans;  supeme  pulchre  roseo-purpurea;  ultimus  anfractus  laete 
flavidus  medio  basique  albicans,  preeter  vestigium  fasciae  suturalis 
et  maculis  duabus  castaneis  prope  aperturam  efasciata,  his,  sicut 


'^^i}      LAXn  8IIELLH  FROM  N'BW  (;L'INEA  OK  ADJACENT  ISLANDS, 

uf  ill  typo,  it)  Apprtunt  trAnHiiieantibnH.     Paries  aperturalis  pallide 


0-FLAVA. 

l*ii(ii'ili>riti  sttiturii  (inTiia  ct  iilweiitiii  Hculpturie  siiuilis,  wed  ijyia 
fiisi'iis  viciiui,  Sujwnie  ivtRvviiiUicua,  dehinc  pAlIidinr,  denicjne 
lute  llcivu,  f;iM-iis  2  p«-ri[ilicric;is  oniutit!,  su[>em  Intioiv,  suturuli 
pi'ojH-  iipi'i'tui'iLiii  tniiiuiu  ciinspiuua,  inox  oviitiewviiti.  FitricH 
ap^■rtllr^l]i»  ct  jiivi-s  ultimi  infill  purjmiTii  tiiiL-tii. 

J^oc. — ■'TiKHii,"  pnibiilily  in  (lerman  Sew  Guiiieu,  or  Itiimutn-k 
Ai'e]ii|H'UL<;ct.  Fruiii  tile  mwut*  Kk'nlity  I  received  at  tlie  Niinie 
tiiiif  II-li<-inn  s'lpra/a-ciatn,  Suwi-iliy. 

Slu'II  iiii]>i'ct'i>riLte,  ti'ocliifoi'iii,  nitlier  tliiii.  Hpii-e  conie,  obtuse, 
Wlmrls  less  tlniii  5,  i^oiivex,  i-('};uliirly  increitHiii};,  suture  linear, 
siiiipli':  1)11;  liiKt  une  tiu-<^>,  nmniled  at  tht^  |K<n]ilH>ry.  ::k-ulplure 
faint,  oljs.,lelc  •rruwtli  liiiis  slij,'litly  decuMsiitt-d  by  fiiii-  enwdwl 
lini-M,  sjiiniUy  ini]n>'ssi^l  al»iv*i  an<!  Iielow  (where  tliey  liecome 
Miniifwliat  wavy  and  irn'f;ulai),  ami  ol)li(|ucly  i-unnin;;  towanlti 
the  ajM'riuii^  (in  tlic  upper  part  of  the  liiNt  whorl.  Siii'foce  more 
shining'  in  tlie  varii-tii.'s,  (HH'ering  also  iitnn  the  tyiie  in  )>eing 
eutii'i'ly  smi.Mitli  or  iKinrly  so,  tlii^  only  sculpture  eutiHisting  in 
olHioleti'  ;;ni\vtli  lines,  and  in  colour.      The  whorls  also  appear  to 


BY   C.    F.    AXCEY.  377 

MillictntcB^  Cox,  from  the  Ixtuisitules,  which  has  nearly  the  same 
form,  but  not  the  same  style  of  colouring. 

3.  Papuina  Kubaryi,  Mollendorff. 
HtiUx  Kubaryi y  von  MiilL,  Cat.  Staudinger. 

(Plate  XXVI.,  Fig.  5.) 

Testa  imperforate,  depress* >-c(»i ilea,  subtrocliifonnis,  nuxlii-e 
Holida,  subnitida,  undi(|ue  UMiuissinu?  loigulosii,  rugulis,  irrogularibus, 
infra  dispositionem  spirahMii  })ni'])entibus.  Sjmivi  late  conoidea, 
Kummo  minuto,  obtuso,  hevi.  Anfractus  4|,  convexi,  sutura 
lineari  impressaijue  divisi,  celeriter  acci'escentes,  ultinius  magiius, 
rutundatus,  initio  obscure  angulatus,  infra  convexus,  antice  baud 
abrupte  deflexus.  Apertura  oblicjujv,  sinuata,  extus  rostrata 
(nj8tro  sat  minuto,  erecto  obtuso),  nigrolimbata,  diagonalis,  margine 
Bupero  leviter  lateque  sinuato,  turn  oxtus  sul)impresso,  deliiiio  in 
rostrum  prolongato;  columellaris  apj)ressus,  nie^liooris,  oblicjue  in 
lineam  rectam  declivis,  baud  tul)ereulatus,  cum  b*isali  arcu.'ito 
absque  angulo  junctus.  Peristoma  supra  angust<»,  basi  magis 
reflexum  et  expansum,  atrum.  Paries  aperturalis  violaoeus. 
Apex  nigro-violaceus;  anfractus  supremi  grisei,  inferne  (ad 
suturam)  late  purpurei,  |>enullinms  pallide  stramineus,  punctis  et 
lineis  griseo-pellucidis  adspersus;  ultinms  prope  aperturam  pulclirti 
luteus,  pone  peristoma  carneo-rul)ellus,  serielms  2  i)unctorum  seu 
maculanim  nigrorum  in  fascias  dispositis  et  plus  minusve  in 
penultimo  evanescentibus  egregie  picta.  Faux  fuscula,  fasciis 
transmeantibus. 

(a)  Diam.  maj.  25,  min.  19,  alt.  16  mill. 

fh)  Diam.  maj.  23 J,  min.  18,  alt.  15  mill. 

Var.    ALRIDA. 

Testa   lactea,  concolor,  peristomati^    allx),  gris(^o  exiliter   ran; 
passimque  substrigata  vel  punctulata,  ca^terum  ty{Kj  simillinia. 

Diam.  maj.  25,  min.  20,  alt.  17  mill. 

Lac, — (Grerman  1)  New  Guinea. 


LAKI>  anBLUI  PHOM  XKK  (i 


R  ADJACBXT  IBLAXDS, 


This  lery  pretty  iiiirl  intc-resting  I'apwina  is  evidently  verj- 
tlopM-  t.i  Mr.  Bnuier's  /Mix  GvrettdvetuiiB  (Proc.  Linn.  Soc  New 
SiiulJi  Wiilw,  3rd  April,  IXXfi,  ji.  «41),  and  I  first  thought  they 


nij;tit  \n-  iilMiticiil. 
mid,  judjjinK  fi-oni  Mr.  Jtr 
'ilhor  jiiirticulant.  JJii  i 
<IiK]KH'itii)>i  ijf  tlio  Htnivl 
"  iiinkisli,"  not  t^fy  ntir 
itraitit^r  siiys*  liiw  sliell  ir 
Ktihnriji  is  ypllnwish  k 
])frist-(inn>.     The  H]>ertuit' 


■,  /'ajtiiiita  Kubaryi  hna  ntit  ■"»  whorlst 
ii-r'H  descriptiun,  aXttu  difiers  in  several 
■ntiiiii  is  mode  by  the  latter  of  the 
sjiotrj,  whioh,  in  Gortmluensiii,  an- 
iliu^kish  townrdn  the  aperture.  Mr, 
"  tlesh-tint^l  a  cream  colour,"  while 
■iiui-colimi',  reddish-pink  behind  tin- 
in  (his,  i*  int«nHe  black  on  the  li]i. 
inavKi",  imd  purple-brown  within  the 
while  in  (I'otvtu/ueiii'iii,  "the  iiiterior  in  briffht  pink,  the 
111-  IiliH:kish-i>uqile,"  ami  tUn  "  niar(pns  joined  with  a  thiii 
itlouK  entering;  s]>iT'nlty  into  the  interior  of  the  aperture." 
fori'  hupiHise  the  two  speoies  are  ii'ally  different  from  each 


4.   IlKiiii'i.Krr.v 


.sp. 


'J'•':^ti(  >iilisciltda,  depri-SKH,  (triiifulutii.  u{M<rte  uiiiliilieutii,  oblii|ue 
iitit'i'riim  striittiL  et  unili<|iu:  niimite  Minraliler  grunulata  (^ranuli« 

■I    iiltiLiK.    valiiHoril.urt,    t-irwi    uni5)i]icuDi    magis    olraoletis^    »"» 


HY   C.  F.  ANCEY.  379 

tiuch  Hemiplecta  as  BlainvUleana^  ffumphreysiana  and  Fouilloyi. 
I  received  it  under  the  latter  name,  but  it  is  certainly  utterly 
distinct.  The  Fouilloyi  is  a  large  and  more  globose  shell,  more 
narrowly  umbilicated.  In  this  respect  the  present  shell  is  more 
like  Rhywta  Achillea,  Braz.,  but  is  smaller,  has  a  thin  aperture 
and  more  numeroas  volutions.  The  sculpture  may  be  the  same 
in  both  8])ecie8. 

5.  PupiXA  Beddomei,  n.sp. 

Pupina  Beddomei f  Bttg.,  Cat.  Staudinger. 

Testa  ovata,  tenuis,  pellucida,  hyalina,  nitidissima,  gnseo- 
albicans.  Spira  oblonga,  obtusiuscula;  anfractus  6  levissime 
convexi,  sutura  callosa  zona  exili  pellucida  cincta  divisi;  ultimus 
descendens,  ad  aperturam  breviter  ascendens,  antice  subdepressus. 
Apertura  basi  antice  provecta,  rotundata,  bicanaliculata,  scilicet; 
canali  supero  peristomate  non  extus  exciso  et  lamina  parietali 
arcuata  sat  valida  intrante  constitute,  et  canali  altero  ad  basin 
columellas  excisse,  extus  in  foramen  rotundatum  terminato. 
Peristoma  intus  incrassatum,  leviter  patulum. 

Long.  7,  diam.  3i;  long,  apert.  2§  mill. 

Loc. — Bismarck  (or  New  Britain)  Archipelago. 

This  species  is  more  slender  than  Pupina  speculum,  Tapparone- 
Canefri  (Fauna  Malac.  Delia  Nuova  Guinea,  1883,  p.  270,  PI.  x. 
figs.  14-15),  and  indeed  more  nearly  related  to  Pupina  dijfflcilis, 
Semper,  of  the  Pelew  Islands.  From  the  last  name<l  species  it 
difiers  in  being  a  trifle  larger,  light  ash-coloured,  and  chiefly  in 
the  characters  of  the  aperture,  which  is  vertical  in  dijficilis,  also 
furnished  with  a  more  robust  superior  lamina  and  more  excised 
columellar  margin  in  Pupiua  Beddomei.  The  same  chanicters, 
although  not  very  striking,  will  also  without  much  ditficulty 
distinguish  Pupina  Beddomei  from  the  complanata.  Pease,  which 
occurs  in  the  Kingsmill  and  Caroline  groups.  They  are  very 
constant  in  the  several  specimens  l>efore  me. 

I  am  happy  to  give  this  species  the  name  of  my  distin^ished 
correspondent  Mr.  C.  K.  Beddome. 


.'WO       L.VMJ  !IIIt:LLH  PKOM  NEW  HUIXEA  OR  ADJACENT  ISLANDS, 

G.  CvoLOPiioKus  KuuAKYi,  MollundoHf. 

Vyal  •I'liiiruH  Knbnryi,  y.  Miill.,  Cat  Htnudinger. 
(Pliile  .\xvi.,  Fig.  C.) 

Te^stii  sulidii,  ()jMic.-a,  rugosa,  jiaruiii  niti^iiH,  tui'l>iiuiU>-KloK>sH. 
j)i'i>fu[ulo  st^l  (jiiii  g^iioii!)  iiiiiiuti'  uiuliiljcatii,  uml)ilicuii  ml 
tiM'iiiiiiiituiiieiii  Ifviler  fxt'ontrifus,  supenio  Htrti-fusoH,  in  lumiio 
ultimi  iiiifrm'tuH  lutco  ]i1uh  iniiiusvi;  distiilvte  Ijifnuciutn,  huIiIuh 
i-ii-cji  U[iiliilii.-uni  tluva  vv\  jiiillitltv.  Spirn  cuiiuideH,  elevata,  ubtnsn. 
.Viifriu'lciN  ~)\,  L-iiDvi-xi,  sutura  infni  Hul>irrej^ulari  diicrett,  luiuil 
\(ilrle  tuffiicji;  ultiiiiiis  ivl.itivt!  (pr<i  j,iin«rB)  ]>aruni  mnpluH,  rutuii- 
(titiiis,  iiltus,  ]irope  !ipi!i'turam  lovitur  Hulxlutiexus.  Aperturn 
stilMii)lii[U.i,  fcTf!  uirculitviM,  ful  iiwtTtiitnem  sulittii^^lata,  extas 
li-vit^T  sinuntfi,  sui'<li(ti'  ItiWiL  Pomtomii  ucutuin,  liaud  nxpansum 
iiLV  ivlli'xuin,  vix  piituluiii,  ivl  columdiani  pau1i>  intigiH  iiicnuisatum 
I't  i.-xp;LnHiu senium,  iiniliilioum  Imud  W'gons.  Lineis  increment! 
sul)  li-nti;  iiTt'f{ul«"it<'i'  exunttA  et  rugis  unduktis  wl  apicem 
tiviiiiesitintilius,  Imsi  tenuiiinhus  {>eculiHritei-  et  eximie  MulptumtA, 
ijuftsi  verinii'ulata.  Opeivuliun  teiiue,  rultelluni,  niultispiratum, 
iTTiCi'"  rninutf^  i 


BY   C.    P.    ANCEY.  381 

coiled  and  the  apex  more  globular,  less  mamillar  than  in  any 
Cyclophonis  I  am  acquainted  with.  No  shell  from  New  Guinea 
is  like  this,  and  I  feel  confident  altogether  that  when  the  animal 
is  known  it  may  \)e  considered  the  type  of  a  new  genus.  Pro- 
visionally, a  sectional  name  may  be  given  to  it,  and  I  should 
propose  for  this  object  that  of  Papuoct/chcSf  as  the  only  species 
known  till  now  of  this  section  belongs  to  the  Papuan  fauna.  To 
my  knowledge  the  large  typical  Cyclophori  are  still  unknown  from 
New  Guinea  or  neighlx>uring  isles. — Algeria,  Feb.  1st,  1895. 


EXPLANATION  OP  PLATE. 

Fig.  1. — Hemipltrta  graniyera,  Ancey. 

Fig.  2. — Papuina  HedLtyi^  Smith. 

Fig.  3. —      ,,        tHomeivtUf  Ancey. 

Fig.  4. —      ,,  ,,        var.  kettrochroay  Ancey. 

Pig.  5. —      „         Knbaryi,  Mullendorff. 

Fig.  6,—^yclaphoruH  Kuharyi^  Mullendorff. 


N^ote  by  C.  liedley. 

About  the  date  on  which  I  received  the  manuscript  of  the 
above,  there  reached  me  an  article  by  Dr.  O.  von  ^Ollendorff, 
"On  a  Collection  of  Land  Shells  made  by  Mr.  I.  Kubary  in 
German  New  Guinea,"  Proc.  Malac.  Soc.  Vol.  I.  Pt.  V.  PI.  xv. 
pp.  234-240.  Dealing  with  similar  material,  Mr.  Ancey's  paper 
has  been  partially  anticipated  by  the  prior  descriptions  of  P.  and 
C,  Krtbaryi,  Since,  however,  Mr.  Ancey 's  independent  observa- 
tions extend  beyond  those  of  his  predecessor,  and  since  the  inter- 
vention of  time  and  space  do  not  allow  me  to  refer  the  paper  back 
to  the  author,  I  have  judged  it  be.st  to  offer  it  intact  to  the 
Society. 


PLANTS  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES  ILLUSTRATED. 


Nti.  viii. — Acacia  i 


(A,  A.  Cunn.;  B.Fl.  ii.  324. 


Hy  H.  T.  Bakeu,  F.LS.,  As.sist.ant  Cukatoh,  Teciixoukjiol 

iluMBUM,  SVD.VKV. 


(Plate  xxvii.) 

A  lifiid  shrtili  of  Reverul  feet,  the  Iniuicheis  terete,  iM-anchl*!'. 
"fteii  iiiifjle*!  iind  mostly  woolly. 

Phylludiu  liiticeolat«,  fiUcate,  rifjid,  thick,  dark  green,  tajieriof; 
t"  rt  puHfrent  pi)iiit,  li  to  mrely  2J  incliea  long,  mostly  2  to  5 
liiiK^i  I'lti'i'ly  4  liiiOH  briNul,  in  some  Mpecimeus  woolly  but  in  othen 
^liihi-tius :  nurves  vi<ry  [jrumincoit,  oc-cnsionally  nniMtomoKiiig, 
tiiiir;;iiiiil  <;l]uid  riiruly  fiiund,  except  in  HOuthem  specimeDH. 


BY   R.    T.    BAKER.  383 

Bab, — Coonabarabran,  (S.  Lyndon),  Mudgee  and  Rylstone  (R. 
T.  B.);  Cobar  (Rev.  J.  M.  Curran);  Blue  Mountains,  Lachlan 
River  and  to  Southward  (A.  Cunningham,  Eraser,  Huegel, 
Mitchell  and  others,  teste  Bentham). 

I  feel  privileged  in  being  able  to  complete  the  description,  and 
to  give  a  satisfactory  figure  of  this  species,  and  I  hope  now  that 
these  notes  will  remove  any  difficulties  that  may  have  existed  in 
connection  with  its  determination. 

I  have  not  seen  A.  Cunningham's  description  in  Field's  Greo- 
graphical  Memoirs  on  New  South  Wales,  but  I  take  it  that  Don's 
transcription  of  it  is  a  correct  one,  judging  from  the  numerous 
specimens  that  have  come  under  my  observation,  and  the  very 
brief  description  of  the  pod  is  correct  as  far  as  it  goes. 

In  the  Bot.  Mag.  t.  2922,  published  in  1829,  no  pods  are 
figured  or  described;  and  the  illustration  itself  is  of  very  little 
help  in  identifpng  the  species. 

Bentham's  description  of  the  pod  in  the  Flora  Australiensis 
(VoL  ii.  p.  325)  is  referred  to  by  Baron  von  Mueller  in  Proc. 
Linn.  Soc.,  2nd  Series,  Vol  v.  p.  19,  in  these  woixls : — "  .  .  . 
Bentham  placed  the  pods  of  Ac(icia  Oswaldi  with  A,  laniyera" 
so  that  this  error  has  perhaps  been  the  cause  of  the  recent 
confusion  surrounding  this  species,  and  a  debt  is  due  to  Baron 
von  Mueller  for  so  important  a  note. 

But  to  me  it  appears  that  Bentham  must  have  had  some 
pod  other  than  A.  Oswald i  before  him,  as  the  description  under 
A.  hmigera  does  not  agree  with  the  pod  of  A.  Oswaldi  in  Baron 
von  Mueller's  Iconography  of  Australian  Acacias,  6th  Decade, 
and  which  figure  agrees  in  every  detail  with  all  specimens  of  the 
fruit  of  A.  OsuxUtli  that  have  come  under  my  notice. 

In  Baron  von  Mueller's  note  above  quoted  he  gives  A.  venidosa 
and  A.  Whanii  as  synonyms  of  this  species. 

This  latter  s])ecies  I  have  not  seen,  but  from  the  imperfect 
specimens  of  A.  venulosa  collected  by  me,  I  am  inclined  to  think 
that  A,  venulosa  of  Bentham  is  a  good  species. 


3H4  PLAVTS   OF  NEW   SOUTH    WALKS   ILLUBTRATKD, 

KXPLAKATION  OF  PLATP:. 
riate  XXVII. 

ACACtA    I^NIOKRA,  A.  CatlD. 

Fig.  1. ^Flowering  twig. 

Fig.  2. — Part  of  a  branch  eiilarge<l,  to  show  bracta  and  stipalM  at  the  bl 

uf  the  peduncle. 
Fig.  3.— Bud. 
Fig.  l.^Expanded  flower. 
Kg.  5.— PUtiL 
Fig.  6. — CluBter  of  podi. 
Fig.  7.— Seed  in  siiu. 
Fig.  8.— Individual  phyllnde. 
Fig.  9. — Portion  of  phyllode  enlarged. 

(Figa.  2,  3,  4,  6  and  9  enlarged.) 


385 


DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  ACACIA 
FROM  NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 

By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.,  and  R.  T.  Baker,  F.L.S. 

Acacia  pumila,  sp.nov. 

(Plate  XXVIII.) 

A  difiiise,  virgate,  pitbescent  shrub  under  afoot  high  as  far  as  seen; 
branches  and  branchlets  terete.  Phyl lodes  narrow,  falcate,  tapering 
into  a  recurved  pungent  point,  narrowed  at  the  base,  trinerved,  )iot 
decfirrent  as  in  A.  Irinervala,  and  less  articulate,  6  lines  long  and 
1  line  broad,  with  scattered  glandular  hairs  on  nerves  and  edges. 
Stipules  prufnirienty  subulate,  hairy,  over  1  line  long.  Peduncles 
silky-hairy,  short,  scarcely  2  lines  long,  recurved,  solitary,  bearing 
a  small  head  of  not  more  than  i^^o?^;«r«  mostly  5-merous.  Calyx 
more  than  half  as  long  as  tlte  corolla,  with  acute  almost  subulate 
lobes,  j/rominently  ribbed  especially  in  the  bud,  ciliate.  Petals 
narrow,  free,  glabrous,  very  prominently  ribl)ed,  verj'  marked  in  the 
bud.  Pod  1  line  broad,  12  lines  long  as  far  as  seen,  slightly 
contracted  between  the  seed,  margins  thickened.  Seeds  oblong, 
longitudinal;  funicle  dilated  from  the  base  into  a  clulvshaped  aril 
and  consisting  of  about  4  folds. 

//ab, — Kenthurst  (R.  Helms). 

Systematically  this  species  approaches  A.  trinervata;  but  it  is  a 
much  smaller  shrub,  with  &  pubescence  on  the  branches  and  underside 
of  phyllodes;  and  the  phyllodes  are  smaller,  also  falcate  (not  rigid) 
with  recurved  points,  and  slightly  pubescent:  the  j^eduncles  are 
also  much  shorter  and  weaker,  and  there  are  fewer  flowers  in  tlie 
heads.  The  characters  of  the  calyx  and  petals  are  entirely  distinct 
from  those  of  that  species. 

The  ovary  is  also  hairy,  and  the  stipules  which  are  minute  in 
A.  trifiervata  are  very  distinct  in  this  species.  The  phyllodes  and 
the  shortness  of  the  peduncles  give  it  some  aflinity  to  A.  lanigera. 
It  differs  from  both,  however,  in  the  size  of  the  pod. 


386  NSW  SPECIES  OF  ACACIA  FKOM  MEW  SOUTH  WALES. 

It  ))eluiigs  to  the  PungetUet  series  uf  Bentham,  and  Bub-aeries 
Plurinervet,  viz. ; — Phyllcxiia  2-  or  mure  nerved,  Imear-lanceoUte 
PeduiicleH  short.     Pod  4  to  5  Hues  broad...  A.  luntffera. 
Pwiuiicles  mostly  reoui^'ed,  1-3  lines  long. 

Pud  1  line  hruiid A.  pitmUa,  ii.xp. 

PiNluiicleu  blender,  J  incli  lung.     Pud  1  tu  2 

liimMlirond A.  trinervata. 


KXPLANATION  OF  PLATK. 
Aetieia  pumila. 
b'ig.  1. — Flowering  twig  of  plant. 
Fig.  2.  — Fruiting  twig  uf  plant. 
Fig.  3.— Bud. 
Fig.  4. — ladividual  flower. 
Figi.  SaDdfi.— Btauts. 
Fig.  T.-PiBtil. 


3S7 


ANTHROPOLOGICAL  NOTES. 

By  Richd.  Helms. 
(Communicfitfd  /»//  the  Secretary. ) 

(Plates  xxix.-xxx.) 

Introductory  R  km  arks. 

The  following  notes  are  to  a  great  extent  compiled  from  com- 
munications I  have  from  time  to  time  received  from  old  settlers 
who  in  their  early  days  frequently  came  in  contact  with  the 
Alxjrigines  inhabiting  the  nei^^hlx)urhood  of  their  settlements,  and 
who  remember  the  habits  and  customs  of  these  extinct  or 
decaying  tril)es.  Special  thanks  I  owe  to  Mr.  John  Barry,  Senr., 
who  settled  on  the  Mowamlja  River  more  than  forty  years  ago, 
and  from  whose  store  of  vivid  recollections  I  have  drawn  a  great 
many  of  the  facts  now  set  down. 

It  is  to  l)e  regrettefl  that  the  narratives  are  but  fragmentary 
yet  I  consider  them  sufficiently  interesting  to  be  recorded,  more 
especially  on    account  of  the  comparisons    that  may  be  drawn 
)>etween  the  manners  descril)ed  and  those  of  other  Australian 
tribes. 

I  do  not  intend  to  dilate*  upon  this  subject,  but  merely  wish 
to  remark  that,  viewing  the  manners  and  customs  described  from 
a  general  aspect,  it  becomes  apj)arent  that  they  are  very  similar, 
and  that  they  originated  in  common  with  those  of  the  great  bulk 
of  the  other  Australian  abori>.rin?il  triljes.  The  tribes  here  spoken 
of  differed  from  most  of  their  compatriots  in  the  neglect  of  some 
widespread  customs  rather  than  in  the  practice  of  peculiar  rites.  I 
am  alluding  to  the  rites  of  circumcision  and  of  the  mika  operation, 
neither  of  which  were  practised  by  the  tril)es  that  lived  in  the 


38S  AHTHROPOLOGICAL  NOTSS, 

aciuth-weatem  parts  of  New  South  Wales  or  the  north-eaatern  of 
Victoria. 

Tub  Omeo  Blacks. 

This  tribe,  once  nuuibering  upwards  of  HO  to  l&O  ttouls,  itt  now 
extinct.  Tliey  chu  still  Ixt  remembered  by  some  of  the  oH 
Bettiera,  who  not  much  more  than  30  yearn  ago  saw  theui  a 
vigorous  trilie  in  its  fullest  expansion.  It  is  a  Inmentable  fact 
tliiLt  throu;;h  contact  with  Europeann  within  the  time  of  one 
{Lfeiie ration,  whole  triI>eN  of  considerable  numlMTs  have  entirely 
vanished.  This  does  not  only  apply  to  the  tribe  in  question. 
but  is  ei|ually  applicable  to  their  neighlxiurs,  whether  friends  or 
fiicH.  The  Monaro  tril)e,  for  instAnce,  is  also  nearly  extinct,  and 
of  their  once  numerous  hordes  imlv  two  or  three  half-civiliaed, 
demoralised  individunls  remain.  Between  30  and  40  years  ago 
some  of  the  old  settlers  have  seen  on  special  occasions  as  many  as 
500  to  700  alxiripnes  of  all  ages  and  sexes  assembled  tof^ther, 
but  their  grandchildren  will  know  the  blacks  only  from  hearsay 
anil  hy  what  i-emains  of  their  less  perishable  implt'inentii  of  war. 
I.',,  II  fi^w  stone  liatehetM  that  may  occasionally  }te  turned  up 
during  ploughintr,  or  otherwise  discovered. 

The  Omeo  Trilie  oci;upied  the  north-western  corner  of  Victoria, 


BY   RIGHD.  HBLMS.  389 

to  the  camp.  The  surprise  mostly  caused  a  stampede  amongst 
the  suddenly  aroused  sleepers,  and  those  who  did  not  escape  by 
immediate  flight,  whether  young  or  old,  would  l)e  speared  or 
knocked  down  with  nulla  nullas.  After  burning  the  spears  and 
other  war  implements  that  were  left  behind,  the  attacking  party 
returned  as  quickly  as  possible  to  their  own  district,  probably  to 
meet  with  a  similar  fate  at  some  future  time  when  the  enemy  had 
rallied  and  was  reinforced. 

The  oldest  man  of  the  tribe  was  recognised  as  a  kind  of  chief, 
hut  whenever  an  attack  on  some  enemy  was  planned,  the  ablest 
warrior  as  a  rule  was  chosen  to  lead,  and  his  advice  then  received 
the  endorsement  of  the  old  men. 

Personal  disputes  were  also  not  infrequent,  and  were  generally 
settled  by  a  fight,  either  with  spears  or  clubs.  In  each  case  the 
shield  ser\'ed  for  warding  off  the  spears  or  the  blows  of  the  nulla. 
Fighting  with  stone  tomahawks  was  not  permitted  in  these  duels, 
Jind  was  suppressed  if  in  the  heat  of  the  coml>at  the  assailants 
.  should  resort  to  these  murderous  weapons.  In  fact  most  of  their 
fights,  if  single  coml>ats,  were  regulated  by  the  onlookers,  who 
frequently  interfered  when  one  of  the  parties  was  seen  to  get 
weak  and  it  was  noticed  that  he  was  unable  to  ward  off  the  blows 
with  the  necessary  dexterity.  Some  of  their  fights  were  regulated 
so  that  the  combatants  alternately  hit  the  "hielaman"  held  bv  the 
opponents  with  the  left  hand  above  the  head  till  the  arm  would 
gradually  get  weak  and  sink  so  that  the  nulla  would  fall  on  the 
head  instead  of  the  shield.  The  first  hit  on  the  head  would  end 
the  fight  as  a  rule,  and  frecjuently — if,  for  instance,  one  of  the 
duellists  was  a  much  older  man  than  the  other — the  fight  might 
probably  be  stopped  just  before  the  club  fell  upon  the  skull,  and 
the  combat  declared  satisfactorily  finished. 

During  the  quarrel  the  opponents  used  to  gather  their  Wards  in 
the  mouth,  which,  together  with  the  grimaces  they  assumed,  gave 
them  a  ferocious  expression. 

They  recognised  the  tribal  rights  to  certain  grounds,  but  the 
boundaries  were  not  always  particularly  respected,  as  it  happened 
frequently  that  they  were  overstepped  during  hunting  excursions. 


390  ASTHBOPOLOGICAL  NOTBa, 

When  ftliout  to  convey  important  coniinunicattoiui  to  another 
trilj<-,  Hucli  im  Ut  uumnKin  the  warrtora  for  a  hofllile  invasion  of  tlie 
territory  of  their  coiiiinon  enemien,  or  for  a  friendly  meeting 
with  the  ol>jei;t  of  performing  riteH  of  a  ceremonial  nature,  ice. 
two  men  wei-e  ffenerally  went.  Whilst  the  one  slept  the  other 
kpjit  watch  to  nvoi<I  l>eing  eurprised  by  enemies  during  the 
journey,  <ir  l)eing  taken  ami  xloin  iis  anch  whilst  «»Ieep  l>y  some 
friendly  natives  in  mistake. 

When  on  the  wnr-patli,  as  well  an  during  the  performance  of 
their  riteH  of  initiation  and  at  their  dances  and  corroburies,  they 
Uke<!  to  jip{>ear  ornnmentn),  which  they  accomplished  by  paintinjj 
the  fronts  of  their  iMxlies.  The  cilourx  use^l  were  white,  red,  an<I 
black.  For  the  first  they  used  pipeclay,  fi)r  the  second  raddle, 
and  for  th<^  block  charred  vteedstalks  of  th«  grasstree.  The 
piw<U>re<l  chai-coal  they  mixed  with  grease,  forming  a  pigment 
tliiit  would  stick  on  for  mimths. 

Tlifv  had  two  distinct  ccrenionieis  t*)  raise  the  male  membent  of 
the  ti-il)e  from  childliiKKl  to  manhood. 

At  nlsiut  the  age  of  from  14  to  16  years  the  young  man  vu 
iiiiule  "  KuiTunong."  which  was  done  by  kniKking  out  one  of  hi« 
uiiiicr  central   incisors.      This  removed   him   from   tbe  care  of  hi» 


BY   RICHD.  HELMS.  391 

After  this  the  men  would  run  some  distance  away  and  returning 
swing  the  boughs  with  a  swishing  sound  in  a  certain  direction, 
mentioning  at  the  same  time  the  name  of  the  district  towards 
which  they  were  pointing.  This  was  repeated  three  times  for 
each  of  the  various  directions  they  might  point  to.  Each  name 
mentioned  was  preceded  by  the  emphasised  exclamation  of  "Wau- 
Wau  !"  For  instance,  "  Wau-Wau  !  Tumut ;"  "  Wau-Wau  ! 
Queanbeyan,"  &c.,  «fec.,  which  was  followed  at  times  by  an  exhorta- 
tion or  malediction.  This  indicated  that  tlie  Wahu  may  go  to  these 
districts  as  a  friend  and  may  have  luck,  or  on  the  other  hand  that 
in  some  of  these  directions  lived  the  tril)e8  with  whom  he  woukl 
have  to  carry  on  the  hereditary  feuds,  for  from  henceforth  he 
was  to  be  considered  as  being  raised  to  the  position  of  a  warrior 
in  his  own  tribe. 

As  soon  as  the  initiation  was  completed,  the  women  were  again 
admitted  to  the  presence  of  the  men,  and  dancing  and  corrolxjries 
were  held  during  the  evening  for  the  anmsement  of  all,  and  more 
particularly  for  the  benefit  of  the  visitors,  of  whom  there  were 
generally  a  number  present  on  these  occasions. 

Manhood  having  now  been  conferred  upon  the  newly  initiated, 
the  resi)ect  due  to  a  man  (which  meant  a  warrior  in  case  of  need 
and  not  a  mere  liuntHman  as  hitherto)  was  shown  him,  anri  in 
commemoration  of  the  event  a  special  privilege  was  accorded  to 
him.  This  consisted  in  the  permission  l)eing  given  to  the  newly 
made  Wahu  to  choose  any  woman  of  the  trilx*  he  liked,  his  IjUkxI 
relations  excepted,  and  cohabit  with  her  for  the  night.  But  such 
a  privilege  was  extended  to  him  for  that  night  <mly.  At  any 
other  time  sexual  intercourse  was  regarded  as  adultery  or  fornica- 
tion, as  the  case  might  l)e,  the  punishment  for  which  was  a  severe 
beating  with  waddies,  sometimas  indicted  with  sufficient  severity 
to  cause  death. 

They  had  no  special  marriage  ceremonies,  but  when  a  woman 
was  to  be  given  to  a  man  to  cohabit  with  him  for  the  first  time,  her 
female  relations  and  the  other  women  of  the  trilie  would  build  a 
**gunyah"  of  boughs,  dense  enough  to  prevent  l^eing  overlooked, 


39:i  ANT II HOPO LOGICAL  NOTES, 

iind  ])lace  the  woman  therein  to  wait  the  arrival  o£  her  afE«nc«I 

A  (,'irl  was  freijucntlj-  lietrotlietl  to  someone  by  the  parentH  at 
her  liirtli,  iiml  was  haiiilt^l  over  to  lisr  affianced  man  when  she 
iirrivi?ii  lit  i>ul)erty. 

PolyKiiiny  waa  cusUiniury  and  wa^  not  restricted ;  the  more 
wives  II  tnun  had,  the  riulier  he  waa  considered,*  As  a  rule  the 
women  were  a  fret^  gift,  hut  at  times  a  remuneration  had  to  be 
oflered  tn  the  shapp  of  weajjoiis  or  other  useful  utensils.  The  man 
will)  liad  a  nuiulier  iif  Misters  whom  he  might  promise,  or  over 
whom  he  [Kisaessed  some  iiiKuence  through  his  parenUi,  ntood  the 
l)est  chance  of  liaviiijir  many  wives. 

It  was  not  considered  adultery  for  a  bi'other  to  have  Kzual 
intercourse  with  the  wife  of  a  brother,  and  it  would  frequently 
occur  that  one  brother  would  lend  a  wife  to  another  who  had 
none  of  his  own.  During  the  absence  from  the  district  (when,  for 
instance,  on  a  visit  to  a  friciidty  tribe)  the  wife  or  wives  were  left 
in  chargi!  of  a  lirother  who  assumed  the  part  of  husband  for  the 
time  l>eing.  If  the  alisentee  had  no  brother,  this  duty  would  fall 
tile  nearest  relative.     The  hunhands   of  two  sisters  i 


BY   BICHD.  HELMS.  393 

woman  of  mature  age  should  have  clandestine  connection  with  a 
much  younger  man  than  herself,  she  was  sometimes  killed. 

Whenever  adultery  was  discovered,  the  punishment  was  in  most 
cases  death.  The  woman's  friends  as  a  rule  attacked  the  offending 
man,  and  the  man's  friends  killed  the  woman.  Although  this 
was  the  generally  adopted  custom  and  law,  it  was  often  the  cause 
of  a  general  intertribal  fight  and  the  origin  of  a  prolonged  family 
feud. 

A  man  who  received  a  girl  in  promise  endeavoured  to  obtain  a 
lock  of  her  hair,  which  he  would  keep,  and  if  she  refused  him 
afterwards  he  would  sometimes  wrap  an  eagle-hawk's  feather  in 
the  hair  and  throw  the  tuft  in  some  waterhole.  As  the  hair 
decomposed,  the  woman  would  sicken  and  ultimately  die. 

Up  to  about  the  fourth  year  a  child  got  almost  anything  it 
liked  to  eat,  but  at  a  later  age  it  was  forbidden  certain  things. 
They  were  made  to  believe  that  if  anyone  ate  of  forbidden  food 
he  or  she  would  sooner  or  later  be  killed  by  lightning.  This 
superstition  was  so  firmly  ingrafted  into  them  that,  some  would 
endure  severe  starvation  rather  than  partake  of  forbidden 
food.  From  some  indi\4duals  the  restriction  of  eating  certain 
animals  was  removed  earlier  than  from  others,  but  it  seems  that 
the  flesh  of  an  emu  was  never  allowed  to  be  eaten  till  some  time 
after  the  arrival  at  the  age  of  manhood.  When  this  time  had 
Mrived,  the  man  who  was  for  the  first  time  to  eat  of  this  specially 
reserved  dish  would  sit  down  between  two  fires  and  have  the  emu 
placed  in  front  of  him.  He  could  then  eat  as  much  as  he  liked, 
but  was  not  allowed  to  go  to  sleep  when  he  was  satisfied,  and  was 
forcibly  kept  awake  the  whole  night  whenever  he  became  drowsy. 

They  cooked  their  food  either  on  the  fire,  or  when  they  had  a 
great  deal  of  it  and  were  not  in  a  hurry,  in  a  kind  of  oven  in  the 
ground.  For  this  purpose  they  dug  a  suitable  hole  and  filled  the 
bottom  of  it  with  stones  over  which  a  fire  was  lighted.  As  soon  as 
the  stones  had  been  well  heated,  the  fire  and  ashes  were  removed 
and  the  game  was  placed  upon  the  stones.  This  was  covered  with 
bark  and  green  bushes  over  which  the  hot  ashes  were  heaped,  and 
the  whole  left  undisturbed  till  the  meat  was  cooked. 


39-1  ANTHKOPOLOGICAL  \0TB8, 

The  fiKx)  HUp]>ly  whh  ah  a  rule  uljunilant  in  the  district  during 
fuviiu ruble  HfAHuiui.  It  consisted  uf  all  kinds  uf  game,  Iiirds  and 
lijrdit'  ciiKu,  reptil«H,  fiHhe«,  and  insectx.  Amongst  the  Gnt 
the  (»i>c)Msuni  fumislied  prul)»l)ly  the  nuiHt  frequent  meal,  Ijecaustr 
it  iiccurred  very  abundantly;  mid  ainunjtst  the  insects  the 
"  Itufjuiif;  ''*  MUi>plie<l  nunilx'i's  iif  the  iiativen  with  n  fatt*-ning  diet 
fur  months.  Hiiw  this  uniijue  and  rt.-iiiarkalile  f<)ud  supply,  found 
always  on  the  highest  iiiountiiins,  was  prucui'ed  dewerves  a  detailed 
<lescrij)tioii : — An  early  as  Octitl>er,  as  soini  oh  the  snow  hod 
nieltnl  on  the  luwer  raiigen,  Kiiiall  jNirties  of  natives  would  start 
during  tine  wi'tither  fur  simie  of  the  frwsl-riven  nrekn  and  procure 
"Hugongs"  for  foo<l.  A  great  gathering  usually  t<i»k  pla« 
alxiut  ChristniaH  on  the  highest  riinges,  when  sunietiines  from  500 
tt>  700  aWrigiiies  Itelonging  to  diflerent  friendly  tril)es  would 
a»sciii1ile  almost  solely  for  the  ]iur[Hist)  of  feasting  upon  roosted 
moths.  Sometimes  these  natives  ha<l  to  come  great  distances  to 
enjoy  this  fixsl,  which  wiw  not  <jidy  nuiuh  appreoiat*^  by  them 
but  must  have  Isiin  veiy  nutritious,  liecuuse  their  cunditjun 
was  j;i;nerally  iuiiiroved  Iiy  it,  an<l  whi-ri  they  returned  from  the 
niimntains  their  skins  liM)ke<l  glossy  ami  must  of  tliem  were  quite 


BY    BIGUD.  HELMS.  395 

it  generally  shrivelled  to  the  size  of  a  grain  of  wheat.  The  mass 
was  freed  of  the  ashes  by  dropping  it  by  degrees  into  some  vessel 
or  on  a  skin  and  allowing  the  wind  to  sift  it;  the  food  was  still 
farther  cleansed  from  adhering  particles  of  dust  and  other 
unpalatable  substances  by  gently  rubbing  it  between  the  hands, 
and  rolling  it  backwards  and  forwards  from  one  to  the  other 
whilst  blowing  from  the  mouth.  The  taste  of  the  roasted  bodies 
of  the  "  fiugongs "  is,  according  to  some  Europeans  who  tried 
them,  sweetish  and  nut-like  and  rather  pleasant  eating.* 

This  unique  food  supply  is  restricted  to  the  highest  mountains 
of  Australia,  but  here  it  can  always  be  found  in  abundance  during 
the  summer  months.  It  is  a  marvel  that  the  highest  and  stoniest 
ridges,  on  which  snow  lies  for  fully  five  and  sometimes  six  months 
of  the  year,  with  a  naturally  scanty  though  rapidly  growing 
summer  vegetation,  should  harbour  such  enormous  numbers  of  an 
insect  (the  caterpillar  of  which  is  known  to  be  very  voracious) 
which  was  at  one  time  the  means  of  fattening  a  congregation  of 
over  500  aborigines  every  season. 

« 

*  After  the  above  waa  written,  I  met  with  Dr.  George  Bennett's 
work,  **  Wanderings  of  a  Naturalist  in  New  South  Wales,  kc."  wherein 
the  earliest  account  of  this  food  supply  is  given.  Dr.  Bennett  set 
oat  for  "Gunundery"  (the  ''Big  Bugong"  Mountain)  from  the  Upper 
Tnmat*  but  he  did  not  meet  the  blacks  reported  to  camp  there 
*'Bagonging.V  His  report  is  consequently  from  hearsay,  and  not  from 
personal  ob6er\'ation.  After  describing  the  cooking  of  the  moths,  which 
corresponds  with  the  method  described  by  me,  he  continues: — '*They 
are  then  eaten,  or  placed  in  a  wooden  vessel  called  a  Walbuo,  or  Culibun, 
and  pounded  by  a  piece  of  wood  into  masses  or  cakes  resembling  lumps  of 
fat,  and  may  be  compared  in  colour  and  consistence  to  dough  made  from 
smatty  wheat  mixed  with  fat.  The  bodies  of  the  moths  are  large,  and  filled 
with  a  yellowish  oil,  resembling  in  taste  a  sweet  nut.  These  masses  (with 
which  the  '*  Netbnls  "  or  **  Talabats  "  of  the  native  tribes  are  loaded  during 
the  season  of  feasting  upon  the  *'  Bugong  ")  will  not  keep  above  a  week, 
and  seldom  even  for  that  time  ;  but  by  smoking  they  are  able  to  preserve 
them  for  a  much  longer  period.  The  first  time  this  diet  is  used  by  the 
native  tribes,  violent  vomiting  and  other  debilitating  effects  are  produced  ; 
bat  after  a  few  days  they  become  accustomed  to  its  use,  and  then  thrive 
and  fatten  exceedingly  upon  it.'*  (Vol.  i.  pp.  271-272.) 


396  ANTHROPOLOOICAL  N0TB9, 

The  cniwii  fattened  rapidly  on  the  motha  and  wer«  also  highly 
prized  as  food.  They  were  consequently  much  pursued  by  tlie 
nutiies  during  their  bugonging  piu-nics. 

T\>e  fine  netH  made  of  kurrajong  fibre  mentioned  above  seem 
to  lia\(«  been  eapeciiiUy  designed  for  the  purpose  of  collecting  the 
"Bugong,"  They  had  very  fine  mesheH  and  were  manufactured 
with  great  care,  and  being  attached  to  a  couple  of  poles  they 
could  l>e  rbodily  folded  up  when  they  had  to  be  withdrawn  from 
the  crevices.  A  nhruli,  (I'ivt^lia  sp.)  growing  abundantly  in 
jilaceH  liy  the  riier  sides  to  a  height  of  three  to  four  feet,  f  umislwd 
the  iiljrt!.  The  bark  of  this  bush  was  stripped  and  allowed  todrj-, 
was  then  place<l  in  water,  ami  weighted  down  with  some  stone* 
ftir  seveiiil  days  till  the  non-fibrous  portions  were  partly  rotted. 
It  was  then  taken  out  of  the  water  and  spread  in  the  sun  to 
<lry  till  it  wan  quite  crisp,  after  which  the  libre  was  freed  by 
Ix-atiiig  with  sticks  or  flat  stones.  All  this  was  the  women's  woric, 
and  they  niannge<)  to  produce  a  tenacious  nuiterial  from  it 
that  L'ould  l)e  spun  intu  the  finest  threads.'*' 

'lliey  kindled  fii-e  by  friction,  and  for  this  purpose  procured  two 
[lieL-es  ..f  the  seeil  stalk  of  the  grass  tree  ( Xant/iorrheeaJ.     One  of 


BY   RICHD.  HELMS.  397 

To  make  a  signal,  a  fire  was  lit  by  the  aide  of  a  dry  tree  and 
green  bushes  were  heaped  upon  the  flames  when  these  had  made 
a  good  start.  The  smoke  would  then  rise  alongside  of  the  tree  as 
if  it  were  forced  from  a  furnace.* 

Their  habitations  were  simply  shelters  made  of  a  few  sheets  of 
bark  put  against  a  pole  on  the  windy  side. 

Their  wearing  apparel,  for  both  sexes,  consisted  of  two  bundles 
of  narrow  strips  of  skin  suspended,  one  in  front  and  the  otlier 
behind,  from  a  belt  round  the  waist.  During  wet  and  cold 
weather,  however,  they  wore  an  opossum  cloak  or  a  mat  made  of 
kangaroo  skins,  which  otherwise  served  for  carrying  the  umigong, 
nulla  nulla,  boomerangs  and  hielaman  in,  when  folded. 

The  belt  worn  round  the  middle  of  the  body  consisted  of  a 
number  of  closely  laid  coils  of  string,  made  of  twisted  opossum 
fur,  which  was  from  12  to  15  feet  long.  To  put  it  on,  they 
fastened  one  end  to  a  tree  and  holding  the  other  end  to  their  Ixxiy 
they  turned  round  and  round  till  it  was  completely  wound. 

Over  the  forehead,  and  very  tightly  fastened  round  the  head,  a 
band  about  an  inch  to  an  inch  and  a  half  wide  was  generally 
worn  by  most  of  them.  This  was  neatly  plaited  with  fine  twists 
made  out  of  the  bark  of  kurrajong,  and  esteemed  as  an  adornment. 

A  woman  having  her  menses  would  bind  a  string  round  both 
arms,  as  a  sign  that  she  was  to  be  avoided  by  the  men.  Should 
she  step  across  some  stream  of  flowing  water  whilst  in  this  state, 
no  one  would  drink  below  the  place  where  she  crossed  it.     She 


*It  la  often  asserted  that  the  natives  of  Australia  communicate  by  means 
of  smoke.  By  the  manner  in  which  the  smoke  is  made  to  ascend  and  hy 
the  volume  as  well  as  by  the  number  of  columns,  &c.f  &c.,  they  are 
supposed  to  have  formulated  a  generally  understood  system  of  telegraph  v. 
No  doubt  they  are  very  expert  in  making  smoke  ascend,  and  carefully 
consider  the  state  of  wind  and  weather,  understanding  how  to  choose  the 
proper  material  (green  or  dry)  and  how  to  take  advantage  of  special  local 
features,  and  watch  the  proper  time  of  day  when  the  signals  are  likely  to 
attract  attention.  But  everything  is  done  in  accordance  with  preconcerted 
arrangements.  No  generally  acknowledged  code  exists.  In  my  opinion 
too  mach  has  been  made  of  the  supposed  elaboration  of  a  telegraphic 
system  by  means  of  smoke  signals. 


398  A  NTH ROPO LOGICAL  NOTIS, 

had  tliei-efore  Ui  be  cautious  and  avoid  pollutiug  any  w&ter  when 
travelling  in  company. 

Wlx^n  alxmt  to  give  liirtli  tiie  wonieii  retired  to  a  secluded 
pliM.-e  mid  UHually  nianagwl  tlie  confinement  without  aaaittwH'e 
from  otiier  feinaleii. 

Tin-  cliililren  jjenerolly  received  a  name  after  sumethinjf  reutark- 
ahlf  tlial  happened  tit  the  time  of  their  )>irth  or  after  sumethin-; 
in  cmnei-tiori  with  the  Uwality  of  it. 

As  a  rule  tlie  children  were  a  good  deal  inclulgtvl  and  werf 
ullowe<l  to  have  tliingN  their  own  way,  but  were  MuppO!)ed  to  1« 
olH'dii'nt  til  their  ]iurentN.  If  they  disolwyed,  they  were  taught 
ihcy  would  !>e  punished  during  later  yearn  by  getting  liad  raxhpit 
iinii  sores  on  their  Ixidy  and  \im\y»,  caused  thn>ugh  the  influence 
of  n  fii-ndish  Hpirit.  A  diseik-<e  of  tluH  kind  wait  often  the  cause  <if 
ileath  amongst  tlieni.  Ti  Ivegan  with  an  itch  like  a  »cab  that  wu 
dry  on  the  surface  but  festering  l>elow  tlie  Hkin,  and  at  an 
tuU'unci-d  stage  Hmelled  very  ofTentiively  and  sometimes  caused  the 
fltwh  to  rot  away.  Some  who  were  oidy  lightly  afflicte<I  with  it 
would  perhaps  Ixf  cun-d,  but  when  the  disease  l>ecame  general  and 
se\ci>'  i(  was  inostlv  fatal.     An  a  cure  the  native)  ate  a  kind  of 


BT   RICHD.  HELMS.  399 

They  believed  that  an  enemy  could  secretly  throw  a  "  gibba  " 
(stone)  which  would  enter  the  body  of  the  person  it  was  to  hurt 
and  cause  pain  in  the  place  it  had  entered.* 

If  therefore  anyone  felt  a  pain  in  the  Ixxly  or  any  of  his  limbs 
the  "  Karaji "  (doctor  or  wizard)  of  the  tribe  would  bite  or  suck 
the  place  and  generally  produce  a  stone  after  a  few  minutes 
which  he  professed  to  have  removed  from  the  sore  part.  Some- 
times they  even  managed  to  show  blood  on  the  stone.  As  a  rule, 
the  patient  would  soon  recover  after  this  display  of  crafty  fraud. 

These  "  Karaji,"  besides  possessing  these  curative  powers,  were 
8app>osed  to  be  able  to  work  all  sorts  of  miracles  and  charms,  but 
generally  each  of  them  was  noted  for  some  special  power.  Some, 
for  instance,  were  expert  in  making  rain.  For  this  purpose  eagle- 
hawk  feathers  were  rubbed  between  the  palms  of  the  hands  in 
connection  with  various  mancBuvres  and  gesticulations,  invented 
and  differently  performed  by  each  individual  conjurer.  Every  one 
tried  to  inspire  the  onlookers  with  his  special  power  and  used  his 
own  methods  to  deceive  the  credulous. 

The  dead  were  buried  in  different  ways:  either  in  a  hollow  tree, 
if  the  corpse  could  be  dropped  down  from  the  top,  or  in  a  sitting 
position  in  a  hole  dug  in  the  ground,  or  a  cavity  was  made  at  the 
bottom  of  a  deep  hole  where  the  corpse  was  pushed  in  and  some 
stone  slabs  placed  against  it  Ijefore  the  hole  was  filled  up.  In 
each  case  the  body  was  tied  up  in  some  fibrous  bark  with  the 
knees  drawn  towards  the  alxlomen  and  the  limbs  firmly  lashed 
together.  Great  wailing  and  lamenting  j>receded  the  burial  for 
several  days;  the  relations,  and  more  i>ai*ticularly  the  women, 
chopped  and  gashed  their  hea<l8  with  stone  tomahawks  till 
blood  flowed  freely.  When  the  Ixxiy  wtis  disposed  of,  they 
smeared  pijjeclay  over  their  heads  and  fae(»s  as  a  sign  of  mourning. 
This  outward  sign  of  sorrow  was  retained  fnr  some  time,  but  as  a 
rule  much  longer  by  the  women  than  by  the  men.  But  as  soon 
as  the  flesh  of  an  enemy  was  eaten,  even  if  this  were  on  the  day 


*  This  Bupentition  is  evidently  the  same  as  the  '*  pointing  of  a  bone," 
believed  iu  by  most  of  the  Australian  indigenes,  in  another  form. 


400  ANTHROPOLORICAL  NOTES, 

following  thn  liurial,  nil  ftriet  was  baniahed  and  the  moumin;; 
Mgnu  were  removed. 

They  firmly  l>elieved  that  the  dead  would  not  stay  in  the  gn\e 
>)Ut  would  come  to  lite  again  in  another  form,  which  might  taliH 
the  Mhape  of  a  fiah,  bird  or  animal,  or  unythin);  elne;  their  ideoN 
were,  however,  not  veiy  dear  on  this  Hubjet^t.  Tliey  almi  Itelieve.! 
that  the  (le<ul  would  leave  the  f^ruve  Kumetimes  during  the  ui;:ht 
and  j!Q  hunting.  Owing  to  this  l>elief,  no  doubt,  all  peramitil 
projHTty  was  buried  witli  tlicni,  as  well  as  other  things  they  niiehi 
reiiuiiv.  The  iiHine-  of  the  dead  was  never  nientiiiiie<l  by  theiD  oil 
any  account,  and  if  anyone  mentioned  it  inadvertently  they 
Kl'ippMl  their  earn  and  Hskecl  not  to  l>e  reminded  of  the  deuiL  If 
dogs  hiul  1)eeii  owne<l  by  the  deceaxpfl,  thexe  wen.'  sent  to  some 
frii'ndly  trilw  that  their  sight  might  not  remind  tliem  of  the 
ile|iiirt(!d.     They  t^arttfully  avoided  the  graves.* 

The  <)inp<i  Itlacks  (as  well  as  the  iieighlwuring  tribes)  were 
inveterate  enniiiiialH,  and  at  evi'ry  opportunity  would  eat  thefleHli 
of  iheii'  eiiemiex,  but  esjM<eial)y  their  kidney  fat.  Tliey  would, 
luiwev<ir,  not  eat  a  nieuiUir  of  their  own  tribe. 

Their  weaiHins  eonnisteil  iif  elubs  (nulla  nullas),  Ixunieraiig^ 
shields  (iiielaiiian),  stone  timialiawk  (umigoiig),  iukI   thre«  or  four 


BT   RICHD.  HBLM8.  401 

smaller  sort,  which  was  more  curved  thaii  the  other,  they  threw 
at  birds.  This  if  thrown  against  the  wind  would  return  to  the 
Uirower  after  making  one  or  two  circles  in  the  air.  The  com- 
monest implement  was  the  yam  stick,  a  plain  stout  cudgel  about 
four  feet  long,  sharpened  and  hardened  in  the  fire  at  one  end. 
It  was  used  for  digging  out  roots  and  other  food  from  the  ground, 
and  in  case  of  need  served  for  defensive  purposes. 

For  carrying  water  they  made  a  vessel  out  of  bark  in  the  shape 
of  a  small  canoe.  For  this  purpose  they  thinned  a  suitable  piece 
of  bark  at  both  ends  and  placed  it  in  hot  ashes  to  make  it  soft 
and  pliable,  and  whilst  in  this  state  the  ends  were  folded  and  tied. 

Their  canoes  were  mostly  made  of  bark  which  was  gathered  in 
folds  at  both  ends,  after  these  had  l>een  sweated  in  hot  ashes,  and 
fastened  together  with  withes  and  wooden  pins.  They  chose  a 
convenient  crooked  tree  and  stripped  the  bark  from  the  bent  part 
of  it  that  was  already  naturally  shaped  like  a  canoe.  To  prevent 
leaking,  a  good-sized  lump  of  clay  was  pressed  in  at  both  ends, 
and  if  through  running  on  a  snag  or  some  other  accident,  leaks 
occurred,  the,se  were  as  a  rule  also  stopped  with  clay.  Such  canoes 
did  not  usually  la»t  for  a  great  length  of  time  on  account  of  their 
fragile  nature  and  the  rather  rapid  decay  of  the  material,  but 
they  were  more  fre<juently  used  than  those  made  of  wood  because 
they  could  easily  be  replaced  if  destroyed  l)y  an  enemy.  The 
wooden  canoes  were  made  out  of  a  suitable  log,  and  their  manufac- 
ture demanded  a  great  deal  of  lalxjur.  They  had  to  be  entirely 
worked  with  stone  implements,  assisted  by  lighting  a  fire  inside, 
which  when  carefully  managed  would  destroy  the  bulk  of  the 
wood  to  be  removed.  Generally  they  adopted  a  partly  hollow 
tree  for  this  purpose.' 

Besides  the  casual  ornamentation  of  painting,  they  used  to  mark 
their  body  with  tattoo  scars.  These  were  produced  by  means  of 
Home  sharp  stones  with  which  the  flesh  was  incised.  To  stop  the 
blood  and  to  form  the  scars  they  lay  down  on  a  heap  of  fine  ashes. 
Ashes  were  also  applied  if  at  any  future  time  the  bleeding  should 
start  again.  This  was  all  that  was  used  to  raise  the  scars  above 
the  surface  of  the  skin.     At  the  age  of  17  to  20  years  were  made 


402 


,L  NOTES, 


tlieHe  tiittoii  Hears  whicli  were  from  an  inch  and  a  half  to  two  inchei 
long  a.n  a  rule.  It  tfxik  aume  time  to  niake  the  whole  series  of 
tliem,  ivs  tliey  allowed  thiwe  made  firat  to  heal  liefore  th«y  started 
otherH,  In  this  way  firHt  the  1>a4;k  and  then  the  chest  and  amu 
wen'  operated  upon  in  I'utatiun.     The  wonien  were  also  tattooed 


on  the  uhest 
The  marks  w 

AH   trilHll 

Itoth  the 


nd  t 


iupi> 


i»,  hut  nut  to  Huoh  an  vxt«nt  as  the  nieD. 
nmI  to  indicate  their  family  descent  as  well 


and  tiie  women  had  the  septum  of  the  noae 
pierced  to  carry  a  piece  uf  pulished  kangaroo  Ixine.  A  woman 
considered  herself  looking  her  best  when  she  had  alM>ut  six  or 
eight  inches  of  l)one  pushed  through  her  nose.  The  reason  for 
this  hahit  was  that,  in  lulditiun  to  its  l)eing  considered  ornamental, 
when  they  returned  on  (-arth  again  after  <leatli,  eith4>r  ait  a  swan, 
duik  OP  Rsh,  A(...  thfv  would  then  have  a  hole  reiidy  made  for  the 
liur|X)He  of  hreathing. 

,K0    TmilE   OF   AllOKKltNKli,   WITH  A 

TIIEtK  Stosk  I.mfi.emevts. 


IIY    RICHD.  HELMS.  403 

trying  to  get  another  from  a  friend  who  had  still  two  left.  He 
complained  bitterly  to  me  that  "  white  fellow  "  destroyed  all  the 
''possum/'  a  grievance,  I  was  later  informed,  he  was  constantly 
harbouring  and  generally  ventilated  to  new  acquaintances.  He 
died  recently  at  Cooma,  and  with  him  it  may  be  said  the  last 
remnant  of  the  real  old  stock  of  manly  savages  belonging  to  this 
tribe  disappeared,  reaching  a  good  old  age  and  weathering  the 
tempest  of  Wee  and  demoralisation  foisted  upon  these  unhappy 
people  by  ci'vilised  whites. 

I  have  been  told  a  few  stories  of  individuals  who  have  been 
illtreated  and  even  murdered  by  white  blackguards,  but  these 
isolated  instances  are  nothing  comp^ired  to  what  the  rum  bottle 
and  diseases  have  accomplished  towards  wrecking  these  tribes. 
Forty  years  iigo  they  could  muster  several  hundred  individuals, 
although  from  time  immemorial  they  had  l)een  in  constant  and 
bloody  contentions  with  most  of  their  neighbours,  and  to-day, 
after  such  a  short  span  of  time,  owing  simply  to  altered  conditions, 
they  have  all  disappeared  but  two. 

Not  far  below  Jindabyne,  where  the  valley  of  the  Sno^^  River 
somewhat  narrows  between  rather  rugged  hills,  used  to  lye  in 
olden  times  a  favourite  camping  place  of  the  natives  who  assembled 
here  (even  within  the  knowledge  of  some  settlers)  in  considerable 
numbers,  mainly  for  the  puq)08e  of  making  stone  implements.  A 
shingle  bed  near  one  of  the  bends  in  the  river  furnished  excellent 
and  abundant  material  for  tomahawks  amongst  the  flattish  and 
more  or  less  oval  pebbles. 

Man}*  half  finished  tomahawks  and  pebbles,  the  shaping  of 
which  had  just  been  commence<l,  have  from  time  to  time  l>een 
picked  up  near  this  locality,  and  some  may  still  l)e  found  there. 
The  blacks  were  not  likely  to  encuml^er  themselves  with  too  much 
weight,  and  therefore  only  the  finished  articles  were  carrier!  away, 
the  unfinished  being  left  liehind  to  I)e  taken  in  hand  again  on  the 
next  return  to  the  place. 

Plate  xxix.  represents  three  such  pieces  of  stone  showing 
the  commencement  of  the  work,  and  one  finished  tomaliawk.     The 

A   A 


404  A  NTH  BOPO  LOGICAL  NOTES, 

first  three  were  found  by  me  at  the  place  described,  and  the  liwt 
wiM  discovered  not  far  from  it  near  th«  Cmcken)»ck  River. 

It  BeeniH  that  the  first  tiling  in  Bhaping  a  tomaliawk,  after 
selecting  a  nuitable  ])eljl)le,  wa-s  Himply  to  beat  anotlier  stone 
against  it  and  chip  the  <-(t^'(.>s  to  a  slanting  face  that  would  produce 
a  sharp  angle  with  one  of  tliti  jilanes  (if  the  stone.  This  i»  ail 
that  has  lieen  done  to  the  first  three  specimens  i-epresented,  tlw 
rock  of  which  is  a  fine  grained  felspathic  ijuartzite  of  dark  grey 

Tho  finished  inipleinfiit  is  niiule  of  a  similar  material,  but 
sonicwhut  lighter  in  ciilnur.  Ii  is  a  well  finished  weapon 
or  tool  with  a  sharp  cutting  edge  and  highly  jxilished  levelled 
aides.  The  otlier  jmrt  of  it  is  dressed  smooth  Ijy  lieing  beaten 
with  another  stone.  By  thin  nu^thod  also  the  indented  hollows 
for  fingerholds  on  tiie  liroadcst  surfaces  of  it  are  evidently  pru- 
ductd.  The  iniplenient  seems  to  have  Ijecn  only  intended 
to  lie  held  with  the  hand  wlimi  it  was  in  use,  and  is  in 
rciihty  an    iulze   I'ather   than    a   tomahawk.      It  weighs    twelve 

A  N.^nvK  HiiiiAL  Place. 

1  District  in  the  early  part  of 


BY    RICHD.  H£LMS.  405 

The  grave  was  situated  in  an  elevated  position  on  a  low  rise 
consisting  of  coarse  gritty  and  clayey  soil.  The  dry  situation  and 
the  natural  compactness  of  the  soil  no  doubt  greatly  helped  to 
preserve  the  grave,  which  could  be  distinguished  quite  plainly 
although  it  was  over  seventeen  years  since  it  had  been  formed.  A 
circular  mound  rose  about  two  and  a  half  feet  from  a  base  which 
was  upwards  of  five  feet  in  diameter,  irregularly  flattened  out  at 
the  edges  and  strewn  with  sparsely  imbedded  rock  fragments.  Tn 
the  centre  of  the  mound  there  were  three  posts. 

In  removing  the  soil  and  stones  T  found  tliat  the  grave  must 
have  been  dug  over  six  feet  deep  in  the  solid  ground,  and  seemed 
to  have  had  an  oblong  shape  of  about  four  feet  in  length  by  two 
and  a  half  feet  wide.  At  the  bottom  a  dome-like  excavation 
about  three  feet  long  and  nearly  two  feet  high  had  l)een  made  in 
one  of  the  longest  sides  of  the  hole,  into  which  the  corpse  had 
been  pushed.  The  opening  had  been  covered  by  bark  and  grass, 
against  which  flat  stone  slabs  had  \>een  pbicecl.  The  hole  was 
filled  with  granite  slalw  carefully  laid  down,  with  grass  in  the 
interstices,  for  some  distance,  and  over  this  with  stones  and  earth. 
At  each  end  of  the  grave  had  been  placed  a  strong  sapling  that 
rose  from  the  bottom  by  the  side  of  the  cavity  in  wliich  the  body 
rested  to  about  four  feet  above  the  surface  of  the  ground,  cand 
A  third  one  was  placed  midway  l)etween  them  after  a  few  feet 
had  been  filled  in.  These  were  the  posts  that  rose  from  the 
mound,  and  which  guided  me  to  the  cavity  containing  the  corpse. 

Although  the  death  took  place  seventeen  years  l)efore  I  opened 
the  grave,  I  found  no  difficulty  in  determining  the  method  in 
which  the  body  had  been  prepared  for  interment.  The  knees  had 
been  drawn  up  to  the  abdomen  and  lashed  with  l>ast,  the  ellx>wK 
had  been  laid  close  to  the  sides,  and  the  hands  were  placed  flat  in 
front  of  the  face.  Although  nothing  but  the  lx>nes  of  the  man 
remained,  their  position  left  no  doubt  that  the  limbs  were  placed 
as  described.  It  was  evident  that  the  Inxly  had  l>een  lashe<l 
together  into  the  smallest  possible  compass  by  l)ast  l)eing  coiled 
round  it  in  all  directions.  After  l)eing  tied  up  it  had  then  l)een 
wrapped  in  a  blue  blanket,  perished    fragments  of  wliieh  still 


406 


ANTHROPOLOGICAL  NOTES, 


remains),  and  then  in  thick  fibroufi  bark  that  was  well  luhed 
round  it. 

The  lwne«  were  still  very  solid,  although  discoloured.  The 
Mkull  Hcemed  to  me  of  a  much  lower  type  than  moat  skolbi  I  have 
seen,  ftn<l  by  no  means  indicated  intellectual  power,  which  mif^t 
have  l>een  expected  from  the  way  the  individual  had  been  revered 
by  his  trilje.  The  forehead  rece<ted  very  much  and  was  Rtrongly 
lieveloped  over  the  orbitji,  and  the  jaws  were  extremely  powerful, 
forming;  a  protruding  chin  that  gave  the  whole  face  n  receding 

Ikith  hip  iKinex  were  considerably  swollen  towards  the  upper 
nmr>oii  and  showed  a  distinct  hi>neycoml>ed  charact«r  which  wu 
umnistakably  the  result  of  necrosis.  From  the  appearance  vf 
thpHf  Ixtnes  it  cannot  U*  doubtetl  that  the  man  was  unable  tu 
walk  during  the  advanced  stage  of  the  diseime,  and  he  must  have 
Rulti-re<i  a  great  <leal  of  pain  jud^ng  from  their  abnormal 
iiinditiiin. 


it  is  scarcely  credible  what  an  enormouH  Dumber 


BY   RICHD.  HELMS.  407 

with  their  mingled  caws  of  terror  and  surprise.  On  land  I  have 
never  seen  such  a  number  of  birds  rise  together  as  I  saw  at  Mt. 
Tate;  it  could  only  be  compared  to  the  incalculable  number  of 
seafowl  that  rise  when  they  are  disturbed  at  their  lonely  rock-isle 
b}'  a  sudden  shot  from  a  passing  vessel. 

It  is  almost  impossible  to  form  an  estimate  of  the  number  of 
the  insects  that  are  annually  devoured  by  the  crows;  just  as 
difficult  as  it  is  to  form  an  idea  of  the  masses  formerly  consumed 
by  the  blacks.  The  figure  in  each  case  must,  however,  reach 
high  into  the  millions.  Like  the  dusky  coloured  men,  the 
birds  are  fonder  of  this  food  than  anything  else,  and  will  not 
touch  even  dead  or  dying  sheep,  I  am  informed,  whilst  plenty  of 
**  fiugongs  "  are  to  be  found.  My  own  observations  confirm  this 
statement. 

The  Dingo,  as  well  as  the  Native  Cat,  it  is  stated,  feed  upon 
the  moths. 

Dr.  R.  von  Lendenfeld  (Report  on  the  Gold  Fields  of  Victorifi, 
1886,  p.  72),  speaking  of  the  Bogong  Range,  states: — "The  high 
tablelands  which  constitute  the  nucleus  of  this  range  are  inhabited 
by  a  species  of  moth  belonging  to  the  Nociuina.  The  caterpillars 
of  it  are  exceedingly  abundant,  and  formed,  half-roasted,  at  certain 
seasons,  a  favourite  food  of  the  Australian  natives.  The  natives 
call  these  caterpillars  *  Bogong,'  which  name  was  afterwards 
applied  to  the  habitat  of  the  Bogong,"  4!:c. 

The  statement  as  to  the  caterpillars  having  been  eaten  is 
incorrect.  The  larvie  of  Agrotis  spina,  Gn.,  like  the  imago,  are  shy 
of  light.  They  are  night  feeders,  and  hide  during  the  day,  like 
all  other  species  of  the  genus,  in  the  ground  or  at  the  base  of 
plants,  and  besides  are  protected  by  their  colour.  Their  habits, 
as  well  as  their  protective  colour,  prohibits  a  collection  in  numbers 
sufficient  to  serve  as  food  for  whole  tribes  of  nati\'es. 


The  accompanying  sketches  I  owe  to  the  skill  of  my  young 
friend,  Mr.  Claude  Fuller,  whose  valuable  assistance  was  readily 
given  and  is  deserving  of  my  warmest  thanks. 


A!<TUItOPOLOaiCAL   NOTKS. 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 


'3. — FUt  itonei  chipped  >t  the  margbia.  sbowing  the  fint  prepara- 
tion for  the  production  of  a  sharp  edge. 

—Finished  tomahawk,  or  adie  ;  the  aaterialu  indioate  the  poaitioii 
of  the  circular  depreuiont  or  fiugerholda  (f  uat.  aite). 


■•ve  of    an  Aboriginal ;  with  lectiont  of  the  Mine,    showing  the  hodf 
a»  placed  in  the  cavity,  and  the  minncr  in  which  the  hole  was  filled. 


409 


NOTES  AND   EXHIBITS. 


The  newspapers  of  1st  inst.  reported  that  at  Wilcannia  nearly 
an  entire  flock  of  sheep  had  been  poisoned  through  eating  raven- 
ously of  "grey  bush,"  resulting  in  the  deaths  of  3700.  Mr.  Fred. 
Turner  exhibited  a  specimen  of  the  plant  implicated,  which  turns 
out  to  be  Kochia  pyramidata,  Benth.  As  this  is  not  a  poisonous 
plant,  the  fatal  results  were  more  reasonably  attributable  to 
mechanical  irritation  and  inflammation  arising  from  eating  too 
voraciously  of  the  indigestible  twiggy  branches.  A  photograph 
of  the  defunct  sheep  as  they  lay  in  camp  was  also  shown, 
and  extracts  were  read  from  a  letter  from  Mr.  A.  J.  Esau,  of  the 
"Western  Grazier,"  which  confirmed  the  diagnosis  given  above, 
and  added  that  the  sheep  were  in  veiy  low  condition,  almost  at 
starvation  point,  and  that  when  the  opportunity  came  they  simply 
gorged  themselves  with  "grey  bush." 

Mr.  Maiden  and  Mr.  Baker  exhibited  specimens  to  illustrate 
their  papers. 

Mr.  Maiden  also  exhibited  specimens  of  a  very  young  cocoanut 
plant,  showing  the  early  growth  of  leaves  and  roots,  from 
Aneityum,  New  Hebrides.  Also,  from  the  same  island,  a  native 
drill  consisting  of  small  quartz  crystals  fastened  to  a  round  stick 
about  2  ft.  long.  A  piece  of  perforated  rock  and  loose  crystals 
also  accompanied  the  exhibit. 

Mr.  Hedley  exhibited  a  valve  of  Cardium  Jlaxmin,  Linn.,  from 
Port  Jackson. 

Mr.  Masters  exhibited  a  collection  of  170  species  of  named 
Coleoptera,  lately  received  from  Mr.  Arthur  M.  Lea,  of  Western 
Australia,  containing  types  of  all  the  species  descril>ed  by  him  in 
his  last  paper.  The  following  families  were  represented  : — 
McdficodermidfE  59  species,  Pythifift'  3,  PedU'ula*  5,  PyrochroidrH  2, 
Afycetophagida:  4,  Curculionidfe  3,  Jfda7idrt/idfH  G,  Morde11id<H  47, 
Anthicidoi  15,  CaryJophidfp.  20,  and  a  few  others. 

Professor  David  exhibited  (1)  a  number  of  transparent  rock 
sections,  prepared  by  Mr.  Brook,  of  Sydney  University,  of  an 
oolitic  limestone  from  the  Manning  River,  New  South  Wales. 


410  SOTEH  AND   BXUtBITB. 

The  liiDentoiie  contains  numeroux  furaminifera,  and  alninclanl 
reiiiuiiiN  uf  fltiiall  organising,  the  prec^  nature  of  which  )iaii  nut 
yet  l>eeii  (let«nninL><].  The  specimen  from  which  the  sections 
w<tre  cut  was  presentwl  hy  Mr.  C.  W.  Darley,  M.  Insc  C.E.  The 
rock  is  proliably  of  CarlMnifeniuM  a)fe.  (2)  A  specimen  of  fo»nl 
algw  (1),  c<illect«<l  >>y  Mr.  C.  Jenkins,  from  the  Ya-«t  lJiHtrict,and 
now  in  the  Geolojpca!  Collection  at  the  University  of  tSydney. 

Jlr.  Mitchell,  Naretlan,  exhibited  some  fcMsilx  from  the  Wians- 
nmtbi  Serien,  in  the  neighlwurhuud  of  Ntirelhin,  cuiLsiMting  iif 
iiiHcct  r<-iniiin<t  and  impresuonu  of  u  plant  apparently  l>elonKing  lu 
the  Trfnuijitrriiliif.  Jlr.  FroKgatt,  of  the  Technological  Museum, 
had  determiitect  the  insect  reinainx  to  )>e  referable  to  the  yamilies 
JilnU'uh-  and  /hij/i-nHti'lie.  Of  the  former  there  were  impre.tsionH 
of  fru^fmcnts  of  win^pi,  and  of  the  latU^r  of  an  elytron.  Mr. 
Etheriilge,  Curator  of  the  Australian  Muneum,  to  whom  the 
liptKinii'ns  luul  )jeen  subtnittetl,  coiilirmed  Mr.  Frt^gatt's  opinion. 
The  plants  consisted  of  fragiiientst  of  leaves  showing  rows  of 
])api11»i  along  each  side,  in*  in  nt»ae  cases  along  one  ttide,  uf  the 
midril)  on  the  ImiwiI  p<-^rtion,  which  may  be  sori.  The  fomil 
Orthopt^jra  are  from  a  railway  cutting  on  the  Great  Southern  line 
at  (ilfnlee;  the  Huprestid  and  ])lanta  from  the  Great  Road  aboat 


411 


WEDNESDAY,  JULY  3l8T,  1891. 


The  Ordinary  Monthly  Meeting  of  the  Society  was  held  in  the 
Ldnnean  Hall,  Ithaca  Road,  Elizabeth  Bay,  on  Wednesday  even- 
ing, July  Slst,  1895.  

The  President,  Mr.  Henry  Deane,  M.A.,  M.I.C.E.,  in  the 
Chair.  

Dr.  James  Froude  Flashman,  B.Sc,  Hospital  for  the  Insane, 
Parramatta,  was  elected  a  Member  of  the  Society. 


The  President  said  that  he  had  to  announce  with  regret  the 
death,  on  the  9th  inst.,  of  a  member.  Dr.  P.  H.  MacGillivray,  M.  A., 
of  Sandhurst,  Victoria,  well  known  for  his  important  series  of 
contributions  to  a  knowledge  of  Australian  Polyzoa,  covering  a 
period  of  more  than  thirty-five  years. 


DONATIONS. 

Geological   Survey   of  India — Records.     Vol.  xxviii.  Part  2 
(1895).     From  the  Director. 

Perak   Government   Gazette.      Vol.   viii.   (1895),  Nos.  12-17. 
From  the  Government  Secretary, 

New  Zealand  Institute — Transactions  and  Proceedings,  1894. 
Vol.  xxvii.     From  the  Institute, 

Pharmaceutical  Journal  of  Australasia.     Vol.  viii.  (1895),  Nos. 
6-7.     From  the  Editor, 

Zoologischer  Anzeiger.    xviii.  Jahrg.    Nos.  475-477  (May-June, 
1895).     From  the  Editor. 

University  of  Melbourne — Calendars  for  the  Years  1894  and 
1895.     From  the  University. 


412  DONATIONS. 

Boston  Society  of  Natural  History — Proceediogi).  Vol.  xr\i 
PattM  2-3  (1893-94);  Memoirs.  Vol.  iii.  No.  xiv.  (1894).  From 
the  Sucieti/. 

New  York  Academy  of  Sciences— Tmnsactiona.  Vol.  xiii. 
(1K9.3-94).      From  the  A<:ademy. 

CftKf.jrnift  Academy  of  Sciences- — Proceedings.  2nd  Ser.  Vol, 
iv.  Part  1  (1894).      From  the  Academy. 

American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences— Proceedings.  Vol. 
xxix.  (1H93-94}.      From  the  AcaiUmy. 

Cincinnati  Society  of  Natural  History — Journal.  Vol.  xvii. 
Nos.  -2-3  (1894).     From  Ike  SocUty. 

American  Philosophical  Society — Proceedings.  Vol.  xxxiiL 
No.  14.'i  (1894).     Fnim  the  Society. 

Aciulemy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia— Proceedings, 
1H94,  Part  ii.     From  the  Acad«iny. 

Nova  Scotian  Institute  of  Science — Proceedings  and  Tr»ntiac- 
tions.     Second  Series.     Vol.  i.  Part  3  (1 893).     From  the  Inttitnk. 

Sitiiclihonian  Institution,  Washington — Annual  Reports  of  the 


DONATIONS.  413 

K.K.  Naturhistorisches  Hof-Museum,  in  Wien — Annalen.  Bd. 
viii.  Nos.  1-2  (1894):  Bd.  Lx.  Nos.  1-2  (1894).  Fr(ym  Uie 
Museum » 

KongL  Bohmische  Gresellschaft  der  Wissenschaf ten — Sitzungs- 
berichte,  1892-1893:  Jahresbericht  fiir  die  Jahre  1892-93.  From 
the  Society. 

K.K.  Zoologisch  botanische  Gesellschaft  in  Wien — Verhand- 
lungen.  xliv.  Bd.  1-2  Quartal  (1894):  xlv.  Bd.  4  Heft  (1895). 
From  the  Society. 

Verein  fiir  Vaterlandische  Naturkunde  in  Wiirttemljerg — 
Jahreshefte.     L.  Jahrgang  (1894).     From  the  Society. 

Naturforschender  Verein  in  Briinu — Verhandlungen.  xxxi. 
Bd.  (1892) :  xi.  Bericht  (1893).     From  the  Society. 

Acad^mie  Imp^riale  des  Sciences  de  St.  P^tersbourg — Bulletin. 
Nouvelle  S^rie.  T.  iv.  (xxxvi.),  Nos.  1-2  (1893-94)  :  M^moires. 
T.  xxxix.  Seconde  Partie  (1893);  T.  xli.  Nos.  8-9  (1893);  T. 
xlii.  Nos.  2  and  11  (1894).     From  t/ie  Accbdemy 

Victorian  Naturalist.  Vol.  xii.  No.  3  (June,  1895V  From 
the  Field  Naturalists^  Club  of  Victoria, 

Medicinisch-Naturwissenschaftliche  Gesellschaft  zu  Jena — 
Jenaische  Zeitschrift.  xxix.  Bd.  3-4  Heft  (1895).  From  the 
Society. 

Verein  fiir  Erdkunde  zu  Leipzig — Mittheilungen,  1894.  From 
the  Society. 

Soci^t^  d*  Horticulture  du  DouHs,  Besan9on — Bulletin,  n.s. 
No.  53  (May,  1895).     From  tJie  Society. 

Zoological  Society  of  London — Abstract,  21st  May,  1895  : 
Proceedings,  1895.     Part  1.     From  the  Society. 

Entomological  Society  of  London — Transactions,  1895.  Part 
iL     From  the  Society. 

American  Naturalist.  Vol.  xxix.  No.  342  (June,  1895). 
From  the  Editors. 


414  DOKATIONB, 

Mu!w;um  of  Comparative  Zooli^  at  Harvard  College — BuUetm. 
Vol.  xxvii.  No.  1  (May,  lf95).     From  the  Director. 

Zoological  iSocicty  of  Philadelphia— Twenty- third  Annud 
Report  (1K95).     From  t/ie  fioeieti/. 

Natural  Science  AHiuM'iation  of  Htaten  Iitland — Pruccedin;^". 
Vol.  iv.  No,  15  {Mart-li,  1S95).     Fiwn  *Ae  Auoeiation. 

Itoyal  t^ociety  of  fiiouth  Australia — Tronitactions.  Vol.  xix. 
Part  1  (18»r)).      From  (A«  CMxiety. 

JuuniftI  of  CoiitliolcKy.  Vol.  viii.  No.  2  (1895).  From  th)- 
Conc/iologienl  Soeitly  of  (ireat  Britain  and  Inland. 

Hocieti'-  Boyale  de  Ueographie  d'  Anvere— Bulletin.  T.  xvk_ 
Ty"-  Fasc.  (lJ*y4-9.5).     Frmn  the  Society. 

(ieelimg  Niitui-alist.  Vols,  i.-iii.,  iv.  Noh.  3-4.  Fratii  the  O'ordon 
Technical  College  and  ifuieton. 

Societt-  (>tk>lu^'i<|ue  <le  Belgiijue — Arinales.  T.  xx.  3*  Liv,;  T. 
xsi.  3"  Liv.;  T.  xxii.  1"^  Ijv.     F}-om  the  iSocieti/. 

Johns  Hopkins  L'niveraity  Circulars.  Vol.  xiv.  No.  119  {June, 
IM'J.i).     From  Ihe  CnicrtUij. 


415 


AUSTRALIAN  TERMITID.E, 

Part  I. 

By  Walter  W.  FROcsfiATT. 

INTRODUCTION. 

These  notes  on  white  ants  were  first  undertaken  with  the 
intention  of  working  out  the  economic  aspect  of  their  life-history, 
more  especially  their  partiality  for  certain  timl>ers  more  than 
others,  and  the  best  methods  of  exterminating  them. 

There  is  no  family  of  insects  in  the  warmer  and  tropical  por- 
tions of  the  earth's  surface  whose  members  wage  such  ceaseless 
warfare  against  man's  handiwork.  From  their  countless  numbers, 
subterranean  habits,  and  insidious  manner  of  attack,  none  are 
more  difficult  to  cope  with;  for  often  it  is  not  until  the  damage  is 
complete  that  their  presence  is  even  susi)ected.  In  Australia 
alone  thousands  of  pounds  worth  of  property  is  annually  destroyed 
by  these  voracious  pests.  Having  started  on  this  subject,  I  found 
both  material  and  notes  accumulate  so  rapidly  that  I  determined 
(without  losing  sight  of  the  earlier  phase  of  the  question)  to 
expand  my  notes  into  a  more  pretentious  work,  namely,  the  study 
of  the  habits  and  life-histories  of  all  the  Australian  species 
obtainable,  recording  my  ol>servations  when  jxjssible  from  living 
specimens. 

With  this  end  in  view,  I  obtained  the  sanction  of  the  Curator 
of  the  Technological  Museum  (Mr.  J.  H.  Maiden),  who  has  also 
greatly  assisted  me  in  many  ways  at  this  work,  to  print  and  issue 
a  circular  from  the  Museum,  asking  for  specimens  and  giving 
brief  instructions  to  residents  of  termite-infested  country  how  to 
collect  them. 

It  is  from  the  generous  way  in  which  my  valued  correspondents, 
many  of  them  personally  unknown  to  me  (specimens  and  notes 


416  AUSTRALIAN    TBRMITID.K, 

Ufioii  timir  habits  havin;^  coinu  tu  ine  from  all  quarWrM),  that  I 
am  enaliled  t<>  eiilarf^e  mj  ol)s«rviitions  and  add  much  tu  uur 
(.reiieral  kniiwledne  iif  their  (liHtributiuii  and  habits. 

I  littv<!  aIhu  liud  the  lulvantage,  in  earlier  yearii.  of  travclUnj; 
(i\-«r  a  ciiiisiihimhli'  [KHlioii  i)f  the  interior  of  Australia,  nn<i  afUr- 
wiinls  iiiuiid  thf  whole  coast,  an<l  therefore  start  with  a  ijei-sniml 
knowl«l;:e  of  these  jiests  in  many  jihasos  of  camp  life,  imd  a  fair 
idt^a  of  tlieii'  distrilmtion  oviii-  this  yreat  island. 

Part  I.  -DisTBinuTiON. 

Til  fiuinK  into  the  lit-erature  on  "  white  ants,''  I  iinvc  consulted 
a  fTivat  imnilwr  of  wm'ks  of  vityntfca  and  travels,  as  well  ak  the 
scieiitifii;  iiajHii-s  avftiliililn;  and  during  these  investiftatinns  1  hnve 
Ui'ii  much  stiTick  with  certain  interestin;^  facts  relating  to  the 
f{eo;,'Mi])hical  distribution  of  tennites.  Therefore,  liefore  dealing 
with  the  Australian  M[>ecies,  I  jinnHwi-  t<5  glance  at  th<«se  from 
otliiT  pirts  of  tile  world. 

Til  the  fossil  fauna  of  the  Old  World  termit*^  are  verj-  well 
ri')ii'esciiteil:  evldentlj'  in  hy{{one  ejiochs,  as  now,  at  certain 
seasons  of  the  year  the  winjjed  fornix  swarmed  in  myriads  out  of 
Fluttoriiij;  alwut   in   tlieir  gftnerallr  aimles 


BY    WALTER   W.    FROGGATT.  417 

inject  world,  waa  followed  in  1852  by  Dr.  Hagen's*  work  deal- 
ing with  the  fossil  termites  of  the  same  locality;  after  describing 
the  different  species  he  states  that  the  climate  of  Europe  must 
have  been  much  warmer  in  the  Tertiary  age  than  at  present  to 
have  supported  such  an  extensive  insect  world,  and  that  out  of 
sixty  known  species  of  termites  nearly  a  third  of  them  were  fossil. 
During  the  years  1855-60  Dr.  Hagent  brought  out  his  Monograph, 
in  which  he  worked  out  all  the  then  known  species,  both  fossil  and 
recent,  among  others  a  fossil  species  (Termea  grandoevua)  from 
England,  the  exact  locality  not  being  given.  This  work  still 
retains  its  place  as  the  text  book  on  matters  relating  to  the 
classification  of  the  Termiticke. 

In  1861  three  species  were  noticed  by  Hagen  in  some  Sicilian 
amber  obtained  by  Hope  for  the  Oxford  Museum.  I 

In  1878  Sterzel  described  another  for  which  he  formed  the  new 
genus  MixotermeSy  from  the  carboniferous  of  Lugau.§ 

In  1883  Scudderjl  published  an  account  of  his  studies  of  the 
fossil  termites  of  the  Florissant  Tertiaries  of  Coloi-ado;  in  this 
interesting  paper  he  gives  a  general  account  of  all  the  fossil 
termites  known  from  other  places,  and  describes  six  new  species, 
forming  the  genus  Parotermes^  to  contain  the  first  three,  while  of 
the  others  one  comes  in  the  genus  ffodotermes  and  two  in 
£utermes. 

BrongniartU  has  made  a  magnificent  addition  to  our  knowledge 
of  fossil  termites  in  his  Monograph  upon  the  study  of  fossil 
insects,  published  last  year. 


*  (Jeber  die  Lebentweise  der  Termiten  UDd  ihre  Verbreitung.  KoDigsb. 
Katurwiss.  Unterhalt.,  ii.  3,  53-75. 

t  Monographie  der  Termiten.  Linnsea  Entomol.  x.  (1855),  pp.  1  and 
270:  xii.  (1858),  1.;  xiv.  (1860),  73. 

t  Hagen,  H.A.     Eutom.  Weekly  Intell.  10,  151,  168,  London,  1861. 

§  Sterzel,  on  FomII  Termites.     Ber.  Gee.  Chemn.  1878-80. 

I]  Sondder,  8.  H.  The  Fossil  White  Ants  of  Colorado.  Proc.  Amer. 
Acad.  Arts  and  Sciences,  1883,  pp.  133-145. 

H  Brongniart,  C.  Recherche  pour  servir  k  V  Histoire  des  Insectes  Fossilee 
dee  Temps  Primaires,  Ac.  Bull.  Soc.  d'Indus.  i  Minerale.  1893,  vii.  (3), 
p.  127. 


lis  AUSTKAUAK    TBRMITin.K. 

At  tlie  present  time  three  ftpecieu  of  termites  are  found  b 
Eunijie,  niid  thougli  they  are  chiefl3r  distributed  along  the  ccait 
iif  the  Me<literraiiean  and  the  warmer  portions  of  Southern 
Eumpe,  one  species  has  lieen  recorded  from  a8  far  north  t» 
Odessa,  Russia,  where  it  is  said  to  have  done  a  conaiderahle 
iiniount  of  damage.  Of  the  three  species  now  acclimntiHed  in 
Woutlieni  Europf,  only  une  \»  said  to  l>e  indifrenuus,  Tfrmu 
fin-1/nffiiK,  which  was  known  to  exist  in  France  at  a  very  early 
<liitf,  though  it  was  not  until  1K53  that  it  was  reported  to  liave 
ciiniinitted  any  noticeable  depredations.*  Early  in  this  year  they 
ftpfieaivd  everywhere  ns  a  regular  plague  in  the  city  of  Rochelle, 
nn'l  not  content  with  eating  up  the  wood,  found  their  way  into 
the  rity  archives  and  destniyed  many  of  the  State  documents. 

Tliis  upecies  now  ranges  over  the  whole  of  the  southern  pro- 
vinces of  France,  through  the  Spanish  Peninsula,  Italy,  Sicily, 
Sai-diniji,  the  Alorea,  Turkey,  Cypress,  Egj-pt  and  Madeira. 

A  giHMl  deal  has  lieen  written  about  this  species,  the  latest 
Iieiiig  Pi'ofessiir  Grassi  and  Dr.  Sandias'  splendid  Monograph  on 
the  termites  of  Catani;i,t  containing  an  exhaustive  account  of  this 


originally  a 


BY   WALTER   W.    FROr.(iATT.  419 

houses  in  specimens  of  foreign  timbers;  in  1874  such  a  family  was 
discovered  in  the  palm  house  at  the  Royal  Gardens  at  Kew, 
where  they  were  isolated  and  kept  under  ol)ser\ation  for  some 
time,  specimens  l)eing  exhibited  by  Mr.  R.  McLachlan*  at  a 
meeting  of  the  Entomological  Society  oi  London  in  1874. 

Turning  to  Africa,  we  find  that  termites  are  very  generally 
distribute<l,  about  twenty  species  having  l>een  catal<)gue<I  in 
Hagen's  list  from  this  part  of  tlie  world;  of  these  two  are  f>eouliHr 
to  the  Isle  of  France,  and  one  to  Madeira;  some  species  are  very 
local  and  confined  to  small  areas,  while  (jthers  have  a  verv  wide 
<^graphical  distribution.  The  famous  IWnvs  hrlllrojiusy  immor- 
talised by  Smeathmant  in  the  earliest  and  most  complete  account 
of  mound-building  termites,  acconling  to  Hagen,  ranges  round 
the  whole  coast  line  of  Africa. 

As  might  be  expected,  the  nearer  to  the  equator  the  more 
plentiful  the  termites;  and  nearly  all  equatorial  travellers  have 
something  to  say  alxmt  these  pest^s.  Paul  Du  ChailluJ  giv(?s  a 
general  account  of  several  sj>ecies  on  the  west  coast  in  his  popular 
works  of  travel;  OatesjiJ  notices  those  in  Mataljele  Land,  and 
figures  one  of  their  larger  nests;  while  Professor  I)rummond||  deals 
extensively  with  those  found  in  the  I^ike  Xyassa  country. 
Though  termites  are  S4>  j)lentiful  on  the  main  land,  I  can  find  no 
species  recorded  from  Miulagascar. 

The  hold  that  the  white  ants  have  obtained  on  that  rock-l)ound 
i.sland,  St.  Helena,  is  a  n^markable  instance  of  accidental  coloniza- 
tion. It  is  stated  on  good  authority  that  Iwfore  the  year  1S40 
white  ants  were  unknown  on  this  island;  but  at  this  date  a 
captureil  slaver  was  condemned  and  dismantled  at  Jamestown,  in 


*  R.  McLachlan.     Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  xiii.  1874. 

t  H.  Smeathman.     On  the  Termites  of  Africa  and  other  hot  climates. 
Phil.  Trans.  Koyal  .Soc.  London  (Abridged  Edition),  Vol  xv.  p.  61,  1781. 

X  P.  du  Chailla.     Explorations  and  Adventures  in  Eijuatorial  Africa,  p. 
314,  1868;  and  My  Apingi  Kingdom,  pp  115- 14*2,  1871. 

S  Frank  Oates.     Matabele  J.And  and  the  Victoria  Falls.     London,  ISSI, 
p.  134. 

!|  H.  Dnimmond.     Tropical  Africa,  chap.  vi.     London,  1889. 
B   B 


420  AVaTHALIAN    TEKMITIDJC. 

tlip  liinlKTs  uf  whicli  there  wan  introduced  a  South  Ajnericsn 
spi'L-ics  (KtiUnwn  UiiiiM,  Hftgen)  common  in  Brazil.  8i> 
deMli'iu'tive  did  they  Income  that  several  Royal  Commissions 
weiT  ii])i>uiiitetl  to  foiisiiler  the  liest  luethodH  of  dealing  with  thsni. 
Mclliss*  Mt«t«s  that  they  haie  destroyed  over  £60,000  worth  of 
l>r()Iieriy  in  this  island. 

Passiiij,'  into  Asia,  nunc  ai-e  recorded  from  the  northern  and 
i-entral  iHiunlrics.  Crifhtonf  says  tluit  in  some  parts  of  Araliio 
tliey  are  very  de«trul^ti^■e  t-u  yimnj;  trees,  which  the  Arabs  pni- 
ttft  hy  fiiatin}{  llie  trunks  with  sheep  dunj;.  Two  species  are 
catnli^^ued  liy  Hafjfii  from  Schiraz,  on  the  Persian  (lulf,  l>eyond 
which  until  we  reach  Iiiilia  is  a  hlank.  In  the  latter  countn-, 
|MirtioHlnrly  in  the  southern  provinces,  white  ant«  are  numerous 
and  destructive,  thoujili  there  are  apparently  not  a  great  number 
of  s[«..L'ies  amonj;  them.  IWm-n  laprohnwn,  one  of  the  commonest, 
is  very  plentiful  in  Ceylon,  also  extending  into  Bomei),  yumatra 
luiil  JfiviL,  ;dl  (jf  those  isiiiiids  having!  several  other  species  recorded 

nds  they  are  well  known.     SeoaneJ  givai 
I  Spanish  man-of-war  which  i 


BY   WALTER   W.    FROGGATT.  421 

tajyrobanes)  in  Rangoon.  In  the  Zoology  of  the  Novara  Expedi- 
tion, Brauer  has  described  two  species  from  the  Nicobar  Islands; 
while  Forbes*  noticed  them  on  the  Cocos  Keeling  Islands,  where 
he  says  they  were  introduced  some  years  before;  this  is  the  only 
instance  in  which  I  have  been  able  to  find  them  recorded  from  a 
coral  island. 

Extending  down  into  the  Australian  region,  there  is  no  record 
of  any  species  from  the  mainland  of  New  Guinea,  though  I  have 
made  special  enquiries.  D'Albertisf  mentions  them  twice  on 
Yule  Island,  no  great  distance  from  the  mainland,  and  it  is  most 
likely  that  they  occur  inland;  for  at  the  present  time  most  of  the 
known  portions  of  New  Guinea  are  either  river  delta  country  or 
mountain  ranges,  neither  of  which  is  suitable  for  their  habitations. 

Three  species  are  known  from  New  Zealand,  four  from  Tas- 
mania, and  six  from  Australia. 

I  have  been  unable  to  come  across  any  reference  to  Termites 
being  found  in  any  of  the  Pacific  Islands,  but  within  this  last 
month  I  have  received  some  from  the  New  Hebrides.  They 
belong  to  a  very  large  species  and  were  sent  from  Aneityum  in  a 
bottle  full  of  insects  by  the  Rev.  J.  H.  Lawrie  to  the  Techno- 
logical Museum.  In  the  Hawaiian  Islands  Blackburn  J  found 
two  species  very  plentiful,  \yoth  of  which  are  American  forms  and 
may  possibly  have  been  introduced. 

The  home  of  the  white  ant,  however,  appears  to  be  South 
America,  and  its  headquarters  Brazil;  from  which  country  alone 
twenty-seven  species  are  known.  Many  of  these  were  collected 
by  Bates  §  on  the  Amazons,  who  recorded  the  habits  of 
seVeral  species;  while  Fritz  Miiller||  has  contributed  largely  to  our 

*  H.  O.  Forbes.     A  Naturalist's  Wanderings  in  the  Elastern  Archipelago. 
London,  1885. 

+  D'Albertia.     New  Guinea,  Vol.  i.  pp.  355-401.     1S81. 

X  R.  Mcl^iachlan.     On  the  Termites  collected  by  the  Rev.  Thos.  Black- 
burn.    Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  (5),  xii.  p.  221,  1883. 

§  H.  W.  Bates.      Naturalist  on  the  River  Amazon,   Lond.   1863;   and 
Proo.  Linn.  8oc.  Vol.  it.  1854. 

11  Fritz  Mitller.     Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss  der  Termiten.  Jen.  Z.  Nat.  vii. 
pp.  337,  451,  1873;  and  I.e.  1875  ard  1887. 


422  AUSTRALIAN    TERMITIDJI, 

knowledge  of  these  inaects  in  working  out  the  life-histories  of 
thiwe  fuund  in  the  \-icinity  of  SanUi  Catherine.  While  anta  have 
been  descrilied  frou)  Banda  Oriental  and  tlie  Argentine  Republic 
on  the  fast  to  Chili  im  the  west. 

All  tlic  West  Indian  Islajids  are  more  or  less  infested  with 
them.  CuIni  has  several  spL-cies.  liuhbard*  has  described  tlie 
habits  of  tlii>se  found  in  Jamaica,  of  which  the  tree  nest  building 
Eiitfrm-'i'  ri/ijiertli  is  the  most  plentiful;  Maynardt  lias  noted  them 
on  tlie  Itahamas,  and  JlaseleyJ  on  the  Virgin  Islands,  while 
Ha<,'eii  hiLS  catalogued  them  front  St.  Domiiir^  and  St  Thomas, 
anil  Mai-sliallS  has  studied  the  habits  of  Hulemtes  destrvtlor  in 
Antiguit. 

Central  America  is  very  thickly  infested  with  them,  and  during 
tlie  construction  of  the  Panama  railway  line  they  did  an  immense 
fiiiitiunt  of  damage  to  the  rolling  stock  and  wood  work  of  the 
Ikhihps.  Two  ollicers  of  the  company,  Messrs.  Dudley  and  Beau- 
niiint.ll  kept  a  number  in  captivity  and  discovered  Home  interest- 
ing habits  of  the  commonest  s])iK;ies. 

TJLr  i-onimiiii  sjxvies  in  North  America  i.s  Te-rmex  Jlatnpet, 
wliicli  is  distributed  nearly  all  over  the  United  States,  with 
sevenil  oUiers  more  local  in  their  habits.    Scudderlj  has  recounted 


BY   WALTER   W.    FROOGATT.  423 

Texas;  they  are  known  in  Mexico;  and  Osten-Sacken*  has  studied 
the  habits  of  those  in  California.  In  the  Southern  States  along 
the  Mississippi  they  do  a  great  deal  of  damage  at  times,  while  in 
1879  Hagent  reported  that  they  appeared  in  great  numbers  at 
Cambridge,  Mass.,  but  disappeared  the  following  season.  The 
most  northern  limit  of  the  white  ant  is  Manitoba,  whence  one 
species  (Termopis  occidentalis)  has  been  recorded  by  Treheme.  % 

To  give  an  accurate  account  of  their  geographical  distribution 
in  Australia  is  no  easy  matter,  as  much  of  the  country  has  been 
very  cursorily  examined  as  regards  its  insect  fauna;  and  few  of 
the  naturalists  on  overland  expeditions  have  collected  white  ants 
unless  they  were  very  much  in  evidence.  However,  all  along  the 
eastern  coast  line,  which  is  mainly  forest  country,  termites  are 
plentiful;  in  southern  Gippsland  they  are  a  well-known  pest,  and 
more  northward  in  the  Goulbum  Valley  (Victoria)  we  have 
several  accounts  of  their  attacks  upon  vines  and  fruit  trees.  In 
the  northern  parts  of  Victoria  several  species  are  found,  but  never 
in  great  numbers,  and  seldom  forming  distinctive  nests.  Coming 
into  New  South  Wales,  in  the  Shoalhaven  district  there  are  two 
common  species  constructing  nests,  many  of  the  larger  nest«  being 
from  six  to  seven  feet  in  height.  These  tiill  nests  are  dotted  all 
over  the  flats,  but  are  seldom  met  with  on  the  higher  hills;  they 
are  formed  by  our  common  yellow-headed  termite,  which  though 
common  in  the  neighlx)urhood  of  Sydney  does  not  make  any  kind 
of  nest,  but  lives  under  logs  and  stones  or  in  old  timber.  North 
of  Sydney,  towards  Newcastle,  white  ants  are  common  among  the 
dead  timber,  the  arboreal  Entennes  l)uilding  their  nests  up  the 
trees  being  the  prevailing  species.  A  resident  of  Cape  Hawke 
informs  me  that  they  are  very  l)ad  in  that  neighbourhood.  I  have 
several  species  from  Uralla  where  there  are  plenty  of  the  yellow - 


*  0.   R.  Osten-sfacken.      Observations  on  Ternies  found   in  California. 
Pmo.  Boston,  ^oc.  xix.  p.  72,  1877. 

t  A  H.  Hagen.     Notes  on  a  (Ireat  Cloud  of  Termites  appearing  in  1878* 
Proo.  Bost.  8oc.  N.  U.  xx.  p.  118,  1879. 

X  H.  S.  Treheme.     Notes  on  species  observed  in  Manitoba.      Proc.  Host* 
Soc  N.  H.  xix.  p.  74,  1877. 


424  AVSTKALIAN  TSRXiTID.E, 

heiule<l  termites'  ttill  iicHtH;  t)ioy  are  generally  scattered  over  the 
northern  districtti  of  New  .Siiuth  Walew  and  southern  (jueenslsiul. 
North  of  Kockhumpton  they  l>e^in  to  be  noticeable  an  a  peat, 
thougli  the  large  neKtn  ure  not  very  cumuion;  from  Mackay  I 
have  at  least  fi^e  sjiocii's;  tuwanis  Townsiille  they  increase  in 
nunilterH,  ami  .iIhuiI  Ch.iit+rs  Towers  and  northward  are  a  very 
serious  trouble.  It  is  oidy  h^re  and  there,  however,  that  tlie 
\u.v\!f  mound  nests  Hp)H'ar;  but  tli(<  arboreal  nesting  E'lltrufi, 
though  not  always  buililing  on  the  trees,  seem  to  1)6  found  all 
<)vpr  the  founti-y.  Fii)ni  Cookto«n  aiul  all  over  Cape  York  tin* 
nests  mil  largo  and  immerouti;  the  nia;;;netic  nest  so  well-known 
in  Port  Darwin  Iwing  founiJ  on  the  I}lrx>mfield  Kiver,  north  of 
CiKtktown.* 

At  WoincTset  {Cape  York),  there  is  one  of  the  most  remarkalile 
t4>rnnce  eitit^s  in  the  w<irld;  vieweti  froni  tlie  sea,  and  looking  up 
Iieyond  the  old  Government  Knsiilency,  now  occupied  by  Mr. 
f'rank  Janhiie's  honiosteiul,  it  a]i|M>jLL-K  as  if  the  plain  for  a  mile 
or  inoiv  in  extent  is  covered  with  poiute<I  ])illarH  six  or  seven  feet 
in  height,  lirtuul  iit  the  luise  and  ta[>ering  to  the  summit,  fonning 
reguliir  synnnetriejil  pyramids.  Thi-y  are  thickly  dotted  over  the 
plain,  often  unlya  few  yiiiils  apai't;  the  effect  is  much  heightened 


BY    WALTER   W.    PROGGATT.  425 

On  Thursday  Island  and  the  many  islands  round  Cape  York, 
the  same  form  of  nest  is  met  with;  turning  down  into  the  Gulf 
country  and  to  the  watershed  of  the  Flindei-s  River  and  its 
tributaries,  we  find  one  of  the  most  termite-iufeste<l  localities  in  the 
world.  Nothing  is  too  hard  or  dry  for  tliem;  stockyards,  fences 
and  houses  only  last  for  a  few  years  in  spite  of  all  precautions; 
a  branch  is  attacked  as  soon  as  it  is  dead,  and  in  many  places  no 
stumps  or  dry  wood  is  left  in  the  scrubby  forests;  everything  is 
swept  up  as  it  were  by  these  underground  gnomes,  who  as  forest 
scavengers  do  their  duty  thoroughly.  If  one  cuts  some  grass  for 
a  \)ed  and  leaves  it  lying  upon  the  ground  for  24  hours,  anywhere 
on  the  lower  Flinders,  one  will  find  it  cut  up  into  tine  chatf  by  the 
termites  which  have  come  up  from  the  earth  Ijeneath,  and  if  one  is 
inexperienced  enough  to  leave  his  blankets  on  the  top  of  it,  he 
will  find  all  the  lower  folds  riddled  witli  holes.  Earth  scoops  and 
carts  that  had  l)een  left  in  the  paddocks  for  a  while  at  Cambridge 
Downs  Station  were  brought  in  with  the  felloes  of  the  wheels 
(hard  seasoned  timl)er)  gnawed  to  a  shell,  while  things  in  the 
store  had  to  be  constantly  turned  over,  as  they  even  carried  their 
clay  up  into  the  cases  of  soap,  jams  and  meats,  which  not  only 
destroyed  the  boxes  but  caused  holes  to  rust  in  the  tins  and  spoil 
their  contents.  At  a  hut  on  this  station  where  I  used  to  camp, 
the  sides  were  built  of  upright  saplings  about  six  inches  in 
diameter;  the  termites  had  worked  their  way  up  these,  reducing 
each  to  a  simple  pipe  of  bark.  In  the  silence  of  the  night  I  have 
often  lain  awake  listening  to  the  sound  of  the  millions  of  tiny 
jaws  gnawing  at  these  timbers,  voices  of  the  night  iis  strange  and 
uncanny  as  one  could  well  imagine. 

Passing  from  Normanton  towards  Port  Darwin,  we  are  still  in 
thickly  infested  country,  and  about  ten  miles  out  from  Pahnei*ston 
are  some  of  the  tallest  termite  nests  in  the  world.  I  am  indebted 
to  Mr.  N.  Holze,  the  Curator  of  the  Botanic  Gardens  there,  for 
photographs  and  specimens  from  these  and  the  magnetic  nests, 
which  will  be  dealt  with  in  detail  later  on,  together  with  the 
species  that  form  them. 

In  that  portion  of  North-western  Australia  stretching  across 
from  Cambridge  Gulf  to  Roebuck  Bay,  known  as  the  Kimberley 


426  AUriTliALIAS   TEN3IITID.il, 

district  (where  I  nyii-.nt  over  twelve  months),  and  probably  an  fur 
IIS  ttif  |)i'  (irey  Uivt^r,  M  tlirouHli  tlip  open  forest  Hats  and  aloiiji 
till-  i'il};e  of  tlie  simdy  "Piiidun"  country  fti*  found  numbers  of 
larfTP  Ih-inmI  nests,  fiiun  ti\t!  to  six  feet  in  height,  ratlier  constricted 
lit  the  liiise,  hut  swelling  out  on  the  sides  in  rounded  niaHKCs, 
tthi'if  fulditicins  havt-  U-en  made,  while  the  HUinmit  in  broad  ami 
rcmndcf I,  ^'ivinj;  them  somewlmt  of  a  mushiijoin-like  uppearanii-. 

A^  th.Ti^  an;  ffw  or  n<i  tree.4  over  a  I>eit  of  country'  to  tiif 
westward  of  the  De  (Irey  Hiver  for  ovor  three  hundred  miles,  tlie 
tei-niites  apiiai-eiitly  disai)]M:'ar,  nor  t-an  I  find  that  tJiey  constnii-t 
iK'sti  or  aiv  at  all  noticealite  in  any  other  part  of  Western 
Auntr^ilia,  hut  they  liave  i-ecently  Iieen  reports!  kh  Iiaving 
altiii-ked  the  telegraph  poles  l)et ween  York  and  Gwlgardie.  Tlii» 
also  applies  to  South  Austnilia,  though  it  must  be  reujeuibered 
thai  st-attertil  hands  cif  terniilits  may  Im-  found  in  almost  any  |Hkrt 
of  Ausli-alia  which  may  attut;k  an  o«ld  plank  or  tree,  but  they  are 

lu  till'  vast  tracts  of  dry  and  sjmrsely  timberetl  countrv  in 
ceritrivl  Australia,  t^'riiiites  aro  naturally  seai-ce,  and  probably 
Miiniiiig  altogether  in  nianj'jMirts  of  it.     ]  never  rem  em  I  jer  weing 

ndistrii 


BY   WALTER   W.    FROGOATT.  427 

into  a  hard  papier-mach^like  substance.  The  foundations  of  the 
smaller  mound  nests  are  commenced  at  the  base  of  a  stump  or 
thrown  up  from  under  a  fallen  log.  A  correspondent  in  Kim- 
berley,  W.A.  (W.  O.  Manbridge),  tells  me  that  a  species  there 
forms  its  nest  over  the  spinifex  bushes.  I  have  examined  a  great 
number,  all  of  which  give  proof  of  this,  and  they  can  be  found  in 
all  stages  of  growth.  Though  later  writers  have  doubted  the  fact, 
Hooker*  as  early  as  1 855  wrote  that  the  Indian  species  always 
commenced  their  nests  over  decaying  woody  or  vegetable  matter. 

That  the  different  species  have  peculiar  ways  of  their  own  when 
forming  their  mounds  must  l>e  allowed,  but  the  internal  archi- 
tecture of  all  of  them  is  based  upon  one  uniform  plan,  and  as 
an  illustration  of  this  I  will  describe  the  commonest  large  earth 
covered  nest  found  in  New  South  Wales. 

During  a  visit  to  the  Shoalhaven  district  towards  the  end  of 
last  year  I  had  ample  opportunities  of  examining  a  number 
of  these  large  nests,  which  are  scattered  thickly  over  all 
the  open  forest  country  along  the  river,  but  are  seldom 
found  towards  the  top  of  the  ranges,  the  nests  of  the  smaller 
Eutermes  taking  their  place.  Koughly  speaking,  the  average 
is  about  one  nest  varying  from  three  to  seven  feet  in  height 
to  every  four  acres.  They  vary  a  little  in  outward  shape, 
but  a  well-designed  nest  about  six  feet  in  diameter  at  the  biise 
will  run  up  nearly  the  same  height,  with  a  slight  slope  on  the 
sides  to  the  apex,  which  is  dome-shaped,  not  more  than  three  feet 
in  diameter.  The  enveloping  walls  consist  of  the  surface  soil  only 
(a  pale  yellow  sandy-brown)  very  hard  on  the  weatherworn 
surface,  but  much  softer  when  cut  into.  The  basal  portion  of  the 
walls  are  very  much  thinner  than  the  dome-shaped  summit,  the 
lower  portion  of  the  wall  often  not  l)eing  more  than  a  foot  in  thick- 
ness, while  the  summit  has  a  two-foot  wall  over  it.  All  this  earth 
is  gathered  from  the  surface  by  the  termites  and  not  mined  from 
below,  as  many  popular  writers  have  asserted.  In  this  locality 
this  is  plainly  demonstrated,  for  three  inches  below  the  surface 

*  J.  D.  Hooker.    HimalyaD  Journals,  London,  1855,  Vol.  i.  p.  18. 


2«  ALSTHALIAN    TEHMITID.K. 

Iii'i-c  i-i  iicrthinn  Imt  oimi-st'  jjnivel  of  wliidi  the  liirp?  nesta  of  the 
intiiiiuii  Vfi\Ais\i-\inrv.-\i  ant  (Iri'hniii/rm''.r  /mrpurvun),  alsucomiuun 
1  this  ili.sti'ii-l,  mill  which  auisinict  liirjfe  undergi'ouiid  cliambers, 
M-  wh..llv 


Thf 


'"l"" 


t<-niiitf  lU'st  restH  upiin  thw  surfate  and 
is  i:<>iii|. It'll'  ill  it.st-lt',  iiikI  if  you  out  out  nmml  tlif  Ihiiso  »mj  then 
iiisiTi  u  li'v,-i-  iiinli;r  lIh^  fdf.'e  il  is  very  wwy  to  ovtrturn  the  wlmli- 
nrst;  uiicli'iiifuth  the  ■jrouiid  is  sincioth  iiiid  liiinl  with  only  a  few 

UiidiT  uoriiml  cmditiims  the  fiivphijitng  narthy  walls  contuin 
Vfcy  t'l'tt-  iiLsfclH,  tlioutili  tlicn'  iin-  iiiwiiys  a  few  wiii.Uug  passiiges 
ruiiiiiiii;  ii|i\i;inls  mid  triiversiiif.'  thfin  iit  irivfjuhir  iiit*i-\-ala;  upon 
th^  iviiii.val  i,f  ihis  ..ut,:i-  wall  you  i-xi.ose  11  [lyrifonn  mH*s  .,f 
rim;;lily  ;,'riinuhilf(l  wihkIv  Mulwt-HJici-  in  cuiitficl  with  the  coveriii;,' 
wall  a1  thi'  UiHi',  liul  ■;i;«liially  rit'iiJiiij,'  fniiii  it  towai-U  the  ajiex, 
wht-n.'  a  s|»iL'(-  of  si-vt:i't>1  ini'hi-s  diviileM  them.  The  :«umimt  of  the 
mass  <iii  tiK'  outsi<l<-  i-aii  Ih-  ea.'tily  lirukeii  ofl'  in  luiii|>s,  hut  an  rou 
fut  into  it  il  iH'.'iirm-s  haHcr  iiiid   moii^  solid;  pdlories  run  nil 

diiwii,  fjiviufj  tin-   ti'i-iiiiti-s  iu;f<;ss   U>  all   jHirts   ot'  tli«  strnulure. 
This  iioilioii  of  Ih.'   iicsl   (all    the   iiiiifr  pirticii   .'m-KMed   in  the 


BY    WALTER   W.    PROGGATT.  429 

appearance  and  are  full  of  very  fine  perforations;  and  the  centre 
of  this  structure,  which  is  very  brittle  and  crisp,  has  a  distinctly 
higher  temperature  than  the  outside. 

On  either  side  of  this  nursery  where  the  ordinary  galleries  lead 
out  of  the  finer  central  cells,  the  eggs  are  found  i)iled  up  in  little 
heaps  like  little  grains  of  sand,  white  and  rather  elongated; 
perhaps  as  much  as  a  big  tablespoonful  l)eing  found  on  one  patch, 
and  there  may  be  several  heaps  close  together.  The  formation 
now  becomes  slightly  terraced  just  beyond  the  eggs  still  on  a 
level  with  the  nursery,  and  after  breaking  through  a  number  of 
very  stout  terraced  chamliers  we  came  upon  that  containing  the 
queen;  the  floor  of  the  chamber  is  perfectly  flat  and  smooth,  with 
the  roof  forming  a  low  dome  over  her,  about  six  inches  in  circum- 
ference, not  unlike  the  cavity  under  an  inverted  saucer  or  watch 
glass.  Though  in  many  jwpular  descriptions  of  termitaria  it  is 
invariably  stated  that  there  is  a  male  with  the  gravid  (jueen,  I 
have  never  found  one  in  a  fully  developed  nest,  though  frequently 
finding  a  pair  under  stones  or  logs  where  they  are  evidently  just 
commencing  to  found  a  community.  Sometimes  they  were  so 
much  alike  that  it  would  l)e  impossible  to  say  which  was  king  or 
queen,  but  in  others  found  in  similar  situations  tlie  Ixxly  of  the 
queen  was  beginning  to  show  the  enlargement  of  the  pregnant  or 
gravid  state  and  the  difference  of  the  sexes  was  discernible.  As 
Fritz  Miiller*  has  shown,  in  the  first  stages  of  the  winged  adults 
when  the  insects  are  leaving  the  nest  the  sexual  organs  of  the 
males  and  the  ovaries  of  the  females  are  very  rudimentary,  and  it 
is  not  until  the  act  of  copulation  that  they  l:)ecome  perfected. 

On  the  evening  of  the  5th  of  October,  while  oi)ening  out  nests 
on  the  Shoalhaven  flats,  I  came  upon  a  large  nest  scarred  with 
narrow  cuts,  which  upon  examination  proved  to  l)e  slit-like 
openings  about  a  line  or  more  in  height  and  an  inch  or  less  in 
length.  These  were  all  over  the  outside  of  the  termitarium,  and 
in  each  slit,  with  their  heads  level  with  the  surface  of  the  termi- 
tarium, but  not  showing  l)eyond,  was  a  regular  row  of  soldier 

*  Frits  Mttller.  Beitrage  zur  Kenntnisa  der  Termiten.  Jeu.  Z.  Nat. 
TiL  pp.  337-451,  1873. 


430  AUSTRALIArr   TBRKITID.K. 

tenuiwH  fpiarding  the  upenings  and  not  letting  any  thing  come  out. 
I'piHi  cutting  down  the  walls  these  openings  were  found  Ui  run 
iiiti)  low  lint  liruod  niadwaya  extending  right  through  into  the 
liwiit  of  the  nest  thronged  with  winged  tenniteit  waiting  untiJ 
tlie  witiidrawal  of  the  ^anls  »t  the  gat«wa}'s.  As  eoon  as  a 
brviiuh  was  maA»  in  tlie  walls  they  commenced  to  swarm  out  from 
all  pirUs  uf  the  ne!it,  and  «-e  were  soon  envplopetl  in  a  cloud  of 
hlack  winged  termil*!*  buzzing  about  and  dropping  »11  round, 
causinf*  (juite  a  diHtiiict  noise,  audible  at  a  diutance  of  wrenij 
ffft,  an  immense  nundjer  falling  to  tlie  ground.  Tliese  winged 
sjiecimenH  were  found  in  chambers  an<l  poHsages  all  over  the  tK*i. 
PrcviouKly  in  the  vicinity  of  Sydney  I  had  noticed  larvw  with 
rudimentary  wings  in  the  early  part  of  the  year,  but  in  their 
earlit'r  stages  the  wings  grow  very  slowly  until  after  the  winter 
niontliR  are  over.  Termitt's  were  noticed  flying  about  near  Sydney 
on  the  Jnd  anil  3rtl  of  Noveniljer  in  great  numlxjnt. 

As  lo  the  age  of  tliese  large  temiitario,  tt  could  only  be  positively 
ascertained  by  the  extended  ol>sei'vations  of  a  resident  in  t«roiil« 
iiifestKl  country.  Hut  out  of  a  great  number  T  have  opened  out 
I  ha\it  oidy  found  one  deserteil,  and  it  was  only  on  cutting  ft 
>vere<I  tlii.4  fact,  for  to  all  outwud 


BY    WALTER   W.    FROOGATT.  431 

evident  that  the  fate  of  the  community  does  not  hang  upon  the 
prolongation  of  the  gravid  queen,  as  it  is  not  at  all  a  difficult 
matter  to  replace  her  with  a  young  and  vigorous  successor  when 
necessar}'. 

From  my  own  observations  I  do  not  think  that  the  queen  of 
any  Australian  species  either  lays  eggs  so  rapidly  or  lives  so  long. 
I  have  on  several  occasions  unearthed  a  queen  in  a  very  sickly 
looking  condition,  with  her  abdomen  yellow  and  wrinkled,  and 
with  her  antennae  and  most  of  the  tarsi  broken  off,  though  the 
nest  from  which  she  was  taken  was  swarming  with  life  and 
apparently  in  the  height  of  prosperity. 

I  should  not  be  surprised  to  lind  that  many  of  the  larger  mound 
nests  last  for  a  great  number  of  years,  and  that  white  ants  may  also 
exist  in  their  nests  long  after  they  have  destroyed  all  the  woody 
matter  they  contain,  for  in  the  tropical  parts  of  Australia  l^efore 
the  wet  season  sets  in  (about  the  middle  of  December)  they  stored 
food  supplies.  When  examining  some  of  the  large  rounded 
termite  mounds  near  King's  Sound  (N.W.  Australia)  T  found  on 
cutting  into  them  that  all  the  outer  galleries  were  full  of  bits  of 
grass  cut  up  like  fine  chaff,  which  ran  out  in  little  streams  to  the 
ground  as  soon  as  the  passages  were  opened. 

Professor  Drummond*  in  his  account  of  African  termites  i)re- 
viously  quoted,  notices  the  immense  amcmnt  of  (.»lay  carried  up  the 
trunks  of  trees  by  these  insects,  which,  he  suggests,  when  it  is 
sw^ept  down  by  the  tropical  rains  and  is  scattered  over  the 
surrounding  land  is  a  great  agent  towards  fertilizing  the  soil,  and 
that  termites  probably  take  the  place  of  the  earthworms  of  mcjre 
temperate  regions.  This  statement  requires  confirmation,  foi'  in 
the  first  instance  the  soil  used  by  the  termites  is  gathered  from 
the  surface  of  the  ground,  and  whenever  a  large  mound  has  l)een 
destroyed  in  this  country  I  have  always  noticed  that  nothing 
grew  upon  or  near  it  for  a  kmg  time,  but  it  had  a  dry,  Imrren 
appearance  as  if  the  clay  had  been  burnt. 

•  Drummond.     Tropical  Africa,  I.e. 


432  AUSTRALIAN   TERMITID.R. 

Tlie  remarkable  fineness  of  the  earth  collected  by  the  termitM 
fur  lln'ir  iiests  is  put  to  a  prncticiil  use  by  the  nativea  of  Ceylon,* 
who  use  the  clny  to  nmke  moulds  in  which  to  cast  the  iiner 
sjicciinens  of  sihei-sinith'a  work;  and  it  is  also  made  into  plastic 
iiijiterittl  for  fashioning  some  of  their  earthenware  gods,  while  in 
India  it  i^  also  used  for  polishing  purposes. 

Ill  Austi-alia  the  large  mounds  are  often  demolislieil  tor  the 
sake  of  the  clay  they  contain;  it  is  mixed  up  with  water  and  made 
hito  sun-drieil  bricks  for  building  houses,  while  l)eaten  up  into 
ni.irtar  it  makes  eieellent  floors;  lK>th  here  and  in  South  Africa 
t!ie  smaller  ernes  are  turned  into  Imker's  ovens  after  the  interior 
lia>!  Iieeii  burnt  out. 

Anotbpr  remarkaltle  tliini;  about  the  termites  is  that  no  matter 
jiow  dry  the  .season,  or  parcliwl  up  the  countrj-,  if  a  nest  is 
luiikfii  no  lime  elapses  liefore  it  is  mendeil  with  damp  clay,  while 
the  ni'st  always  contains  a  certain  amount  of  moisture,  without 
which  the  ti-rmites  could  not  e.vist.  The  cjuestion  then  arises,  how 
do  lliev  manage  to  ii-tain  this  humidity  in  a  rainless  and  dewleaa 
cciiiiitry;  Dr.  Livinnstonef  remarkinj;  on  this  in  South  Africa, 
siivs:- — "Can  it  Is'  that  tliey  have  the  power  of  combining  the 
table  fiHKl   by  vital  force  s< 


BY   WALTER   W.    FROGGATT.  433 

common  idea  that  some  nests  contained  both  pike-headed  and 
scisHor-jawed  soldiers,  but  it  is  now  knowm  that  this  is  not  the  case, 
the  Eufermes  communities  being  quite  distinct  from  those  with 
double-jawed  soldiers. 

The  Eutermes  build  two  kinds  of  nests,  or  rather  similar  nests 
in  different  situations,  either  terrestrial  or  arboreal.  Those  built 
on  the  ground  are  most  common  about  Sydney,  and  are  formed 
over  a  small  stump,  never  more  than  two  to  three  feet  and  a  half 
in  height,  perfectly  round  at  the  base,  with  the  summit  rounded 
and  dome-shaped.  They  are  generally  dark  brown  or  black,  even 
the  outer  surface  being  an  admixture  of  earthy  and  woody  matter, 
and  often  with  hardly  any  earth  in  their  composition.  There  are 
no  enveloping  walls.  Tlie  true  nest  starts  from  the  surface,  the 
whole  being  full  of  cells  and  chaml)ers,  though  they  are  fewer  and 
the  nest  much  harder  and  tougher  on  the  surface;  working 
towards  the  centre  the  soft  pai>ery  structure  (similar  to  that  of 
the  large  nests)  is  found — "the  nursery."  The  queen  and  eggs  are 
not  very  far  away  from  the  nucleus,  but  the  terraced  portion  is 
not  of  the  same  regular  formation  as  that  of  the  large  nests,  and 
there  is  virtually  no  distinct  "  royal  chamber,"  but  the  queen  is 
found  al)out  the  centre  of  the  low,  flat  chaml)ers.  In  one  nest  I 
found  three  well-developed  queens,  all  laying  eggs,  and  within  three 
or  four  inches  of  each  other  but  separated  by  overling  terraces. 
The  bulk  of  all  these  nests  is  almost  all  woody  matter  which  has 
been  passed  through  the  bodies  of  the  termites  and  been  voided  by 
the  workers;  yet  if  a  terrestrial  nest  l)e  cut  down  on  one  side  they 
will  rebuild  it  with  grains  of  sand  or  earth  cemented  together  with 
excreta.  Ridley,*  speaking  of  the  Malay  Peninsula,  says  that 
the  termites  do  not  live  in  the  sandy  soil.  This  is  not  the  case 
in  Australia,  for  I  have  found  Eufermes  nests  in  almost  pure  sand 
at  Botany  Bay,  near  Sydney,  which  though  when  fii'st  opened 
were  constructed  of  woody  matter,  yet  two  months  afterwards  one 
was   rebuilt  with    sand    cemented    together   into   a   solid   mass. 

•  H.  X.  Ridley.  The  Flora  of  Eastern  Malaya.  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  V^ol. 
(2nd  Ser.)  iU.  p.  270,  1893. 


434  AUSTRALIAN    TERMtTID.K, 

Another  nest  was  finiiul  upm  tlie  Mummit  of  a  rock  at  Manly, 
near  Sydney,  appiii'entl}'  built  ni't'i*  the  Htump  of  a  smnll  tree  lliat 
IiikI  l«fn  growing  in  a  cleft  of  the  nwk.  A  iiuniluT  of  coverwl 
^'HllerieH  led  <lown  over  the  face  uf  the  nick  into  thu  ground,  anil 
in  several  {ilaceti  where  they  piLsswl  over  a  xhurp  Hnjjle  the 
e(Hei'e<l  ways  were  truiisfoimed  into  tubular  liridgeH  I'mni  point  to 
]>oiiit:  these  gallerieM  aieriitrcd  from  J  to  a  j  of  an  inch  in  lirwuith 
urid  well-  e<instruetwl  entirely  of  vegetable  matter.  "When  one  of 
the  gallerieM  whh  biyiken  the  Noldiers  imshed  out  in  a  Hiuall  ImkIv, 
scattering  on  eitlier  .side  of  the  daniiiged  roadway,  after  hunting 
alioiit  on  the  sui-fiice  of  the  roi'lis,  they  then  retreated  to  llii> 
lire;u;h,  which  they  all  entered  and  formed  a  iimk  along  either 
siilii,  standing  just  ftii'  i'nou;;h  ii[Hirt  Ui  toucli  the  tips  ot"  eiK'h  ntlipr- 
jii.U-inm-,  While  tliey  st-.ixl  in  tbis  ivgular  line  with  their  beads 
up    uttd    tlit'ir   aiiteiinii'    moving     bnekwarils    and    forwards,   t!ie 


BY    WALTER   W.    FROGGATT.  4^5 

Many  of  the  Eutermes  nests  are  built  in  trees,  sometimes  u[)on 
a  clearl  tree,  the  dead  branch  of  a  live  one,  the  rough-barked 
Eucalypt  l)eing  generally  chosen,  as  the  galleries  coming  up  from 
the  ground  are  skilfully  hidden  in  the  inequalities  of  the  bark, 
though  when  they  do  come  to  a  bare  surface  they  go  straight 
ahearl,  forming  a  regular  uniform  covered  way.  Not  only  is  there 
a  constant  stream  of  workers  and  soldiers  passing  up  and  down 
the  galleries,  but  the  enormous  amount  of  life  one  of  these 
arboreal  nests  contains  is  something  astounding;  there  seem  to 
be  more  termites  than  nest  material  when  they  are  first  bn)ken 
open. 

The  dark,  almost  black,  colour  of  the  nests  makes  them  very 
conspicuous  objects  on  a  Imre  leafless  tree.  Arboreal-nesting 
species  of  this  genus  have  l>een  descril)e<l  fi'om  many  parts  of  the 
world;  in  Brazil  the  nests  are  known  as  "  negro  heads."  Moseley* 
gives  a  description  of  them  at  St.  Thomas  (Virgin  Islands)  and 
states  that  they  are  often  as  big  as  a  small  hogshead.  Hubbardf 
has  worked  up  thear1>oreal  species  of  Jamaica;  and  Miss  Ormer<xlJ 
has  noted  from  British  Guinea  large  spherical  nests  encircling 
the  brandies  of  trees. 

In  the  thinl  group  of  teraiites  I  include  those  that  do  not  build 
mound  nests,  but  live  in  communities  under  logs,  stones,  and  all 
sorts  of  dead  wood  and  timl)er.  A  numl>er  of  our  species 
never  appear  to  build  any  welRlefined  nest,  but  like  wandering 
gypsies,  pitch  their  settlement  in  any  suitable  place,  like  the 
common  American  species,  IWnws  fiavipeny  the  real  nest  and 
queen  of  which  are  yet  unknown.  While  some  of  them  form 
regular  little  families  distinct  in  themselves,  others  are  predatory 
bands  which  find  a  suitable  i)lace  to  form  an  encampment  and 
devour  everything  they  can  find:  the}'  are  fre<iuently  connected 
with  a  large  nest  at  some  distance,  to  which  they  all  retreat  when 
disturbed. 


♦  H.  N.  Moseley.      Notes  by  a  Naturalist  on  H.M.S.  Challenger,  p.  li\ 
n.  ed.  1892. 

t  H.  G.  Hubbard.     Prnc.  Bost.  Soc.  xix.  p.  'iOT,  1878. 

X  Miss  E.  A.  Ornierod.     IVoo.  Knt.  Soc.  1881. 
C  C 


43C 


AVaTHALIAN 


.K. 


Him-i'vcr,  (lifierpnt  l.)ciilities  soi'iii  to  ^ve  them  difierciit 
lifiliu-*.  f..r  tl»^  incmtul  huild.T  of  the  Khoalluiven  district  U  xh" 
wuii.-  sjHvifs  iLs  tliiit  ffhifli  (li*h  nvoit  of  thi!  daiimge  to  the  w.-.l- 
"■.irk  of  Ihi-  hous.'rt  uIhiuI  KyihifV,  yi'l  T  have  never  l)eei»  iil.let.j 
titi4  H  hl.iilikI  fiirniMl  liy  th.-m  witliiii  thirty  miles  of  Syiliicy, 
llloii;;!.  it  is  ihi'  .-.nnhhrni-st  sjxvi.'sof  this  tK'iKhlH>ui'h'><>d,  l>.-ill^' 
f..iiii.l  Liii.U-r  ;,(.m.-s.  lo;;s.  l.in-k.  aixl  in  tive  trunks. 

AI1..111  ihf  niifUl!.'  of  la«t  y<'iii-  it  wiis  aisi-overwl  thut  the  wliit^ 
>M^  "vre  in  tin-  II.H.r  of  ill.-  Itevord  K'H.m  ill  tho  otiices  of  iIih 
l)i']>iii'tnii-nt  of  Kihi.'iitioii  in  l!nil,i,'e-slri>et,  where  I  hiul  ;in  oji]  i.r- 
limily  ,.f  seiNii;.'  th.^  iil.-i1l-k1  of  iUt»<:k. 

I  fMuiL.l  il.iu  Ihi'  rt.H.r.  wliii'h  wits  oi,l  and  aliivckwl  with  dry  mt 
ill  \,\M-rs.  h'xl  IxTii  i'iil(ll^<l!tllii]on^M]iehaitU'um(i>iv>K-ih]yiron- 
lp(irk),i..i>lsf.iriulistfuirrofi:)toL'0ft4'tiilh>.«n<Iwhathii:fl  evidently 
li.-rM  111,'  c-ntn-  of  the  nesi,  jis  11  Kri'iit  iiitws  of  .-hiy  hud  l*wi  miw-i 
ll]i  tVoui  ihe  ^innlild  liclwi-i'n  two  joists  iiiuild  which  the  tilulHT^ 
wi-n-  jH.rfirtly  li.iiu-vcoinlieil.  The  tiest  and  tiniliers  niund  it  werf 
full  of  ■^.>ldi.-is.  woik.-rs  and  y.mn^' winK«t!  forms,  hut  I  sii*  iin 
si^n  ..f  ;,  .|ii.-rii.  Iliouvd.  /i^  thc"tl.«.r  liad  U'en  uncovemi  the  iii;:lit 
l„.fo.r  ihis  wii..  Iianlly  to  )»■  Hun.l.ir.l  al.  Thin  nesl.  I  J-Inmld 
ihiiik.  ha.i  1k.<-u  un.l.T  thr  ll.«.r  foi-  soin,-  vcai-s:  ami  it  was  onlv 


BY   WALTEK   W.    PBOGGATT.  437 

reputed  termite-proof,  but  I  have  a  portion  of  a  plank,  received 
from  Mr.  C.  French,  of  Melbourne,  which  has  Ijeen  half  consumed 
by  them.  The  Leichhardt  tree  of  Queensland  is  also  (quoted, 
but  at  DalrjTiiple,  N.Q.,  I  have  seen  larj^e  logs  taken  out  of  an 
old  house  riddled  with  their  holes.  About  Sydney  when  attacking 
houses  they  will  seldom  touch  red  wood  if  there  is  any  clear  pine. 
I  have  seen  a  piece  of  red  wood  that  was  nailed  to  a  clear  pine 
board,  the  latter  l>eing  only  a  shell  while  the  former  awis  only 
slightly  grooved  by  them  on  the  outer  surfjice. 

I  have  noticeil  that  alx)ut  the  neighl)Ourho<)d  of  Croydon 
while  nearly  every  old  hardv/oml  fence  shows  their  ravages  more 
or  less,  they  seldom  seem  to  attack  soft  wood  picket  fences.  But 
the  hardness  of  wood  is  no  imi>odiment  to  them.  They  show 
a  marked  preference  for  tbe  stumps  and  logs  of  de^ul  Eucalyj)ts  over 
those  of  wattle,  Casuarina,  and  the  smaller  forest  trees.  Near 
Hornsby  I  found  them  at  work  on  the  trunk  of  a  large  dead 
white  gum  that  was  as  hanl  and  solid  as  l>ell  met^il;  they  had 
come  up  from  the  ground  l)eneath  the  r(H>ts  and  just  Iwlow  the 
surface,  Iwring  straight  into  the  wood  and  then  turning  upwards, 
cutting  a  clean  cylindrical  tunnel  a  quarter  of  an  inch  in  flianieter. 
It  is  therefore  not  surprising  that  they  sometimes  gnaw  lilies  in 
sheet  lead,  which  is  much  softer  than  many  wiK)ds  attiicked  bv  them. 

White  ants  are  in  many  instances  intnwluced  into  buildings  in 
the  city  and  suburl)s  by  means  of  fire- wood;  during  this  last 
season  I  have  exhumed  three  large  family  parties,  containing 
enough  soldiers,  workers  and  innuature  winged  sj)eciniens  to  found 
a  very  respectable  colony;  these  insects  would  leniain  in  the  log 
probably  until  the  early  part  of  the  summer  and  then  migrate  to 
more  roomy  quarters.  They  will  live  for  several  months  in  a 
tightly  closed  up  tin  or  tulx?  without  any  further  attention,  and 
though  they  cannot  live  more  than  two  hours  in  sea  water  and  a 
little  longer  in  fresh,  yet  in  the  heart  of  a  dead  log  they  might 
float  or  drift  a  considerable  disUince  without  lx»ing  destroyed. 

In  conclusion,  I  must  tender  my  thanks  to  the  following  cor- 
respondents : — Messrs.  G.  McD.  Adamson,  of  Uralla;  Norman 
Ethridge,  Colo  Vale;  F.  B.  Miller,  Moree;  S.  Russell,  Bowral:  H. 
Kumsey,  Barber's  Creek:  J.  Mitchell,  Narellan;  and   my  father 


438  AUHTRA.LIAN    TKRMITIl). 


(U.  \V.  FniKgiitt),  filioiillitiven,  from  all  of  wliom  I  have  receiv«l 
iK.tcs  mill  Hiwc'imenri.  Fniui  Victoria,  Mr.  G.  S.  Perrin  (C\insi*r- 
^'jltor  iif  FurcHtH):  Mr.  J,  I^  IttlliiijirNlmrMt,  CiMtletnaine,  ami  ilie 
Cuiiitor  iif  the  Nntinnal  Miiwuin  have  wwisted  nw.  For  Quecpi*- 
land  siM^cicH  I  urn  iiidehtwl  (u  Mm.  Block,  Ixilwurth  Statioo;  Mr. 
J.  It.  CliiMhulm,  TiirreiiH  Crwk;  H.  E.  S.  Stokes,  Soniianton;  Mr. 
Gilbert  Tiimer,  of  Mackny;  and  Mr.  l)e  Vis,  the  Curator  of  tlip 
HrislHiH,-  l[us(mm. 

Friiiii  till'  Northcni  Territory  T  am  in  receii>t  of  pliot^ipraphs  of 
till"  nesLi  and  tin;  speicieH  fonning  tli(fm  taken  l>v  Mr.  S.  Holtze,  ilie 
CuriUorof  the  IViUiiiial  GanletM  at  Port  Damin;  while  Mu^>uiii 
KlwciiiK-as  havelieenf..rwanie<!  l.y  Mr.  J.G.O.  Tepper,  of  Adelaide. 

I  have  had  a  ifii^nt  nuinl>ci'  of  proniisCH  of  auMLstancc  from  variuun 
riiHidciils  in  Wentem  Anstralia,  but  as  ^t  have  only  ^ecei^■ed  une 
lot,  but  a  vciy  iiitei-e«tin(i  collection;  from  Mr.  AV.  O.  Alanshri'ljje, 
the  Waiilen  at  Hall's  Ci-eek.  Kiml«r!ey,  S.W.  AuBtralia. 

Thou};li  two  njietieM  are  d<rwril)ed  from  Tasmania,  I  liave  t)*eu 
unable  to  enlist  anylxxly  to  collect  Hpecimenit. 

Friim  New  Zealand  T  iw\  imlelitwl  to  Captain  Hutton  and  Mr. 
T.  1'.  Chif^enian  for  jilaeinK  Die  in  communication  with  Captain 
t  Kntonioloffist),  who  liaH  xent  me  Hpeci- 


439 


MELIOLA  AMPHITRICIIA,  FRIES. 

By  D.  McAlpine. 

( Conimttnicated  by  J.  U,  \faide^i.) 

(Plate  XXXI.,  figs.  1-5  of  the  upper  division  of  the  Plate.) 

Sp)ot-like,  sooty  patches  on  leaf-stalks,  stalklets,  and  upper  and 
undersurface  of  leaflets,  usually  separate,  occasionally  run 
together. 

Mycelium  chestnut-brown  and  hyphse  thick-walled,  septate, 
branched,  7  /i  broad,  with  short,  stout,  ultimate  branchlets. 
Appendages  dark  chestnut,  thick-walled,  rigid,  erect,  bluntly 
pointed  and  septate,  the  septa  not  always  distinctly  seen  on 
account  of  the  thickness  of  the  walls. 

Perithecia  black,  globose,  slightly  warted,  about  200  /x  in  dia. 

Asci  roughly  fig-shaped,  two-spored,  transparent. 

Sporidia  grub-like,  usually  4-septate,  constricted,  chestnut-brown, 
37-45x14-17^ 

On  leaves  of  Dyaoxylon  rii/tim,  Benth.,  from  Richmond  River, 
New  South  Wales  (Maiden). 

The  sporidia  of  this  specimen  are  rather  shorter  and  stouter 
than  the  normal,  but  otherwise  the  characters  agree  with  those 
of  the  above  species. 

This  species  is  new  for  New  South  Wales. 


EXPLANATION  OF  FIGURES. 

Fig.  J. — Lower  surfAce  of  leaflet,  showing  spot-like  mycelium  (nat.  eiz.*)- 

Fig.  2. — Peritheciaiii  burst  (  x  115). 

Fig.  3. — Appendage  (  x  115). 

Fig.  4. — Hyaliue  ascus  with  slit  (  x  115). 

Fig.  5.— Sporidia  ( x  600). 


NOTES  ON  VROMYCES  AMYGDaLI,  COOKE  : 

SYNOXYM  OF  fUCCINIA  I'RUNI,  PERS. 

(PRUNE  RUST). 


Bv  D.  McAlpine. 

(CwimMiieated  bff  J.   If.  Maiden.) 

(Plates  XXXI.,  lower  iliviHicm,  xxxii.  and  xxxiii.) 

1  have  [jurpOMely  plficwl  the  syiumym  first,  liecause  the  fungu* 

wliich  it  represents  in  still  cimHitlerei!   I»y  Dr.  Cooke,  one  of  the 

fiutlioi-s  of  the  niLitic,  a  new  one,  atid  it  will  be  part  of  the  object 

of  this  jwijer  to  show  that  the  Australian  siwcies  thua  named  in 

Dr.  Co.>ke's  "  Handlxxik  "  is  really  the  same  as  that  <leflcrihe<j  by 

Persoon  ill  his  "Synopsis  ^[l'th(xlil;a  Fungomm"  towards  the  end 

of  last  century. 

This  leaf-rust  is  of  f^rfjit  economic  ini[X)rtaiice,  Hince  it  attaclu 
such  vnluablc  fruit  trees  as  tliB  jiejieh  and  nectarine,  plum  and 
apricot,  chen'v  and  almond,  ciiusing  them  prematurely  to  shed 


BY  D.  McALPINE.  441 

The  same  name  had  also  Ijeen  used  by  Passerini  in  his  "  Erb. 
Critt.  Ital."  issued  in  1873,  and  Cooke  regards  this  fungus  as 
identical  ^-ith  the  one  named  ))y  him.  However,  Passerini*  sub- 
sequently in  1887,  on  further  consideration,  pronounced  this  to 
he  the  stilbospore  condition  of  Puccinia  pruni,  Pers.  Tliis  name 
of  Uromycea  amygdcUi  is  now  l)eing  used  in  the  different  Colonies, 
having  such  a  high  authority  at  the  back  of  it,  but  as  we  shall 
presently  see,  it  is  a  misnomer,  or  rather  a  synonym  of  Puccinia 
pnini,  Pers.,  as  already  decided  by  Passerini. 

Puccinia  prunirspinoace  was  tirst  employed  by  Persoon  in  his 
"Synopsis  Methodica  Fungorum,"  published  in  1797,  the  specific 
name  \iemg  derived  from  the  host-plant,  Prunus  spinosa  or  black- 
thorn, but  as  the  fungus  is  now  known  to  have  different  hosts 
belonging  to  the  genus  Prunus,  the  spinosf^  is  dropp<vl  as  a  matter 
of  convenience. 

Next,  Link  in  his  "  Species  Fungorum,"  published  in  1825, 
named  the  same  fungus  Puccinia prunorum.  Uromycen  j^runonun, 
Lk.,  var.  amygdali,  Vize,  was  appliwl  by  J.  E.  Vizef  to  a  Califor- 
nian  specimen  on  peach  leaves  in  1878,  and  the  same  name  was 
used  by  the  Rev.  C.  Kalchbrenner J  for  a  fundus  on  peach  leaves 
from  Cafiraria  in  1882.  Next,  in  1883,  Dr.  C(x>keS  recorded 
Puccinia  prunorum,  Lk.,  for  Victoria,  then  in  1886  Uroinyces 
amygcUili,  Cooke,  for  Queensland,  and  finally  in  his  '^  Handlx)ok 
of  Australian  Fungi "  for  Queensland,  Victoria  and  New  South 
Wales  on  peach  and  almond  leaves  in  1892.  It  was  suggested 
in  Tryon's  "  Report  on  Insect  and  Fungus  Pests  "i!  that  this 
fungus  belonged  to  Puccinia  pruni,  but  Dr.  Cooke  repudiates  the 
suggestion  in  the  '*  Handbook,"  and  with  dogged  determination 
sticks  to  his  point  in  the  following  note  :  "  We  decline  to  accept 
this  as  agreeing  with  any  form  of  Puccinia  pruni  with  which  it 
is  commonly  associated." 


*  Xaovo  (Tiornale  Botanico  Italiano.     Vol.  x.  p.  255,  1887. 

t  Grevillea,  Vol.  vii.  p.  12,  1S78. 

t  Ihid.     Vol.  xi.  p.  19,  1882. 

§  IhUL     Vol.  xii.  p.  97,  188:^ 

i!  p.  98,  1889. 


44:;  NIITES  (IX  L'llOXVCKS  AMYGDAU.  COOKE, 

In  iinler  t«  niAke  huiv  tliat  we  wt^re  dealing  with  the  some 
fuiifiUM,  I  liH^e  examines!  i)eiicli  leaves  with  the  fun^^x  diuumI  by 
CiKike  himwlf  in  tlie  Herbnriuiu  iif  the  Uuveniment  UutaiiiM. 
Slid  then'  is  no  doubt  ah  t<i  the  identity  of  the  s]ie(.'iiueii<i. 
Fui'lhcr,  ill-.  Tryoii  hn*!  very  courteously  sent  me  sjteciiiieii'i  nf 
jjeiifli  leiiii'S  niitiilar  to  tluise  funuorly  Huhiiiitt«l  to  Dr.  Cixike. 
and  [III  which  tlie  name  wan  Itased.  with  thJHiiupurtant  ilifl'ei'eiK'c, 
howevei',  that  tlie  <iri>pnn)  HiKjcinieim  were  collected  in  February, 
while  th ai*  dated  .luiie. 

In  addition  tn  this,  Hpeciiiiens  on  peach,  plum,  apricot  and 
alliloixl  leaveH  had  lit-eii  sent  from  Mouth  AuHtralin  Ut  the  United 
SUt*'s  Division  of  VefjeUilile  PatholofO',  an<I  it  wiw  roportwl  in 
the  .Icjurnal  of  Mycokifry  for  l(*!)0  that  these  Niteoiinenit  tt^w  in 
ever)'  particular  with  thimc  of  J'tieeinia  jirutii,  Pers.,  on  jieacli 
and  phnu  hosts  in  the  I'liited  States,  ueverthelesw  hift  own  iinnip 
was  still  retained  by  I>r.  Cooke. 

As  the  leaf-i'usl.  is  unfortunately  l>ecoininf;,  or  rather  hm 
bi-conie,  very  pre\aleiit  and  a  very  serious  pest  Ui  the  fruil- 
;,'rower,  it  is  at  least  advisiible  to  afjree  u]xni  some  comoion  name, 
to  haio  unifoi-mity  of  noiiiHiiL'latunr  in  the  different  Colonies,  so 
L  dealin';  with  JC  therapeutically  we  niiiy  lif  agreed  a 


BY  D.  Mc ALPINE.  443 

First  Appearance  in  the  Colonies. 

It  is  interesting  and  useful  to  trace  the  first  appearance  of  any 
disease  in  our  midst,  to  serve  as  a  lesson  for  the  future.  Since 
1891,  when  my  first  report  wa.s  made  upon  it,  this  disease  of"  the 
peach  and  allied  trees  has  been  constantly  under  notice.  In 
certain  fruit-growing  districts  it  was  only  observed  during  season 
1890-91  for  the  first  time,  but  Mr.  Neilson,  of  the  Royal  Horti- 
cultural Gardens,  Burnley,  informs  me  that  the  disease  was 
observed  there  alx)ut  1887,  and  he  had  heard  of  it  in  the  Fern- 
tree  Gully  district  about  1885  or  1886.  In  the  season  of  1887-88 
it  was  also  reported  for  New  South  Wales,  and  in  season  1889-90 
it  affected  a  large  number  of  peach  trees  there,  as  stated  in  Dr. 
Cobb's  article  upon  it  in  Ag.  Gaz.  N.S.W.  Vol.  i.  Pt.  1,  1890, 
and  the  disease  has  been  spreading  ever  since. 

I  am  informed  by  Mr.  Molineux,  F.Ij.S.,  Secretary  to  the 
Agricultural  Bureau  of  South  Australia,  that  the  first  public 
reference  to  this  disease  was  made  by  the  late  Frazer  Crawford 
daring  May,  1890,  in  the  "  Garden  and  Field,"  as  having  been 
ob9er\''ed  for  the  first  tinie  on  peach  trees,  and  he  had  little  doubt 
that  it  occurred  some  time  l)efore,  but  on  plum  trees.  The 
reference  in  Garden  and  Field,  Vol.  xv.  p.  134,  1890,  is  worthy 
of  quotation  : — "  This  sea.son  for  the  first  time  I  observed  it  (i.e., 
I'Hccinia  pruni)  on  a  peach  tree — or  at  lejist  what  I  take  to  l)e 
the  same  fungus.  The  lower  two- thirds  of  a  large  Peach  tree  has 
every  leaf  spotted  by  it,  and  as  they  are  very  numerous  and 
bright  yellow  they  give  a  variegated  appearance  to  the  foliage. 

.  .  Strange  to  say,  in  a  neighbour's  garden,  wliich  has  a 
numl)er  of  plum  trees  all  more  or  less  attacked,  there  are  a  couple 
of  peach  trees  untouched." 

It  is  also  present  in  Tasmania,  although  Mr.  Thompson,  the 
Govt.  Entomologist,*  does  not  refer  to  its  first  appearance  there, 
and  Mr.  Tryon^s  discovery  of  it  in  Queensland  in  February,  188G, 
is  undoubtedly  the  first  definite  record  of  its  appearance  in  the 
Colonies. 


*  A  Handbook  to  the  Insect  Pests  uf  Farm  and  Orchard.     Depart,  of 
Agricultnre,  Tasmania,  Bull.  i.  p.  29,  1892. 


444  NOTES  OS  t'liomrcES  AMYQDAU  COOkE, 

It  is  hif;lily  proliahle  tliat  the  (tineas  han  been  with  us  fur 
stmifi  time  utmI  ;,Tadually  Kiininj,'  ground  before  attracting  atten- 
tion to  ilM  cauxe,  for  f  have  even  known  iu  effectH  to  be  coii- 
fciuiul''(l  u'ith  tlie  tiut-s  i>f  autumn,  and  this  seemed  all  the  mure 
[ilauHibli^   a-s  it  is  usuall}'  iissuciHte'i  with  the  shedding  of  the 

Time  of  Ocitukbence. 
The  time  of  ap]>earani-e  varies  in  different  ueawnx,  and  the 
later  it  is  tlie  lesH  diiini^ie  it  does.  Tt  also  varies  in  its  virulence 
iiL't^ordinK  tu  the  nature  of  the  sefusun.  Thus  in  the  Royal  Horti- 
cultural (Jiirdens  the  iittack  was  vpr\-  mild  in  lf«8.S9,  then  very 
IhuI  in  lSKd-90,  not  very  luul  in  1K90-91,  anri  npeaking  for  the 
Colony  f^'iierally  the  jxist  sea-Non  was  favourable  to  it«  itpread.  A 
gn.wer  in  the  aimllmr.i  Valley  writes :— "This  season  (1894-95) 
owing  no  doubt  to  the  continued  rains  of  the  spring  and  the  very 
heavy  downpour  in  Jutiuitry,  the  attacks  of  this  fungus  have  been 
^■ery  serious,  causing  a  very  large  proportion  of  the  leaves  of  the 
{H'ui'heH  to  fall  |>r(;niaturoly.  Many  acres  of  trees  were  thus  laiii 
iNini  for  alKwt  18  inches  fnun  the  crown,  only  the  younger  wood 
surviving,  and  ;is a  oonsi.-ijucnce nearly  all  the  fruit  for  the  coming 
seasan  inust  (•onic  from  near  the  top.      Plums  and  prunes  HuSbred 


BY  D.  McALPIKE.  445 

The  above  table  shows  that  it  is  not  a  mei'e  matter  of  moisture 
which  settles  the  greater  or  less  prevalence  of  the  disease,  but 
other  conditions,  such  as  accompan3ring  heat  or  cold,  will  also 
influence  it. 

Generally  the  spores  are  plentifully  produced  about  the 
beginning  of  the  year,  and  the  leaves  have  usually  all  dropped  off 
by  April.  It  is  ver}'  noticeable  how  the  leaves  fall  away  from 
the  lower  ends  of  the  branches,  leaving  only  a  small  tuft  of  leaves 
at  the  top,  which  may  be  regarded  as  the  expiring  effort  of  nature 
to  renew  the  foliage  of  which  the  tree  is  prematurely  deprived. 

Hosts  and  Parts  Attacked. 

I  have  found  the  fungus  in  Victoria  on  the  leaves  of  the  peach 
and  its  smooth-skinned  variety  the  nectarine,  the  plum,  the 
apricot  and  the  almond.  It  is:  most  prevalent  on  the  plum  and 
peach  and  conifmratively  rare  as  yet  on  the  apricot  and  almond. 
In  other  parts  of  the  world  the  disea.se  is  found  on  other  species 
of  Pninus.  In  California  it  attacks  the  cherry  in  addition  to  the 
above,  and  in  the  old  world  it  is  found  on  the  sloe  or  blackthorn 
(I'rnnuit  gpinosaj  and  other  species.  Although  this  fungus  has 
only  been  known  elsewhere  to  attack  the  leaves,  I  had  a  specimen 
sent  from  Wangaratta  in  which  the  fruit  was  affected.  It  was 
very  noticeable  that  only  one  side  was  attacked,  and  presented 
the  appearance  of  a  number  of  pimples  or  blisters  of  a  brownish 
colour.  The  fungus  was  evidently  not  so  far  ar.hanced  as  on  the 
leaves,  so  that  the  conspicuous  rusty  colour  was  not  so  apparent. 

In  South  Australia  the  disease  has  l>een  found  on  the  peac*h, 
plum,  apricot  and  almond  leaves,  as  well  as  on  the  frmt  of  the 
apricot.  The  latter  specimen  was  kindly  sent  to  me  by  J.  G.  O. 
Tepper,  F.L.S.,  for  determination,  and  he  was  naturally  surprised 
to  find  the  leaf-rust  become  a  fruit-rust.  It  is  rather  peculiar 
that  no  previous  record  of  such  a  comparatively  common  rust 
should  be  known  on  fruit  outside  of  the  Australian  colonies,  but 
it  only  shows  what  a  glorious  climate  we  have  for  luxuriant 
growth,  that  of  fungi  included,  and  it  points  to  the  grave  danger 
of  allowing  fungus  pests  to  run  rampant,  for  they  may  attack 


■14G  NOTES  ox  moMrCKS  AMl-aDALf.  ClMtKE. 

<|uite   a   variety   erf   fruits   here    to   whicli    they  were    fomierlv 
strangers. 

As  nii;,')it  1m*  nntici]>ate(l,  this  fun^'ui  has  itM  peculiaritiex  of 
attack.  Til  my  <iwii  yardeii,  for  instance,  the  peach  and  plum 
trees  were  ImuIIv  atFecte<i,  while  an  apricot  wliose  lirancheH  inter- 
laceil  witli  an  all'wtiHl  peach  tree  had  not  «  speck  upon  it.  In 
tlie  Uoyal  Hui'tioultural  Gardens,  liurnley,  apricot  and  ahnund 
trees  are  as  yet  unaffected,  and  in  1S90-91  not  even  plums  vm 
attacked,  only  [teaches.  J.  G.  O.  Tepper,  of  Adelaide,  infomw 
me  that  in  Ids  pinien  the  apricots  are  very  Itadly  affected  year 
aftiT  year,  peachi's  to  a  slightly  less  extent,  and  a  plum  tree  with 
the  branches  touching  other  diseas«<l  trees  is  wholly  unaffected. 
In  contiiLst  to  this,  there  is  the  case  already  mentioned  where  tlie 
jieai'h  triH's  were  unafiected  and  the  jiluin  trees  more  or  less 
attacked.  No  douht  the  variety  of  the  resjiective  treen  will  have 
an  important  iiiHueiiee  on   the   immunity  from    or   liability  to 

VaHIETIES   most    AKKKfTKIl, 

In  the  Hoyul   Horticultural  Gardens,  Burnley,  where  so  many 
<lifferent  vari<-ties  are  grown,  t  was  ahle,  with   the  a.-fsistance  of 
lose  most  affected.      Kerr' 


I  BY  D.  McALPINE.  i47 

Investigations. 

I  have  examined  a  large  number  of  specimens  this  season  from 
different  districts  and  have  found  the  fungus,  as  already  stated, 
on  peach,  nectarine,  plum,  apricot  and  almond.  I  have  also 
specimens  from  the  Herbarium  of  the  United  States  Department 
of  Agriculture,  through  the  courtesy  of  B.  T.  Galloway,  Chief  of 
the  Division  of  Vegetable  Pathology,  and  these  may  be  taken  as 
a  starting  point. 

On  the  leaves  of  Frunus  americana^  the  plum  of  North 
America  (3rd  Oct.,  1889),  there  is  nothing  to  he  found  but  two- 
celled  teleutospores,  while  on  the  leaves  of  another  species  of 
Prunus  (28th  Sept.,  1889)  there  are  a  few  uredospores,  but  the 
great  majority  are  teleutospores.  Fig.  1  shows  (a)  the  uredospore 
which  is  yellowish-brown  in  colour,  {b)  paraphysis  which  is  of  a 
pale  lemon-yellow  colour,  and  (c)  teleutospores  which  are  of  a 
dark  brown,  the  lower  ecjually  so  with  the  upper,  but  in  many 
cases  paler.  There  is  no  doubt  but  this  fungus  is  Pnccinia  prnni, 
Pers.  In  the  Victorian  specimens  the  presence  of  two-celled 
teleutospores  will  settle  the  point  that  the  fungus  is  not  a 
XJromyces,  and  the  teleutospores  are  common  enough,  so  that  it  is 
a  Puccinia.  But  if  the  peach  leaf  is  examined  in  the  summer 
season  and  even  up  to  July  in  many  cases,  only  one  kind  of  spore 
will  be  found — the  uredospore.  And  even  on  the  plum  leaf  in 
the  month  of  March  I  was  unable  to  find  a  single  teleutospore. 

On  the  peach  leaves  sent  from  Queensland  by  Mr.  Try  on  I 
found  both  uredaspores  and  teleutospores  (figs.  2  and  3).  The 
uredospores  were  of  the  normal  shape  and  varying  in  size  from  28- 
to  31  /A  long  X  14  to  16/i  broad.  The  teleutospores  were  also 
normal,  varying  from  25  to  34  fi  long  x  17  to  20  /x  broad,  and  the 
pedicels  were  short  and  transparent.  By  gentle  pressure  the  two 
cells  of  the  teleutospore  can  l>e  readily  separated,  and  in  fact  they 
often  fall  asunder  in  the  process  of  mounting.  Tlie  upper  cell 
seems  to  be  more  brittle  than  the  lower,  as  it  is  often  broken  up 
under  slight  pressure,  while  the  other  usually  remains  intact.  I 
have  drawn  a  lower  cell  (fig.  2c)  separated  by  gt^ntle  pressure, 


44S  KOTG»  ON'  UROXYCBS  AMYGDALI,  COOKE. 

hikI  it  looks  30  fouHiled  oX  the  point  uf  junction  with  the  upprr 
cell  thiit  one  inijL;ht  readily  mistake  it  for  an  independent,  ani- 
cellulfir,  Htiilknl  Njiure. 

It  wuiild  ap|>eai',  liwwever,  that  on  the  continent  of  Europe  the 
teleut<js]iore  fonti  is  the  prevniling  one,  for  De  Ilarj-*  speaks  of 
I'uixlniii  }iruiii  lii'longinj;  t<i  tlie  Mieropiiceiniii,  »m  teleuIiKporw 

Ni)  floulit  tlio  jil)Kence  of  tolcutospores  hel[)eil  to  mislead  Dr. 
CVx'ke  in  his  [lt>tertui nation,  tiud  mucIi  a  ea;«!  enijihntises  the 
rii'L'essitj-  for  cinitinuous  oliservation  of  many  uf  Ihpse  fun;^  nn 
till-  s[)i>t,  in  onier  to  deteiinine  tu»;urjitely  their  nllinities,  for  at 
oiTtiiin  seasons  oidy  the  ureduspores  are  preKent,  an  in  tbii 
idsiiint'e,  or  it  may  In-  that  the  teleutn-tpores  only  are  prenent  m 
in  th(-  i;asc  iif  /'iicciiiia  tiiirclfntUr  di-ti;rniitKil  l>y  \)v.  SacvBnio 
whi'i-e  [  ha<l  to  su]ipli-n)ent  thi>  desuriptiun  witli  tliut  uf  the 
urwIosjioroH.t 

,\.  ffw  lirief  notes  niiiv  now  Ije  <,'iven  on  ent-h  of  the  Victor 


BY  D.  McALPINE.  449 

recognised  by  the  dark  brown  almost  black  appearance  in  contrast 
to  the  rusty-brown  pustules  containing  uretlospores  alone. 

Nectarine. — On  the  leaves  of  a  nectarine  (Dante)  from  the 
Royal  Horticultural  Gardens  teleutospores  were  found,  agreeing 
closely  with  those  on  peach  {fig.  6)  as  well  as  on  the  variety  ca-lled 
Darwin. 

Plum, — On  plum  leaves  from  the  Gardens,  only  comjiaratively 
few  uredospores  were  found,  while  teleutospores  were  plentiful 
(fift.T). 

A  specimen  of  plum  leaf  with  rust  upon  it,  pluck e<J  on  31ay 
19th,  was  sent  from  Hobart  by  Mr.  Hod  way,  anrl  lx)th  ured<^pores 
and  teleutospores  were  found  upon  it  (fig.  ^), 

Afyricot. — The  rust  on  the  apricot  leaf  is  still  comparatively 
rare  in  Victoria.  I  am  indebted  for  specimens  to  an  indefatigable 
worker,  Mr  G.  H.  Robinson,  of  Ardmona,  who  sent  them  as  far 
back  as  June  23rd,  1894.  The  teleutospores  were  not  numerous 
among  the  uredospores,  and  one  is  shown  in  tig.  9. 

In  Mr.  Tepper's  specimen  on  the  fruit  iorwaitlod  early  in 
January*,  only  uredosfiores  were  found  (i\*x.  10).  The  skin  of  the 
apricot  ha<l  small  yellowish  to  l)rownish  blotches  over  it,  and  the 
uredospores  are  seen  to  l)e  of  the  normal  type,  but  sometimes 
rather  elongated,  even  attaining  a  length  of  44  fi.  On  the  other 
hand,  thev  are  sometimes  excessivelv  shortened,  and  the  extremes 
of  length,  2G  to  44 /x,  were  met  with  in  this  one  si>ecimen.  They 
are,  however,  in  relatively  small  quantity,  and  T  am  inclined  to 
think  that  the  close-set,  downy  hairs  interfered  with  their  prt»per 
development.  When  a  microscojuc  section  of  the  skin  is  made, 
only  a  few  uredospores  are  seen  with  dilhculty  among  the  hairs, 
attached  to  the  matrix. 

AlniOHf/. — As  in  the  case  of  th?  apricot,  the  fungus  is  also  very 
scarce  as  yet  on  the  almond  in  Victoria,  On  June  17th  of  last 
year,  Mr.  Robinson  found  at  Ardmona  only  a  few  leaves,  and  each 
with  one  pustule  containing  uredospores  which  are  shown  in  fig.  11. 

I  had  also  specimens  from  Netherby  in  December,  1893,  and 
the  undersurface  of  the  leaves  had  quite  a  rusty  appearance,  owing 


4:,0 


NOTES  OS  fHOMYCIlS  AHYGDALI.  COOKE. 


Nijtlifi 


i  jtustules,  which  contained  teleutospores  an  well 
tHlosiKitPS  (ti;;.  12).  Curiuuiily  nnou^h  the  aInioD'l  leav«i 
ill  .Iiiiie  from  Anliiiwiia  in  tlie  Gt)ulbum  Vulley  containei! 
iii<«Uis|M>reM  and  tjiesi'  siinriiiglj',  while  Ahiiiin<l  leaves  from 
ill  the  extifint^  west  nf  the  Cohmy,  but  iirni'tieally  in 
the  sjinie  tlenit*  of  latitude,  cuntaint^  Ixith  ured<.ispi)re!i  axf\ 
telfutijspoi'cs  ill  til  jii  lid  mice. 

After  diligent  ^seaivh  in  thu  Royal  ll<irticullural  Garileiii<, 
liuriili'y,  T  caiiiiiit  find  any  truce  of  the  fun^s  iiii  tlie  almood 
leavi's  there,  tiiid  iihiu  dilTefent  vurietiefl  are  j^own. 

Friiiii  a  coiii|)iirisiin  of  the  uredoMj wrest  and  teleutosporeK  on  tlie 
aliovi'  different  H]>eoi(!s  of  /'ruuim,  theix'  can  lie  no  doubt  of  their 
identity  iir  of  their  Imnt;  I'nccinia  prtcni,  Pen*. 

FurthiT,  the  suninier-Mi>ores  (uredosjiores)  are  produced  in  ^leat 
])ri>fusiol),  couiiiieneing  iia  a  rule  in  Decemlier  and  January, 
Kueirewled  by  the  «inier-NiK)re»  (telt'iituHjxireH)  in  May  and  June, 
whii'li  reiiifKeiit  »'itli  us  the  end  of  autumn  and  the  liefdnning 
iif  ttiiUcr.  In  the  uredoHpores  the  iij>ex  is  not  j>erfiirat«d  l>y» 
Hin^fle  i.'erin-piii'e  as  in  VrimiycvK,  hut  theie  are  at  least  two  lateral 
geriU'i'ores.      The   teleutusporeN  iw  noted   in  the   British  speciei 

1  unicelluUr 


BY  D.  McALPINE.  451 

parasitic  fungi  and  the  utility  of  such  knowledge  to  the  grower, 
I  cannot  do  better  than  quote  from  a  letter  recently  received  from 
Mr.  George  Qninn,  In8j)ector  under  "The  Vine,  Fruit  and 
Vegetable  Protection  Act,"  South  Australia.  He  writes  (May 
28th,  1895)  : — "  The  disease  (Pvccinia  pruni)  has  been  very  preva- 
lent in  our  orchards  in  all  parts  of  the  Colony  in  the  season  just 
closing,  and  I  am  somewhat  in  doubt  as  to  how  its  spores  exist 
over  the  winter,  for  in  orchards  where  the  peach  or  plum  trees 
have  been  thoroughly  sprayed  with  Bordeaux  Mixture,  with 
excellent  results,  as  far  as  the  'curl  leaf  is  concerned  on  the 
former,  and  I  am  perplexed  as  to  where  the  spores  find  refuge 
until  the  autumn  when  the  pustules  begin  to  show  on  the  foliage 
of  the  trees.  Do  you  think  it  possible  for  the  spores  which  have 
fallen  either  before  or  with  the  diseased  leaves  to  l>e  ploughed 
into  the  soil  and  then  be  turned  up  again  with  the  summer 
cultivator  to  rise  with  the  dust  among  the  foliage,  and,  the  condi- 
tions being  suitable,  germinate  ?  Do  you  think  the  spores  of  the 
various  parasitic  fungi  which  injure  our  fruits  would  lose  their 
vitality  completely  if  ploughed  l)eneath  the  soil  for  a  winter? 
Would  they  not  keep,  like  the  seeds  of  some  more  highly  organized 
vegetables,  for  a  considerable  time  V 

To  answer  the  above  question,  I  am  testing  during  the  forth- 
coming season,  1st,  if  the  uredospores  retain  their  vitality  and 
geiminating  power  during  the  winter,  Ijoth  when  lying  on  the 
surface  of  the  ground  and  when  buried  to  a  depth  of  four  or  five 
inches;  2nd,  at  what  time  teleutospores  are  capable  of  germination 
and  how  they  are  affected  by  being  burie<l  in  the  ground  four  or 
five  inches  deep;  and  3rd,  if  they  can  produce  the  disease  in  an 
otherwise  healthy  tree.  The  answer  to  these  questions  will  till 
up  gaps  in  our  knowledge  concerning  the  life-history  of  this 
parasite  and  enable  us  the  more  effectually  to  cope  with  it. 

That  the  peach  leaf  rust  of  Australia  is  not  due  to  a  Uromyces 
should  now  be  conclusively  proved,  Ixjcause  of  the  two-celled 
teleutospores  and  the  uredospores  having  a  transverse  band  of 
germ-pores  instead  of  a  single  apical  germ-pore. 

D    D 


liyCKS  AMUYDALI.  CUOKE, 


THEATMENT. 


will) 


f.UIKl     Mil 

lJuril.-i.iiN 

I.il.'ratui' 


utr.-i't.-il 


nieiit  must  lit'jirovfntivi',anctMiu'ay 
i'i>piM!r  ciirlminHt'  iiml  unxHtimi  eau  celeste  ha.s  \wv\i 
'ssfut  in  t!u'  Viiitcd  States.  The  improved  form  «\ 
Uixture.  m  i^vvn  m  (Juiiles  ti>  Growern,  Nn.  ITi  (se<- 
It  .■11(1),  liiLs  iKfii  fouiiil  ejreftunl  with  us,  and  since  tho 
L't!  of  the  li'avoN  is  liH'ectttl,  tlie  siirayiiiK  shduM  I* 
Tftt!([  thci-n. 

HiiiilhiT  jin-vontiv!'  mensaiv  which  Hhould  never  W 
mil  tliat  lis  till.'  liuniinf;  im  far  as  [MiSRihlc  of  tin 
"  striiy  tlip  winterKi>oreH.  Sii  iuiportant 
is  this  advice,  that  the  remarks  of  the 
1  this  iiarliculur  disease  may  Iwqunteii 
''  The  siii'cst  mid  must  efl'cctuul  nieaiis  of  comlmting  this 
cU  AN  iither  rust  fuiiffi,  is  ti)  destroy  tlie  reatinn-spiire 
II  as  far  as  [iiisKihle.  The  ])ur[iose  tif  the  Hpccial  spore 
;  ill  llie  auturiiii  is  n>  tide  the  specicK  over  the  winter. 
iivfs  lyiii;.'  nil  the  (.Tirtiroi,  even  if  tliey  are  decayed  and 
ed,  the  sjMirc-clusiers  remain  for  llie  most  part  «»m- 
t'i\  So  wlieri  the  trees  put  forth  tlieir  young  leaves  nest 
infected  afresh  fi'oi 


■dly  „ 


BY  D.  McALPIXE.  453 

♦frc. — Puccinia  pruHi'Spinoscp,  Pers.,"  and  have  incorporated  some 
of  his  references  in  the  literature  of  the  subject.  There  are 
several  points  in  it  worthy  of  comment,  as  showing  the  different 
behaviour  of  the  same  fungus  under  difl'erent  conditions  of 
existence.  After  noting  that  the  fungus  has  Ijeen  described 
under  several  different  names,  ho  remarks : — "  Some  confusion 
has  probably  arisen  from  the  fact  that  the  uredo  stage  alone 
occurs  upon  the  peach  and  fr(»m  the  reseml)lance  of  the  uredo- 
8poi*es  to  the  teleutosp<jres  of  (/.otnt/rps"  Both  the  ure<lo-stage 
and  leleuto-stage,  as  we  hav(?  seon,  occur  upon  the  peach  in 
Australia,  nevertheless  the  latter  is  comparatively  rare  and  has 
undoubtedly  led  to  misunderstanding  of  the  true  nature  of  the 
fungus  from  the  absence  of  two-celled  teleutospores.  The  uredo- 
spores  are  certainly  suggestive  of  Uromijces  on  a  superficial  view, 
but  their  germination,  not  by  a  single  apical  pore,  but  by  a  band 
behind  the  apex,  excludes  the  idea. 

Again  he  states  : — "  The  uredospores  may  or  may  not  Ix?  present 
on  the  plum,  but  on  the  specimens  examined  a  few  have  been 
found  in  all  cases  mingled  with  the  teleutospores."  Tn  sj>ecimens 
of  plum  leaves  described  by  me  in  Bulletin  xiv.  of  the  A'^ictorian 
Department  of  Agriculture  in  ^larch,  1891,  only  uredospores  were 
present  at  that  time,  while  on  specimens  examined  by  Professor 
De  Bary  only  teleutospores  were  present  and  no  uredospores. 

Again  he  remarks  : — "  Teleutospores  have  never  yet  been  found 
up)on  the  peach,  and  it  is  prolmble  that  they  do  not  occur  upon  it 
at  all,  since  specimens  gathered  in  Texas  as  late  as  Deceml)er  26th 
failed  to  show  any." 

It  is  rather  a  strange  and  striking  fact  that  teleutospores 
which  are  commonly  regarded  as  winter  spores  should  occur  upon 
the  peach  in  a  climate  such  as  ours  and  not  in  America. 

To  show  the  thorough  agreement  l^etween  American  specimens 
of  Puccuii'i  prunty  Pers.,  and  Australian  so-called  VromyceH 
aniygdcdiy  Cooke,  I  have  reproduccM^i  some  of  Professor  Scribner's 
drawings  for  compari.son  (fig.  14).  They  prove  conclusively  the 
identity  of  the  two  forms  and  disprove,  if  such  were  needed,  and 
in   spite  of  Dr.  Cooke's  j>ertinacity,  the   I'romyces-character  of 


454  NIITES  ON  VltOMYCKS  AMYQDALI,  COOKE, 

tlie  fonn  uiidtr  cnnrtiileration.     Hia  Uromycea  amygdati  in  simply 

the  urcvlu-Htjifie  uf  I'ltecinin  jtmni. 

l>ESCllli*TIOX. 

Ii  (inly  remains  nttvr  to  ouiichide  with  a  ilescriptiim  of  llie 
fuii^ius  HA  fouixl  in  Austriiliit. 

('•■■•/<ii'/'Ofes.—  iiim  liyi>i)[ili_vll(>us,  aniall.  liglit  hniwn  to  rusty 
liioMii,  rijunilisli,  sonttiTcii  Imt  ^-ouiifil  in  patches,  oftoii  on- 
tlui-nt,  Kiicjii  naked,  jmlvonilcul,  scilcil  on  yellow  spots  corri-i- 
[Knidiiiy  to  those  cm  ii]>iipr  KiirfiieD. 

rrediJSjHires  variiilile  in  fonii,  from  elongatBd-ovate  to  ahnmid- 
flm]«'.l.  usually  shortly  stalkfil,  liut  aimietimes  32  ji  in  It'iifrtli, 
iloscly  fL-hiriuliile,  yellowish,  ftpex  yollowiBh-hmwn,  thickeiiiii, 
with  sjiines  \i-art  {iiiiniiiieiit.  bluntly  ciinical  or  rounded,  with  at 
least  twiMiji)ir]sitenpnn-|iinvs  situatiil  just  Ijchind  thickened  h]w\, 
■Jfi-ll  X  l:i-L'0^,  inteniiixed  with  numerous  capitate,  pale  yellow, 
li>n;.'-Ntalk<'d  paraphysi^s,  sonietimcs  nttaininf!  a  length  of  60  fi. 

Ti-linUi>ti»irrs. —  .S>ri  sciiUeiTd  ur  confluent,  isolaltK)  or  in 
i^rnups,  punclulati-.  pulveruh:nl,  seal-lirown,  known  from  the  other 
l)y  th.'ir  .lark  a 

'oherical    cella.    apuarcntlff 


BY  D.  McALPINK.  455 

Uroniyces  prunorum,  Fckl.  (1869). 

Uromyeei  amygdali,  Pass.,  (1873),  and  Cooke  (1878-1882). 

Uromi/ces  prunoruin^  var.  amygdaH,  Vize  (1878). 


REFERENCES  AND  LITERATURE. 

CooKB— Rust,  Smut,  Mildew  and  Mould.  1st  Ed.  p.  201,  1865. 
Pticcinia  pmnorum,  Lk.,  or  plum  tree  brand,  described  as 
common  in  Britain  on  plum  trees. 

FucKEL — Symbolee  Mycologicae,  p.  50,  1869. 

Pbck  -  Twenty-fifth  Report  of  the  Regents  of  the  University  of 
the  State  of  New  York,  p.  116,  1873. 

Leaves  of  wild  cherry,  Prunus  seroiinay  Ehrh.  This 
species  seems  to  be  rare. 

ViZB — Califomian    Fungi.      Grevillea,    Vol.    vii.    p.    12,    1878. 
Uromyces  prunorum,  Lk.,  var.  amygdali,  on  peach  leaves. 

Frank — Die  Krankheiten  der  Pflanzen,  p.  468,  1881. 

Puccinia  prunorumy  Link,  on  leaves  of  Pninus  persicaf  P. 
domestica,  P.  insititia^  P.  arineniaca  and  P,  amygdalus. 

Kalchbrennbr — Fungi  Macowaniani.  Grevillea,  Vol.  xi.  p.  19, 
1882. 

Uromyces  prunoruin,  v.  amygdali  on  Pi^umi^  persica. 

Cooke — Australian   Fungi.      GreWllea,  Vol.    xi.,    p.    97,    1883, 
Piiccinia  prunoriun.  Link,  Victoria. 

Farlow — Notefe  on  some  species  in  the  3rd  and  11th  centuries  of 
Ellis's  North  American  Fungi.  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  Arts  and 
Sci.  Boston,  xviii.  p.  82,  1883. 

"As  far  as  my  experience  goes,  the  uredospores  of  P. 
prunorum^  Lk.,  are  much  less  common  near  Cambridge  tlian 
the  teleutospores,  but  in  the  Southern  States  they  are 
common." 


45G  sores  ok  URUMYCKS  AHl'ODALt,  COOKB, 

WiNTKH    -Die  Pil?*,  Vol.  i.  p.  103,  1884. 

Tek-utiRiiwn*  of  i'uceinia  /irnni,  figured  after  Conla  at  p.  130. 
liiHK[i,[.  -Pariwitiu  Fungi  of  Illinois.     Purl  i.  L'redineae  in  Boll, 

Illimiis  (StiiW  Ijilionitory,  ii.  !>.  177,  lt*H5. 
KoiiAi-Eit   -Hiimlhut;hderPHaiizenkranklieiten,Vol.ii.p.:J20,l.'<^ll. 
I'necinin    pnini-tpintisir,    Pers.,    iin    I'riinius    pitrsiea,    I'. 

armeniaen,  I',  K/iinona,  I',  iimititiit  nnd  P.  doiiiMictx. 
Trele.\se — Preliminivry  )isi  of  tlip  jMr^iHitic  fungi  of  Wisconsin. 

Trims,  \Viai:,m.siii  Acwl.  St-i.  Arts.  vi.  p.  l'4,  18HC. 

I'reilo-  iiikJ  ti-leutusjmn's  i-euordwl  on  leavpK  of  seeilliii!> 

I'riimiJi  aiimricnna,   .Miiisji,   hm  well    an   on    oliler    leaves  of 

siiiiii'  spei'ies  anil  of  J',  riri/iniiiiia. 
IJe  llAiiv  -Fuiiyi,  Mywtuaw  (ind  IJiicteriu,  p.  2«5,  lf*»7. 

/'iicciiiia  )iruni  yiveii  as   beloiiginj!  to  .\/icroj>HCciiiirt,   in 

wliii-ti  only  teleutospori's  ure  known. 
Aktieuk— liullfitin  "f  I..«ft  Afjricultunil  College,  p.  159,  li^Sl. 
ScKiiis-Kii     Kc[H.i-t  of  tlm  Coimiii»si„ner  of  Agriculture,  U.S.A., 

fur  l.'<87— S<-(:ti"n  i>f   Vef^eulile   Pathology,  pp.  353   to -155. 


BY  D.  McALPINE.  457 

Puccinia  prunanim,  Lk.,  on  apricots  and  plums,  tlie  uredo- 
or  stylospore  fonn  occurring  in  the  height  of  summer,  and, 
some  time  after,  the  teleutospores. 

Bailey — Second  Supplement  to  Synopsis  of  the  Queensland  Flora, 
p.  126,  1888. 

(Jroniycrs  amyydali,  Cooke,  on  almond  and  peacli  leaves. 

Halsted — Bulletin  Iowa  Agricultural  College,  1888. 

Farley  and  Seymour — A  provisional  Host-Index  of  the  Fungi  of 
the  United  States.  Vol.  i.  p.  32,  tVc,  1888,  and  Vol.  iii 
p.  197,  1890. 

Synonymy  and  Hosts  of  Puccinia  pruni  given. 

Plowright — British  Uredineie  and  Ustilaginete,  p.  102,  1889. 

Puccinia  pruni,  Pers.,  on  Prnnics  npiriosay  P.  domentica, 
and  Rhaninus  cathartic na. 

Tryon Report  on  Insect  and  Fungus  Pest^,  Brisbane,  p.  97, 

<fcc.,  1889. 

Uromycem  amyydaliy  Cooke,  a  new  fungus  determined  by 
Dr.  Cooke,  on  peach  and  almond  leaves,  Queensland. 

Brunk — Bordeaux  Mixture  for  the  Plum  Leaf -blight.     Journal 
of  Mycology,  p.  38,  1889. 

Peach  and  plum  trees  affected  with  Puccinia  pruni-spinosce. 

Annual  Report — State  Board  of  Horticulture  of  California  for 
1889. 

Earle — Experiments  with  Fungicides  for  Plant  Diseases.  Bull, 
ii.  Veg.  Path.  Sec.  U.S.A.,  p.  38,  1890. 

Notices  injury  to  peach  and  plum  leaves  from  Bordeaux 
Mixture  applied  for  rust:  Puccinia  pruni,  Pers. 

Anderson — Notes  on  certain  Uredinese  and  Ustilaginete.  Journal 
of  Mycolog}',  p.  125,  1890. 

Uromycea  aniyydali,  Cooke,  agrees  in  every  particular  with 
Ftiecinia  pruni,  ^Pers.,  on  peach  and  plum  hosts  in  the 
United  States. 


458  NOTEB  ON  UKOHyClSS  AUrODALl,  COOKS. 

Cobb— Peach-ruat  in  Orcharda.     Ag.  G»i.  N.S.W.  VoL  i.  Pt  1, 
p.  93,  1890. 

Uromyeea  amygdali,  Cooke,  identical  with  Puecinia  pruni, 
Pers. 

Mc Alpine— Report  on    Peach    and    Plum-leaf    Rust  (Puecinia 
prvni,  Pers.).     Bull.  xiv.  Dept  of  Ag.  Victoria,  pp.  138-147, 

2  Plates,  1891. 

Nature  of  fungus  and  remedies  given. 

Conn— Remedies  for  Peach-ruHt.     Ag.  Gaz.N.S.W.  Vol  ii.  Pt.  3, 
p.  157,  1891. 

Burning  leaves,  spraying  and  application  of  potaxh  manures 
recommended. 

Cooke—  Handbook  of  Australian  Fungi,  p.  331,  lt^92. 

Uromyctn  amygdali,  Cooke,  in  Ruv.  Fung.  Amer.;  Pass,  in 
Erb.  Critt.  Ital.,  on  Peach  and  Almond  leaves,  Queensland, 
Victoria,  New  iSoutli  Wales. 

Tiio.MPMON — A  Handlxx)k    to   the    Insect   Pests    of    Farm  and 
Orcliftid.     Depart,  of  Ag.  Tasmania,  Bull,  i.,  pp.  29  and  30, 


BT  D.  McALPlKE.  459 

Uromyeeg  amygdcUi,  Cooke,  very  abundant  of  late  years 
on  the  foliage  of  the  peach  and  allied  trees  in  Southern 
Queensland. 

Weed — Fungi  and  Fungicides.     New  York,  p.  65,  18^4. 

Plum-leaf  Rust — Puceima  pruni-spinosce.  Only  men- 
tioned on  plum  leaves. 

Pierce — Prune  Rust :  Journal  of  Mycology,  vii.,  No.  4,  p.  354, 
1894.  Aifecting  prune,  plum,  peach,  nectarine,  apricot, 
cherr}'^  and  almond. 

Ammoniacal  copper  carbonate  efifectual  for  treatment. 

Mc Alpine — Spraying  for  Fungus  Diseases.  Guides  to  Growers, 
No.  15,     Dept  of  Agriculture,  Victoria,  p.  8,  1894. 

Improved  form  of  Bordeaux  Mixture  a  preventive  for 
this  rust. 


EXPLANATION  OF  FIGURES. 

(Magnified  600  dia.  except  fig.  14.) 

Plate  XXXI.  (lower  division  of  Plate). 

Fig.    1. — Puccinta  pruniy  Fen.,  from  Primus  sp.,  United  States. 

a,  uredospore  yellomsh- brown,  closely  echinulate;  />,  paraphysis,  pale 
lemon  yellow  and  long-stalked:  c,  deep  dark  brown  teleutospores 
studded  with  short  bluntish  spines. 

Fig.    2. — Uredosporos  and  teleutospores  on  peach  leaf  from  Queensland — 
June, 
a,  uredospore,  yellowish-brown,  average  twice  as  long  as  broad;  6, 
teleutospore,  dark  brown,  but  somewhat  translucent;  c,  lower  cell  of 
teleutospore  detached,  showing  rounded  top. 

Fig.    3. — Uredospores  and  teleutospores  of  same,  mounted  dry. 

a,  group  of  uredojpores,  individuals  selected  from  different  parts 
of  field;  b,  group  of  teleutospores  found  together. 

Plate  XXXII. 

Fig.    4. — Uredospores  (o)  with  persistent  pedicels  and  paraphyses  (6)  from 
peach  leaf  in  own  garden — June. 

Fig.    5. — Germinating  uredospore  from  peach  leaf  in  own  garden— June. 
There  are  two  germ-tubes,  but  one  is  in  abeyance. 


4G0  NUTE3  OK  ITHOMVCeS  AMIVDALI,  COOKB, 

Pig-    Q. — Teleutoipore  from  nectarine — June. 

t'ig.    7. — UredoipiireB  (a)  and  teUutoiporea  (A)  from  plum  loaf — May. 

Kig.    8. — Ureiloaporee  (n)  ami  teleutiiaporeB  (i)  from  plum  leaf,  Tasmuti 

—May. 
Fig.    9.— Taleutoapore  from  aprioot — June — ahowinf;  top  coll  deUched  and 


Plate  .Yitxici. 
t'ig-  to. — <!roiip  of  uredoapunu  from  ikin  o(  apricot — showing  the  wi'^at 

eitremee  in  length, 
fig.  11.— Uredusporei  fi'om  almond  leaf — Juno. 
Kig.  12, — UredoHporeg  (a)  and  teleatoaporei  (*)  from  almond  leaf — Decern- 


Kig.  I. '{.— Germinating   uredoaporo   from  plum  leaF,   Taamaaia— pinclud 
May  igth. 
a,  after  nearly  .i  days  (4  days  21  houri)  in  moist  chamber;  b,  canlcDU 
of  germ  tube  vacuolated,  ami  cuntenta  of  spore  tui-hid;  c,  contenbol 
spore  as  usual,  but  ciutenta  of  tube  with  minute  particles  aggregated 
at  intervaU;  li,  geiin-tube  curving  upon  itself. 
Fig.  14. — Urcdoapores  from  peach  and  plum,  and  te leutoBpa res  from  plnm 
(after  V.  L.  Scribiier). 
1,  nrdloiporeB  from  peach.  Btalklcss  and  echinulate;  li,  germinating 


461 


PUCCINI  A  ON  GROUNDSEL,  WITH  TKIMORPHIC 

TELEUTOSPOUES. 

By  D.  McAlpixe. 

( CommuniccUed  by  J.    IL   Maiden. j 

(Plates  xxxiv.-xxxvi.) 

A  specimen  of  Groundsel  Rust  was  sent  to  me  by  Mr.  Rod  way, 

of  Hobart,  Tasmania,  and  found  by  him  there  on  the  21st  April 

of  the  present  year.     The  aecidial-stage  of  the  Groundsel  Rust  is 

common  enough,  at  least  with  us  at  the    Royal   Horticultural 

Gardens,  Burnley,  but  as  he  infonns  me  this  is  the  first  and  only 

instance  in  which  he  has  found  the  l)lack  rust  with  teleutospores. 

At  present,  and  indeed  throughout  the  year,  there  is  plenty  of 

Groundsel  with  aecidia  at  the  Royal   Horticultural  Gardens,  but 

I   have  hitherto  failed  to  find  any  teleut<)sjx)res,  and  they  are 

here  recorded  for  the  first  time  in  Australia  on  Groundsel.     But 

last  yeAr*  I  descril^ed  a  Puccuila  on  Erec.hiUes^  a  genus  closely 

allied  to  Senecio,  received  from  Mr.  Robinson,  of  Aixlmona,  and 

on  comparing  the  two  forms  I  find  that  the  Groundsel  Rust  is 

very  similar. 

Description. 

I.  Aecidiosporea. — Aecidia  forming  blister-like  swellings  on  stem 
and  branches,  on  upper  and  undersurfaces  of  leaves,  on  flower- 
head  stalks  and  involucre,  causing  discolouration  and  distortion 
and  usually  surrounded  by  paler  green  tissue;  they  are  disposed 
in  clusters  without  any  definite  order. 

Pseudoperidia  round,  sometimes  oval,  with  white,  scolloped 
everted  edges;  before  opening  tul>ercular. 

Aecidiospores  spherical,  oval  or  angular,  orange-coloured, 
smooth,  average  14-16  fx  in  dia.  or  14-17  x  12-10  /i.  Very  com- 
mon all  the  year  round,  except  during  middle  of  summer. 

•  Pi-oc.  Koy.  Sac.  Vict.  Vol.  vii.  N.S.  pp.  214-221  (1894). 


4C2  PUCCmiA  ON  OHOUNDSEL, 

II.  Uredoiiporet — not  known. 

III,  Tdeuloa/mrei. — Hon  for  a  long  time  covered  l>y  epidermii, 
then  humtiiig  througli  und  epidermiH  usually  throwo  (rff,  or 
rctiiaining  in  xhretla  and  patches,  intermixed  or  runiiin;^  parslW 
with  iiecidia,  block,  convex,  often  confluent  in  elongated  linm, 
cuusin^  -swelling  of  stemH,  branches,  leaves  ami  flower-head  stalks 
and  attacking  flower-hpads. 

TeleutusporeH  chest  nut- brown,  pedicellate,  elongated,  slightlv 
constricted  at  middle,  variouwly  shaped  but  usuiilly  elongatsH 
claviite;  upi>er  cell  deep  cheatnut-brown,  rounded  or  ttomewhtt 
()val,  scoop-nhapwl  or  truncatetl,  and  thickened  at  apex,  17-32  x 
l5-'^5  ft;  lower  cell  usually  jNkler  in  colour,  rounded  at  base  ur 
tuperinu:,  often  elongated  relatively  to  upper,  1(1-38  x    12-20fi. 

Size  of  teleutospore,  36-03   x    15-5-25,.. 

(.'nicellulAi*  and  tricellular  teleutosporeH  occasionally  found. 

L'liiceHuUr — elongated  oval  or  somewhat  elliptical,  apei 
niunded  or  pointed  and  usually  thickenetit,  smootli,  stalked, 
varying  in  colour  from  pale  yellow  to  golden  yellow  and  cheatnut- 
brown,  and  sometimes  colourless  iit  apex.    29-44   x    13-17,1. 

Pedicel  colourless,  ])ersist<?nt  and  Bomewhat  longer  than  apon. 

Triei'llular^-elongateil    (.'lub-sliape,    and    generally    resembling 


BY  D.  McALPINE.  463 

which,  however,  are  accompanied  b}-  teleutosporea.  It  is  not  to 
be  inferred  on  that  account  that  the  production  of  teleutospores 
intermixed  has  any  influence  upon  the  size  of  the  spores,  for  I 
find  that  the  uredospores  of  Pucciuia  pruni^  Pers.,  are  just  as 
large  on  a  leaf  producing  them  alone  as  when  intermixed  with 
teleutospores. 

The  late  Dr.  Ralph  in  a  paper  "On  the  Aecidium  affecting  the 
>enecio  vulgaru^  L.,  or  Groundsel,"*  stated  that  he  was  able  to 
trace  by  the  use  of  strong  carbolic  acid  the  fine  yellow  sporular 
matter  into  the  covering  of  the  seed,  the  seed  itself  and  the  hairs 
of  the  pappus.  It  is  interesting,  as  he  junnts  out,  to  find  this  in 
the  fruit  and  its  appendages,  since  the  hairy  pappus  surmounting 
it  would  thus  carry  the  fungus  far  and  wide.  I  have  found 
yellow  colouring  matter  in  the  hairs  of  the  plant,  but  have  l)een 
unable  to  associate  it  with  the  fungus. 

The  suggestion  in  the  same  paper  that  the  source  of  rust  in 
cereals  may  be  found  in  the  Groundsel,  taking  the  place  of  the 
Barl^erry  bush  in  other  countries,  is  rendenxl  highly  improbable 
from  the  fewt,  apart  from  other  considorations,  that  the  teleuto- 
spores proper  to  itself  have  now  l)een  founfl  on  the  Groundsel, 
along  with  the  aecidiosporos. 

III.  It  has  been  shown  bv  Dr.  P.  Dietelt  in  the  case  of  an 
allied  fungus,  Puccinia  senecionin,  lib.,  that  lx)th  kinds  of  spores 
— aecidiospores  and  teleutospores- -  are  produced  from  one  and 
the  same  mycelium,  just  as  in  Puccln'm.  gram  (nig,  Pers.,  the 
uredospores  and  teleutospores  are  similarly  produced,  so  that 
probably  here  too  aecidiosiK)res  and  teleutospores  have  a  common 
origin. 

Classification. 

This  fungus  Ijelongs  to  the  group  Pucciniopsis,  Schroet.,  having 
aecidios|x)res  and  teleutospores  on  the  same  host-plant,  and  the 
question  naturally  arises  as  to  what  species  of  Puccinia  it  l>elongs, 
seeing   that    the    ComposUae    have    such    a    wide    distribution, 

•  Vict.  Nat.  viii.  No.  2,  18  (1890). 
t  Zeitsch.  f.  Pflanzk.  Vol.  iii.  Pt.  5,  258  (I89<). 


404  rVCClXIA  OS  (iBOfNDBEL, 

and  the  cinnmoii  Griiunflsel  in  likely  to  have  some  well-known 
rust  upon  it,  (JroHiiiltel  ist  an  imported  weed,  [>njl)ahly  trva 
Itritain,  u»d  yet  curiously  entiufjh  the  very  common  Groundsel 
rust  I'f  the  old  country  (Cohonf/orium  stnec'wnif.  Fries)  has  not 
yet  iK'cn  met  with  here. 

In  Plowrifiht's  "  JIoiioKcajih  of  the  British  I'l-edinew  ami 
l.'»tihi;U'inea'"  the  lollowin^  three  PuccmiaHarejL,'iven  uh  occurrini; 
on  Kjiecies  of  Senecio,  hut  none  of  them  on  S.  vilyarit — 

/'.  .//oini'fn(ff,Urev.,(thouKht  to  be  the  typical  y.-^jr^wniMi,  Link). 

/'.  x^-iiecionU,  Lih. 

/'.  sc/iofJerltiiia.  Plow.  it.  "iiliig. 
Tlie  two  foniier  lieloii^  to  the  M'leroftureinia  or  thotte  which 
have  leleutosiKirew  only,  and  the  latter  to  the  llffno-yeeinia,  in 
which  there  ait-  the  Ihree  kinds  of  sporen,  the  aeciiliosporeH  bein^; 
on  one  host-plant  Jitid  the  ui-Cidoapores  and  teleutoH]x>reH  on  a 
diih'i-ent  hiist-jilnnt.  Assuming!  that  tlie  complete  life-hiHtor}'  uf 
the  above  si»M.-ies  is  known,  our  fun^'us  lielonj;s  to  a  different 
f;nmp,  hut  on  the  Continent  of  Europtf  /'.  ni^it'cwniii  is  known  to 
|inidm*e  aec id iosi lores  as  well,*  anil  therefore  it  mi^ht  lie  a  Mimilar 
siiei-ics  to  oui-s.      liut  the  sori  nr.'  brown,  not  black,  and  tliat 


BY  D.  McALPINE. 


465 


pueeiniay  and  may  therefore  be  dismissed,  so  that  P,  conglomerata 
has  only  to  be  considered;  of  which  A,  senecionis  is  tlie  recognised 
aecidial  stage.  This  aecidium  is  given  by  Dr.  Cooke  in  his 
"  Handbook  of  Australian  Fungi  (p.  342)  for  New  South  Wales 
and  Victoria "  for  SenectOy  but  no  species  is  mentioned;  still  the 
presumption  is  that  we  have  here  its  Puccinia-atage  and  so 
resemblances  and  differences  will  have  to  be  carefully  noted.  The 
principal  points  of  difference  in  the  aecidial  stage  are  that  the 
aecidia  of  the  Groundsel  rust  are  on  pale  green  spots,  not  on 
brown,  and  are  not  margined  with  black,  but  otherwise  there  is 
general  agreement,  except  that  their  spores  are  rather  smaller. 
It  is  in  the  Puccinia-stage,  however,  that  the  differences  are  most 
marked,  and  for  convenience  may  be  shown  in  tabular  form  : — 

P.  conglomerata.  P.  erechtitia. 

Length  of  teleutospore     24-52 /ji 36-63 /ji. 

Breadth  ,,  1 4-26  /a 1 5-25  ^.  (agree). 

I  surmounted   by  i' 
Apex  „  '!      pale  or  colour-  -  none. 

I       less  papilla I 

T        *L     r       J-    1             (  short    or    moder-  (  , 
Length  of  pedicel  J      ^^j^  j^^^ -|  long. 

Persistence        „  very  deciduous  .. .     decidedly  persistent 

Thickness  „  very  slender moderately  stout. 

Colour  „  hyaline often  yellow  tint. 

While  a  solitary  character,  such  as  the  relative  length  of  the 
stalk,  or  its  persistence,  would  not  justify  specific  rank,  still  the 
aggregate  of  relatively  fixed  characters,  such  as  the  ai)ical  papilla, 
the  length  and  persistence  of  the  stalk,  form  specific  distinctions. 

Finally,  Dr.  P.  Dietel  gives  critical  notes  on  all  Puccinias 
occurring  on  Setiecio  and  allied  Compositai  in  his  paper  on 
"Puccinia  conglomerata  und  die  auf  Senecio  und  einigen  ver- 
wandten  Composite  vorkommenden  Puccinien."*  He  remarks 
there  that  recent  writers  have  placed  many  different  species  in  P. 
congbtmerata  and  considers  that  P.  senecionis,  Lib.,  and  P.  expansa^ 

♦  Holwigia.     Bd.  xxx.  291  (1891). 


46C 


I'VCCmtA  OK  OBOUSDSEl., 


Link,  Hhoukl  l>«  raitiMl  to  specific  rank.  The  PuccinioR  which  he 
otuurriiifj  on  i^euecio  are :- — /'.  con'/fotiurata,  P. 
is,  I',  ex/ianta  and  /'.  nralfnain;  /'.  I'anziichtlii  in  alsu 
;:iveii,  l>ut  it.  is  now  r*ganie<l  an  ft  vuriety  of  P.  ont/l'iiimrnta.  In 
P.  uriil-rnniii*  thesori  are  byjxjphyllous,  the  U'leutospures  are  much 
Mlmrter  (3G-t;t  ^),  iiiul  no  iieci(lios{xires  ore  known,  ho  that  tljc 
(listiin'tiiPSM  'if  tJiis  sjM'ciitM  is  still  maintaiuwl.  Wlieii  the  projur 
sciisun  I'otiieis  minul,  inft^ctitm  expurimentH  will  lie  curried  uut 
iiiimiiiUv  on  Semcio  vn/i/nriii  and  Erec/ifitca  qtmh'i-iKiitaiii. 


Thimokpiiic 

Tkleuk 

Ill 

Tin- 
A  > 

re 

are    thr 
tiitwl-  n 
ijar   tasr 

CO    forms    of 
i<.rmal  ..r  iini, 
■  was  rt^fonl. 

tclcuhw 
septate,  u 
^1   hj-  W 

<.^])rjit« 

ri    this    Hjiecies,  as 
and  l>iscptate. 

r.jvet  in   /•»«•;.,.« 

uml 

"L 

DC,  U- 

-oclW, 

lon^iii^  alHo 
two-t-.'ll>»l  iini 

(o   the   J 
1  thr«(--i-i' 

■iw  tpb 

ipniK,  in 

L  which   lie 
i-e'i.     Since 

th 

<•■!    S< 

rvi- 

nil  Mini: 

litr  i-iiKPS  luvvi 

;•  I*™  1.1 

nm;;'ht 

t4»  li^'ht 

,  and  even 

f.. 

'lli^ 

rl  s,»,r... 

have  Iweii  oh 

«erved  in 

Pwhi 

'Vn  •/ran 

..',..V,  Per*. 

1m 

I'u. 

•■ri, 

riloi,  Lmlw.,  . 

an  Austn 

dia..  s, 

MH-iKS    Ol 

n  ff.««fc.<w 

;/■' 

„icH. 

l,lt. 

.,    ])r.    1 

.u.hvi«:    rsc 

.r-ls   tlu- 

i-nw,    a 

mong    the 

BY  D.  McALPINE.  467 

and  teleutospores,  but  on  this  view  they  ought  to  l)e  more  general 
and  not  confined  to  indiWdual  species. 

P.  Magnus*  considers,  on  the  other  hand,  that  the  uredospores 
have  developed  out  of  teleutospores  on  account  of  their  l^etter 
adaptation  for  germination  and  dissemination,  and  that  those 
species  which  have  no  uredospores  never  acquired  the  property  of 
forming  them. 

Dr.  Plowrightt  considers  them  as  morphologically  analogous  to 
the  teleutospores  of  UromyceSy  somewhat  similar  to  the  view  of 
Tulasne,J  who  regards  them  as  reduced  teleutospores,  the  reduc- 
tion being  brought  about  by  the  alwrtion  of  the  lower  cell  and 
thus  the  genus  Uromyces,  characterised  l)y  such  spores,  is  to  l^e 
considered  a  degraded  form  of  Fuccinia.  There  are  other  con- 
siderations, however,  such  as  the  nature  of  the  host-plants,  which 
would  seem  to  point  to  the  Uromyces  as  being  rudimentary  and 
not  reduced  forms  of  Fuccinia. 

In  Fuccini  pruniy  Pers.,  the  two  cells  of  the  teleutospores 
readily  separate  and  the  lower  cell  is  often  imperfectly  developed, 
so  that  the  connection  between  Uromyces  and  Puccinia  seems  to 
be  shown  here.  In  fact,  it  would  appear  that  even  the  eminent 
mycologist  Dr.  Cooke  was  misled  by  this  resemblance  when  he 
named  this  very  species,  sent  from  Australia  on  peach  and 
almond  leaves,  as  Uromyces  amygdali.  And  if  this  relationship 
is  accepted,  then  the  term  mesospore,  as  indicating  a  transition- 
form  between  two  other  kinds  of  spore,  is  inappropriate,  as  it  is 
really  between  the  two  genera. 

Just  as  the  unicellular  or  Uromyces-lilie  spore  links  the 
Fuccinia  on  to  lower  but  not  necessarily  earlier  forms,  so  the 
multicellular  spore  foreshadows  the  more  advanced  forms  of  the 
Uredines,  such  genera  as  THphragmiicm  in  wliich  the  teleutospore 
is  normally  three-celled,  and  Fhragmidium,  in  which  it  may 
consist  of  from  three  to  ten  superimposed  cells.     And  thus  close 


•  Ber.  Deutsch.  Bot.  (iesell.  ix.  (1891). 
+  Brit  Ured.  and  Uatilag.  p.  39  (1889). 
X  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  4  Ser.  Vol.  ii.  p.  145  (1851). 
S    B 


46ft 

find  conatADt  obeervntion  of  the  exceptional  forma  of  aporea,  JDst 
aa  tliR  methodical  investigation  of  exceptional  forms  of  plants 
or  animals  mny  throw  light  upon  the  origin  of  certain  phases  uf 
life  and  ^how  that  what  is  ahnonnnt  and  exceptional  at  one  8U;.-e 
and  under  certain  surroundinRH,  may  l>ecome  the  normal  under 
different  conditions  of  existence. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 

pMciiiia  on  (Jroundsel. 

(All  flgurcs  except  t!ga.  7  ami  ID  n»giiif1ed  600  diamet«n.) 

Plate  XX.XIV. 

Fig.    1. — V^ariouE  ehapex  and  liz's  of  •«cidioipore. 

Fig.    2.— VariouH  forma  of  teleutospore. 

Fig.    3. — (iroop  of  tpleiit^nporeB, 

Plate  xjtxv. 
Fig.    4.— UnioelluUr  aporeB. 
Fig.    5.-  Three-celled  telentoipore. 
Fig.    8. — AeoiiliosporM. 


469 


ON  A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  EL^OCARPUS  FROM 
NORTHERN  NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 

By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.KS.,  and  R.  T.  Baker,  F.L.S. 

El^ocarpus  baeuerlexi,  sp.nov. 

(Plate  xxxvii.) 

A  large  tree  (height  80-100  feet,  and  a  trunk  diameter  of  2-3 
feet  as  seen),  the  branchlets  silky  hairy  or  hoary  pul^escent,  the 
young  leaves  very  hairy. 

Leaves  or  petioles  usually  2-2i  inches  long,  lanceolate  to 
elliptical-lanceolate,  acuminate,  rounded  at  the  Iwise,  scarcely 
shining  above,  up  to  6  inclies  long,  1  inch  broad,  crenate,  reticula- 
tions distinct  on  both  sides,  but  more  marked  on  the  underside, 
slightly  paler  and  glabrous  underneath,  but  more  or  less  silky 
hairy  above,  the  young  foliage  densely  so,  occasionally  foveolate. 

Petiole  silky  pubescent,  channelled  above,  slightly  thickened 
at  the  two  extremities. 

Racemes  terminal  and  over  5  inches  long  in  specimens 
examined,  silky  pubescent,  many-flowered. 

Bracts  persistent,  silky  pubescent,  spathe-like,  3  to  4  lines  long. 

-Pedicels  4-5  lines  long. 

Sepals  silky  pubescent,  su])triangular,  2  to  3  lines  long,  valvate, 
with  a  prominent  mid-rib  on  the  inner  surface. 

Petals  with  a  few  scattered  hairs  or  glabrous  on  the  back,  ciliate 
and  very  silky  hairy  on  the  inside  especially  towards  the  l>ase 
divided  into  16-20  acute  equal  lol)es,  mostly  united  into  foui*s. 

Stamens  numerous  (30),  silky  pul)escent  within  the  glandular 
disk. 

Anthers  linear,  tipped  with  a  subulate  appendage.  Filaments 
short. 

Ovary  glabrous,  style  subulate,  2-celled,  witli  2  ovules  in  each 
cell. 


470         NEW  SPECIES  OF  ELjCOGAKPUS  FROM  NORTHER!!  N.3.W. 

L>ru|X-  ovoid,  3  to  4  lines  long,  green,  the  putamen  rugose. 

Al1iiiiii«!ii  not  runiinute. 

The  ntlinities  of  this  »p«icies  apparently  lie  lietween  E.  nr-rirn- 
jift/ilns,  F.v.M.,  and  i'.  mmiwUni',  K.v.M.  Briefly,  its  relative 
ptisitiiin  miiy  Im'  shown  thus  : — 

A'.  KiriniiJelnhis.^Xj^nWH  '_'!  tu  3J  inches  long,  glabrous,  nut 
fiivi'dliitc,  slightly  eremite.     Stamens  40-r)0;  silky  petals  minutely 

A'.  //(ii^(ci7'-iii,  sp.nov. — Ijeiivps  .1  to  5  incites  long,  1  inch  broad, 
l)Lni-iM)late,  much  rili-'ilati',  ucumintite  crenat*,  occasionally 
f>>\eiiliit<'.      .Stjinipns  .'10:  jwtitls  lol)e(l,  bracts  persistent.      Fruit 

E.  r Ji )H (■  II (f<(M.^ leaves  2  to  4  inches  long,  IJ  inch  hroiid, 
sliining  un  Ixitli  sides,  ]>etiules  glabrous,  shortly  acuminate,  penni- 
vi'ined.     Htainens  'IQ-io.     Fruit  globular. 

//((ft.-  -Tengoggin  (Cliiiicogan)  Mountain,  MuUunibimby,  Bnin* 
wick  River,  S.S.W. 

This  sjK-cies  is  dedicat«il  in  honour  of  Mr.  William  Baeuerlen, 
iMitanicJil  eiillcctor  to  the  Technological  Museum,  Sydney,  who  first 


471 


NEW  SPECIES  OF  CONE  FROM  THE  SOLOMON 

ISLANDS. 

By  J.  Brazier,  F.L.S.,  C.M.Z.S. 

CONUS    WATBRHOUSEiE,  sp.llOV. 

Shell  somewhat  solid,  oblong,  coronated;  spire  slightly  raised, 
apex  obtuse;  whorls  8,  having  white  nodes,  the  interspaces  with 
dark  brown  spots,  spirally  sulcated  with  6  rather  narrow  and  deep 
grooves,  having  2  closer  together  near  the  base  showing  faint  little 
punctures  like  a  thimble;  colour  yellowish-brown  with  whitish 
longitudinal  flexuous  streaks  or  l>lotches;  columellar  l>ase  very 
dark  brown  mingled  with  white;  lip  straight,  whitish,  interior  of 
the  aperture  dark  violet. 

I>ong.  30;  diam.  maj.  15;  aperture,  25  mm. 

Hah. — Solomon  Islands  (Mrs.  G.  J.  Waterhouse). 

This  very  pretty  Cone  came  from  the  Solomon  Islands,  \y\xx,  the 
exact  island  is  not  knowTi.  It  has  been  in  Mrs.  Waterhouse^s 
collection  for  the  last  twelve  months.  The  specimen  is  in  a  good 
state  of  preservation;  the  spiral  sulcations  visible  a  little  l)elow 
the  crown  are  very  fine,  and  those  near  the  base  are  deeply 
engraved,  showing  minute  punctures  or  pits  like  those  on  a 
thimble;  the  colour  markings  are  also  j^culiar,  being  of  a 
yellowish-brown  with  whitish  longitudinal  tiexuous  streaks. 

The  only  specimen  I  have  at  present  seen  has  ])een  lent  me  for 
description  by  Mrs.  G.  J.  Waterhouse,  aft(>r  whom  I  have  the 
pleasure  of  naming  the  species. 

The  type  is  now  in  the  collecti(m  of  Mrs.  Agnes  Kenyoii,  of 
Richmond,  Victoria. 


Mr.  Ilnizicr  exliiliitiil  a  fine  specimen  of  the  rinj;ed  m 
(  \Wmir'-!la  niniulata)  found  under  »  lar;^  stone  at  the  ftxi 
tin-  \S'.tvPil..v  (-..inewrv  I.y  Sir.  Wurtli. 


..f 


.  ItriiKicr  nlsK  i>.xhihit«I  &  npecimmi  of  Cmdiuni  verlfbrnlum. 
.,  from  Kqijiel  Uiiy,  N.  Queenslanfl,  and  ho  coiitribuif"!  » 
[>]i  th<-  ^fttdgi'ajihiciil  diKtriliuticm  of  the  HjiecieH. 
.  A.  H.  Liiciis  (■.'(liihiu-d  s|)eciinenn  «>f  Honey  Aiits  (Cam- 
-v.«  i,'j/<iii,«),  and  LiziLcls  ciillectwi  by  Pn.f.  Buldwin  Spcnwr 
'utivil  AtiKtnUiii,  during  ihe  hreedin^;  nt-Aaon  of  1895,  cum- 
;■  Ijotli  sexes  i)f  Am/ihibi'/'iriiK  pu-tvn,  A.  mariihitng,  and  A. 
lali",  MliowiiiK  the  sexual  toloui-inj^;  Mohith  fi07^ie/u»  ($(. 
s  tit  Kifriiia  gliik^sii  and  E.  dfprivita,  the  latter  fmm 


.Mr.  HU'el  (.■jilled  fttteiitioii  to  n.  recent  irit«rertting  pii]>er  hy  Mr. 
.  \V.  Hi)),%  on  t'"'  immunity  uf  some  low  forms  of  life  from  leaii- 
..isoiiiii^'  (.lourn.  S.K'.  Cliem.  Industry,  1895,  [..  344).  The 
r    ]  \>--l-Tt  j)er  fi'iit.  of  lead,  calculat€<i  aa   PbO,  in  an 


NOTES   AND    EXHIBITS. 


473 


Birds  of  Australia,  Vol.  iv.  pi.  81),  with  the  deep  tawny-buff 
flanks  and  the  grey  throat  shows  the  autumn  and  winter  attire,  and 
Z.  (Dacnis)  teesternensis,  Quoy  and  Gaimard  (Voyage  de  T Astro- 
labe, T.  i.  p.  216,  and  Atlas,  plate  11,  fig.  4)  with  the  bright 
olive-yellow  throat  and  very  pale  tiiwny-brown  flanks,  the  spring 
and  summer  livery.  Among  the  specimens  exhibited  by  Mr. 
North  and  bearing  out  his  statements  was  one  captured  in  his 
garden  at  Ashfield  on  the  26th  inst.,  which  shows  a  transition 
from  the  winter  to  the  spring  plumage,  the  grey  throat  being 
faintly  washed  with  olive-yellow,  and  the  flanks  nearly  as  pale  as 
specimens  obtained  in  the  summer.  Z.  westernensin,  Quoy  and 
Gaim.,  and  other  writers  must  therefore  l)ecome  a  synonym  of  the 
older  name  Z.  cctndescens^  of  Latham. 


WEDNESDAY,  AUGUST  28th,  1895. 


The  Oixliniiry  Jlontlily  Sleetiii;,'  of  the  Society  was  held  in  the 
Linni'an  Hull,  Ithaca  11oh<1,  Eliaiiwtli  Bay,  on  Wednesday  even- 
in^',  August  2«th,  1H95. 


Mr.  Cecil  W.  Darley  in  tint  Chiii 


l>ONA'riOXH. 

Hooki.'f's  Icoiie:)  Pliintanini.     Fourth  Series.     Vol.  iv.  Part  i 
(June,  Ifi'Jii).     From  the  Iknihajn  Trntteet. 

lioyal  Jlicnwcopical  Society — Journal,  1895,  Part  3  (June). 


DONATIONS.  475 

Society  des  NaturaliHtes  de  la  Nouvelle  Russie — Memoires. 
Tome  xix.  Parts  1-2  (1894-95).     From  the  Society, 

Agricultural  Gazette  of  N.S.  Wales.  Vol.  vi.  (1895),  Part  7 
(July).     From  th^.  Ho^i,  the  Minister  for  Mines  and  Agriculture. 

Perak  Government  Gazette.  Vol.  viii.  (1895),  Nos.  18-19. 
From  tlie  Government  Secretary. 

Department  of  Mines,  Victoria — Annual  Report  of  the  Secre- 
tary for  the  year  1894.     From  tJie  Department. 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History — Bulletin.  Vol.  vii. 
(1895),  Sigs.  13-15  (pp.  193-J56).     From  the  Muse\im. 

Johns  Hopkins  University  Circulars.  Vol.  xiv.  No.  1 20  (July, 
1895).     From  ike  University. 

Indian  Museum,  Calcutta — "Materials  for  a  Carcinological 
Fauna  of  India."  No.  1 — The  BracJiyura  Oxyrhyncha.  By  A. 
Alcock,  M.B.,  C.M.Z.S. :  Figures  and  Descriptions  of  Nine 
Species  of  Sqidlluloi  from  the  Collection  in  the  Indian  Museum. 
By  the  late  James  Wood-Mason.  4to.  (1895).  From  tfie 
Micseum. 

Pamphlet  entitled  "  Notes  on  the  Hydatid  Disease  in  New 
South  Wales."     By  G.  L.  Mullins,  M.  A.,  M.D      From  the  AutJwr, 

Victorian  Naturalist.  Vol.  xii.  No.  4  (July,  1895).  From 
the  Field  Naturalists  Club  of  Victoria. 

Soci^te  Royale  des  Sciences,  Upsal — Nova  Act^.  Seriei  iii. 
Vol.  XV.  Frsc.  2  (1895).     From  the  Society. 

Zoologische  Station  zu  Neapel — Mittheilungen.  xii.  Bd.  1 
Heft  (1895).     From  the  Zuohgical  Station. 

American  Naturalist.  Vol.  xxix.  No.  343  (July,  1895).  From 
the  Editors. 

(Geological  Survey  of  Canada — Annual  Report,  1892-93.  New 
Series.     Vol.  vi.     From  t/ie  Director. 

Soci^t^  Hollandaise  des  Sciences  k  Harlem — Archives  Neer- 
landaises.     T.  xxix.  2"*  Li  v.  (1895).     From  the  Society. 


47G  DOffATIONH. 

Huciete  RoyaleLinn^ennedeBruxellea — Bulletin,  xx""  Annt'e 
No.  8  (June-July,  1895).     From  the  Soeiely. 

University  of  Mellwume — Calendar  for  1896.  From  ti< 
UniveriiUj. 

Linneiin  Society  of  London — Proceedings.  Noveml>er,  1S93- 
Juiie,  189^  :  List  of  Fellows,  itc,  1894-95.     front  thi  Soci-ly. 

.Society  Royale  de  U^graphie  d'  Anvers — Bulletin.  T.  xx. 
1"  Fiwc.  (1«95).  from  t/ie  Soeiely. 

Eight  Conoliological  Pamphlets.  By  Edgar  A.  Smith,  F.Z.S. 
From  t/m  Author. 

Australasian  Journal  of  Fliarmocy.  Vol.  x.  No.  116  (August, 
189.")).      From  llie  Editor. 

(lordoii  College  Museum,  Geelong — The  Woml»t.  Vol.  i.  No. 
1  (Aug.  1895).     From  the  Mmeum. 

Pamphlet  (from  the  Ibis,  Julj-,  1895).  from  tht  Aut/ior,  A.J. 
North,  Etq.,  F.L.S. 


47 


ON    THE  HOMOLOGY  OF   THE    PALATINE   PROCESS 
OF  THE  MAMMALIAN  PR  EM  AXILLARY. 

By  R.  Broom,  M.B.,  CM.,  B.Sc. 

In  typical  mammals  the  premaxillary  hone  may  be  divided  into 
two  more  or  lens  well  marked  parts.  There  is  the  anterior  and 
outer  part  bearing  the  incisor  teeth  and  forming  the  outer  wall 
and  floor  of  the  nasal  cavity  at  its  anterior  part,  and  there  is 
generally  an  elongated  delicate  process  of  bone  passing  backwards 
into  the  palatine  region — the  palatine  process  of  the  premaxillary. 
Throughout  the  Mammalia  the  tooth-bearing  part  of  the  pre- 
maxillary varies  comparatively  little;  but  in  the  palatine  process 
even  in  closely  allied  forms  we  have  the  most  striking  variations. 
Among  Marsupials,  for  example,  in  the  genus  Trichosurus  the 
palatine  process  is  exceedingly  long,  while  in  the  closely  allied 
PhascolarclK^  it  is  only  slightly  developed. 

Opinion  seems  to  be  considerably  divided  as  to  whether  the 
premaxillary  is  a  single  structure,  or  whether  it  is  in  reality 
composed  of  two  distinct  elements.  Albrecht,*  Suttonf,  and 
ParkerJ  have  shown  that  the  palatine  process  may  be  distinct  in 
origin  from  the  body  of  the  premaxillary  through  becoming  early 
united  with    it,   and  Howesj^  states   as   the  result  of   a  special 


*  P.  Albrecht,  '*  Sar  la  Feute  maxillaire  double  sousmuqueuse  et  Us  4  os. 
intermaxilUires  de  r  Ornithorhynque  adulte  normale."     (Bruxelles,  1883). 

P.  Albrecht,  *'  Die  morphol.  Budeutuug  der  seitlichen  Kieferspalte,  &c." 
Zool.  Anzeiger,  1879. 

t  1.  B.  Sutton,  **  ObservatiouB  on  the  Parasphenoid,  the  Vomer  and  the 
Palato-pterygoid  Arcade."     Proc.  Zool.  Sue.  1884,  p.  566 

t  W.  K.  Parker.  **Onthe  Structure  and  Development  of  the  Skull  in 
the  Mammalia,"  Pt.  ii.  Edentata  :  Pt.  iii.  Inseotirora.  Phil.  Trans.  Hoy. 
Soc.  Lend.  1885. 

S  G.  B.  Howes,  *'  On  the  Probable  Existence  of  a  Jacobson's  Organ  among 
the  CrocoiiUia,  &c."     Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1891. 


478  iioxuLuuy  of  palatine  pkocess, 

invostipitiiii)  liy  Mr.  U.  H.  Bums  that  the  palatine  pnxess  i^ 
ilisthict  fn>in  the  pruiimxillary  in  an  onibryu  Rahbit  ax  lar^  i\» 
S  cm.  Furtliormort',  Alliifolit  and  Sutton  have  both  maintaiui^ 
t}iat  the  jMilatiiie  piiioesH  h  a  UiNtinct  element  from  the  jm- 
iDaxillary  iiniper,  though  owiiiy  to  their  evidence  l>eing  larjuply 
]iitthcih laical  their  views  liave  not  1«*h  ({enerally  accepte<i.  Sutton 
hl)l(l^<  tliat  the  palatine  jirucesH  in  the  hoinologue  of  the  "  vomi^r '' 
ci^  the  IchthijiijKiidn,  imd  that  the  nianimalian  vomer  in  n>[>rewnbvl 
l)v  thi-  parnsplienoiil  in  the  lower  foniw.  Whether  he  is  wjrrect 
or  nut  in  his  Tththyopiidian  lioiiiologies  I  am  not  in  a  position  M 
detii)tt<«ly  clctennine;  but  I  think  there  is  very  stronnj  eviflenw  in 
favuur  of  the  Immolo^jy  of  the  inamnialian  palatine  procpss  of  thi- 
pri'Tnaxillary  with  the  so-called  "  vomer"  of  at  least  the  lizanl 
and  snake,  and  in  tin-  prcsi-nt  pajier  I  Hhall  l)ring  funranl  a  few 
fiuls  from  Comjiarfttive  Anatomy  anil  Embryology-  in  favour  irf 

Vnr  some  timeTliiivc  iM-onenfjia^l  in  the  study  of  the  coinpara- 
tivt'unatiimy  of  JaL-obsoii's<  irgan,  and  having  studied  the  anteriur 
naxal  n'srioii  i)f  a  very  larfpi  number  of  mammals  and  reptiles  liy 
[IN,  I  have  come  across  a  numlier  uf 


BY    R.  BROOM.  479 

An  examination  of  the  early  development  of  the  parts  shows 
that  this  close  connection  is  not  accidental,  but  that  the  suppoi-t- 
ing  bone  is  developed  as  a  splint  to  the  cartilage.  If  a  mammary 
ftetus  of  the  common  Phalanger  {TiichoHums  mifpecula)  18  mm.  in 
length  1x3  examined,  it  will  l^e  found  that  the  body  of  the  pre- 
maxillary  is  already  fairly  well  ossified.  The  recurrent  cartilages 
will  be  seen  in  section  as  two  plates,  slightly  diverging  below, 
lying  on  either  side  of  the  middle  line  l)elow  the  base  of  the 
cartilaginous  nasal  septum.  About  the  middle  of  the  inner  side 
of  each  recurrent  cartilage  and  close  to  it  is  a  tract  of  active 
cells,  in  the  centre  of  which  is  a  very  delicate  spicule  of  l)one. 
Tliia  spicule,  it  must  be  admitted,  is  directly  connected  with  the 
premaxillary,  though  as  the  tract  of  bone-producing  cells  in  con- 
nection with  the  recurrent  cartilage  is  pnictically  similar  to  that 
which  a  little  posteriorly  lies  around  the  base  of  the  septum  nasi 
and  gives  rise  to  the  vomer,  it  is  highly  probable  that  there  is  a 
distinct  osteogenetic  tract  in  connection  with  the  recurrent 
cartilage,  and  that  owing  to  the  early  development  of  the  pre- 
maxillary it  is  prematurely  ossified  by  invasion  from  that  bone. 
In  Peramelea  and  Dnsytirns  the  recurrent  cartilage  tract  is 
similarly  ossified  by  a  lx)ny  jjrocess  from  the  premaxillary.  In 
many  of  the  higher  mammals  {**..(/. ^  /irinnceutt,  Tatuxia)  it  would 
appear  that  the  ossification  in  connection  with  the  recurrent 
cartilage  maintains  for  some  time  its  independent  existence, 
though  uniting  later  with  the  premaxillary  to  form  its  palatine 
proces-s.  In  a  few  mammals  (^.</.,  Ornithorhynchns  and  Miniop- 
ierus)  the  ossification  remains  as  a  distinct  Ixme  throughout  life. 

Prof.  Kitchen  Parker,*  who  has  done  more  than  anyone  else 
to  elucidate  the  development  of  the  skull,  does  not  seem  to  have 
arrived  at  any  certain  conclusions  with  regard  to  the  nature  of 
the  palatine  process  of  the  premaxillary.  His  researches  show 
that  he  discovered  supporting  the  cartilages  of  Jacobson  a  distinct 
bone  which  he  called  the  "anterior  paired  vomer,"  but  it  is 
prol)able  that,  as  Howes  has  pointed  out,  in  trying  to  draw  a 

*  Loc.  cif. 


mo  iiouor.onY  of  palatine  ruocEss, 

distinction  I>etwt'en  tliia  lioiie  niifl  the  palntine  process  of  tlie 
jireiiifixiDun-  he  liiis  iiivolvwl  liimxeU  in  contrmlictton.  In  hi* 
iN'iiutiful  ^<-i'tioiiN  of  tlio  hem)  of  tlie  firtal  THfuiin  ho  shows  tlie 
BUi^jKirtin^'  l)on<'s  of  JiiouIisiin'H  eartilagex,  and  in  his  clp^tcription 
of  Sfctioii  7,  wiys;  — "Th<^cartilnKe!t  [proUtting  JtvcolKion'M  oif^nns] 
thi'iiiHt'lveH  liave  an  msenus  ctiunterpart  protecting  thcni  on  the 
inner  side  n,nd  hnvinf;  their  »})»}«  und  direction;  thvKO  are  tlie 
anterior  pivired  vomers  (v'),  Imnes  well  known  for  their  iar^ 
devi'lo[inK'nt  in  the  OphiHa  and  Lan-rtilin ''  He  further  recof 
nises  that  these  are  nut  ixtrts  of  tli«  true  vomer,  and  eviflently 
considi'rn  (hem  iw  ijuite  distinct  friiin  tlie  preniaxillarv.  In  his 
descriptii>n  of  the  head  of  tlie  youiifi;  Eritinrenti,  he  further  refers 
to  tht'  intimate  asaixriaiion  of  tlie  recurrent  cartilages  and  their 
Kupporting  Ixmes  or  anterior  paired  vomers.  In  referring  ti»  the 
rei'Urrent  partilo)^  m  seen  in  the  disstti^ted  skull  of  the  yuunj; 
embryo,  he  says  ;  -"  Each  leafy  jiart  is  supiMirltHi  Iiy  a  iKine  the 
form  of  which  it  [luntinatoa,  so  that  each  tract  is  also  hollow  ini 
tlie  fine  that  htoks  towanls  the  euned  inner  eilffe  of  the  cartila^; 
it  lies  on  the  inside,  liack  to  liiLck  to  itti  fellow:  these  are  the 
iwiM  paireil  vomers,  and  answer  t^i  the  ]i:urt!d  %-oniers  of  the 
Snake  and  Lizanl  among  the  Reptiles."     These  bines  which  he 


BT    R.    BROOM.  481 

There  is  one  interesting  group  of  mammals — the  Cheiroptera — 
in  which  the  condition  of  pai*ts  has  not,  I  think,  been  very  care- 
fully observed,  and  from  which  we  find  considerable  assistance  in 
the  solution  of  the  present  problem.  In  the  insectivorous  bat 
common  in  this  district  (Minioptenis  Schreibersii,  Natt.)  the 
organ  of  Jacobson  is  well  developed,  but  is  unlike  that  of  the 
t^'pical  mammal  in  being  unusually  short  compared  with  its 
breadth.  The  premaxillie  are  moderately  well  developed,  though 
they  do  not  quite  meet  in  the  middle  line,  but  they  do  not 
possess  even  a  trace  of  palatine  process.  The  cartilages  of 
Jacobson  are  supported  on  the  inner  side  by  a  small  median  bone 
which  is  quite  unconnected  with  either  the  premaxillae  in  front 
or  the  vomer  behind.  It  is  situated  immediately  in  front  of  the 
anterior  end  of  the  vomer  and  clearly  belongs  to  the  same  class 
of  bones  as  the  vomer  proper,  though  instead  of  being  closely 
related  to  the  septal  cartilage,  it  supports  the  cartilages  of  Jacobson 
throughout  almost  their  whole  length.  In  front  where  the 
capsules  are  moderately  close  together,  a  transverse  section 
reveals  two  bony  plates  supporting  them  anchylosed  in  their 
lower  halves.  Posteriorly  the  capsules  are  consideraljly  apart, 
and  the  bone  is  here  found  as  a  fiat  plate  stretching  from  the  one 
to  the  other. 

In  the  common  Australian  flying-fox  (Pteropua  poliocephnlna^ 
Tem.)  the  condition  is  very  different,  but  peculiarly  interesting. 
The  premaxillae  are  as  well  developed  as  in  the  Carnivora,  though 
they  do  not  quite  meet  in  the  middle  line.  The  organ  of  Jacob- 
son  as  apparently  in  most  insectivorous  bats  is  here  entirely 
absentj  though  the  recurrent  cartilages  are  fairly  well  developed 
as  a  pair  of  almost  vertical  plates.  There  is,  however,  no  distinct 
supporting  bone  as  in  Miniopt^rittt,  nor  a  trace  of  palatine  processes 
from  the  premaxillaries;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  the  vomer  is 
well  developed,  and  from  it  a  process  of  l)one  passes  forwanl  into 
the  region  corresponding  to  that  occupied  by  the  palatine  process 
in  ordinary  mammals,  though,  unlike  the  palatine  process,  it  only 
supports  the  posterior  part  of  the  cartilage.  Whether  in  the 
fcetal  condition  this  process  is  ever  distinct,  I  have  not  had  the 
opportunity  of  ascertaining. 


482  KosioLoaY  of  palatine  procbss. 

In  ruiiii  a  nomewlmt  itiiiiiliir  coriditjiin  exUtH,  thuujKli  lie  rliffm 
fiiiiii  /'terupiu  ill  hnviti)!  n  rudiiiientnry  organ  of  JacolMun.  H^re 
llicrc  is  HO  ivilntiiif  jirwess  to  tlie  prcmnxiUiiry,  tiivl  tin-  nuli- 
iiieDtary  racuiit'tit  L'iLrti]a<;e — tlie  ]ilou);h-s}iare  cttrtilofie  of  llusoke 
~-i.s  iiiil  NU]i].K>i'h<(l  Ijy  a  ilintinct  Iioiii>;  liut  in  a  huiiioii  fictus  uf 
10  wcekH  I  linvi^  fouii'l  on  tlio  inner  Hide  a  small  traot  of  ust«i*- 
f^-nt'tit:  vv\U  vtiry  siniiliii'  in  {KR)itii>n  to  thotw  in  l'ricko»uruf,  Ijui 
lii^Tt'  iiNsifiiil  liy  »n  invasion  fi'oni  the  vomer. 

In  Ontitlior/ii/tic/nis  wi-  find  still  furtlipr  svidpiicc  of  \hf 
vonii'iine  niitiiri>  of  tlie  lK)ny  wupport  of  Jiu'ol>son'H  (.^rtilii;:^. 
Hen-  in  the  nilult  we  find  the  civjksiiIh  of  JauultHiin's  uruan 
Hui>]Mii-te<l  l)y  the  invdiaii  "diUnlilH*!l-sliii}H?<l  Imne" — a  structure 
wliioh  U^ars  ;i  very  marked  i-eHcmlilunce  to  tlip  littlf  median  lum 
lyinu  iM'tween  the  iirf;Anrt  in  the  liat.  J^ince  its  first  iIi«nn*rT 
tluK  iH>t'uliiLr  dtniihlH'll-MhapiHl  Ixine  hnM  lieen  the  subject  iif  vtrr 
fonsiilcialilc  discussion  as  to  its  true  natuiit.  Three  difTemiC 
iiIiiniiiTis  Imve  l)wn  expressed  with  refiiinl  to  it,  hut  iik  one  uf 
tl'eni— that  horn nlogising  it  with  tlii^  prennsal  Ixme  of  die  pis- 
lew  Iwn  iilmni limed  liy  its  authtir,  and  is  known  to  !»  founiifd 
on  H  misniiiu-eption,  only  the  otlipr  two  nned  lie  diHcusxed.  The 
view    whiuh    liiw    ri'Ceiveil     alniiwt    universal    HUppurt — that   cl 


BY    R   BROOM.  483 

advocated  by  Wilson.*  In  his  paper  published  by  Uiis  Society 
he  gives  a  very  accurate  and  minute  description  of  the  bone  and 
its  relations,  and  gives  reasons  for  considering  the  bone  to  be  a 
true  vomerine  element  and  no  part  of  the  premaxillary.  His 
main  arguments  may  be  briefly  summarised  as  follows  : — (1)  That 
as  the  posterior  part  of  the  palatine  plate  of  the  dumbbell  bone 
rests  on  the  "  cartilage  of  the  nasal  floor  "  it  is  on  a  higher  plane 
than  the  maxillary  palate ;  (2)  that  the  vertical  part  is  prolonged 
backwards  for  a  considerable  distance  dorsad  of  the  maxillary 
plane,  and  "  that  a  bone  which  is  so  prolonged  l)ackwards  on  a 
higher  plane  than  the  maxillary  palate  cannot  be  regarded  as 
developed  in  the  same  morphological  plane  with  it ";  and  (3)  that 
the  posterior  spur  is  separated  from  the  maxillary  palate  by 
a  peculiar  hiatus.  These  arguments  afford  practically  con- 
clusive proof  that  the  dumbbell-shaped  \x>ne  l)elongs  to  the 
vomerine  category  and  is  no  part  of  the  premaxillary;  and  to 
Wilson  thus  belongs  the  credit  of  having  first  clearly  i*ecogni8ed 
the  vomerine  nature  of  the  Injne.  But  on  the  other  hand,  while 
the  above  arguments  show  that  the  bone  is  not  part  of  the  pre- 
maxillary, they  rather  support  than  disprove  its  homolog}'  with 
the  element  usually  called  "  palatine  process  of  the  premaxillar}-," 
and  Wilson  himself  recognises  the  weight  of  evidence  in  favour 
of  this  homology;  and  when  once  it  becomes  recognised  that  the 
palatine  process  of  the  premaxillary  is  itself  a  distinct  vomerine 
element  anchylosed  or  formed  in  connection  with  the  premaxillary 
the  difficulty  of  reconciling  the  two  views  at  once  disappears. 
W.  N.  Parker,  t  in  his  recent  paper  on  Echidna ^  gives  a  section 
of  a  young  Ornithorhynchiis  skull  which  shows  the  dumbl^ell- 
flhaped  bone  developing  as  bony  splints  to  the  cartilages  of 
Jacobson  in  exactly  the  same  manner  as  Kitchen  Parker  has 


*  J.  T.  Wilson,  **  Observations  upon  the  Anatomy  and  Relations  of  the 
dumbbell-shaped  bone  in  Oniithorhyuchvi*,  with  a  new  theory  of  its 
homology,  Ac."     Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.  1804. 

t  W.  N.  Parker,  **  On  some  points  in  the  Structure  of  the  Young  of 
Echidoft  acnleaU."    Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1894. 
P  F 


481  HOUOLOOV  OF   PALATINE   PROCEBS, 

figured  hia  anterior  patreil  vomers  developing  in  Erinacew$;  and 
till!  imly  (lifFei'eiice  in  tli«>  mode  of  development  of  the  palatiite 
lu-mvMs  of  tliB  iireniiixillary  in  the  young  marBUpial  is  that  in  it 
tlie  liiiny  H|>1int  of  J ai'ol icon's  cartilage  in  while  developing  unit«d 
iiuturiiirly  to  the  preniiixillftry. 

Tlitre  m  one  other  l)one  to  which  reference  need  he  niadi-  in 
lliis  (.iinnection — the  so-called  "vomer"  of  the  liznnl.  Most 
nnatoitiisitM  have  r(';;ur<le<i  this  as  the  homulugue  of  the  niamnialian 
vciiiicr.  Kitchen  Parker,  liowever,  though  generally  referring  to 
the  large  paired  ImneM  in  the  front  of  tlie  palatal  region  in  thf 
noertihan  mIcuU  as  "vi>merH,"  evidently  later  recognises  tlifir 
licimoliigy  with  the  anterior  [wired  vomers  in  Ertnaceut,  and  not 
with  the  mamnialinn  vomer  proper,  an  will  be  seen  from  t)ie 
jiassnge  alreiuly  ijnoted.  With  this  homology  I  entirely  agree. 
It  IN  iiniverHaliy  iulnuttetl  that  the  organ  of  Jacobson  in  the  liurd 
is  the  true  homulgue  of  that  in  the  mammal,  and  there  can  lie  u 
liltlt?  doubt  hut  that  the  cartilaginous  supports,  both  Win^ 
devt'lopnieiitR  of  the  traliecuiar  cornu,  are  also  homologous,  bo 
that  the  honuilogj-  of  the  liones  developed  as  splints  on  the  mediui 
sides  of  theue  curtilages  in  similar  dtuati on s  cannot  well  be  denied. 
Ill    lizards,  miiroovcr,  the  premaxillary  has  no  palatine  process, 


BT   R.  BROOM.  485 

gone  under  a  varietj  of  designations,  I  would  propose  the  name 
of  Prevomer  as  more  in  harmony  with  the  general  terminology 
than  "  Anterior  Vomer,"  and  also  as  Kitchen  Parker  evidently 
regarded  his  "Anterior  Paired  Vomer"  as  an  element  quite 
distinct  from  the  palatine  process  of  the  premaxillary  and  only 
exceptionally  present  in  the  mammalian  skull. 

The  following  table  gives  the  chief  synonyms  and  homologies 
of  the  Prevomer : — 

Prevomer  (Broom)  =  Palatine  process  of  premaxilla  in  mammalia  generally. 

= Dumbbell -shaped  bone,  or  Os  paradozum  in  Omitho- 

rhynchu8. 
=  Anterior  vomer,  in  Omithorhynchus  (Wilson). 
—Anterior    paired    vomer,   in    foetal    Instctivora,   <kc, 

(Parker) 
=Prepalatine  lobe  of  vomer,  in  Caiman  (Howes) 
=  Vomer,  in  Z/ocerti/ia  and  Ophidia  (Owen,  Parker,  &c.) 

Further  research  may  extend  the  homology  to  the  "  vomer  "  in 
Amphibia  and  fishes,  but  this  I  have  not  had  an  opportunity  of 
ascertaining. 

In  conclusion  I  must  acknowledge  my  indebtedness  to  Prof. 
Wilson  for  various  kindnesses;  to  Messrs.  Etheridge  and  Waite 
of  the  Australian  Museum  for  identifying  for  me  the  bat  and 
flying-fox  examined;  and  to  my  father,  Mr.  John  Broom,  for 
making  abstracts  of  papers,  not  otherwise  accessible  to  me. 


THE  SILURIAN  TRILOBITES  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES, 

WITH  REFERENCES  TO  THOSE  OF  OTHER 

PARTS  OF  AUSTRALIA. 

Ry  R.  Etheridgb,  JuvR. — Curatorofthb  Australiax  Muiiuii 
— AM>  John  Mitchell,  Public  School,  Karellan. 


The  I'HACOPID.K. 
(Plates   IIKVIIl.XL.) 

The  family  uf  the  Phauopidie  ia  one  of  the  moat  import&nt  to 
be  met  with  in  our  Lower  Palwozoic  rocks,  Ixith  on  SMH»>unt  of 
the  wide  distrihution  of  its  membera  geographically — being  met 
with  in  the  Silnriau  rocks  of  lioth  N.S.  Wales,  Victoria,  andTu- 
mania — and  their  cloae  connection  with  thoee  of  similar  depoaiti 
in  the  OUi  World. 

The  literature  of  the  family  is  very  limited;  and  ia  confined  to 
tlip  deticription  by  Sir  F.  McCoy  of  species  referred*  by  him  to  tlie 


BY   R.    RTHRRIDGE,    JUNK.,    AND   JOHN   MITCHELL. 

We  do  not  notice  incidental  references  to  other  localities,  when 
unaccompanied  by  descriptions,  nor  catalogue  names  in  the  same 
category. 

The  Tasmanian  forms  are  at  present  undescribed. 

The  Phacopidae  is  represented  throughout  Australian  Silurian 
rocks,  so  far  as  we  can  ascertain  with  certainty,  by  two  genera 
only — Phacops,  Emmrich,  and  Hausinanniay  Hall  and  Clarke. 
During  our  researches  we  have  not  met  with  any  Trilobites  that 
could  be  referred  to  either  of  the  following  : — AcastCy  Goldfuss; 
ChasmopSy  McCoy;  Pteri/fjometopiis,  Schmidt;  TrimerooephaluSy 
McCoy;  Portlockia,  McCoy;  CryphceiiSy  Green;  Coronuraj  Hall 
and  Clarke;  Odontocephcdiis,  Hall  and  Clarke;  or  Corycephcdus^ 
Hall  and  Clarke. 

We  imply  a  doubt  because  the  subject  of  our  PL  xxxix.  tig.  1 2, 
appears  to  foreshadow  a  third  section  or  genus,  but  the  material 
is  too  scanty  to  enable  us  to  pass  a  definite  opinion. 

Genus  Phacops,  Emmrich,  1839. 

Phacopa  in  its  restricted  sense,  following  the  researches  of 
Salter*  and  Schmidt,!  and  to  some  extent  of  BarrandeJ  also,  omit- 
ting other  minor  characters,  is  distinguished  from  other  members  of 
the  Phacopidae  chiefly  by  the  presence  of  the  two  anterior  pairs  of 
glabella  furrows,  generally  linear  in  character,  and  of  which  the 
first  or  anterior  pair  frequently  consists  of  two  branches.  The 
fore  part  of  the  glabella,  formed  by  the  frontal  and  lateral  lobes, 
is,  as  a  whole,  cut  oiF  from  the  neck  segment  by  the  intervention 
of  a  supplementary  ring,  termed  by  Barrande  the  "  intercalary 
ring  "  (anneau  intercalaire)g.  Barrande  used  this  feature  as  one 
of  the  chief  distinguishing  points  between  the  only  two  genera 
recognised  by  him  in  the  Bohemian  Silurian  rocks,  Phacops'  and 
Dalmania  (vel  Dcdnianites).      This  eminent   author  considered 

•  Mon.  Brit.  Sil.  Trilobites.  PL  1.  pp.  13  and  U. 
t  M6m.  Soc.  Imp.  Sci.  St.  Petersb.  1881,  xxx.  (7),  No.  1. 
X  Syat.  Sil.  Boheme,  1852,  i.  p.  498. 
§  Loc.  cit.  p.  505. 


488  SILDHIAK   TRILOBITBB, 

tliat  Phatops  possessed  the  three  ordinary  pairs  o£  gkbella 
furrows,  whilst  S^tor  viewed  tii«  tint  pair  aa  cuasistin{r  of  twu 
parts,  a  feature  in  which  Schmidt  neeuis  to  agree  with  him,  i-t., 
iSalt«r's  first  ]>air  is  equal  to  Barrande's  first  and  second.  The 
arguments  fur  and  against  the  respective  views  of  these  autbon 
are  too  long  to  be  introduced  here,  but  looking  at  the  matter 
disjiassiunately  there  appear  to  be  good  grounds  for  supportin); 
the  opinions  of  f^altur  and  Schmidt. 

Tlic  presence  of  the  intercalary  ring  we  regard  as  of  very 
consideral>le  importance  in  the  limitation  of  J'hacopt  proper.  It 
is  the  "  linear  lulie "  of  Saltvr,'*'  and  the  groove  aeparatiog  the 
ring  from  the  glabella  pii)per  is  the  "  maxillary  furrow "  of 
ilcCoyt-  The  intorcatary  ring  in,  in  fact,  formed  bj  the  oon- 
flUBDce  of  the  third  pair  of  gluliella  furrows,  with  small  ciream- 
Hcril>ed  loben  at  the  outer  ewis.  It  appears  to  mark  off  a  series 
of  species^  including  I'/utcnps  lati/rimi,  Bronn,  the  tTpe  of  the 
genus,  l'.  cepJuiloteg,  Ciirdn,  J'.  Jec't-.tliit,  Barr.,  and  some  others, 
from  the  remaining  sections,  sub-genera,  or  genera,  whichever  the 
reader  prefers  to  regant  them,  usually  associated  under  ^e 
broa*ier  name  of  I'ltncopn  of  older  writers.  We  therefore  adopt 
rhacops  as  limit(<d  and  defin»l  more  especially  by  Salt«r,  and 


BY   R.    ETHBRIDGE,    JUNR.,    AND   JOHN   MITCHELL.  489 

Phacops  Crossleii,  sp.nov. 

(PL  XXXIX.,  figs.  9-11.) 

Sp,  Char. — Body — oblong-oval.  Head-shield  or  cephcUon — Semi- 
circular, rather  flattened  above,  sides  abruptly  depressed;  glabella 
large,  subpentagonal,  greatly  contracted  behind,  highest  between 
the  eyes,  very  slightly  arched  in  front,  overhanging  the  front 
border,  rounded  so  that  taking  for  centre  the  middle  point  of  the 
confluent  basal  pair  of  glabella  furrows,  the  curve  forms  the  arc 
of  a  circle  with  radius  equal  to  the  length  between  the  point 
mentioned  and  its  front,  tolerably  inflated,  sides  straight,  inclined 
inwards  at  an  angle  of  60",  greatest  width  e(jual  to  length 
including  neck  ring,  coarsely  granulate;  intercalary  furrows  dis- 
tinct, deep  (in  casts)  at  sides  and  close  to  the  neck  furrow,  with 
which  they  communicate,  thus  forming  prominent  basal  lol>es; 
second  pair  linear,  feeble  and  falcate,  and  seem,  in  some  speci- 
mens, to  communicate  with  the  basal  pair,  and  with  the  axial 
grooves;  first  or  frontal  pair  linear,  faint  and  feeble,  arising  from 
the  axial  furrow  at  the  front  corners  of  the  glabella,  and 
traversing  it  in  a  very  widely  V-shaped  manner,  the  iimer  portion 
being  shortest  and  slightly  falcate;  frontal  lobes  very  large, 
second  pair  cleaver-shaped,  third  pair  suboblong,  fourth  pair 
nodular;  neck  furrow  very  distinct,  continued  across  the  side 
lobes  with  equal  distinctness;  and  faintly  along  the  inner  edge  of 
the  border  of  the  free  cheeks  to  the  front  of  the  axial  groove; 
neck  ring  robust,  strongly  arched,  granulate,  one  large  granule  in 
the  middle  line;  axial  grooves  very  distinct,  deep  and  wide;  fixed 
cheeks  small;  genal  lobes*  moderately  arched,  granulate  and 
separated  from  the  palpebral  lobes  by  distinct  shallow  furrows, 
which  pass  posteriorly  round  and  under  the  eyes,  giving  relief  to 
those  organs.  Eyes  large,  equal  in  length  to  half  of  the  longi- 
tudinal length  of  the  cheek,  anteriorly  scarcely  reach  the  front 


*  That  portion  of  the  fixed  cheek  between  the  palpebral  lobe  and  axial 
furrow  and  bounded  posteriorly  by  the  lateral  extension  of  the  neck  furrow. 


49U  SILDRIAII    TRILOBITU, 

a.n);le>:  of  t\\p.  ):lal>ellA,  |Histeriur1y  in  a  line  with  the  basal  glalxlls 
furniw-s;  I'Ui'vu  of  tentiferuus  faci;  frunt  to  back  semicordiujd, 
apicftlly  inc'tinpil  inwaiil  at  an  anyle  of  about  50';  tensM  vpn- 
oimvcs,  the  iHirmivl  iiumbiT  of  vertical  rows  is  iteventeen,  witli 
fivB  lensus  ill  cai-li,  pxi-ujit  the  tt-rininal  rDwa  at  each  end;  the  first 
row  ill  t'liint  has  uimilly  thrBu,  tint  next  four,  then  follow  twelve 
rows  of  (i\p  li'nsort,  their  thriio  jioiturior  rows  Imvinji  four,  tlirwc 
ami  twi)  respectiv.'ly.  nniking  a  total  of  HCVi^ntysix  lenn^s  fore.ivh 
ey<-,  whiuli  are  Hqiarateii  by  minute  spaceH,  but  no  jiartitions  a>- 

77."m.>'-.^|uan-.  Miles  almost  iHTiienilieuliir;  axis  distinct,  .-ui.- 
scniicyliiKlrical,  aUmt  two-tliiniii  as  widi'  an  tlip  contour  meature- 
iiii'iit  of  the  iileuni',  ondn  of  each  w^'inent  niNlular,  posterior 
K>:^inentH  diHtinclly  hivIumI  foi'warrl ;  pjeune  l>etweeii  axial  fum>w 
and  fulcra  horizontal,  then  intenitely  dcllecte<l,  fornting  almirit 
jM-rpendicular  nide^  tixtreinitJKS  procurved  ami  tlatt«ned;  pleural 
fiirrowH  distinct  on  lii>ri»intal  portions,  p-aduallj  diininishin|;on 
the  delli-cted  jMirts  and  ceasing  alxiut  midway  l>etwe^ii  the  fulcra 
anil  exln-niities,  making  tile  front  ritlgcs  distinctly  triangular, 
piistiiriiir  ridifi's  very  robust  and  continuous,  with  diminishing 
inti'iisity  m  ih"  niiiiide>l  extn'mities,  [Kisterior  e<lgeH  of  pleuiw 


BY   R.    ETHKBIDGR,   JUNR.,   AND   JOHN   MITOHKLL.  491 

smooth   border  Ls  exposed  bounded  on  outer  edge  by  a  linear 
furrow. 

Ohs. — This  species  in  some  respects  resembles  P,  fecundusy 
Barr.,  with  which  we  were  inclined  on  first  in8j>ection  to  consider 
it  to  be  identical.  Closer  examination,  however,  has  revealed 
sufficient  differences  between  them  to  justify  us  in  separating  it 
from  that  species. 

In  the  first  place,  in  our  species  the  greatest  length  of  the 
glabella,  including  the  neck  ring,  equals  its  greatest  width.  In 
P.  fecnndaa  the  glabella  furrows  are  distinct  on  immature  indi- 
viduals, but  rarely  so  on  mature  ones,  which  is  just  the  opposite 
to  the  case  in  our  species.  Again,  the  eyes  of  the  latter  have,  so 
far  as  we  have  been  able  to  observe  in  all  our  numerous  speci- 
mens, a  constant  number  of  seventeen  vertical  rows  of  lenses,  and 
never  more  than  five  lenses  in  a  i-ow,  except  in  rare  cases  where 
a  rudimentary  lens  occurs  at  the  top. 

The  lateral  extension  of  the  neck  furrow  around  the  edge  of 
the  border  of  the  side  lobes  is  not  nearly  so  distinct  in  our  species 
as  in  P.feotndiis,  Barr.,  and  it  ceases  in  front  of  the  eye  instead 
of  joining  the  furrow  passing  round  the  frontal  base  of  the 
glabella. 

Between  the  thoraces  of  the  two  species  there  appears  little 
difference,  except  that  the  thoracic  test  of  ours  seems  to  have 
been  smoother,  and  the  sides  more  perpendicular. 

The  pygidium  of  our  species  is  more  nearly  semicircular,  and 
its  axis  is  not  sunk  between  the  side  lobes,  with  an  abnost 
constant  number  of  seven  segments,  and  rarely  if  ever  eight.  The 
side  lobes  are  divided  into  six  or,  doubtfully,  seven  pleurse. 

To  sum  up,  our  species  is  separated  from  P.  Jpcundus  by  having 
a  much  smaller  eye,  the  features  of  which  remain  constant  in  all 
mature  individuals,  a  less  distinct  furrow  separating  the  glabella 
m  front  from  the  rudimentary  limb,  by  a  smaller  number  of 
divisions  in  the  axis  and  side  lobes  of  the  pygidium;  and 
apparently  a  much  thinner  test,  which  was  less  distinctly  granu- 
lated on  the  thorax  and  pygidium. 


492  8ILDRIAN   TRILOBITEB, 

/'.  Crtiitsleii  agrees  very  closely  with  F.  rana.  Hall,  from 
which  it  (lifTeni  in  the  number  of  lenses  in,  snd  potiition  of  the  eye; 
And  the  abuence  in  the  latter  of  lateral  furrows  on  the  glabella. 

From  our  /'.  laligenal'ui  it  im  separated  by  the  greater  propur- 
tiunal  length  and  heiglit  of  the  eyes,  and  by  the  constant  linear 
character  of  the  glabella  fun-ows,  hy  the  smaller  apace  between 
th(-  Ixittom  of  the  eye  and  the  cheok  Ixirder,  the  more  upright 
glal)ella  ctieekN,  and  wider  axial  furrows  between  the  glabella  and 
fixed  cheelcK.  The  glal^ella  is  also  leas  expanded  in  front  trans- 
versely. The  pygidiuni  has  a  more  semicircular  contour,  and  its 
axis  ilitfera  from  /*.  liititjfitalu  by  contracting  more  graduallv 
from  front  to  Ijac'k,  and  in  nut  l>eing  sunk  Ijotweeu  the  side  lob«s. 
The  head  shields  of  young  xpuciniuns  of  the  two  species  do  not 
show  the  differenees  in  bo  marked  a  manner,  nor  are  the  thoracea 
of  the  two  separable  from  each  other  in  a  decorticated  state;  but 
when  the  malun:  specimens  of  each  species  are  compared  the 
ditferences  notc<l  alxive  ai-e  evi<lent. 

Such  a  variation  may  be  exjiected  even  were  P.  (atit/ntiili*  the 
progi'ditor  of  tins  sppcies.  fur  they  are  separated  by  3000  ft,  to 
400U  ft.  of  stratji,  chiefly  ciinsisting  of  mudstone  Mliales,  which 


BY   R.    BTHERIDOE,    JUNR.,    AND   JOHN   MITCHRLL.  493 

Phacops  latigenalis,  82).nov. 

(PL  xxxix.,  figs.  3-6;  PI.  xL.,  figs.  2-6  and  9.) 

Sp,  Char, — Body. — Oblong  ovate.  Head-shield  or  cephalon. — 
Subsemicircular,  but  a  little  wider  than  twice  the  length.  Glabella, 
including  neck  ring,  wider  than  long,  the  proportion  being  about  as 
4-3,  highly  tumid  in  large  specimens,  expanded  transversely, 
slightly  overhanging  in  front,  and  separated  from  the  rudimentary 
limb  by  a  fairly  distinct  groove  which  communicates  with  the  axial 
furrows,  strongly  granulate,  granules  subconical,  and  nearly 
uniform  in  size,  sometimes  coalescing  and  forming  ridges  or 
wrinkles;  glabella  grooves  very  distinct,  deep,  and  in  large  speci- 
mens the  first  and  second  pair  are  overhung  by  frontal  and  second 
lobes  very  decidedly,  intercalary  groove  wide;  second  pair  gently 
curved  or  falcate,  and  in  mature  decorticated  specimens  seem  to 
conmiunicate  with  the  axial  furrows;  first  pair  widely  V-shaped, 
the  inner  branch  being  subfalcate,  passing  into  the  axial  furrows 
at  the  front  angles  of  the  glabella;  frontal  lobes  very  large, 
occupying  more  than  two-thirds  of  the  glal:)ella;  second  pair  small, 
Bubdeltiform;  third  pair  small  and  suboblong;  intercalary  ring 
nodular;  axial  grooves  deep;  neck  furrow  very  deep  and  con- 
tinuing with  equal  distinctness  across  the  side  lobes  to  the  inner 
edges  of  the  borders  of  the  free  cheeks  and  thence  faintly  to  the 
front  of  the  eye,  where  it  is  interrupted  by  the  lobe  on  which  the 
eye  rests;  neck  ring  intensely  arched,  rather  narrow,  ends  nodular; 
fixed  cheeks  small;  genal  lobes  deltiform,  arched,  granular; 
palpebral  lobes  lunate,  separated  from  genal  lobes  by  shallow 
but  distinct  furrows,  which  continue  posteriorly  round  and  under 
the  eyes,  adding  to  the  prominency  of  those  organs;  anteriorly  they 
pass  into  the  axial  grooves;  free  cheeks  practically  smooth, 
coalesced,  extended  towards  the  genal  angles,  border  wide,  thick, 
genal  angles  flattened,  forming  large  triangular  facets  on  which 
the  first  pleune  imbricate.  Eyes  half  as  long  as  greatest  length  of 
cheeks,  slightly  overhanging,  subsemicardioid  or  lunate;  perpen- 
dicular height  small  compared  with  that  of  most  species  of  the 


49^  BILURIAIT   TRILOBITU, 

^rentia;  the  luitnber  of  vertical  rows  of  lenses  in  each  eye  u 
Hevfinteen,  ami  tlie  greateat  number  of  lenses  in  a  row  u 
five,  iiiui  tills  number  only  in  a  few  rows,  the  other  rows  baring 
fnur,  thitip.  imd  two;  lenses  prominent  and  not  closely  piicked, 
cii|»i  jiropcirtionat^ly  small,  attachment  processes  visible,  cornea 
|iresi'nt  as  partitions  Itetween  the  oblique  rows;  as  far  a^  we 
liavp  bfn'ii  able  to  oliserve,  tlie  number  of  lenses  in  each  eye  is  73. 

7Vi.iivM:--Ijengt.h  (ibout  equal  to  width;  axis  very  [irominentand 
Hcmitultulnr,  width  throuj-hout  almost  the  same,  and  equal  to  that 
of  the  side  lolies:  foi-e  rings  arched  forwanl,  outer  ends  strongly 
niKtular;  lateral  lobes  horizontal  iietween  the  axial  grooves  and 
the  fulcra;  at  fulcra  deflecte<l  at  an  angle  of  65°-70°,  width  iif 
horizontal  i>urtion  al>out  two-thirds  that  of  the  de<lect«d  portioa; 
pleural  f«m)w>i  deep,  vanishing  about  nii<i  way  between  fulcra  ends 
in  dci'iirticated  spnciniens;  pleura'  recurved,  facet-s  lar^^  and 
pi'ocurved,  anterior  ridges  triangular,  posterior  ones  robust  and 
inorging  intu  the  facets. 

I'yi/i'Hnm. — Alwut  twice  as  wide  as  long,  subtriangular,  with 
a  slight  transverse  central  arch ;  axis  conspicuous,  slightly 
ili'pressfd  lietwern  the  sidi'  lobi>s,  eight  rings  present;  anterior 
rched    with  a   forward    inclination,  jjosteriorly 


BT   B.    KTHBftlDOE,   JUNR.,    AHD  JOHN   MITCHELL.  495 

The  largest  cephalon  that  has  come  under  observation  indicates  a 
length  of  three  and  a  half  to  four  inches  for  the  whole  body, 
therefore  rivalling  in  size  any  of  the  P,  fecundus  or  P,  latifrons 
groups.  From  P^feciindiM,  Barr.,  it  is  clearly  separated  by  the 
greater  frontal  expansion,  and  tumidity  of  the  glabella,  by  the 
very  distinct  and  deep  glabella  grooves,  and  the  much  smaller 
number  of  eyelets  in  the  eyes.  The  presence  of  the  glabella 
furrows  at  once  separates  it  from  such  species  as  P.  latijrona  and 
P,  rana.  The  above  characters  also  separate  it  from  our  P, 
Ct'ossleii  and  P.  Sweeti,  except  that  the  eyes  of  P.  latigenalis  and  P, 
Crossleii  do  not  differ  very  widely. 

From  P./ecundus,  McCoy,  (non  Barr.),  it  is  also  distinguishable 
by  the  points  above  enumerated. 

To  sum  up,  the  distinguishing  features  of  this  species  are  its 
very  tumid  or  inflated  and  rugose  glabella,  deep  overhung  glabella 
furrows,  small  number  of  lenses  in  the  vertical  rows  of  the  eyes, 
which  are  supported  on  a  distinct  pedestal,  and  the  wide  cheeks. 

Loc,    and    Horizon. — sBowning,  and    Limestone    Creek,    near 

Bowning,  Co.  Harden.    Middle  Trilobite  Bed,  Bowning  Series — ? 

Wenlock.     Coll, — Mitchell;  and  GeoL  and  Mining  Mus.,  Dept.  of 

Mines,  Sydney. 

Phacops  serkatus,  Foerate. 

(PI.  xxxix.,  figs.  7  and  8;  PI.  xl.,  figs.  7  and  8  and  11.) 

/*.  serrntug,  Foerste,  Bull.  Sci.  Lab.  Denison  Univ.  1888.  iii. 

Sp.  Char. — 5o^/y  —  Oblong  oval.  Head-shield  or  cephalon. — Nearly 
semicircular,  a  little  wider  than  twice  the  length,  highly  tumid.  Gla- 
bella, including  neck  ring,  as  wide  as  long,  overhanging  and  tumid 
in  front,  very  convex,  surface  highly  granulate  with  fairly  large 
and  uniform  granules,  separated  from  rudimentary  limb  in  front 
by  a  very  faint  groove;  sides  straight,  converging  at  angle  of  60**; 
frontal  furrows  linear,  widely  V-shaped,  outer  })ranches  straight 
and  passing  into  the  axial  grooves  at  the  frontal  angles,  inner 
branches  subfalcate,  medial  pair  linear,  subfalcate,  and  apparently 
not  joining  the  axial  furrows;  frontal  lol^  large  and  subpenta- 
gonal,  second  lobes  subtrapezoidal,  small,  third  ]>air  suboblong 


496  SILURIAN    TRILOBITES, 

und  sniiill:  inttn'catAry  ring  nodular;  axial  grooven  deep  and  wide; 
neck  furniw  distinct,  and  continued  across  the  lateral  lolws  very 
distinctly:  neck  ring  robust  and  l>earinR  centrally  a  spine  pf 
vftryinf"  Hizc,  correHiiontling  with  the  thoracic  axial  spines,  bases 
niNlulnr ;  lateral  lobes  small,  triangular,  tumid,  IxirderH  thickened, 
their  iiie4isuri>ineiit  from  genal  angles  to  the  front  of  the  axial 
groovps  eijual  to  half  the  front  width  of  the  glnljella;  posterior 
facets  strongly  ridged;  palpebral  tol>CH  conspicuous,  highly  arched, 
outwarrlly  boundeil  by  diHtiiict  narrow  Iwnlers,  granulate;  palpe- 
bral griKtves  very  distinct,  deep  at  front  anil  Imuk  and  thus 
contracting  the  genal  lolws,  paRning  posteriorly  n>und  and  under 
the  oj'es  into  the  lateral  extensions  of  the  neck  furrow,  adding 
relief  to  that  orgiwljgenallotws  tumid  and  tiellifonu;  genal  angles 
rounded  and  faceted;  when  the  thickened  Imrders  fall  out  deep 
gr<M>ves  are  left.  Eyese<|ual  to  half  the  length  of  cheekH,  seventeen 
rows  of  lenses,  the  maximum  numlwr  in  a  row  1)eing  five;  come& 
and  walN  of  cups  thick;  lentiferous  face,  ant4>rlo-posteriorlv,  has  a 
semicanliod  cun.-e. 

Tkiiriu:  -As  wide  as  long,  very  gently  contracting  posteriorly, 
sides  almost  inTpemticular,  smooth;  axis  sharply  ridged,  rings 
nixiulur  at  liases  and  centrally  Ixtaring  strong,  uhort  recurred 


BY   R.    ETHBRIDGE,   JUNR.,   AND   JOHN   MITCHELL.  497 

faint;  side  lobes  tumid,  seven  or  eight  pleurae  on  each;  pleural 
grooves  very  distinct  anteriorly;  sutures  and  axial  grooves  distinct. 

Obs, — This  species  was  described  by  Foerste  from  a  specimen 
sent  to  him  by  one  of  us.  That  specimen  was  distorted  so  that 
the  true  features  of  the  head  were  indiscernible,  particularly  those 
of  the  eyes.  In  fixing  the  maximum  number  of  lenses  in  the 
vertical  rows  at  nine  he  is  in  error,  for  in  a  number  of  eyes 
examined  by  us  the  lenses  in  a  row  do  not  exceed  five.  By  fore 
and  aft  compression  it  is  not  unusual  to  find  an  eye  with  two  rows 
brought  into  the  same  vertical  line,  and  in  this  way  appearing  to 
have  nine  or  ten  lenses  in  a  vertical  row.  This  is  probably  the 
case  with  Foerste's  t}'pe  specimen. 

We  are  inclined  to  agree  with  Foerste  in  ranking  this  as  a  species, 
for  certainly  it  is  very  clearly  separated  from  P.  /ecundus,  Barr., 
by  the  greater  inflation  of  the  front  of  the  glabella,  the  much 
smaller  eye,  the  less  distinct  groove  passing  under  the  front  of  the 
glabella,  the  absence  of  granulation  on  the  thorax,  thinner  test, 
straighter  sides  of  glabella,  greater  perpendicularity  of  the  sides 
of  the  thorax,  greater  distinctness  of  the  pleural  grooves  on  the 
pygidium,  smaller  size  of  the  animal,  and  above  all  the  presence 
of  the  very  conspicuous  dorsal  spines.  This  latter  feature 
separates  it  from  all  species  of  the  genus  known  to  us. 

From  P.  Crossleity  nobis,  it  is  not  separable  except  by  the  dorsal 
spines,  and  it  may  be  that  this  feature  is  a  sexual  one,  and  the 
two  forms  represent  the  male  and  female  of  the  one  species.  In 
a  comparison  of  a  number  of  heads  of  the  two  forms  those  of 
P,  serratuny  Foerste,  seem  to  be  more  tumid  in  front  and  to  have 
the  glabella  more  sharply  contracted  behind  by  the  intercalary 
groove. 

Loc,  and  Horizon, — Near  Railway  Station,  Bowning,  N.S.W. 

Upper  Trilobite   Bed,    Bowning   Series — 1   Wenlock.       CoIL — 

Mitchell 

Phacops  Sweeti,  8p.nov, 

(PI.  xxxviii.,  fig.  9;  PL  xxxix.,  figs.  1,  2;  PI.  xl.,  fig.  10.) 

[Compare  Phacops  (Odontochih)  fecundus,  McCoy  {^non  Barr.), 

Prod.  Pal.  Vict.  1876,  Dec.  iii.  p.  15,  t.  22,  f.  8-9,  t.  23,  f.  1-6.] 


498  81LURIAN    TRILOBITBB, 

Sp.  Char.—Sodff —Oh\ong  oval.  Htad-*hirM  m-  typiialon.— 
Kuliseniioircular,  width  rather  greater  than  twice  itn  length. 
Glabella,  including  the  neck  ring,  about  five-sixths  of  the  yreatesi 
width,  very  slightly  convex  alxtve,  slightly  Bubpeiitagonol,  over- 
hanging very  little  in  front,  aides  straight  anil  steep,  limb  verj- 
rudimentary,  and  the  furrow  between  it  and  the  glaljella  faint; 
three  pairs  of  lat«rnl  grooves  present,  frontal  pair  passing  out 
at  the  front  angles  and  running  obliquely  acros!>  the  glaltella. 
terminating  subfaloately ;  second  [wir  opposite  poHterior  horns 
of  eyes,  lx>th  of  these  pairs  are  linear;  intercalary  groove 
modei-ately  distinct,  wide  and  shallow ;  intercalary  ring  with 
wiOI-marked  nodules  at  each  end;  tho  whole  glaWlla  surface 
omanmntcd  with  various-sized  granules,  and  wrinkled  in  front 
subvertically;  neck  furrow  shallow,  moderat«ly  distinct,  and  con- 
tinued across  and  round  the  side  lol)es,  Ijeconiing  very  shallow  as 
it  reaches  the  borders,  and  continuing  si>  in  its  frontal  extension; 
neck  ring  distinct,  ends  mxlular;  axial  furrows  distinct  and 
widt^  and  genal  lol)es  sloping  rather  steeply  into  them;  lateral  lobee 
subtriangular (equilateral),  )>ordcrs  thickened,  ridges  along  [>o«terior 
faces  l>etween  the  axial  furrows  and  fulcra  r[>1)u><t;  imbricating 
genal  lubes  hi^lilv  conve.'i  and  griinulnled,  ! 


BY    R.    KTIIEKIDGB,    JUNR.,    AND   JOUS   MITCHELL.  499 

and  sloping  upwardly  at  an  angle  of  60'  to  TO**;  height  of  each  eye 
about  two-thirds  of  its  length,  in  front  barely  reaching  the  front 
angles  of  the  glal>ella,  posteriorly  in  a  line  with  the  central  por- 
tion of  the  intercalary  furrow. 

Thoritx. — Of  eleven  segments,  width  seems  a  little  greater 
than  length;  axis  prominent,  contracts  very  gradually  pasteriorly 
from  the  sixth  segment,  terminating  with  a  width  al>out 
four-fifths  of  the  anterior  width;  segments  nodular  at  the 
ends;  lateral  lol)es  very  little  wider  than  the  axis,  hori- 
zontal between  fulcra  and  axial  furrows,  deflect<*d  jK>rtion 
steep,  component  pleune  imbricate  and  rounde<l  at  the  ends; 
pleural  furrows  distinct  and  wide,  seeming  to  reach  n<»arly  to 
the  ends;  anterior  ridges  of  pleune  triangular,  posterior  very 
narrow;  interpleural  sutures  and  axial  furrows  distinct. 

Pyyidium. — Sulisemicircular  or  sulxiujulrilateral,  width  gi*eater 
than  twice  the  length;  axis  tolerably  prominent,  se>'en  seg- 
ments visible,  terminating  bluntly  with  al)out  half  the  anterior 
width  at  the  border,  slightly  sunk  between  the  lateral  lobes, 
which  are  moderately  inflated,  horizontal  l)etween  fulcra  and 
axial  grooves,  anteriorly  deflected  to  correspond  with  pleune  of 
thorax,  but  posteriorly  liecoming  less  steej):  five  to  six  pleune 
\'i8ible  on  each  lobe,  only  the  two  anterior  ones  showing  the  pleural 
furrows  and  sutures  distinctly,  the  furrows  reach  the  Ix^rder, 
anterior  face  straight,  axial  grooves  moderately  distinct.  The 
whole  surface  shqj^^s  evidence  of  granulation. 

Obs. — This  species  approaches  P./eouidun,  Barr.,  very  closely, 
but  we  consider  there  are  sutficient  differences  l)etween  them  to 
justify  us  in  giving  specific  rank  to  our  form.  Its  most  con- 
spicuous feature  is  the  great  size  of  the  eyes,  in  which  resf)ect  it 
surpasses  P. /ecunduat,  Barr.,  and  many  other  species  of  the  genus, 
and  as  in  all  the  mature  specimens  that  have  come  under  our 
notice,  twenty-two  vertical  rows  of  lenses  containing  twrlve  in 
each  row  are  constant  features,  while  in  P.  f^'cnufins,  Barr., 
nineteen  vertical  rows  with  nine  lenses  in  a  row  are  the  normal 
features,  we  con.sider  this  to  1x5  a  sufficient  difference  for  specific 

G   O 


500 


SILURIAN   TRILOBITES, 


scpiiratHin.  It  differa  from  P.  Crrmgleii  by  the  much  gt*al«r 
IctiHtli  of  its  genal  kilies,  which  are  cnnttpicuouBly  Ui^i^.  With 
our  /'.  latiije-nalis  it  ajfrecM  in  having  a  great  length  of  chwli 
iH'twccd  the  p<>st«rior  angle  of  tlie  eye  and  the  genal  angle. 

The  ^'lulwUii  of  this  Npecies  ajipears  to  have  l>een  granulated  in 
till' nKinniT common  to  the  genus*,  hut  ourspecimenHarealldecorti- 
iMli'il.  Hiid  the  indications  of  granulation  are  olMler^'abte  on  thit 


f  \\m:  N. 
.nn!lt<>  M 


»l^>ll   lolH- 

W-  h«^ 


ck  rinfi  of  P,  ."iiivli  is  prciportionateiy  wider  than  either 
S.  Wales  sjiecics,  which  would  indicate  a  wider  propor- 
(ii.  Tim!  il  iH  i|uitp  distinct  from  P.  Crofuleii  and  P. 
s  i-i  very  clear  cm  ('()  the  greater  nuinl)er  of  eyelets  on 
v.v\  the  un\'iirj'ing  character  of  the  eye;  {h)  the  perjien- 
IhIh'IIh  sides;  (c)  distinctness  of  tlie  lateral  furrows  of 
INi  on  large  sjieeiniens;  and  {tl)  the  smallnes^  of  the 
of  the  glahella. 

rect'ive<l  a  very  well-]irpst'r^-ed  head  from  Mr.  G.  .Sweet 
fig.  2>,whichh(!inforr(wusiN  the  usual fomuif/'./'''^'""''"'' 
Ill  I'.arr.).    Wi' hi'lievi' it  to  !«'  identical  with  the  Kj)eeies 


BT    R.    BTHERIDGE,   JUNR.,    AND  JOHN   MITCHELL.  501 

PhACOPS   MAN8FIELDEN8IS,  Sp.nov, 
(PI.  XXXIX.,  fig.  12.) 

Sp.  char. — Head-shield  m'  cephafon. — Twice  as  wide  as  long. 
Glabella  subpentagonal,  rounded  in  front,  very  tumid,  intensely  con- 
tracted behind  by  the  intercalary  furrow,  sides  straight  and  nearly  ' 
perpendicular;  intercalary  furrow  distinct  and  terminating  on  each 
side  in  remarkably  deep  punctures,  intercalary  ring  prominent  and 
Dodular  at  ba.se;  no  lateral  glabella  furrows  noticeable;  neck  furrow 
distinct,  and  as  it  passes  into  the  axial  grooves  forms  very  deep 
punctures  or  pits,  continuing  across  the  lateral  lobes  with  equal 
distinctness;  neck  ring  highly  arched,  curving  back  and  nodular; 
fixed  cheeks  small,  genal  lobe  prominent,  highly  arched;  palpebral 
furrow  distinct,  passing  posteriorly  round  and  under  the  eye; 
axial  grooves  wide  and  deep.  Eyes  prominent,  large,  rather 
longer  than  half  the  length  of  the  cheek,  separated  from  the 
thickened  edges  of  tlie  cheeks  by  wide  or  shallow  furrows  ;  free 
cheeks  coalesced,  margins  thickened  and  straight  in  front  of  the 
eye,  giving  to  the  cephalon  a  triangular  character;  genal  angles 
terminate  in  short  spines. 

Obs. — We  have  only  a  decorticated  cephalon  of  this  species, 
which  has  unfortunately  been  somewhat  contorted  and  is  appa- 
rently an  immature  individual;  but  the  features  present  clearly 
separate  it  from  other  known  Australian  forms.  Foremost  among 
these  features  are  the  genal  spines,  the  great  contraction  of  the 
glabella  by  the  intercalary  furrow,  and  the  very  deep  punctures 
on  each  side  of  this  furrow  and  of  the  neck  furrow.  The  genal 
spines  separaiie  it  from  all  descrilied  Australian  species  of  this 
genus.  It  is  further  separated  from  our  other  Victorian  species 
by  having  the  nodules  of  the  intercalary  ring  behind  the  glalxella 
basal  lobes  instead  of  in  the  axial  grooves.  The  great  contraction 
of  the  glal>ella  by  the  intercalary  arch  gives  to  the  tumid  j)ortion 
of  the  gla1)ella  a  subcircular  contour.  The  greatest  number  of 
eyelets  in  a  vertical  row  appears  to  l>e  six. 


503  SILURIAN    TRILOBITBS, 

The  presence  of  the  genal  upinea  separates  thia  species  from 
rkneapii  proper,  Irot  through  the  scantinesB  of  our  material  we 
are  not  prepared  to  enunciate  a.  more  definite  opinion  at  present 

Loc.  and  Horizon. — Mftnsfield  District,  Victoria — 1  Upper  Silu- 
rian,     Hail. — G.  Sweet,  Melbourne. 

Genus  Hadsmassia,  Hall  imd  Clarke,  lH(*t<. 
Dalnuiiiia,  Eminrich  (iion  Deavoidey,   1830),*  Jahrb.  fiir  Min., 

1H45,  p.  3(*. 
Odontochile,  Corda  (won  Laporte,  l«34),t  Prod.  ilon.  Boh.  Trilo- 

hiten,  1H47,  p.  93. 
PhofopxfDalmania),  Salter,  Dec.  Geol.  Survey  U.K.,  li^49,ilp.  I. 
Daluwnia,  Ban-ande,  Sj-at.  Sil.  Boheme,  1852,  I.  p.  -528. 
DahnnnUt',  Barrande,  Loe.  ciC,  p.  918,  and  Expl.  Plates,  Atlas  i. 
DahimniUs,  Barrande,  Loe.  cit ,  1872,  Suppl.  Vol.  i.  p.  27. 
Phacopf  (OdontochiU),  Salter,  Mon.  Brit  Trilohitee,  1864,  Pt  1, 

p.  15. 
DatmaniUt,  Hall,  Itth  Ann.  Rep.  Geol.  Sur%'ey  Indiana,  1881, 


BT  B.    BTHBRIDGB,    JUNR.,    AND  JOHN    MITCHELL.  503 

The  previous  use  of  Daltnania  seems  to  have  escaped  the 
notice  of  Barrande,  for  we  find  him  using  the  name  throughout 
the  first  volume  of  his  magnificent  work  on  the  Bohemian  Silu- 
rian System,  until  nearly  the  close  of  the  volume,  when  for  a 
single  species  in  the  Addenda,  the  word  Dalnianitea  is  employed, 
and  continues  throughout  the  atlas.  It  is  therefore  possible  that 
in  the  inti^rval  Barrande  discovered  the  inutility  of  the  name 
Dalniania,  and  by  the  use  of  the  termination  ites  sought  to  dis- 
criminate l>etween  Dalmaniaj  Emmrich,  and  DalinanUeSy  Barrande. 
At  the  same  time  an  objection  has  been  raised  by  some  authors 
that  even  Dahiumites  is  not  sufficiently  distinctive. 

Prof.  James  Hall,  in  one  of  his  numerous  critical  contributions 
to  American  Palajontology,  seems  inclined  to  advocate  the  claims 
of  Odontocephalus,  Conrad,  IS40(=  Cri/p/unus,  Green,  1837,  rion 
Cri/phftifSy  Klug,  1833,  a  genus  of  Coleoptera;  and  PUnraca^ifhuiiy 
AI.  Edw.,  1840,  non  Pleuracanthus,  Ag.,  1837,  an  Ichthyodorulite). 
If,  however,  Odoutocephalus  is  restricted  to  forms  resembling  its 
type  species^y  AsaphKs  sele/mniSj  Eaton  (=  (kil yviene  odontocephala. 
Green),  in  which  the  anterior  border  of  the  cephalon  is  denticu- 
lated or  fimbriated,  a  goofl  generic  distinction,  it  cannot  possibly 
clash  with  Dnlmanitett.  Indeed,  we  imagine  this  luid  already 
struck  Prof.  Hall,  for  in  the  seventh  Vol.  of  the  Palaeontology  of 
New  York,  by  himself  and  Mr.  J.  M.  Clarke,  we  find  both  names 
acknowledged  much  on  the  lines  now  explained.  FlauracatUhus 
might  have  been  ad(.>pted  h«ul  not  Agassiz  in  1837  made  use  of 
the  term  for  an  Ichthyodorulite. 

LTnless  we  have  overlooked  any  step  in  tlie  discrimination  of 
this  generic  type,  and  that  is  not  impossil^le,  there  remain  two 
courses  open  to  us  — either  to  adopt  Dalmaiules,  following  Bar- 
rande, or  to  propose  a  new  genus  We  are  loth  to  adopt  the 
latter  alternative,  more  especially  as  Hall  and  Clarke  have  pro- 
posed as  a  subgenus  under  Dabnanit^s  the  name  Hansma/iHiay 
with  practically  the  same  characters  as  the  genus  proper.  They 
remark,  "It  is  here  proposed  to  group  under  the  type  Uausnuinniii 
the  typical  and  unvaried  forms  of  Dalmanitesy  which  follow  t  he 


504  aiLCHIA>J    TRILUBITES, 

type  of  D.  ciindatug  (Briiiinich)  Einmrich,  and  D.  Ilautmauni, 
Dningniart." 

Under  these  circttmstanues,  the  luloption  of  Hautniantiia  in 
plai-e  of  Dahnaitiies  will  surmount  nil  difficulties  in  connection 
with  the  latter  name.  Tliis  suggestion  is  strengthened  by  the 
fact  that  Barrande's  DalmaniUs,  as  pointed  out  by  Schmidt, 
iiicludw!  Trilobites  not  only  of  the  type  of  Ataptais  caudaUu,  hut 
alsi)  all  other  Phocopidie  which  did  not  n^'ree  with  Fhaeoyn  as 
restiictwl  by  him,  and  are  coitipriMed  by  other  writers  in  AcatU 
and  C/ianini^}!!. 

HaL'SM.VNNIA    MEIIIDIANUS,  I'p.liov. 

(PI.  XXXVIII.,  figs.    1-S;   PI,  XL,  fig.  1.) 

I'hncops  (Oduiilockili)  caiir/ii/iin.  JIuCov   («<'»   Briiniiich),   Prud. 

Pal.  Vict.  Dec.  iii.  IfiTG,  p.  13,  t.  21',  f.  1-7;  t.  l>3,  f.  7-10. 

.S/>.  C/«»-.—A-./y.— Oblong  ovoid.      n-jH-shU'd  ■..,■  i.;,hnlon.- 

Seiiiiciivular,  finely  granulated,  niodcratoly  iiifiated,  surrounded  liy 

a  tbi«kwR'<]  limb  marke-1  off  from  the  cheeks  and  glalwlla  by  a 

fairly    conspicuous    gnwive.       (HalMjIla    largo,    subpyrifonn,   with 


BY    R,    BTHKRIDOB,    JUNR.,    AND   JOHN   MITCUELL.  5U5 

continuous,  conspicuously  detlected  laterally;  genal  angles  pro- 
duced into  strong  spines  reaching  to  the  sixth  segment  of  the 
thorax;  neck  furrow  distinct,  particularly  where  it  joins  the  axial 
furrows,  continuing  across  the  lateral  loljes  subfalcately  with 
Increasing  distinctness  and  width;  facial  sutures  anteriorly  rather 
straight  to  the  bonier,  thenco  continuous,  posterior  portions  from 
the  hinder  ends  of  the  eyes  passing  out  laterally  and  falcately, 
cutting  the  bordei*s  of  the  free  cheeks  in  a  line  with  tho  bcvse  of 
the  eye.  Eyes  large,  each  luis  32  to  40  or  even  more  Aertical 
rows  of  lenses  with  a  normal  number  of  eleven  in  each  central 
row,  and  in  odd  cases  twelve  to  fourteen,  giving  an  agy^regate  of 
alK>ut  400  lenses  in  a  single  eye  of  some  mature  sjKicimens;  the 
lentiferous  face  forms  a  subsemicanlioid  curve,  alcove  sloping  back- 
ward at  an  angle  of  about  40  ,  liclow  bounded  by  a  shallow  groove, 
height  diminishing  more  gradually  posteriorly  than  anteriorly; 
lenses  spherical,  clasel}'  packed  in  the  vertical  rows,  which  are 
separated  by  distinct  spaces  or  partitions. 

Thorfw. — About  equal  in  length  to  the  combined  width 
of  one  pleural  lobe,  and  the  axis  or  about  two-thirds  of 
its  total  width,  and  greater  than  that  of  either  the  head  or  tail, 
sulx)blong  or  subfusifonn;  axis  subfusiform,  greatest  width 
at  fourth  or  fifth  segment,  where  it  is  slightl}'  greater 
than  the  width  of  the  neck  ring;  arched  most  prominently 
posteriorly,  rather  flat  anteriorly;  segments  thickened  at  their 
))ases,  moderately  arched;  some  axes  show  faint  trilobation 
caused  by  feeble  depressions  traversing  their  length,  these  <lepres- 
sions  are  accentuated  by  rows  of  tubercles,  one  on  each  side,  about 
midway  l)etween  the  central  line  and  the  axial  groove;  pleura? 
one  and  one-third  times  tus  wide  as  the  thorax,  and  bcftween  the 
axial  grooves  and  fulcra  rather  horizontal,  outer  ends  mtKlerately 
detlected  and  recurved,  the  latter  feature  becoming  more  pro- 
nounced posteriorly;  pleural  grooves  wide  and  shallow,  beginning 
at  the  angles  of  junction  with  the  axial  grooves  and  passing  out 
posteriorly  at  the  bases  of  the  claw-like  ends,  thus  traversing  the 
pleune  diagonally,  anterior  ridges  much  stronger  than  the  pos- 
terior, and  passing  across  to  the  posterior  edges  at  about  midway 


SILURIAN    TRILOBITES, 

n  (lie  fulcra  umUmtei-cndH,  obliterating  the  pleural  ftnxn'M 
!■  Hldtefi,  (luU'r  I'ntLs  flatt*ne<l  and  claw-sliaped,  the  latt*r 


fttatur.- 

vciy  (listiiitt  (111   the  iHist^rior  pleurae;  sutures  verj-  dw- 

tiiicl:  i-> 

.  iciences  of  fiiimuiatioii  ^■e^y  Hinnll;  axial  jjrooves  nvidp- 

mtolv  .1: 

i-tiiict. 

/>/'■ 

'li'Hii.  —  l)is(.iiu-tly     triaii^'uW,     (iiMjiortion      of     wiilth 

to      l,-.l- 

;rli     (li-iivin^r     (Hit      tlio     tiTiuiiial     Npiiie)     is    alwrnt    as 

llin-e    1. 

1)    tvvii,    iiKKli'i-nti'ly    tirfluil;   iixis    very  distinct,    a   £<■«■ 

uf     tll.- 

iLiit.'i'iiir    Hi'iriiiriilH    aii.'lit>([    forward    centrally,    luiil    iii 

■  Imirtii': 

iti"l  K|iefiinc'ii!^  tlif  vM\\.v  si'^tiiifiits  aiv  ]>n)viil(rd  with  suij- 

trimiKul. 

;ir   artifiilar    s(iaL-cs:    normal    iiumlwi-    uf    nn;.'s    in   fully 

,i.v.l.,I„. 

■il  >]H-(.'inions  is  sixti'i'n   to  i-i^Mceii,  an<!  even  attainiii;; 

tiiiK'lui'ri 

1  (■■ii'lusivf  of  till-  (I'liiiinal  aiiiiciidajin',  no  disstinot   irjc.vs 

of   Ullu'l 

■el,",  olist-rvfsl,  sidfs  straight,  lalMirin^  f,TaiJualiy  and  in 

|...tV,.| 

s|H-i'inicTis    Iji'iiifT   inw>)>aralile   from    thi'   ]inHluL-e(l   spiiif, 

wliic'li  i- 

of  varying;  Icnfjlli  in  dilVercnt  individuals;  outer  eudn  "f 

Uio  ant. 

■riur  st-;,'nii-iHs   Imar  lavfif  noili-s  liimiided  on  lliHr  inner 

siilcs   liy 

sli^'lil   di-[iri'ssions  stniilar  to  tliosc   ivfpri'ed    tii   on  tlie 

lli..ni.-ii. 

w;.'iiii-nls;   in   somi'  casi's  jNMli'riorly  di'iniwHcd   lM;l»Tt'n 

111.-  si.l.- 

ImIh',;  iixial  finmvcs  distincl,  anfliylosin;;  margins  of  the 

BT    R.    ETHBRIDGE,    JUNK.,    AND   JOHN   MITCHELL.  507 

lenses  in  a  vertical  row  appears  to  l)e  normal  for  the  examples 
from  the  Middle  Trilobite  Bed;  but  a  specimen  from  the  Upper 
Trilobite  Bed  has  thirteen  to  fourteen  lenses  in  the  central  rows. 
The  tail  spine  is  anchylased  to  the  border,  and  when  the 
lx)rder  and  spine  are  removed  a  short  dagger-like  extension  of 
Jhe  axis  is  exposed,  such  as  is  shown  in  most  of  tlie  figures  of  the 
European  //.  candatus.  It  is  in  this  condition  that  the  tail  of 
our  species  l^ears  a  strong  resemblance  to  //.  raudafiis:  but  what- 
ever may  l)e  the  case  in  the  latter,  it  is,  judging  from  the  evidence 
furnished  by  a  large  number  of  s}>ecimeiis,  almost  certain  that,  in 
every  instance  where  the  tail  of  our  species  exhibits  the  short 
deltoid  form  of  spine,  the  true  spine  has  suffered  removal. 

We  l)elieve  the  forms  fi<^ured  bv  McCoy  from  the  Victorian 
Upper  Silurian  as  Phacops  (Odonfochilf)  caufhiluf^  to  be  the  same 
as  our  //.  $neridianu8.  His  fi^xwres  show  the  much  longer  eve 
and  multisegmented  pygidial  axis;  but  McCoy's  glal)ellie  are 
granulate.  //.  inTidianuSj  both  as  regards  the  X.8.  Wales  and 
Victorian  specimens  is  so  fmely  granulate  throughout  as  to  be 
practically  smooth  without  a  lens. 

Touching  the  relation  of  our  species  to  the  typical  European 
//.  caudatus,  Briin.,  the  eyes  are  proportionately  further  forward 
in  H.  meridianu^j  the  palpebral  lobes  and  genal  lobes  wider  trans- 
versely, and  there  is  no  neck  tul)ercle.  The  eyes  are  less  lunate, 
or  arched  in  contour,  and  consequently  longer  fore  and  aft,  and 
the  surffice  of  the  glabella  non-tu])erculate.  The  pygidia  differ  in 
the  excess  of  segments  over  those  of  //.  raudatns^  possessing 
seldom  less  than  sixteen  in  the  axis  of  the  smaller  pygidia,  and 
usually  eighteen  or  nineteen  exclusive  of  the  terminal  apj>endage. 
Victorian  and  N.S.  Wales  si)ecimens  agree  in  tliis.  Our  form  is 
also  long  tail-spined  when  perfect,  thus  resembling  il.  Jonyicau- 
datus,  but  unhke  the  latter  we  have  never  seen  an  individual 
bearing  a  frontal  spine.  As  regards  the  form  of  the  glal^ella,  //. 
meridiatius  seems  to  come  nearer  to  H.  JottgicandatiiH.  The  genal 
spines  are  the  same  length  in  l)oth  the  European  and  Australian 
forms.     //.  caudatus  occasionally  has  a  granulated  pygidium  axis. 


608  SILDKIAN    TRILOBITES, 

but    our    Hpecies    never    lia«.      Much    granules   are   not   to    be 
confounded  with  the  tul)ercular  nuden  at  the  outer  ends  of  the 

sef,'meiits. 

//.  iiteritliitiiua  vies  in  size  witli  the  large  //.  Ange/ini,  Barr., 
from  EtJige  D.  of  tho  Biihemian  classification,  and  //.  r^igoaa, 
Coi'da,  hut  liirth  of  these  are  sul>-iHiicronote  in  front,  and  posscsn- 
much  longer  ({enal  spines,  and  other  jxtints  of  departure. 

It  uiii|urstionahIy  falls  into  Hall  and  Clarke's  section  Unut- 
tniiiinia*  suggenterl  hy  these  authors  for  tlie  "typical  and 
unvariwi  forms  of  Dahiiniiili^i',  which  follow  the  type  of  D.  cnttJatut 
(Itninnich)  Eniniriuh,  and  />.  I/intsinan.ii,  Bi-ong."  As,  however, 
JJ.  rntrdnlus  was  soleulwl  hy  ItaiTiLndc  as  the  type  of  his  ),'cnus 
iJidiiiankfg.  it  follows  tluit  Hall  and  Clarke's  t«rni  must  W 
synonymous  with  the  latter,  a  point  that  it  is  strange  did  not 
strike  these  oniiiient  writers.  At  the  same  lime  we  li»vo  here  a 
sohition  of  the  generic  difliuulty,  f<H'  if  hy  common  consent  tlii- 
luimi'  liolmaHilea  is  not  to  stand,  that  proposed  hy  the  American 
PH!ifon(..]ojiiHts  will  take  its  place. 

rtic.  large  increase  hi  the   nundier  of  pj'gidium  segments  in  tlu' 


BT   R.    ETHKRIDGE,    JUNR.,    AND  JOHN    MITCHELL.  509 

In  Victoria  it  is  found  in  the  olive  mudstones  of  Broadhurst's 
Creek,  near  Kilmore,  and  in  the  arenaceous  beds  of  Yerring, 
Upper  Yarra. 

In  Tasmania  the  species  occurs  in  the  Despatch  Limestone  of 
Zeehan  and  Heazlewood,  N.W.  Tasmania. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 

Plate  xxxviii. 

Hausmannia  meriuianus,  E.  and  M. 
Fig.     1. — An  almost  entire  apeciincn;  Bowniiig.     Coll.  Mitchell. 

Fig.  2. — Pygidium  showing  the  increased  number  of  segments,  absence  of 
test  on  the  limb,  and  the  acicular  spine;  Bowniug.  CoU.  Mining 
and  Geol.  Mnaeuin. 

Fig.  3. — Pygidium  of  a  young  individual  with  a  well-developed  acicular 
spine;  Bowning.     Coll.  Ibid. 

Fig.  4. — Glabella,  portion  of  fixed  cheeks,  and  one  eye.  Frontal  lobe 
elliptical  and  strong  eye  lobes;  Bowning.     Coll.  Mitchell. 

Fi4(.  5. — Portion  of  cephalic  sliield  showing  the  right  facial  suture  and 
form  of  the  eye  lobe  ;  Bowning.     Coll.  Mitchell. 

Fig.    6. — An  eye  and  palpebral  lobe,  x  3.     Coll.  Mitchell. 

Fig.  7. — Free  cheek  showing  course  of  posterior  portion  of  left  facial 
suture,  and  the  genal  spine;  Bowning.     Coll.  Mitchell. 

Fig.    8. — Hypostome.     Coll.  Mitchell. 

Phacops  Swketi,  E.  and  M. 

Fig.  9.— Partially  rolled  specimen,  with  thorax  and  pygrdium;  Mansfield 
District,  Vict.     Coll.  Sweet. 

Plate  XXXIX. 

PuAOOPs  SwEKTi,  E.  and  M. 

Fig.  1. — Cephalic  shield  somewhat  distorted  by  pressure,  but  with  the  left 
eye  intact;  Mansfield  District,  Vict.     Coll.  Siceet. 

Fig.  2. — Decorticated  cephalic  shield  showing  the  quadrate  contour  of  the 
cephalic  shield,  small  basal  lobes,  intercalary  nodules,  neck 
ring,  and  eyes;  Mansfield  District,  Vict.     Coll.  Siceet. 


SILDSIAK   TRILOBITBB, 


1,  B.  nnd  M. 

Fig.    3. — Cephalic  shield  slightly  distorted;  Bowoing.     CaU.  ^ilehtll. 
Fig.    4, — I'orticin  nf  aaotlier  cephalic  shield  slightly  diaturted,  ihowiog 
glabella  furrows  and  rounded  gansl  angle;   liowning.      Caff. 


Mi«: 


ii»i  0'.o 


Mvn 


—Another  cephalic  ahield,  showing  the  deep  glabella  furrovs  uid 
uxiiil  grooves,  tumid  glabella,  wide  frontal  tube,  and  left  inter- 
calary nodule;  Bowniiig.     CM.  Milr.hel/. 

—Front  and  under  new  of  ceplialou,  showiuj;  (a)  Tudimentary 
linib,  (b]  linear  ridge  and  (<-)  roof  of  moutli  ;  Rowaing.  Coil 
MilcheU. 

1,  Fmra^. 


Fig,    T- 
Fig.    S.- 


Fig,  10. 

Fig.  11, 


'ortion  ol  tho  glabella  and  thorax:  lloH-ning.     Coll.  MitclKli. 
I'horax,  aide  view,  abowiug  the  bluntly  npiued  median  line  of  the 
scgmenta:  IJoHuiug.     Colt.  MilchrU. 

I'liAODi-s  Chos.si.ki[,  E.  niitl  .V. 
-Tliorax  and  pygidiuin;  Bowning.      Coll.  MilehJI. 
— Ceplinlic  shield,  with  the  furrow*,  eyes,  ncuk  ring,  intercalary 


hIuIgh,  ainl  n 
-Cephalic  shif 


undeil  geiial  anyies;  llowiiing.     Coll.  JUilrhill, 
d  portion  of  thorax;  Bowning.      CoU.  ililcMt. 


BT   R.    ETHBRIDQB,    JCXR.,    AND  JOHN   MITCHBLL. 


511 


Fig.    6. — Young  specimen— portion  of  cephalic  shield,  with  linear  glabella 
farrows;  Bowcing.     CoU,  MitcheU, 

Phacops  sebratus,  Foerste, 

Fig.    7. — Portion  of  cephalic  shield;  Bowning.     Coll,  Mitchell, 

Fig.    8. — Portion  of  another  cephalic  shield,  tumid  glabella,  and  neck 
tubercle;  Bowning.     CoU.  Mitchell, 

Phacops  latioenalis,  E.  and  M. 

Fig.    9. — Rostral  shield  with  the   hypostome  in  situ;   Bowning.      Coll. 
MiUhell 

Phacops  Sweeti,  E.  and  M, 

Fig.  10. — Central  portion  of  an  eye,  x  2;  Mansfield  District,  Vict.      Coll. 
Siceei. 

Phacops  serratus,  Foerate. 

Fig,  11.— Side  view  of  the  cephalic  shield,  with  the  neck  spine  prominently 
shown. 

All  the  figures,  unless  otherwise  indicated,  are  of  the  natural  size. 


BOTANICAL  NOTES  FROM  THE  TECHNOLOGICAL 
MUSEUM. 

Bv  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.,  anu  R.  T.  Baker,  F.L.S. 

No.  rv. 

(Plates  XLI.-XLII.) 

PiTTOaPOKE*. 

Hymen oflfo HUM  flavum,  F.v.M. 

TliiK  .species  owure  in  brush  forestts  near  Wyong,  it«  previous 
■eciirtltHi  southern  limit  lieing  the  Huiit«r  Itiver. 


ELJ.oi'ARPua  E0MUND1,  Bail. 
BH  wfts  first  deMCribed  hy  Mr.  F.  M.  Bailey,  who  dis- 
1  the  Queensland  locality  from  which  it  tlerives  its 


BT   J.    H.    MAIDEN   AND   R.    T.    BAKER.  513 

near  Tinonee,  by  one  of  us,  and  in  the  county  of  Gloucester  by 
Mr.  A.  Rudder,  of  the  Forest  Department. 

LeGU  MINOS  iE. 

Rhynchosia  Cunninghamii,  Benth. 

This  species  has  l^een  collected  at  Lismore  (W.B.),  and  is  there- 
fore new  for  this  colony. 

LEGUMINOSiE. 
SWAINSONA    PIIACIFOLIA,  F.V.M. 

(Syn.  Stvainsona  titipularis,  F.v.M.) 

This  species  has  been  collected  as  far  east  as  Bathurst  (W.  J. 
C.  Ross,  B.Sc). 

Acacia  aulacocarpa,  A.  Cunn. 

A  very  plentiful  species  at  Woodburn,  on  the  Kichinond  River, 
where  some  trees  measure  over  SO  foot  in  hei;j:lit  and  3  feet  in 
diameter.  It  has  previously  only  been  recorded  from  Queensland, 
so  is  therefore  new  for  New  South  Wales. 

Acacia  Joxesii,  F.v.M.  et  J.II.M. 
Abundant  in  a  gully  at  Kenmore,  near  Goulburn  (J.H.M.). 

S  A  X  I  F  R  A  G  E  iE. 

Ceratopetalum  gummiferum,  8m. 

Has  recently  been  found  at  Woodburn,  Richmond  River 
(W.B.),  where  it  attains  a  height  of  over  50  feet  and  a  diameter 
of  16  inches. 

Its  range,  as  far  as  we  at  present  know  it,  is  right  along  the 
coastal  districts  from  the  Moruva  River  to  the  Richmond  River, 
attaining  tree  size  throughout  perhaps  the  whole  of  its  range. 


914  BOTAMCAL   N0TB8, 

M  V  R  T  A  C  E  «. 

Elcalvptus  thachyphloia,  F.v.M. 

This  species  1ms  lieen  collected  at  Cox'a  Gap,  Murrumlxi,  Gciul- 
liurii  River  (K.T.  B.),  and  now  in  recorded  for  the  first  time  for 
N.H.W.  Its  fruit  and  liark  very  much  resenilile  some  forms  of 
E.  oirymhoKit,  to  which  it  is  very  clasely  related. 

iV  p  o  c  y  N  E  *;. 

ClIILOlAHPtS  austhalis,  F.v.M. 

Til  ii)l  the  piihlishwl  descriptions  of  this  species  the  flowers  are 
st4itwl  ti»  be  yellow.  We  have  now  to  record  a  whit*  (Iciweriiif; 
form  from  WtMidliurn,  Richmond  River. 

M  o  V I  M  I  A  c  E .«. 

PlPTOCALYX    MOOHEI,  OHv. 
(Plate  XLl.) 


BY   J.    II.   MAIDEN   AND    R.    T.    BAKBU.  515 

HcU). — We  have  received  it  from  several  localities,  and  its  ran^e 
as  far  as  at  present  known  may  be  stated  as  mountain  ranges 
between  the  head  waters  of  the  Clarence  and  Macleay  Rivers. 

We  have  had  the  opportunity  not  only  of  examining  these 
fruits  for  the  first  time,  but  as  our  specimens  were  perfectly  fresh 
we  are  enabled  to  offer  a  complete  and  accurate  plate  of  the 
species. 

L  A  U  R  I  N  E  /E. 

Bentham  (B.Fl.v.  297)  includes  under  Cryptocarya  glaucescens, 
R.Br.,  one  and  perhaps  more  than  one  plant  which  examination 
of  additional  material  has  shown  us  to  be  worthy  of  separate 
specific  rank.  We  propose  to  deal  with  one  particular  plant,  and 
will  endeavour  to  show  that  C.  glaucescens,  R.Br.,  var.  reticulata, 
Meissn.,  is  undoubtedly  a  good  species,  and  that  the  name  C. 
microneuray  Meissn.,  should  be  revived  for  it.  We  will  now,  with 
the  complete  material  and  extended  observations  available  to  us, 
describe  the  species. 

Cryptocarya  microneura,  Meissn.  in  DC.  Prod.  xv.  27. 
(Syn.  C.  glaucesceiiSy  R.Br.,  var.  reticulata,  Meissn.,  B.Fl.  loc.  cit.) 

(Plate  XLii.) 

A  tree  over  60  feet  high,  glabrous  except  the  inflorescence, 
which  is  always  hoary-pubescent.  Leaves  broadly  lanceolate, 
acuminate,  obtuse,  glabrous  on  both  sides,  a  shade  darker  on  the 
upper  sidQ,  primary  veins  and  reticulations  equally  distinct  on 
both  sides,  reticulations  tine  but  more  distinct  than  in  C.  glau- 
cescensy  6  inches  long  and  1  broad;  petiole  short,  less  than  ^  in. 
Flowers  very  numerous,  mostly  terminating  in  a  large  irregular 
panicle,  but  sometimes  axillary.  Perianth  under  1  line,  hoary 
pubescent,  the  tube  turbinate,  about  equal  to  the  lobes.  Glands 
stipitate  at  the  mouth  of  the  tube.  Staminodia  scarcely  sessile 
as  in  C.  glaucesce^is  and  very  much  more  acuminate.  Fruiting 
perianth  ovoid-oblong,  6-8  lines  long,  dark,  shining,  faintly  ribl)ed. 

H    H 


Ol6  BOI'AKICAL   NOTRS, 

Brief  anal yiit  Mhowing  relationi  to  cognaU  np^eiei. 
Learea  thick'y  rnriaceoug,  xmooth,  shining  above,  the  prini&ry 
veins  very  prominent  underneath,  the  reticulations  inconspicuous. 
Fruit  globular.  C.  obovnta. 

Leaven  more  or  less   coriaceous,  the    reticulationit   fine,  con- 
spicuous or  obflulete  on  lx>th  sides. 

Fruit  globiilni:  C.  glattcnacea*. 

Leaven  thinly  coriaceous,  the  reticulations  fine  on  both  sides. 

Fruit  otoid-ellipiiai/.  C.  microu'-vra. 

C  i/lauceiKfns  and  ''?.  micronitura  are  found  intermingled  in  the 
brushes  along  the  whole  northern  coast  districts  of  this  colony  ax 
well  as  Tllawarra,  and  their  distinct  character  (without  any 
intermediate  forms  that  we  can  trace),  is  raaintaine<l  throughout. 
This  species  differs  from  ''.  glariMiicene  in  colour,  texture  and 
shape  of  its  leaves,  in  its  absence  of  glaucousncas,  and  particularly 
in  the  shape  of  its  fruits.  The  reticulations  are  also  more  pro- 
minent than  in  the  former  species,  and  the  specific  name  is  very 
appnipriate.      The  staminislia  are  also  more   acuminate.      The 


BY   J.    H.    MAIDEN   AND    R.   T.    BAKER.  517 

F  I  L  I  C  E  8. 
POLYPODIUM    ASPIDIOIDES,  Bfidl. 

This  species  is  first  recorded  and  described  by  F.  M.  Bailey  in 
the  Synopsis  of  Queensland  Flora,  p.  714,  where  he  speaks  of  it 
a«  "a  beautiful  fern  which  has  for  a  long  time  been  confused  with 
LiMtrea  acuminata^  T.  Moore,  the  Aspidium  acuminatum,  Hort. 
Ang.,  and  from  which  it  only  differs  in  the  entire  -absence  of 
indusium  and  in  the  longer  and  more  aculeate  marginal  teeth." 

We  are  led  to  confirm  these  observations  to  the  extent  of 
stating  that  we  have  examined  a  very  large  number  of  fronds  of 
this  interesting  fern  in  all  stages  of  growth,  and  have  failed  to 
detect  on  them  a  trace  of  indusium.  The  sori  are  usually  fiesh- 
coloured,  or  at  least  quite  different  in  colour  from  those  of 
Attpidium  acuhatum,  nor  is  it  ever  found  proliferous  like  that 
species.  It  has  been  found  at  Tintenbar  (W.B.),  near  Ballina, 
Richmond  River,  and  so  is  an  addition  to  the  plants  of  this 
colony. 

F  U  N  G  I. 

CoPRiNUS  COMATUS,  Fries. 

This  well-known  European  edible  fungus  has  been  recently 
found  abundantly  at  Annandale,  near  Sydney.  Cooke  in  his 
"Australian  Fungi"  records  it  for  Victoria  only.  It  is  a  good 
ketchup  fungus. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATES. 
Plate  XLi. 

Piptocalyx  Moorei^  Oliv. 

Fig.  1.— Bud. 

Fig.  2. — Expanded  flower. 

Fig.  3. — Part  of  raceme  with  early  fruit. 

Fig.  4. — Individual  fruit. 

Fig.  5. — ^Trausverse  and  lougitudinal  tsectious  uf  fruit. 

Fig.  8.— Seed. 


BOTANICAL  NOTES. 


ira,  MeiUD. 


Cryploearya 

Fig.  1. — Flowering  twig. 

Fig.  2 — Bud. 

Fig.  3.— Perianth. 

Fig.  3',— Expunded  flowei-. 

Fig.  4, — Stamen. 

Fig.  5. — Staminodia  (different  viewi). 

Fig,  e— Gland. 

Fig.  7. — Fruiting  perianth. 


All 


519 


NOTES   AND   EXHIBITS. 

Mr.  North  exhibited  a  set  of  four  eggs  of  Tumix  ieucogaster, 
recently  described  by  him.  The  eggs  were  taken  at  Illamurta, 
Central  Australia,  on  the  18th  of  June,  1895 ;  and  are  of  a  buffy- 
white  ground-colour,  minutely  freckled  and  sparingly  spotted  with 
different  shades  of  chestnut-brown,  purplish-brown,  and  violet- 
grey;  an  average  specimen  measuring  0-9  x  0-73  inch. 

Mr.  Steel  showed  a  very  large  specimen  of  a  ship- worm  (Teredo) 
from  redgum  (])  piles  in  the  fresh  water  of  the  Rewa  River,  Fiji, 
collected  by  Mr.  T.  Ferguson. 

Mr.  Froggatt  showed  a  representative  collection  of  some  eighty 
named  species  of  Australian  Ants  (Formicidce).  Also  speci- 
mens of  a  beetle  (Arlhroptertcs  hrevis^  Westw.)  belonging  to  the 
family  Pausndce^  captured  in  the  nests  of  a  common  Australian 
Ant  {Ecatomma  metallicum).  African  species  of  this  family 
commonly  occur  in  such  situations,  but  the  exhibitor  was  unaware 
of  any  record  of  this  habit  in  Australian  species. 

Messrs.  Maiden  and  Baker  exhibited  a  number  of  plants  and 
photos  in  illustration  of  their  paper. 

Messrs.  Etheridge  and  Mitchell  exhibited  a  number  of  Trilobites 
in  illustration  of  their  paper. 

Mr.  Mitchell  exhibited  several  specimens  of  Glossopteris  from 

Croudace's  Hill,  near  Lambton,  Newcastle,  showing  very  apparent 

evidences  of  what  is  probably  fructification  similar  to  that  of  an 

Asplenium,     Some  specimens  of  a  like  character  were  collected 

by  him  from  the  clifi^  on  the  Old  Race  Course  Beach.     Also  a 

specimen  of  what  appears  to  be  a  Lycopodium,  near  L.  guthieriy 

Gropp.,  or  L,  macraphi/lhnn,  Gold.,  from  the  South  Bulli  Colliery. 

This  is  the  first  record  of  a  fossil  Lycopod  from  the  New  South 

Wales  coal-bearing  series. 
I     I 


Mr.  Henn  exhibited,  on  behalf  of  Mrs.  Q.  J.  Waterhouie,  a 
very  fine  collection  of  Cypreeida,  found  alive  by  herself  and  aons 
in  Fort  Jackson,  between  the  moDths  of  May  and  August  of  this 
year.  The  collection  consisted  of  exactly  100  specimens  belonging 
to  the  seventeen  following  species: — Cypreea  fitnbriata,  Gmelin, 
C.  macula,  A.  Ad.,  C.  fdina,  Gmelin,  C.  amtllua,  Linn.,  C. 
U^>eKen«,  Solander,  C.  arabica,  Linn.,  C.  moneta,  Linn.,  C. 
annulug,  Linn.,  C.  capulserpenlis,  Linn.,  C.  ?ielvola,  Linn.,  C. 
dandeatina,  IJnn.,  C.  Jlaveola,  Linn.,  C.  ItUea,  Gronovius,  C. 
coniptoni,  Gray,  C.  en-o»a,  Linn.,  C.  erronta,  Linn.,  and  C.  intr- 
punctata.  Brazier,  MS.  The  last,  (of  which  two  specimens  were 
found)  differs  from  C.  macula, — which  it  otherwise  much  reiieDiblea 
— in  being  more  pyriform,  and  much  more  profusely  and  distinctly 
marked  with  spots.  It  is  considered  by  Mr.  Brazier  to  be  a  dis- 
tinct new  species,  but  it  would,  perhaps,  be  more  correctly  described 
as  C.  macula.  A,  Ad.,  var.  inUTjmnctaUt,,  Brazier. 

Of  the  above,  no  less  than  nine  species,  viz. :  C-  Jimhriala, 
labescetis,  arabica,  nwnela,  helvola,  Jlaveola,  bttea,  comptoni,  and 
interjiunctata,  have  never  been  previously  recorded  from  Port 
Jackson.      The  Cyprmdte  are  amongst  the  rarest  shells  in  the 


NOTES   AND   EXHIBITS. 


521 


Mr.  Edgar  R.  Waite  exhibited  a  number  of  photographs  of 
Tree  Kangaroos  {Dendrolcbgua  bennettiantu,  De  Vis),  at  present 
living  in  the  Melbourne  Zoological  Gardens,  sent  by  Mr.  D.  le 
Souef  .  Some  of  the  kangaroos  are  sitting  on  the  topmost  branches 
of  the  trees,  which  have  been  defoliated  even  to  the  extreme  tips 
of  the  branches.  Other  photographs  show  the  animals  on  the 
ground  in  truly  macropine  positions;  but  one  in  which  the 
kangaroo  is  on  "all  fours"  indicates  that  the  fore  limbs  are 
probably  being  more  freely  used  in  terrestrial  progression  than 
usual. 


WEDNESDAY,  SEPTEMBER  25th,  1895. 


The  Ordinary  Monthly  Meeting  of  the  Society  was  held  at  tlje 
Linn(;ai)  Hall,  Ithaca  Road,  Elizabeth  Bay,  on  Wednesday  even- 
ing, September  25th,  1895. 


The   President,    Mr.  Henry    Deane,   M.A.,    M.I.C.E.,  in   the 


Phiiniiaceutical  Journal  of  Australasia.     Vol  viii.  No.  8  {Aug. 
1895).      From  the  Editor. 


DOKATIONS.  529 

Department  of  Agriculture,  Brisbane  —  Bulletin.  Heoond 
Series,  Nos.  6-7  (1895):  Botany  Bulletin.  No.  xi.  (1895).  Fro7n 
the  Secretary  for  Agriculture, 

K.K.  Zoologisch-botanische  G^sellschaft  in  Wien — Verhand- 
lungen.  Bd.  xlv.     Heft  6.     From  the  Society, 

Zoologischer  Anzeiger.  xviii.  Jahrgang(1895).  Nos.  480-482 
(July  22nd-Aug.  19th).     From  the  Editor. 

Perak  Government  Gazette.  Vol.  viii.  Nos.  20-21  (Aug. 
1895).     From  the  Government  Secretary. 

Bombay  Natural  History  Society — Journal  Vol,  ix.  Na  4 
(1895). '  From  the  Society, 

Soci^t^  des  Sciences  de  Finlande — Observations  M^t^rolo- 
giques,  1889-90,  and  1893  (Vol.  xii.  liv.  2).  [Two  Parts.]  Fnm 
the  Society, 

Geological  Society,  London — Quarterly  Journal.  Vol.  li.  Part 
3  (No.  203,  Aug.  1895).     From  the  Society, 

Museo  di  Zoologia,  &c.,  della  R.  University di Torino— Bulletin. 
Vol.  X.  Nos.  193-209.     From  the  Museum, 

Royal  Geographical  Society  of  Australasia — Queensland  Branch 
— Proceedings  and  Transactions.  Vol.  x.  (1894-95).  From  the 
Society. 

Department  of  Agriculture,  Sydney — Agricultural  Gazette  of 
N.S.W.  Vol.  vL  Part  8  (Aug.  1895);  Cookers  "Handbook  of 
Australian  Fimgi"  (8vo.  1892).  From  the  Hon.  the  Minister  for 
Mines  and  Agriculture, 

Baron  von  Mueller's  "Select  Extra-Tropical  Plants."  Ninth 
Edition  (1895).  From  t?ie  Premier  of  Victoria  through  the 
LibrariaUf  Public  Library^  Melbourne, 

Royal  Swedish  Academy,  Stockholm — Oefversigt.  Vol.  li. 
(1894) :  Hj.  TheeFs  "  Oem  Sveriges  zoologiska  hafsstation  Kris- 
tineberg"  (8vo.  1895).     From  the  Academy. 


624  DONATIOTTS. 

Indian  Museum— Notee.  YoL  iii.  Koa.  4-5  (1894-6):  Pamphlet 
entitled  "  Description  of  a  New  Species  of  Oxyrhyncb  Cnb.'' 
By  A.  Alcock,  M.B.  (1895).     From  the  Superintendent. 

Bureau  of    Agriculture,  West  AuBtraliar— Journal.      Vol.  iL 

Kos.  18-19  (Aug.-Sept.  1895).     From  the  Secretary. 

Soci^t^  Imp^riate  des  Naturalistes  de  Mobcou — Bulletin.  Anu^ 
1895.     No.  1.     From  the  Society. 

Victorian  Naturalist.  Vol.  xii  No.  5  (Aag.  1895).  From  thr 
Field  XaturalisU'  Clttb  of  Yictmria. 

American   Naturalist. 
From  the  Editors. 

Harvard  College,  Cambridge,  Mass. — Bulletin  of  the  Museum 
of  Comparative  Zoology.     Vol.  xxviii.  No.  1.     From  the  Curator. 

ConDecticnt  Academy  of  Arte  and  Sciences — Transactions. 
Vol.  ix.  Part  2  (1895).     Fron^  the  Academy. 


Vol.   xxix.    (1895),  No.    344    (Aug.) 


American  Geographical  Society — Bulletin.     Vol.  xxvii.  Part  2 


DONATIONS.  525 

Soci^t^  Linn^ne  de  Normandie — Bulletin.  4®  S6rie.  Vol.  vii. 
(1893).     From  the  Society. 

Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal — Journal.  Vol.  Ixiii.  Part  i.  Title- 
Page  and  Index  :  Vol.  Ixiv.  Part  i.  No.  1 :  Vol.  Ixiv.  Part  ii.  No. 
2  :  Proceedings  1895.     Nos.  4-6  (Ap.-June).     From  the  Society , 

Conchological  Society  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland — Journal 
of  Conchology.     Vol.  viii.  No.  3  (July,  1895).     From  the  Society, 

Australian  Museum,  Sydney — Records.  Vol.  ii.  No.  6  (Sept. 
1895).     From  the  Trustees. 

Australasian  Journal  of  Pharmacy.  Vol.  x.  No.  117  (Sept. 
1895).     From  the  Editor, 

British  Museum  (Nat.  Hist.)— Catalogue  of  Fishes,  2nd  Edition. 
Vol.  i.  By  G.  A.  Boulenger,  F.R  S.  (1895) :  Catalogue  of  the 
Spiders  of  Burma.     By  T.  Thorell  (1895).     From  the  Trustees. 

Royal  Society,  London — Proceedings.  Vol.  Ivii.  Nos.  347-348. 
From  the  Society. 


NOTES  ON  CICADAS. 
By  Walter  W.  FfiOGGArr. 


Regularly  every  seanon  as  the  warm  summer  days  set  in,  towarri 
the  latter  part  of  the  year,  the  shrill  call  of  the  Cicadas, or  "lociista" 
nA  they  arc  popularly  called,  is  heard  with  monotonous  regularity 
in  every  cluster  of  trees  or  shrubs  about  Sydney,  It  is  noticeable 
that  every  tliird  year  they  appear  in  much  greater  nutnlwra  than 
in  the  two  preceding  seasons;  and  with  the  well  known  fact 
before  us  that  the  American  "  Seventeen-year  Cicada "  (C. 
sepUradfirim)  reappears  every  seventeenth  year,  I  am  led  to  the 
conclusion  that  several  of  our  larger  species  take  tbree  years  to 
reach  maturity. 

During  this  last  season  (1694-5)  they  appeared  in  countless 
TiumberH  all  round  the  neigh1x>urhood  of  Sydney,  and  were  much 
more  in  evidence  alwut  the  suburbs  than  they  had  been  for  many 
years  previously.      The  paddocks  about  Croydon  were  literally 


BY   WALTER   W.  PROOGATT.  627 

Croydon  were  calling  upon  the  14th  of  March,  but  a  single  one 
was  recorded  from  Rose  Bay  on  the  29th  of  the  same  month. 

In  "  Insect  Life,"  [Vol.  iv.  (1892),  p.  248],  Riley  gives  an 
account  of  the  "digger  wasp,"  SphecitM  8pecio»u8^  which  stores  its 
nest  with  one  of  the  common  American  Cicadas.  As  I  had  heard 
that  wasps  had  been  seen  killing  Cicadas  here,  I  kept  a  look  out  for 
them.  During  the  height  of  the  "  locust  season  "  I  frequently 
saw  the  large  yellow  sand  wasp,  Priocnemua  bicolor,  Smith, 
bunting  over  the  stems  of  the  trees  frequented  by  the  Cicadas, 
which  generally  flew  away  with  a  great  clatter  without  my  being 
able  to  see  what  had  happened.  Eventually  I  saw  the  whole 
business;  a  hornet  flew  up,  caught  by  the  leg  a  Cicada  engaged  in 
sucking  up  sap,  and  shook  it  until  it  withdrew  its  style  and  flew 
away.  The  hornet  then  stood  over  the  spot  and  eagerly  sipped 
up  the  sap  as  it  exuded  from  the  puncture  made  by  the  Cicada's 
style.  I  afterwards  saw  the  same  performance  on  several  occa- 
sions, the  hornet  apparently  never  hurting  the  Cicada. 

As  a  general  rule  the  Cicadas  prefer  the  trunks  and  stouts 
branches  to  the  young  twigs  and  foliage,  for  with  their  long  and 
powerful  sucking  mouth  they  can  perforate  the  bark  and  obtain 
a  plentiful  supply  of  nourishment  where  the  flow  of  sap  is  most 
abundant. 

Several  accounts  have  been  recently  published  about  the  curious 
miniature  cities  built  by  the  pupae  of  somis  of  the  American 
Cicadas.  The  pupte  (for  some  reason  as  yet  unsatisfactorily 
explained)  come  up  to  the  surface  before  they  are  ready  to  emerge, 
and  form  a  hollow  dome  of  clay  of  from  two  to  four  inches  in 
height  above  their  tubular  shaft  about  a  foot  in  depth;  to  the 
bottom  of  this  they  again  retreat,  after  adding  this  superstructure, 
until  they  are  ready  to  cast  their  pupal  garments. 

Very  little  is  known  about  the  habits  of  the  larvae  and  pupae  of 
any  of  our  species,  most  of  them  coming  straight  up  from  a  con- 
siderable distance  below  the  surface  when  ready  to  emerge;  but  I 
have  upon  several  occasions  found  a  single  pupa  under  stones; 
such  were  always  enclosed  in  a  stout  clay  cell  at  the  base  of 
which  was  a  small  reservoir  of  water. 


528  NOTES  OS  CtCADAS, 

I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  W.  F.  Kirby,  of  the  BritUh  Muaei]ni,for 
thn  identification  of  most  of  my  species. 

Thopha  saccata,  Amyot  ("  The  Double  Drummer  "). 

This  is  our  largest  species,  measuring  5}  inches  across  the 
wings  from  tip  to  tip;  the  body  9^  lines  across  the  shoulders,  and 
lower  down  upon  the  large  males  at  the  drums  an  inch;  the 
altdomen  short  and  rounded  in  the  males,  and  coming  to  a  sharp 
point  in  the  females.  Wings  hyaline  and  unspotted,  the  nerrures 
pinkish-brown  with  the  costal  lower  one  marked  with  black. 
General  colour  fulvus-brown,  with  the  centre  of  the  thorax 
marked  with  transverse  angular  black  stripes,  and  the  basal  part 
of  all  the  the  abdominal  segments  also  black. 

From  the  way  in  which  his  musical  apparatus  projects  this 
Cicada  i*  called  the  "Double  Drummer"  by  the  Sydney  boya;  and 
the  female  without  this  development  is  called  the  "Single  Drum- 
mer." This  species  attracts  one's  notice  in  the  middle  of  November; 
and  increases  in  numbers  until  the  middle  of  January.  They  were 
a  about  the  gardens,  but  on  North  Shore  and  about 


BY   WALTER   W.  FROGGATT.  52ft 

marked  preference  for  the  Pittosporum  trees.  Though  I  caught 
numbers,  I  could  obtain  no  females  until  the  24th  of  November, 
three  weeks  after  the  first  males  appeared,  but  after  that  date 
they  were  nearly  as  plentiful  as  the  other  sex. 

There  is  a  yellow  variety  of  this  species,  which  is  popularly 
called  the  *'  Yellow  Monday;''  the  only  difference  that  I  can  find 
is  in  the  colour,  but  they  are  nothing  like  as  common  as  the 
green  one. 

Macrouistria  angularis.  Germ.  ("The  Union  Jack  "). 

Expanse  of  wings  5  inches,  width  of  shoulders  9  lines,  length 
of  body  If  inches.  Wings  hyaline,  the  nervures  pale  ochreous- 
yellow,  close  to  the  shoulders  reddish-brown,  the  nervures  form- 
ing the  lower  marginal  cells  of  the  hind  wings  with  a  fine  pencilled 
line  of  black  on  both  sides,  giving  the  wings  a  slightly  mottled 
appearance.  General  colour  of  the  insect  black,  with  the  front 
of  the  head,  mesothoracic  band,  and  the  apex  of  the  metathorax 
dark  ferruginous;  three  patches  in  a  line  between  the  eyes  with 
another  behind  them,  a  row  of  three  elongate  spots  in  the  centre 
of  the  prothorax,  and  a  row  of  four  slender  transverse  spots  along 
the  middle  of  the  metathorax  pale  ochreous-yellow;  colour  of  the 
ventral  surface  ferruginous  mottled  with  black;  in  the  males  the 
drums  are  rather  small  and  do  not  project  on  the  sides. 

This  Cicada  does  not  appear  about  Sydney  every  year,  but 
during  this  last  season  it  was  comparatively  numerous;  it  is  never 
found  about  the  gardens,  but  I  found  it  more  numerous  where 
the  smooth-stenmied  gums  (Eitcalypttia  sieheriatia  and  E,  hcBmas- 
toma)  were  common,  generally  upon  the  main  trunk. 

PsALTODA  mcerens.  Germ.  ("The  Floury  Miller  "). 

Expanse  of  wings  4^  inches,  width  of  shoulders  8  lines,  length 
of  body  1^  inches.  Wings  hyaline,  nervures  of  the  fore  wings 
black,  with  the  edges  of  several  forming  a  W  near  the  tip  of  the 
fore  wing,  and  those  forming  the  apex  and  sides  of  the  lower  row 
of  cells  edged  on  either  side  with  black,  giving  them  a  thickened 


530  NOTF^  ON  CICADAS, 

Appearance;  the  nervures  of  the  hind  wings  hom-brown,  with  the 
.  apex  of  the  lower  row  of  cells  towards  the  tip  deeply  shaded  with 
black,  fading  out  towards  the  middle  of  the  wing. 

The  whole  of  the  insect  is  black  on  the  upper  surface,  but 
covered  with  fine  silvery  white  hairs  which  form  little  white  spots 
here  and  there,  looking  as  though  it  had  been  dusted  with  flour. 
From  this  circumstance  it  has  received  from  the  Sydney  chiklren 
the  rather  appropriate  name  of  the  "  Floury  Miller." 

None  of  this  species  were  seen  about  Sydney  until  the  com- 
mencement of  December.  They  are  rarely  found  in  gardens 
preferring  the  Eucalypts;  at  Manly  on  the  Ttb  of  Decemlier  they 
were  very  numei-ous  upon  the  amooth  stems  of  the  apple  tn» 
gams  {Auyophnra  lanccolala);  upon  one  small  limb  not  more  thiin 
a  foot  in  diameter  1  counted  49,  and  all  the  trees  in  the  gully 
were  covered  with  them. 

When  singing  they  sit  close  against  the  stem,  elevating  the  tip 
of  the  alidomen  iinil  jerking  it  up  and  down  while  the  song  con- 
tinues; thfir  note  is  sharp  and  shrill,  but  more  musical  than  any 
of  the  other  s])ecies.      When  sucking  up  the  sap  thej'  flatten  the 


BY   WALTER  W.  FROGGATT.  531 

mottling  the  head  and  thorax  and  marbling  the  segments  of  the 
abdomen,  the  head  behind  the  eyes  and  the  abdomen  frosted 
with  silvery  pubescence;  ventral  surface  grey  except  the  abdomen 
which  is-  black,  and  the  covers  of  the  drums  which  are  reddish-* 
pink,  flat  and  placed  behind  the  hind  legs 

I  am  told  by  some  of  my  young  friends  that  this  is  called  t^e 
"  Mottled  Grey,"  but  do  not  think  that  the  name  is  in  general  use* 
I  had  never  seen  more  than  half-a-dozen  specimens  of  this  specien 
until  last  year,  when  they  appeared  in  considerable  numbers,  but 
chiefly  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Hurstville  and  Sutherland;  a  few 
were  taken  about  Middle  Harbour  and  others  at  Granville. 

Mblampsalta  melanopygia,  Germ. 

Expanse  of  wings  2  inches,  width  across  the  shoulders  3  lines, 
length  of  body  10  lines.  Wings  hyaline,  costal  nervure  of  both 
wings  and  the  two  inner  nervures  of  the  hind  ones  yellowish- 
brown  edged  with  black  on  both  sides,  all  the  others  black. 
Head  and  thorax  chestnut  brown  mottled  with  black  and  clothed 
with  fine  white  hairs  scattered  over  the  dorsal  surface,  but  much 
closer  upon  the  legs  and  undersurface;  legs  chestnut  striped  with 
black,  the  scutellum  small,  forming  four  angular  star-like  ribs,  the 
abdomen  at  the  base  and  along  the  summit  black,  the  sides,  tip 
and  undersurface  golden  yellow,  lightly  clothed  with  fine  hairs. 

This  is  the  first  Cicada  to  appear  about  Sydney,  the  earliest 
specimens  being  taken  on  the  last  day  of  October  at  Homsby. 
They  are  very  active  little  fellows,  flying  alx)ut  and  clinging  to 
the  stems  of  the  young  Eucalypts,  calling  with  a  sharp  whirring 
note  all  the  time.  I  have  taken  a  few  of  these  every  season 
about  Homsby  and  Middle  Harbour,  but  they  do  not  last  long, 
disappearing  in  a  few  weeks. 

Mblampsalta  encaustica,  Germ. 

Expanse  of  wing  1|  inches,  width  across  the  shoulders  3  lines, 
length  of  body  8  lines.  Wings  slightly  opaque,  all  the  larger 
nervures  brown  lined  on  either  side  with  bhvck,  all  the  smaller 


032  NOTES  ON  CICADAS, 

ones  black.  Head  and  thorax  blade,  with  a  spot  behind  the  ocelli, 
a  parallel  line  down  the  centre  of  the  prothorax,  and  two  aimiUr 
ones  crossing  the  meaothorax  light  brown;  the  ridges  of  the 
Bcutellum  of  a  aimilar  colour  but  tinged  with  pink,  with  Beveral 
other  pink  marks  above  the  antenna  and  sides  of  the  thorax; 
abdominal  segmente  black,  with  a  narrow  apical  transverse  band 
of  pale  yellow,  extending  right  round,  the  tip  bright  yellow;  le^ 
variegated  with  black  and  white,  striped  with  pinkish-yellow. 

This  is  one  of  our  smallest  species,  seeming  to  tAke  the  place  of 
the  preceding  species  in  tJie  Shoalharen  district. 

Three  other  fine  species  not  yet  det«rmined  were  aUo  taken, 
but  OH  far  as  I  know  are  very  rare,  only  a  pair  of  each  having 
been  found  during  the  loa^  tbree  seasons. 

TiBtciNA  sp.  A  handsome  dark  chestnut-brown  insect  measur- 
ing 3}  incliea  across  the  wings,  with  two  black  spots  towards  the 
tips  of  the  furewings,  and  the  sides  of  tlie  thorax  and  abdomen 
clothed  with  fine  white  hairs,  very  thick  upon  the  latt«r,  the  costal 
nervure  of  the  furewings  also  mottled  with  similar  pubescence. 


533 


ON  THE  DATES  OF  PUBLICATION  OF  THE  EARLY 
VOLUMES  OF  THE  SOCIETY'S  PROCEEDINGS. 

By  J.  J.  Fletcher. 

The  first  twenty-eight  Parts  of  the  Society's  Proceedings — 
constituting  Vols.  i.-\ii.  of  the  First  Series  (for  the  years  1875- 
1882) — offer  no  more  definite  indication  of  the  several  dates  of 
publication  than  is  afforded  by  a  notice  of  the  year  of  issue  at 
the  foot  of  the  front  page  of  the  paper  covers,  or  on  the  title- 
page  included  in  the  fourth  and  concluding  Part  of  each  Volume. 
Unless  specially  instructed  to  the  contrary,  bookbinders  seem 
habitually  to  discard  the  covers  when  binding.  A  number  of 
copies  of  Vols.  i.-iv.,  bound  at  Sir  W.  Macleay's  expense,  so  treated, 
have  passed  into  circulation  under  the  Society's  auspices.  In 
regard  to  these,  and  others  so  dealt  with,  it  should  be  borne  in 
mind  that  the  year  indicated  on  the  title-pa^e  is  usually  that  in 
which  the  fourth  and  last  Part  only  of  the  Volume  was  issued  : 
or  if  not  so,  the  coincidence  is  accidental. 

The  first  twenty-six  of  the  Parts  in  question  were  issued  prior 
to  the  Garden  Palace  Fire.  As  the  Society's  official  books  and 
records  were  completely  destroyed  therein,  no  information  what- 
ever about  these  early  Parts  is  forthcoming  from  this  source. 
Eleven  consecutive  Parts  commencing  with  Part  2  of  Vol.  i.,  were 
printed  by  two  firms  which  subsequently  retired  altogether  from 
business,  the  establishment  of  one  of  them  having  been  completely 
burnt  out;  so  that  no  particulars  from  the  publishers  are  obtainable, 
and  I  have  only  the  dates  of  receipt  kindly  supplied  by  the 
Librarians  of  the  Public  Library  and  Royal  Society  of  N.  S. 
Wales  to  go  by. 

Occasionally  there  arise  questions  of  priority  in  the  description 
of  species  dealt  with  in  these  Volumes;  and  requests  for  authori- 
tative information  as  to  dates  of  publication  are  from  time  to 
time  received. 


531  EARLY  TOLUMBS   OF  TQB    BOCIBTY's   PBOCEEDINOS, 

It  seemed  advisable,  therefore,  that  the  effort  ehould  be  made, 
once  for  all,  to  ascertain  if  possible  the  dates  of  publication  of  the 
first  twenty-six  Parta  with  a,  view  to  their  publication.  On 
applying  to  the  Librarians  of  the  Public  Library,  Sydney,  and 
the  Royal  Society  of  New  South  Wales,  I  was  most  kindly 
furnished  with  almost  complete  lists  of  the  dat«a  of  their  receipt 
of  the  various  Parte— which  are  approximately  those  of  publica- 
tion. Alessrs.  F.  Cunninghame  &  Co.,  who  printed  Part  1,  very 
obligingly  referred  to  their  books,  and  supplied  the  requisite 
infomialion  almut  this  Part.  Mr.  F.  White,  who  printed  Vola 
iv.-vii.,  most  courteously  provided  me  with  a  list  of  the  dat«3  of 
delivery  to  the  Society  of  the  sixteen  Parts  comprised  in  these 
Volumes.  From  the  data  so  supplied,  the  list — as  approximately 
correct  as  it  is  now  possible  to  make  it — given  overleaf  haa  been 
compiled. 

One  or  two  other  matters  may  also  be  not«d. 

The  ficst  Volume  la  exceptional  in  that  it  comprises  the  Pro- 
ceedings of  two  years — Part  1  constitutes  the  Proceedings  for 
1875  ;  Parts  2-4  the  Proceedings  for  1876.  In  the  separate 
copies  of  Part  1  as  issued,  was  inserted  a  slip — which  is 


BY  J.    J.    FLBTCHBR.  535 

First  Series, 

Vol.  i.     Part  1  (pp.  1-20  only)— Issued  April  27th  1875. 

1  (pp.  1-96)                   „  ♦February  1876. 

2  (pp.  97-168)               „  ♦July  1876. 

3  (pp.  169-282)             „  ♦February  1877. 

4  (pp.  283-419)             „  ♦March  1877. 

Vol.  ii.   Part  1  (pp.  1-122)                 „  ♦July  1877. 

2  (pp.  123-217)             „  ♦January  1878. 

.  3  (pp.  218-288)             „  ♦May  1878. 

'   4  (pp.  289-401)             „  ♦June  1878, 

Vol.  iii.  Part  1  (pp.  1-76)                   „  ♦September  1878. 

2  (pp.  77-161)               „  ♦December  1878. 

3  (pp.  161-305)  [No  data] 

4  (pp.  306-443)             „  ♦May  1879. 

Vol.  iv.  Part  1  (pp.  1-116)                  „      June  16th  1879. 

2  (pp.  117-244)             „  October  6th  1879. 

3  (pp.  245-387)             „      December  1st  1879. 

4  (pp.  387-492)             „      May  1880. 

Vol.  V.    Part  1  (pp.  1-105)                 „  August  1880. 

2  (pp.  106-272)             „  November  22nd  1880. 

3  (pp.  272-458)              „  February  1881. 

4  (pp.  459-652)             „      May  20th  1881. 

Vol.  vi.  Part  1  (pp.  1-170)                  „      July  1881. 

2  (pp.  170-408)             „  September  12th  1881. 

3  (pp.  409-711)             „  December  1881. 

4  (pp.  712-872)             „  March  20th  1882. 

Vol.  vii.  Part  1  (pp.  1-135)                  „  May  23rd  1882. 

2  (pp.  135-304)             „  August  1882. 

3  (pp.  303-404)             „  October  28th  1882. 

4  (pp.  405-684)             „  April  1883, 

*  Dates  of  receipt,  or  more  correctly,  dates  of  registration.  As  at  this 
time  the  publications  do  not  seem  to  have  been  always  delivered  as 
ponctaally  as  they  are  now,  it  is  not  improbable  that  some  of  the  dates 

given  are  really  as  much  as  one  month  or  even  longer  behind  time. 
K     K 


BABLI    VOLDKBS   OF  THE   8001STT*B   PROCKKDINOS. 


.Parti  (pp.  1-180)         — iMued  June  19th 

1883. 

2  (pp.  181-298) 

July  17th 

188.1. 

3  (pp.  299.417) 

October  19th 

1883. 

4  (pp.  419-583) 

February  21  at 

1884. 

Part  1  (pp.  1-181) 

May  23rd 

18M4. 

2  (pp.  1H3-443) 

August  19th 

im. 

3  (pp.  44.5-866) 

No>  ember  29th 

1«84. 

4  (pp.  867-1242) 

March  4th 

1885. 

Part  1  (pp.  1-126) 

June  4th 

1885. 

2  (pp.  127-279) 

July  31  at 

188.). 

3  (pp.  279-554) 

December  2 let 

1885. 

4  (pp.  555-8fil) 

April  3rd 

1880. 

Second  Series. 

Part  1  (pp.  1-238)        — Issued  May  25th  1886. 

2  (pp.  239-578)  „      August  23rd  1886. 

3  (pp.  579-975)  „      November  17th  188S. 

4  (pp.  975-1237)  „      February  22nd  1887. 


537 


NOTES   AND   EXHIBITS. 

The  President  exhibited  a  number  of  botanical  specimens  from 
the  Tweed  River,  including  fruiting'  examples  of  Elwocarpus 
grandis,  F.v.M.,  locally  known  as  the  Blue  Fig  or  Quandong,  an 
interesting  slender  varieQr  of  Fteris  tremulct,  Aspidiutn  tenerum^ 
Adiantum  cBthiapicum,  and  other  ferns  at  present  undetermined. 
Also  Gleichenia  dtchoioma,  Hk.,  from  the  Hawkesbury  River; 
cones  of  Sequoia  gigantea;  and  an  undetermined  Banksia  which 
needs  investigation. 

Mr.  Froggatt  exhibited  his  collection  of  Sydney  Cicadas. 

Mr.  Steel  showed  a  Gecko  (Gehyra  voraXy  Gir.)  from  the  Rewa 
River,  Fiji.  He  also  remarked  that  the  animal  when  alive  is 
extremely  flaccid,  as  if  it  had  no  bones;  it  is  also  apparently  to 
some  extent  vegetarian  in  its  diet,  portions  of  leaves  of  the  sugar 
cane  as  well  as  of  an  undetermined  plant  having  been  found  in 
the  stomach  of  a  specimen  dissected. 

Mr.  Fletcher  showed  some  English  humble  bees,  the  defunct 
portion  of  a  consignment  from  New  Zealand  recently  brought  over 
by  the  Department  of  Agriculture  in  the  hope  of  the  successful 
acclimatisation  of  the  insects.  Of  the  survivors  some  were 
liberated  in  the  Botanic  Gardens,  and  some  in  the  Society's 
garden.  As  the  beee  were  set  free  just  after  the  first  of  the 
recent  rains,  they  should  have  a  fair  chance  of  doing  well;  and 
any  information  about  their  subsequent  movements  and  operations 
would  be  welcome. 


■WEDNESDAY,  OCTOBER  SOth,  1895. 


The  Ordinary  Monthly  Meeting  of  the  Sooiety  was  held  at  the 
Linnean  Hall,  Ithaca  Road,  Elizabeth  Bay,  on  Wednesday  even- 
ing, October  30th,  1895. 


The  Freddent,  Mr.  Henry  Deane,  M.A.,  M.I.C.E.,  in  tlie  Chair. 


MisB  Mary  Lodder,  Ulvorston,  Tasmania,  was  elected  an  Amo- 
ciate  Member  of  the  Society. 


DONATIONS.  539 

Perak  Government  Gazette.  VoL  viii.  Nos.  22-23  (Aug.-Sept). 
From  the  Government  Secretary. 

Royal  Microsopical  Society — Journal,  1895.  Part  4  (Aug.). 
From  the  Society, 

Soci^t^  dea  Sciences  de  Finlande — Acta.  T.  xx.  (1895) : 
Bidrag  till  Kannedom  af  Finlands  Natur  och  Folk.  54-56  Haftet: 
Oefversigt.  T.  xxxvL  (1893-94).     From  the  Society. 

Society  d'Horticulture  du  Doubs,  Besan9on — Bulletin,  n.s. 
No.  56  (Aug.,  1895).     From  the  Society, 

Zoologischer  Anzeiger.  xviiL  Jahrg.  Nos.  483-484  (Sept., 
1895).     Fr(ym  the  Editor, 

K.  K.  Zoologisch-botanische  Gesellschaft  in  Wien — Verhand- 
lungen.     Bd.  xlv.,  Heft  7  (1895).     From  the  Society, 

Manchester  Museum,  Owens  College  —Studies  from  the  Biolo- 
gical  Laboratories.  Vols,  i.-ii.  (1886-90) :  Catalogue  of  the 
Library  (1895) :  Handy  Guide  to  the  Museum  (1895):  Report, 
1890-94.     From  tfie  Museum, 

Victorian  Naturalist.  Vol.  xii.  No.  6  (Sept.,  1895).  From 
the  Field  NcUuralista^  Club  of  Victoria, 

American  Naturalist.  Vol.  xxix.  No.  345  (Sept.,  1895). 
From  the  Editors, 

Pamphlet  entitled  " Remarks  on  Daimonelix"  *kc.  (From  the 
American  Geologist,  xv.)  By  J.  F.  James,  M.Sc.  From  the 
Author, 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture — Division  of  Entomology — 
Insect  Life.  Vol.  vii.  No.  5  (1895) :  Technical  Series.  No.  1. 
"  Aphelininas  of  N.  America."     From  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture, 

American  Museimi  of  Nat.  Hist. — Bulletin.  Vol.  vii.  (1895). 
Sig.  17  (pp.  257-272).      From  the  Museum, 

Department  of  Mines,  Sydney — Memoirs.  Palaeontology,  No. 
9  (1895).     From  the  Hon,  the  Minister  for  Mines, 


Hfirine  Biological  Association,  FlTDiouth — Journal.  d.b.  VoL 
iU.  No.  5  (Extra  No.)  r  VoL  iv.  No.  1  (Sept,  1895).  Froa 
the- Director. 

Kevista  de  Sciencioa  Naturoes  e  Sociaea.  Vol  iv.  No.  13 
(1«95),     From  the  Editor. 

Science  Gossip.  58  Nos.  (1890.95) :  BritiBh  Naturalist  33 
Nos. :  Pliipsoii's  "  Fhoephoresconce " :  Catalogue  of  the  Libraiy 
of  the  Linnean  Society.  Parte  i.-iii.  ;  and  Thirty-three  Miscel^ 
laneouM  Famphlebi.     From  C.  T.  JUuMon,  Btq.,  F.L.S. 

Linnean  Society  of  London — Transactions.  Second  Series. 
Botany.  Vol.  iv.  Part  2;  Vol.  v.  Part  1  (1894-95);  Zoology. 
Vol.  vi.  Part  3  (1894).     From  C.  Iledlet/,  Esq.,  F.L.S. 

"Spelunca"  (Bulletin  de  la  Soci^t^  de  Sp^l&ilogie).  T.  I". 
No.  1  (Jan.-Mor.,  1895)  :  Extrait  de  L'Annuaire  Otoli^qne 
Universal — Asie  et  Oc^anie.  Pamphlet  entitled  "Etude  de 
G^ologie  sur  le  Baasinde  Paris"  (1894).  ParG.  Ramond.  From 
Monaienr  G.  Hamond. 

Department  of  Agriculture,  Brisbane — Botany  Bulletin,  No. 


541 


THE  GREY  GUM  OF  THE  NORTH  COAST  DISTRICTS. 

(EuccUpytua  propinqtui,  sp.nov.) 
By  Hbnry  Deane,  M.A.,  F.L.S.,  and  J.  H.    Maiden,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  XLiii.) 

The  Grey  Gum  of  the  North  Coast  districts  has  for  many 
years  held  an  uncertain  botanical  position,  having  being  ranked 
at  different  times  by  botanists  under  £.  punctata,  E.  scdigna,  and 
even  E,  vimincUis,  We  determined  to  carefully  investigate  the 
tree  de  novo,  and  we  have  arrived  at  the  opinion  that  it  will  but 
perpetuate  the  confusion  which  has  for  so  many  years  existed,  if 
it  be  subordinated  to  any  existing  species.  From  observations  in 
the  field  and  upon  dried  specimens,  we  find  that  it  is  remarkably 
constant,  and  in  raising  it  to  specific  rank  under  the  name  of 
Eucalyptus  propinqua,  we  allude  to  its  affinities  with  E,  punctata 
and  E.  saliyna. 

The  species  also  bears  considerable  affinity  to  E.  resinifera,  not 
only  in  regard  to  the  fruits,  which  are  so  similar  as  to  be  dis- 
tinguished with  difficulty  from  some  of  the  smaller  forms  of  E. 
resimfera,  but  also  in  leaf -venation. 

Eucalyptus  propinqua,  sp.nov. 

A  large,  straight  growing,  cylindrical-stemmed  tree,  found  up 
to  4  or  5  feet  in  diameter,  and  1 20  feet  and  more  in  height. 

Bark. — It  has  a  grey  dusty-looking  slightly  raspy  appearance 
as  regards  its  bark.  Next  to  the  Blue  or  Flooded  Gum  it  is  one 
of  the  straightest  stemmed  trees  in  the  forest.  The  bark  darkens, 
peels  off  in  large  longitudinal  irregular  patches,  leaving  a  smooth 
white  surface,  which  in  course  of  time  darkens,  peels  off,  and  the 


542  GBBV  aVK   OF  THE   NOBTH   COAST   DIBTBICTTB, 

process  is  indefinitely  repeated.  The  bark  cloeely  resembles,  and 
is  perhaps  not  to  be  distinguished  from,  that  of  £.  punctata. 

Timber. — Dark  coloured,  and  eo  closely  resembling  Bed  Iron- 
t)ark  (E.  aitlerophloia)  that  care  is  required  to  distinguish  the  two 
timbers.  Inclined  to  have  rings  or  "  scabs  "  of  kino,  which 
diminishes  the  demand  for  it  for  sawn  stuff.  Very  durable  in  or 
out  of  the  ground,  but  its  t«asile  strength  inferior  to  that  of  the 
Ironbark  already  referred  to. 

Seedling  leaves. — More  broadly  lanceolate,  and  with  the 
marginal  vein  more  distant  from  the  edge,  than  in  the  case  of  the 
mature  leaves.     At  first  opposite. 

Mature  leaves. — Narrow  lanceolate  and  very  uniform.  Average 
length  4-.5  inches,  breadth  ^  inch.  Veins  not  prominent,  lateral 
veins  nearly  parallel;  marginal  vein  on  or  very  close  to  the  edge 
of  the  leaf  as  a  very  general  rule.     Edge  usually  slightly  recurred. 

Peduncles  flattened. 

Calyx-tube  hemispherical,  and  longer  than  the  operculuDL 
Sometimes  with  the  angleH  of  the  Ratt«ned  pedicel  decurrent. 


BT  HENRT  DEANE  AND  J.  H.  MAIDEN.  543 

A  paper  by  J.  H.  Maiden  and  R.  T.  Baker  in  Proc.  Linn.  Soc. 
N.S.W.  [2],  viii.,  312,  may  be  here  referred  to,  as  the  affinity  of 
E,  propinqua  to  E,  saligna  is  there  shown.  E.  pr(*pinqua  is,  in 
that  paper,  looked  upon  as  a  variety  of  E.  saligna. 

As  regards  E.  punctata  and  E,  propinqua^  the  timber  and  bark 
of  the  two  species  resemble  each  other  a  good  deal;  they  may  be, 
for  all  practical  purposes,  identical.  They  also  agree  in  the 
flattened  peduncles  and  the  stamens  (points  of  resemblance,  how- 
ever, not  peculiar  to  these  two  species). 

Differences, — They  differ  in  the  size  of  the  flower-buds  and 
fruits,  which  in  E.  propinqua  are  quite  small;  E,  propinqua  has 
narrow  lanceolate  leaves  and  also  has  more  parallel  and  less 
prominent  lateral  veins  than  E,  punctata.  The  calyx-tube  and 
also  the  operculum  of  E,  propinqua  are  more  distinctly  hemis- 
pherical and  its  flowers  more  pedicellate. 

The  fruit  of  E,  punctata^  though  variable  in  size,  is  always 
larger  and  more  cylindrical  than  that  of  E.  propinqua. 

We  are  fully  aware  that  E,  punctata ^  as  at  present  defined,  is 
a  somewhat  unsatisfactory  species,  and  it  is  our  intention  to  fully 
deal  with  the  matter,  in  its  proper  order,  in  the  series  of  Notes 
on  New  South  Wales  Eucalypts  which  we  will  shortly  commence 
to  submit  to  the  Society. 

Range. — From  the  Hawkesbury  River  northwards  at  least  as 
far  as  the  Tweed  River.  We  have  no  evidence  yet  as  to  whether 
it  extends  to  Queensland,  but  it  very  probably  does.  Going  west 
it  has  been  found  on  the  eastern  slopes  of  the  Dividing  Range. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE. 

Fig.  1. — Two  twigs,  showing  variation  in  width  of  leaves. 

Fig.  2.—  Part  of  a  leaf,  showing  venation,  and  also  slight  recurving  of  edge. 

Fig.  3, — Vertical  section  of  a  bud. 

Fig.  4. —       „  ,,        of  an  expanded  flower. 

Fig.  5. — Front  and  back  view  of  anther. 

Fig.  6. — Individual  fruits. 


JOTTINGS  FROM  THE  BIOLOGICAL  LABORATOEY  OF 
SYDNEY  UNIVERSITY. 

By  Pbof.  William  A.  Haswell,  M.A.,  D.Sc. 

No.  18- — Note  on  Certain  Points  in  the  Arranobsibnt  and 
Structure  of  trb  Tentaculifkroub  Lobes  in  J!fautilut 
ponipilius. 

(Flnte  XLViii.) 

In  writing  a  short  account  of  the  atructure  of  Nautilus  for  a 
general  work  I  have  hod  occauion  to  examine  a  considerable 
number  of  specimens,  and  in  doing  so  have  noticed  one  or  tvo 
points  to  which  attention  has,  I  think,  not  hitherto  been  directed. 
The  most  important  of  tliese,  with  which  alone  the  present  com- 
munit^ation  deals,  has  to  do  with  the  tentaculiferoua  lobes  of  the 
foot,  and  their  sexual  modifications. 

No  fewer  than  three  papers  published  or  read  recently  deal 
with  soxual  differences  in  Nautilus.  Two  of  these,  one  by 
Willey,*  the  other  by  Vayssiire.t  refer  only  to  sexual  diCTereaces 
in  the  shell ;  the  tliird,  by  J.  Graham  Kerr.J  is  referred  to  below. 


BT   WILLIAM    A.    HASWBLL,  545 

inches;  this  part  was  laterally  compressed;  at  its  basis  its  measure 
from  the  dorsal  to  the  ventral  side  was  found  to  be  1  inch,  10 
lines;  from  the  right  to  the  left  side  only  1  inch."  He  adds  "This 
part  was  proved  to  me  by  dissecting  it  to  be  formed  by  the  union 
of  four  unusuaUy  developed  tentacular  slips,  one  of  which  was 
shorter  and  more  free,  the  three  other  chiefly  composing  the  sin- 
gular body." 

From  the  dimensions  here  given  and  the  figures  accompanying 
the  paper  it  would  appear  that  Van  der  Hoeven  had  under  obser- 
vation a  completely  or  neiwly  completely  developed  specimen.  Such 
mature  specimens  are  comparatively  rare;  and  all  the  male 
Nautili  that  have  been  made  the  subjects  of  other  published 
descriptions  appear  to  have  been  immature,  so  that  some  important 
and  interesting  points  in  the  structure  of  the  fully-developed 
spadix  have  been  overlooked. 

In  the  larger  of  the  two  mature  male  specimens  I  have 
had  the  opportunity  of  examining  (in  which  the  greatest 
diameter  of  the  shell  is  6^  inches)  the  total  length  of  the 
organ  is  3^  inches,  the  greatest  breadth  about  1^  inch,  and 
the  thickness  a  little  less  than  an  inch.  The  four  tentacles  com- 
posing it  (Plate  xlviii.  fig.  1)  are  all  very  strongly  modified  in 
different  directions.  One  of  them,  as  observed  by  Van  der 
Hoeven,  is  separate  from  the  rest  except  at  the  base.  It  is  shorter 
than  the  others,  and  does  not  seem  to  be  capable  of  being 
retracted,  its  sheath  being  very  short:  its  free  part,  which  is 
spathulate  towards  the  extremity,  lies  under  shelter  of  a  wide  fold 
extending  backwards  over  it  from  the  sheath  of  the  tentacle 
which  I  have  numbered  3.  Tentacles  2,  3,  and  4  have  their 
sheaths  united,  but  the  tentacles  themselves  are  quite  separate. 
No.  2  is  a  thick,  solid,  muscular  cylinder,  or  rather  elongated, 
blunt  cone,  probably  not  capable  of  being  extended  to  any  great 
distance;  the  cavity  of  its  sheath  is  very  wide.  No.  3  is  elon- 
gated and  laterally  compressed,  marked  on  its  posterior  and  external 
Borface  with  nimierous  transverse  ridges.  No.  4  presents  the 
most  remarkable  modification;  it  is  thick  and  cylindrical  towards 
the  base,  becoming  compressed  towards  the  free  end.      The  outer 


546  JOTTISOa   FROM   TRB    DIOLOOICAL  LABORATORY. 

Hurface  (fig.  3)  haa  the  appearance  of  a  minuto  honeycomb,  owing 
to  its  l[>eing  covered  over  with  numerouB  rows  of  minnte  apertiir«, 
arranged  with  the  greatest  regularity. 

On  the  free  flap  of  the  3rd  tentacle  covering  over  the  Ist,  thaw 
is  to  be  ob!4er\'ed  an  oval  dark  patch,  which  to  the  naked  eye 
appears  minutely  tuberculated.  When  this  is  examined  under  a 
lens  (fig.  3)  the  tubercW  are  found  to  be  minute  elevation?,  each 
with  a  rounded  aperture  at  its  summit.  Microscopic  sections  shew 
the  thickened  patch  to  contain  numerous  branching  glands,  the 
ducts  of  which  open  at  the  apertures  mentioned.  The  specimens 
were  not  in  good  order  for  histological  study;  but  the  cells  of  the 
glands  were  found  to  be  full  of  large  rounded  granulea. 

The  remaining  portion  of  the  inner  series  (internal  labial 
tentacles  of  Owen,*  labial  tentacular  lobe  of  Kefersteint) 
is  fully  developed  only  in  the  female.  It  coosiste  of  a 
large  flattened  median  lobe,  situated  posteriorly  in  immediate 
contact  with  the  buccal  mass.  tt  is  divided  by  a  deep 
median  notch  into  two  parte,  each  of  which  bears  fourteen 
tentacles.  On  the  middle  of  its  inner  surface  is  an  oval  patch 
whprc  the  integument  is  raised   up  into   numerous  closely  set 


BY   WILLIAM   A.    HASWELL.  547 

tentacles  and  ridged  organ.  Its  possession  is  quite  as  character- 
istic a  feature  of  the  female  as  the  presence  of  the  spadix  is  of 
the  male.  In  the  male  its  only  representative  is  a  bi-lobed 
folded  body,  termed  by  Van  der  Hoeven  "  cushion-shaped  incised 
bodies." 

Graham  Kerr  has  apparently  suggested  such  a  connection  for 
the  ridged  organ,  as  wiU  appear  from  the  following  quotation 
from  the  abstract  already  referred  to — "  The  curious  laminated 
organ  ventral  to  the  buccal  mass  in  the  female,  which  had  been 
believed  to  be  olfactory,  was  pointed  out  as  probably  having  some 
connection  with  reproduction  —  apparently  being  a  glandular 
apparatus  to  which  the  spermatophore  of  the  male  becomes 
attached."  That  the  organ  has  some  such  function  seems  to  me 
extremely  probable.  In  the  Dibranchiate  Cephalopods  the 
hectocotylised  arm  is  so  long  that  it  can  readily  be  used  as  an 
intromittent  organ  for  depositing  the  spermatophores  in  the  mantle- 
cavity  of  the  female.  Iif  the  Nautilus,  however,  such  intro- 
mission is  impossible,  and  there  must  be  some  indirect  mode  of 
transmission  of  the  spermatophores.  It  seems  very  probable 
that  the  whole  inner  part  of  the  foot  of  the  female  is  connected 
with  this  function,  grasping  the  spadix  and  receiving  the  sperms 
from  the  cavities  on  its  honey-combed  tentacle.  The  presence 
in  the  waU  of  the  mantle-cavity  of  the  female  of  a  pair  of  glands 
which  appear  to  correspond  to  the  nidamental  glands  of  the 
Dibranchiata,  would  seem  to  render  it  probable  that  the  ova  must 
be  fertilized  in  the  mantle-cavity.  The  function  of  the  laminated 
area,  present  only  in  the  female,  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  outer 
tentaculiferous  lobe  may,  perhaps,  be  to  form  a  brood-pouch  for 
the  developing  ova.  Such  a  function  might  be  suggested  for  the 
inner  lobe,  were  it  not  that  the  latter  is  in  close  contact  with  the 
buccal  mass,  and  thus  must  be  subject  to  frequent  changes  of 
position. 

One  of  the  six  or  eight  female  specimens  examined  by  me  presents 
a  condition  of  the  median  inner  tentaculiferous  lobe,  which  may, 
perhaps,  have  a  bearing  on  the  functions  of  the  part.  In  this 
specimen,  which  was  a  good-sized  one  and  fully  developed   in 


648  JOTTINaS   FROM   THB    BIOLOOICAL   LABORATOBT. 

other  respects,  the  lobe  in  question  was  represented  by  s  rudiment 
(iig.  4),  in  which,  however,  all  the  parta  of  the  perfected  structure 
were  distinctly  and  symnietrically  represented.  The  condition  d 
this  single  specimen  does  not  afford  sufficient  grounda  for  attempt- 
ing to  make  an}'  deductions,  but  I  direct  attention  to  it  here,  u 
the  examinntion  of  further  material  might  establish  this  as  a 
modification  of  regular  occurrence,  and,  therefore,  requiring  to  be 
taken  into  account  in  any  attempt  to  explain  the  uses  of  tba 
various  tentaculiferous  lobes. 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE. 
Fig.  1. — SptdiT    of    matara    yanlSu*  wmpitiva  from   the  outer  tide 

(nittural  size)  1,  2,  3,  4  teDtacles,  gld.,  gUndnUT  pfttob. 
Fig.  2.  —Portion  of  lurface  of  tentacle  4,  magnified. 
Fig.  3.— Portion  of  the  inrface  of  glandnUr  patch,  msgniSed. 
Fig.  4. — Inner  tentacaUferoas  lobea  of  apecimeii  referred  to  in  tii«  teit 


549 


NOTES   AND   EXHIBITS. 

Mr.  Froggatt  exhibited  specimens  of  two  species  of  Scale 
Insects  and  parasites  bred  therefrom;  with  the  following  Note: — 
"About  Sydney  Icerya  purcfiasi  is  not  a  common  coccid,  seldom 
being  found  in  more  than  twos  or  threes  upon  the  small  branches, 
chiefly  of  Acacia  discolor^  in  the  bush.  This  year  my  colleague 
Mr.  H.  G.  Smith  had  a  young  tree  of  Acacia  bailey  ana  in  his 
garden  at  Tempe  covered  with  this  scale,  and  he  brought  me  a 
large  spray  swarming  with  adult  females,  which  I  enclosed  in  a 
box.  From  these  I  bred  some  hundreds  of  small  chalcid 
parasites  ( Euryischia  lesiophoni,  Riley),  and  also  a  number  of 
dipterous  parasites  (Cryptochaeton  iceryce^  Willist.).  At  my 
request,  Mr.  Smith  observed  the  coccids  in  situ,  and  he  soon 
found  them  falling  off;  and  before  very  long  they  were  all  dead. 
No  lady  birds  (Coccinellidoi)  or  their  larvae  were  seen  upon  the 
tree,  which  was  cleared  of  the  pest  by  the  minute  parasites  above 
mentioned;  and  it  seems  evident  that  in  this  part  of  Australia 
we  owe  much  more  to  these  parasites  than  to  their  coleopterous 
enemies  for  our  immunity  from  the  cottony  cushion  or  fluted 
scale  insects  as  serious  pests.  The  Florid ian  scale  (Icerya  rosea;, 
Riley  and  Howard)  has  been  very  plentiful  upon  the  foliage  of 
the  Grevilleas  and  Hakeas  on  the  lUawarra  line,  and  from  them 
I  have  bred  the  same  species  of  dipterous  parasite,  and  numbers 
of  the  secondary  parasite,  a  chalcid  that  is  parasitic  upon  the  fly 
larvae  Ophelosia  cratofardi,  Riley,  and  is  therefore  not  an  enemy 
of  the  scale  insects." 

Mr.  Waite  sent  for  exhibition  a  specimen  of  Peripatua 
leuckartiiy  Sang.,  from  Colo  Vale,  near  Mittagong,  and  recorded 
localities  for  other  specimens,  including  some  collected  by  Mr.  C. 
J.  McMasters  at  Moree.  As  Peripatua  has  been  supposed  hitherto 
to  be  confined  to  the  table-land  and  coastal  districts,  its  occurrence 
so  far  inland  as  Moree  is  particularly  noteworthy. 

Professor  David  exhibited  mounted  and  bulk  specimens  of 
diatomaceous  earth,  sanidine   tuff,   trach3rte,  and    trachyte   ash 


•650  NOTES  AND  EXHIBITS. 

containing  leaves  of  Cinnatnomum  Leiehhard^i,  Ett.,  all  from  the 
Warrumburgle  Mts. 

Mr.  St«el  eshibit«d  (1)  a  nodule  popularly  but  erroneouBl; 
supposed  to  be  of  meteoric  origin,  from  the  MacDonnell  Ranges: 

(2)  a  large  Crustacean  (Ibaettn  pwonii)  caught  at  Pyrmont:  and 

(3)  a  specimen  of  growing  sugar  cane  forwarded  from  the  Clar- 
ence Kiver  by  Mr.  W,  J.  Freeman,  attacked  by  Termites;  the 
soft  interior  of  the  cane  woa  scooped  out,  and  then  filled  with  a 
brown  deposit;  the  results  of  a  chemical  analysis  of  the  latter 
were  submitted  for  comparison  with  those  of  an  analysis  of  a 
fresh  sample  of  the  deposit  from  an  ordinary  Tennit«  nest. 

Mr.  North  called  attention  to  the  numbers  of  dead  specimens 
of  Mutton  Birds  (Neclria  brevicaudut),  near  Sydney,  washed  up 
on  the  beaches  during  the  past  fortnight,  and  to  which  reference 
had  been  made  in  recent  issues  of  the  "Sydney  Morning  Herald" 
by  Mr.  Cavendish  Liardet  and  Mr.  Woolcot-Waley.  In  company 
with  the  former  gentleman  Mr.  North  visited  the  beach  at  Bondi 
on  the  30th  inst.,  and  found  hundreds  of  the  bodies  of  these  birds. 
Several  fresh  specimens  were  collect«d  in  the  hope  that  an  exami- 
jiation  would  throw  some  light  on  the  cause   of    the    unusual 


651 


WEDNESDAY,  NOVEMBER  27th,  1895. 


The  last  Ordinary  Monthly  Meeting  of  the  Society  for  the 
current  Session  was  held  at  the  Linnean  Hal],  Ithcu^  Road, 
Elizabeth  Bay,  on  Wednesday  evening,  November  27th,  1895. 


The  President,  Mr.  Henry  Deane,  M.A.,  M.I.C.E.,  in  the  Chair. 


The  President  announced  the  deaths  of  Professor  Sven  Ludvig 
Lov^n,  the  veteran  Swedish  naturalist,  an  Honorary  Member, 
and  Mr.  J.  Bracebridge  Wilson,  M.A.,  of  Geelong,  an  Ordinary 
Member. 


DOXATIONS. 

Entomological  Society  of  London — Transactions,  1895.     Part 
iii.     From  Uhe  Society. 

Royal  University  of  Upsala — Meddelanden  fran  Mineralogisk- 
Ckologiska  Institution.     Nos.  14-15.     From  the  University, 

Bureau  of  Agriculture,  Perth,  W.A. — Journal.     Vol.  ii.     Nos. 
22-24  (Oct.-Nov.,  1895).     From  the  Secretary. 

Bombay  Natural  History  Society — Journal.     Vol.  ix.  No.  3 
(March,  1895).     From  the  Society. 

Perak  Government  Gazette.     Vol.  viii.  Nos.  24-26  (Sept. -Oct, 
1895).     From  the  Government  Secretary. 

Soci^t6    d'Horticulture    du    Doubs — Bulletin,    n.s.      No.    57 

(Sept.,  1895).     From  the  Society. 
L     L 


Society  HolUndaiae  des  Sciences  k  Harlem — Archives  N^r- 
landaises.     T.  xxix.,  3"  Liv.  (1895).     From  the  Sodety. 

Geological  Survey  of  New  South  Wales — Records.     Vol.  iv. 
Part  iv.  (1895).     From  the  Hon.  the  Minister  for  Minet. 

Boyal  Society  of  Canada — Proceedings  and  Transactions  for 
the  year  1894.     Vol.  xii.     From  tlie  Society. 

Geelong  Field  Naturalists'  Club— The  Geelong  Naturalist.    Vol, 
V.     No.  1  (Oct.,  1895).     from  the  Club. 

Depai'lment  of  Agriculture,  Sydney — Notes  on  the  Commercial 
Tiral>ers  of  New  South  Wales.     By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.     Frma 

the  Department. 

Pamphlet   entitled    "Cenaus   of   Plants   of   the   Cape  Otway 
Forest."     By  G.  H,  Adcock,  F.L.S.     From  the  Author. 


Zoolt^scher   Anzeiger.     xvii 
Oct.,  Il:*95).     From  the  Editor. 


Societ6  Boyale  des  Science 


Jahrg.      Nos.  485-486   (Sept.- 
le  Liege — M^moires.     2""  Ser. 


DONATIONS.  653 

American  Museum  of  Nat.  Hist.,  New  York — Bulletin.  Vol. 
vL  (1894);  Vol.  vii  Sig.  18-19  (pp.  273-304) :  Annual  Report  for 
the  Year  1894.     Frcyin  the  Museum. 

Department  of  Agriculture,  Sydney — Agricultural  Gazette. 
VoL  vi.  Part  10  (Oct.,  1895).  From  the  Hon,  the  Minister  for 
Mines  an/i  Agriculture, 

Victorian  Naturalist.  VoL  xii.  No.  7  (Oct,  1895).  From 
the  Field  NaturalisUt  Club  of  Victoria. 

Conchological  Society  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland — The 
Journal  of  CJonchology.  Vol.  viii.  No.  4  (Oct.,  1895).  From  the 
SociHy. 

Soci^t^  Royale  Linneenne  de  Bruxelles — Bulletin.  20"** 
Annee,  No.  9  (Aug.-Sept.,  1895).     From  the  Society. 

Museum  d'Histoire  Natuialle,  Paris — Bulletin.  Annee,  1895. 
No.  6.     From  the  Museum. 

Australasian  Journal  of  Pharmacy.  Vol.  x.  No.  119.  (Nov., 
1895).     From  the  Editor. 

Bureau  of  American  Ethnology — Eleventh  and  Twelfth  Annual 
Reports  (1889-91):  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology. 
Vol.  ix.  (1893) :  BuUetins  T.-V.  and  X.  (Nos.  20-22  and  23  [1894]). 
trom  the  Bureau. 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  :  Division  of  Ornithology  and 
Mammalogy — North  American  Fauna.  No.  8  (1895).  From  the 
Secretary  of  Agriculture. 

California  Academy  of  Sciences — Memoirs.  Vol.  ii.  No.  4 
(March,  1895):  Proceeding.^  (Second  Ser.).  Vol.  iv.  Part  2 
(April,  1895).     From  the  Academy. 

Cincinnati  Society  of  Nat.  Hist. — Journal.  Vol.  x^di.  No.  4 
(Jan.,  1895).     From  the  iSociety. 

Denison  University — Bulletin  of  the  Scientific  Laboratories. 
Vol.  viii.  Pfirts  i.-ii.  (May,  1893— June,  1894).  From  the  Uni- 
versity. 


594 

Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  PhiUdelphia.— Proceedings,  189*. 
Part  iii.  (Oct.-Dec.) :  1895,  Port  i-  {Jan.-Mar.)-  From  tke 
Academy. 

American  Philosophical  Society — Proceedings,  Vol.  xzsii 
(No.  143:  May,  1893).  Vol.  xjcxiii.  Part  3  (No.  146:  July- 
Dec.,  1894).     From  Oie  Society. 

Missouri  Botanical  Garden—Sixth  Annual  Report  (1895). 
From  the  Director. 

New  York  Academy  of  Sciences  —Annals.  Index,  Ac,  to  Vol. 
V.  (1891) :  Index,  Ac,  to  Vol.  viL  (1895) :  Vol.  ^■m.  No.  6  (Feb., 
1895).     From  the  Academy. 

Wagner  Free  Institute  of  Science,  Philadelphia — Transactions. 
Vol.  iii.  Part  3  (March,  1896).     From  Oie  InaliluU. 

Gesellschaft  fur  Erdkunde  zu  Berlin — Zeitschrift.  Bd.  zxix. 
(1894)  No.  6;  Bd.  xkx.  (1895)  No.  1  :  Verhandlungen.  Bd.  ixi. 
(1894)  No.  10;  Bd.  xxii.  (1895)  Noa.  1,  2,  3.     From  the  SocUUj. 

K.  K.  Zoologisch-botanische  Gesellschaft  in  Wien— Yerhaod- 
iunpen.     xliv.  Bd.  iii.-iv.  Quai'l^l  (1S(I4).     Front  ih-^  .Soc 


555 


ON  SOME  DEVELOPMENTS  OF  THE  MAMMALIAN 

PRENASAL  CARTILAGE. 

By  R.  Broom,  M.D.,  CM.,  B.Sc. 

(Plate  XLiv.) 

The  prenasal  element  has  been  shown  by  Kitchen  Parker*  to 
be  a  median  cartilaginous  development  found  in  the  anterior  part 
of  the  head  and  arising  in  connection  with  the  front  part  of  the 
cranial  trabeculae.  Though  this  element  is  represented  in  all  the 
groups  from  the  Elasmobranchs  to  Mammals,  in  the  majority  of 
forms  it  is  either  rudimentary  or  only  found  in  the  young,  and  in 
the  adult  it  rarely  attains  any  great  degree  of  development. 

In  the  Elasmobranchs  the  prenasal  cartilage  is  a  well-developed 
structure,  and  forms  the  axis  of  the  large  rostrum  in  the  Skate 
and  other  fishes.  The  rudimentary  prenasal  found  in  most  higher 
forms  is  probably  an  inheritance  from  these  cartilaginous  fishes. 

In  the  bony  fishes  with  the  development  of  the  premaxillary 
bones  an  agent  was  provided  which  served  the  double  purpose  of 
cutting  the  water  and  of  giving  a  firm  support  for  the  teeth,  and 
the  need  for  the  prenasal  being  thus  gone  we  find  it  reduced  to  a 
mere  rudiment. 

The  premaxillary  bones  in  almost  all  the  higher  forms  with 
their  important  tooth-bearing  function  prevent  the  development 
of  the  prenasal  cartilage,  which  though  sometimes  an  element  of 
importance  in  the  very  young  animal,  in  most  cases  becomes 
obliterated  by  the  developing  premaxillaries. 

In  birds  the  prenasal  forms  the  framework  of  the  beak  in  the 
early  embryo,  but  as  development  advances  it  gradually  l^ecomes 
encroached  uix)n  by  the  premaxillaries  on  either  side.      In  the 


•  W.  K.  Parker.     Various  Monographs  on  Developmeut  of  the  Skull, 
Phil.  Traos. 


!156  MAMMALIAN    PRBMABAL  CARTILAQK, 

hIcuII  of  an  embryo  chick  of  the  middle  of  the  second  week  as 
figured  by  Purker,*  the  prenaeal  ia  seen  aa  a  well-developed 
median  cartilage,  passing  to  the  front  of  the  beak  and  sepamtinj; 
the  two  premaxillarics  from  eiLch  other.  Ill  the  chick  two  days 
old  the  pi-en laxilluries  have  united  and  quite  obliterated  the  pre- 
nosal  in  front,  reducing  it  to  a  sinnll  median  spur  extending  in 
front  of  the  nas»l  septum  and  lying  on  the  palatal  surface  of  the 
hinder  part  of  the  united  iiremaxillaries.  In  the  old  bird  the 
cartilafjH  has  quite  disappeared. 

In  tlio  mammalia  where  the  premaxillaries  are  generally  well 
develoju'd  to  .supjiort  the  incisor  teeth,  the  prenaHttl  cartilajie  is,  as 
might  l»e  supposed,  usually  rudimentarj-  or  alment.  There  in 
moi'eover  in  moitt  luammals  another  peculiarity  unfa^'ourablc  to 
tlio  existence  of  the  prcnasnl  -the  union  of  the  pre^onier  with 
the  preinaxillary.  As  I  liave  ix-centiy  shown, t  the  mammahan 
prevoiner,  though  occitsionally  ii  diKtinct  element  (Orniihorhyn- 
chis,  MiiiliipliTiin),  UBUully  eiirly  anchyloses  with  the  premaxillaiy 
or  Iiecoiiii's  ossiined  in  connection  with  it.  As  this  structure  lies 
beluw  the  tiiisal  septum,  in  lieins  connected  anteriorly  with  the 


BY    R.    BROOM.  557 

In  a  recent  paper*  Wilson  and  Martin  have  carefully  described 
some  of  the  chief  points  in  the  anatomy  of  the  muzzle  of  Orni- 
thorhynchus.     They  have  dealt  principally  with  the  structure  and 
relations  of  the  large  rostral  cartilage.     By  a  series  of  transverse 
vertical  sections  the  authors  show  that  the  nasal  septum  on  pass- 
ing forward  divides  into  a  slender  upper  and  a  well  developed 
lower  part,  and  that  this  latter  being  continued  forward,  broadens 
out  and  becomes  the  rostral  cartilage.     For  a  short  distance  the 
rostral  cartilage  is  shown  to  l)e  clasped  between  the  premaxillaries, 
recalling  the  condition  of  the  embryonic  bird.     From  this  relation- 
ship and  from  the  fact  of  its  being  a  continuation  of  the  nasal 
septum,  the  rostral  cartilage  is  held  to  be  an  enormously  developed 
prenasal.     With  their  view  I  must  express  my  entire  agreement. 
While  my  researches  confirm  the  accuracy  of  the  sections  figured 
by  Wilson  and  Martin,  they  reveal  an  interesting  point  apparently 
not  observed  by  these  authors.      The  rostral  cartilage  does  not 
extend    forward  to   the  front  of  the   l^eak  as  an  entire  sheet. 
Almost  immediately  in  front  of  the  plane  passing  through  the 
anterior  parts  of  the  premaxillaries  the  cartilage  becomes  abruptly 
arrested  in  the  middle  line;  but  while  this  is  so,  the  lateral  parts 
extend  forward  almost  to  the  front  of  the  beak,  where  they  again 
approach  each  other,  meeting,  or  almost  so,  in   the  middle  line. 
There  is  thus  left  in  the  middle  an  oval  space  entirely  free  from 
cartilage.      This  arrangement  I    have  found  in    three  different 
individuals  (two  males  and  one  female).     The  lateral  portions  of 
the  cartilage  curve  round  ])ack  wards  along  the  outer  sides  of  the 
rostral  crura,  supporting  the  lip  as  shown  by  Wilson  and  Martin. 
It  seems  probable  that  this  whole  complicated  marginal  cartilage 
is  a  development  of  the  prenasal,  for  though  in  the  Skate  the  pre- 
nasal rostrum  supports  a  pair  of  labials  at  its  anterior  part,  in  the 
higher  forms  when  labial  cartilages  are  present  they  never  seem  to 
have  the  same  relations  to  the  premaxillaries  as  is  found  in  the 
Platypus. 


•  J.  T.  Wilaon  and  C.  J.  Martin.  "  Observations  upon  the  Anatomy  of 
the  Muzzle  of  Orni^horhynchuH."  Macleay  Memorial  Volume,  Linn.  Soe. 
N.S.W.  1893. 


0D8  HAHHALIAK    PBEKASAL  CARTILAGK, 

In  fig.  1,  PL  xliv.,  is  represented  a  longitudinal  mediui  section 
of  the  snout  of  Omil/un'hpnehua  which  shows  the  relations  oi  the 
cartilages.  The  nasal  septum  proper  (n.a.)  is  seen  in  front  to 
divide  into  the  upper  delicate  cartilaginous  process  (a.n.s.)  and 
the  lower  well  developed  prenasal  (p.n.).  The  upper  process 
passe!)  between  the  anterior  nares,  whose  position  is  indicated  by 
the  dotted  lines  (a.n.),  and  is  probably  the  homologue  of  the 
anterior  part  of  the  nasal  septum  in  the  higher  mammals,  as  to  it 
are  attached,  in  its  hinder  part  at  least,  the  alinasals.  Thou^ 
in  the  region  of  the  anterior  nares  it  is  considerably  removed 
from  the  prenasnl  plate,  on  passing  forward  it  approaches  the 
latter,  and  ends  in  cl<xie  connection  with  it,  at  the  point  where 
the  prenasal  becomes  arrested  in  the  middle  line.  This  point 
(marked  *)  probably  represents  the  anterior  end  of  the  beak  in  the 
ancestor  of  the  Platypus,  as  not  only  do  the  two  cartilages  bent 
end  together,  but  this  is  practically  where  the  two  premaxillaries 
would  meet  if  they  came  together.  Connected  with  it,  moreover, 
there  is  a  further  feature  of  importance.  On  the  upper  side  of 
the  l>eak  in  the  middle  line  is  a  small  areaof  thickened  epithelium 
(c)  unlike  that  of  the  rest  of  the  beak.     This  is  probably  the 


BY   R.    BROOM.  559 

prevomer  a  small  piece  of  cartilage  is  seen  cut  across  (6\c.).  This 
is  Stenson's  cartilage  at  the  place  where  near  the  posterior  part 
of  Jacobeon's  organ  it  passes  below  the  organ  and  meets  its  fellow 
of  the  other  side.  Behind  this  are  seen  the  maxillary  and  the 
vomer,  and  between  this  latter  and  the  prevomer  the  large  inter- 
narial  opening  recently  described  by  Prof.  Wilson.* 

In  the  near  ally  of  the  Platjrpus — the  Echidna — the  condition 
of  the  prenasal  illustrates  the  Monotreme  type  in  a  much  less 
specialised  form.  Here  we  have  a  closer  approach  to  the  condi- 
tion in  the  bird.  In  fig.  2,  PL  xliv.,  is  represented  a  median 
longitudinal  section  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  snout.  The  nasal 
septum  (n.9.)  closely  resembles  that  in  OrnithorhyiichvSy  and  like 
it  divides  into  a»  small  upper  part  (a.n.«.)  and  a  larger  lower — the 
prenasal  (/?.n.).  The  upper,  as  in  the  Platypus,  supports  the 
alinasals,  but  instead  of  passing  straight  forward,  at  its  anterior 
part  it  becomes  folded  back  and  rests  on  the  symphysis  of  the 
premaxillaries.  In  the  very  young  specimens  as  figured  by 
Newton  Parkerf  the  prenasal  is  well  developed  and  bears  much 
resemblance  to  that  in  Oniithorhynchus,  As  the  animal  reaches 
maturity  the  prenasal,  however,  becomes  reduced  by  the  develop- 
ing premaxillaries  into  a  thin  plate  of  hyaline  cartilage  lying 
between  the  adjacent  parts  of  the  two  bones.  In  old  specimens 
the  hyaline  cartilage  becomes  partly  ossified  and  partly  converted 
into  fibro-cartilage,  only  a  little  of  the  original  tissue  remaining. 
There  is  no  apparent  anterior  extension  of  the  prenasal  comparable 
to  that  in  Ornithorhynchus, 

As  has  been  already  remarked  in  the  higher  forms,  the  prenasal 
is  usually  aborted  by  the  great  development  of  the  premaxillaries. 
In  the  Australian  Bat  (Mimopterus  schreiberaii,  Natt.),  however, 
as  the  premaxillaries  do  not  meet  in  the  middle  line,  we  have 


•  J.  T.  Wilson.  **  Observations  upon  the  anatomy  and  relations  of  the 
Dumbbell-shaped  Bone  in  Omithorhi/nchiiSf  &c."  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.VV. 
(2ndSer.)  Vol.  ix.  1894. 

t  W.  N.  Parker.  **  On  some  points  in  the  Structure  of  the  Young  of 
Echidna  acvUcUa"    Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1894. 


560  MAMMALIAN    PRENASAL  CABTILAGS, 

hero  an  opportunity  of  seeiDg  the  unconip]icat«r)  higher  i 
lian  condition,  atirf  though  the  bat  is  high  in  the  scale  of  organ- 
iwation  it  will  thus  Iks  well  to  consider  it  first.  If  a  transverv 
vertical  Hpution  1*  made  in  the  plane  which  paHnes  through  thi; 
opi'iiing  of  .TacolRti  Ill's  or<;an  int«  S  ten  son's  duct  there  is  seen  (fig. 
4)  H  delicate  iiaMiiI  septuni  {«.«.)  wliich  does  not  reach  the  levi'lof 
the  iiiiwil  Hour,  witli  on  either  side  of  its  luute  the  usual  cartil«ges 
of  llie  nasal  floor  (n.'.c.),  hero  distinct  from  the  alinasak 
Tnferiurlv  St^'nsun's  ducts  (n./t.c.)  are  seen  pa.ssing  up  from  i)ie 
palato  with  Iwtween  them  the  papilla.  Round  the  upper  part  of 
the<luct  is  a  sick le-sliaped  piece  of  cartilage  whose  inner  ]iHrt, 
suriMUnding  what  is  practically  the  anterior  part  of  Jacolnmi's 
organ,  is  (1h!  anterior  continuation  of  Jncobson's  cartilage,  and  the 
OUI<^i-  part  of  which  is  thi)  similar  continuation  of  StensoiiH 
cartilage.  JJetwi-en  the  portions  re]>resentiiig  Jacoljson's  carlilai,-e 
is  found  a  small  nKilian  mass  (/>.n.)  which  from  its  relations  nui7 
almost  (.■(^rtainly  1h:  n-gartled  lu  the  pr^nasal.  Posteriorly  this 
cartdagt'  hits  no  cunneL'tion  with  the  nasal  sejitum,  hut  itoccupieit 
a  [lositioii  Noincu'hat  similar  to  that  of  the  prenasal  in  the  fu-tal 
calf  (lig.  7).      A  very  little  in   front  of  thi.s  plane  the  small  pre- 


BY    R,    BROOM.  561 

lateral  portions  are  detached  or  perforated,  as  if  the  whole  plate 
were  fundamentally  a  median  structure  with  lateral  expansions. 
In  fig.  6  is  represented  a  transverse  vertical  section  of  the  snout 
of  the  Bandicoot  ( PerameUs  nasuta)  in  the  plane  of  the  anterior 
part  of  Jacobson^s  Organ.  Here  there  is  no  distinct  ridge  in  the 
middle  line,  and  the  plate  is  moderately  uniform  in  thickness. 
This  papillary  cartilage  has  no  direct  connection  with  any  other 
cartilage.  In  fig.  3  is  shown  a  median  longitudinal  section  of  the 
nasal  region  of  a  pouch  specimen  of  the  common  Phalanger 
( IVichosui'us  t'ulpecula,  Kerr),  illustrating  the  relations  of  the 
small  papillar}'  cartilage  {p.c).  The  premaxillary  (Prnx)  is  seen 
united  with  the  prevomer  which  forms  its  palatine  process 
(p.Pmx):  a  dotted  line  indicates  the  limits  of  the  diflerent 
elements  as  observed  in  sections  slightly  out  of  the  mesial  plane. 
The  posterior  end  is  found  situated  near  the  posterior  l^order  of 
the  symphjTsis  of  the  premaxillary  proper,  as  if  it  were  shut  off 
from  its  proper  relations  by  the  union  of  the  premaxillary  with 
the  prevomer.  When  tig.  G  is  compared  with  fig.  5  representing 
the  condition  in  the  Bat  the  resemblance  l)0tween  the  cartilages 
of  the  papilla;  is  most  striking;  the  only  important  diflerence  is 
that  in  the  Marsupial  the  upper  portion  representing  the  prenasal 
proper  is  lost.  While  thus  we  have  in  the  Bat  a  prenasal  carti- 
lage which  gives  rise  to  a  support  for  the  papilla,  in  the  Marsupial 
we  have  the  remains  of  a  similar  development,  only  the  papillary 
portion  being  left. 

In  Klein's*  paper  on  the  Organ  of  Jacobson  in  the  Guinea  Pig 
in  referring  to  the  relations  of  Stenson's  ducts  near  their  palatal 
opening  he  calls  attention  to  "a  smaller  or  larger  apparently 
isolated  nodule  of  cartilage  found  between  the  two  ducts."  This 
he  regards  as  a  detached  portion  of  Stenson\s  cartilage,  but  in 
view  of  this  condition  in  Marsupials  and  the  Bat  I  think  not  im- 
probable that  it  may  be  the  rudiment  of  a  prenasal  development. 

Fig.  7  represents  a  section  of  the  nose  of  a  6-inch  fd^tal  calf. 
Here  the  prenasal  is  well  developed  and  passes  l)etween  the  pre- 
maxillaries.     This  condition  shows  the  connection  between  the 

•  Q.J.M.S.     Vol.  xxi.  (1881),  p.  229. 


562  MAUUALtAy   PRENABAL  OARTILAGB. 

MoDotreme  l^pe  on  the  one  hand  and  that  of  the  Bat  on  the  oUwr, 
while  by  contrasting  figures  7,  4,  5  and  6  the  nature  of  the  Bu 
and  Marsupial  developmenta  becomes  manifeBt. 

My  beat  thanks  are  due  to  Mr.  A.  G.  Hamilton  for  the  specimen 
of  bandicoot  examined,  and  to  Prof.  Wilson  and  Mr.  J.  J.  Fletcher 
for  other  kind  assistance. 


EXPLANATION  OF  FIGURES. 

Plats  XLiv. 

Re/trence  Lflitrt. 

(i.n.,  anterior  nkrea — relative  position  indicated  by  dotted  linei;  a-R.*., 

anterior  portion  of  nasal  leptuni;  c.  luppoaed  remnant  of  caruncle;  Fr., 

frontal;  i.n.p.,  intemasal  pnciAgo;  J.c,  JaciibKin'B  CHirtilage;  J.o,,  Jacob- 

toti'e  organ;  Mx.,  maxillary;  Na.,  natal;  n.f.r.,  naul-floor  uftrtilage;  ti.^.c., 

naso-palatina  canal;  n,n.,  nasal  Bcptum;  p.c,  papillary  cartilage;  Pnx., 

premaxillary;  ;).H.,,preDaaal  cartilage;  p.ii'.,  precaaal  at  itA  anterior  part; 

p.Pmx.,  palalinc   process   of  the   premsxillary;   P.Fo.,   prevonier;  S.t., 

Kten^on's  cartilage;   Vo.,  vomer;  p.*.,  vascular  spaces;  *,  supposed  agueal 

point  of  primitive  beak  in  Platypus;  +,  a  small  detached  piece  uf  cartilage 


563 


ON  A  SMALL  FOSSIL  MARSUPIAL  WITH  LARGE 

GROOVED  PREMOLARS. 

By  R.  Broom,  M.D.,  CM.,  B.Sc. 

(Plates  XXV.  and  XLV.) 

At  the  Meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  26th  June  I  com- 
municated a  paper  "  On  a  new  fossil  Marsupial  allied  to  Uypsi- 
prymnus^  but  resembling  in  some  points  the  PlagiaulcLcicUE"  in 
which  I  described  two  fragments  of  the  upper  and  a  portion  of  the 
lower  jaw  of  a  small  Marsupial,  under  the  name  Burramya  parvus^ 
and  regarded  the  form  as  being  related  to  the  Rat  Kangaroo,  but 
exhibiting  apparently  by  a  parallel  development  some  characters 
of  the  Plagiaulacidcs,  Of  this  paper  an  abstract  was  published  at 
the  time.  Since  then  I  have  been  fortunate  in  discovering  some 
more  perfect  specimens  which  throw  much  additional  light  on  the 
structure  of  the  form.  I  have  therefore  thought  it  advisable,  with 
the  permission  of  the  Council,  to  withdraw  the  previous  paper 
and  give  a  more  complete  description  in  the  light  of  the  more 
recent  finds. 

The  specimens  I  have  obtained  are  all  from  a  small  calcareous 
deposit  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Taralga,  N.S.  W.  This  deposit  is 
situated  on  the  very  top  of  a  limestone  hill,  and  is  evidently  the 
remains  of  the  floor  of  a  cave,  whose  roof  and  sides  have  long 
since  been  weathered  awav.  The  stone  is  verv  hard  and  consists 
of  a  brownish  lime,  deposit  in  which  are  imbedded  innumerable 
small  bones,  with  the  remains  of  a  few  stalactites  and  an  occa- 
sional calcite  rhomb.  The  bones  are  mostly  those  of  small 
marsupials,  though  I  have  also  found  the  remains  of  at  least  one 
species  of  rodent  and  the  very  perfect  cranium  of  a  small  bird. 


ri64         F03SIL   MARSUPIAL   WITH    LARGE   OROOVBU   PREMOLARS, 

Must  of  the  mamupials  belong  either  to  eztiDct  epuciea  or  to 

species  not  now  living  in  the  district. 

Tlic  subject  of  the  present  pHper  ia  one  of  the  most  interesting 
funns  found,  htuI  a-s  I  am  not  aware  of  its  having  been  previoaaly 
oltservwl,  ami  as  itM  dentition  is  unlike  that  of  any  known  mar- 
supial, I  have  formed  a  new  genus  for  it,  called  after  the  abori- 
ginal name  of  the  district. 

BuRRAMVs  PAKVUB,  gen.  et  sp.  nov. 

Thfl  form  is  characterised  by  having  above  and  below  a  large 
grooved  premolar  followed  by  three  well  developed  molarx.  In  the 
lower  JHW  the  large  premolar  has  six  well  marked  grooves  on  each 
side  pu-ssing  upwards  and  slightly  backward  and  givng  the  tooth  a 
Herralcd  edge.  As  the  grooves  run  approximately  parallel  to  the 
anterior  l)order  of  the  tooth  and  to  each  other,  and  aa  the  anterior 
and  [Kwterior  Iwrders  converge  considerably  above,  there  is  left  a 
considerable  portion  of  the  posterior  part  of  the  tooth  imgroored. 
This  premolar  is  placed  obli<|uely  in  the  jaw,  the  line  of  its  edge 
jKissiii;;  considerably  outwar<]s  from  the  line  of  the  molars.     The 


BT   R.    BROOM.  565 

which  passes  somewhat  downwards.  The  large  depression  on  the 
outer  side  is  bounded  in  front  by  a  well  marked  ridge,  but  does 
not  communicate  with  the  dental  canal.  The  main  portion  of  the 
jaw  supporting  the  molars  and  the  large  premolar  is  very  stout 
proportionately.  In  the  upper  jaw  only  the  cheek  teeth  are  at 
present  known.  There  is  a  large  premolar  grooved  and  serrated 
as  in  the  lower  jaw,  having  six  well  mArked  grooves  which  run 
downwards  and  backwards.  The  grooves  run  parallel  to  the 
anterior  border  and  leave  the  posterior  and  upper  third  of  the 
tooth  ungrooved.  Behind  the  large  premolar  are  three  true 
molars :  whether  there  may  be  a  rudimentary  fourth  as  in  the 
lower  jaw  is  at  present  unknown.  The  first  is  the  largest.  It 
has  two  moderately  large  blunt  tubercles  on  the  outer  side,  and 
two  smaller  ones  on  the  inner,  while  a  small  fifth  is  situated  at 
the  anterior  and  inner  comer.     The  upper  third  molar  is  small. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  principal  measurements  : — 

From  1st  to  3rd  upper  molars 3*2  mm. 

Length  of  1st  upper  molar 1  -3  mm. 

Height  of  upper  premolar 1*7  mm. 

Length  (anteroposterior)  of  upper  premolar    ...  2*0  mm. 

From  1st  to  3rd  lower  molars    3*5  mm. 

Length  of  lower  incisor 63  mm. 

From  point  of  lower  incisor  to  front  of  premolar  8*2  mm. 

Depth  of  lower  jaw  at  1st  molar  3  5  mm. 

Locality. — Near  Taralga,  N.S.W. 

Geological  Formation. — Pleistocene  (1). 

Of  this  form  I  have  discovered  five  or  six  moderately  good 
lower  jaws,  the  anterior  portion  of  another,  and  three  fragments 
of  the  upper.  The  hard  matrix  and  the  friable  nature  of  the 
bones  render  it  very  difficult  to  develop  the  more  delicate 
specimens,  and  in  the  case  of  Burramys  the  difficulty  is  enhanced 
by  the  obliquity  of  the  large  premolar,  so  that  it  becomes  almost 


566         FOaSIL   HARBUPIAL   WITH    LABOB   QRCMITBD   PRBMOLABS, 

impossible  to  split  the  Htone  without  breaking  either  the  bone  or 
the  teeth. 

Taking  into  consideration  the  various  points  of  atmcture  so  fat 
an  known,  it  will  l>e  noticed  that  not  only  does  the  form  present 
features  which  distinguish  it  from  axiy  known  genua,  but  that  in 
it  we  have  a  combination  of  characters  which  render  it  difficult 
to  1^  certain  whether  it  belonga  to  the  Macropodida  or  to  the 
J'/ialangeridte.  As  regards  the  structure  of  the  jaw,  the  affinities 
on  the  whole  are  with  the  latter,  and  as  regards  the  teeth 
apparently  with  the  former.  The  absence  of  any  opening  between 
the  dental  canal  and  the  hollow  on  the  outer  side  of  the  hinder 
part  of  the  jaw  would  seem  to  remove  the  form  from  the  Matro- 
poilidiE  and  point  to  its  connection  with  the  Fhalongers.  But 
this  point  cannot  be  of  any  great  value,  as  though  the  opening  in 
generally  absent  in  the  I'ltalangerida  it  is  present  in  the  genus 
I'etnvnis.  The  large  grooved  premolars,  though  much  better 
developed  proportionally,  appear  to  he  constructed  on  the  same 
typo  as  tliosa  of  -Kpi/prijmnus  (Hypsiptymnui)  and  a  type  quite 
distinct  from  that  of  the  Phalangers.  In  TriehoturHt  where  there 
are  rudimentary  indications  of  grooves  it  is  on  the  hinder  part  of 


BY    R.    BROOM.  567 

REFERENCES  TO  FIGURES. 
Plate  XLV. 

Burramys  parvus. 

Fig.  1. — Outer  view  of  lower  jaw  (  x  10). 

Fig.  2. — Upper  view  of  anterior  part  of  right  lower  jaw  (  x  10). 

Fig.  3. — Upper  view  of  lower  right  cheek  teeth  (  x  13). 

Plate  XXV. 

Fif[.  1.  —Inner  view  of  left  mandible  (  x  5). 

Outline  of  jaw  from  another  specimen. 

Fig.  2. — Portion  of  left  upper  jaw  showing  the  large  premolar  and  the 
origin  of  the  zygomatic  arch  (  x  13).  (The  front  part  of  the 
maxillary  and  the  zygomatic  arch  are  considerably  fore- 
shortened.) 

Pig.  3. — Right  npper  cheek  teeth  ( x  13).  (The  premolar  is  broken  off 
near  the  base,  and  only  the  roots  of  the  third  molar  are  shown  ; 
judging  from  the  lower  teetii  the  roots  of  m^  have  evidently 
been  slightly  displaced  outwards.) 


ON  A  SMALL  FOSSIL  MARSUPIAL  ALLIED  TO 
PETAURUS. 


Bt  R.  Broom,  M.D.,  B.Sc. 
(Plato  xLvi.) 

la  the  bone  breccia  deposit  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the 
Wombeyan  Caves  in  which  I  discovered  Bitrramyi,  I  have  been 
fortunate  in  finding  the  remains  of  another  small  marsupial,  also 
new  to  science.  Of  this  form  I  have  obtained  the  greater  part 
of  an  upper  jaw,  and  an  almost  complete  and  two  imperfect  lower 
jaws,  and  also  a  most  important  portion  of  the  cranium. 

From  the  structure  of  the  teeth  the  form  is  closely  allied  to 
Petniirut  and  to  Gymnobetideut,  and  though  further  details  may 
lead  to  its  being  included  in  one  or  other  of  these  genera,  as  it 
presents  features  distinct  from  both  and  also  affinities  with  each 
I  have  provisionally  placed  it  in  a  new  genus. 

PaLXOPRTAURUS  ELE0AN8,  g.  et  sp.noT. 


BT    R.    BROOM.  569 

inner  cusps  vefy  small  and  brought  close  together,  giving  the 
tooth  more  of  a  rounded  triangular  shape  than  the  rough  quad- 
rangular in  Petaurua — judging  from  the  figure  a  similar  condition 
would  seem  to  be  present  in  Gymnobelideus',  second  molar  appar- 
ently similar  to  the  first  and  thus  differing  from  Gymnobelideus^ 
where  it  appears  to  be  oblong  and  quadrangular;  the  fourth 
molar  appears  to  resemble  that  of  the  two  allied  genera. 

Lotoer  Jaw  : — Incisor  well  developed,  almost  horizontal,  sharp 
pointed  and  curving  slightly  upwards;  minute  premolars  unknown, 
but  judging  from  the  sockets  probably  as  in  Petaurua ;^OMTt)i  pre- 
molar about  half  the  size  of  the  first  molar  with  a  blunt  pointed 
cusp  on  the  middle  of  the  anterior  half,  and  a  rounded  cusp  on 
the  posterior  end;  the  first  molar  similar  in  structure  to  that  in 
PetaunWy  but  with  a  less  development  of  the  anterior  cusp;  the 
second  molar  differs  from  that  in  Petaurua  in  having  a  greater 
development  of  the  anterior  and  inner  cusp,  which  from  the  inner 
side  gives  it  much  the  appearance  of  the  first  molar;  third  and 
fourth  molars  unknown. 

The  lower  jaw  is  much  slenderer  than  in  Petauriia,  and  bears 
a  considerable  resemblance  to  that  in  Gymnobelideu^,  The 
external  muscular  depression  is  even  shallower  than  in  Petaurua 
bretncepa.  In  Gymnobelideua  according  to  the  figure  the  depression 
ends  in  front  rather  sharply  towards  the  lower  part  of  the  jaw, 
as  in  Petaurua,  In  Pafceopetaurua  the  depression  ends,  but  not 
abruptly,  somewhat  above  the  line  of  the  axis  of  the  jaw,  and 
thus  differs  from  both  the  allied  genera.  The  angle  of  the  jaw 
appears  to  be  slender,  and  more  like  that  of  Gymnohelideua  than 
of  Petaurua, 

Of  the  upper  jaw  little  is  known  beyond  the  teeth,  but  sufficient 
of  the  palate  is  preserved  to  show  that  though  there  may  have 
been  a  palatal  vacuity,  it  must  have  been  much  smaller  than  in 
Oymnobelideua, 

I  have  discovered  two  perfect  frontal  bones,  which,  with  little 
doubt,  are  to  be  referred  to  this  form.  These  present  a  remark- 
able resemblance  to  those  of  Gymnobelideus,  and  differ  from  those 
of  Petaurua  in  the  absence  of  the  post-orbital  ridges. 


}70  FOSSIL  UARSUPIAL  ALLIED  TO  PSTAUSUS. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  principal  measaremento  ;— 


Cui 


Upper  j«w, 

,  height  nboot    I'l  i 

post,  length  nbont...  11 

let  premolnr,  height '8 

■nt.  post,  length    -9 


Leogth  of  lower  j&w  from 
float     of     incisor     to 

condyle 23-2 

Depth  behind  m> 3'3 

Depth  behind  m'  38 

Lower  molan 6'3 

Inclior. 5' 

Inciiorlo  m* 13' 


t.  poit.  length 

4th  premolar,  height    1*2   , 

ant.  pngt  length   1-6    , 

lit  mofnr,  ant.  poit.  length  1-6   , 

2a d  molar,  ditto 1-7   , 

ioca/i(j|!— Near  Taralga,  N.8.W. 
Formation.  —Pleistocene  (J). 

In  taking  into  consideration  the  various  points  considered 
above,  it  will  l)o  observed  that  the  remains  are  those  of  a  small 
animal  in  many  respects  resembling  Gymnobelideut,  bnt  with  ■ 
number  of  the  characters  of  Petaunig.  In  many  respects  it 
stands  intermediate  l>etween  the  two  genera,  and  not  improbably 
may  lie  the  common  ancestor  of  both.  In  Gymnobelidetu  upper 
pm'  and  pm*  are  described  as  "both  triangular  and  single 
nwted."  In  Pelanms  all  the  upper  premolars  are  "  two-root«L' 
intprmcdia 


571 


ON  THE  ORGAN  OF  JACOBSON  IN  AN  AUSTRALIAN 

BAT  (MIXIOPTERUS), 

By  R.  Broom,  M.D.,  B.Sc. 

(Plate  XLVii.) 

In  the  course  of  a  recent  investigation  of  certain  details  in  the 
comparative  anatomy  of  Jacobson's  Organ,  the  results  of  which  I 
have  embodied  in  a  thesis  recently  presented  to  Glasgow  Uni- 
versity, I  discovered  in  the  common  litjile  Australian  bat,  besides 
a  number  of  other  interesting  points,  a  well-developed  organ  of 
Jacobeon. 

Jacobson's  Organ,  as  is  well  known,  is  found  in  the  large 
majority  of  Manmials — from  the  Monotremata,  where  it  is  greatly 
developed,  to  man,  where  it  is  rudimentary.  In  the  majority  of 
orders  it  is  typically  present,  but  in  the  higher  forms  it  is 
frequently  absent.  Herzfeld,*  who  has  examined  a  very  con- 
siderable variety  of  animals,  found  it  quite  absent  in  two  Old 
World  Monkeys,  CercopWiecus  and  Imcus,  though  present  in 
the  New  World  genus,  Hapale,  and  also  in  the  Lemur.  Among 
the  Ghiroptera  he  found  the  organ  to  be  absent  in  the  flying-fox 
(Plerapus  edwardsi),  and  also  absent  in  a  native  (German)  bat,  of 
which  unfortunately  the  species  was  not  determined.  From  these 
observations  it  has  naturally  been  concluded  that  the  organ  is 
absent  in  the  order  Ghiroptera. 

Since  giving  notice  of  the  present  communication,  and  on  the 
eve  of  sending  it  off,  Dr.  Elliott  Smith,  has  kindly  called  my 
attention  to  a  paper  just  recently  published  on  the  Organ  of 
Jaoobson  in  the  Chiroptera  by  Mm.  Duval  and  Garnaultf.     In 

*  P.  Herzfeld,  "  Ueiier  das  Jacobson*8che  Organ  des  Menschen  and  der 
Sattgethiere."    Zool.  Jahrh.  1889. 

t  M.  Duval  and  P.  Gamault,  *'  L'organe  de  Jacobson  des  Chiroptt^res  "  ; 
Gompt.  Rend.  Hebd.  des  S^nces  de  la  Soci^t^  de  Biologie,  x.  Ser.  28  June, 
1805. 


673  ORGAK  OP  JAC0080K   IK  AN   AUSTRAUAH   BAT, 

this  paper  the  authors  call  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  organ  ii 
not  invariably  absent  in  the  order,  and  comment  on  the  curiout 
fact  that  though  the  organ  is  quite  absent  in  VespertUio  munnui 
and  Rhinolophiia  /errum-equinum,  in  another  insectivorous  bst, 
V'ttpemg"  pipigCretlus  there  is  a  moderately  developed  organ. 
They  do  not,  however,  appear  to  have  made  any  study  of  the 
peculiarities  of  the  organ. 

In  the  common  Australian  bat  which  I  have  studied  ( Hin'op- 
terut  fclirfibergii,  Natt.)  the  organ  is  not  only  present,  but  i» 
unusually  well-developed  ;  and  furthermore  it  presents  certain 
features  which  distinguish  it  from  the  ordinary  mammalian  type. 

In  my  recent  thesis  hive  been  recognised  in  the  Placental 
MammalR  and  Marsupials  at  least  three  types  of  Jacohson's 
Organ,  and  of  the  third  type  two  well  marked  vaiietiee.  In  the 
Marsupiftlia  we  have  a  simple  generalised  type  which  is  moderately 
closely  related  to  Monotreme  type  as  found  in  Echidna.  The 
organ  in  Kodente,  on  the  other  hand,  is  peculiarly  specialised  in 
opening  into  the  nasal  cavity  and  not  into  Stenson'a  duct,  though 
in  other  reH{)eot«  it  comes  near  to  the  Marsupial  type  In  all  the 
other  orders  of  Mammals  in  which  the  organ  has  been  examined. 


BT   B.    BBOOM.  573 

differing  considerably  from  the  normal  mammalian  type.  In  the 
middle  line  is  a  well  developed  papilla,  supported  as  I  have  else- 
where* shown  by  a  development  of  the  prenasal  cartilage.  A 
section  through  the  middle  of  the  papilla  shows  on  either  side  a 
wide  Stenson's  duct,  which  at  its  upper  part  is  roofed  over  and 
protected  at  the  sides  by  the  anterior  developments  of  Stenson's 
and  Jacobson's  cartilages.  Above  this  is  found  the  oun'ed 
cartilage  of  the  nasal  floor. 

A  short  distance  behind  this  plane,  in  a  manner  similar  to  that 
figured  by  Herzfeldf  in  the  Lemur,  the  cartilage  of  the  nasal 
floor  becomes  divided  into  an  inner  and  an  outer  part,  as  does  also 
the  arched  cartilaginous  roof  of  Stenson's  duct.  The  two  inner 
parts  unite  to  form  Jacobson's  cartilage  proper;  and  the  outer  to 
form  the  hinder  part  of  Stenson's  cartilage.  This  is  the  condition 
shown  in  fig.  1.  At  the  inner  side  of  the  upper  part  of  Stenson's 
duct  it  is  found  receiving  the  duct  of  Jacobson. 

Almost  immediately  behind  this  Stenson's  duct  is  found  opening 
into  the  nasal  ca\'ity  (fig.  2).  Here  Jacobson's  duct  is  small,  and 
lined  with  squamous  epithelium.  On  this  plane  there  is  no 
ossification  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  septum,  but  a  very  short 
distance  beyond  brings  us  to  a  plane  cutting  the  anterior  part 
of  the  prevomer  (fig.  3,  P.vo,).  In  a  recent  paper  read  before 
this  Society!  I  called  attention  to  this  remarkable  bone  in 
discussing  the  homologies  of  the  palatine  process  of  the  pre- 
maxillary.  It  is  well  illustrated  in  figs.  4  and  5 — the  former 
representing  an  anterior  section;  the  latter  a  section  near  its 
posterior  part. 

On  approaching  the  region  of  the  prevomer,  Jacobson's  Organ 
gradually  becomes  greatly  developed,  attaining  its  maximum  near 
the  posterior  part  of  the  prevomer.  In  this  region  the  cartilage 
of  Jacobson  forms  an  almost  complete  tube,  only  open  slightly  on 


•  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.VV.  2nd  Ser.  Vol.  x.  pt.  4,  1895. 

t  L.c. 
t  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.VV.  2nd  Ser.  Vol.  x.  pt.  3,  1895. 


574  ORGAN   OF  JAC0B80N   IN   AN    AUBTEALIAN   BAT, 

the  outer  side.  Both  the  upper  and  lower  ends  curve  inwards 
slightly  and  auggeating  the  formation  of  a  rudimentary  turbinal. 
The  organ  itself  on  section  ia  found  to  have  the  usual  mammaliui 
shape,  though  here  the  regular  kidney-shape  is  slightly  distorted, 
assuming  more  the  Marsupial  pattern.  The  inner  wall  is  composed 
of  the  usual  neurepitheliuui,  the  epithelial  cells  apparently  having 
short  cilia.  The  outer  wall  has  epithelium  with  long  cilia  A 
single  small  blood  vessel  runs  parallel  to  the  organ  along  the 
hollow  of  the  outer  wall — a  feeble  representative  of  the  large 
vascular  plexuses  of  Echidna  and  Ornilhitrki/nchtu,  or  even  of  the 
rabbit.  Of  mucous  glands  there  are  apparently  none  within  the 
cartilaginous  capsule,  and  no  very  abundant  supply  outside.  A 
number  of  the  septal  glands  towards  the  posterior  part  of  the 
organ  appear  to  supply  it  with  fluid.  The  organ  ends  very 
abruptly. 

Stenson's  cartilage  is  well  developed,  and  passes  inwards  beneath 
the  capsule  of  Jacobson,  somewhat  resembling  t)ie  condition  in 
£chul7ia. 

In  conclusion  the  type  of  organ  appears  to  be  intermediate 
between  that  ot  tlie  Mai-sui>ial  u.hd  tb;t 


BT    R.    BROOM. 


575 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE. 

RsrEKEifcs  Lettebs: — /.(7.,  Jacobion's  cartilage;  /.jD.,  Jacobson's 
duct;  J,0.f  Jacobflon'a  organ;  n.s.,  Daaal  septum;  p.n.,  prenatal ; 
P.vo,^  preTomer ;  S.D.,  Stenaon's  duct ;  S.Cf  Stenaon's  cartilage  ;  w,, 
veiDB. 

Figs.  1-8.  —Transverse  vertical  sections  through  anterior  part  of  Jacobson's 
organ  ( x  25). 

Figs.  4-5. — Transverse  vertical  sections  through  anterior  and  posterior 
parts  of  Jaoobson's  organ  (  x  60). 

Fig.  6. — Section  across  posterior  part  of  Jacobson's  organ,  showing  its 
relations  and  relative  development  (  x  12). 


NOTE  ON  THE  PERIOD  OF  GESTATION  IN  ECHIDNA. 

By  R.  Broom,  M.D.,  B.So. 

On  5th  September  I  had  brought  me  an  adult  male  and  female 
Echidna,  which  had  been  found  t^^ther.  There  was  no  egg  or 
young  one  about  the  female,  and  little  indication  of  even  the 
pouch.  Considering  it  probable  that  impregnation  had  taken 
place,  I  resolved  to  keep  the  specimens  alive  and  await  develop- 
ments. The  two  were  placed  together  in  a  large  box  that  their 
behaviour  might  be  noted;  but  they  appeared  to  have  no  interest 
in  each  other.  The  male  was  rather  inactive,  and  unless  dis- 
turbed, for  the  most  part  remained  quietly  in  the  bottom 
of  the  box.  The  female,  on  the  other  hand,  was  moat  per- 
sistent in  ita  bids  for  liberty,  and  twice  succeeded  in  escaping; 
on  one  occasion  splitting  a  |-in  board  and  wrenching  out 
three  nails.  Fortunately,  on  both  occasions,  it  was  recaptured. 
The  male,  which  absolutely  refused  to  take  either  food  or 
drink,  died  on  the  18th  of  the  month.  The  female  continued 
tu  be  apparently  in  the  best  of  health.      Occasionally  it  would 


BT   B.    BROOM.  577 

Though  the  female  thus  disappointed  me  in  my  hope  of  finding 
accurately  the  period  of  incubation,  it  enabled  me  to  arrive  at  an 
approximate  idea  of  the  period  of  gestation.  The  evidence  on 
this  point  would  have  been  more  conclusive  had  the  sexes  been 
kept  apart,  but  as  the  male  died  on  the  18th,  and  was  in  a  very 
low  condition  for  some  days  previously,  impregnation  could  not  well 
have  taken  place  later  than  the  12th,  and  as  during  the  period  of 
captivity  neither  appeared  to  have  any  interest  in  the  other 
except  to  use  the  body  of  its  companion  as  a  stepping  stone  while 
endeavouring  to  climb  out  of  the  box,  it  seems  highly  probable 
that  impregnation  had  taken  place  when  the  specimens  were 
captured.  If  this  be  so,  the  period  of  gestation  would  be  about 
26  or  27  days,  and  even  if  this  were  not  so,  as  impregnation  could 
not  well  have  taken  place  later  than  the  12th,  the  period  of 
gestation  could  not  be  less  than  18  or  19  days. 

The  eggs  of  my  specimen  appeared  considerably  paler  than  that 
figured  by  Semon,*  being  of  a  light  cream  colour.  The  unbroken 
egg  measured  14  nmi.  in  its  long  axis,  and  about  12*5  mm.  across. 

I  must  express  my  thanks  to  Prof.  Wilson  for  having  had  an 
opportunity  of  seeing  Semon's  work. 

Addendum  (7  th  Feb.,  1896). — I  have  recently  had  an  opportunity 
of  seeing  the  person  who  first  observed  the  two  Echidnas  referred 
to  above — Mr.  Angus  Mclnnis.  He  states  that  the  two  were 
lying  together  on  a  slight  hollow  at  the  root  of  a  tree,  and  so  far  , 
as  he  could  observe  front  to  front,  but  as  on  his  near  approach 
the  two  separated  and  endeavoured  to  escape,  he  could  not  be 
certain  of  their  exact  positions  before  being  disturbed.  He,  how- 
ever, assures  me  that  on  picking  up  the  male  its  copulatory  organ 
was  protruding  about  a  couple  of  inches;  so  that  there  can  be 
little  or  no  doubt  but  coitus  had  just  taken  place.  This,  he 
further  states,  was  on  the  day  previous  to  my  getting  them,  or 
4th  September.  This  additional  information  removes  the  previous 
uncertainty,  and  enables  us  to  fix  the  period  of  gestation  at  about 
28  days. 

*  R.  Semon.  **Zool.  Forschuugsreiaeu  ia  Australien  u.d.  Malay. 
Archipel.     Band  ii.;  Monotremen  uud  Marsiipialier."    Jena  1894. 


PREUMINARY  NOTE  ON  THE  OCCURRENCE  OF  A 
PLACENTAL  CONNECTION  IN  PERAMELES  ORE- 
SULA  AND  ON  THE  F<ETAL  MEMBRANES  OF 
CERTAIN  MACROPODS. 

Bv  Jas  p.  Hill,  Demonhtuator  of  Biology,  in  tok  University 

OF   8YDNBY. 

(Plate  WAX.) 

Siiine  little  time  ago  there  ctune  into  my  handH,  through  the 
kindness  of  Mr.  A.  M.  Lea,  a  female  short-nosed  Bitndieoot, 
I'erameUt  vdemi/a,  which  proved,  on  examination,  to  be  pregn&nt. 
Two  embryos  were  found  in  the  left  uterus,  and  one,  the  largest 
of  the  three,  ill  the  right.  This  latter  embryo  measured  8'75min. 
from  end  to  end  of  the  <-'Urve<l  body. 

On  opening  the  uteri  it  wa.s  found  to  be  impossible  to  remove 
the  embryos  without  tearing  the  iivtal  membranes,  and  so  two  of 
them  wt^re  preserved  enclosed  in  their  membranes  and  attached 
Ui  portions  of  the  ut<irinR  walls. 

ni.y  of 


579  BY   JAS.    p.    HILL. 

Aepi/pfymufuf  or  Phascolarcius,  and  thus  the  portion  of  the  serous 
membrane  consisting  of  ectoderm  and  somatic  mesoderm  and 
limiting  the  extra-embryonic  coelom  externally  forms  a  discoidal 
area  of  considerable  size.  With  this  discoidal  area  of  the  serous 
membrane  the  allantois  fuses,  and  over  it  the  placental  connection 
is  established. 

The  allantois  is  well  developed  and  large,  and  provided  with 
an  abundant  blood  supply.  It  consists  of  a  long  and  somewhat 
flattened  stcdk,  and  a  terminal  expanded  and  much  flattened 
vesicular  portion.  The  allantoic  stalk  leaves  the  embryo  immedi- 
ately behind  the  yolk  stalk,  bends  round  the  right  side  of  the 
embryo,  and  extending  through  the  extra-embryonic  cojlom 
expands  at  its  distal  end  to  form  the  flattened  vesicular  portion 
which  spreads  over  the  discoidal  area  of  the  serous  membrane 
above  mentioned.  In  the  stalk  the  allantoic  cavity  is  reduced  to 
a  narrow  compressed  canal,  appearing  in  sections  as  a  mere  slit^ 
lined  by  greatly  flattened  entodermal  cells.  This  narrow  canal 
opens  distally  into  the  cavity  of  the  vesicular  portion  of  the 
allantois,  which  is  likewise  lined  by  a  thin  layer  of  flattened 
entoderm.  The  cavity  of  the  vesicular  portion  is  greatly  com- 
pressed by  the  approximation  of  the  allantoic  walls,  and  in 
sections  appears  as  a  long  fissure  of  somewhat  varying  breadth. 
One  can  thus  readily  distinguish  two  surfaces  in  this  portion  of 
the  allantois — &n  inner  or  ccelomic  surface  and  an  outer  or 
placental  surface. 

The  mesoderm  of  the  outer  surface  of  the  allantois  is  fused  with 
the  mesoderm  of  the  serous  membrane  so  that  one  can  no  longer 
distinguish  between  the  mesenchyme  of  the  allantois  and  that  of 
the  serous  membrane,  and  not  only  so,  one  can  no  longer  make 
out  the  ectoderm  of  the  serous  membrane  as  a  distinct  and  inde- 
pendent layer,  the  mesenchyme  on  the  outer  aspect  of  the  allantoic 
cavity  apparently  standing  in  direct  connection  with  the  uterine 
mucosa.  It  seems  more  probable  from  my  preparations  that  the 
eotoderm  of  the  serous  membrane  has  fused  with  the  uterine 
mucosa  than  that  it  has  disap()eared  in  its  entirety.  However, 
my  observations  on  this  point  are  by  no  means  complete,  and  the 


580  PLACENTAL  CONNECrTION  IN  PBRAMSLSa  OBBSOLA. 

question  aa  to  the  fate  of  the  ectodeno  may  be  left  undecided  for 
the  present,  eapecialfy  since  I  have  within  the  last  few  days 
received  from  Mr.  A.  O.  Hamilton  a  pregnant  uterus  of  P.  obaula 
containing  an  unattached  blastodennic  vesicle.  The  examination 
of  this  material  will,  I  trust,  throw  light  on  the  point  in  question, 
and  also  on  certain  other  points  in  connection  with  the  structure 
of  the  wall  of  the  pregnant  uterus. 

As  a  consequence  of  this  union  of  ftetal  and  maternal  tissues 
the  uterine  wall  exhibits  certain  structural  modifications.  The 
layer  of  columnar  epithelium  which  forms  the  inner  lining  of  the 
non-pregnant  uterus  can  no  longer  be  distinguished.  It  has 
degenerated  apparently  over  the  whole  extent  of  the  inner  surface 
of  the  uterus.  Also  there  are  present  a  short  distance  below  the 
surface  of  the  mucosa,  groups  of  large  oval  or  rounded  nuclei, 
which,  in  the  region  of  the  placental  connection  are  lai^r  and 
stain  much  deeper  than  in  the  remaining  portions  of  the  uterus. 
These  groups  of  nuclei  are  probalily  derived  by  proliferation  from 
the  lining  epithelium  of  the  uterus.  The  uterine  glands  are  large 
and  well  developed,  their  epithelial  lining  showing  no  signs  of 


BT  JAS.    P.    BILL.  681 

prooeasee.  The  uterine  mucosa  U  very  richly  supplied  with  blood, 
the  maternal  capillaries  forming  a  network  on  and  near  the 
surface  of  the  mucosa,  so  that  fceUl  and  maternal  blood  are  thus 
brought  into  very  close  relation,  readily  allowing  of  transfusion. 
The  allantoiB  of  Pvrameleg  ia  thus  functional  both  as  a  respiratory 
organ  and  as  an  organ  of  autrition — a  distinct  advance  upon  the 
(according  to  Semon)  purely  respiratory  function  of  the  organ  in 
Phatcolaretut. 

In  view  of  this  discovery  of  a  true  allantoic  placenta  of  the 
discoidal  type  in  Perartitiet,  the  Marsupialia  as  a  class  can  no 
longer  be  included  among  the  Aplacentalia  and  the,  up  to  this, 
universally  recognised  character  of  Muvupials  "  no  allantoic 
placenta  "  likewise  do  longer  holds  good. 

The  Macropod  embryos  available  for  examination  consist  of 
intra-uterine  embryos  of  Macroput  parma,  if.  mfieollU,  if.  roiai- 
tw,  and  M.  major.  In  this  note  it  need  only  be  mentioned  that 
I  am  able  to  confirm  Bemon's  belief  that  in  the  arrangement  of 
their  fcetal  membranes  Macropods  would  be  found  to  conform  to 
his  first  type,  as  exemplified  by  Aepyprymnui,  in  which  the 
allantois  never  comes  into  any  connection  with  the  serous  mem- 
brane. 

I  desire  to  tender  my  sincere  thanks  to  Prof.  J.  T.  Wilson  for 
many  valuable  suggestions  during  the  course  of  my  work. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE. 
DbgTkm  of  Ibe  fcetal  niembrBoea  of  Peramelea  obesula. 

The  ectodnrm  ii  indicated  by  a  thio  lin?,  the  metodenn  by  a  thiok  tine, 
and  the  eDtodorm  by  a  dotted  line. 

Hiifertnct  liUcrt. 

tUt-C,  allantoio  c&vity;  att.tl.,  all&ntoic  (talk;  ninn.,  amniou;  ca,,  eitra- 
erabryoDio  c«tlom;  mu.,  mesenchyme  of  outer  surface  of  alUntoiB  fused 
wilb  raMeDobyme  of  seron*  ineinbrane;  pro.,  prokalymma  of  Semon;  «.  1., 
aiiiiiB  terininalia;  Hf.,  atcrine  wall;  y.".,  jolb  »a;  y.a.w.,  iovagmati'il 
punioD  of  yolk  *aa  walL 


DESCKIPTIONS  OF  SOME  NEW  SPECIES  OF  PLANTS 
FROM  NEW  SOUTH  WALEa 

By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.a,  and  B.  T.  Baker,  F.L.S. 

(Plates  L.-Liii.) 

Lbguhinosa. 


DaVIESIA    RECURTATA,  Bp.I10Y. 

(Plate  h.) 


A  Rmall  ehrub  with  erect  branches,  hirsute,  branchleta  terete. 

wi(  /lender. 

Leaves  very  rigid,  small,  appressed,  numerous,  lanceolate,  articu- 
late, thick  with  rccurvefl  margins,  the  midrib  only  showing  at  the 
base  on  tlie  underside,  acuminate,  grttdually  tapering  to  a  straight 
rigid  pungent  point;  usually  about  2  lines  long,  rarely  4  linen, 
mostly  under  a  line  in  breadth,  often  glabrous  on  the  undendde 
I   hairs  on  the   upjipr  aurfuoe 


BY   J.    H.    MAIDEN   AND   R.    T.    BAKER.  583 

D.  squarrosa.  Leaves  cordate,  ovate,  much  acuminate,  usually 
under  ^  in.  long;  pedicels  filiform. 

This  species  differs  from  2).  JUipes  with  which  it  has  greatest 
affinity,  principally  in  having  more  acuminate  and  smaller  leaves, 
with  revoiute  margins;  also  in  its  smaller  flowers,  and  in  the  upper 
teeth  of  the  calyx  being  scarcely  if  at  all  united,  as  well  as  in 
possessing  prominent  bracts. 

The  c&ljx  is  similar  to  that  of  B.  squanrrosa^  but  the  leaves 
entirely  differ  from  that  species. 

Hah, — Taloobie,  Bylong  Creek,  (Joulbum  River,  N.S.W. 
(R.T.B.) 

We  have  proposed  the  specific  name  from  the  recurved  margins 
of  the  leaves. 

Acacia  Babubrlbni,  sp.nov. 
(PI.  LI. — right  division.) 

A  skrvibhy pubescent  plant  of  about  3  to  7  ft.  as  seen:  generally 
3  to  5  ft.,  throwing  out  numerous  "switch-like"  branchless^ stems 
from  the  ground, 

Branchlets  few,  hoary  pubescent,  angular,  mostly  subtended  by 
a  phyllode,  with  very  prominent  decurrent  lines. 

Phyllodia  rigid,  mostly  about  6  inches  long,  narrowed  at  both 
ends,  terminating  in  a  straight  recurved  pimgent  point,  broadest 
in  the  middle,  where  they  are  4  to  5  lines  broad,  rarely  slightly 
inclined  to  falcate,  coriaceous;  veins  parallel,  numerous,  very 
prominent  on  both  sides,  3  or  4  more  distinct  than  the  others, 
the  finer  veins  occasionally  anastomosing.  Gland  slightly  removed 
from  the  base,  not  prominent.  Stipules  small,  about  1  line  long, 
deciduous. 

Peduncles  solitary,  opposite,  about  9  lines  long,  pubescent, 
bearing  a  comparatively  large,  dense,  globular  head  of  from  30  to 
40  flowers,  closely  packed,  the  calyces  almost  cohering,  mostly 
5-inerou8. 

Calyx  turbinate,  lobes  obtuse,  ciliate,  less  than  half  as  long  as 
the  corolla,  more  or  less  hairy,  eventually  separating  into  spathu- 

N      N 


584  NKW   SPXGIIS  OV   PLANTS    FROM   SSW   SOOTH   WALI8, 

late  distinct  sepals.     Petals  glabrous,  oft«a  with  red  markings. 
Stcunena  long  and  rerj  numerous,  filamenta  white,  anthers  green. 
Pod  straight,  3J  to  4  lines  long,  3  to  4  lines  broad,  pubescent, 
the  margins  thickened,  white  and  nerve-like. 

Seeds  oblong,  longitudinal,  funicle  folded  3  or  6  times  on  itnelf, 
and  not  thickened  under  the  seed. 

ffoi.— New  Italy,  N.S.W.  (W.  Baouerlen). 
Analysis  showing  affinities  to  and  differences    from  cognate 
species  :— 

Fhyllodia  linear-lanceolate,  3-  or  more  nerved,     Fetab  smooth 
or  with  prominent  midribs. 

Sepals  united.  Seeds  longitudinal.  Fed- 
uncles  short.     Phyflodia  under  3  lines. 

Fod  curved A.  lanigera. 

Fedunclea  long.  Seed  oblique  and  longi- 
tudinal. Fhyllodia  5  to  6  ".  Pod 
straight,  funicle  4  fold,  not  thickened 
under  the  seed A.  Baeuerhni, 


Peduncles    short      Seed    oblong,    oblique, 


BT   J.    H.    MAIDBN   AND   R.    T.    BAKER.  585 

The  venation  is  certainly  more  like  that  of  the  latter  species,  as 
is  also  the  vestiture,  but  the  long  peduncles,  phyllodes  and  straight 
pod  remove  it  far  from  that  species.  If  there  were  any  varietal 
forms  it  might  perhaps  be  made  a  variety  of  A.  lanigera,  but  as 
specimens  of  that  species  obtained  from  the  interior  of  the  Colony 
and  from  many  parts  of  the  Dividing  Range  show  no  perceptible 
variation,  it  is  impossible  to  look  upon  our  plant  as  a  variety. 
We  may  also  mention  that  the  sucker  or  switch  like  appearance 
of  the  stems  of  A.  Baeuerleni  in  no  way  resembles  the  close  thickset 
shrub  A,  lanigera.  The  bracteoles  appear  also  to  be  wanting  or 
are  very  deciduous. 

The  individual  flowers  and  head  are  also  larger  than  those  of 
A.  lanigera,  while  the  stamens  have  white  filaments  and  light 
yellow  anthers. 

The  pods  also  show  no  tendency  to  curve. 

Had  it  come  under  the  FlurinerveSy  then  its  affinities  would  be 
with  A,  elongata  and  A.  SimsH,  from  which  species  it  differs 
mostly  in  the  shape  of  the  phyllode,  length  of  peduncle,  calyx, 
and  shape  of  seed  and  aril. 

Dedication, — This  species  is  named  after  Mr.  William  Baeuerlen, 
the  painstaking  botanical  collector  of  the  Technological  Museum. 

Albizzia  (Pithecolobium)  Muellbriana,  sp.nov. 

(PL   LII.) 

A  tree  glabrous  in  all  its  parts,  height  about  50  to  70  feet,  as 
seen,  diameter  2  feet,  locally  known  as  "Ash." 

Pinnad  one  pair,  rarely  two  pairs,  the  common  petiole  mostly 
under  one  inch,  each  rhachis  often  short,  rarely  exceeding  two 
inches.  Gland  wanting.  Leaflets  glabrous,  usually  one  pair  sub- 
tended by  an  odd  one,  exceptionally  composed  of  three  or  four 
leaflets  irregularly  placed  along  the  rhachis,  ovate  acuminate,  obtuse, 
or  oblanceolate,  acuminate,  the  cuneate  base  narrowing  into  a 
distinct  hairy  or  pubescent  petiolule,  articulate  with  the  rhachis; 
1  to  5  inches  long,  reticu lately  pen ni veined  on  both  sides,  but 
much  more  prominently  so  on  the  underside,  paler  above. 


5^6  NEW   SPKCIBB  OF   PLANTS   PROH   NEW   BOCTB   WALBB, 

Panicles  in  the  upper  axils  or  loosely  racemose,  exceeding  the 
leaves;  peduncles  flat  or  anfi^lar.  Flowers  up  to  sbont  ]!>  in 
globular  umbels,  sessile.  Calyx  glabrous,  3-3  lines  Ion;;,  shortly 
toothed,  ciliate,  campanujate  or  cylindrical.  OoroHa  exceedingly 
short  in  the  bud,  glabrous,  2-3  lines  long,  equally  5-Jobed. 
Stamens  green,  united  below  the  lobes,  9  lines  long.  Pistil 
glabrous.  Style  elongated,  1  inch  long.  Ovary  suiTonnded  at 
the  base  by  a  cup-shaped  gland. 

Pod  thick,  flfghy,  terete,  2  to  4  inches  long,  3  to  4  lines  broad, 
twisting  when  perfectly  ripe  and  eventually  becoming  very  hard, 
valves  dark  red  outside,  orange-coloured  inside. 

Seed  black,  imbedded  in  the  thick  fleshy  interior  of  the  pod, 
about  2  or  3  lines  long. 

I{ah. — Marshall  Falls,  Alstonville,  and  also  Tintenbar,  Rii-b- 
mond  River;  also  Mullumbimby,  Brunswick  River,  N.S.W.  (W. 
Baeuerlen). 

This  species  has  closest  affinity  with  Albizzia  (Pilhteolobium) 
Iletidernotii  and  A.  ramijitrra — a  Specific  name,  by  the  way,  which 
would  apply  equally  well  to  alt  our  Pithecolobiums  and  Albizziaa. 


BY   J.    H.    MAIDEN   AND   R.    T.    BAKER.  587 

A,  Mudl^riana,  sp.nov.  Leaflets  distinctly  petiolate  articu- 
IctUy  equal-sided,  ovate  acuminate,  corolla  shorter  than  the  calyx. 
Style  under  1  inch. 

A.  ramijlora.  Leaflets  large,  obovate,  shortly  decurrent,  corolla 
very  long.     Style  4  inches  long. 

Dedication. — In  honour  of  Baron  Sir  Ferdinand  von  Mueller, 
K.C.M.G.,  the  distinguished  Government  Botanist  of  Victoria. 

We  have  used  the  generic  term  Albizzia  instead  of  Fithecolo- 
bium  in  deference  to  the  advice  of  Baron  von  Mueller,  who  writing 
us  on  the  subject,  sa3rB  : — 

"  If  you  look  through  the  Iconography  of  Australian  Acacias 
and  allied  genera,  you  will  And  that  the  characters,  on  which 
Pithecolobium  by  my  celebrated  friend  Martius  was  founded,  find 
their  counterpart  in  Acacia,  and  that  accordingly  also  from  Acacia 
a  number  of  species  would  on  the  same  grounds  require  to  be 
separated.  Indeed  VachcUia  has  been  distinguished  by  a"  pithy 
pod  for  A,  Famesiayui,  but  by  common  consent  Vachellia  became 
discarded.  It  was  not  on  light  considerations  that  I  overthrew 
in  the  Journal  of  Bot.  for  1872  Pithecolobium,  at  all  events  for 
the  Asiatic  and  Australian  species,  there  being  absolutely  no 
difference  between  these  genera.  Whether  Pithecolobium  can  be 
maintained  for  any  S.  American  species  I  cannot  positively  assert. 
It  was  founded  on  species  with  somewhat  succulent  pods,  such  as 
the  monkeys  there  feed  on.  Hence  the  name.  But  no  difference 
in  other  respects  seems  to  occur  among  the  Albizzias  of  the  eastern 
and  western  world.  Furthermore,  the  well  known  genus 
Gleditschia  in  Leguminosse  contains  species  with  dry  and  succulent 
legumens.  What  I  said  of  Gleditschia  applies  similarly  to  the 
still  closer  allied  genus  Prosopis.^^ 

Composite. 

PODOLEPIS    RUBIDA,  sp.noV. 

A  slender,  glabrous  (or  slightly  woolly  at  the  base)  divaricate 
perennial,  from  1  to  3  or  more  feet  in  height. 


588  NEW  8PBCIBB   OF   PLANTS  FROM  NEW  80DTH   WALBS, 

Leaves  linear,  2  inches  long  at  the  base  and  decreasing  in  siie 
on  the  etemH  on  Rome  Bpecimene,  while  in  others  i  inches  long  at 
the  base,  decreaHing  to  2  inches  long  an  the  stem,  the  upper  ones 
stem-claHping  and  decurrent,  tapering  from  the  base  upwards, 
margins  recurved,  glabrous  above,  woolly  underneath,  but  midrib 
prominent,  basal  leaves  with  a  loose  cottony  down. 

Flower  heads  small,  on  filiform  peduncles.  Involucre  hemi- 
spherical, rarely  exceeding  3  lines,  the  scarious  laminie  of  the 
brocte  rugose,  imbricate,  ovate  or  acuminate,  decurrent  on  the 
whole  length  of  the  claw  of  the  inner  row  of  bracts;  the  claw  of 
the  outer  bract  very  short  but  gradually  lengthening  to  a  long 
hnear  one  on  the  penultimate  or  innermost  row  but  one;  the  claws 
gl&ndular.  Florets  yellow,  all  exceeding  the  involucre,  the  outer 
ones  about  3  lines  long,  ligulate,  shortly  3-  or  i-lobed. 

Pappus  bristles  fine,  not  thickened  upwards,  shortly  barbellate, 
Achenes  glabrous. 

floi.— Bftthurat,  N.S.W.  (W.  J.  C.  Eoss). 

Analysis  showing  dlfierences  from  cognate  species  t  — 


BT   J.    H.    MAIDEN   AND   R.    T.    BAKBR.  589 

It  is  easily  recognised  from  P,  caneacens  by  its  obtuse  lamince 
and  smaller  involucre  as  well  as  by  the  shape  of  the  leaves,  and 
in  being  a  much  slender  and  taller  plant,  and  almost  glabrous. 

Of  all  the  species  in  this  genus  it  has  the  greatest  superficial 
resemblance  to  P,  Lesaoni,  and  could  easily  be  mistaken  for  that 
species,  its  chief  characteristic  difference  being  its  much  longer 
and  decurrent  linear-lanceolate  leaves,  rugose  scarious  laminie,  and 
the  presence  of  the  basal  bracts  of  the  involucre. 

P.  Siemasenia  stands  apart  from  it  principally  by  its  decurrent, 
smooth  laminae;  "not  perceptibly  barbellate  pappus-bristles;" 
smaller  non-decurrent  stem  leaves;  absence  of  scarious  scales  on 
the  peduncles  and  its  shining  bracts. 

Its  specific  name  has  reference  to  the  colour  of  its  stems. 
Helichrtsum  tesselatum,  sp.nov. 

(Plate  Liii.). 

An  erect  shrub  of  several  feet,  often  with  thick  stems  which 
always  retain  the  prominent  decurrent  lines  of  the  leaves,  the 
branches  closely  woolly  tomentose. 

Leaves  narrow-linear  with  recurved  or  revolute  margins,  about 
I  of  an  inch  long  including  the  decurrent  part,  which  equals 
about  half  its  entire  length,  woolly  tomentose  underneath,  smooth 
and  shining  above,  rarely  with  any  asperities,  obtuse  or  with  a 
recurved  point. 

Flower  heads  numerous,  larger  than  those  of  £1,  dtoamifolium, 
in  rather  loose  terminal  corymbs,  sometimes  measuring  4  to  5 
inches. 

Flower  heads  straw-coloured  on  woolly  white,  stouter  pedicels 
than  the  allied  species,  larger  and  less  numerous  than  those  of 
H.  dioamifolium.  Involucre  hemispherical  or  ovoid-turbinate,  3 
lines  in  diameter,  or  a  shade  longer  than  broad,  the  bracts  obtuse, 
concave,  compact,  straw-coloured,  with  spreading  tips,  the  outer 
ones  slightly  woolly  below  the  scarious  tips.  Florets  about  35  to 
40,  a  few  of  the  outer  ones  females. 


690  NEW   BPBCIE8  OF   PLANTS   FROM   NEW  80UTH   WALBB, 

AcheneH  hairy.  Pappua-bristlea  slender,  sernil&te,  not  thickeord 
upwards. 

ffoft— Bylong,  Mnmimbo  (Goulbum  River)^  K.S.W. 

Ana.l)^ia  showing  differences  from  allied  species : — 

Involucral  bracts  more  or  lees  scarious,  obtose,  without  any  i>r 
with  scarcely  conspicuous  white  tips. 

Involucre  ovoid-turbinate.  Florets  above  15,  Achenps 
glabrous  or  papillose. 

leaves  not  decurrent. H.  cinermm, 

„      shortly  decurrent  I/.  bracteolali,m. 

„      much  decurrent B.  temelatum. 

(The  specific  name  being  given  in  allusion  to  the  strikingly 
tes-^lated  appearance  of  the  stem,  owing  to  the  scars  of  the  bases 
of  the  leaves). 

This  species  when  first  seen  in  the  field  has  the  general  facies 
of  H.  duismi/bliuTn,  but  its  specific  diiFerences  are  readily 
apparent. 

The  long,  prominent   persistent  decurrent   lines   on    the   old 


OV   J.    U.    MAIDBN    AND   R.    T.    B4KBR.  591 

shining  above,  but  with    lew   asperity  than    H.   diosmi/olium, 
about  6"  long,  cotton;  white  underneath. 

Flower  heads  hemispherical  or  slightly  turbinate,  rather  larger 
than  those  of  II.  diogmifolium  but  less  than  those  of  H.  decurrenn, 
numerous  in  a  terminal  corymb. 

Involucre  hemiapherical,  under  2  lines  in  diameter,  the  bracts 
obtuse,  concave,  all  the  outer  ones  scarious,  straw-coloured,  with 
scarcely  spreading  tips,  the  inner  circle  yellow  with  paler  tips. 
Florets  about  '25-30,  Achenes  hairy.  Pappus-bristles  serrulate, 
not  thickened  upwards. 

,fl<»ft.~Murrumbo,  Goulburn  River,  N.S.W. 
Analysis  to  show  cognate  species  ; — 

Involucral  bracts  with  concave,  erect  or  loose  but  rtol  spreading 
obtuse  tips,  all  or  the  inner  ones  white  or  pink. 

Leaves  not  decurrent      Florets  20  H.  diofmifoUum. 

Involucral  bracts  more  or  less  scarious,  obtuse,  without  any  or 
with  scarcely  conspicuous  white  tips. 
Involucre  ovoid-turhinate,  TtaiTou: 
FtorttM    about    15.       Leaves 

shortly  decurrent //,  bracUolattim. 

Involucre  hemispherical.  Florets 
25    to    30.       Leaves   shortly 

decurrent  //,  bretidecurrent. 

Involucre  hemispherical.  Florets 
33  to  40.  Leaves  very  decur- 
rent       //.  (e88e/a(M>w,  sp.nov. 

As  will  be  seen  in  the  analysis,  it  has  greatest  affinities  with 
//.  hracteolatum,  whilst  it  also  approaches  ff.  tewelatiim  in  the 
general  resemblance  of  the  involucre,  but  dilTers  from  it  in  the 
shortly  decurrent  and  more  numerous  leaves  and  smaller  flower 
heads.  From  H.  adnatum  it  is  distinguished  by  the  shape  of  the 
involucre  and  number  of  floreti),  and  the  pappus-bristles  being  not 
thickened  upwards,  and  its  larger  heads. 


NEW  SPBCIXS  OF    FLAKTS   FROM    NIW  SOOTB   WALKS, 


filONONIACBA. 

Tbcoma  Bailbtana,  sp.n<n-. 
(PI.  LI. — left  division.) 

A  tall  woody  climber,  glabrous.  Leaves  pinnate  with  7  to  9 
leaflets,  sometimes  exceeding  2  feet,  opposite  or  in  whorls  of  3  or 
4,  petiole  3  inches  long. 

Leaflets  oblique,  usually  7  but  sometimes  9,  large,  about  5  inches 
long  and  over  2  inches  broad,  ovato  acumiiiat«,  rounded  at  the  base 
or  shortly  tapenng  into  an  exceedingly  short  petiole,  pale  coloured 
underneath,  reticulations  very  prominent  below  but  less  marked 
above,  margins  slightly  recurved,  articulato  on  the  rhachis. 

Flowers  in  axillary  racemes  or  interrupted  spikes  from  3  to  15 
inches  long  of  a  cream  colour,  but  touched  inside  on  the  lobes  and 
throat  with  a  delicate  shade  of  pink.  Calyx  glabrous,  6-toothed, 
of  a  purplish 'brown  colour.  Corolla-tube  incurved,  6  lines  long, 
not  dilate<l  upwards,  but  perfectly  cylindrical,  covered  inside  and 
Liinute  glandul 


BT  J.    H.   HAIDEN    AND  R.   T.    DAKBR.  593 

Flowers  compact,   corymbose,  corolla 

about  1  inch  in  diameter T.  jatminoidei. 

Corymbeof  6  to  8  flowers,  corolla  about 

3  inches  long,  purplish T.  Hillii. 

The  small  tubular  cream-coloured  flowers  of  this  species  give  it 
ao  appearance  quite  distinct  from  the  other  well-known  Austra- 
lian Teeomae,  so  that  it  u  very  easy  to  recognise  in  ite  native 
habitat. 

Our  idea  to  make  this  a  variety  of  T.  auttralig  was  overcome 
hj  the  fact  that  T,  auttralU  with  all  ite  variations  of  foliage 
preserves,  wherever  found,  a  very  constant  flower,  which  is  very 
distinct  from  this  new  species. 

As  T,  auttralig  is  also  found  at  Mullumbimby,  it  can  readily 
be  compared  on  the  spot  with  the  new  species. 

Besides  its  distinctive  flowers  the  foliage  is  also  characteristic. 
The  foliage  of  T.  augtralit  with  all  its  variations  of  coast,  table- 
land and  for  interior  specimens  in  no  way  resembles  the  large, 
coriaceous  leaflets  of  this  new  species. 

The  calyx  of  purplish-brown  may  also  be  noticed. 

We  regret  that  we  have  not  succeeded  in  obtaining  the  fruit, 
but  there  appears  very  little  hope  of  obtaining  any  from  the  plants 
fnnn  which  this  diagnosis  is  made,  as  they  are  so  situated  on  a 
vertical  bank  that  all  the  fruit  must  inevitably  fall  into  Mulhim- 
bimby  Creek. 

Discovered  on  the  banks  of  Mullumbimby  Creek  by  W. 
Boeuerlen;  and  who,  although  collecting  systematically  in  this 
district  for  over  four  years,  has  only  seen  one  plant. 

Named  in  honour  of  Mr.  Fred.  Manson  Bailey,  F.L.S.,  the 
Government  Botanist  of  Queensland. 


NBW   SPXCIXS   OF   FLASTB   FBOH  HBW   80CTB    WALB8, 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 


Plate  I. 

Davittia  ruiireata. 
Fig.  1. — Floworiog  twig. 
Fig.  2.— lodividiuil  flower. 
Figi.  3  ftod  4. --Standard. 
Fig.  G.— KeaL 
Fig.  0.— Wing. 
Fig.  7.— Pixlil. 
Fig.  8.— LeavM. 

All  eolarged  except  No.  1. 


Plata  LI. — right  diviaioo. 
Acaeia  BaeuerUni. 
Fig,  I.— Flowering  twig. 
Pig.  2.— Bud. 


BT  J.    H.    HAIDXM   AHD  S.   T.    BAKBR. 


HeikhrT/mm  Itutiaium, 
Tig.  I. — Floveriug  ■peeimen. 
Fig.  2.— Floret, 

Fig.  3.^ — Ssction  of  upper  p&rt  of  floret  tube. 
Fig.  4.— K»ta. 
Fig.  0.— Bimcti. 

Fig.  6. — Portion  of  ateni  (bowing  decurretit  nmrgiu  of  the  lekTMoa  it. 
All  enUrged  except  Figs.  1  uid  6.         , 

Plate  u.— left  dividoo. 
Tecotna  BaiUj/ana. 
Fig.  1. — Flowering  nceme. 
Figf.  8,  3,  4,  S. — Inilividiiil  bndi  and  Bower*. 
Fig.  6. — Seotion  of  corolla,  abowiiig  diipoaition  of  plitU  and  stiuneiu 

(enlarged). 
Fig.  7. — Part  of  leaf  ibowing  leaflet*. 


OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE  EUCALYPT8  OF  NEW 
SOUTH  WALES. 

By  Hbsbv  Dbanb,  M.A.,F.L.S.,ic.,AND  J.  H.Maidbw,F.L.S.,4c. 
(The  Illustrations  by  R.  T.  Bakbb,  F.L.S.) 


{Plates  liv.-Ltil) 

Introductory. 

The  two  great  works  on  the  genus  Sueaiyptui  are  the  "Flora 

Australiensis,"  (Vol.  iii.  pp.  185-261);  and  Baron  von  Mueller'i 

Monograph  "Eucalyptographio,"  a  quarto,  with  illustrations  of 

one  hundred  species. 

For  some  years  past  we  have  been  giving  particular  attention 
to  those  species  which  occur  in  New  South  Wales,  and,  as  the 
result  of  our  investigations,  both  in  the  field  and  from  examina. 
tion  of  specimens,  dried  or  otherwise,  we  are  in  a  position  to 
usefully  supplement  the 


BY   HEITBI   DBANB   AKD  J.    H.    HAIDBH.  597 

Yemacidar  Mam«.— "Black  Sally,"  Oippgland  and  Southern 
New  South  Wales  at  leaat  as  far  north  as  Goulbum ;  also  Kew 
England  Ranges.     "  Black  Gum,"  Bombala. 

The  above  names  have  been  given  on  account  of  the  rough, 
hard  black  bark  on  the  butt. 

"Sally  Butt,"  between  Bathurst  and  Orange.  The  name 
"Sally,"  without  a  qualifying  adjective,  is  in  use  at  Bombala, 
Boro,  Braidwood  and  Yass.  The  name  is  in  allusion  to  tbe  species 
being  often  found  on  the  banks  <^  streams,  like  a  sally  (sallow  or 
willow).  "  Olive-green  Gum  "  (Leichhardt).  "  Oroen  Gum," 
County  of  Argyle  and  Blue  Mountains  {Macarthur,;  New  Eng- 
land and  high  land  near  Braidwood  (Dr.  Woolls).  "White 
Gum,"  County  of  Argyle  and  Blue  Mountaina(A.Cunn.).  "Blue 
Gum  "  (Forester  Uecbam,  Tumut).  "  Lead  Gum,"  County  of 
Ai^le  and  Blue  Mountains;  Berrima  (Macarthur);  Hartley  and 
Mudgee  (WoolU). 

All  the  above  names,  "  Olive-green  Gum,"  tie,  are  attempts  to 
describe  the  appearance  of  the  smooth  portion  of  the  bark,  which 
varies  from  white  with  a  bluish  or  lead-coloured  cast  to  even  a 
dirty  olive-green. 

The  species  is  a  stunted  gum  growing  at  high  elevations,  smooth- 
barked  (except  at  the  butt),  and  looking  as  if  it  were  blue  or 
lead-coloured  with  the  cold.  There  are  so  many  White  Gums 
that  we  think  tbe  name  "  Lead-coloured  Gum  "  is  a  useful  one, 
while  "Black  Sally"  is  bett«r  still,  and  the  most  widely  spread  of 
existing  names. 

It  is  called  "  Muzzle-wood  "  in  Gippsland,  but  the  meaning  of 
the  name  is  unknown  to  us. 

Seedling  or  sucker  leaves. — Ovate-acuminate,  larger  in  size 
and  thinner  in  texture  than  the  mature  leaves.  The  average 
dimensions  of  some  seedling  leaves  in  our  possession  are  3J  inches 
long  by  a  width  of  one  half  this.     (PI.  liv.,  figs.  7-0.) 

Mature  leaves. — The  tips  are  often  hooked  like  those  of  E. 
eoriacea  and  of  some  forms  of  other  species',  e.g.,  amygdalina. 
The  leaves  of  both  species  when  dry  are  smooth  and  usually  show 


598  OBSBRVATIONS  ON   THE    EUCALYPTS   OF  N.S.W., 

black  dots  (like  E.  punctata),  white  the  parenchymatous  tUaue  a 
more  or  less  channelled.  Theee  appearonceH  are  also  seen  in  some 
forms  uf  E.  amygdaiina  ftnd  other  species,  and  w«  draw  attention 
to  them  in  order  that  too  great  importance  be  not  attached  to 
them.  In  E.  punctata  these  black  dots  were  considered  to 
indicate  a  specific  difference. 

The  shape  of  the  leaves  is  lanceolate  to  broadly  lanceolate. 
The  leaves  are  smaller  than  those  of  E.  coriacea.  The  venation 
springs  from  the  petiole,  and  the  primary  veins  are  prominent  and 
roughly  parallel  to  the  midrib. 

Timber.^F&le  coloured,  rarely  free  from  gum-veins,  warps 
seriously,  a  sounrl  log  tif  any  size  very  rare;  of  little  value  for 
puq)08e8  other  than  fuel.  Timber  that  shrinks  much  in  drying 
may  do  so  regularly  or  irregularly.  Those  of  the  first  class 
have,  when  dry,  practically  the  same  shape  as  the  original  piece, 
but  those  of  the  second  class  take  on  irregular  shapes.  The 
timl>ers  of  E.  gte!lit!ata  and  E.  coriaeta  belong  to  the  latter  class. 

Variation-s  frnm  type. — var.  ANOUSTIFOLIA,  Benth.  (Syn.  E. 
viicropkylla,  A.  Cunn.  partly)  with  small,  narrow  leav(«. 


BV    UBMRT   DBANK   AND  J.    B.    HAIDBN.  599 

F^tMetilar  names.— One  of  the  "White  or  Cabbage  Guma,"  but 
not  to  be  confused  with  E-  haniasloma,  v»r.  micrantha,  which 
goes  hy  the  same  names.  Its  usual  name  with  us  is  "  White 
Gum,"  though  it  in  very  frequently  caUed  "  Cabbage  Qum  "  also. 
The  names  "Flooded  Gum"  and  "Peppermint"  under  which  this 
species  is  Icnown  in  Victoria  (B.  Fl.)  would  not  appear  to  be  in 
use  in  this  colony.  As  regards  the  latter  name,  we  suggest  that 
it  has  arisen  from  the  fact  that  a  form  of  E.  amygdalina  growing 
in  the  south-eastern  part  of  the  colony  resembles  E.  eoriaeea  in 
fruits  and  perhapa  in  other  respects.  We  have  evidence  pointing 
in  this  direction. 

The  species  goes  under  the  name  of  "  Weeping  Gum  "  in  Tas- 
inaniii.,  owing  to  its  Scrambling  habit;  the  name  is  also  in  use  at 
Uralla,  N.S.W.  At  Glen  Innes  it  is  locally  known  as  "Tumble- 
down Gum,"  also  by  reason  of  its  aspect. 

"  Glassy  Gum  "  is  a  name  in  use  at  Guyra,  on  account  of  the 
vitreous  appearance  of  the  bark. 

"White  Sally  "  is  a  name  in  use  at  Queanbeyan. 

Seedling  Uavti. — Broader  than  the  mature  leaves;  more  or  less 
ovate. 

Mature  j«a tie*. ^Coriaceous,  yet  often  succulent,  and  hence  eaten 
by  stock.  They  are  comparatively  large,  sii  inches  being  a 
oommon  length,  wliile  five  inches  is  perhaps  under  the  average. 
The  width  is  usually  about  1^  inch.  They  are  usually  shiny, 
bot  in  the  coldest  districts  often  glaucous.  The  venation  is  as 
stated  under  ttellulata,  and  in  this  respect  not  only  shows  affinity 
with  that  species  but  also  with  amygdnlina,  particularly  through 
the  variety  latifoUa  of  that  species. 

Kniier.^Pale  coloured,  full  of  gum  veins;  warps  a  good  deal. 

Variationt  from  (./pe.— Following  are  notes  on  Eucalypte  which 
more  or  less  depart  from  the  typical  form  of  E.  eoriaeea  :  — 

(a)  B.  eoriaeea  becomes  less  glaucous  in  the  Delegate  district; 
hnrk  scribbled  like  K.  ktnmntloma.  The  young  leaves  are  larger 
and  thinner  than  those  of  the  type. 


600  OBHBRVATIONS  ON   THE    EUCALTPTS  OF   N.8.W., 

(6)  Leaf  about  4  J  inchea  long,  straight  or  nearly  bo,  i.e.,  Kldom 
falcate,  fruit  more  nearly  sessile.  Unripe  fruits  nearly  bemiM- 
pheriual;  ripe  fruits  controctad  at  the  orifice  and  ovoid.  Some- 
timen  glaucous,  and  apparently  connecting  with  variety  al/iitui. 
The  l)ark  is  smooth,  grey  and  striped,  and  is  marktwl  by  scriblileK 
similar  to  those  of  S.  /iiemanloaia.  The  tree  is  in  fact  a  good  deal 
like  thftt  of  a  large-fruited  variety  of  £.  hainn/lojna,  to  which  we 
shall  subsequently  allude,  but  the  venation  and  consistence  of  the 
leaves  (not  to  mention  other  points)  are  those  of  K.  coriaee-i. 

Cooma  District.     Cooma  and  Braidwood  Road. 

(c)  Var.  alpina,  F.v.M.  (B.  Fl.  iii.  201).  Leaves  short  and 
nearly  straight.      Flowers  rather  smaller  and  peduncles  ahorbr, 

Mountains  on  Macaliater  River,  Vic.  (B.  Fl.). 

Specimens  of  this  variety  front  Mt.  Kosciusko,  in  our  own 
Colony,  are  very  glaucous.  Leaves  2  inches  long,  or  a  little  more. 
(PI.  liv.,  figs.  2-3,) 

Ritnge. — Usually  at  fairly  high  elevations,  preferring  undulat- 
ing, <,'raJMy  country  in  the  ranges  and  high  table-landa     Found 


BT   HBNBY    DEANS   AND  J.    H.    HAIDEN.  601 

2.  Yar.  miicUa,  coDtainiog  the  tree  usually  known  as  "  River 

Whit«  Gum." 

Hueker  or  SKedling  te,ive»  broadisk. 

3.  Variety  lali/ulia  (nobit),  comprising   acme   of   the   broad- 

leaved  forms. 
There  are  other  forms,  at  present  placed  under  amygdalina, 
but  as  our   specimena  or  observations  in  regard    to   them    are 
incomplet«,  we  prefer  to  postpone  consideration  of  them. 

1.  Typical  E.  ami/gdatma. 

IfUroductorff. — In  the  case  of  such  a  protean  species  as  £. 
amyydalina,  it  may  be  useful,  and  it  is  certainly  interesting,  to 
note  what  the  definition  of  the  species  really  wa.s,  as  by  different 
authors  the  description  has  been  modified  very  considerably. 

The  original  specimen  described  by  Labillardi^re  came  from 
Tasmania.  The  following  is  Don's  translation  of  the  species 
description  given  in  DC.  Prod.  iii.  219  ;  — 

"Lid  hemispherical,  nearly  mutic,  shorter  than  the  cup; 
peduncles  axillary  and  lateral,  nearly  teret«,  length  of  the  petioles; 
umbels  6-8  flowered,  nearly  capitate;  leaves  linear-lanceolate, 
attenuated  at  the  base,  and  acuminately  mucronate  at  the  apex. 
Leaves  3  inches  long,  and  3  lines  broad,  some  unequal  at  the  base, 
and  some  equal.  Petioles  and  peduncles  3  Hnes  long.  Fruit 
globose,  size  of  a  grain  of  pepper." 

Vernacular  names.— Peppermint  or  Messmate  are  the  most 
widely  used  names,  and  they  are  perhaps  indiscriminately 
employed.  Perhaps  the  former  name  is  more  prevalent  as  far 
north  as  Mittagong  and  the  Blue  Mountains,  and  the  latter  in 
New  England,  but  the  two  names  are  often  employed  in  the  same 
district  fur  the  same  tree.  Some  other  local  names  wilt  be  found 
under  Jiangs. 

Bark. — ^Tbis  is  the  least  variable  characteristic;  it  is  sub- 
fibrous,  although  on  the  one  hand  it  sometimes  approaches  the 
character  of  a  Stringybark,  on  the  other  hand  it  is  oft«n  of  a 


602  OBSBRVATIONS   OS  THB   BUCALIPTS  OP  K.8.W., 

shorter  character,  resembling  the  more  fruble  varieties  (of  barks) 
of  E.  Aemipkloia.  It  is  almost  andistinguishable  from  the  bark 
of  ^.  piperila.  It  is  uauallj  of  a  dark,  dirty  grey  colour.  Occurs 
only  on  the  trunk,  or  at  most  on  the  largest  branches;  the  brancheti 
usually  quite  smooth. 

Seedling  or  tvck'.r  leavt». — Opposite,  narrow-lanceolate.  Pro- 
bably all  the  forms  have  the  twigs  more  or  less  rusty  glandular. 

Mature  Uavfs.^-'Tiiis  species  varies  in  the  size,  shape  and 
texture  of  its  leaves.  The  usual  aliape  is  lanceulate,  or  even 
broadly-lanceolate,  but  some  forms  are  linear- lanceolate  or  even 
nearly  linear,  comparatively  thick,  and  the  veins  very  oblique  at 
the  base,  not  prominent,  e.g.,  spfecimens  from  Mittagong,  and  also 
a  tree  known  as  "Silver-top"  at  Ximitybelle  in  the  extreme  south 
of  the  Colony.  Sometimes  the  foliage  is  quite  dense;  in  other 
cases  it  is  sparse- 

This  would  appear  to  be  the  form  most  generally  employed  in 
the  manufacture  of  Eucalyptus  oil  in  this  Colony.  It  is  so  chosen 
because  its  leaves  contain  an  unusually  large  percentage  of  oil, 


Bt   HBNBr   DEAITB   AND  J.    H.    KAIDBN.  603 

specimen  of  E.  amygdalina  in  the  "  Eucalyptographia."  (See 
var  lali/olia).     Following  is  a  generaJ  description  of  them  : — 

The  fruits  are  of  a  pilular  shape,  though  with  some  slight 
tendency  to  pear-shape.  They  are  wide  at  the  mouth  and  almost 
hemispherical,  somewhat  in  the  manner  of  E.  aciiienoidet. 
Bentham's  "  sub-globose  truncate  "  applies  to  many  of  the  forms. 

The  tips  of  the  valves  are  sometimes  slightly  ezsert«d. 

Timber. — PaleHHiloured  (nearly  white)  when  newly  cut,  but 
drying  to  a  pale  brown.  Oft«D  liable  to  gum  veins,  which  t«nd 
to  form  thin  concentric  rings.  Of  inferior  durability  and  strength 
as  a  very  general  rule,  but  we  have  some  apparently  well  authen- 
ticated instances  of  the  durability  of  this  timber  for  posts  and 
shingles  in  the  New  England  District. 

Range. — E!xtending  from  Victoria  along  the  various  coast 
mountain  ranges  and  their  spur^  at  least  as  far  north  as  New 
England,  and  westerly  as  far  as  the  western  slopes  of  the  Blue 
Mountains. 

Some  specific  localities  in  this  Colony  may  be  stated  as  follows: 
— Mountain  Top,  near  Nimitybelle  (SiUer  Topj.  Braidwood 
District.  Goulbum  District  generally.  At  Harulan,  Eucalyptus 
oil  is  distilled  from  this  form  (Peppermint).  Kangaloon  (White- 
topped  Mountain' Ash).  Hill  Top  and  Mittngong.  Mt.  Wilson. 
Ml  Victoria  (Narrow-leaved  Peppermint).  New  England  (Mess- 
mate) The  specimens  from  the  last  two  localities  are  to  all 
intents  and  purposes  identical. 

2.  Var.  radiata  ("  River  White  Gum  "). 

Introductory. — We  have  a  fairly  distinct  tree  which  goes  under 
the  names  of  "White  Gum,"  "River  Gum,"  "River  White  Gum," 
"  Ribbon  Gum,"  and  even  "  Narrow-leaved  Peppermint." 

Its  favourite  habitat  is  on  the  sides  of  gullies,  or  on  the  steep 
banks  of  rivers,  often  some  distance  fi-om  the  bed  of  the  river  or 
creek,  but  usually  (perhaps  always)  on  a  well-drained  slope  leadin 
to  a  water-course.     We  have  not  observed  the  tree  out  of  gullies. 


€04  ODSRRVATIOKS   ON   THE    EUCALTPTfl  OP   N.B.W., 

It  in  oft*n  Heen  as  a  graceful  sapling,  but  may  attain  the  dignity 
of  u  large  tree;  in  thin  Colony  we  have  it  up  to  3  feet  in  diameter 
with  a  height  of  over  150  feet. 

It  has  rather  Hparse,  drouping  foliage,  which  gives  it,  at  times, 
something  of  a  willow-like  aspect. 

/i-crfi. — The  appearance  of  the  bark  of  this  tree  is  worthy  of 
careful  record,  to  save  confusion  It  is  nearly  a  'White  Gum 
when  veiy  young,  hut  afterwards  the  bark  of  the  upper  part  falls 
off  in  thin,  long  riblx)ns  (hence  the  name  Ribbon  Gum),  and  the 
lower  part  of  the  trunk  becomes  covered,  to  a  varying  height, 
with  fibroufi  Imrk  of  the  character  known  to  many  as  Peppermint 
bark. 

We  have  not  observed  a  tree  of  tliia  variety  falling  strictly 
within  the  definition  of  White  Gum,  like  E.  /uemiulovia,  for 
iniitance;  it  is  n/tarlii  a  W^hite  tJum. 

Sometimes,  as  olmerved  near  Mittagong,  the  lower  part  of  the 
trunk  of  the  River  White  Gum  iii  of  a  thin  scaly  appearance;  in 
trees  say  12  inches  in  diameter,  this  scalinesa  would  extend  to 


BT   HENRY    DEAME   AND  J.    H.    UAIDBN.  605 

gnifta  and  for  other  similtu'  conuuon  purposes."  Subsequently 
Mr.  Howitt  points  out  that  the  aborigines  of  Gippsland  similarly 
used  the  bark  for  tying  aad  lashing,  hence  their  name  for  the  tree, 
"Wang-gnara,"  which  signifiea  "bark'String." 

Yernaeuiar  names. — Already  dealt  with. 

liark. — Already  dealt  with. 

SeKdlinff  or  lucktr  leavet. — The  young  stems  have  a  rusty, 
glandular  appearance,  and  the  leaves  are  very  narrow. 

Mature  leaves. — Dealt  with  below.     (See  page  607). 

Although  the  leaves  of  this  form  are  very  thin,  specimens  from 
Bateman's  Bay  to  Wagonga  are  especially  thin.  These  specimens 
also  have  unusually  narrow  leaves. 

Bu'la.~aee  page  607. 

Fiiiiu  — Large  numbers  (commonly  20  and  more)  in  an  umbel, 
borne  on  rather  long,  often  filiform  pedicels.  They  have  a  very 
regular,  radiate  appearance.  Mostly  pale  coloured  when  dry. 
Very  uniform  in  size,  3  to  2^  lines  (barely)  in  diameter,  and 
pilular  in  shape.     Sometimes  they  tend  to  close  at  the  orifice. 

Timber. — It  is  a  white,  fissile  timber,  rather  tough  when 
freshly  cut,  but  afterwards  of  inferior  strength.  It  is  easily 
worked,  but  not  durable  on  exposure.  It  is  sometimes,  we 
believe,  fraudulently  or  ignorantly  substituted  for  "  Mountain 
Oum  "  (E.  ffoiiiocalyx)  in  the  Braidwood  District,  with  disastrous 
consequences  to  the  durability  of  the  work  in  which  it  is  used,  and 
to  the  reputation  of  that  undoubtedly  valuable  timber. 

Range. — From  Oippsland,  through  Now  .South  Wales,  through- 
out the  southern  districts,  at  least  as  far  north  as  the  lianks  d 
the  Nepean  in  the  latitude  of  Sydney.  Subsequent  inquiry  will 
probably  find  that  it  occurs  further  north.  It  is  fond  of  valleys; 
we  have  it  from  such  localities  as  Kangaroo  Valley  (between  Moss 
Vale  and  the  coast),  and  from  Hartley  Vale  (near  Mount  Victoria). 
Our  specimens  from  the  Deua  (Moruya)  River  and  Tantawanglo 
Mountain  connect  with  the  Gippsland  ones. 


606  OBBBRVATIOKa   ON  THE   BUCALVPTB  OF   IT.B.W., 

Botanical  poaition. — Having  described  this  Gum  with  some 
detail,  we  now  proceed  to  enquire  into  its  botanical  poeitiun. 
There  is  no  doubt  that  this  "River  White  Gum,"  Bentham's 
variety  radiata  of  amygdalina  (B.  Ft.  iii.  203),  and  Howitt's 
form  (e)*  of  E.  amygdaiina  all  come  more  or  less  satisfactorily 
under  Sieber's  E.  radiata.  A  good  deal  of  confusion  has  occa- 
sionally arisen  in  regard  to  the  reading  of  Sieber'a  descriptinn. 
We  give  Don's  translation  of  the  original  I^tin  in  I>C.  Prod,  iii, 
218,  Howitt's  description  of  the  Gippsland  form,  and  BenthamH 
definition  of  var.  radiata. 

"E.   RADIATA,  Sieb. 

"Lidof  calyx  hemispherical,  mucronate,  shorter  than  the  cupula; 
peduncles  axillary  and  lateral,  rather  angular,  and  rather  shorter 
than  the  petioles;  flowers  15-20  together  in  an  umbel,  on  short 
pedicels;  leaves  linear-lanceolate,  veins  very  fine,  confluent  at  the 
apex,  and  forming  a  nerve,  which  is  parallel  with  the  margin. 

"  Fruit  globose,  3  lines  in  diamet«r.  Petioles  4  hnes  long. 
Jjeaves  4  inches  long  and  6-7  lines  broad." 


BY    HBNtnr   DBAMB   AND  J.    H.    MAIDEN.  607 

parallel  with  tlie  margiq.  I'edie^tt  short.  Buds :  lid  hemi- 
spherical, mucronate.     Fruit  globose,  3  lines  in  diameter. 

Beotham's  variety  radiala  of  E.  amygdnliita. — Leaves  rather 
broader  than  type,  3"-4"  long.     Fruit  almost  pear-ebaped. 

Howitt's  form  («)  of  E.  amyt/dalina. — ^uvm  narrow-laaceolar, 
falcate.  Venation  rather  indistinct.  Marginal  vein  considerably 
removed.  Lateral  veins  very  longitudinal.  Pe-lieda  as  long  or 
longer  than  the  bud.  Budi:  lid  small  and  depressed,  with  a  slight 
point.  PrutI  ovate-truncate,  with  slightly  cunt rac ted  orifice,  com' 
pressed  rather  narrow  rim,  and  small  weak  valves.  (3ee  his 
figure,  op.  eit.). 

The  "  River  White  Gum  "  of  N.S.W.— /.mpm.  The  preceding 
(Hewitt's)  deacription  applies  very  well.  Very  thin  leaves.  PediceU 
rather  long,  often  filiform.  Buds  nearly  hemispherical;  Howitt's 
description  applies  fairly  well  Co  this  form.  Frv.il  pilular  (globose), 
very  uniform  in  size  (2-2  J  lines  in  diameter),  sometimes  tending  to 
cloee  at  the  orifice.    (PI.  Ivi.,  fig.  3.)    Often  pale-coloured  when  dry. 

Above  is  a  comparative  statement  showing  partial  and  condensed 
descriptions  of  A',  radiala,  Sieb.,  Bentham's  variety  radiala, 
Howitt's  form  (e)  (both  of  aiayydaliiia),  and  River  White  Gum. 

Sieber  gives  the  breadth  of  the  leaves  at  from  6-7  lines.  Most 
are  of  about  that  breadth,  others  go  up  to  9  lines,  while  we  have 
specimens  from  the  Deua  (Moruya)  River  which  has  leaves  with 
the  exceptional  width  of  1|  inches  (nearly  14  lines!).,  Hieber 
gives  the  length  of  the  leaves  at  4  inches.  These  are  too  short  as 
far  aa  our  River  White  Gum  is  concerned,  leaves  of  6  and  7  inches 
being  common,  while  those  of  5  inches  at  least  are  average  ones. 
Sieber  says  pedicels  »hort;  those  of  the  River  White  Gum  are 
filiform  and  more  than  ordinarily  long.  He  further  gives  the 
diameter  of  the  fruit  as  3  lines;  we  have  never  tnown  it  in  the  River 
White  Gum  to  be  quite  2  J  lines,  really  a  difference  of  some  impor- 
tance when  we  note  how  marked  a  difference  in  the  appearance  of 
a  small  fruit  half  a  line  or  more  in  diameter  makes.  Nevertheless, 
aft«r  careful  consideration  of  the  matter,  and  examination  of  a  large 
number  of  specimens,  we  are  of  opinion  that  Sieber's  original 
ra-liata  was  taken  from  a  River  White  Gum. 


60t<  OUSBRVATIONS  OS   THB    EUCALrPTS   OF   N.B.W., 

Then  coming  to  Bentham'a  brief  definition  of  variety  radiata, 
lie  sta,t«s  that  the  "leaves  are  rather  broader  than  type."  Heliia 
probably  followed  in  part  Hooker  ("  Flora  of  Tasmania,"  p  137) 
in  his  description  of  £.  »-arfta(o : — "Leaves  ,  ,  .  rather kdmII, 
usually  3  inches  long     .  narrow,  sometimeH  very  much  w, 

tliough  not  no  narrow  as  A',  amygdalirut  usuaUy  has  them."  We 
have  already  shown  what  is  the  average  length  of  the  leaves  of 
the  Kivor  White  Gum.  As  regards  the  breadth,  the  leaves  iif 
the  River  White  Guni  are  usually  narrower  (not  broader)  than 
those  of  typical  N.S.W.  forms  of  aiiiy^dalina.  As  regards  the 
fruits,  Bentham'a  variety  is  "  alra()st  pear-shaped  "  Here  again 
Hooker  is  probably  followed.  The  latter  states  fruits  "turbinate 
or  oix:onio,  rather  large."  Neither  in  size  nor  shape  does  thb 
corivctly  deacrilje  our  River  White  Gum.  As  showing  the 
difticulty  of  dealing  with  E.  radiata,  we  may  point  out  that 
(doubtfully)  Hooker  (i>;>.  ck.)  quotes  five  forms  of  it  in  Tasmania 
atone.  We  would  like  to  observe  that  Sieber's  original  specimen 
of  A',  rndi-ila  came  from  N  8,W.,  and  not  from  Tasmania,  and  it 
would  l>e  well  to  modify  Bentham's  brief  description  in  the  direc- 


BT    HBNBV   DBANI   AND  J.    B.    MAIDEN.  609 

3.  Var.  lalijblia,  nobis. 

3.  Leaves  on  suckers  opposite,  broad. 

Introductoi-y. — This  variety  has  broad,  mature  leaves  also,  as 
will  be  seen  presently.  We  have  decided  to  name  it  lati/olia  for 
the  sake  of  precision.  It  has  much  in  common  with  Howitt's 
var.  (b)  (op.  eit.),  and  may  prove  to  be  so  similar  that  it  may  be 
desirable  to  associate  them  under  the  same  variety. 

Vernacular  Tiames. — It  ia  usually  known  as  "  Peppermint " 
throughout  its  range.  It  is  called  "  Blue  Peppermint "  at  Ryl- 
atone,  "  Messmate  "  in  the  Tumut,  Wagga  Wagga  and  Braidwood 
Districts,  wliile  we  have  received  specimens  from  a  small  tree  at 
Bungendore  under  the  name  of  "  Box  Gum." 

Bark. — Rough  like  a  typical  Peppermint. 

H'eillhig  or  B'lcker  Iraveg. — Comparatively  broad;  titem-clasping, 
more  or  less  cordate  at  the  base,  and  in  some  casea  quite  acuminate. 
The  shape  is  brought  out  in  the  figure. 

Afature  leaven.  —Broader  and  thicker  than  the  preceding.  An 
important  characteristic  is  the  atrnngly  marked  venation.  On 
drying,  the  principal  veins  stand  out  in  relief  against  the  vascular 
tissue.  Often  shining,  a  characteristic  best  brought  out  in  fully 
mature  leaves. 

The  leaves  of  the  "  Blue  Peppermint "  (so  called  on  account  of 
their  glaucous  cast),  from  Mt.  Vincent  are  not  shining,  neither 
are  those  from  the  "  Messmate  "  or  "  Peppermint "  from  Delegate 
and  the  Snowy  River.  The  leaves  of  the  broad-leaved  form  of 
A',  amygdalina  from  some  other  localities  are  nearly  as  dull  in 
appearance.  Dried  specimens  of  lea\'es  from  the  Delegate 
District  are  covered  prominently  with  blackish  dots,  and  the 
tissue  of  the  leaf  is  channelled.  The  tips  of  the  leaves  are  also 
sometimes  booked,  all  these  points  showing  some  affinity  between 
this  form  and  E.  ute/lulati  and  £.  curi/icea,  a  subject  touched 
upon  under  FntilD. 

Up  to  5  or  6  inches  is  a  common  length  for  the  leaves,  but  they 
are  barely  3  inches  in  some  of  the  Bomliala  and   Queanbeyan 


610  OBBBRVATIONS   ON   THE   BUCALTPT8  OF    N.8.W., 

Specimens  from  ill-developed  (t)  trees;  4^  inches  would  appear  to 
be  an  average  length. 

Specimens  up  to  nearly  2  inches  iu  width  are  found  in  the  Mt 
Yincent  npecimens;  IJ  inch  is  a  common  width;  l-I^  inctrnu; 
be  given  as  the  average  width. 

Su4$. — Operculum  usually  blunt,  though  not  quite  hemi- 
spherical. Sometimes  glaucous,  &it  in  the  W^ga  Wagga  and 
Bell's  Creek  specimeos. 

fVuiu. — With  a  greater  tendency  to  pear-shape  than  anj  of  the 
preceding,  and  the  rim  to  \>e  domed  or  arched  (PI.  Ivii.,  figs.  iS). 
Usually  sliining.  The  tips  of  the  valves  occasionally  a  little 
exserted.  The  rims  (mouths)  usually  red,  a  characteristic  often 
attribut«d  to  h^imuttoma,  and  the  fruit  itself  often  pale-coloured. 

The  fruits  from  Bell's  Creek,  and  from  Mt.  Vincent,  Upper 
Williams  River,  Cobark,  aud  other  high  lands  to  the  south  of  New 
England  are  sometimes  more  truncate  than  usual,  but  the  arched 
or  domed  rim  can  always  be  traced  in  specimens  from  the  same 
tree.  Fruits  from  Bombala  and  Wagga  Wagga  are  small,  and 
loh  till-   slia|>e   i,t   those   of  E.   < 


BY    HENRY    DEANB   AND  J.    B.   MAtDBN.  611 

Timber. — The  description  of  the  timber  of  the  typical  form 
Applies  very  well  here. 

Rangx. — The  Dividing  Range  and  its  spurs  from  the  Victorian 
border  north  and  north-west  at  least  aa  far  aa  Bj-ng  in  the  Orange 
District,  and  Mt.  Vincent  (in  the  RyUtone-Mudgee  District),  also 
Cobark,  Upper  Williams  River,  and  other  places  just  south  of 
Hew  England. 

Like  other  forms  of  amt/'/dalina,  much  observation  is  still 
required  in  regard  to  its  geographical  distribution. 

Specific  locaUties  are  as  follows  :— Rob  Roy;  Delegate  and  the 
Snowy  River;  Tumut;  Adelong;  Wagga  Wagga;  Bombala 
(Qniedon)t)i  Queanbeyan;  Braidwood;  Bungendore;  Mt.  Vincent 
(watershed  between  Capert«e  and  Turon);  Byng;  hi^h  lands,  Upper 
Williams  River;  Cobark  (near  Mount  Royal  Range). 

REFERENCE  TO  PLATES. 
Plate  Liv. 

i'.  coriacen. 
Fig.  I.— Nonjml  leaf. 

Fig.  2.— An  average  leaf  of  v*r.  aipina  (Mt.  Kottiiisko). 
Pig.  3. — Another  leaf  o(  var,  nlpiiia  (Mt.  KoBciiuko). 

Figs.  4,  9.  6. — Fmita  of  E.  coriacta,  shnwing  variation  (4,  from  Cooma; 
S,  from  Sonthurii  N,8.W.;  6,  from  Dubbo  District). 

E.  slellula/a. 
Pig.  7- — A  Bsedling  leaf  (from  Qniedong,  near  Bombala). 
Kg.  8.— Leaf  of  var.  mierophytia  (from  Mt.  Victoria,  Blue  MounUint). 
Pig.  9.— Clutter  of  fruit!  (from  Kanimbla  Valley,  Blue  MbUDtaina). 


S.  amygdaiini  ((y/ii'ca). 
Pigi.  1  and  2,— Twig  and  cluster  of  fruita  from  New  Englaod. 
Fig.  3. — Seedling  leavei. 
Fig.  4.— Twig,  with  tmite. 

No<,  3  and  4  from  Hill  Top,  near  Mittigong.     I'he  leHvea  a: 
tively  small,  narrow  and  coriaceuu*. 


612  OB8BRVATIOM8   ON   THB    EUCALTPTS  OP   II.8.W. 

Pkto  LVI. 
E.  amggdalina  (radiatd). 
Fig.  1. — Seedling  leaves. 
Fig.  3. — SpecimeoB  uf  mature  leares. 
Fig.  3.--Clii»ter  of  fruits. 
All  from  Hill  Top,  near  MitUgoog. 

PUte  Lvii. 
E.  amygdalina  (latifalia). 

Fig.  1.— Seedling  leaves. 

Fig.  2.— Leaf  of  Blue  Peppenniiit  from  Mt.  ViDoent,  Ilford,  near  Mudgw. 

Fig.  3.— Leaf  from  Tamut  District. 

Pigs.  4-tJ. — Fruits,  showing  variation  in  arching  of  rim  and  general  contogi 
of  fruit.  No.  i  from  Bell's  Creek,  Braldwood  Diatrict;  No.  S 
frum  Cabark;  No.  6  from  Cobark,  Nob.  6  and  6  from  hdm 
twig.  No.  7  from  ML  Vincent  (BIdb  Peppermint);  No.  8  fnn 
Tumat  District. 


STKAY  NOTES  ON  PAPUAN  ETHNOLOGY. 

By  C.  Hbdlbv,  F.L.S. 

I.  Thb  CASaowARY  FiaORE  Hbad. 

{Plate  Lviii.,  fig.  1.) 

A  diDtinctive  feature  of  the  carving  of  Eastern  New  Guinea  is 
the  prevalence  of  bird  forms  or  their  derivatives.  Prof.  A.  C, 
Haddon  devotes  to  the  di9Cue.<uon  of  this  subject  a  considerable 
section  of  his  admirable  essay  on  "  The  Decorative  Art  of  British 
New  Guinea."*  Referring  to  the  species  depicted,  he  writes  (p. 
197): — "I  have  been  unsuccessful  in  finding  out  what  bird  is 
intended;  presumably  it  is  the  frigate  bird,  but  this  will  not 
account  for  the  frequent  representation  of  a  crest."  In  some 
instances  he  thought  that  a  hombill  was  recognisable,  and  quotes 
Forbee'  unpublished  notes  that  occasionally  a  cockatoo,  and  in  the 
Louisiodes  a  duck,  was  represented. 

I  submit  that  the  evidence  wivanced  below  proves  that  the 
cassowary  is  sometimes  figured,  and  suggests  that  it  may  be 
symbolised  by  the  crested  bird  described  by  Haddon.  On  ■> 
priori  grounds  the  cassowary,  an  important  article  of  food,  a 
source  of  valued  bone  tools,  and  as  a  dangerous  quarry  the  theme 
of  many  a  tale,  would  loom  larger  to  the  Papuan  mind  than  the 
frigate  bird.  Again,  if  the  conjoined  bird  and  crocodile  design 
be  considered  a  scene,  surely  the  lost  of  all  the  fowls  of  the  air  to 
fall  »  victim  to  that  reptile's  rapacity  would  be  the  man-o'-war- 
hawk  as  sailors  term  the  frigate  bird.  It  is,  however,  within  my 
own  experience  that  the  crane,  a  crested  bird,  may  make  a  meal 
for  crocodiles. 

*  Royal  Irtib  Academy.     Cunaiogliaiii  Mtmoirs.     No.  x. 


614  STRAY  NOTES  ON  PAPUAN  BTBNOLOGT, 

In  July,  1890,  I  was  visitiDg  the  village  of  FoUtona,  in 
Beatley  Bay,  near  the  eaatem  extremity  of  New  Guinea.  OuUide 
the  travellers'  house  where  I  lodged,  there  was  planted  in  the 
Kand  of  the  bea«h  a  poBt  about  six  feet  high,  carved  and  paint«<J 
in  red,  white  and  black.  It  so  attracted  my  attention  that  I 
made  on  the  spot  a  pencil  sketcli,  re-drawn  on  Plate  Iviii.  My 
enquiries  elicit«l  that  it  was  a  canoe  stem  or  figure-head,  tfwtnno, 
and  that  it  had  once  belonged  to  one  of  the  Chads  Bay  natives, 
heinged  for  the  inunler  of  Capt.  Ansell.'*'  It  had  probably  formed 
a  portion  of  one  of  the  large  native  sailing  vessels,  whose  hulls 
are  built  of  several  enormous  planks  sewn  together. 

An  artistically  executed  bird's  head  surmounted  the  pillar. 
My  colleague  Mr.  North,  Ornithologist  to  the  Australian  Museum, 
kindly  examined  the  original  drawing,  and  in  discussing  it  gave 
me  the  benefit  of  hia  expert  knowledge.  We  agree  that  the  boD 
plfu^ed  under  the  beak  and  the  buttress  behind  the  neck  are  to 
be  regarded  as  decorations  additional  to  the  original  iwheme;  that 
the  graceful  and  boldly  modelled  neck,  the  general  shape  of  the 
tiead,  and  especially  the  crest,  identify  the  bird  aa  a  kind  of 
cassowary;  further,  that  the  line  down  the  neck  is  an  allusion  to 


BT  O.    HBDLST.  615 

iraB  adorned  by  a  pa.tt«ni  uaual  In  that  locality,  white  zigzag  lines 
on  a  blftck  ground  divided  the  space  into  panels  filled  by  a  white 
scroll  on  a  red  ground,  such  as  Haddon  regards  as  degenerate  and 
conjoined  birds'  head.  Each  panel  nmy  possibly  typify  a  croco- 
dilian scut«,  and  certain  forwardly  directed  loops  which  tenninate 
the  carving  may  even  stand  for  hind  limbs  in  a  state  of  extreme 
degeneration  and  reduplication. 

II.  The  Palm  Lbaf  Cbbbl. 

(Plate  LTiii.,  fig.  2.) 

From  its  perishable  nature  this  useful  domestic  utensil  is 
unlikely  to  have  reached  a  niche  in  the  Ethnological  Collection 
of  any  Museum.  The  only  mention  I  have  noticed  of  it  in 
literature  is  by  Lieut  Boyle  T.  Somerville,  who,  writing  on  the 
New  Hebrides,  observes*  ;— "The  coconut  palm  leaf  is  very 
ingeniously  woven  in  all  the  islands  by  plaiting  together  the  long 
tongues  of  the  frond,  beginning  at  the  rib  and  joining  the  tips. 
A  mouth  is  made  by  splitting  the  rib  duwn  the  middle,  and  thus 
a  very  capacious  basket,  with  a  mouth  fitting  oa  tightly  as  a  purse, 
is  quickly  made.  Pigs,  yams,  itc,  for  sale  are  usually  carried  in 
them."  As  I  have  seen  no  published  illustration  of  this  basket, 
this  opportunity  is  embraced  of  submitting  a  sketch  made  in 
July,  1890,  in  a  native  hut  in  the  village  of  Mita  on  the  north 
shore  of  Milne  Bay,  British  New  Ouiuea.  Here  they  were  called 
Porka,  and  were  the  exclusive  property  of  the  women,  who  easily 
manufactured  them  by  doubling  the  split  half  of  a  coconut  frond, 
threading  the  pinnie  under  and  over  in  a  darning  pattern,  gather- 
ing their  ends  together  and  knotting  them;  the  rim  being  supplied 
by  the  spht  rochis.  So  much  were  these  associated  with  women's 
drudgery  that  the  men  considered  it  quite  undignified  for  them 
to  touch  one.  A  youth  whom  I  commissioned  to  bring  me  a 
specimen  to  draw,  amused  me  by  carrying  the  offensive  article  at 
arm's  length  and  flinging  it  down  before  me  with  an  expression 
* 

*  "  Joamkl  of  tbe  Aothropologic^  Liititut«,  xxiii.,  p.  378. 


616  STRAY   NOTES  OK 

of  disguat,  A  pretty  scene  every  evening  in  an  Eastern  Papuan 
\-illape  ia  a  file  of  women  wending  their  way  by  the  forest  path 
home,  each  bending  under  a  porha  full  of  fifty  or  sixty  pounds 
tt'cif;ht  of  fire-w<:K)d  or  garden  produce.  The  basket  is  laid  acroxs 
her  shoulders  somewhat  as  a  North  British  fiaher  lass  carries  her 
creel  of  fish,  but  instead  of  being  slung  the  porha  ia  caught  by  the 
rim  in  the  erooJc  of  the  porter's  fingers. 

/'otUcript.— Since  writing  the  above  I  have  been  favoured  hy 
two  leteran  mis!<ionaries  and  accomplished  ethnologists  with  the 
foUitu'ing  additional  information. 

The  Rev.  Dr.  W.  Wyatt  Gill  tells  me  :— 

"  Thi't  ia  the  common  foud-basket  throughout  the  South  Pacific 
Islands,  and  no  doubt  it  is  the  same  in  the  North  Pacific,  toa 
At  Mangaia,  it  is  called  '  r  a  u  r  a  u  '  =  '  leaflet-leaflet '  (i.e.,  of  the 
cocnnut  palm).  At  Rarotonga  it  is  the  '  k  i  k  a  u.'  Now, 
'  k  i  k  a  u  '  is  the  name  for  the  coconut  leaf  or  frond.  So  although 
a  fiHxl  lia-sket  is  made  from  only  a  part  of  a  frond,  it  bears  the 
n  the  whole.     There  are  plenty  of  parallels  to  this  in 


BY   C,    HBDLBY.  617 

purposes,  carrying  of  taro,  yams,  huaked  coconuts,  fowls, 
fiah,  &c. 

"  From  the  coconut  leaf  mats  for  placing  cooked  food  before  the 
eaters  are  formed,  also  blinds  or  enclosures  to  native  houses, 
thatching  for  outhouses  and  fans.  The  plaiting  in  this  case  being 
mode  a  little  closer. 

"  The  name  of  this  coconut  basket  in  Motuan  (British  New 
Guinea)  is  'bosea';  in  Uvean  (Loyalty  lalands)  'tang  len- 
'nu';  in  Aneityumese  (New  Hebrides)  'burn  bur  a,'  or  with 
the  article  prefixed  'naburabura';  in  Samoan  (Navigator 
Islands)  and  cognate  dialects  '  a  t  o    I  a  u  -  n  i  u.' 

"  The  better  class  of  baskets  are  formed  from  the  pandanus  leaf, 
or  dressed  fibre  of  thn  native  hibiscus.  These  are  more  durable 
and  carefully  preserved,  made  in  various  shapes  and  sometimes 
ornamented  with  beads,  feathers,  Ac.  Tlie  coconut  leaf  basket  is 
thrown  away  after  it  has  served  its  purpose  for  the  occasion." 


ON   APPARENTLY    UNDESCRIBED   STRUCTURES 
IN  THE  LEAVES  OF  CERTAIN  PLANTS. 

Bv  Alex.  G.  Hamilton. 

After  this  paper  had  been  read  it  was  discovered  that  similar 
structures  had  been  described  by  Lundstrijm  as  "  Acaro-doinatia." 
(Pflanzenbiologische  Studien.  ii.  Die  Anpaasungen  der  Pflanzen 
an  Thiere).  By  the  permission  of  the  Council  the  paper  has  been 
withdrawn  in  order  that  Lundstrom's  important  work  may  be 
taken  into  consideration. 


NOTES  AND   EXHIBITS. 


Mr.  St«el  exhibited  a.  vivarium  containing  six  or  eight  Bp««i- 
mens  of  the  N.8.W.  Peripatus  with  their  progeny,  about  thirty- 
six  young,  bom  within  the  past  fortnight,  after  the  mothers  had 
been  in  captivity  for  about  10  months.  The  exhibitor  stated 
that  he  had  had  the  pleasure  of  witnessing  the  natural  birth  of 
nuniliers  of  these  young.  In  the  same  livarium  was  a  young 
Peripatus,  the  survivor  of  a  number  bom  10  months  ago  in 
ca]>tivity.  JVtr.  Steel  also  showed  the  nodule  from  Macdonnell 
Ranges  exhibited  at  last  meeting,  which  had  been  identified  b; 
Mr.  Gooksey,  of  the  Australian  Museum,  as  an  obsidian  bomb; 
and  a  little  volcanic  bomb  from  one  of  the  small  extinct  volcanoes 


WEDNESDAY,  MARCH  25th,  1896. 

The  Twenty-Second  Annual  General  Meeting  of  the  SiTciety 
was  held  in  the  Linnean  Hall,  Ithaca  Road,  Elizabeth  Bay,  ou 
Wednesday  erening,  March  25th,  1896. 

The  Preaident,  Mr.  Henry  Deane,  M.A.,  M.  Inst.  C.K,  F.L.8., 
&Q.,  in  the  Chair.  The  minutes  of  the  previous  Annual  General 
Meeting  were  read  and  confirnied. 

The  President  then  read  the  Annual  Address. 


PRESIDENTS  ADDRESS. 

It  was  with  very  great  diffidence  that  I  accepted  last  year  the 
honourable  position  which  you  thought  fit  to  confer  upon  me.  It 
seemed  to  me  that  the  man  who  was  selected  to  stand  at  the  head 
of  such  an  important  Society  as  this  should  be  one,  who,  if  not 
actually  professionally  engaged  in  matters  connected  with  the 
science  of  biology,  had  sutficient  leisure  to  permit  of  his  devoting 
a  large  amount  of  his  energies  to  the  subject. 

As  you  are,  perhaps,  aware  1  have  for  some  years  past  found 
my  time  both  in  and  outside  office  hours  so  much  engrossed  in 
matters  pertaining  to  my  profession,  that  the  actual  scientific 
work  that  I  am  able  to  carry  out  is  very  small.  You  may  there- 
fore suppose  that  the  preparation  of  an  address  of  this  description 
is  to  me  no  light  task,  and  I  am  sure  you  will  accord  me  some 
leniency,  if  it  falls  below  the  average  of  the  able  addresses 
which  my  predecessors  in  this  chair  have  accustomed  you  to. 

At  the  outset  I  may  remind  you  that  to-day  we  commemorate 
the  Society's  coming  of  age.  On  the  13th  of  January,  1875,  in 
a  rented  room  in  Lloyd's  Chambers,  362  George  Street,  the  Society 
held  its  First  Annual  General  Meeting,  and  on  the  35th  of  the 
same  month  the  First  Monthly  Meeting  for  the  reading  of  papers 
and  the  transaction  of  scientific  business.  In  the  history  of  a 
corporation  this  may  not  be  on  event  of  such  importance  as  it 


620  PRBSIDE!n''S  ADDRESS. 

in  to  tlie  inilividual;  »till  it  inarka  the  fact  that  infancy  and 
childhood  so  to  speak  are  safely  passed,  and  the  ditficultioi 
connected  with  the  early  growth  of  a  Society  successfully  com- 

The  history  of  the  Society  has  tjuite  recently  been  so  fnlly  dealt 
with  in  tlie  Introduction  to  the  Macleay  Memorial  Volume,  that  I 
i>ee<l  not  go  into  it  on  the  prfsent  occasion,  but  there  are  a  few 
matters  connected  with  the  work  of  the  Society  to  which  I  will 
briefly  refer. 

There  is  the  increiwiiig  reaponsibUity  which,  more  especially  in 
respect  to  financial  matters,  ever  since  Sir  William  Macleay's 
retirement  from  active  work,  has  devolved  upon  the  Council. 
Up  to  the  time  mentioned  Sir  William  Macleay  relieved 
the  Council  of  such  burdens.  Nevertheless  the  harmony  which 
characterised  the  meetings  of  those  days  continues  undis- 
turbed, an<l  the  desire  of  the  members  to  cope  fairly  with  the 
greater  reai>onaibilitieB  ia  evidenced  by  the  high  average 
attendance  of  members  at  the  meetings.  This  development  in 
e  Council'ii  wort  1^*  one  which  sli<,uld  W 


president's  addhebs.  621 

In  his  address  Ust  year  my  predeceaaor,  Professor  David,  fur- 
nished full  particuiars  of  what,  it  was  supposed,  was  the  final 
settlement — so  far  at  least  as  this  Society  was  concerned — of 
matters  relating  to  the  late  Sir  William  Macleay's  bequest  for  the 
endowment  of  a  lectureship  in  Bacteriology,  It  was  with  some 
surprise,  therefore,  that  in  July  last  the  Council  received  from  the 
Senate  of  the  Sydney  University  an  intimation  of  its  intention 
to  relinquish  the  bequest,  and  to  return  the  money  to  the 
executors.  This  was  subsequently  done,  and  the  money  paid  by 
theexecutors  into  Court.  On  October  loth,  1895,  on  the  petition 
of  the  Society,  the  Chief  Judge  in  Equity  made  an  order  for  the 
payment  to  the  Society  of  the  sum  in  question,  less  costs,  namely, 
£12,704.  This  amount  represents  Sir  William's  original  bequest 
of  £12,000,  less  legacy  duty  and  law  costs,  plus  interest  accruing 
on  fixed  deposit  from  the  time  of  the  receipt  of  the  money  by  the 
University  until  that  of  its  repayment  to  the  executors. 

It  devolves  upon  the  Council,  as  the  managers  of  the  Society's 
affairstoprovide  for  the  investment  and  to  keep  invested  the  money 
to  the  best  advantage;  and  out  of  the  incoma  to  pay  a  competent 
Bacteriologist,  and  provide  and  maintain  a  suitable  laboratory 
and  appliances. 

The  clause  of  the  Memorandum  attached  to  Sir  William 
Macleay's  will  is  as  follows : — "  Should  the  Senate  decline  all 
or  any  of  these  conditions  I  empower  my  executors  to  hand  over 
the  aforesaid  sum  of  twelve  thousand  pounds  to  the  Ltnnean 
Society  of  New  South  Wales  to  provide  a  sufficient  salary  by  the 
year  to  a  competent  Bacteriologist  who  shall  be  called  the 
Bacteriolt^ist  to  the  Linneon  Society  and  whose  duties  shall  be  to 
conduct  original  research  in  the  laboratory  of  the  Society  and  to 
give  instruction  to  one  or  two  pupils  at  the  discretion  and  under 
the  orders  and  control  of  the  Council  of  the  Society  any  surplus 
to  be  applied  to  laboratory  requirements." 

Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  the  Council  is  left  with  discretionary 
powers  in  fixing  both  the  amount  of  the  Bacteriologist's  salary, 
and  the  date  of  his  appointment.  In  determining  the  tirst 
of    these   points,   the   Council    bos   had    to   be   guided    by  the 


622  pbesidbnt's  addrbbs. 

amount  of  the  ancual  income  irhich  the  principal  may  be 
expected  to  yield.  Now  thia,  in  consequence  of  the  aeriouH 
depreciation  in  value  of  all  sound  income-producing  inTestments 
which  has  become  so  marked  a  feature  in  our  commercial  life 
since  t)ir  William  made  his  will  (in  December,  1890),  is,  I  regret 
to  say,  likely  to  be  for  some  years  to  come  a  sum  considerably 
smaller  in  amount  than  Sir  William  contemplated  would  be 
available  for  the  purpose. 

Then  as  regards  the  date  of  the  appointment.  Since  without 
a  suitably  equipped  laboratory  the  Bacteriologist  cannot  carry  on 
the  work  he  is  specially  to  be  appointed  to  do,  it  is  evident  that 
the  arrangements  for  providing  the  former  must  progress  something 
like  pari  pat»u  with  any  scheme  for  filling  the  post  of  Bacterio- 
logiat.  Before  any  research  can  be  entered  upon,  provision  must 
therefore  be  made  for  an  initial  expenditure  of  something  like 
£"00  for  equipment  and  incidental  preliminary  expenses— or 
more  than  one  year's  income.  The  necessity  for  proceeding 
slowly  and  with  caution  led  to  the  Council's  appointing  a  sub- 
committee    to    consider    generally     and    report    on    the    best 


623 

Bod  that  already  Devi;  four  years  have  elapsed  since  the  principal 
became  available.  And  while  on  the  one  hand  the  Council  doea 
not  expect  to  attract  an  eminent  European  Bacteriolt^at  to  the 
Colonies — nor  could  Sir  William  have  contemplated  such  a  con- 
tingency; yet  on  the  other  hand  the  Council  ia  not  altogether 
without  hope  that  it  is  possible  to  find  a  thoroughly  competent 
and  enthusiastic  Bacteriologist,  animated  with  the  true  scientific 
spirit,  who  wiU  appreciate  the  prospect  of  carrying  on  original 
investigations  under  very  favourable  circumstances. 

With  satisfaction  may  be  noted  the  pleasing  evolutionary 
development  in  the  scope  of  the  Society's  scientiiic  work.  At 
the  outset  this  was  exclusively  zoological.  In  the  Second  Annual 
Address  of  the  first  Prenident  (Sir  William  Macleay)  the  hope 
was  expressed  that  at  no  distant  date  contributions  from  botanists 
and  geologists  would  find  a  place  in  the  Proceedings.  Sir  William 
lived  to  see  that  hope  amply  fulfilled.  Animal  morphology  also 
has  become  an  important  feature  of  the  Proceedings.  One  would 
be  glad  to  see  the  morphology  of  plants  commanding  a  portion  of 
the  attention  it  deserves,  but  the  outlook  is  not  a  promising  one 
in  that  direction  anywhere  in  Australia.  The  subject  apart  from 
that  of  Bacteriology,  languishes  at  present  for  want  of  stndenU 
for  the  conditions  for  their  encouragement  here  are  wanting.  It 
would  be  well  if  we  bad  even  a  small  edition  of  such  a  botanical 
laboratory  as  that  at  the  Botanical  Oardena  at  Buitenzorg,  Java, 
so  ably  presided  over  by  Dr.  Treub,  and  so  liberally  provided  for 
by  the  Dutch  Government. 

Since  the  last  Annual  Meeting  our  numbers  have  been  dimin- 
ished by  the  deaths  of  one  Honorary  and  thi'ee  Ordinary  Members. 
Professor  Sven  Lov^,  the  eminent  Swedish  naturalist,  died  on 
September  6th  last  at  the  advanced  age  of  87.  Since  1841  he 
had  fille<l  the  appointments  of  Professor  and  Conservator  of  the 
Royal  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Stockholm.  He  devoted 
much  study  to  the  marine  fauna  of  the  Baltic  and  the  North 
Sett's  special  attention  being  given  to  Echinoderms.  Professor 
Lov6n  was  elected  an  Honorary  Member  of  this  Society  in  1891. 


624  president's  address. 

Of  the  Ordinary  Mcmben,  two  — Dr.  Paul  Howard  MacOiili^Tay 
and  Mr.  J.  Bracebridge  Wilson — were  resident  in  Victoria.  They 
have  strong  claims  to  be  held  in  grateful  remembrance  by 
Australian  naturali.fts  Dr.  MacGiliivray  belonged  to  a  family  of 
.  natural ista.  His  father  was  Professor  of  Katural  History  at 
King's  College,  Aberdeen,  and  his  brother,  the  late  John 
MttcGillivray,  was  author  of  the  "  Voyage  of  the  Rattlesnake." 
Since  18.j7  Dr.  Moctiillivray  had  followed  the  practice  of  his 
profession  in  Victoria,  at  the  same  time  showing  himself  a  public- 
spirited  citizen  much  interested  in  the  spread  of  knowledge  and 
culture.  Much  of  his  leisure  for  many  years  was  de^■oted  to  the 
study  of  Australian  Polyzoa,  and  he  was  the  author  of  an 
im]x>rtant  series  of  papers  thereon,  contributed  to  the  Proceedings 
and  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Victoria,  or  to  Profes.sor 
McCoy's  Decades.  Tlie^e  date  from  the  year  1 1<59.  His  important 
"  Monograph  on  the  Tertiary  Polyzoa  of  Victoria  "  was  passing 
through  the  press  at  the  time  of  his  death,  and  has  since  been 
published. 

Mr.  J.  Bracebridge  Wilson.  M.A.,  F.L.S.,  who  died  on  October 


president's  addbssb.  625 

death  he  had  in  contemplation  a  visit  to  England  in  the  hope  of 
benefiting  by  the  change.  Many  of  his  papers  on  Lepid(tpt«ra 
and  Coleoptera  will  be  found  in  our  Proceedings.  An  appreciative 
notice  by  one  of  hia  colleagues,  together  with  ft  complete  list  of 
Hr.  OUifiTa  papers,  has  appeared  in  the  Agricultural  Gazette,  Vol. 
vii.  Part  1  {Jan.  1896). 

The  year  1895  is  especially  memorable  by  the  deaths  of  Huxle; 
and  Pasteur,  two  of  the  foremost  leaders  in  Science.  They 
occupied  so  prominent  a  position  ia  the  scientific  world  that  their 
lues  has  been  truly  felt  to  be  of  world-wide  importance.  In  the 
Journals  and  Magazines  of  the  countries  on  both  sides  of  the 
Atlantic  have  been  published  numerous  well-merited  eulogies  of 
tiieir  lives  and  work,  writt«n  from  very  varied  standpoints,  and  in 
many  cases  based  upon  special  or  personal  knowledge.  As  they 
are  within  reach,  and  have  probably  already  come  under  your 
notice,  I  should  be  at  a  disadvantage  in  any  attempt  to  touch 
further  upon  themes  which  have  already  evoked  sympathetic  and 
^preciative  treatment  from  those  best  qualified  to  speak. 

I  propose  now  lo  say  a  few  words  on  the  subject  of  Forestry — 
the  importance  of  which  i.'i  much  underrated. 

Our  forests  have  been  left  hitherto  very  much  to  themselves, 
the  idea  being  that  as  Nature  hoa  looked  after  them  in  the  past 
8o  a  kind  providence  will  continue  to  do  so  in  the  future.  The 
Eact  is  overlooked,  however,  that  with  new  conditions  of  settlement 
the  chances  of  shapely  young  trees  growing  up  to  replace  those 
removed  are  reduced  to  a  minimum ;  and  so,  as  lins  occurred  in 
otbw  countries,  the  depletion  will  go  on  till  sooner  or  later  a 
feeling  of  alarm  arises  and  the  necessity  for  commencing  the  work 
of  afforestation  is  recognised,  and  the  task  has  to  be  undertaken 
at  a  much  greater  cost  than  if  time  had  not  been  lost. 

The  ignorance  of  the  benefits  to  be  derived  from  proper  manage- 
ment of  the  forestH  is  very  remarkable.  We  are  possessed  of 
timber  which  in  strength  and  durability  can  vie  with  the  products 
of  all  the  world,  and  ft  targe  revenue  could  be  made  out  of  it. 
F<w«slry  is,  as  has  been  happily  said  by  Professor  Bailey  Balfour, 


626  prbsidsnt's  addbebb. 

a  division  of  rural  economy  which  ought  to  be  the  bans  of  ■ 
targe  natiiinal  industry. 

It  is  under  this  aspect  that  we  have  chiefly  to  consider  it,  and 
though  we  may  look  upon  the  conservation  of  our  forest*  with 
respect  to  tlieir  influence  upon  health  stid  climat«,  and  upon  the 
soil  itself,  we  are  perhaps  still  more  interested  in  them  or  a 
possible  source  of  direct  commercial  profit  on  account  of  tie 
valuable  material  they  furnish. 

On  the  other  hand  we  must  not  forget  that  they  confer  an 
indirect  benefit  by  protecting  the  soil  and  alt«nng  the  conditions 
of  temperature. 

Much  lasting  injury  is  done  to  foreats  by  allowing  the  paaturtog 
of  sheep  and  cattle  in  them.  Young  seedlings  which  should  take 
the  place  of  those  cut  down  are  trampled,  browsed  down  or 
otherwise  so  bruised  and  injured  as  to  be  worthless. 

Firing  of  the  undergrowth  is  an  evil  which  is  much  mtsunder- 
st<>od.  It  is  often  done  by  aettlers  to  promote  the  growth  of 
grass;  the  fire  spreads  outside  the  limits  of  their  land,  and  much 
devastation  follows.     The  immediate  efiect  is  not  only  to  destroy 


FKSai dent's  address.  627 

arises  can  we  alter  the  conditions  on  a  larger  scale  by  alternating 
forest  and  field,  or  by  preserving  intact  iarge  areaa  of  forest  1 

In  reply  to  this  query,  it  seems  to  have  been  shown  by  the 
forest  planting  at  Lintzel  that  a  considerable  change  in  the 
meteorological  conditions  resulted. 

Forest  cover  causes  obstruction  to  the  winds  and  hinders  the 
action  of  the  sun's  rays  upon  the  soil.  A  difference  in  temperature 
and  evaporation  outside  and  inside  the  forest  area  then  arises. 
When  the  areas  of  the  different  kinds  are  large  enough,  local 
onrrentA  of  air  will  be  set  up,  which  will  cause  the  interehange 
of  conditions  between  the  two  areas.  The  size  and  character  of 
the  forest  growth,  density,  height,  situation  and  composition  are 
the  factors  which  determine  its  influence.  It  is  not  trees  but 
mantirn  of  foliage  that  do  the  work. 

On  water  supply  the  effect  of  forest  is  undoubted.  The  soil 
acts  as  a  sponge  frton  which  the  water  runs  off  gradually;  remove 
the  forest  wholesale,  and  the  water  rushes  along,  tearing  away  soil 
and  flooding  and  injuring  growing  crops. 

Irrigation  is  generally  advocated  for  arid  regions  alone,  but  it 
is  also  particularly  serviceable  in  well  watered  regions,  and  here, 
as  above  shown,  forest  cover  materially  assiate. 

The  following  observations  are  of  interest : — 

First,  as  to  the  difference  of  coriditionK  within  and  without  the 
forest.  On  the  average  the  forest  is  cooler  than  the  open  country 
in  summer,  but  about  the  same  in  winter,  with  a  warming  efiect 
in  spring,  and  the  evaporation  is  only  one-half  that  in  the  open. 

The  percentage  of  rainfall  evaporated  is  about  40%  in  the  open 
and  about  12%  in  the  forest,  taking  the  whole  year. 

The  total  quantity  of  moisture  returned  into  the  atmosphere 
fmn  a  forest  by  transpiration  and  evaporation  from  the  trees  and 
the  soil  is  about  75%  of  the  precipitation;  other  forms  of  vegeta- 
tion give  from  70  to  90% ;  bare  soil  gives  only  30%.  Gauges  in 
European  foreste  cateh  75  to  85%  of  the  rainfall,  the  rest  runs 
down  the  trees,  is  intercepted  or  evaporated. 


628  president's  addrebb. 

The  experience  of  increased  rainfall  over  the  station  at  lintid 

with  increaao  of  forest  area  points  strongly  towards  interdepen- 

Secondly,  as  to  the  influence  of  forests  upon  the  climate  of  the 
surrounding  country. 

Any  effects  that  arise  must  either  take  place  by  difilusion  or  faj 
means  of  local  air  currents,  or  from  the  fact  of  the  forest  acting 
as  a  windbreak. 

Deforestation  allows  of  the  uninterrupted  sweep  of  winds  over 
the  country,  the  evaporating  and  parching  effects  being  much 
more  intense  than  those  resulting  from  mere  dryness  of  the  air. 
Tliis  class  of  effect  is,  of  course,  worse  in  flat  country  and  on  the 
Heashore. 

When  moisture-la' len  winds  pass  over  cool  areas  of  forest  the 
possibility  of  condensation  is  at  least  not  reduced,  whereas  heated 
plains  certainly  do  reduce  it.  The  presence  of  large  forests  in 
Asiatic  and  European  Hussia  has  been  shown  to  produce  a 
Kensible  effect  in  lowering  temperature. 

In  general  we  may  expect  that  an  alternation  of  large  forested 


PBEaiDBKT'8  ADKBR8S.  629 

countries  with  still  larger  supplies  a  panic  has  arisen.  The  more 
rapid  depletion  of  our  forests  for  purposes  of  export  is  constantly 
being  urged  aa  if  we  hod  there,  without  any  trouble  on  our  pai^ 
an  unfailing  source  of  revenue.  By  all  mean^  let  us  export,  but 
let  us  first  take  st«ps  to  replace  what  is  taken  away  and  insure 
the  future. 

Some  months  ago,  as  the  result  of  a  communication  which  I 
addressed  to  the  Minister  for  Works  protesting  against  the 
exportation  of  ironbark,  a  return  was  prepared  by  the  Forest 
Branch  purporting  to  show  that  the  forests  of  this  colony  would 
supply  over  167^  millioos  of  sleepers,  which  sounds  like  an 
enormous  quantity.  An  examination  of  the  return  shows  that 
two-thirds  of  this  quantity  is  to  be  obtained  from  the  forest 
resen'es  in  the  Casino  and  Glen  Innes  districts,  that  of  the 
former  being  reported  to  cover  about  4000  square  miles  and  the 
other  2000  sc^uare  miles.  Those  estimates  seem  large,  and  it  is 
curious  to  note  that  when  the  Glen  lones-Tenterfield  railway  was 
being  constructed  the  prices  paid  for  stringy  bark  sleepers  was 
6s,  6d.,  while  Ts.  each  was  paid  for  ironbark.  This  does  not  look 
like  an  abundant  supply.  It  is  one  thing  to  have  trees  scattered 
through  a  forest,  and  another  to  get  them  out  at  reasonable  cost. 

Assume,  however,  for  the  moment  that  the  above  quantity  of 
sleepers  is  obtainable,  and  that  instead  of  many  of  them  being 
locked  up  in  almost  impenetrable  gullies  they  are  obtainable  at  a 
smalt  cost,  what  ia  likely  to  be  the  future  demand  ?  Our  own 
requirements  for  sleepers  are  at  the  rate  of  2400  per  mile,  and 
lOOO  miles  would  only  require  about  2,400,000  sleepers,  but  all 
Australians  must  hope  that  with  the  development  of  the  country, 
many  thou.sand  miles  of  new  lines  will  be  required,  and  then 
we  have  to  provide  for  renewals.  Now  suppose  in  addition  to 
our  own  requirements  we  foster  trade  with  other  countries.  In 
the  United  States  of  America  there  are  180,000  miles  of  railway. 
They  put  their  sleepers  much  closer  together  than  we  do,  so  that 
they  require  3000  to  the  mile  at  least.  The  timbiir  used  at 
present  is  pine  or  white  oak,  the  beat  of  which  only  lasts  ten  or 
twelve  years.     What,  if  our  American  friends  were  really  to  take 


630  PBE8IDBNTS  ADDRBB8. 

a  fancy  to  ironbark,  could  we  supply  their  wanta  t  The  number 
required  to  fit  up  all  the  lines  would  be — Bay,  540  miUions,  so  that 
we  should  only  have  a  third  of  that  quantity,  neglecting  our  own 
requirements.  England  and  Europe,  too,  poeseas  an  enormous 
mileage,  and  might  come  upon  ua  for  supplies ;  but,  aa  Is  seen,  we 
simply  could  not  meet  them.  Then  what  right  have  we  to  talk 
about  encouraging  a  large  export  trade  until  we  take  eteps  to 
increase  the  natural  productivenesa  of  our  forests  1 

Tn  another  State  Beport  of  the  United  Statea  Department  of 
Agriculture — namely,  that  on  the  "  Forest  Conditions  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  1S89  "—there  is  a  paper  by  Dr.  E  J.  Janus, 
which  is  i-cmarkable  as  bearing  upon  the  question  of  the  value  of 
forest  culture  wiiich  is  so  much  neglected  or  ignored.  It  ia 
scarcely  necesMarj'  to  remark  that  the  Kocky  Mountains  are  the 
home  of  Home  of  the  principal  mining  industries  in  the  United 
tjtatea,  and  aro  in  the  centre  of  an  arid  region  which,  except  for 
the  strenins  arising  from  the  melting  of  the  snow  on  the  heights, 
has  little  water  to  depend  upon.  Therefore,  Dr.  Janus'  observa- 
tions, which  are  nia^le  with  special  refei^nce  to  this  region,  are 


'S  ADDRESS.  631 

and  centres  of  industry  like  Cobar  and  other  mining  districts  is 
already  painfully  felt. 

There  ia  an  impression  that  forestry  doea  not  pay.  There  is 
certainly  no  greater  mistake.  The  experiences  of  other  countries 
prove  it.  I  find  that  in  1884  in  Baden  the  area  of  the  State 
forests  was  234,000  acres,  producing  a  net  return  of  £120,000 
annually;  in  Wilrttemburg  the  area  was  476,000  acres,and  the  profit 
derived  was  £237,400;  while  in  Sasony,  with  a  forest  area  of 
408,000  acres,  the  net  return  was  as  high  as  £330,000.  Perhaps 
some  might  argue  that  although  forestt  would  pay  in  Europe, 
under  the  different  conditions  prevailing  here  they  would  not; 
but  a  little  consideration  wilt  hIiow  that  the  conclusion  is  not 
warranted.  If  our  hardwood  trees  grow  more  slowly — which  is, 
however,  not  the  case,  at  least  on  the  coast— the  produce  ia  of 
higher  value;  and  in  the  interior,  where  from  lack  of  moisture 
they  do  grow  slowly,  the  rental  value  of  land  is  much  lower.  It 
can,  I  think,  be  easily  shown  that  forest  cultivation  on  areas 
which  do  not  furnish  abumlant  grass  or  herbage  would  produce 
at  least  five  times  as  much  income  from  timl)er  as  from  grazing. 
Of  course  the  Government  would  have  to  keep  control  of  the 
timber,  and  not  merely  for  a  small  fee  give  a  man  a  license  to 
destroy  or  cart  away  as  much  as  he  likes. 

Professor  fiailey  Balfour,  in  his  Address  to  the  Biological 
Section  of  the  British  Association  in  1894,  gives  an  interesting 
example  of  a  piece  of  ground  at  Xover  in  Uossshire,  which  was 
worth  from  one  to  two  shillings  grazing  rent.  This  land  was 
planted  with  trees,  and  after  61  years  of  growth  was  clean  cut  in 
1883.  The  net  yield  of  the  land  over  this  period  was  eijual  to  an 
annual  revenue  of  nine  shillings  per  acre  per  annum. 

There  are  cases  given  in  the  Unitetl  States  Reports  of  worn- 
out  sandy  land  being  planted  with  trees  and  yielding  a  profit  of 
twelve  shillings  and  sixpence  per  acre  per  annum  when  cut  for 
fencing  posts. 

Forest  conservation  means  not  that  no  trees  shall  l>e  cut  down, 
bnt  that  the  foreets  shall  be  cultivated  as  any  other  crop,  and 
not  wasted.     Stops  should  be  taken  to  prevent  the  spread  of  fire 


933  pbesidbnt'b  addrub. 

ftnd  the  browsing  of  aninialB  ol  all  sorta  on  growing  foresbi 
This  is  of  the  utmost  importanle. 

The  matter  is  one  generally  for  the  State  to  take  up,  jet  there 
are  immense  tracts  under  private  control  which  would  pay  better 
as  forest  than  as  grazing  land,  and  if  proper  iastructions  coulil 
be  given,  suitable  schools  of  forestry  instituted,  men  could  be 
trained  both  for  the  employment  of  the  State  and  to  assist  private 
owners.  Land  owners  would  be  taught  to  see  that  it  is  in  the 
interests  of  their  property  to  plant  and  conserve,  for  the  exisitence 
of  young  plantations  even,  which  only  their  followers  will  reap 
the  full  benefit  of,  will  mark  the  growth  of,  to  them,  an  important 

III  many  parts  of  Europe  the  organisation  for  the  control  of 
the  forests  is  moat  excellent.  Perhaps  of  all  countries  Switxer- 
land  is  the  most  advanced.  The  Reports  of  United  (States 
Consuls,  I8ST,  give  some  most  valuable  and  interesting  infor- 
mation under  this  head. 


Forestry  is  not  only  a  matter  of  vital  interest  as  to  poor  lands. 


pbssidbnt'b  addbbsb.  633 

In  connection  with  this  subject  I  have  endeavoured  to  obtain 
some  data  as  to  the  rate  of  growth  of  trees,  and  the  period  at 
which  maturity  is  reached  in  Australia  as  compared  with  Europe. 
In  Europe  numerous  observations  have  been  made  which  are 
given  in  the  above-mentioned  Consular  Keporte.  It  is  stated  that 
trees  are  allowed  to  grow  aa  follows  : — 

Red  beech        120yearB 

Oak        160     „ 

Elm,  ash  and  maple 80    „ 

Birches  and  alders       ...  ...  ...       60     „ 

Otherspecies 40    „ 

White  fir  ...     100     „ 

Pine  and  fir      80     „ 

Larch 60     „ 

Growth  in  height  and  girth  is  most  rapid  up  to  40  or  50  years, 
after  which  the  rate  declines.  The  increase  in  bulk,  however, 
proceeds  at  an  increasing  rate,  as  might  be  expected,  seeing  that 
the  roots  ore  constantly  .spreading. 

It  is  much  to  be  wished  that  systematic  observations  on  the 
growth  of  trees,  native  and  exotic,  should  be  made  tn  Australia; 
but  it  would  appear  from  the  information  obtainable  that  it  is, 
under  fairly  favourable  circumstances,  at  least  equal  to  that  in 
Europe. 

The  late  Rev.  J.  E.  Tenison- Woods*  thought  "  that  the  tallest 
trees  of  the  forest,  the  giant  timber  of  Tasmania,  range  from 
fifty  to  seventy-five  years  old." 

The  late  Rev.  Dr.  Woollst  says  "  whatever  may  be  the  ages  of 
the  Tasmonian  Eucalypts,  I  believe  that  the  harder  woods  in  the 
County  of  Cumberland  are  slow  in  growth,  and  that  centuries 
«Iapee  before  they  reach  their  full  proportions." 

*  "TumaniaD  Foreits."  Jouro.  and  Fruc.  Kof.  Roc.  N.S.W.  tS78. 
xii.  p.  22. 

t  Proc  Linn.  Soc.  N.8.W.  13S0.  v.  pp.  503-500.  See  also  the  ntae 
anthor'i  "  Contribution  to  the  Flora  of  Australia"  (1867),  pf.  220-221;  aud 
"Locturai  on  thaVcgeUble  Kingdom"  (IS79),  p.  93. 


634  prbsident'b  addrbsb. 

This  does  not  quite  agree  with  my  own  obaervationit. 

Both  in  the  " Eucalyptographia "  and  in  the  "Select  Extra- 
Tropical  Plants"  (Ninth  Edition,  1895),  Baron  von  Mueller  bu 
Hupjtlemented  his  own  experiences  with  a  conaideroble  amount  of 
iiifui-mation  from  other  sources.  The  Baron  considerH  tlial  E. 
glohiilim  "is,  among  evergreen  trees,  of  unparalleled  rapid  growtli." 
And  of  E.  amy<jilaliua  ho  aays  that  "plants  grown  on  rather 
barren  ground  near  Melbourne  have  shown  nearly  the  Aame 
amazing;  rapidity  of  growth  as  those  of  E.  globuiun."  The  follow- 
ing instances  relating  to  extra- Australian  localities  are  selected 
from  a  large  number  quoted  by  the  Baron  ;^In  eight  years  in 
thL'  south  of  France  E.  niiiygdalina  attained  a  height  of  50  feet. 
A',  i/lolinhm  in  Jamaica  attained  a  height  of  60  feet  in  seven 
yeArs;  in  California  60  feet  in  eleven  years;  in  Florida  40  feet  in 
four  years  (stem-diameter  1  foot);  in  the  Neilgherry  Hills  30  feet 
ill  four  years  (one  tree,  twelve  years  old,  Ijeing  100  feet  high,  and 
6  feet  in  girth,  at  3  feet  from  the  ground).  Near  Pretoria  the 
same  s]>ecies  "atlaine<l  a  stem-circumference  of  9J  feet  in  32 
yearis";  and  "in  Algeria  and  Portugal  it  has  furnished  railway 


PR  Bsi  dent's  address.  635 

were  found  to  have  grown  up  ogaiti,  attAining  a  diameter  of  15-20 
inches;  after  fifty  yeara'  growth  the  girth  was  about  63  inches.  In 
Observatory  Park  specimens  of  £ucalyptu»  globulus  grew  to 
41J-46  inches  in  circumference  iu  16  years.  Some  examples  of 
Piiiin  ingignig  of  the  same  t^  were  measured  in  November, 
1891,  and  were  found  to  be  from  31  j  to  35^  inches  in  circumfer- 
ence 3  feet  from  the  ground.  The  situation,  however,  Mr. 
Russell  says,  does  not  suit  this  species  of  tree,  so  that  of  course 
under  favourable  circumstances  the  growth  would  have  been 
much  greater. 

I  have  obtained  from  Mr.  Bray,  Police  Magistrate  of  Murwitl- 
umbah,  who  lias  had  long  and  valuable  experience  in  the  "bush," 
some  particulars  as  to  the  growth  of  red  cedar,  Cedrela  auelralit, 
and  other  trees.  He  says,  writing  to  Mr.  Caswell: — "Ihaveseen 
a  cedar  sapling  about  one  foot  in  diameter  and,  I  should  say,  3  or  4 
years  old,  grow  in  to  a  tree  3  feet  indiftmeter(20  feet  from  the  ground) 
in  17  years."  "It  is  veryhard  to  tell  when  a  tree  has  matured,  but 
from  what  I  have  seen  of  different  trees,  I  should  say  that  moat 
of  the  '  scrub '  trees  would  grow  into  good  timber  and  to  full  size 
in  25  years."  As  to  the  number  growing  per  acre,  he  adds,  "  I 
once  felled  38  cedar  trees  on  one  acre  of  land;  all  these  were  large 
trees,  none  less  than  3  feet  in  diameter,  20  feet  from  the  ground. 
This  was  up  near  Tyalgum."  "Some  of  the  very  large  cedar  trees 
that  I  have  seen  here  must  have  been  very  old — perhaps  100 

.  Adelaide,  found  poplar, 
pine  and  oak  grown  at  the  Botanic  Gardens,  Adelaide,  to  be  of 
good  convertible  size  after  30  years.  At  Mount  Gambier  Pinus 
inti/nig,  after  30  years,  fetched  fifty  shillings.  Mr.  Gill  is  of 
opinion  that  whereas  trees  in  Europe  take  60  to  120  years  to 
mature,  they  will  take  only  half  that  time  in  Australia.  Speci- 
mens of  Eucali/filii»  globnluK,  after  17  and  18  years,  produced 
telegraph  poles  25  feet  long,  each  from  8  to  10  cubic  feet 
in  measurement.  The  trees  were  from  50  to  60  feet  high. 
B.  corynocalyx  (sugar  gum)  grew  after  14  years  to  a  height  of  68 
feet— a  bottom  1<^  12  feet  long,  containing  11  cubic  feet,  was  cut 


636  prbsidrnt's  address. 

out.  Tlie  timber  of  this  Hpscies  is  now  accepted  as  t«redo-retiistin){, 
and  13  being  largely  planted  under  Mr.  Oill'a  directtons.  Mr 
Gill  says  :~"  To  give  you  some  little  idea  as  to  size  of  timber 
grown  within  '20  years,  I  may  xtate  that  polen  lat«ly  cut  by  nie 
for  telegrapli  purposes,  and  disposed  of  to  the  Telegraph  Depart- 
ment, measured  26  feet  6  inches  long,  and  were  7  in.  to  t<  in. 
top  diameter,  and  11  in.  to  14  in.  bottom  diameter.  Tli«y 
contained  from  H  and  9  to  17  and  18  cubic  feet  of  timber,  and  this 
is  irreHpective  of  other  parts  of  the  tree,  which  generally  totalled 
from  60  to  70  (or  even  over)  feet  in  length." 

It  is  apparent  from  the  above  that  where  the  climate  is  favoar- 
able  the  growth  of  trees  is  (juite  sufficiently  rapid  to  justify  large 
expectation  of  profit.  In  the  interior  growth  is  necessarily  muvh 
slower,  but  must  still  l>e  noticeable.  The  (»mparative  rab*  of 
growth,  as  compared  with  trees  on  the  coast,  may  be  aAsumed  to 
be  roughly  proportioned  to  the  moisture  of  the  ground,  all  other 
things  being  equal;  and  it  is,  therefore,  probable  that  an  ironbark 
in  tlie  climate  of  Dubbo  (250  miles  from  the  coast)  wilt  take  twice 
as  long  to  grow  as  the  same  species  where  the  rainfall  is  twice  u 


prsbidbnt's  addrbbb.  637 

of  men.  I  find  th»t  some  years  ago  in  Switzerland,  where,  as 
above  stated,  the  Stnte  management  yields  a  large  revenue,  there 
were  emplo3red  on  the  forests  5,851  persons,  including  150  trained 
forestry  officials  and  from  1,500  to  2,000  forestera  and  overseers, 
the  area  of  forest  being  1,940,659  acres. 

It  is  impossible  to  exaggerate  the  importance  of  this  subject, 
and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  with  the  assistance  of  the  able  officers 
which  the  Government  have  at  their  service  some  really  energetic 
steps  may  be  taken. 

I  gather  from  reports  kindly  furnished  to  me  from  Mr.  Gill 
that  in  South  Australia  the  area  incjosed  for  planting  operations 
was,  on  the  30th  June,  1894,  11,425  acres,  and  that  during  the 
year  following  that  date  an  additional  area  of  320  acres  was 
added.  This  is  a  good  start  for  a  colony  where  indigenous  timber 
of  value  is  scarce,  and  I  sincerely  wish  success  to  Hr.  Gill's  efforts. 

In  order  to  prove  what  a  hold  this  question  has  already 
obtained  upon  the  practical  commercial  mind  in  America,  I  quote 
the  following  from  the  Century  Magazine  of  September  last : — 

"  During  the  present  year  the  advocates  of  a  modem  forest 
policy  have  received  the  important  support  of  the  two  leading 
mercantile  organisations  of  New  York  City.  On  January  3rd, 
1895,  the  New  York  Chamber  of  Commerce,  after  special  con- 
sideration of  the  subject,  adopted  unanimously  the  following 
resolutions : — 

Whereas,  A  thorough  inquiry  iatu  the  queBti«a  of  the  preservation  o(  our 
forect  laoiU  is  of  permaaent  iinport;tDce  to  ngriculturtl  and  other 
interat*,  thereupon  be  it 

RuoltxA,  That  this  Chamber  recommend  to  the  United  8tateB  Senate  and 
Hoaae  of  Repretentativea  iu  Congreu  oBsemhlsd,  to  pau  a  Bill  which 
(tathotiesB  the  President  of  the  Unitei)  States  to  appoint  a  CommiMioD 
of  three  eiperta  and  maku  the  neueaiary  appropriatiun  for  the  parpoie 
or  a  thoroOitb  atndy  of  our  public  tiiiibur  land^,  ao  ai  to  detoriuiae 
what  portions  ought  to  be  preserved  lu  the  interest  of  the  people,  to 
prepare  a  plan  for  their  maiiagement.  and  report  the  snme  within  a 
year  of  their  appoiutment.  The  Commisaiou  bi  hare  access  to  all 
pablic  docameDts  bearing  on  the  subject. 


638  i>HES  I  dent's  aodbbbs. 

On  June  12th,  1895,  a  Hitnilar  meeting  was  held  by  the  New 
York  Board  of  Trade  and  Transportatiuo,  and  after  diucutiaion  of 
the  lar);er  UKpects  of  the  subject  the  following  rettolutiona  were 
unauiinuusly  adopted  : — 

fVkiieag,  The  welfare  auil  llio  ruiiimercul  intereat*  of  the  entire  ixiDotiy 
arc  olusely  related  to  thu  pii^eervBtiaD  B.iid  proper  muiagtiDPnt  of  tbi 

Rctolttil,  Tliat  aH  u  tirat  atcji  tu  a  permanent  ai 
lieartily  favour  tlie  urcatiou  by  Ouugrcas 
inUiinu  with  tho  follnwiiig  objccta  :— - 

1.  To  atuily  the  public  tinibei-  laucU,  resurvea  and  paries,  on  the  gn>un<1. 

2.  To  agcertaiii  Uicir  cun<litioii  und  exte::t. 

3.  To  ascertain  their  relation  to  the  |  ubliu  welfare  and  to  eiUting  local 

uceiU  of  the  people  aa  icuards  o^iiculturat  and  the  auppty  of  wood  for 
mining,  transportation  utiil  othur  purposei. 

4.  To  aeuertain  what  portions  of  the  public  timber  landa  should  renaui  ai 

«uch  in  view  o[  the  agricultural,  iDtniug,  lumberiog  and  other  iiitercati 
of  the  people. 
Z.  Tii  piep^ire  a  plau.for  the  general  management  of  the  public  timber 
lande  in  accordanoe  witli  the  principIeB  of  forestry. 


PRBSIDEKT'S  ADDRBB8.  639 

Geaertdly  apeaking,  Professor  Ettingshausen's  theories  amount 
to  this,  that  in  Tertiary  times,  or  earlier,  there  waa  a  universal 
flora  of  mixed  types,  which  later  on,  through  the  influence  of 
floral  climates,  became  Bort«d  out,  so  that  at  the  present  day 
distinct  regiona  present  distinct  peculiarities  which  at  firat  did  not 

That  the  Australian  region  has  now  a  flora  of  its  own  more 
marked  and  peculiar  than  perhaps  that  of  any  other  region  of  the 
earth's  surface  will  be  disputed  by  qone.  At  first  sight  this 
circumstance  seems  to  have  a  parallel  in  the  existence  of  types  of 
land  mammala,  stragglers  only  of  which  are  to  be  found  elsewhere, 
and  this  view  is  apparently  strengthened  by  the  fact  that  in  past 
ages  monotremata  and  marsupials  lived  in  Europe,  while, 
according  to  Unger,  Heer,  Ettingshausen,  and  a  few  others, 
Australian  types  of  plants,  Eucalypts,  ProteaceK,  CasuarineK,  and 
many  others  also  flourished. 

The  subject  ia  one  well  worth  careful  investigation. 

The  monotremata  we  know  first  made  their  appearance  in  the 
Northern  Hemisphere  in  the  Triasaic  Age,  and  marsupials  of  low 
type  are  firat  found  in  the  beds  of  the  Oolitic  (Jurassic)  Series. 
In  the  rest  of  the  Meaozoic  series  no  animals  of  higher  develop- 
ment than  marsupials  have  been  discovered,  but  no  sooner  do 
we  reach  the  Eocene  than  it  ia  evident  tliat  an  enormous 
advance  has  been  made,  for  we  find  ourselves  surrounded 
with  animal's  of  much  higher  type,  including  the  reputed 
ancestors  of  the  horse,  deer,  antelope,  squirrel,  hedgehog, 
bear  and  others.  Many  remarkable  animala  existed  also  of 
types  that  have  long  died  out  Searching  upwards  through  the 
Oligocene,  Miocene,  and  Pliocene,  and  continuing  into  the 
Pleistocene  we  find,  as  the  meaning  of  those  names  implies,  more 
and  more  resemblance  to  the  animals  now  living  outside  the  Austra- 
lian  region,  while  at  the  same  time  we  still  keep  sight  of  a  few 
maraupiata  having  affinities  to  the  American  opossum.  This 
progreasioD  of  typea  is  utterly  wanting  ho  far  as  has  been 
discovered  in  Australian  strata,  and  it  is  only  in  the  Pliocene  beds 
that  we  first  come  upon  undoubted  proof  of   the  existence  of 


640  president's  address. 

mammaltt,  and  theo  we  find  all  at  oikm  an  abuadaDce  of  highly 
differentiuUn:!  marsupials  with  monotremeii  whose  descendants  cum- 
paratively  little  changed  in  type  we  have  around  us  at  the  pretwnt 
day.  That  these  highly  differentiated  Australian  types  had  no 
representation,  no  far  as  is  known,  outside  Australia,  except  in  the 
extronie  south  of  the  American  continent,  ia  a  fact  full  of  aignifi- 

It  would  appear  then  aa  if  at  the  end  of  the  Mesozoic  period 
before  the  evolution  of  ti^e  higher  orders  of  mammals  took 
place  there  muat  have  existed  a  t«rritory  already  inhabited  by 
niarsuptals,  which  then  became  cut  off  from  the  rest  of  the  land  to 
the  north,  and  that  in  this  land — a  portion  of  the  pre-existing 
Gondwana  Land  of  8uess,  or  Antarctica  of  Forbes — the  differen- 
tiation of  the  niarsupials  occurred,  and  that  further  this  land, 
which  may  have  been  shifting  in  character,  was  at  the  end  of  the 
Miocene  or  l)eginning  of  the  Pliocene,  connected  with  Tasmania. 
Mr.  C  Hedley's  paper  on  the  "Surviving  Refugees  of  Antarctic 
Lands,"  read  before  the  Royal  tk>ciet}'  of  New  South  Wales  last 
year,  deserves  thoughtful  consideration. 

I  have  devoted  some  space  to  the  al>ove  matter  because  it  bean 


prbsidbnt's  address.  641 

to  be  brought  up  to  date  by  utilising  the  results  of  the  investiga- 
tions of  Baron  F.  von  Mueller  and  others  to  make  it  of  full  value 
at  the  present  day. 

Hooker  points  out  that  what  appears  to  be  the  indigenous 
vegetation,  and  which  is,  taking  the  whole  continent  together,  by 
far  the  mast  important  both  in  numbers  and  characteristics,  has 
been  added  to  in  different  ways.  The  coast  strip  of  the  north 
and  east  has  been  subject  to  an  invasion  of  Indian  and  Malayan 
forms.  These  are  quite  distinct  in  character  from  the  true 
Australian  ones,  which  seem  to  have  had  their  centre  of  distri- 
bution in  the  south-west  portion  of  the  continent. 

Mixed  up  with  the  flora  of  the  eastern  part  of  Australia,  and 
especially  in  the  south,  is  a  group  of  plants  from  the  northern 
temperate  regions,  which  seem  to  have  forced  their  march  upon 
Antarctic  lands  by  following  down  the  Andes  chain  to  the 
extreme  point  of  South  America,  leaving  traces  on  the  way,  and 
thence  stepping  across  by  land  links,  which  once  existed  but  have 
now  disappeared,  the  gaps  between  that  continent  and  New 
Zealand  and  Tasmania.  This  element  of  the  flora  is  most  largely 
represented  in  New  Zealand  and  Tasmania,  but  has  also  pushed 
its  way  up  Eastern  Australia,  particularly  affecting  the  higher 
mountain  tops  as  they  proceed  northward,  and  we  even  find 
representatives  on  mountains  of  great  elevation  in  New  Guinea, 
and  Borneo* 

It  is  remarkable  that  among  the  plants  thus  introduced  into 
Australia  there  are  17  European  species,  most  of  which  occur  in 
Britain. 

It  is  almost  needless  to  remark  that  the  typical  Australian 
types  are  with  few  exceptions  absent  from  New  Zealand. 

Hooker  further  draws  attention  to  the  remarkable  similarity 
in  character  existing  between  the  vegetation  of  South  Africa  and 


•  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Vic.   Vol.  II.     Mueller,  "Plants  of  Owen  Stanley 
Range  in  British  New  Guinea." 

Trans.  Linn.   Soc.    Rotony,   Vol.    II.    Part  2.      Dr.    Stapf,  *'  Flora  of 
Mt.  Rinabjtlu  in  North  Borneo." 


643  pbesidbnt's  addrbss. 

Australia.  The  principal  n&taral  orders  and  groups,  vhich  by 
their  abundance  produce  thia  result,  are  the  following : — 

/'mle/iceir,,  Cimi/iosUfF,  Iridf-m,  Ifiemodorete,  Polygilete,  S'^eti- 
aaa;  Bricacea  (corresponding  in  South  Africa  to  Rpaeridun  in 
Australia),  Papilionaenm,  Rulaeece,  TJujinelea,  Saniidacea,  and 
some  others. 

This  looks  like  parallelism  of  development  from  a  common 
origin. 

Below  is  a  list  of  the  more  important  groups,  natural  orders, 
triijes,  genera  or  parts  of  genera,  as  the  case  may  be,  which  aerve 
to  make  up  the  pecuhar  and  predominant  element  of  the  Aus- 
tralian Flora.  The  orders  Proteacfie,  Ficoidrin  and  JitHiaceee  are 
markedly  South  African  as  well.  Outside  the  Australian  region 
and  South  Africa  some  scattered  representatives  of  the  groups 
mentioned  are  to  be  found.  These  have  the  character  of  escapees; 
compared  with  the  alHed  Australian  species,  their  niuuber  is 
insignificant,  and  one  cannot  avoid  the  conclusion  that  Australia, 
or  some  southern  land  of  which  Australia  is  a  remnant,  was  the 
origin  and  home  of  the  various  races.  It  is  true  that  some  of 
the  outside  representatives  of  AustraHan  types  are  now  separated 


PREaiDSKT'S  ADDRESS.  643 

STACKHOVSIBJe. 

LBauHiNOB£. — Tribe  Podalyrietr,  ic.     Phyllodineoua  section  of 

genus  Acacia. 
Haloraob£. — Genua  HaloragU. 
Utiitacb£. — Capsular  Group. 

FtCOiDB£. — 0«ai]s  Metembryanthenvum  and  Aisoon. 
Stvlidie^. 
goodsnotiba. 
Epacside£. 
Myoporinbs. 

Labiat.e. — Tribe  ProttatUherete. 
Proteace^ 
Thvuele^ 
Casuarinex. 
Obcbidb£. 

JvscjlGBX. — Tribes  XeroUa  and  Xanthorrhein. 
Restiaces. 

Wallace- in  his  "  Island  Life,"  tlie  6rHt  edition  of  which  appeared 
in  1880,  gives  his  views  as  to  the  point  of  origin  of  the  Australian 
types.  He  places  this  in  the  south-west  of  Australia  and 
assumes  the  poesihility  of  extension  of  the  land  outside  its  present 
limits.  The  western  half  of  Australia  was  cut  off,  he  says,  from 
the  eastern  half  hy  the  Lower  Cretaceous  Sea  which  ran  right 
through  the  centre  of  what  is  now  Australia,  from  north  to  south. 
He  accounts  for  the  existence  of  Eastern  Australian  forms  of  the 
typical  vegetation  by  the  assumption  that  they  crossed  this 
barrier  in  the  same  way  as  it  is  known  that  plants  in  course  of 
time  find  means  of  leaping  gap3.«f  great  width.  This  eastern 
portion  is  stated  to  have  been  in  Cretaceous  times  of  limited  extent 
Mid  to  have  derived  most  of  its  vegetation  from  the  land  surfaces 
to  its  noriih  and  north-west,  in  fact  from  the  Indo- Malayan  region. 


644  prbbidbnt's  address. 

Professor  Tate  in  his  address  to  Section  T>.  of  the  Aust.  Assoc,  for 
the  Advancement  of  Science  in  Sydney,  1887,  divides  the  flom  of 
Australia,  as  follows  : — 
I.     Immigrant. 

a.  OrientaL 
t).  Andean. 
IT.  Endemic. 

1.  Euronotian  or  eastern. 

2.  Autochthonous  or  western. 

3.  Ereniian  or  central. 

He  nays  tliat  l>etween  t)ie  Euronotian  and  Autochthonian  a 
)>arricr  alway.s  existml ;  in  Cretaceous  times  it  was  to  a  large  extent 
lacustrine,  lat^sron  the  lake.s  dried  up  and  the  present  desert  barrier 
formed. 

His  concliutionH  are  :  (1)  tliat  the  Austrahan  flora  is  of  high 
antiquity ;  (2)  that  the  Autochthonian  constituent  was  dis- 
iiionil*ere<l  in  Cretaceous  times  and,  (3)  that  tlie  Euronotian  con- 


PBBSIDBNT'S  ADDBBB8.  645 

Judging  from  these  fftcta,  there  is  little  doubt  that  in  Fenno- 
Carboniferous  timea  an  isolated  Austral  region  of  vast  extent 
existed. 

The  discovery  just  referred  to  can  be  best  described  by  quoting 
from  a  Note  in  "Nature,"  Vol.  Lii.,  p.  523  ;  and  its  importance 
is  expressed  in  an  extract  from  a  letter  of  Mr.  W.  T.  Blandford 
to  the  same  journal,  Vol.  LII.,  p.  595: — "The  latest  number  of 
the  HKeorth  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India  contains  a  trans- 
lation of  a  paper  by  Dr.  F.  Kurtz  on  the  Lower  Goodwana  beds 
of  Argentina  (from  HKvintn  del  .tfiit.  'U  la  Plata).  In  this  ia 
recorded  an  important  discovery  of  plant  remains  in  shales  at 
Bajo  de  Velia.  These  fossils  are  well  preserved,  and  while  being 
quite  different  from  the  Argentine  plant-remains  already  found, 
show  a  close  affinity  to  the  plants  of  the  Kaharbari  beds  of  the 
Lower  Gondwanas  of  India,  as  welt  as  to  those  of  the  Ekko- 
Kimberley  beds  of  South  Africa,  the  Newcaatle  and  Bacchus-Marsh 
beds  of  Australia  and  the  Mersey  beds  of  Tasmania.  The 
previously  known  plant-bearing  beds  of  Argentina  consisted  of 
two  series — one  containing  a  Rhaetic  tlora,  resembling  that  of 
the  Stormberg  (Upper  Karoo)  beds  of  South  Africa,  the  Hawkes- 
bury  beds  of  Australia,  and  the  Rajmahal  (Upper  Gkindwana) 
series  of  India;  the  other  containing  a  flora  of  Lower  Carboni- 
ferous character.  The  newly  discovered  flora  roust  be  intermediate 
in  age  between  those  two — that  is  to  say,  it  cannot  l>e  older  than 
Upper  Carboniferous,  nor  younger  than  Triansic ;  and  with  it 
must  go  the  flora  of  the  important  coal-bearing  Upper  Gondwana 
beds  of  India.  These  have  already  been  assigned  to  the  Upper 
Ctu'boniferous  (at  lowest)  by  Messrs.  Mcdltcott  and  Blandford, 
and  the  Indian  Survey,  and  the  now  discoveries  in  Argentina  give 
a  satisfactory  confirmation  of  their  views." 

Writing  on  this  discovery  Mr.  W.T.  Blandford  says  (see  "Nature," 
LII.,  p.  595) :— "  It  is  difficult  to  understand  how  two  floras,  differ- 
ing from  each  other  far  more  widely  than  do  any  two  con- 
tinentfU  floras  living  on  the  earth's  surface  at  the  present  day, 
can  have  co-exist«d,  unless  there  was  for  a  long  perio<l  of  geological 
time  a  great  southern  continent — the  Gondwana-land  of  Suess — 


646  prbsidbnt's  ADDRSsa. 

JHolated  by  a  wide  sea,  probably  an  ocean,  from  the  land  tlut 
occupied  in  Carboniferous  and  Permian  days  so  wide  an  area  io 
the  northern  hemisphere.  The  importance  of  the  new  discovwy 
is  the  immense  extension  that  is  given  to  Gondwana  land  and  tlie 
proof  it  affords  that  the  region  with  its  flora  extended  to  the 
western  tipniisphere  and  included  a  part  at  all  eventa  of  South 
America.  This  appears  to  indicate  that  a  considerable  area  now 
occupied  by  ocean  in  the  southern  hemisphere  was  land  in  the 
Carl  x)n  if  emus  period.  Further  research  is  needed  to  show  whether 
the  various  tracts  of  Gondwana  land  were  connected  by  a  South 
Polar  land  area." 

A  region  like  the  above  if  of  long  continuance  would  iorm  s 
favourable  centre  of  development  for  the  higher  forms  of  vegeta- 
tion. We  have  already  indications  that  Dicotyledons  exii4t«d  in 
the  southern  hemisphere  at  an  earlier  age  than  in  the  northern. 
Is  it  not  therefore  possible  that  the  Froteacerr,  at  least,  which,  u 
Benthain  has  shown,  represent — especially  the  Tribe  Nucamen- 
lar.ctr — a  very  ancient  type,  may  have  here  originated  1  While 
of  this  land  with  South  Africa  and   Australia 


prbbidunt'b  address.  647 

Bournemouth  in  England  branchlebs  and  scales  have  been  dis- 
covered which  ore  scarcely  distinguishable  from  those  of  our 
species  abovenamed.  Fossil  remains  of  the  genus  have  been 
found  in  Europe,  North  America,  China,  the  extreme  south  of 
South  America,  Tasmania,  E.  Australia,  and  even  the  Island  uf 
Kerguelen.  Living  species  occur  in  North-eaat  Australia  and 
adjacent  islands,  Chili  and  Peru. 

The  genus  Dammara,  the  best  known  example  of  whiph  is  the 
New  Zealand  Kauri,  now  exists  in  Queensland,  New  Zealand, 
Borneo,  Celebes  and  the  Philippines.  Remains  obtained  from 
the  Cretaceous  rocks  of  (ireeitland  have  been  referred  to  this 
genus,  but  the  identification  is  somewhat  uncertain. 

Araucaria  is  not  typical  of  any  country;  and  the  same  may  be 
said  of  that  other  ancient  group  the  Cycad«ce,  which  have  had  a 
world-wide  distribution.  It  is  necessary  to  draw  attention  to 
this.  OS  the  fact  of  their  existence  in  certain  strata  in  the  northern 
hemisphere  has  assisted  in  the  drawing  of  false  comparisons 
between  the  tertiary  vegetation  and  climate  of  Southern  England 
and  those  of  Australia  of  the  present  day. 

The  first  undoubted  appearance  of  Dicotyledons  in  Europe  is 
in  the  Upper  Cretaceous  Beds,  and  there  they  are  found  in  large 
numbers,  as  if  an  invasion  of  those  forms  after  collecting  strength 
elsewhere  had  just  taken  place. 

The  oldest  examples  of  dicotyledonous  plant  remains  in  Australia 
hitherto  brought  to  light  are  some  obtained  by  Mr.  H.  C.  Stokes 
about  three  years  ago  in  some  railway  cuttings  near  Brisbane. 
These  fossils  were  sent  by  ^Ir.  Etberidge  to  Baron  Ettingshausen, 
who  pronounced  them  to  be  of  Upper  Cretaceous  age  from  a  con- 
sideration of  their  character  which  resembled  European  specimens 
from  strata  of  that  age.  Mr.  Ethendge  informs  me,  however,  that 
the  beds  in  question  are  considered  by  Mr.  B.  L.  Jack,  Go\'em- 
ment  Geologist  of  Queensland,  to  form  part  of  the  IpswiuJi  Coal 
Measures,  and  as  such  are  of  Early  or  Jliddle  ^lesozolc  age.* 

The  whole  of  the  facts  having  reference  to  the  distribution  of 
plants  and  animala  in  the  southern  hemisphere  seem  to  point  to 

>  Ueol.  *  Pal.  of  QueeiitUnil  ud  New  Gainea,  p.  59T. 


648  president's  ADDSses. 

the  existence  through  long  periods  of  geological  time  of  large  areas 
of  land  surface,  and  the  discovery  of  dicotyledonous  plant  remains 
in  the  Ipswich  Coal  Measures  containing  types  similar  to  those 
exinting  in  Australia  at  the  present  day  and  the  absence  of  anj 
such  fositils  of  corresponding  age  in  the  northern  hemisphere  point 
to  the  same  conclusion.  It  seems  highly  probable  that  we  have 
in  store  for  us  a  series  of  most  interesting  discoveries  whereby  we 
may  have  revealed  the  primitive  t3^a  of  the  Angiosperms  and  be 
able  to  trace  at  any  rate   their  ancestry  some  considerable  way 

Iti  tlie  Journal  of  Botany,  1865,  there  is  a  translation  by  Seemann 
of  n,  remarkable  and  sensational  address  delivered  in  1861  by 
Professor  Unger  of  the  University  of  Vienna  to  his  students, 
entitled  "New  Holland  in  Europe."  In  this  address  Unger  gives 
an  account  of  the  supposed  identity  of  a  portion  of  the  European 
Eocene  Aura  with  the  existing  flora  of  Australia.  Tliis  was  tbe 
first  clear  expoaition  of  a  theory  which  has  found  favour  with 
certain  European  Botanists,  although  strongly  contested  by  others. 

Wfsel  and  Weher  had  some  years  before  this  written  a  paper 


prksident'b  address.  649 

thin  "  despised,  decrepit,  or  scarcely  bora  fifth  quarter  of  the  world" 
ahowing  I  venture  to  say  much  ignorance  in  so  doing.  He  after- 
wards stAt«s  that  what  was  begun  in  Australia  was  transported 
to  Europe  by  some  supposed  land  bridge  and  there  destroyed 
while  Australia  stood  stilt,  and  the  latter  is  now  being  threatened 
with  almost  total  extinction,  hke  the  Pacific  Islands.  The 
Australian  types  represented  in  Europe  were,  according  to  him, 
Proteace»,  Epacrideie  (through  one  leaf),  Santalace»,  Coniferte 
and  other  orders.  Ara-ucaria  is  especially  mentioned  as  abundant  in 
some  of  the  beds  of  Europe,  and  then  he  argues  that  the  conditions 
which  allow  of  these  types  now  in  Australia  must  have  existed  in 
Europe  in  Eocene  times,  and  concludes  that  the  climates  were 
similar.  He  seems  ignorant  of  the  fact  that  Arattcaria 
Ounninghamii  grows  in  the  humid  brushes  of  the  coast  region, 
while  Bitnktia  and  other  genera  are  adapted  to  flourish  under 
drier  continental  conditions  and  poor  soil. 

Unger  requires  other  bridges  for  the  explanation  of  his  theories 
and  one  of  them  is  that  by  which  he  supposes  the  European  flora 
obtained  a  contingent  from  America,  namely  Atlantis. 

The  opinion  that  there  was  an  identity  of  forms  in  Europe  in 
Tertiary  times  and  Australia  of  the  present  day  took  deep  root, 
and  waa  still  held  by  Heer,  and  is  now  by  Ettingshausen  and 
others  in  spit«  of  the  fact  that  other  botanists  equally  distin- 
guished have  proved  the  fallacy  of  the  idea. 

Among  these  latter  is  Bentham,  whose  work  on  the  Australian 
Flora  specially  entitles  him  to  authority.  All  Bentham's  Presi- 
dential Addresses  to  the  Linnean  Society  are  of  the  highest  value, 
and  the  one  delivered  in  1870  in  which  he  specially  devotes  him- 
self to  the  subject  in  hand,  should  be  read  by  all  interested  in 
this  subject.  In  it  he  ably  contests  the  new  views,  and  referring 
to  Unger's  tabular  pedigrees  of  European  forest  races,  he  says  that 
his  speculations  have  been  deduced  much  more  freely  from  con- 
jectures than  from  facta,  and  he  mentions  that  the  great  majority 
of  fossil  species  are  established  on  the  authority  of  detached  leaves 
or  fragments  of  leaves  atone.  He  then  points  out  the  unreliability 
of  determination  by  leaves  alone,  and  how  even  DeCandolle  hod 


650  pRBSiDzyr'a  address. 

been  in  error  even  tta  to  natural  orders  of  specimens  of  which  he 
posAessed  leaves  alone,  and  he  refers  to  Professor  Flower  who  had 
pointed  out  that  leaves  belong  to  a  class  of  structures  that  are 
aptly  designated  adaptive  as  opposed  to  essential.  He  next 
points  out  that  some  of  Heer's  determinations  of  I'odoijonium  of 
the  Caesalpineoe  where  specimens  of  leaves,  fruits,  and  even 
flowers,  some  of  them  still  attached  are  conclusive,  and  that  from 
their  relation  to  existing  plants  point  to  certain  conclusions  as  to 
climate  ;  Viut  in  dealing  with  the  reputed  Australian  groups  he  is 
strongly  adverse.  Speaking  of  Proteaceie,  he  says  "  I  ha^e  no 
hesitation  in  stating  that  I  do  not  believe  that  a  ningle  specimen 
has  been  found  that  a  modem  systematic  botanist  would  admit  to 
be  Proteaceous  unless  it  had  been  received  from  a  country  where 
Prnt-'«-i!ie  were  otherwise  known  to  exist."  As  Mr.  Bentham  was 
especially  engaged  at  the  time  in  the  examination  of  Proteaceie,  I 
cannot  do  better  than  make  one  or  two  short  quotations  in  onier 
to  give  his  own  words.  "  The  analysis  and  detailed  descriptions 
I  liave  liad  to  make  within  the  last  few  months  of  between  four 
and  six  hundred  Protracea;,  and  consequent  investigation  of  their 


prbsidbnt's  addrebs.  651 

ordera  "  and  others  "  havtt  a  venation  of  the  wing  very  difierent 
from  that  of  any  froleacete  I  hare  seen,  and  much  more  like  that 
of  a  real  samara  of  an  ash."  After  discuasing  man;  examples 
he  Baj^  "  From  the  abovej  considerations  I  cannot  resist  the 
opinion  that  alt  presumptive  evidence  ia  against  European 
ProteixMCK,  and  that  all  direct  evidence  adduced  in  their  favour 
has  broken  down  on  cross-examination  ;  and  however  much  these 
Eocene  leaves  many  asHume  a  general  character  which  may  be 
more  frequent  in  Australia,  (in  Proteacee  ond  other  orders)  than 
elsewhere,  all  that  this  would  prove  would  be,  not  any  genetic 
affinity  with  Australian  races,  but  some  similarity  of  causes  pro- 
ducing similarity  of  adaptive  characters."  ' 

The  above  remarks  from  a  botanist  so  eminent  and  experienced 
in  questions  of  the  Australian  flora  as  fientham  might  well  have 
been  thought  conclusive,  but  we  tind  that  Ettingsbauien  in  1890 
hrought'out  a  work  entitled  "  Das  Australische  Floreuelement  in 
Europa "  in  which  he  reasserts  the  existence  of  Leptom^ria, 
Cnsiiarina,  Exocarptia,  Bmiksia,  Dryantira,  and  Eucalyptus. 

The  subject  of  fossil  plants  and  their  identification  ia  ably 
treated  in  the  "  Handbuch  der  Palieontologie,"  Part  IT  entitled 
"PaUeophytologie."  This  work  as  stated  on  the  title  page  was 
begun  by  Herr  Schimper,  formerly  Professor  at  the  University  of 
Strassburg,  continued  and  concluded  by  Herr  iSchenk,  Professor  of 
Botany  at  the  University  of  Leipzig,  and  edited  by  Professor 
Zittel  of  the  University  of  Munich.     It  was  published  in  1890. 

Doubt  is  thrown  on  the  identification  of  Cagu/trittn,  Bnrsaria, 
Hibbertia,  and  CalUcoini.  Speaking  of  the  remiiins  attributed 
tb  the  capsular  Myrlaca;  Zittel  saya  there  is  no  nece.isity  to  fly 
to  that  explanation.  As  to  Protenctm  the  conclusion  appears  to 
be  the  same  aa  tliat  of  Bentham.  The  identification  of  Leploiiiena 
is  spoken  of  as  being  due  to  superficial  resemblance  to  which 
weight  is  given  without  critical  inquiry.  I  have  looked  carefully 
through  Zitt«l's  work  and  I  cannot  find  that  the  correctness  of 
the  identification  of  any  Australian  forms  is  acknowledged  except 
some  fossils  of  the  Upper  Cretaceous  which  have  been  classed  and 
named  EztcUj/pt'in  (Jeinitzii. 


652  pbehident's  address. 

It  is  to  be  obHerved  tli^refore  that  all  resemblances  to  Auatra- 
lia.n  exiating  vegetation  in  the  Tertiary  flora  is  looked  upon  bv 
Houkpr,  Bentham,  Zittel  and  many  others  aa  fanciful  am] 
unproved.  As  regards  the  mipposed  Euealj/pltit  Geintliii  it  will 
l>e  noticed  that  the  ligure  in  Zittel's  book  reminds  one  of  the 
style  of  growth  of  a  Eucalypt,  but  the  fruita  are  by  no  means  like 
what  exist  at  the  present  <lay.  It  is,  however,  just  possible  that 
here  we  have  something  like  an  ancestral  example  of  the  capsu- 
lar Mi/rfacf<E,  or  indeed  of  the  whole  group  of  the  Mtjrtacfa;  for 
it  may  be  ajwumed  that  the  fleshy- fruited  section  of  the  order 
developed  by  natural  selection  out  of  the  hard-fruited  one — com- 
munity of  type  no  doubt  implies  community  of  origin.  There  is, 
however,  an  element  of  doubt  about  the  whole  matter,  as  it  is 
strongly  to  be  Huspected  that  the  immediate  ancestors  of  Eucn- 
lypfiis  in  Australia  had  opposite  leaves. 

Be  that  as  it  may,  however,  there  is  nothing  to  prove  that  in 
Tertiary  times  any  of  the  typical  Australian  groups  existed  outside 
Australia. 

Pliocene  fossil  remains  from  Victoria  have  been  investigated 


PBB8I  dent's  ADDRBS8.  6fi3 

identification  from  leavefl.     Baron  Ettingshau sen's  conclusions  are 
a'4  follows  : — He  finds  98  apeciee  representing  Cryptogams,  Mono- 
cotyledons, Gymnosperms  and  Dicotyledons;  and  as  be  says  the 
,  most  important  general  result  is  this  : — 

"  The  Tertiary  Flora  of  extra-tropical  Australia  is,  as  regards 
character,  essentially  different  from  the  present  living  flora  of 
Australia ;  nor  does  it  closely  resemble,  in  general,  any  other 
living  flora.  On  the  other  hand,  it  shows  the  mixed  character  of 
tbe  Tertiary  Floras  of  Europe,  the  Arctic  Regions,  North  America, 
and  probably  all  the  Tertiary  Floras.  It  has  also  much  more 
similarity  to  the  Tertiary  Floras  at  present  known  than  to  tbe 
existing  flora  of  Australia.  The  characteristic  plants  of  Australia 
are  but  feebly  represented." 

He  finds  such  genera  of  the  northern  hemisphere  as  .\fyrica, 
Biiitfa,  Atnujt,  Quereug,  Faqtu  and  Sa'ix  represented.  Of  these 
we  have  at  the  present  day  Fagua  only.  There  are  other  genera  of 
East  Indian  origin,  which  is  not  to  be  wondered  at,  as  we  have 
such  at  the  present  day;  but  he  also  finds  species  of  Magnolia 
allied  to  North  American  forms;  Bo  nbax  of  tropical  America  and 
s3me  Oceanic  genera  which  I  think  are  much  more  doubtful. 

These  and  other  conditions  seem  to  indicate  to  him  an  original 
universal  flora  in  Tertiary  times  to  which  all  the  present  existing 
floras  of  the  earth  may  be  traced  back,  and  the  evolution  of  the 
present  flora  from  the  Tertiary  flora  took  place  through  the 
differentiation  of  tbe  "  floral  climate  " — whatever  that  may  mean 
— which,  however,  was  effected  differently  in  difierent  parts  of 
the  globe.  (8ee  History  of  the  Development  of  the  Vegetation 
of  the  Ecu^h.     Sitzungsb.  der  Acad,  der  Wiss.  Wien). 

As  already  referred  to,  further  investigation  has  been  made  by 
Baron  Ettingshausen  as  to  some  fossil  plant  remains  found  when 
excavating  some  railway  cuttings  near  Brisliane  rather  more  than 
three  years  ago.  This  gentleman  made  a  preliminary  investiga- 
tion of  them  and  submittod  a  report  to  the  Imperial  Academy 
of  Sciences  at  Vienna  on  the  13th  April,  1893.  The  pT«sence 
of  nuuiy  of  the  Tertiary  forms  is  apparent^  and  among  them 


fist  ntmirnr'a  AbDon, 

ilyrira.  (farrr.tu,  frypu,  <^')mMM«MWBt.  J«i»i»i"l    Aod  Etetlif^'ts 

».jiijL<-r  ./f  the  lMlr/,n  »jifl  Vft((»rtgiM'-  Crwk  fovriK  M>d  I  c»nQ->c 
a;{ri-<-  with  th'T  '.-rnriAi  'IfiUnaiRatioiti  'rf  PrrtfeMor  £Etin)nhaD.7<». 
Md'l  I  Ix-lifv*  il^t  till  c*<iiclaiii'^«  a*  fj  the  cb»«ct«*  of  the  ri.j™ 
nrifJ  iiL-v  rp'VriiiViUnc;  Ui  t[i<;  fl'fTA  'ff  other  part*  of  the  w>j>rkl  are 

Will.  th<:  M<\  <yf  Mr.  K.  Baker,  F.LS.,  of  the  Technol-^cal 
Miiviiiii,  [  tiftvr:  mafi*;  <;ompari.sonH  lji^lwe«R  (he  fotMiI  leaver  aiH 
livinicoti'rii,  nM'l  n't  fur  ah  I  have  )^me  I  finrl  that  the  varioa^  ^M*^ 
■if  ffrviil  leAVtn  are  reprinentcd  amrin;;  exLiting  plants  and  that 
Lh'-ri:  i>i  no  iv;WH>ii  til  go  outHJilx  Australia  to  I'fok  for  them.  But 
■!Vi!(i  niip|XMiiit(  thn  KxiHtniine  of  the  northern  genera  in  Australian 
HtralJi  roiilil  In!  uti'louht<!<lly  nliown,  Ettinghauiten'st  deductions  are 
Hlill  not  vfiiid,  for  AIhuh,  Acer,  (^ufrcim,  ift/ricn,  and  others  have 
Ui  diiy  It  wi'l't  niH({e  wliicli  lirinifx  them  almost  into  close  proximity 
111  tliii  AuHlrnlinii  n^gion,  while  specieK  of  Qti«rcut  hare  heen 
lurMiiilly  j.r-ivwl  to  exiit  tjj-day  in  New  Guinea,  which  is  in  the 


PRBBi  dent's  addbess.  665 

and  the  leavea  attributed  to  Bettda  might  equally  well  belong  to 
saj  Pommlerria  bttuHna. 

There  are  maay  other  examples  which  I  have  not  time  to  give 
in  detail  now,  but  I  have  little  doubt  that  all  or  nearly  all  the 
fosail  leaven  can  be  shown  to  posaeiis  the  form  and  character  of 
existing  ones  in  the  brush  forests  at  the  same  latitude  on  the 
coaat,  and   there  is  no  necessity  to  nearch  the  world  over  for 


Aa  to  the  statement  that  the  Australian  types  are  not  propor- 
tionately represented,  it  is  only  a  pity  that  Baron  Gttingshauaen 
is  not  better  acquainted  with  the  Australian  flora  of  the  east 
coaat.  He  would  tind  that  in  the  dense  brush  forests  of  the  coast 
Eucalypta  and  Proteaeece  become  cho'iied  out  and  their  place  is 
taken  by  other  types  from  the  north.  It  is  only  necessary  to 
auppone  that  the  vegetation  of  the  coast  extended  inland  aa  far  as 
Gunning  or  Vegetable  Creek,  a  circumstance  very  likely  to  happen 
in  the  moister  Miocene  times,  and  one  mij^ht  have  leaves  pre- 
served not  of  the  open  forest  or  scrub  where  the  Australian  types 
abound,  but  that  of  the  bruahes  where  the  same  are  rare. 

It  ia  clear  from  the  above  considerations  that  the  existence  of 
the  universal  flora  of  mixed  types  assumed  by  Heer  and  Ettinga- 
hausen  is  not  proved  and  that  the  extraordinary  sorting  operas 
tion  which  the  "  floral  climate "  was  supposed  to  effect  is 
grossly  exaggerated.  The  absurdity  of  the  supposition  with 
regard  to  Australia  seems  to  me  extreme  when  it  is  remem- 
bered how  many  climates  (not  one  alone)  varying  between  hot 
and  cold,  moist  and  dry,  Australia  posaesaea.  Eucalypts  and 
other  trees  grow  from  east  to  west  and  from  north  to  south  of  the 
country  under  the  most  vnriable  conditiona,  and  they  will  grow 
in  other  countries  in  the  greate.st  luxuriance. 

Further  investigation  of  this  subject  should  be  persisted  in, 
and  the  Tertiary  and  earlier  beds  of  Western  Australia  may  be 
looked  to  to  throw  tight  on  the  subject. 

At  present  the  facts  seem  to  afford  grounds  for  concluding — 

(1)  That  many,  if  not  all,  the  typical  Australian  floral  types 
originated  in  Australia  or  in  some  land  connected  with  it,  but 
now  submei^ed. 


ft56  prbsidbst'b  address. 

(2)  That  the  assumption  of  the  exi3t«nce  of  a  universal  flora 
of  mixed  types  at  any  epoch  is  unfounded. 

(3)  That  the  fossil  plant  remains  of  Tertiaiy  age  in  EMteni 
Australia  indicate  a  vegetation  in  all  respects  similar  to  that 
existing  on  the  coast  in  the  same  latitude  at  the  present  day. 

To  them  might  perhaps  be  added  a  fourth  conclusion  of  lew 
certain  character,  but  of  high  probability,  that  the  Protencn 
represent  a  most  ancient  type  which  had  their  origin  at  a  time 
when  nut  only  extensive  areas  of  land  existed  in  the  southern 
hemisphere  but  when  some  kind  of  connection  more  or  less  Uating 
exiate<l  l>etween  Australia  and  South  Africa. 

I  take  this  opportunity  of  pointing  out  the  danger  of  form- 
ing conclusions  as  to  former  climates  from  the  character  of 
vegetable  remains.  It  has  been  not  infrequently  assumed  that 
because  leaves  of  Cin->-aiiiomum  or  other  tropical  types  are  found 
the  climate  must  have  been  tropical,  although  the  value  of 
the  argument  is  at  the  same  time  nullified  by  the  acknowledged 
presence  of  leaves  such  as  Alans  and  Seta'a,  belonging  to  tbe 
The  Euroiwan  letopprat«  flvrii  of  the 


prkbide>t'b  addrbbS.  657 

and  detached  that  when  information  can  be  obtained  it  is  very 
precious.  It  often  happens  that  fossils  are  found  by  those  who 
are  entirely  ignorant  of  their  value,  and  they  are  looked  upon  as 
foesila  and  nothing  more,  as  if  they  were  not  each  of  them  bits  of 
history  to  be  carefully  treasured.  If  they  are  carried  home  they 
lie  about  for  some  time  and  are  eventually  lost.  Such  relics 
should  be  carefully  preserved,  the  circumstances  and  manner  of 
the  find  in  each  case  noted  and  reported  to  the  Departmentof  Mines, 
I  am  certain  that  many  interesting  discoveries  are  lost  to  science 
through  neglect  or  ignorance. 

Another  work  that  requires  carrying  out  more  fully  and  over  a 
larger  field  than  at  present  is  the  formation  of  local  herbaria, 
including  the  forwarding  of  duplicate  specimens  to  Sydney  for 
identification.  The  knowledge  of  the  distribution  of  plants  in 
this  country  is  far  from  complete,  but  it  is  a  most  int«re3ting  and 
important  subject.  Ladies  residing  in  the  interior,  many  of 
whom  I  know  find  their  time  hang  heavily  on  their  hands,  would 
earn  the  gratitude  of  the  scientific  world  if  they  would  undertake 
to  carry  out  this  object,  which  would  be  more  an  amusement 
^an  a  toil.  Many  districts  are  out  of  reach  of  ladies,  and  must 
be  explored  by  the  atemer  sex.  Local  officers  of  the  Government 
service  should  also  be  expected  to  assist.  The  great  armj'  of 
fweat  rangers,  surveyors,  road  superint«ndents  and  others  might 
tutve  this  work  made  part  of  their  dutie.s.  Whenever  an  import- 
ant commission  is  sent  by  the  British  Government  for  geographical 
leaearch  into  a  little  known  country,  for  the  delimitation  of 
frontiers  or  other  serious  work,  a  man  of  science  is  invariably 
Bent  to  assist  in  the  expedition.  In  this  cate  as  it  were  we  have 
the  new  and  undiscovered  country  close  at  band.  Why  should  we 
neglect  our  opportunities  1 

The  additions  to  our  knowledge  of  the  natural  history  of 
Australia  directly  resulting  from  the  operations  of  the  "  Horn 
Scientific  Expedition  to  Central  Australia  "  promise  to  be  of  the 
greatest  interest  and  importance.  Captain  Sturt,  the  pioneer 
explorer  in  this  region  and  it«  outskirts  (1844-46),  was  also  the 
Snt  to  famish  some  insight   into  its  natural  history.     In  an 


658 

appendix  to  his  "  Narrative  of  an  Excursion  into  Central 
Australia  "  he  enumerates  10  species  of  Mammals,  and  141  species 
of  Birds  met  with  during  the  course  of  the  expedition.  In  the 
liotanicat  appendix  in  the  some  work,  B.  Brown  states  that  the 
collection  of  plants  comprised  about  100  species,  though  he  enume- 
rates but  26,  chiefly  the  new  genera  and  species  represented.  The 
discovery  of  the  Alexandrine  Parrakeet,  and  eapeciallyof  XoloryeUt, 
may  certainly  be  allowed  to  count  for  a  good  deal;  but  otherwise 
it  must  be  confessed  that  the  supplementary  zoological  knowledge 
gained  during  the  half-century  which  has  since  elapsed  has  not 
amounted  to  very  much;  and  the  progress  made  compares 
unfavourably  with  the  advance  in  other  branches,  particularly  in 
botany.  Not  many  explorers  in  lat«r  days  have  failed  to  come 
within  range  of  the  persuasive  influence  of  Baron  von  Mueller; 
and  Professor  Tate  has  been  indefatigable  in  his  efforts  to  accumn- 
lat«  natural  history  data  in  respect  of  both  Tropical  and  Extra- 
Tropical  South  Australia.  Consequently  lists  of  plants  with 
other  botanical  information  will  be  found  in  almost  every  explorer's 
account  of  his  travels,  or  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society 


prbsidbnt's  addbbsb.  659 

attended  by  dry  veather;  its  circuit  took  in  West  Australia,  and 
its  single  naturalist  had  to  divide  his  attention  between  botany 
and  zoology. 

There  was,  therefore,  ample  scope  for  a  well-organised  attempt 
to  throw  more  light  on  the  natural  history  of  this  remarkable 
tract  of  Australia.  At  the  Adelaide  Meeting  of  the  Australasian 
Association,  Prof.  Tate,  in  his  Presidential  Address,  expressed 
the  earnest  hope  that  "  a  systematic  exploration  of  some  well- 
known  area,  such  as  the  MacDonnell  Ranges,"  might  become 
possible  on  the  part  of  a  woli-known  South  Australian  patron  of 
exploration  "  as  a  crowning  eifort  to  unfold  some  of  the  mysteries 
of  our  dry  interior."  Not  quite  in  the  way  Professor  Tate  had  in 
his  mind,  but  for  practical  purposes  in  an  etjually  satisfactory 
way,  through  the  liberality  of  Mr.  Horn,  the  attempt  was  shortly 
afterwards  made.  And  with  what  conspicuous  success  we  may 
judge  from  the  first  instalment  of  the  Report  of  the  Expedition — 
Partii.  Zoology  (4 to.  pp.  1-431,  with  22  plates), edited  by  Professor 
Baldwin  Spencer,  recently  issued.  To  this  important  work  some 
little  attention  may  worthUy  be  devoted. 

Leaving  out  of  consideration  the  HjTnenoptera  (other  than  the 
Honey  Ants)  and  the  Hemiptera,  the  retumit  for  which  are  not 
dHQpleted,  we  find  that  the  Horn  Expedition  has  added  some  164 
new  species  (Vertebrates  30,  Invertebrates  134)  to  the  general 
fauna  of  Australia.  Taking  all  things  into  conKideration  this  is 
a  very  substantial  gain.  Central  Australia  is  nut  a  region  which 
could  be  expected  to  yield  a  varied  fauna  very  rich  in  species. 
Some  groups,  well  represented  in  other  parts  of  Australia,  but 
requiring  a  more  or  less  humid  environment,  seem  here  to  be 
wholly  wanting,  or  but  feebly  represented. 

As  a  contribution  to  the  fauna  of  a  particular  circumscribed 
area  of  the  Continent — tlie  central  portion  of  the  Eremian  Region, 
Larapintine  Region  as  Prof.  Tate  now  proposes  to  call  it — 
the  resulta  are  even  more  important.  Again,  leaving  out  of 
consideration  the  Hymenoptera  (other  than  the  Honey  Ants)  and 
the  Hemiptera,  we  find  a  total  of  Iretween  five  aud  six  hundred 
species  (Vertebrates  177,  Invertebrates  358)  assigned  to  it.     This 


660  prbsidbkt's  addiies§. 

at  firat  flight  seemii  e.  not  very  large  cenaua;  and  no  doubt  iu  tinn 
and  under  very  favourable  circumstances  it  will  be  to  Home  extent 
increa!je<].  Everj'  naturalist  who-resides  for  some  time  even  in  a 
giKid  collecting  district  knowH  how  long  a  time  it  taken  to  arrive 
at  a  complete  census  ot  the  groups  of  its  fauna  in  which  he  i» 
especially  int*jreeted;  and  how  his  experiences  vary  from  year  to 
year  and  from  Heason  to  season.  Still  less  is  it  likely  that  the 
zoological  resources  of  an  enormous  area  like  Central  AuHtralia 
shi)uld  lie  exhausted  at  a  sinfrle  att«mpt  by  visiting  naturalista 
almost  constaDtly  on  the  mo\  e,  however  enthusiastic  and  asHiduoiM 
they  mifjht  be.  From  the  experiences  of  Prof.  Spencer  we  gather 
that  if  e.  zoological  collector  in  Central  Australia  is  to  be  success- 
ful in  getting  together  a  collection — nut  merely  of  skins  of  VjessU 
and  birds — but  one  at  all  representative  of  the  general  fauna, 
tjuestions  of  time  and  patience  must  be  of  ijuite  secondary  import- 
ance. First  of  all  he  has  to  catch  his  animals— but  in  some 
seasons,  and  in  the  case  of  some  of  the  most  interesting  members 
of  tlie  fauna,  this  is  an  unusually  ditHcult  task,  and  may  entail 
long  and  patient  waiting  upon  the  rains,  as  well  as  securing  the 


PBKSIOBNTS  ADDRXBS.  661 

ooinp!et«  or  almost  complete  abeeace  of  representatives  of  orders 
which  are  abundant  in  other  parts  of  the  continent  This  state 
of  things  is  sufficiently  accounted  for  by  the  arid  nature  of  the 
country  and  ita  unauitability  for  their  maintenance,  or  by  the 
effectual  climatic  barrier  which  keeps  them  out.  Thus,  it  would 
seem  that  with  the  want  of  suitable  perennial  rivers  and  creeks 
may  be  correlated  the  absence  of  Platypus,  just  as  the  absence  of 
forest!)  accords  with  a  dearth  of  arboreal  Fbalangera.  lAod 
Planarians,  Peripatus,  Terrestrial  Amphipoda  and  laopods,  and 
Slugs  are  among  the  other  notable  absentees  (as  well  as  Myrio- 
pods — possibly  an  unintentional  omission). 

Earthworms  are  poorly  represented,  only  one  specie«  having 
been  found.  This— a  .species  of  Acanlkodrilug — is  a  treasure 
which  in  quality  compensates  for  some  of  the  deficiency  in 
quantity.  It  is  a  good  instance  of  discontinuous  distribution, 
and  furnishes  Professor  Spencer  with  an  opening  for  some 
interesting  speculations.  The  genus  is  one  which  in  Australia 
has  lost  ground,  being  at  present  but  feebly  represented  in  a  few 
widely  separated  localities.  Formerly  when  the  rainfall  was 
greater  it  was  prnbalily  the  dominant  genus  in  the  northern 
portion  of  the  Continent,  as  it  still  is  in  New  Zealand  and 
elsewhere  in  the  Southern  Hemisphere. 

Butterflies  and  Lepidoptera  generally  are  not  numerously 
represented.  But  the  collection  was  made  during  the  winter 
months,  or  rather  during  a  drj-  spell,  which  will  perhaps  to 
some  extent  account  for  the  scarcity. 

The  positive  characters  are  shown  chiefly  in  this — that  the 
Larapintine  fauna  is  a  select  as.semblage  of  species  which  may 
perhaps  be  roughly  claasitied  as  very  hardy  species,  and  as  species 
which  in  habit  or  in  structure  have  l>ecome  specially  adapted  to 
live  in  an  arid  region,  or  which  have  l^een  able  to  take  advantage 
of  some  favourable  external  circunistanceH. 

Some  of  them  doubtless  are  the  lineal  descendants  of  forms 
which  have  uninterruptedly  inhabited  the  region  from  a  time 
antecedent'  to  the  setting  in  of  the  Dry  Period,  which  proved  so 
disastrous  a  change  to  forms  like  the  Diprotodon.     Others  are 


662  pbksidext'b  addbebk. 

imniigrant.i  from  very  varioiu  directions.  The  new  light  throvn 
upon  these  mattent  by  the  naturalists  of  the  Horn  Expedition  is 
one  of  the  distiiictive  features  of  the  Report.  We  get  as  it  were 
hints  and  glimpses  of  adaptive  relations  to  special  surroundings  in 
studying  the  fauna  of  the  inland  portions  of  the  eastern  colonies, 
but  in  Central  Australia  they  reach  a  maximum.  Here  the 
Htruggle  for  existence  takes  on  a  new  aspect.  It  iit  on  the  whole 
perliups  not  so  much  a  strugt;le  among  indiWduals  as  a  struggle 
against  climate,  and  all  that  that  involves.  As  Danrin  sap : 
"  When  we  reach  the  Arctic  regions,  or  snow-capped  summits,  iir 
alm'tlute  deserts  the  struRgle  for  life  is  almost  exclusively  with 
the  cleinenlA "  (Origin,  let  Ed.  p.  69).  In  Central  AuiitraJia 
when  a  really  ffoixl  time  comes,  though  some  species  have  their 
nunilien  kept  ilown  by  predaceous  euemies  or  by  a  percentage  of 
their  progeny  failing  to  complet^^  their  development  in  time,  it 
must,  though  short,  still  on  the  whole  be  a  very  good  time  for  a 
ctmsidcrable  projwrtion  of  the  fauna. 

\V\u-n   the  dryinK-up  process  sets  in  again,   then  once  more 
iHtirins  the  struggle  a^jainst  tjie  elements,  and  the  need  for  special 


PKBSi dent's  address.  663 

possible  diBpenion  of  their  ova  through  the  agency  of  aquatic 
birds.  Of  the  fluviatile  Molluaca  Mr.  Sanger  says  that  the 
Unioe  sestivate  in  the  mud;  that  the  gasteropoda  (five  species)  die 
when  the  creeks  dry  up,  but  that  each  flood  stocks  the  creeks  again, 
young  ones  in  all  st^ee  of  growth  being  met  with  in  the  flood 
waters.  Some  of  the  land  mollusca  are  remnants  which  have 
found  a  haven  of  refuge  of  restricted  area  "  on  the  southern  escarp- 
ment of  the  elevated  land  or  in  the  deeply  shadowed  gorges  of 
the  same,"  forming  single  colonies,  or  if  more  then  widely 
separated.  The  Crustaceans  are  either  burrowers  like  A»tacopii» 
or  Telpkuaa,  or  they  are  Entomostracans  which  like  Apui  develop 
only  after  their  eggs  have  been  dried  up.  The  Honey  Ants  have 
learned  to  store  up  honey  in  a  remarkable  way,  certain  workers 
being  set  apart  as  receptacles  for  the  honey  collected  by  the 
other  workers  of  the  community. 

An  elaborate  series  of  observations  extending  over  several 
successive  meterological  cycles  —if  such  were  possible^ would 
probably  show  a  considerable  corresponding  ebb  and  flow  both  in 
regard  to  species  and  to  individuals.  In  times  of  unusually  pro- 
longed and  trying  drought,  the  fauna  in  spite  of  the  assumption 
of  adaptive  characters  must  still  suffer  severely;  and  recovery 
only  become  possible  by  a  succession  of  very  good  seasons  leading 
to  increased  fertility  on  the  part  of  the  survivors,  or  providing 
for  the  influx  and  establishment  of  immigrants. 

Thus  the  XArapintine  region  furnishes  an  Australian  phase  of 
a  state  of  things  analogous  to  what  obtains  in  arid  regions 
in  other  parts  of  the  world.  In  keeping  with  the  characteristic 
and  paramount  claims  of  humidity,  tlie  call  is  fur  animals 
pre-eminently  endowed  with  Bstivating  capabilities.  In  Central 
Australia  in  winter  the  winds  are  cold,  and  the  nights 
frosty;  but  allowing  for  all  this  it  is  still  a  land  of  sunshine. 
It  may  even  be  called  a  land  of  perpetual  summer  by  contrast 
with  some  parts  of  North  America,  of  which  Merriam  says  that 
the  cold  in  winter  is  so  intense  that  it  is  quite  a  common 
occurrence  for  trees  five  or  six  feet  in  diameter  to  be  frozen  to  the 
heart.     In  so  for  as  hibernation  is  due  to  the  influence  of  intense 


664  pRBBiDBin-'a  ADDS&sa. 

and  prolonged  cold,  Central  Australia  makes  but  trivial  demands 
upon  its  inhabitants  in  this  direction.  The  power  to  withstand 
the  effecta  of  prolonged  droughts — not  merely  to  enter  upon  a 
"  Hummer  sleep  "  induced  by  high  temperatures  -  in  a  high  degree 
aeems  to  be  the  all-important  thing. 

Respecting  the  most  characteristic  Eremiaa  species  a  few 
points  may  be  noted.  Among  the  Mammals,  Kotorj/eUt, 
that  curious  marsupial  modified  for  a  burrowing  habit,  is  pre- 
eminent. Ckatueerc'is  hitherto  known  only  from  a  unique  made- 
up  skin,  and  from  a  locality  not  entirely  above  suspicion,  now 
appears  as  a  new  creature.  The  new  genus  Datifuroides  is  an 
important  addition  to  the  fauna.  Very  important  are  Professor 
Spencer's  interesting  observations  on  the  indications  presented  by 
some  of  the  smaller  marsupials  of  a  diminution  in  the  number  of 
young  produced  at  a  birth;  and  also  of  the  irregularity  in  their 
attainment  of  full  growth  due  to  the  effect  of  continued  adverse 
seasons.  Among  the  Rodents,  Mr.  Waite  reports  a  species  of 
Mattacomyt,  a  Tasmanian  genua  with  previously  only  a  fossil 
continental  representative. 


PRBSIOBHT'e  ADDRK88.  665 

Viewing  the  rMults  in  thetr  relation  to  geographical  distribution 
some  important  coDsiderations  present  themselves.  The  range  of 
many  known  species  is  now  for  the  first  time  considerably 
extended.  Examples  are  the  Echidna,  Smin'/ioptit  rnvntt-t  and 
S.  cratieaitdala,  Antechinotnyg,  five  out  of  the  six  frogs,  some  of 
the  birds  and  reptiles ;  among  invertebrates  the  crayfish 
{AttaeopiU),  the  freshwater  crab  {Telphtua),  Aput,  and  others  of 
the  Entomostroca;  and  certain  molluscs  and  insects. 

Taking  the  different  orders  separately,  some  curious  relations 
manifest  themselves.  Among  the  mammals  along  with  character- 
istic and  ubiquitous  forms  there  occur  also  species  found  likewise  in 
the  inland  portions  of  one  or  more  of  each  of  the  mainland 
colonies.  The  birds,  with  the  exception  of  five  new  species,  Mr. 
North  reports  to  be  chiefly  species  ranging  over  the  southern  half 
of  the  continent,  with  a  slight  preponderance  of  western  forms 
a  slight  admixture  of  north-western  species,  and  an  absence  of 
northern  species.  Among  the  lizards,  together  with  Eremian 
and  widely  dispersed  species,  there  are  northern  and  western  forms. 
Of  the  frogs,  one  species  is  new:  the  remaining  five  occur  also  in 
the  interior  of  New  South  Wales  or  Queensland  only  one  of  them 
(Hyla  rubella)  extending  also  to  West  Australia.  The  land 
Mollusca,  of  all  the  Orders  represented,  present  the  largest  per- 
centage of  endemic  forms;  their  general  facies  approximating  more 
to  that  of  subtropical  West  Australia  than  to  any  other  part  of 
the  Continent.  From  the  limited  number  of  genera  and  their 
peculiar  distribution  Prof.  Tate  regards  them  as  indicating  a 
primitive  group  whose  insularity  has  long  been  maintained.  The 
fluviatile  Mollusca,  however,  present  species  belonging  for  the 
moat  part  to  Queensland  and  the  Northern  Territory. 

Considering  the  fauna  of  Central  Australia  as  a  whole,  it 
will  be  seen  that  the  regions  into  which  Prof.  Tate  has  proposed 
to  subdivide  Australia  from  botanical  considerations  are  not 
equally  satisfactory  from  a  zoological  point  of  view.  Probably 
no  one  set  of  regional  subdivisions  would  entirely  suit  the  views 
of  all  specialists. 


66C  FKBSIDESTt! 

Anotlior  interesting  point  is  strongly  broagbt  oat.  Central 
Australia  furnisliea  tlie  most  stiiking  Australian  instance  known 
of  t!ie  "  potency  of  olimalo  compared  with  the  inefficiency  o£ 
physical  biiiTiera "  in  regulnting  geugraphical  distribution.  In 
an  interesting  Htldress  "  On  tlie  Geographic  Distribution  of  Life 
in  Kurtli  America,"  by  Dr.  Mitrriam,  this  author  points  out  that 
Wallace*  greatly  undo rmti's  the  importance  of  temperature  aa  a 
factor  in  determining  tjie  distribution  of  animal  life;  and  he  adds : 
— "  It  is  now  pretty  generally  conceded  that  temperature  and 
huuiiility  are  the  chief  factors  governing  tlie  distribution  of  life, 
and  that  tem]>erature  is  more  potent  than  humidity."  Australia 
is  a  continental  tract,  comjiletely  isolated,  not  reaching  into  very 
higli  or  very  low  latitudes,  without  mountain  ranges  aulKcientlj 
high  to  I'each  the  snow  line,  and  its  shores  are  washed  wholly  by 
tropical  or  temperate  se.as.  It  would  seem  that  Merriam's 
dictum  will  not  apply  to  the  Ereraian  Region.  In  his  important 
Presidential  Address  at  the  Sydney  Meeting  of  the  Australian 
Assofiatiim  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  Professor  Tat* 
Said  :  — ■ "  The   chief    factors    influencing    the    geographic    dis- 


pRESiDBNx'a  ADDREga.  667 

rainfall  the  partially  reclaimed  lacustrine  area  in  Pliocene  times 
was  gradually  opened  up  to  Immigration,  until  the  central  region 
must  have  supported  a  wonderful  fauna  including  Diprotodoni 
yototherium,  large  kangarooa,  wombats,  and  crocodiles,  &c.  Of  the 
remarkable  flora  which  must  have  coexisted  for  the  support  of  the 
gigantic  herbivores,  we  know  even  leas  than  of  the  extraordinary 
fauna.  In  Post  Pliocene  times  set  in  the  dry  period  which  still 
continues.  Such  members  of  the  fauna  as  could  not  adapt  them- 
selves to  the  new  conditions  were  driven  out. 

The  Botanical,  Geological,  and  Anthropological  Parts  of  the 
Report,  as  well  as  the  Narrative,  are  still  to  come.  In  its  com- 
plet«  form  therefore  this  fine  work  bids  fair  to  be  the  most  com- 
prehensive and  complete  account  of  the  natural  history  of  any 
part  of  Australia  ever  issued  in  a  self-contained  form. 

In  conclusion  it  would  seem  not  out  of  place  to  tender  the 
hearty  congratulations  of  this  Society  to  Mr.  Horn,  and  to  the 
accomplished  naturalists  who  took  part  in  the  expedition,  as  well 
as  to  the  various  specialists  who,  in  the  more  prosaic  share  of 
working  up  the  material,  have  still  done  what  they  could  to  crown 
the  work  of  the  expedition  with  success.  The  amount  of  zeal 
and  hard  work  which  Professor  Spencer  in  a  three  or  four-fold 
capacity  has  expended  on  his  share  of  the  undertaking  is  evident 
enough  from  a  mere  inspection  of  the  Report.  The  style  and 
finish  of  Mr.  Wendel's  plates,  mostly  reproduced  from  drawingg 
by  Professor  Spencer,  as  well  as  the  letter-press,  are  as  much  a 
Bource  of  satisfaction  as  the  contemplation  of  the  fact  that  except 
in  two  groups  it  has  not  been  necessary  to  go  outside  the  limits  of 
Australia  to  find  specialists  able  and  willing  to  undertake  the 
necessary  systematic  work. 

Oq  the  motion  of  Mr.  R.  Etheridge,  Junr.,  seconded  by  Mr. 
J.  H.  Maiden,  a  very  hearty  vot«  of  thanks  was  accorded  to  the 
President  for  his  interesting  Address. 

The  Hon.  Treasurer  read  the  financial  statement  of  the  Society's 
accounts.  The  report  of  the  Auditors  could  not  be  presented,  as 
one  of  them  was  still  unavoidably  absent  from  Sydney  on  official 
business. 


S66  pRXfliDmr's  addkim. 

The  followiog  gentlemen  were  elect«d 

OFFICE-BEARERS  AND  COUNCIL  FOR  1896. 

President  : 
HiHRT  Dbahb,  M.A.,  F.L.3. 

Yick-Frbsidbhts  : 

Jambb  C.  Cox,  U.D.,  F.L.S. 

Frofbssob  W.  A-  Haswbll,  M.A.,  D.Sc. 

PROFKBBOB  T.  W.  E.  Datid,  RA,,  F.G.S. 

Honorary  Tub  a surer ; 
Thb  Hon.  Jaues  Norton,  LL.D.,  M.L.C. 

Council  : 
John  Brazier,  F.L.S.  J.  H.  Maiden,  P.L.S.,  F.Ca 

Cecil  W.  Darley,  C.E,  C.  J.  Martin,  M.B.,  B.Sc. 

Thomas  Dixbon,  M.B,,  Ch.M.     Perceval  R,  Pedlet. 
J.  R.  Garland,  M.A.  P.  N.  Trebeck,  J.P. 


INDEX   TO    VOL.   X. 

(SECOND  SERIES.) 
Name»  in  Italica  am  tiynonymg. 


Acadia      587 

Aleurites  trilobata 

...  210 

aiilacooarpa 513 

AmblyBtdina         

53,54 

huuerleoi       583,  584,  S83,  594 

...  47'i 

K«i]eyana 549 

...  472 

Bakeri           ...         337,339,340 

reticulatua     ,. 

..  472 

bioervata      338,  339 

AiiBstonms  osoitans 

...  219 

Jccurreas     3;J0 

Angophora  lancaolata   ... 

...  530 

ilifloolor          549 

Anolia       

...     53 

elongata       5S5 

excelaa          338,  ■£V^ 

Antheriea  eucalypti 

.  .  209 

...  278 

ftavesceng      ...          ..-          ...  339 

brevicoltii        271.  272 

273,  274 

Jooewi          513 

cancelUtuB 

...  275 

Unigera  382,  383,  384,  385.  386, 

delicatulua 

...  280' 

[584,  585 

"'gnus         

...  279 

luurifolta      339 

geminatuB 

...  278 

longifolU      ...          332,333,334 

...  272 

Uswaldi        .1b3 

in<>rti:itii8      

...  277 

ovaria           340 

lemodir.ides 

..    274 

phlubocarp.             584 

luddu.           

...  272 

pumila          385,386 

ovipeauis      ... 

...  279 

SiiMii            584,  585 

pignerator 

...  276 

triaervata     385,  386 

..  271 

venulow       383 

271.  273 

Whanii         :i83 

simulator     

...  277 

Acaite      487,504 

strictuB         

...  278 

A'iriaaa  aceiifolla          341 

triangularii 

..  273 

Wollastoai 

...  274 

...  361 

Beneoionii     464,465 

...  228 

Aphanaaium  aastrale 

...  326 

[578,679,531 

Ardetta  pusilla 

...  219 

Agi'ntu  spina      407 

Albizzia 587 

Armeniac:a  vulgarii 

...  466 

Ar.es  kaupi         

...   171 

Farneaiana 587 

lorealii          

...  171 

Henilerwni 586 

Arthropt«rua  brevis 

...  519 

MaeUoriana 587 

Asaplius  CBudatos 

...  504 

praiDoaa       586 

seUnuroa      

...  603 

ramiflora       586,  687 

Aacelis      

...  201 

..    617 

[deTsoni  5S6 

...  617 

Mnellwiana 686,594 

t«Deriuu        

...  637 

Aspleaiam  

ABtrotrichk  floccou 

AterpuB  cultratus 

AxidcBdorulU 

Bolsna  australii 

Balifnoptern  musculuB  ... 

SibWdii       

BaUuogloseuB  c&DftdeniU 

Itupfferi         

BakoophoruB  j&atbinipenoiH   . 

Mocleayi 

Muterai        26 

BankeU  ap.  

BArriogtooU  tp«cioM    ... 

BoroDia  mollu 

Brae  hy  chiton       

BnichyBueliB        

dipsaciformiB  ...      201 

ruuefonniB 20 

Boiiiu       an 

Thorntoai     20 

Branooia 36 

Burntmya 


Carphariu  loDgicoUU     ..       212,^ 


Biirsi; 


665,  666,  663 
S63.  6(M,  567 
...      286.  2% 


^        iDtrii 

pallidipennis 

pictipeB 

ThagoDychiDU 

Bc&pulatna     ... 

t«BtB«eipe«  ... 
Ciuaariua  picticollla 
Ceotropercia 

uiidivittiB     ... 
Ceratopetftlum  gununifemni 

Cercopi  thecal      

ChatciB  Bp. 

ChuDiopa 4 

ChilocKrpaa  anstralii 
Cicttda  septemdecim 
CiDDamumam  Letchhardtii 
Ciaaeia  maculiita 

aemi-scabroBa 
Clypeaater  Aiid«r*oni     ...     ; 

Blackmorei 

callariB  3 

doraaliB         

elliptica 

faaciataa 


259.\Wi| 

256,  «ej 

I,  25S.  2(1 

},  239,  m 

254,260 


Dirccealignivora... 

266 

"^errone.*^      520 

266 

erroM           620 

DoticuB  peatilenB 

...      330,  331 

felin* 520 

Dyaoxyloti  rufum 

...      338.  4;i9 

fimbriiU      620 

Btiveola        S20 

Echidna    483,556,562,572,674,676 

helvoU         620 

aculeata 

...      483,  569 

himndo        620 

EgeiTiia  depreaaa 

472 

KtokeBii 

472 

lalea 620 

EIiBocarpua 

472 

niftcula          520 

Baeuerleni    ... 

...     469,470 

eumaiidi       ... 

512 

moneta         620 

637 

470 

vitellDs         620 

■erioopelaliu 

470 

Cythere. 152 

Epelrasp. 

35* 

DanutiPtHenteiui*        473 

EpilaohQaooirapta 

336 

DcUmania 487,602,603 

hirto 

336 

26-puuctaU  ... 

335 

m\idatv»       604,  508 

ErechtiMB 

461 

quadridentato 

466 

ErinaceuB 

479.  480.  484 

Dalmanites  <HaiuiiiauDial       ...  602 

Eucalyplua 

506 

Dampiera       361,  3«3,  365,  370,  .171. 

acinenoidea  ... 

603 

[372 

698,  599,  600, 

MlpreiM       360,  370 

601,  602,  603 

606, 607,  608, 

Brownii  363,  365,  366. 368,  369. 

609,  610,  611 

[370,371,372 

™r.  Utifolia  * 

699,  601.  603, 

aiveraifolU 362 

[609,610,612 

eriooephala     366,368.370,372, 

var.  radiata 

601,  602,  603, 

[373 

[60fl 

.  607, 608.  612 

jonceft           369,  370 

corEacea          697 

598,  599.  600, 

[609,  610,  611 

liaearii  364,  366,  367,  368,  370. 

var.  alpina 

...      600,  610 

[373 

corymb«a    ...328 

514,  528. 60* 

eugenioides  ... 

...         ...  610 

loraothifolia 368,  370 

605 

InteillDra  305.  367,  368.  370,  373 

[610 

ap.            ...              367,  370,  373 

609 

Mricta     366,367,368.360.370. 

hemiphloia  ... 

602 

[371, 372 

niarginato    ... 

436 

Da»yuru« 470.560 

microphylia... 

598,611 

Datura  St  ramoDinm       336 

698 

Daviesia  filipm 682 

piperita 

...      600, 602 

recurvata                 582,  5S3,  SM 

propiDqiia     ...54 

642.643,604 

punctata   541,542,543,598,604 

Dendrolagns  bennettUnua     144,  521 

ra-liala 

606,  607,  608 

InmholUi      76 

reaitiifera      ... 

...      528. 542 

DidelphvB ;..    51 

robutta 

216,  331,  528 

saligaa 

541,  542,  543 

lalQB 228 

Biderophloia... 

542 

Bieberiana    ... 

...      528,  600 

EuMlyptM  »p 203 

■tellukta        SSa,  698,  589.  61)9. 

76.  77.  7S.  ;b 

tbor     

99.  102,  131 

IQIl 

□Hlabatas  76,  77, 

8.  79.  8S,  lis. 

[118.119 

Htiiartiaiiii BOO 

99,  100,  131 

trachypliloia            514 

vimiimlia       Ml 

Vishnu 

100.  114,  13J 

wilcoxi           ...76 

77.  78.  79.  8S 

Hapale       

571 

[217 

603,504,508 

Eurhynchui  Irovioi-        328 

Angelini        ... 

508 

508 

Eulermes       417.  423,  4iM,  432,  433. 

...      507,  508 

[434,  4*5 

HaiiamanDi  ... 

303 

ileatnictor 422 

liinjsicauiiatuB 

,W7 

rippBrlii        4^2 

meridiannH     SM, 

507,  508.  50B, 

tenuis            420 

[310 

Furmiunmiia  auBtralii    271 

nigon 

608 

elegana          a70 

Frenohra 201 

281 

..    344 

Frenclla  robuBta 341 

239 

Gehyra  vorax      537 

ooneavicepB  ... 

242 

Gconetncrtol  iiustraU«uiU        ...  342 

2.17 

Geoplooa  BaDgiiiuea       :U2 

GtoJitschiB          m 

244 

engatiQua      ... 

238 

Gleicheuia  cUuhotoma 037 

impresBifronB 

238 

Gloclimoi;rl,iLU8  Dciubladttji    ...  307 

m.V,         ... 

243 

HemipucciDi.      ... 

...  450 

Macropus  mim<u)            ...         ...   104 

Hetoromaatix  bicolo 

...  233 

"'"""■            US 

crawicornis  ... 

...  236 

pan     103,  124,128.  133 

...  234 

parma           .-iSl 

Si?Do^idi ;;: 

...  333 

parryi           118.119 

...  234 

mimbilU       ... 

...  235 

rhircm                              104*,  106 

HodotcrmeB 

...  417 

robustua  76.  77,  78.  79,  123,  581 

HynienoBpornm  fiavara... 

...  612 

ruficollia       581 

Hypnns  siibnignim 

...  207 

rufuB 76,77,78,79.  123 

...  566 

titan 120,  121.  124 

Hypsi|iryiiinua    ... 

373 

5fl3,  5G<i 

"Von 120 

Imtliino  cieniUta 

209.210 

Mncnmiatria  BugulariB 520 

fmgiliB 

...  210 

MrechidiuB  rugoaua        33| 

IbftUiifl  peronii     ... 

...  650 

tibialia          a^] 

leery B  pumhaii  ... 

...  549 

...  549 

M 

luruH  amabilU           355 

bro*mi         356 

Inuus 

...  B7I 

M€ 

Baiuruagalactotes      217 

...  428 

gramineuB 218 

Ive.           

...      7 

Me 

guptera  boope             158 

ralcM-c. 436 

hiilunogloCTi... 

...      7 

M* 

Kochift  pyramidata 

...  409 

atetlatam      328 

LancesteB  lunceolatus 

...  225 

ocularis 

...  224 

Laatrca  acinniaata 

...  517 

Lemodes  cocciuea 

283,  284 

Meliola  amphitricha      439 

corticalia       ... 

...  284 

MelobaaiB  oupriccpB       .%33 

eloDgata 

...  282 

irideicens    ...         :J32.  333,  334 

Mastersi        ... 

...  283 

aplendida      333 

LepaiHilti 

...  210 

Mi 

...  210 

Mi 

met«viridi8     216.  217 

366,  371 

Mi 

>iopt«rus           479,  481,  484.  656. 

Lycon  MMterri... 

.230 
...  230 

[671,  572 
Sohreiberaii     481,  559,  562,  672 

Lyt-opodium  gutbieri 

...  619 

Mi 

«.itermes           417 

.nacrophyllnra 

...  5t9 

Moloch  horridus 472 

ep 

-„  519 

Mordella  ffimula 393 

Macratria  aberrani 

...  269 

aIl«,-Bcut«llat»          295 

analit 

...  269 

aterrima        ...         296,  297,  3(14 

KUBtrolis 

..    269 

aiistralia       288,289 

Interoiedia    ... 

...  268 

Macrqpn. 

8bV84.  SH,  126 

MU             289,290 

[560 

666.  578 

cara .W4 

anak 

104,  106 

allan 

...     97 

cuBpidata      304 

bre\«t 

104,  106 

dietiiicta       302 

fauna* 

127.  133 

Dumbrelli 285 

giguitaiu   76,  77 

78.  79.  82,  90, 

[96 

123,  124 

felix              291 

gdhh 

...     89 

(eativa           289 

nsgiaterlSO,  121 

lis. 

125.  126, 

fugitiv.        292,293 

[127 

128.  las 

fusca 298 

m^jor 

...  581 

H-faaciata    290 

MortlelU  humeralia       . 

...  2BU 

Onyohog.le  treoita  76,  77.  78,  79.  M 
Ophelosia  crawfoPdi       549 

ignota 

.         ...  2S1 

inconapL-im... 

...  296 

OputhMteliB       201 

JnuBitatB 

2M,  304 

■ubrctimaa 201 

tatiaeps 

.    287 

Orohoiin  Mscleaji                     ..265 

.      285,  :j04 

uilUitoria      365 

limbubi 

.      290,  2511 

longipea 

...  303 

485.  536.  657.  518, 

M«tcrsi        ...          . 

...  203 

550,  560,  562,  57* 

multiguttaU 

88,  286.  3(M 

PaoAy-tapmi  o(>i«i           91 

X"    ;::    : 

...  3o:i 

PaliTOpelflUru* 569.670 

..  304 

ulegaus         668,670 

IS-mBculsta... 

...  286 

Folorchcstea         St.  Si.  88,  103,  134 

pallida 

...  300 

a»ul 81,84.85,  130 

puichra 
Wmomli    ... 
rufieollia 

...  298 

--ra*..!*          81 

.    292,  afla 

parvus           ...      81.84.80,130 

..    304 

Pftpiiiiia 378 

mtipea 

...  297 

Uedluyi        374,  381 

aetip«a            ...          . 

.      399,208 

Kubaryi        ...         377.  S78. 381 

O-lineHta       ... 

...  294 

mr.  albida           SI7 

SyJiieyana    ,,. 

304 

Millicentffi 376 

tristia 

...  2!ia 

TayloriaDa 378 

Iriviaiig 

.      291,  293 

Tuoniensia 375,381 

unifoimis      ... 

...  297 

mr.  liBt«roDhroa...      376,381 

...  301 

rar.  viokceo-f]»v&          ..   376 

car.  madeatft 

...  302 

I'BrotGrmes          417 

in.:  veiiuaU 

...  ;h)i 

Prtlella  eochlcHr 221 

■ 

Petroptiila  pednnonlata 
PIlBcop* 487,  ' 

caudato* 

cephalotei    . . . 

Crowleii  4S8,  4S9.  402, 


.  502 


495, 497, 
[500,  SIO 
fecundua  48S,  491,  492,  495.  497, 
[490,600 

latjfron*       48S,  495 

latiaoDalU  4SS,  492,  4!I3,  495, 
[500.510,511 
601,510 
492.  495 
493.  497, 
[610,611 
8weeti         ..  488.  495,  497,  600, 


■ukDafleldeniiB 


Phacopi  ( Dalmania) 
Fhaeopa  (OdaittoekUi)  . 
Phaeopf  (0.)  cavi/at«>  . 

/eruiidui 
PbMcolkTctu*      ...477, 
Phragmidiam 

obtuHuni 
PimelU  ip. 
Piptocalyx  Moorei 
Pithecolobium     ... 
Pittoipocum  revolntum. 

aDdalatiiin   ... 
PlaUlea  leucorodia 

melanorhjDCbBi 


[509,611 


Pleu 


Podolepia... 


rubida 


Polypodia 


XI  aipidioifles 
Porllotkia 

/eCMBcfw       

rriocDtmua  bicolor 
Protoplodon        

gcti«h         


Frolemnodan  og  . 

...  104 

Primus      ...          '. 

..    J04 
..    460 

447,456 

araygdaluB  . 
aimeniica 

456,466 
455,  4r)6 

domeatica     . 

465 

456,  457 

466,456 

455.  46S 

serotina        ' 

465,456 

sp 

...  459 

apiiioaa 

!44l 

446 

466,467 

virgmUna    . 

...  466 

Pwltoda  flavcice 

' 

...  630 

...  529 

Bpp.      ... 

...  532 

Psevidoohirus 

...  66B 

PteriBtremula    . 

...  537 

PteropoB  ... 

...  482 

edwardai 

482,671 

poliocephalu 

...  481 

Pterygometopua . 

...  487 

Pt3ehodera      1.2 

,16 

i9. 

SO,  25,  26 

[28 

2B. 

30,  31.  36 

aperla 

4.20,24 

4,  15 

HDBtralienaia 

1,2. 

4,7 

11,36,41 

bahaiiienaia 

...     24 

olnvifiera  4,  16,  16,  34 

27.28,  29 

gigM  .  - 

4,  16 

3.  7,  8,  9. 

11, 1-i 

10, 

17,  18,  19,  20, 

21,22 

24, 

26,  27,  28,  30, 

31.  :!2 

33. 

34,  35,  38 

Barni*iiBU  3, 

9,20 

,31 

32,  35. 39 

Pucoioia   ...   442 

461 

463 

467,  468 

bBltinicff 

...  466 

burcbardiffi 

...  448 

404 

,  466,  468 

ereclititU 

,,.  465 

expanaa 

464 

.  465,  466 

glomerata 

...  464 

gri  minis 

463,466 

pruoi... 

440,  441, 

442, 

443 

447 

448,  450, 

451 

463 

464 

456.457, 

458 

45B 

463 

467 

pninii/Anoao' 

463,  454, 

[456,  457 

,  458,  459 

441 

454,  455,  457 

^ocardoi 

...  466 

...  464 

(RpecioDia 

.'463 

464,  466,  466 

Piicainia  tranzadielii 

...  too 

titl>er>uru>  golish      85,  S8 

S9.  90. 03. 

uralriioia        ... 

...  466 

[85. 

S7.  98,  131 

Pupina  BedJomei 

...  379 

...  118 

cumplanata  .  . 

...  .^79 

89. 90,  131 

diffioiliB        ... 

...  37B 

otnel  7                   85 

89.S3.aT, 

apeculum      ... 

...  379 

[9S.  131 

Kaih  naterlM 

.,    207 

«n.  94.  96, 

tiatia 

...  207 

[08,  131 

200,207 

rnph* 

.       9(1 

RntunU  BiiodoDtn 

...  512 

StipituruBmaJachani*  .. 

.     SM 

RlmmmiB  catliarticui     . 

...  457 

Strougyluma  thoniciouB 

326,  327 

Rhina 

207.  SOS 

8w&tiiB0Da  phacifolis     ,.. 

...  513 

BcjiiBtina 

...  207 

ilipularu      

...  £13 

Rbinnloiihua  ferrum-eqaiD 

m...  572 

..    327 

RliyncboBia  CnnoiiiBliiLDiu 

...  513 

...  129 

hbysoU 

..    .S7S 

...  129 

Aohilles        

..    379 

Syzetoninns  baahornU  ... 

...  281 

8i:*v.>la     384 

367,  371 

inoouspiunns 

...  281 

ovalifolis       ... 

...  387 

|*r«lUu.     

...  281 

...  231 

TuntttlUB  leucoeaphalua... 

219 

tricolor 

...  232 

Tntuiia     

479,  4B0 

v«riegHM 

...  233 

TanroglosauB       

...      4 

SeUie™     

384.  371 

TEComa  .luitraUi 

592,  m 

Seuecio      481,  M-J 

465,466 

BaileysEB     ... 

C92,  5B5 

I'ulgarU         ...462,  463 

464,468 

Hillii             

..    S(P3 

209.  210 

...  .'193 

aiiBtralia        

..  209 

Teredo  Bp.            

..    519 

■ 

Tarpix  leacogMter         G 

Tyohrsus  fucicnUtaa    ...  ..  S 

Tjrtdo  prunaMri i 

L'rnlophiu  testaoeui       ! 

Uromyce*..  ...4S0.  4,51,  463,  4 

atnj/gdaii        440,  44),  4.'S3,  41 

(45/i.  436,  4; 

[458,  4a9,  4 

pmni-spinoBn  ...  ..  4 

pruRorum     441,4 

var.  amy(f(&i/t  ...      441,  4 


Kfj^iW/io 

Vellsya     

Vermicelli  annulata 
VMpertilio  muriniK 
Veaperuso  pipiatrellut  . 
VimiDaria  denadata 
Xanthorrhffia 
Zuat«ropii 


^>r 


raooBjBiaiiTGi-s 


LINNEAN     SOCIETY 


3M.b!\A7'   SOTTTia:    T^T'.A-LES. 


SUPPLEMENT  TO  VOL.  X.  (2nd  SERIES),  1895. 


CATALOGUE  OF  THE  DESCRIBED  COLEOPTERA  OF 
AUSTRALIA  SUPPLEMENT,  PART  I.  CtCINDE- 
LID^  AND  CAKAlilD^.* 

Br  George  Masters. 


Family  CICINDELID^. 

Sub-Family  MEGACEPHALIDES. 
MEGACEPHALA,  Latreille. 

7203.  FBBSfCHi,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N,8.  W*les,  ser.  2,  v; 

1893,  p.  35. 

Queensland;  Cloncurrj-  River;  alao  N,\V.  Aust, 

TETRACHA,  Hope. 

7204.  Helmsi,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  xvi.  1K93,  p.  1 

W,  Australia;  Murcliiiwn  District. 


*  The  First  Part  of  the  Catalogue,  t..  which  tho  preaent  Part  is  the  First 
Supplement,  is  contained  in  Vol.  i.  p.  359  (publixlied  December  21st.  1SS5). 


MASTKRe— CATAI.OOUB   OF 


Sub-Family  CICINDEUDES. 
CICINDKLA,  Lioni. 

.  ALBOLiXBATA,  Macl.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S-  Wales,  ser.  3, 
iii.  1S8S,  p.  444. 

N.W.  AuMt.;  King'a  Sound. 
.  CRABSicORNis,  Macl.,  Lc  p.  445. 

N.W.  AuMt.;  King's  Sound. 
.  Froooatti,  Macl.,  I.e.  ii.  1887,  p.  213. 

Queensland;  fi-om  Roekhamptun  to  Cape  York  ;  also 
N.W.  AuBt. 
.  OBLONGicoLLiH,  Mac!.,  I.e.  iii.  1888,  p.  445. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 
.  TBNUICOLLIB,  MucL,  l.c.  p.  446. 

N.W.  AuMt.;  King'8  Uuund. 
,  3Iacl.,  I.e.  p.  444. 


€49  AUSTRALIAN    COLEOPTKRA,   SUPPL.  I.  3 

Family  CARABID^. 
Sub-Family  CARABIDES. 
CALOSOMA,   Latreille. 
Sp.    35.    C.    ScUAYERI,    Erich.  =  C    grandipenne,    Castlii. 
Mr.  Sloane  has  examined  the  type  of  C.  grandipenne,  and 
is  certain  of  their  identity. 

Sub-Family  PAilBORIDES. 
PAMBOBUS,   Utreille. 

7215.  0PACU8,  Gehin,  Cat,  1885,  p.  79. 

Australia. 

LACOBDAIRIA,  Qulelnau. 

7216.  TKRRBNA,  Olliff,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc  X.S.  Wales,  x.  1886,  p.  467. 

N.S.  Wales;  Mount  Kusciusko. 

Sub-Family  ODACANTHIDES. 
CASNOXIA,  Latreille. 

7217.  GLOBULicoLLis,  Mftcl.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2, 

iii.  1888,  p.  447. 

N.W.  Australia;  King's  Sound. 

7218.  KivBRiN*,  Sloane,  I.e.  v.  1890,  p.  643. 

N.8.  Wales;  Mulwala. 
Sp.  53.   C.  ALIBNA,  Pasc.  =  C-  aiuitraUg,  Chaud.  =  Clarensii, 
Caateln;  Chaud.,  Bull.  Mosc.  xlv.  1872,  p.  405;  =  ojij«s- 
ticollis,  Macl.,  Proc.  Linn,  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  aer.  2,  iii. 
1888,  p.  446;  Sloane,  I.e.  v.  1890,  p.  644. 

KUUALIA,  C'Mtelnau. 

7219.  FROaoATTi,  Macl.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  iii. 

1888,  p.  448. 
N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 


4  HASTBKS — OATALOdOB  OF  mU 

7220.  BKBiJivia,  Mftcl.,  Ic  p.  448. 

N.W.  Auat ;  King's  Sound. 
Sp.  62.  E.  Wateruousbi,  Canteln.;  Macl.,  I.e.  p.  H7. 
N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

Su}>Family  GALERITIDES. 

ZUPHIUU,  Utreillt. 

7221.  FiTZROYENSE,  Macl.,  Proc.  TJnn.  Soc.  N.8.  WaleH,  wr.  1',  iii. 

1HH8,  p.  449. 
N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

7222.  PiNDAX,  Macl.,  I.e.  p.  448. 

N.W.  Aunt.;  King's  Sound. 
Genus  Diapiiokvs,  Dej.  =  Zu-phiotoma,  Casteln. 
Chftud.,  Bull.  JIo«c.  Hi.  1877,  p.  252. 

Hul>-Fumily  HEI.LUONIDES. 


651  AUSTRALIAN   COLEOPTRaA,    BUPPL.  I.  5 

.liNIGMA,  Newman. 
Sp.  77.  JE.    SFLBKDBNB,  Casteln.  =Sp-  75.    jE.  yeuimani, 
Caateln.;  Gestro,  Ann.  Mus.  Genov.  vii.  1«75,  p.  873. 

HELLUONIDIUS,  Chaudoir. 
For  species  91  »nd  92,  Hklloosoma  cyanbus,  Casteln., 
and  H.  CYAyiPBNMB,  Hope;Chaud.,  Rev.  Mag.  Zoo).  1872, 
p.  21. 

DICRANOGLOSSUS,  Chaudoir. 
For  species  94.  D.  (Helluosoma)  rbsplbnoexb,  Caeteln.; 
Chaud.,  Rev.  Mag.  Zool.  1872,  p.  22. 

UELLUOSOMA,  CutelDau. 
7227.  LATiPERNE,  Macl.,  Proc.  Linn.  See.  N.S.  Wales,  aer.  2,  ii. 
1887,  p.  217. 
Queensland;  Cairns  District. 
7328.  LOSOICOLLB,  Macl.,  I.e.  iii.  1888,  p.  450. 
N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

7229.  viRiDiPBNNE,  Macl..  I.e.  ii.  1887,  p.  214. 

Queensland;  Cairns  District. 

ACROOENYS,  Muleay. 

7230.  AC8TRALIS,  Blockb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  xii.  1889, 

p.  132. 

S.  Australia. 

HELLUO,  Bonelli. 

7231.  iNBiGKis,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser,  2,  v. 

1890,  p.  642. 
N.8.  Wales;  Darling  River. 

LESTIANTHU8,  8loane. 

7232.  scULPTURATua,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2, 

ix.  1894,  p.  452. 

N.S.  Wales;  Rope's  Creek  :  Victoria;  LUIydale. 


6  UASTERS — CATALOQDB    OF  6oZ 

Sub-Fwnily  BRACHINIDES. 
PHRBOPSOVHUS.  Solier. 

7233.  Maclbayi,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Hoc  N.8.  Wales,  ser.  2,  ii. 

1894,  p.  493. 

N.W.  AuMt.;  King's  Sound. 

Sub-Family  CALUDIDE8. 
TRIGONOTHOrS,  Msclwy. 

7234.  CUKTHLA  (Cyhindib),  Erichrt.,  Wiegni.  Arch.  1«42,  i.  p.  125 

=  A.  eorticalit,  Chiiud.;  Blackb.,  Proc,  Linn.  Soc.  N.S. 
Wales,  ser.  2,  vii.  1892,  p.  81. 
S.  Aust.;  W,  Aust.;  Victoria. 

7235.  FAaciATA,  Macl.,  l,c.  iii.  18B«,  p.  461. 

N.W,  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 


653  ADSTRAbUH   COLBOPTBBA,    SUPFL.  1.  7 

XANTHOPH(EA.  Chaudoir. 
7338.  PILIP0RMI8,  BlacVb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  8.  Aust.  xriL  1893 
p.  294. 

S.  Australia;  Ooat  laland,  ofT  Goolwa. 

7239.  LowBRi,  Blacbb,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  v. 

1890,  p.  304. 
S.  Anatralia. 

7240.  PALLIDA,  Olliff,  I.e.  X.  1885,  p.  468. 

Australia  (widely  distributed). 

7241.  SATBLLB8,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy,  Soc.  S.  Auat.  xviii,  1893, 

p.  294. 

S.  Australiai  Eyre's  Peninsula. 

7242.  VARIABILIS,  Macl.,  Proc  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  Jii, 

1888,  p.  452. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

PLAGIOTELUM,  Solier. 

7243.  oPALKSCBsa,  Olliff,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  x.  1885, 

p.  469. 

Tasmania;  Mount  Wellington. 

PHL(EOCARABUS,  MnclBay. 

7244.  UMBRATas,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  iv. 

1889,  p.  709. 

S.  Australia;  Adelaide  District. 

7245.  OMiMACULATUS,  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  708. 

S.  Australia;  Adelaide  District. 
Sp.  139,  P.{DBOMius)ciiUDELis,Newm,;Blackb.,  l.cp.  710. 
S.  and  W.  Australia. 

DIABATICUS,  H,  W.  BtUa. 

7246.  MINOR,  Blackb,  Trana.  Roy.  8oc.  S.  Aust:  xiL  1889. p.  134. 

S.  Australia;  Port  Lincoln. 


HASTKRa CATALOGl'Ii    OF 


.  TUMiDlCBPH,  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  13.\ 
H.  Australia;  Port  Lincoln. 


LITHOTRdTUS,  Blackburn. 
BlackK,  TranM.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  xviii,  1«91, 
p.  300. 

Victoria;  Alpine  District. 

Sub-Family  DROMIIDES. 

HOMOTHES,  Newman. 

.  ANOULATD8,  Blacltb.,  Proo.  IJnn,  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  ril 
1«92,  p.  68. 

S.  Auatralia;  Port  Lincoln  District. 
I.  GRACILIS,  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  69. 

a.  AuHtralia;  MacDonnell  Ranges. 
.  PARV1C0LLI8,  Blackb.,  l,c.  p.  69. 


665  AnSTBALIAN  OOLBOPTBRA,   fiUPPL.  I.  9 

Sub-Family  LEBIIDES. 

SAROTHROCRBPLS,  Chaadoir. 

7256.  DIMIDIATA,  Macl.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  iiL 

1888,  p.  453. 
N.W.  Aust;  King's  Sound. 

7257.  LiTOKATA,  Macl.,  I.e.  p.  453. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

7258.  NOTABiLis,  Macl.,  I.e.  p.  454. 

N.W.  AuBt;  King's  Sound. 

7259.  NOTATA,  Macl.,  I.e.  p.  453. 

N.W.  AuBt.;  King's  Sound. 

7260.  BUAVia,  Blackb.,  I.e.  iv.  1889,  p.  711. 

S.  Australia;  Port  Lincoln. 
Sp.  149.  S.  (Lbbia)  CAUDA,  Newm.;  Blackb.,  I.e.  vii  1892. 
p.  72. 
Victoria. 
Sp.  157.  S.  POBTicAus,  Gu^r.;  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  71. 

S.  Australia :  Victoria  :  Tasmania. 
Sp.  152.  S.  Duponti,  Putz,,  syn.  of  S.  benefica,  Newm.; 
Chaud.  Bull.  Mosc.  1846,  p.  393;  Blackk,  I.e.  p.  73. 

TAROMORPHA.  Bkckbam. 

7261.  ALTCHNATA,  Blaekb.,  Proc.  Lirin.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2, 

ii.  1894,  p.  85. 
N.  Queensland. 

ECTROMA,  Bkckburn. 

7262.  IKQUINITA  (Lbbia),  Erich.,  Wiegm.  Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  125; 

Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soe.  N.S.  Wales,  aer,  2,  iv.  1889, 
p.  710. 
TosmoDia. 


10  MASTERS— CAT  A  LOOU II  OF  656 

7263.  OBSOLETUM,  Blftckb.,  I.e.  vii.  1892,  p.  72. 

N.S.  Wales;  Blue  Mountuns. 
7-264.  PABVicOLLB,  Blftckb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  H.  Aust.  xviii.  1894, 
p.  201. 
W.  Australia. 
Sp.  141.  E.  (DitouioB)THiDENs,Newni.;  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn. 

Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  aer.  2.  iv.  1889,  p.  710. 
Sp.  148.  E.  (Lbbia)  besefica,  Newm.;  Blackli.,  I.e.  p.  711. 
Sp.  150.  E.  (Lebia)  civica,  Newm.;  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  711. 

3ul).Famay  COPTODERIDES, 
PHILOPHL(EUS,  Chaudoir. 

7265.  CONFBRTUS,  Biackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2, 

vii.  1892,  p.  78. 

W.  Australia;  Yilgam. 

7266.  SUCALTPTI,  Oerm.,  var.  latmanup,  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  7?^. 
TaaniiMiia. 


657  AUSTRALIAN  COLBOPTBflA,    BDPPL.  I.  11 

7274.  SYDNETENSia,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2, 

vii.  1892,  p.  76. 

N.8.  Wales;  Blue  Mountaina, 
Sp.  164.  P.aocALYPTi,Germ.;  Blackb.,  i.e.  it.  1889,  p.  712. 
Sp.  165.  P.  PUSCiPENNis,  Germ.;  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  714. 
Sp.  174.  P.  (Lebia)  plana,  Newm.;  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  714. 
Sp.  169.  P.  (Lbbia)  IRRITUH,  Newm.;  Blackb,  Ic.  vii.  1892, 
p.  80. 

AGONOCHILA,  Chaudoir, 

7275.  fexestrata,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc,  N,S.  Wales,  ser.  2, 

rii.  1892,  p.  80. 

Victoria  ;  8.  and  W.  Australia. 

7276.  pehplexa,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc,  S.  Aust.  xviii.  1894, 

p.  201. 
Victoria. 
8p.  184.  A.  CBiBBiPENNia,  Chaud,;  Blackb.,  I.e.  iv.  1889,  p. 

714. 
Sp.    183,    A.  C0RTICAL18,  Chaud.,  syn.  of  A.   {CyraindU) 

curlula,  Erichs.;    Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales, 

aer.  2.  vii.  1893,  p.  81. 

8ub-Family  THYREOPTERIDES. 

CATA8COPUS,  Kirby. 

7277.  CHALTDICU8,  Olliff,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  i.  1885, 

p.  470. 

N.S.  Wales;  Richmond  River, 

SCOPODES,  Ei-iohwm, 

7278.  FA8CI0LATU8,  Mscl,,  Proc.  Linn  Soc.  N,S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  ii- 

1887,  p.  219. 

Queensland;  Cairns  District. 

7279.  PLAViPBS,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Hoc.  S.  Aust.  xviii.   1894, 

p.  202. 

8.  Australia. 


7283. 


HASTKRS—CAl  ALOODB    OF  658 

INTEBXEDIUH,  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  202. 

Tasmania. 
KUQATua,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.8.  Walex,  ser.  3,  ix. 
1894,  p,  85. 

Central  Australia;  Oodnadatta. 
8BXP0VBATUS,  Macl.,  I.C.  iii.  1888,  p.  456. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 
aiMPi-Hx,  Blackb,  Trans.  Roy.   Soc.  8.  Aust.   sviii.    1H34, 
p.  201. 

Victoria;  Alpine  Ranges. 


Sub-Family  P8EUD0M0RPHIDES. 


aiU'HOMORPHA,  WMtwood. 


,,  Gestro,  Ann.  Mus.  Civ.  Genov.  s 
Australia. 


.  1884,  p.  302. 


659  At1STBl.C.IAM  CULBOPTBHA,    SDPPL    I.  13 

7291.  LATicoLLis,  Macl.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  iii. 

1888,  p.  457. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

7292.  Maclbavi,   Masters,  {biviUala,  Mact.)   Mac!.,  I.c    p.  459 

(nom.  prteocc). 

N.W.  AusL;  King's  Sound. 

7293.  oseoLETA,  MacL,  I.e.  p.  457. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

7294.  ORXATA,  Mac].,  I.e.  p.  458. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

7295.  PUNCTATiasiMA,  Macl,  I.e.  p.  457. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

7296.  BUFOdUTTATA,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.    Soc.  S.    Anst.    xvii. 

1892-3,  p.  295. 
N.  Queensland. 

7297.  SPRBTA,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  NS.  Wales,  ser,  2,  iii. 

18W,  p.  S05 

K.  Territory  of  S.  Aust. 
729K.  HTRIATIPKSSia,  Macl.,  I.C.  p.  456. 
N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 
Sp.  2U.  S.AiHABiu8,Casteln.;Blackb.,lc.iv.  1889,p.  1247. 
Sp.  216.  S.  BIMACULATA,  Caateln.  =  £.  hiplagiata,  Casteln.; 

Gestro,  Ann.  Mus:  Civ.  Genov.  xx.  1884,  p.  303. 
Sp.  233.  S.  MACULIGEHA,  Mael.  =  5.  frrwfertneiisw,  Caat«ln.; 

Gestro,  I.e.  p.  302. 
Sp.  232.  S.  MACULATA,  Newm.  =5.  y«(Kfrt»ty7t«f«,  Casteln.; 

Gestro,  I.e.  p.  302. 
Sp.  248,  S.  suTVRALia,  Germ.  =5.  ni/omarginata,  Macl.; 
Gestro,  I.c.  p.  303. 

ADELOTOPUS,  Hope. 
7299.  BBEViPKNNis,  Macl.,  Proc,  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  iii., 
1H(*S,  p.  459. 

N.W,  Aunt.;  King's  Sound. 


14 


MA8TBRS — CATALOGUE    OF 


660 


7300.  ELOXOATULUB,  Mocl.,  l.c.  p.  459. 

N.W.  AuMt.;  King's  Hoand. 

7301.  L.EVIS,  >Iftcl.,  l.c.  p.  460. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

7302.  LINEARIS,  M»cl.,  l.c.  p.  460. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound, 

7303.  LOXGiPENNis,  Macl.,  I  c.  p.  459. 

N.W.  Aust;  King's  Sound. 

A,    ovRiNOiDBa,    Hope  =  J.    pnroenxU,  Caateln.; 
.,  Ann.  Mu«.  Civ.  Genov.  xx.  1884,  p.  .103. 
Mp.    "273.    A.    OBSCUKua,    Casteln.  =  j1.    mifMijmriM,    Maul.; 
Gestro,  l.c.  p.  303. 


Sp.   266. 
Gestrc 


Sub-Family  MOHIOXIDES. 
MOHIO,  Utreilk. 
Sp.  '29'2.  M.    "JovAi-iioLLANDi.E,    Casteln.  =  J/,    aaalrainiiiit, 
Chftucl.;  Chaud.,  Bull.  Mosc.  Iv.  18H0,  p.  361. 


661  AUSTRALIAN  COLKOPTKRA,    SUFPL.  1.  15 

Sub-Family  MYSTROPOiirNI. 

(ien.  Mybtropouus  removed  from  the  Ozenides  and  formed 
into  a  separate  sub-fam.  Mvstrofomiki,  Horn,  Trans. 
Am.  Ent.  Soc.  ix. 

Sub-Family  SCARITIDES. 

NEOSCAPHUS,  Sloane. 

7308.  aiHPLBX,  Stoane,  Froc.  Linn.  Soc.   N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  iii 

1888,  p.  1120. 

N.S.  Wales;  Mulwala. 

CONOPTERUM,  Chaudoir. 

7309.  Barnabdi,  Macl.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  ii. 

1887,  p.  127. 

Queensland;  Dawson  River. 

7310.  BicORNUTUJH,  Macl.,  Ic.  p.  128. 

N.  Queensland;  Endeavour  River. 

7311.  ISCORKUTUM,  Macl.,  I.e.  p.  129. 

N.S.  Wales;  Richmond  River. 

7312.  LirrottALB,  Macl.,  I.e.  p.  128. 

N.S.  Wales;  Richmond  River. 

7313.  MODBSTUM,  Sloane,  I.e.  iii.  1888,  p.  1119. 

W.  Auat.;  Nicol  Bay. 

7314.  viOLACBUM,  Macl.,  I.e.  ii.  1887,  p.  127. 

N.S.  Wales;  Mudgee  District. 
Mp.  402.  C.  (Cabenum)  BivEit]N.£,   Macl.,   I.e.  p.   118  =  .Sp. 
310.  f.  amabile,  Casteln.;  Sloane,  I.e.  vii.  1893,  p.  482. 

CARENIDIUM,  Chsuiloir. 

7315.  Chaudoiri,  MacL,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  ii. 

1887,  p.  125. 

N.  Queensland;  Endeavour  River. 


16  HA8TEK8— CATALOQUE   OF  663 

T<^16.    DARLINOEHBB,  Macl.,  I.C.  p.  124. 

N.a.  Wales;  Bourke  District. 
7S17.  SKPTENTmoNALB,  Macl.,  I.e.  p.  126. 

Queensland;  Peak  Downs. 
T^IfS.  TROPiCALE,  Macl.,  I.e.  p.  127. 

N.  Queeanland;  Endeavour  River. 
Sp.  313.  C.  Dameli,  Mac!.;  Macl.,  I.e.  p   123. 
Sp.  312.  C.  (Cahrnum)  supbkbu-m,  Casteln.;  moane.  I.e.  viii. 

1893,  p.  481. 
Sp.  420.  C.  SUPKHBUM,  Caateln.  —  0.  Krmti/erte,  Macl.,  and 

C.  laetulre,  Mac!.;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  4H1. 
Sp.  377.  C.  (Carenum)  uucronatum,  Macl.;  Macl.,  I.e.  ii. 
1««7,  p.  118. 

TRICHOCABENUM,  BUckbum. 
7319.  Elderi,  Blackli.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  xvL  lH92,p,  21. 
Central  Aastralia;  Victoria  Desert. 


<>63  AUSTRALIAN   COLKOPTERA,    8UPPL.  I.  17 

Sp  319.  E.  BiPUNCTTATUM,  Macl.  =  ^.  loddonense,  Casteln. 
^Neumuiniy  Castln.  =  ^.  punctulatum,  Macl.;  Sloane, 
l.c.  viii.  1893,  p.  475. 


1 


Sp.  417.    CaRENUM  SUBRUG08ULUM,  Macl. 

Sp.  418.    CaRBNUM  SUB8TRIATULUM,  Macl.   ,  .     _ 

^put  in  EUTOMA. 

Sp.    423.    Carbnum    undulatum,    Macl;  | 
Macl.,  l.c.  ii.  1887,  p.  119.  J 

CARENOSCAPHUS,  Macleay. 

7326.  LUCIDU8,  Macl.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  1887, 

p.  131. 

Queensland;  Dawson  River. 

7327.  viRiDissiMUS,  Macl.,  l.c.  iii.  1888,  p.  460. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

PALISOAPHUS,  Sloane. 

7  528.  FELIX,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  iii.  1888, 
p.  1118. 

N.S.  Wales;  Darling  River. 

CARKNUM,  Bonelli. 

7329.  AREXARiUM,  Sloanc,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  iii. 

1888,  p.  1114. 

N.S.  Wales;  Mulwala. 

7330.  BREVicoLLE,  Sloane,  l.c.  viii.  1893,  p.  467. 

Nullabar  Plains;  Eucla  District. 

7331.  Castblnaui,  Chaud.,  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Belg.  xi.  1867-8,  141. 

Victoria. 

7332.  COGNATUM,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  ix. 

1894,  p.  400. 

Queensland;  Darling  Downs. 

7333.  coxvBXUM,  Chaud.,  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Belg.  xi.  1867-8,  142. 

N.  Australia. 

B 


MASTERS^  I 

.  CUPKEO- MARGINATUM,  BlackK,  Triuis.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  AuMt.  x. 
1887,  p.  63. 

S.  Aust.;  Fowler's  B»y, 
,  DECOBVM,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  aer.  2,  iii. 
1H88,  p.  1115. 
K.S.  Wales;  Coonamble. 
.  FiiEKcm,  Sloane,  I.e.  ix.  1894,  p.  396. 

W,  Auat.;  Gnarlhine. 
.  PWGiTivuM,  Blackk,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust  x.  1887,  jj.  fil. 

S.  Aust.;  Wallaroo. 
,  UAWLEKENSE,  Caateln.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Vict  viii.  1868,  p. 
138;  Macl.,  Trans.  Ent  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ii.  1869,  p  39: 
Sloane,  Proc.  Jitm.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  viii  1H93, 


S.  Aust.;  Gawler. 
OkACiLE,  Sloane,  I.e.  ix.  1894,  p.  401. 
Ijower  Murray. 


666  AUSTBALIAK   COLBOPTBRA,   BUPPU  I.  19 

7346.  Maclbati,  Blackb.,  Tmna.  Boy.  Soc.  8.  Aiwt.  x.  1S87,  p.  64. 

S.  Austj  Wallaroo. 

7347.  OBSOLETUM,  Macl.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  3,  ii. 

1887,  p.  192. 

QueenBland;  Dawson  Kiver. 

7348.  OPTIMUM,  Sloane,  I.e.  ix.  1894,  p.  397. 

W,  Aust-i  Murchison  District. 

7349.  puRPURKO-MARaiKATUM,  Macl.,  I.e.  ii.  1887,  p.  132. 

N.S.  Wales;  Coonabarabran. 

7350.  BrtiATUM,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aunt.  x.  1SS7,  p.  62. 

S.  AuBt.;  Fowler's  Bay. 

7351.  aPLKNDRNa,  Casteln.,  Trans.   Boy.   Soc.  Vict,    viii.    1868, 

p.  136. 

Queensland;  Port  Denison. 

7352.  TiBiALE,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wdles,  ser.  2.  viii. 

1«93,  p.  468. 

Central  Auat.;  MacDonnell  Banges. 

7353.  vicivUM,  Sloane,  I.e.  iv.  1889,  p.  1293. 

S.  Au3t.;  Fowler's  Bay. 

7354.  viKBSCENR,  Sloane,  I.e.  viii.  1893,  p.  471. 

W.  Aust.;  Murchison  Biver  Districl. 
Sp.   406.   C.  SBXPUNCTATUM,  Macl.  =  (7.  rtrertoriMin,  Stoniie; 

Sloane,  I.e.  viii.  1893,  p.  474. 
Sp.   371.   C.   ISTERRUPTUM,  Moel.  =  (7.   C'aHelnam,  Cliaud.; 

=  C.  oceultum,  Macl;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  473. 
Sp.   366.   C.   BLEGANS,  Mael.  =  (7.  eamyMrf,  Macl  ;  Sloane, 

I.e.  ix.  1894,  p.  399. 
Sp.   386.   C.   Odewahni,  Ca.st«ln. -C.   ordinal'tm,  Macl.; 

Sloane,  I.e.  vi.  1891,  p.  430. 
Sp.  350.  C.  BoKBLLi,  Brullti  =  C.  tdtnlum,  Miiel.  =«iri'/i'' 

pennit,  Wmtw.—  W-Micoodi,  Casteln.;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  430. 


20 


HA8TBRS— CATALOG  UK    OF 


Sp.  374.  C.  LiEviPENNB,  Macl.=  C.  Ifevicolle,  Sloane;  Sloane, 

I.e.  viii.  1893,  p.  468. 
Hp.  419.  C.  sUMPTUOflu.'a,  Westw.;  BUckb.,  I.e.  iv.  1889,  p. 

445. 

PLATVTHOP-iX,  Chiudoir. 

7355.  iNTBKioKis,  SIiMuie,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2.  iii. 

1888,  p.  1113. 

N.S.  Wales;  Wilcaiinin. 

7356.  TRASBVEReicOLLE,  Chaud.,  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Belg.  xL  1867-B, 

p.  139;  Blockk,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  X.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  iv. 

1889,  p.  716. 
Australia. 

LACCOPTERUM,  Macleay. 

7357.  fovei(;eru»  (Carenum),  Cliaud.,  Ann.  Sou.  Ent.  Belg.  xi. 

1867-8,  p.  138. 

N.  Queensland;  Cape  York. 
735fi.  LACUNOSUM,  Mftcl.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  ii. 


667  AUSTRALIAN   COLEOPTBRA,    8UPPL.  I.  21 

7362.  CBAflSUS,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  x.  1887,  p.  37. 

S.  Australia. 

7363.  DuBOULAYi,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2, 

V.  1890,  p.  554. 

N.  Queensland. 

7364.  Teppbri,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  x.  1887,  p.  36. 

S.  Australia;  Angebuckina. 

EURYSCAPHUS.  Macleay. 

7365.  ATRATUS,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  viii. 

1893,  p.  456. 

Queensland;  Burketown  District. 

7366.  Chaudoiri,  Blackb.,  I.e.  vii.  1892,  p.  82. 

S.  Aust.;  near  Morgan. 

7367.  CONCOLOR,  Sloane,  I.e.  viii.  1893,  p.  459. 

S.  Aust.;  Fowler's  Bay. 

7368.  BBENINU8,  Sloane,  I.e.  v.  1890,  p.  641. 

W.  Aust.;  Yilgarn. 

7369.  P0LITU8,  Sloane,  I.e.  viii.  1893,  p.  457. 

Central  Aust.;  MacDonnell  Ranges. 

7370.  Tatei,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  x.  1887,  p.  1. 

S.  Aust.;  Ouldea. 

7371.  terrenus,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  ix. 

1894,  p.  394. 

W.  Aust.;  Murchison  District. 

7372.  SUBSULCATU8,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  x.  1887, 

p.  2. 

S.  Aust.;  Ouldea. 

7373.  sULCicoLLis,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2, 

vii.  1892,  p.  81. 

S.  Aust ;  Basin  of  Lake  Eyre. 


22  M  AST  If  HS— CATALOGUE    OF  6G8 

Hp.  450.  £.  Wateriiousei,  Macl.  =  £.  tilanus,  Sloane,  \c 

iv.  1;<S9,  p.  \-2H>*;  l.c.  viii.  1893,  p.  455. 
Ceotral  Aunt.;  MacDonndl  Kangea. 
Sp.  44W.  E.  MIXOH,  Macl.  =  i'.  ar/muriux,  Sloane,  l.c.   iii. 

IHUH,  p.  1108;  I.e.  V.   IWyO,  p.  642.  =  A'.  ffjffHM,  Casteln.; 

Slojine,  I.C.  viii.  1893,  p.  457. 
Sp.  449,  E.  OBESva,  MhcI. -i".  feroj:,  Sloaoe,  l.c.  iii.  1888, 

p.   1109;  l.c.  V.  1890,  p.  6i±  =  £.  bipunctatin,  Macl.  = 

£.  Howitli,  CfiHt^-ln.;  Sloane,  l.c.  viii.  1893,  p.  460. 

UALLI^CAI'TERUS,  .Mtcleay. 

7374.  F0VK0LATU8,  Matl.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  aer.  2,  iii. 

1888.  p.  462. 
N.W.  AuNt.;  Kinf^'ii  Suund. 

7375.  iiARiTAXS,  Sloiine,  I.e.  iv.  1889,  p.  1290. 

Central  AuHt.;  AlacDuniii^II  RaiigeH. 

7376.  8PECI0SUB,  Sloane,  l.c.  iii.  1888,  p.  1110. 

W.  Aust.;  Giiseoigne  River. 


669  AUffTBALIAN   COLBOPTERA,   SDPPL.  I.  23 

GEOSCAPTUS,  Chaudoir. 

7382.  Damastks,  Maol.,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  K.S.  Wales,  i.  1863,  p. 

68. 

N.S.  Wales;  Mumimbidgee. 

7383.  CBA88U8,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  ix. 

1895,  p.  393. 

N.  Queensland;  Cooktown  District 
tjTBOANOMMA,  MAcIesy. 

7384.  POKCATUM,  Mac!.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  ii 

1887,  p.  133. 
N,  Queensland;  Cairns. 

DYSCHIBIUS,  BonelU. 

7385.  OVEKSENSIB,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2, 

V.  1890,  p.  775. 

Victoria;  Ovens  River. 

7386.  T0HBEK8BN8I8,  Blackb.,  Trans,  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  xiii.  1890, 

p.  83. 

S.  Australia;  Torrens  River. 

SCOLYPTUS.  PutMji. 

7387.  OBSCUBiPENNis,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser. 

2,  iv.  1889,  p.  1247. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia. 
CLIVINA,  Utreille. 

7388.  ADELAiD^s,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  iv. 

1889,  p.  720. 

S.  Australia;  Adelaide  District. 

7389.  aguALis,  Blackb.,  I.e.  718;  I.e.  vii.  1892,  p.  83. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia. 
73SO.  BOOFS,  Blackb.,  I.e.  iv.  1889,  p.  719. 
S.  Australia;  Port  Lincoln. 


24  HA8TEK8 — CATALOOCK  OV  671 

7391.  BoviLLJE,  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  717. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia, 

7392.  DEDILI8,  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  722. 

S.  AuHtralia;  Port  Lincoln. 

7393.  D0RSALI8,  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  719. 

B.  Australia;  Port  Lincolo. 

7394.  BBEMicoLA,  Blackb.,  I.e.  ix.  1894,  p.  86. 

Central  Australia;  Oodnadatta. 

7395.  Helmsi,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Auat.  xvi,  1892,  p.  2S 

H.  Australia;  Cootanoorina. 
739G.  OoDNADATr.f:,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  S 
ix.  1894,  p.  86. 

Central  Auntralia;  Oodnadatta. 

7397.  TDBBKCULiFRoss,  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  721. 

Auatralia. 

7398.  WiLDi,  Blackb,,  I.e.  iv.  1889,  p.  721. 

N.  Territony  of  S.  Australia. 


671  AOSTRAUAM  COLBOPTKRA,   SUPPL.  I.  2fi 

7402.  LXTEVIRIDIB,   Chaud.=C   darlingerm*,   Caateln.  =  C  mar- 

ginatum, Castflln.;  Chaud.,  Ann.  Mus.  Civ.  Genov,  viiL 
1876,  p.  109. 

7403.  RUDicOLUs,  Chaud.=  r.   bimacitlatus,  Macl.;  Chaud.,  I.e. 

p.  47. 
Sp.  54H.  C.  OPHONOiDBS,   Fairm.^C.  jtere^niui,  Laferti. 
Chaud..  l.c.  p.  72. 

COPTOCARPUS,  Ch«udoir. 
Sp.  554.  C.AuaTKALi8,Dej.  =  C.fOo(iM^y}(*;i(arm,Blanch; 

Chaud.,  Ann.  8oc.  Ent.  Fr.  (6),  ii.  1882,  p.  509. 
Sp.  557.  C.  (OoDBs)  coNVBXua,  Casteln.;  Chaud  ,  l.c.  p.510. 
Sp.  563.  C.  (OoDEs)  THORACiCUS,  Caateln.;  Chaud.,  l.c.  p. 
512. 

OODES,  BoDelli. 

7404.  PiTDiROTBNais,  Mocl.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Walea,  ser.  2, 

iii  1888,  p.  464. 

N.W.  Au9t.;  King's  Sound. 

7405.  FROaoATTi,  Macl.,  l.c.  p.  463. 

N.W.  Aust;  King's  Sound. 

7406.  LiLLiPUTANtJs,  Macl.,  1  c.  p.  464. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

7407.  PTOUXUS,  Macl.,  l.c.  p.  464. 

N.W.  Aust;  King's  Sound. 
Sp.  564.  O.  BoSTOCKi,  Cast«in.;  Chaud.,  Ann.  Soo.  Ent.  Fr. 

(6),  ii.  1882,  p.  367. 
Sp.  565.  0.  PBN180NEN818,  Casteln.;  Chaud.,  I.e.  p  363. 
Sp.  567.    O.    moRNATUS,    Caateln.  ^proximim,     CaBteln. 

Chaud.,  I.C.  p.  343. 
Sp.  570.  O.  LATUS,  Caateln.;  Chaud.,  l.c.  p.  344. 
Sp.  571.  0.  HODBSTUS,  Casteln.;  Chaud.,  l.c.  p.  366. 
Sp.  573.  0.  OBLONaus,  Casteln.;  Chaud.,  l.c.  p.  360. 


26  HASTKBS — CATALOOUE  OF  673 

Sp.  576.  O.  TRisuLCATUH,  Casteln.)  Chaud.,  I.e.  p.  362. 
8p.  577.  O.  Watbruoosbi,  Casteln.  ^=  intwio*^,  Castolii.; 
Chaud.,  I.e.  p.  364. 

Sub-Family  LICINIDES. 
PHYSOLESTHUS,  Ctuwdoir. 
7401*.  PALLiDUS,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn,  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  li,  iv. 
1889,  p.  1250. 

a.  Auat.;  Murray  River. 

Sub-Family  CNEMACANTHIDE«. 
PROMRCODEBUS,  D«i(»n. 

7409.  AHBinuuB,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.H.  Wales,  aer.  2,  vii. 

1892,  p.  49, 

Northern  Territory  of  8.  Australia. 

7410.  Blackbwhni,  Sloane,  I.e.  v.  1890,  p.  223. 

S.  Australia;  Port  Lincoln. 


7411.  Castblnaui,  Sloane,  I.e.  \-ii.  1892,  p.  46. 


673  AUSTKALIAK  COLBOPTEBA,   SUPPL.  I.  27 

7418.  POLiTUB,  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  218. 

N.8.  Wales;  Lachlan  River. 
Sp.  606.  P.  yBOLSCius,  Caateln.;  Putz.,  Revia.  Ann.  Mud. 

Civ.  Genov.  1873,  iv.  p,  234. 

/'.  puella,  Putz.,  St«tt.  Ent.  Zeit.  1868,  p.  343;  Sloane. 

Pruc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  v.  1890,  p.  195. 
■   Sp.  596.  P.  1NORNATU8,  Macl.;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  196, 
Sp.  612.  P.  PUNcncOLLis,  Macl.;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  196. 
Sp.  589.  P.  DORSALis,  Macl.;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  197. 
8p.  609.  P.  OLiVACEUS,  Macl.;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  198. 
Sp.  616.  P.  SBMiSTRiATUS,  Casteln.;  Putz.,  Revis.  1873,  p. 

328;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  200. 
Sp.  618    P.  auBDEFRESBDS,  Gu^r.;  Putz ,  Stett.  Ent.  Zeit. 

1868,  p.  344;  Revis.  1873,  p.  326;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  201. 
Sp.  591.  P.  BLBOAJia,  Casteln.;  Putz.,  Bevis.  1873,  p.  327; 

Sloane,  I.e.  p.  202. 
Sp.  604.  P.  MOPB8TU8,  Casteln.;  Putz.,  Revia.  1873,  p.  327; 

Sloane,  I.e.  p.  203. 
Sp.  592.   P.  oiBBOBUS,  Gray:  Putz.,  Stett.  Ent.  Zeit,  18G8, 

p.  337;  Revis.  1873,  p.  329;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  203. 
Sp,  602.  P.  Mastemi,  Macl.;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  204. 
Sp.  584.  P.  BAsai,  Casteln.;  Putz.,  Revis.    1873,  p.   329; 

Sloane,  I.e.  p.  205. 
Sp.  613.  P.  PY<iM£UB,  Casteln.;  Putz.,  Revis.  p.  322;  Sloane, 

1.0.  p.  207. 
Sp.  582.  P.  ALBAMBVBis,  Casteln.;  Putz.,  Stett.  Ent.  Zeit. 

1868,  p.  343;  Revis.  1873,  p.  326;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  208. 
Sp.  601.  P.  MARiTiMUa,  Casteln.;  Putz.,  Revis.  1873,  p.  332; 

Sloane,  I.e.  p.  209. 
Sp.  617.  P.  BTRIAT0-PUNCT4TU8,  Casteln.;  Putz.,  Revia.  p. 

332;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  209. 
Sp.  607.   P.  mOBlcORNia,  Casteln.;  Putz.,  Revis,  p.  331; 

Sloane,  Lc.  p.  210. 


MASTIillS— < 


Macl;  Slowie.  I.e.  p.  212. 
[,  Caateln.;  Putz.,  Revis.  p.  333;  Slonnei 


Sp  597.  P. 
Sp  621.  P.  Wi 

l.c.  p.  212. 

Sp.  595.  P.  HUNTBRiEKSis,  Macl.;  Sloane,  l.c.  p.  213. 
Sp.   586.    P.  cwviNOiDES,  Guer.;  Putz.,  Btett.    Ent.  Zeil. 

1868,  p  341. 

P.  nttnutiM,  Caateln.;  Sloiuie,  l.c.  p.  215. 
Sp  590.  P.  DY8CHIRIOIDK9,  Gu^r.;  PuU.,  Stett.  Ent.  Zeit. 

1K68,  p  342;  Revis.  1873,  p  337;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  216. 
Sp.    615.   P.    8CAUB0IDBS,  Caateln.;  Putz.,  Revw.  p.    336; 

Sloane,  l.c.  p.  217. 
Sp.  583.  P.  ANTIIBAC1NU8,  Macl.;  Sloane,  l.c.  p.  219. 
Sp.  598.  P.  i,UciDicoi.Li9,  Castelii.;  Putz.,  Revia.  p  335. 

v.  riverinn,  Macl.  Sloane,  1  c.  p.  220. 
Sp  594.  P.  HoniTTi,  Casteln.;  Putz.  Revis.  p.  335;  Sloane, 

l.e.  p.  220. 
I.  608.  P.  OBLONOua,  Casteln.;  Puti.,  Revis.  p.  334;  Sloane, 


335  ^f. 


67S  AUETEAUAK  COLBOPTREA,    BUFPL.  I.  29 

ADOTELA,  Casteliuii. 

7422.  ATRONITBNB,  Slouie,  Proc.   Lina.  Soc.  N.S.  Walea,  ser.  3, 

V.  1890,  p.  235. 
S  Auatr&lia. 

7423.  AOSTRALls,  iSloane,  I.e.  p.  236. 

H.  AuBtralia;  Wallaroo. 

7424.  Frkkchi,  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  240. 

Roebuck  Bay. 
Sp.  625.  A.  {PabroaI  Howitti,  Casteln.;  Puti.,  Revis.  1873, 

p.  33P;  Sloane,  \.c  v.  1890,  p.  231. 
Sp.  623.  A.  iPABBOA)cABBOt(ARiA,  Ca«t«ln.;  Putz,,  Revia.  p. 

340;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  232. 
Mp.  627.  A.  CABBNoiDEB,  Ptttz.;  Putz.,  ReviB,  p.  341;  Sloane, 

l.c.  p.  232. 
Sp.  632.  A.  (Frombcoderus)  viridis,  Macl.;  Sloane,  l.c.  p. 

233 
Sp.  626.  A.  (Parroa)  violacea,  Casteln.;  Putz.,  Revis.  p. 

340;  Sloane,  l.c.  p.  233. 
Sp.  629.  A.    SSMBRALDA,  Casteln.;  Putz.,  Revis.  p.    340: 

Sloane,  l.c  p.  234;  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  8.  Aust.  xvi.  1S93, 

p.  212. 
Sp.  622.  A.  (Parroa)  ricolor,  Caateln.;  Sloane,  l.c.  p.  234. 
Sp.  624.  A.  (Parroa)  grandis,  Casteln.;  Putz.,  Stett.  Ent, 

Zeit,   1868,  p.  350;  Revis.  p.  339:  Sloane,  l.a  p.  237; 

Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  xvi.  1893,  p.  205. 
Sp.  628.  A.    coMcoLOR,    Casteln.;   Putz,  Stett.  Ent.  Zeit. 

1868,  p.  348;  Revia.  p.  339;  Sloane,  Lc.  p.  238. 
Sp.  630.  A.  Nir.ERRiHA,  Macl.;  Sloane,  l.c.  p.  239. 
Sp.  631.  A.  STRiOLATA,  Putz.;  Putz.,  Itevis.  p.  341;  Sloane, 

l.c.  p.  239. 

CEROTALIS,  C4atelnau. 

7425.  AMABILIB,   Sloane,   Proc,  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  Ber.  2,  v. 

1890,  p.  228. 

QueenBland;  DuaringiL 


30  UASTKRCI  — CATALOOUB    OF  GTS 

Sp.  633.  C,  (Prouecodkrds)  sbuiviolacea,  Casteln.;  PuU., 

Stett.  Ent  Zeit.    1868,  p.  336;    Revis.    1873,  p.  325; 

Sloane,  I.e.  p.  226. 
Up.  634.  C.  (Prom ECO UBRDs)  budstriata,  Casteln.;  Futz., 

I.e.  p.  335;  Revis.  p.  325;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  226. 
Sp.  600.  C.  MA.iD8cnLA,  Pute.;  PuU.,  I.c  p.  336;  RevU.  p. 

325;  Sloane,  I.c.  p.  227. 
Sp.  635.  C.  VERSICOLOR,  Casteln.;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  227. 

PERCOSOMA,  Schaum. 
7426.  CAHENOiDES.  White,  Voy.  Ereb.  Terr.  1846,  p.  4,  t.  1,  f.  6 
=  Nopti,  Stunii,  Cat.  1^*43,  p.  27;  Sloane,  Proc.  Lina 
Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  aer.  2,  vU.  1892,  p.  58. 
Taitraania. 
742".  CONCOLOR,  Sloane,  I.c.  p.  61. 

Victoria;  MaryviUe  Distriet. 
Sp.  637.  P.  SULCIPEXNE,  Sat«s;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  62. 


677  AU8TRAUAR   COLBOPTKBA,   8UPPL.  I.  31 

7431.  Victoria,  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  52. 

Victoria;  Melbourne  Diatrict. 
Sp.  639.  £.  (Mbcodeha)  Blaoratbi,  Coatsln.;  Puts.,  St«tt. 
Ent.  Zeit-  1868,  p.  233;  Bates,  Ent.  Month.  Mag.  (2), 
ii.  1891,  p.  286;  Sloane,  l,c.  p.  51. 

PERCOLESTUS.  Sloins. 

7432.  Blackburni,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N,8.  Wales,  ser.  2, 

vii.  1892,  p.  55. 

Victoria;  Upper  Ovens  River. 

Sub-Family  STOMIDES. 
DARODILIA,  CBBteln&n. 

7433.  Castelnaui,  Slacl.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Walea,  aer.  2,  iii. 

1888,  p.  465. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

7434.  MACiLENTA,  Sloane,  I.e.  ii.  1894,  p.  444. 

N.S.  Wales;  Darling  River. 

7435.  RunisTBRNUS,  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  445. 

Queensland;  Rockhampton  District. 

Sub-Family  HARPALIDES. 
PHOETICOSOMUS,  Schsom. 

7436.  BBUXNBUS,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  x.  1887,p.  178. 

S.  Australia;  Lyndoch  Valley. 

7437.  ut'CRONATUH,  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  178. 

8.  Australia;  Sedan. 

7438.  Randalli,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.   N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2, 

1889,  p.  722. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Auat. 

7439.  BOBUSTOS,   Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.    Aust.  xii.   1889, 

p.  135. 

S.  Australia. 

7440.  siMiLis,  Blackb.,  l,c.  x.  1887,  p    179 

H.  Australia. 


7441. 


MABTBHa — CATALOGDK  OF  STB 

ANISODACTYLUS.  Dejeio. 

p.  669.  A.  Watbrhousei,  Castoln.  =  .J.  (Harpalug)  in- 
Uriorin,  Casteln.;  Chaud.,  Ann.  Mub.  Civ.  Qenov.  lii 
1878,  p.  513. 

GNATHAPHANUS,  W.  S.  Miclety. 

RIDU8,  BUckb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  xvi.  1892,  p.  22. 


Central  AuHtralia;  Everard  Range,  &c. 

7442.  Darwini,  Blaokb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser,  5,  iii. 

188t*,  p.  808. 
N.  Territory  of  S.  Aust. 

7443.  RiVERiNJE,  Sloane,  l.c  ix.  1894,  p.  455. 

N.S.  Wales;  Urana,  Tamworth,  ifec. 
Sp.  656.  O.  ADELAIDE,  Casteln.  ^  Microiaunu  inaularit, 
Bates  (sp.  706);  Blackb.,  l.c.  p.  88. 


UIAPHOROMERUS.  Chau.loi 


679  AUSTRALIAK   COLEOPTBBA,    SOPPL.  1.  33 

7451.  SBRiciPENMiB,  Mocl.,  l.c.  p.  470. 

N.W.  Aust;  King's  Sound. 

7452.  BBXPnUCTATDB,  Mftcl ,  l,c   p.  466. 

N.W.  Au8t.;  King's  Sound. 

7453.  sCLCATtiLDH,  Mac).,  l.c.  p.  467. 

■N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Bound. 

7454.  vicTORiBKSis,  Blackb.,  l.c.  v.  1890,  p.  777. 

Mountains  of  Victoria. 
8p.  678.  D.    (Hakpalus)    Deyrollbi,  Casteln.;    Ultickb., 
Trana.  Roy.  Soc.  8.  Aust.  x.  1886-7,  p.  190;  Proi-.  Linn. 
Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  aer.  2,  iii.  1888,  p.  1387. 
B.  Australia;  Port  Lincoln,  &i:. 

HYPHARPAX,  W.  S.  Maclwy. 

7455.  BoiBDOVALLi,  Ca8t«ln.,  TranM.  Roy.  8oc.  Vict.  viii.  p.  1!)G; 

Chaud.,  Ann.  Mus.  Civ.  Genov.  xii.  1878, p.  487;  Blnekl.., 
Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  1887,  p.  184. 
W.  Australia. 

7456.  INOBNATU8,  Germ.,  Linn.  Ent.  iii.   184K,  [>.  1690;  liiiickh., 

1.C  p.  183. 

S.  Australia. 
(457.  OBSOLETUS,  Blackb.,  Proc.   Linn.    Soc.   N.S.   Wiil.s,  itr.  2, 
vii,  1892,  p.  84. 

W.  Australia;  Yilgarn. 

7458.  OPACiPENSia,  Macl,  l.c.  iii.  188S,  p.  471. 

N.W.  Auat;  Kings  Sound. 

7459.  Sloanei,  Blackb., Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  xiv.  Is91,p.  95. 

N.S.  Wales;  near  Mulwala. 

7460.  VARUS,  Macl.,  Proc.  Linn,  Soc.  N.S.  Wiiles.sev.  2,  iii.  lSf<8, 

p.  471. 

N.W.  Auat;  King's  Sound. 


34  «IA8TI(IIS— CATALOGOB  OF  680 

7461.  viLia,  Blackb.,  I.e.  v.  1890,  p.  777. 

a.  Austral  in. 
Sp.  675.  H.  (Harpalds)  australis,  Dej.;  Blackb.,  Lc.  \-u. 
1892,  p.  «3. 
N.S,  Walew;  near  dydney, 
Sp.  678.  H.  Deybollbi,  Caateln.;  Blackb.,  I.e.  m.   liW?, 
p.  1387. 

THENAR0TE8.  H.  W.  Batee. 

7462.  AUSTRALIS,  BlackK,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  x.  1887,  p. 

184. 

y,  Australia;  Port  Lincoln,  ic, 

7463.  DiscoiDALig,  Blackb.,   I.e.  p.    184;    Proc.   linn.    Soc.  N.S. 

Wales,  ser.  2,  v.  1890,  p.  780. 

8.  Australia, 
var.1  NiGRicoRNis,  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  788. 

Mountainjj  of  Victoria. 


681  AUSTRALIAN   COLROPTEBA,   SUPPL.  I.  36 

7468.  MiGKK,  BUckb.,  Tmna.  Roy.  Soe.  S.  Aust.  i.  1887,  p.  186. 

S.  Auatralia;  Port  Lincoln. 

7469.  PALOgTRiH,  Blackb.,  Lc.  p.  188. 

Murray  River. 

7470.  PARVUS,  Blftckb.,  I.e.  p.  187. 

S.  AuHtralia. 

LECANOMKRUS,  Ch»udo[r. 

7471.  FLAVOCiMCTL-s,  filackb..  Trans.  Roy.  See.  S.  Aust.  x.  1887, 

p.  188;  Proc.  Liun.  Hoc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  iv.  1889,  p. 
12.W. 

S.  Australia;  Port  Lincoln. 

7472.  LiSDi,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  x.  1887,  p.  189. 

H.  Australia;  Port  Lincoln. 
747.1  MAJOR,  Blackb-  Proc.  Linn.  Scx^.   S.S.  W&les,  ser.  2,  vi. 
1891,  p.  479. 
N.S.  Wales;  Tiear  Burrawang. 

7474.  .viTiDDS,  Blackb.,  lc.  v.  1S90,  p.  779. 

Mountains  of  Victoria. 

7475.  oBBCURua,    Blackb.,  Trans.   Roy.   Hoc.   S.    Aust,  x.    1887, 

p.  189. 

S.  Australia;  near  Adelaide. 

7476.  STRiATUa,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  vi, 

1891,  p.  479. 
N.S.  Wales;  near  Burrawang. 
HAPLANKR.  Chkudoir. 

7477.  ASSiMiLis,  Macl.,  Proc.  linn.  8oc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  3,  iii. 

1888,  p.  473. 
N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

7478.  XARGINATU8,  Mocl.,  I.e.  p.  472. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 


36 

7479. 

7480. 
7481. 


MASTERS— OATALOOUE    OF 


682 


PUNCTicoLLis,  Mac).,  I.e.  p.  473. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 
B&CTicoLLis,  Macl.,  I.e.  p.  472. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King'H  Sound. 
SURSERICBUR,  Macl,  l.c.  p.  473. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

ACUPALPUS,  Latreillc. 
BIMACDI.AT08,  Macl.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc  N.S.   Wales,  sei.  3, 
iii.  1HH«,  p.  475. 

N.\\'.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 
MOROANBNBiH,  Blackli.,  l.c.  V.  1890,  p.  556. 

S,  AuHtraliii? 
OKSATL-s,  Macl.,  1.0.  iii.  1888,  p.  475. 

K.W,  Au3t.;  King's  Sound. 
(JUADRIMACfLATUS,  Macl.,  l.c.  p.  474. 

K.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 


683  AUSTRALIAN   COLBOPTERA,    8UPPL    I.  37 

7491.  PUNCTATU8,  Sloane,  I.e.  ix.  1894,  p.  449. 

N.S.  Wales;  Urana  District. 

Sp.   650.    C.   (Phorticosomus)    lateralis,   Casteln.  —  6*. 
einctipennia,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser. 
2,  iii.   1888,  p.  1391;  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  xviii. 
1894,  p.  203. 
S.  Australia. 

STENOLOPHUS,  Dejean. 

7492.  ccERULBUs,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  v. 

1890,  p.  555. 
N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia. 

7493.  suTURALis,  MacL,  I.e.  iii.  1888,  p.  470. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King^s  Sound. 

Sp.  731.  S.  Dingo,  Casteln.  =Sp.  732,  S.  politusy  Macl. 
N.S.  Wales,  Queensland. 

Sub-Family  TRIGONOTOMIDES. 

ABACETUS,  Dejean. 

7494.  CRBNULATUS,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2, 

iv.  1889,  p.  726. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Aust. 

7495.  Macleayi,  Blackb. 

JlavipeSf  Macl.  (name  preoc.),  I.e.  iii.  1888,  p.  480. 
N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

7496.  QUADRATiPBNNis,  Macl.,  I.e.  p.  480. 

N.W.  Aust.;  King's  Sound. 

7497.  SIMPLEX,  Blackb.,  I.e.  iv.  1889,  p.  726. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Aust. 

MECYNOGNATHUS,  Macleay. 

7498.  Macleayi,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  ix. 

1894,  p.  411. 

N.  Queensland;  Cape  York. 


38  UASTEBS — CATALOaUK  OF  6B4 

Sp.  753.  AI.  Daubli,  Mocl.;  Oestru,  Ann.  Miu.  Civ.  Oenov. 

vii.  1875,  p.  892. 
Sp.  767.  M.  (THKiHostTEBNUs)  DILATICBP8,  Cbftud.;  Oentro, 

l.c.  p.  t*91, 

Sub-Family  AMBLYTELIDES. 
AMBLYTELUS,  KHcbton. 

7499.  BREVis,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Hoc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  vii. 

1892,  p.  H7. 

N.S.  Wales,  S.  Auatralia,  Victoria. 

7500.  DiscoiDALis,  Blackb.,  l.c.  v.  1890,  p.  7«2. 

H.  Australia. 

7501.  IN0RNATU8,  Blackb.,  l.c.  vii.  p.  781. 

Mountains  of  Victoria. 

7502.  aiNUATUB,  Blackb.,  l.c.  vii.  1892,  p.  87. 

N.S.  Wales;  Blue  Mountains. 


685  AUSTRALIAN   COLKOPTBKA,    SUPPL.  I.  39 

EPEI.YX,  Blacbbuni. 
"i'tOa.  LATOS,  Blackb.,  Proc.  Unii.  Soc.  N.S.  Walea,  ser.   2,  vii, 
1892.  p.  92. 

N.S.  Wales;  Blue  Mountaiiis. 
To09.  uNDRNHis,  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  92. 

S.  Australia;  near  Port  Lincoln. 

Sub-Family  FERONIDES. 
CATADROMUS,  W.  S.   Vlacleiy. 
Sp.  761.  C.  Lacordairei,  Boisd.  =  (7.  eordieoUu,  Motach.; 
Tschits.,  Hor.  Soc.  Ent.  Rosa.  xxv.  1891,  p.  169. 

HOMALOSOMA,  BoUduval. 

7510.  AI.TERNAN9,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  So*:.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  ix. 

1894,  p.  422, 

N.S.  Wales;  Port  Zklacquarie. 

7511.  ATRO-VIRIDE,  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  424. 

K.S.  Wales;  Inverell. 

7512.  IMPBBIALB,  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  420. 

Queeosland;  MoreUin  Bay,  Jic. 

7513.  osacuRiPENXE,  Macl.,  I.e.  ii.  1887,  p.  220. 

N.  Queensland;  MosHinan  River. 

7514.  OPACIPBNSB,  Macl.,  I.e.  p.  219. 

N.  Queensland;  Mul^Tave  River. 
NURIDIU.-i.  Slo.De. 

7515.  FORTis,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Siit.  N.S.  Walea,  ser.  2,  v.  1890, 

p.  649. 

Queensland;  Maryborough. 

CYPH030MA,  Hope. 
^  CralOffigUr,  Blanoh.,=/'a(;Ai'ii'M<,  Chaudoir,^7't6ori»i*«, 


MAnKIU— CATALOGDS  Of  6>^ 

':  LATUM,  Chaud.,  Bull.  Mow.  liiL  ISTrt,  p.  36. 
Aattralia. 
Sp.  'iOl.  C.  usifOLOR,  Hope,  Ann.  Nat.  Hiat.  ix.  1812,  p. 
126;  Chaud.,  Ann.  5Ius.  Gv.  Genor.  vi.  1874.  p.  574 : 
Hull.  Mosc.  liii.  l.-*7w.  p.  35. 


Sp.  7«St.  C.  Hii^ATA,  B!«nth.=(7.  mtlat,  Caeteln.= Pacii- 
iliut  milcalH,  Ch.aud.;  Chaud.,  Ann.  Mus-  Civ,  Geno* .  \\. 
I«74,  p.  574. 
.  0CC1DBSTALI8  (CRAT<HiA8TEK),  ^lacl.,  Proa  Linn.  Soc.  N.S. 
Wales,  ser.  2,  iii.  lHt<s,  p.  475. 
N.W.  AuHt.:  King'H  Sound. 

PTEROSTICHUS,  BooeUi. 
.  Blackbl'IWI,  Sloane,  Proc.   IJnn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  l', 
ix.  IH94.  p.  4L'6. 

Viotoria;  Ovens  River. 


687  AnSTHALIAN   COLEOPTERA,    SUPPL.  I.  41 

7524.  If  AUOYBKBts,  Sloane,  Lc.  p.  432. 

N.S.  Wales;  Namoi  River. 

7525.  RUBRICORNI8,  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  430. 

S.S.  Wales;  Bulli 

RHABDOTUS,  Chftudoir. 
Up.  Sb2.  R.  PLORiDUB,   Bates  ^=  R.  Chaudoiri,  Tschitsch., 
Hor.  Soc.  Ent.  Rosa.  xxv.  1891,  p.  168;  Sloane,  Proc. 
Linn.  Hoc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  ii.  1894,  p.  410. 

SARTICUS,  MotachnlBk^. 

7526.  BREVicOKNia,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  M,  Aust  xvi.  1892, 

p.  23. 

Everard  Range. 

7527.  HABiTAJTB,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2.  iv. 

1889,  p.  508. 
N.S.  Wales. 

7528.  Maclravi,  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  504. 

N.S.  Wales;  Coonabarabran. 

7529.  uonarensis,  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  509. 

N.S.  Wales;  Monaro,  ic 

7530.  0B8CURUS,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  xvi.  1892,  p. 

23. 
Everard  Range. 
Sp.  855.  S.  AuBBi,  Ca^iteln.;  Sloane,Proc.  Linn,  Soc.  N.S. 

Wales,  ser.  2,  iv.  1889,  p.  504. 
Sp.  863.  S.  SAPHYBEOMAROIKATDB,  Casteln.;  Sloane,  I.e.  p. 

505. 
Sp.  858.  S.  DiscopUNCTATUs,  Chaud.;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  506. 
Sp.  861.  S.  OBESULDS,  Chaud.;  Sloane,  I.e.  pp.  507-508. 
Sp.  864.  S.  GiviLis,  QernL;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  507. 
Sp.  857.  S.  CTCLODERDB,  Chaud.;  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  610. 


*i  MASTERS —CATALOG CB   Of  6B8 

Sp.  859.  S.  tsciiNua,  Chaud.;  Kloane,  I.e.  p.  511. 
Sp.  HQ&.  }j.  IRIDITINCTUS,  Chaud.;  ^luane,  I.e.  p.  512. 
Sp,  862.  a.  gcADRiHULCATna,  CliHud.:  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  blii. 
Sp.  8t)5,  S.  BLB0ANTDLUS,  Caat«ln.;=Sp.  8.^9.  5.  ite/tuut, 
Chaud.;  Chaud.,  BuIL  M<wc.  liii.  IrtTf*,  p.  68. 

RHY-nSTERNUS,  Ch.odoir. 

7531.  ANGUSTULL'a,  Macl.,  Proc.  Linn.  Hoc,  N..S,  Wales,  ser.  2,  iii. 

1888,  p.  477. 
N.W.  Aust;  King's  SJounil. 

7532.  BoviLU,  Blaokb.,  I.e.  iv.  1890,  p.  728. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Aust. 

7533.  CARDWELLESSI8,  Blackb.,  I.e.  vii.  1892,  p.  94. 

N.  Queensland;  Cardwell. 

7534.  CAKPENTAREU8,  Sloane,  I.e.  ix.  1894,  p.  44;t. 

N.  Australia;  Gulf  of  Carpentaria. 
7535  Fkogoatti  (Oma9BD8),  Mae).,  I.e.  iii.  18BS,  p.  477. 


689  AUSTUAUAN    C0LE0PTB8A,    SUPPL.  I.  43 

8p.  S41.  R.  (Fbbonia)  arnhbimbnsis.  C»Mt«ln.;  yioaiie,  I.e. 

ix.  1894,  p.  438. 
9p.    893.    R.    (PtECiLUs)    L«vi8,    Macl.  ^  S.    Icenido'-nB, 

Tschitech.,  Hor.    Ent.   Soc.    Ross.    xxv.    1891,  p.    169; 

Sloane,  Proc.    Linn.   Soc.  N.8.  Wales,  ser.  2,  1894,  p. 

410. 

HOEMOCHILUS.  Ch«iidi,ir. 
Sp.  89!t.  H.  MONocHRous,  Chaud.=Sp.  756.  Eeeoptogeniug 
ftronioiH'.*,  Casteln.;  Chaud.,  Bull.  Mosc.  xlviii.   1874, 

p.  1. 
Sp.  794.  H.  (Harpalus)  quadraticollis,  Cwiteln.;  Chaud., 

Ann.  Mu9.  Civ.  Genov.  xii.  1S78,  p.  475. 

SETALI8,  (*utalnnu. 

Sp.  300.  a.  NIGER,  Caatf,\ii.=^Loxogviua  obteuriu,  sloane. 

Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  :i,  v.  1890,  p.  G52. 

Northern  parts  of  N.S.  Wales,  and  S.  Queensland. 

LEPTOPODUS,  Chaudoir. 

Sp.  882.  L.(Arqutor)holomblanu8,  Uerm.;  Blackb.,  Proc. 
Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  iv.  1888,  p.  730. 

L0XANDRU8.  Leoonte. 

7542.  LiEvicoLLis,  Blackb.,  Proc,  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2, 

vii.  1892,  p.  96. 

S.  Australia;  near  Morgan. 

7543.  MiCANS,  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  97. 

Victoria. 
Sp.  846.  L  (P<ECiLUs)  IKIDESCEXS,  Casteln.;    Blackb.,  I.e. 
p.  93. 

NOTOLESTUS,  HLoane. 

ap.  889.  N.  (ABAX)a(iLoiPEN!{is,  Macl.;  Sloane,  Proc,  Linn. 
Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  ix.  1894,  p.  428. 


44  HASTBRS — CATALOOrJB   OF  d!H) 

CORONOCANTHUS,  M»cle»y. 
Sp.  f<90.  C.   81ILCATU8,   Macl.  =  Sartiout     qiuxdruuleatiu, 
C!iaud.;  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Hoc.  N.S.  Wales,  8er.  2,  ii. 
1894,  p.  426. 

P<i:CILUS,  BoDelli. 
7544.  CHLfStOtDBB,  Macl.j  Proc.  Linn.  See.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2, 
iii.  1888,  p.  476. 

N.W.  Aust;  King's  Sound. 
T'')45.  SCJLCATULUS,  Macl.,  I.e.  p.  476. 

N.W,  Auat.;  King's  Sound. 

8ETALIM0RPHUS,  Slouie. 
7.^46.  NANUS.  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.8.  Wales,  «er.  2,  ix.  1S94, 
p.  435. 

Victoria;  Femtree  Gully,  near  Melbourne. 
7i>47.  PUNCTIVENTR18,  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  434. 
N.S.  Wales;  Springwood. 


•  ■ 


COLEOPTKKA,    SDPPL.  I.  45 

8p.  717.  S.  (HARpALi;g)  FoRTKUHi,  Casteln.;  Ohaud.,  I.e.  p. 
475;  Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  iv. 
1889,  p.  734. 

Sub-FamUy  ANCHOMENIDES. 
DICROCHILE,  Gn^rin. 
75.50.  vBNTHALis,   Blockb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  liv.  lf(91, 
p.  05. 

H.  Australia;  near  Port  Lincoln. 
MICROFEEONIA,  Blaokbnrn. 

7551.  ADELAIDE  Blockb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc,  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  iv. 

1SH9,  p.  739;  I.e.  vii.  1892,  p.  95. 
S.  Au!4tralia;  near  Adelaide. 

LESTIGNATHUS,  Erichaon. 

7552.  FL-r.AX.  Olliff,  Memoira  Aust.  Mus.  ii,  1H89,  p.  80. 

Lord  Howe  Island. 

7553.  MIXOR,  Blaekb.,Proc.  Linn.  Woe.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  iv,  1889, 

p.  740. 

H,  Aust.;  Port  Lincoln. 

PLATYNUa.  Bonelli. 

7554.  COOKI,  Sloane,  Proc.  Linn.  Soe.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  ix.  1894, 

p.  450. 

Queensland;  Cooktown  District. 

7555.  MURRAVKNSis,  Blackb.,  I.e.  iv.  1889,  p.  741. 

S.  Australia;  Murray  Bridge. 
Sp.  925.  P.  MARQiNELLua,  Erichs.:  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  740. 

DYSCOLUR.  Dejean. 

7556.  H1LARI0,  Olliff,  Memoirs  Aust.  Mus.  ii.  1889,  p.  80. 

Lotd  Howe  Island. 


46 


UA8TERB— CATALOOUS  OP 


C0LP0DE3,  W.  S.  Maoluy. 
7537    MUCKONATCS,  Macl.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2, 
ii.  1887,  p.  3lrt. 

N.  QueeiiHlond;  Moasman  River. 

HulvFamily  POGONIDES. 
POCONUS.  Dejeui. 
iSp.  934.  P.  (^AKDiOTRACHiLUS,  Ghaud.,  Ann.  Hoc.  Ent.  ll«lg. 
xiv.  1871,  p.  24. 
Ea»t«rn  Australia. 

OQPTKKUtj,  Gn^riD. 
Sp.   G4ii.  0.  (Dbimostoma)   tasmanicus,  CatU-ln.;   Bates 
Cist  Ent.  ii.  p.  3ai. 
Ta-smania. 

TBKCHUS,  Clwrville. 
7-"j8.  HALUiBNiiia,  Blatjkb.,  Proc.  Ijinn.  Hoc.  N..S.  Wales,  ser.  2, 


693  AUSTRALtAN   COLEOPTEBA,  SUPPL.  I.  47 

7563.  CAPTC8,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  8.  Aust.  x.  1887,  p.  42. 

S.  Australia;  Fort  Lincoln,  <Jcc. 

7564.  Flindersi,   Blackb.,  I.e.    p,    41;    Proc.    Linn.    Soo.    N.S. 

Wales,  »er.  2,  ix.  1894,  p.  90. 
•S.  AuHtralia;  Fort  Lincoln,  &c. 

7565.  1SF08CATD8,  Blackb.,  Trana.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  x.  1887,  p. 

38. 

8.  Australia;  Murray  River. 

7566.  LiNDi.  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  39. 

8.  Australia;  near  Port  Lincoln. 

7567.  MiTCBBLLi,  Sloane,  Froc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  aer.  2,  ix. 

1894,  p.  408. 

N.S.  Wales:  Urana  District. 

7568.  >iURKUMBiD(iEXsis,  Sloane,  I.e.  p.  407. 

N.S,  Wales;  Narandera. 
75G9.  0VKS8RNBIB,  Blackb.,  I.e.  v.  1891,  p.  784. 

Victoria;  Ovens  River. 
7570.  SEXiBTRiATUS,  Blackb.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S,  Aust.  x.  1887, 
p.  41. 

S.  Australia:  Fort  Lincoln. 
7371.  S1MILI8,  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  39. 

8.  Australia;  Fort  Lincoln. 
7573.  UX1F0RMI8,  Blackb.,  I.e.  p.  40. 

S.  Australia;  near  Port  Lincoln. 
7573.  VAHRBS8IS,  Blackb.,  I.e.  xv.  1892,  p.  20. 
Victoria;  Upper  Yarra. 
Sp.  958.  T.  (JiETtBiDiOM)sTRiOLKTVii,'MBc].  =  r.  Briff/iUruU, 
Blackb.,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  ser.  2,  v.  1891,  p. 
785;  Trans.  Boy.  Soc.  8.  Aust.  xviii.  1894,  p.  139. 
Victoria;  near  Bright. 


694 


BEMBIDIUM,  EricbMU. 
.  utiBiUM,  Btockb.,  TranR.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Auxt.  x.  1887,  p.  43. 

S.  Austmlia;  Port  Lincoln,  River  Murray,  &<:. 
.  EKKAN8,  BInckb.,  I.e.  p.  44. 

a.  Australia. 
.  MABTKHfli,  Sloone,  Proc  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wale«,  «er.  2,  ix. 
1894,  p.  404. 

N.8.  Wales;  Port  Jackson. 
.  PHOPKiDM,  Blackl).,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Aust.  x.  I8K7,  p.  43. 

M,  Australia;  Port  Lincoln. 


.  RtVBKtN^,  Hloane 
1894,  p.  405. 


Proc.  Linn.  Soc  N.S.  Wales,  ^ 


N.S.  Wales;  Urana  District. 
;alioides,  Bla«kb.,  I.e.  v.  1891,  p.  78C. 


ffi 


i 


M 


3 


M 


n 


u 


r\ 


p 


"l.SMSW  (ei<'SeplVOL* 


tn-  ^^-^^ 


f-- 


— ■» 

I 


a 


IB 


=1 


I 


h 


\ 


n 

K 


PL6N.SW  (£.•*  SrriVi 


INTRA-UTERINE     EMBRYO    OF    THE    PLflTVPUS 


P  ^  5  r.'  5  v;  ;•? 


■cl,  X 


'-^-mg^iffri 


/  "•••:^-- 


m. 


OJTic  y 


Op  nr 


^p.y 


mss 


■<*w. 


ea6 


md.p. 


hp.  niis 


ect 


'fid.  p. 


-^^•'*»»v 


'•;•;;, 


-i*.! 


■«    ■v^__^  __ 


•  ^ 


ent 


O/ZiT^.. 


/ 


1      .^ 


I 

L 


t^**^^^  ^ « 


T;'**»^''!;^'j*»«^ 


eriii. 


ci^r        'T^/P 


f         CO€. 

sol. 


ent. 


I  • 
I 

I 

It  ■ 

I' 


•fi 


T 
I 


•    *1 


''^«?i#-"  !■'    ■■■■•■:•■■■ , 


Hi'''    J.. 


>"■■?        ffi''  /2.  J.  " 


PL3N5W  (g-^ScriVoLX. 


■  I 
»l  , 

■  I* 


i 


I    »  '. 


I 
■  I 


■y  > 


■rl 


PL5.N,5-W-(2''Mw)V*l,X 


.j..-,-%  '9%.e  fe  „  ~  ■■■■:  .. 


•IB  *  «s, , 

,«g'       ^»        "^^ 


H: 


■->  r   '^ 


PLS.N;j.W(2''l'5«)Ve<.X. 


.«2l«^*w 


«5(;« 


*» 


^     ^ 


®  % 


-V     ?       * 


:  .  I 


PLS  NSW(?-'ScOV<i.X 


5THENURU5    PALE5  -  «  Z 


*N. 


\  m^m. 


5THENURU5     GOLIAH.  OW. 


St/herLUT'iLs    oOjLeL.  Ow.  xs 


SihjenjarKXS    orea^.  X2 


Sth^enjjj^ube   aJJjxs  X2 


PlZ-'iS-V.     2'7o  SerJVOL.) 


^m 


H  vjshnu.  X2 


€f^ 


P~        p^         n.'  XL* 

H.Qiiak.Ow. 


p3  p'  p^ 

H.  dry  as 


H  odij^  H .   Uhdra, 


If 


M.  noopspu.  Qw. 


Pl5NiW.(2-'5«i-)  W.X, 


t^n^^^  m 


MIMOR     OW. 


Mv^:  a 


MACROPUS         FAUNUS 


^'  3k>inr>  ^ 


i^, 


^h    iA/Jn»fei^^ 


'^ 


MAGI5TER 


PL5N  i^fZ"''5«'-J^0l.  < 


-<7^:. 


Srachvfscshd  6a}L 


I 

t 


^ 


■r 


V 

t 


V 


PL5NS.W(2'"'5er)VOLX 


Trygoncrhwa  Fasciaia.  M&H 


PL5Naw(2'?''S«0V0LX 


Try^onorhma  Fasciata.  M&U 


PLSN5W(Z'-'5er;ui 


£rachyscei}d  OalJs. 


t 


I 


PL5!JbW!Z-''ie': 


<r.v 


PLSM3w(2'?'*S»')V0L.J( 


Trygonorhipa  Fasaata.   N £■  If 


<ai 


^ 


IAN      LAND      SHtl.L5 


LS.NS.W(?"J  SwiVOLX 


i 

t 


Y 


9 
t 


i 

t 

h 


i 


* 


#^ 


I 

i 


'» 

i 

i 


I 


S.NS.Wian^S.r.)  VolJ. 


Aborioinal  Grave 


PLS.  N.SVV(2"J5*3roLX. 


Meliola   amphiffpcha,  Fries. 


1    \  Z8'l9p  ,^'' 


\\ 


i^C      iSSuDFMli, 


ffe, 


3-       =-     ^ 


PRUNE   BUST. 


26'^  16m 


P13.N3.W(2^S.JV01X 


i^-.) 


Df-v 


PRUNE   RUST 


PLSNSWtZ^SirjKOLX 


0  %c  ^^ 


PL.a.N.J^wla^^'s.fJvoLX 


A  MAflf^*  S«JvOLJ. 


,3.,S.)     / 


1?^  1 


/ 


/■ 


CK='= 


LS.N.SW(2"''S«')V0l>f. 


f 


i 


PLS.N.S,W  (£»*  SerWol  X. 


T.THaniMsjii/  tic/ 


,0;_/;<3>)  ^ 


'V 


PLSNS.W(2'''*Ser)VolX 


T.TXtunfnMttf  eUT. 


r 
f 


PLSNSW.fe-^SwjVol.X 


I'Vpn*^    PROPINOUA     HD.v.lHW 


c 


\ 


li 
I 


>r  ■ 
it 

I: 

r    ■ 

r  '. 
I 


.  \ 


[«\1 


0 


PISHSW  9"^  i")  Vm.X. 


^' 


:^: 


wmm^ 


BuflflAtrrs  Phovus 


RL5J(.S.W.{Z"-''Si-)V< 


R  B   dtl.adnar. 


PAl«OPETAURUS     ELEOANS. 


mSimW 


SIA     BECUBVkTA.    JHM 


TECOMA  BAILEYANA.JHM  ttRTB.  ACACIA  BWtUMW,    JHM.tRJa. 


I 


;-,,,,     ,P,™.CO.0B,U.)    HU...™A-H, 


JHM'i  "I"' 


iiUCHRrsu„     lESSEL.TUM, 


It.6     EUCALYPTUS    CORIACE*.    7to9    t.  St'LU-ViV-KXIk 


• 

t 


t 

II 

f 


1 


CUCMrPTUS      .IMYSOALIS, 


LIS 


<. 


(I 

» 

i. 


^ 


k 

r  * 
1-. 


p 

w  ^ 

r^^  J 

-M 

<^^'